Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout7490 Gall BlvdY 0- A COMcheck Software Version .0 IrIterior Lighting Compliance Certificate Project Information Energy Code: 2017 Florida Building Code, Energy Conservation Project Title: P13-LC LRG Project Type: New Construction Construction Site: Owner/Agent: Designer/Contractor: 7490 Gall Boulevard Chick-fil-A Kurzynske & Associates Zephyrhills, FL 33541 5200 Buffington Road 2900 Lebanon Pike Atlanta, GA 30349 Suite 201 Nashville, TN 37214 Additional Efficiency Package(s) 615-255-5203 Reduced interior lighting power. Requirements are implicitly enforced within interior lighting allowance calculations. Allowed Interior Lighting Power A B C D Area Category Floor Area Allowed Allowed Watts (ft2) Watts / ft2 (B X C) 1-Dining: Cafeteria/Fast Food 4990 0.81 4042 Total Allowed Watts = 4042 Proposed Interior Lighting Power A B C D E Fixture ID : Description / Lamp / Wattage Per Lamp / Ballast Lamps/ # of Fixture (C X D) Fixture Fixtures Watt. 1-Dining: Cafeteria/Fast Food LED: A/AE: Kitchen Troffer: Other: 1 24 59 1416 LED: B1: Kitchen Task Light: LED Undercabinet Unit 24W: 1 1 32 32 LED: D3/D3E: LED Downlight: LED Other Fixture Unit 13W: 1 73 21 1533 Compact Fluorescent: F: Egg Light: Spiral 13W: Electronic: 1 4 12 48 LED: N: Lavatory Wall Sconce: Other: 1 4 11 44 LED: P1: Peach Upside Down Basket: Other: 1 4 22 88 LED 6: U: Glass Pendant: Other: 1 11 8 88 Total Proposed Watts = 3249 L to Q. N N! O 0 O CD I U _I co T- I U) IL E a RII W C0 t v OI rr .•O C o o O d O! N Q LL o O O O N O .d O N J Co I- O 4 3 2 1 SHEET INDEX GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES SHEET :[ NUMBER SHEET NAME BUILDING DEPARTMENT BUILDING DATA G-000 COVER SHEET CITY OF ZEPHYRHILLS BUILDING DEPARTMENT BUILDING CODE: G-002 ACCESSIBILITY SHEET G-oo3 LIFE SAFETY PLAN 5335 8TH STREET 2017 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE G-004 RESPONSIBILITY AND NATIONAL ACCOUNTS SCHEDULE ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33542 (6TH EDITION) , G-005 SUBMITTALS, GLAZING. PRODUCT APPROVALS Phone: (813) 780-0020 Contact Name: BILL BURGESS PLUMBING CODE: ® C-1.0 COVER SHEET Contact Email: 2017 FLORIDA PLUMBING CODE C-1.1 EXISTING CONDITIONS PLAN BBURGESS@CI.ZEPHYRHILLS.FL.US (6TH EDITION) C-2.0 SITE PLAN C-3.0 GRADING AND DRAINAGE PLAN FIRE DEPARTMENT MECHANICAL CODE: C-3.1 DEMOLITION PLAN/EROSION CONTROL PLAN - PHASE I E CITY OF ZEPHYRHILLS FIRE RESCUE 2017 FLORIDA MECHANICAL CODE C-3.2 EROSION CONTROL PLAN - PHASE 11 E 6970 DAIRY ROAD (6TH EDITION) C-3.3 EROSION CONTROL DETAILS ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33542 C-4.0 CHICK-FIL-A SITE DETAILS Phone: (813) 780-0020 C-4.1 CHICK-FIL-A SITE DETAILS Contact Name- BILL BURGESS ELECTRICAL CODE: C-4.2 CHICK-FIL-A SITE DETAILS Contact Email: 2017 NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE C-4.3 CHICK-FIL-A SITE DETAILS C-5.0 SITE AND DRAINAGE DETAILS BBURGESS@CI.ZEPHYRHILLS.FL.US FIRE CODE: PS-1.0 UTILITY PLAN HEALTH DEPARTMENT 2017 FLORIDA FIRE PREVENTION PS-1.1 WATER DETAILS DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND CODE (6TH EDITION) 04040 PS-1.2 WATER DETAILS PROFESSIONAL REGULATIONS PS-1.3 WASTEWATER DETAILS DIVISION OF HOTELS & RESTAURANTS L-100 LANDSCAPE PLAN 1940 NORTH MONROE STREET NOTE: TALLAHASSEE, FL 32399-1011 See G-002L for Accessibility notes, Life L-101 LANDSCAPE DETAILS P13 LC850 488-1133 Safety notes &code summaries. L-102 LANDSCAPE &MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS Phone: ( ) L-200 IRRIGATION PLAN Contact Name- GEORGE KOEHLER L-201 IRRIGATION DETAILS Contact Email: L-202 IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS GEORGE. KOEHLER@DBPR.STATE. FL. US ZEPHYRHILLS FSU A-102 PATIO PLAN &DETAILS A-104 JORDER POINT CANOPY A-201 FLOOR PLAN A-211 FLOOR FINISH PLAN A-221 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A-230 ROOF PLAN ALTERNATE BID ITEMS 7490 GALL BOULEVARD A-301 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 1. THE OWNER, CONTRACTOR AND CODE OFFICIALS ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THEZEPHYRHILLS FL 33541 A401 WALL SECTIONS ARCHITECT HAS BEEN CONTRACTED BY THE OWNER TO PROVIDE LIMITED SERVICES A-501 EXTERIOR DETAILS D DURING THE CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION PHASE, INCLUDING AN ABBREVIATED REVIEW A-502 EXTERIOR DETAILS D OF SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTLAS, AND DRAWING CONFLICT RESOLUTION. THE A-503 EXTERIOR DETAILS ARCHITECT IS NOT CONTRACTED TO MAKE SITE VISITS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY A-504 EXTERIOR DETAILS REQUESTED BY THE OWNER. IN ADDITION TO THE SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE SEALING ARCHITECT, THE OWNER HAS ARCHITECTS ON STAFF AND EMPLOYS CONSTRUCTION A-601 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS MANAGERS TO PROVIDE OVERSIGHT AND GUIDANCE THROUGHOUT THE COURSE OF THE A-602 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION PHASE OF THE WORK. A-603 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE AVAILABLE TO THE BUILDING INSPECTOR DOCUMENTATION A-604 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS NECESSARY TO VERIFY THAT ALL EXTERIOR ENVELOPE COMPONENTS REQUIRING A-605 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS PRODUCT APPROVAL PER FLORIDA STATUTE 553.842 ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH PRODUCT A-620 INTERIOR DETAILS APPROVAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. REFER TO A-801 FOR FLORIDA PRODUCT A-621 INTERIOR DETAILS APPROVALS. A-622 INTERIOR DETAILS A-623 INTERIOR DETAILS - BOH FLOORING 3. NEITHER FIRE ALARM NOR FIRE SPRINKLER IS REQUIRED FOR THE PROJECT. A-701 RESTROOM PLAN AND ELEVATIONS A-801 DOOR, FRAME, AND GLAZING SCHEDULES A-901 SPECIFICATIONS A-902 SPECIFICATIONS A-903 SPECIFICATIONS A-904 SPECIFICATIONS A-905 SPECIFICATIONS - A-906 SPECIFICATIONS A-907 SPECIFICATIONS A-908 SPECIFICATIONS A-909 SPECIFICATIONS A-910 SPECIFICATIONS A-911 SPECIFICATIONS S-001 STRUCTURAL NOTES - I : S-201 FOUNDATION PLAN S-211 SLAB AND BRICK LEDGE LAYOUT PLAN C S-231 ROOF FRAMING PLAN S-241 DROPPED CEILING PLAN - S-300 TYPICAL CONCRETE DETAILS S-301 FOUNDATION DETAILS S-302 FOUNDATION DETAILS S-401 FRAMING DETAILS S-403 FRAMING DETAILS �_. -- i S-404 FRAMING DETAILS S-601 REFUSE ENCLOSURE PLANS AND DETAILS S-901 STRUCTURAL SPECIFICATIONS S-902 STRUCTURAL SPECIFICATIONS M-201 MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN M-250 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN M-301 HOOD DETAILS AND SCHEDULES VICINITY MAP REGION: SOUTHEAST MurphyUSA 9 ]-Eleven 0. a GbW A. DESIGN NOTES APPLIED IN CURRENT PROJECT INCLUDED IN PROJECT DESIGN NOTE NUMBER DESIGN NOTE RELEASE DATE DESCRIPTION Yes 2019-058 12/11/19 NEW DOOR HARDWARE AND RR PARTITION VENDOR REALIGNMENT Yes 2019-059 01/15/20 DIGITAL MENU BOARDS Yes 2020-001 01/14/20 PACKAGING HOLDER UPDATE Yes 2020-002 01/16/20 SWITCHGEAR - NEC CHANGE Yes 2020-003 01/03/20 NEW LIGHT FIXTURES Yes 2020-021 06/26/2020 MEAL ASSEMBLY OPTIMIZATION ITEMS OF IMPORTANCE M-401 HVAC DETAILS AND SCHEDULES M-402 SEISMIC DETAILS INCLUDED IN PROJECT ITEM NUMBER ITEM DESCRIPTION M-501 HVAC CONTROLS M-901 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS Yes 1 ITEMS OF IMPORTANCE MH-101 HALTON HOOD SHOP DRAWING P-101 BELOW SLAB PLUMBING PLAN P-201 WATER PIPING PLAN P-211 BEVERAGE CONDUIT PLAN P-221 SLAB ROUGH -IN PLAN P-250 ROOF PLAN AND DETAILS Pwrykln Ave P-301 DWV RISER DIAGRAM P P-302 WATER RISER DIAGRAM Tire Kingdom n P-303 DETAILS AND SCHEDULES P-901 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS BEggandi Dr B .dbox Q E-001 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS DThreading by 'ta Eyebrow E-002 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS CanHuwer Ave E-003 LIGHTING AND POWER PLAN KEYNOTES Pretty Pooa ae Pretty Pond Rd - Pretty Pond Rd Pretty Pond Rd *NOTE: *NOTE: REVISION SCHEDULE ABOVE MAY NOT LIST REVISIONS TO ALL DISCIPLINES. REFER TO REVISED DRAWINGS FOR CHANGES TO SHEETS NOT LISTED HERE. E-100 E-1011 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN ELECTRICAL SITED TAILS Amy. aply Cc Sonic DnvelnQ E-102 SITE PHOTOMETRIC PLAN E-211L LIGHTING PLAN _ American House E-221L POWER AND SYSTEMS PLAN Zephyrhills Popeyes Q E-250L ROOF POWER PLAN Is Department Store Louisiana Kitchen m 1 a ARCHITECT STRUCTURAL MECHANICAL PLUMBING E-301 ENLARGED KITCHEN POWER PLAN 9 Pet Bank of the Ozarks© CCR ARCHITECTURE WILLETT ENGINEERING COMPANY, INC. KURZYNSKE & ASSOCIATES KURZYNSKE & ASSOCIATES E-302 ENLARGED SERVING AND BOH POWER PLAN actor SupnyCCoc ,_ 2920 1 ST AVENUE SOUTH 3528 HABERSHAM @ NORTHLAKE 825 3RD AVENUE SOUTH 825 3RD AVENUE SOUTH E-303 DT ORDERING AREA DETAILS &REFUSE ENCLOSURE PLAN BIRMINGHAM, AL 35233 TUCKER, GA 30084 NASHVILLE, TN 37210 NASHVILLE, TN 37210 E-304 ORDER CANOPY PLAN AND DETAILS PROJECT LOCATION Phone: 205-324-8864 Contact Name: SCOTT BURNETT Phone: 678-205-1941 Contact Name: LAURA MOORE Phone: 615-255-5203 Contact Name: BRENT FERRELL Phone: 615-255-5203 Contact Name- BRENT FERRELL E-305 E-501L CANOPY CONTROL PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM PANEL SCHEDULES Contact Email: SCOTT@CCRARCHITECTURE.COM Contact Email: Contact Email: BFERRELL@KURZYNSKE.COM Contact Email: BFERRELL@KURZYNSKE.COM E-502 SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM AND NOTES LMOORE@WILLETTENGINEERING.COM E-901 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E-902 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS K-201 OVERALL EQUIPMENT FLOOR PLAN K-211 ENLARGED EQUIPMENT FLOOR PLAN K-212 ENLARGED EQUIPMENT FLOOR PLAN K-601 ELECTRICAL ROUGH -IN ELEVATIONS K-602 ELECTRICAL ROUGH -IN ELEVATIONS K-603 ELECTRICAL ROUGH -IN ELEVATIONS K-604 ELECTRICAL ROUGH -IN ELEVATIONS K-611 PLUMBING ROUGH -IN ELEVATIONS K-801 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ELECTRICAL CIVIL KITCHEN LANDSCAPE K-802 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE KURZYNSKE & ASSOCIATES BOWMAN CONSULTING TRIMARK STRATEGIC MANLEY LAND DESIGN A 825 3RD AVENUE SOUTH 13450 W. SUNRISE BLVD.; SUITE 320 3800 CAMP CREEK PKWY SW 51 OLD CLANTON STREET F-201 FURNITURE FLOOR PLAN A NASHVILLE, TN 37210 SUNRISE, FL 33323 BUILDING 2400; SUITE 114 ALPHARETTA, GA 30004 ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH F_201 FURNITURE FLOOR PLAN Phone: 615-255-5203 Phone: 954-314-8466 ATLANTA, GA 30331 Phone: 770-442-8171 NFFA CODES AND STANDARDS F-211 FURNITURE CORE DRILL PLAN Contact Name: EIRIK SCHLISNER Contact Name: JENNY BAEZ Phone: 865-621-9243 Contact Name: STEVE MANLEY F-211 FURNITURE CORE DRILL PLAN Contact Email: ESCHLISNER@KURZYSNKE.COM Contact Email: Contact Name: RACHEL WILSON Contact Email: F-701 DECOR ELEVATIONS JBAEZ@BOWMANCONSULTING.COM Contact Email: RACHEL.WILSON@TRIMARKUSA.COM SMANLEY@MANLEYLANDDESIGN.COM REVIEW DATE F-701 F-702 DECOR ELEVATIONS PRODUCT DETAILS CITY OFZEPHYRH LS FIRE AND LIFE SAFETY EXAMINER F-702 FURNITURE PRODUCT DETAILS haVIR1Y �tr;�: � 2 0 4 3 2 1 Jl j U JIVE `0 �CDl UCD),�`2 Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 21A - k ra 4 �l ■ 11t L� l 111 N1410-1-511141 FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC RELEASE: v2_20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO, DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 17013 PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 H DRAWN BY AL Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET W COVER SHEET i1 SHEET NUMBER G=000 I M 0 r 8" Magnolia �e C i TRACT I �� YR COMP ! �/ TRACT D _� PHASE 1c ` ZEPHYR COMMONS PHASE 1 y PA g�R j -_ OWNER: 5F ZEPHYR COMMONS ' �(� j OUTPARCELS LP `%�'.'/ 0 `♦ ��N89°52'52"W 328. Exisitng Sidewalk 7" Magnolia 8" Magnolia N89°53'13"W 328.43'(R) (BASIS OF BEARJUeg) 4" Sieeve V PRETTY PONQ Irrigation contractor shall provide an as built drawing to the landscape architect. This drawing shall be overnighted to Manley Land Design, Inc N within 24 hours of completion of installation. 0 20 40 FT Irrigation Contractor to perform a walk-thru inspection with the Store Operator of the functioning system prior to opening but no later than one week after opening. IRRIGATION ZONES SMART CONTROLLER 1...............................20.85 GPM 7...............................14.70 GPM 2...............................14.82 GPM 8............................... DRIP 3...............................DRIP 9............................... DRIP 4...............................15.41 GPM 10............................. DRIP 5...............................DRIP 11............................. DRIP 6...............................10.29 GPM 12............................. DRIP NOTE: SEE SHEET L-201 FOR IRRIGATION DETAILS IRRIGATION NOTES 1. Irrigation contractor is responsible for locating and protecting all underground utilities prior to trenching. 2. Pressure regulator required by local code if static water pressure at point of connection for site is greater than 80 psi. 3. Irrigation meter and backflow preventor to be provided by the general contractor. 4. All valves to be located in valve box with cover at grade; Locate box in grass area when possible. 5. Automatic controller and weather sensor to be located in the storage room and trash enclosure respectively; Weather Sensor to be free from obstructions and exposed to the weather. 6. All pipes, automatic valves, backflow preventor, manual valve and meter to be located within property lines. Shown outside on drawing for clarity only. 7. 45 psi required per rotor station, 30 psi required per spray station, 40 psi required per drip station. All spray and rotor bodies to have PRS (In -stem pressure regulation) as indicated in the legend. 8. Pop-up height of spray heads to be as follows: 4" in Turf Zones, 12" in Shrub Zones, and 12" in Seasonal/color beds. Rotor height to be 4". MPR Rotor Nozzle size is indicated on drawing for each rotor. 9. 4" SCH 40 PVC sleeves to be located as shown on drawing. Extend sleeve 18" beyond back of curb or pavement. Sleeves to be located and exposed by the general contractor prior to start of irrigation installation. 10. All 1.5" mainlines (class 200 PVC pipe) to have a minimum of 18" cover. 11. All lateral and sub -main pipe (class 200 PVC pipe) to have a minimum of 12" and a maximum of 18" cover. 12. No rocks, boulders, or other extraneous materials to be used in backfilling trenches. 13. All threaded joints to be coated with Teflon Tape or Liquid Teflon. 14. All lines to be thoroughly flushed before installation of sprinkler heads. 15. Must use products specified on this drawing, unless otherwise approved by the Landscape Architect. Refer to the Irrigation Legend for product specs. 16. Irrigation is to be installed as designed, unless otherwise approved by the Landscape Architect. 17. All pipe, valves, drip, spray heads, rotors, controllers, and weather sensors to be installed as per manufacturers specifications. For any questions on Rainbird products or installation of rainbird products call Donn Mann 520-904-1146 18. Irrigation contractor shall provide an as -built drawing to the landscape architect; this drawing shall be overnighted within 24 hours of completion of installation. 19. Irrigation Contractor to perform a walk-thru inspection with the Store Operator of the functioning system prior to opening but no later than one week after opening. IRRIGATION LEGEND ❑M 1" IRRIGATION METER O1" MANUAL SHUTOFF VALVE gF BACKFLOW PREVENTER ( 1" PRESSURE REGULATOR EV 1" ELECTRICAL MASTER VALVE LANDSCAPE DRIPLINE SIDE STRIP SPRAY NOZZLE ■ END STRIP SPRAY NOZZLE 180 SPRAY NOZZLE - 10' RADIUS F7 90 SPRAY NOZZLE - 10' RADIUS 10 0-360 VARIABLE ARC SPRAY NOZZLE - 10' RADIUS ® 0-360 VARIABLE ARC SPRAY NOZZLE - 15' RADIUS ® 180 SPRAY NOZZLE - 15' RADIUS 1" ELECTRIC VALVE O 1" DRIP CONTROL ZONE VALVE © AUTOMATIC SMART CONTROLLER ws WEATHER SENSOR MAINLINE AND LATERAL LINE IRRIGATION SLEEVE -4" SCH 40 PVC PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR 1 REQUIRED AS REQUIRED BY CITY AS REQUIRED 1 REQUIRED RAINBIRD XFD-09-18 RAINBIRD 1800-PRS-15SST RAINBIRD 1800-PRS-15EST RAINBIRD 1800-PRS-U10H RAINBIRD 1800-PRS-U10Q RAINBIRD 1800-PRS-HE-VAN-10 RAINBIRD 1800-PRS-HE-VAN-15 RAINBIRD 1800-PRS-U15H RAINBIRD 100-PGA RAINBIRD XCZ-100-PRB-COM RAINBIRD ESP-SMTe (120V required); expansion modules as needed INCLUDED W/T CONTROLLER CLASS 200 PVC IRRIGATION PIPE AND FITTINGS - 1.5" MAINLINE, 1" LATERAL LINES 4" SCH 40 PVC SLEEVE UNDER PAVEMENT installation of sleeves by contractor in location as shown on plan. Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 anleyLAN D Landscape Arc�'sfp.r 770.442.8171 iel 770.442.1123 fax Manley Land Design, Inc. 51 Old Canton Street Alpharetta, Georgia 30009 manleylanddesign.com r M J Lim r Lo � � M (n CM � J LL O •— Mr r s � � Q N aN FSU# 4040 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DA I L DESCRIPTION 1 3.23 18 City Ccfrrents 2 4.18.18 City Ccmments M,: MLD PROJECT# 2018035 PRINTED FOR Permit DATE 3.1.18 DRAWN BY SLG Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project repiesentatives. SHEET Irrigation Plan E a SHEET NUMBER Ln200 INDOOR WALL j 1 GENERAL NOTES: O RAIN BIRD ESP4SMTEI _ a INSIDE WALL MOUNT 14NCH PVC SCH 40 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS m WIRES TO REMOTE CONTROL VALVES AND SENSOR O STANDARD MODULE FOR 4-STATION CONTROLLER CONTRACTOR TO COMPLY NTH ALL LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES W REFERENCE 0 ✓ 0 OPTIONAL MODULES FOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF PVC PIPING AND LOW VOLTAGE WIRING. 3 22STO LOCATE CONTROLLER 2 MAIN SUPPLY, LATERAL MAIN LATERAL LOW -VOLTAGE 120 VOLT NOTE: INSTALLER OF SLEEVES SHILLL BE RESPONSIBLE LOCATE O 120 VAC, 60 HZ EXTERNAL PLUG-IN TRANSFORMER AND LOW -VOLTAGE WIRING SUPPLY LINE WIRING WIRING SLEEVES IF NOT PROPERLY INSTALLED. 8 INSIOE FRONT COVFR O CONNECTION FOR WIRES FROM SENSOR 1 ROOF EDGE—�—j—�— 712— �—�RAIN BIRD ESP-SMT SENSOR% I ' 112' 1f2' 12' 1Y • • 1 TUBING OR 18' is 1RACIONG } 1ir 7 q WRING --- LATERAL #14-1 5 --- MAN LIE ® (�-�) 2' z Chick-fil-A ALL 120VOLT WIRINGIN 'r MIN. 5200 Buffington Road OC„LLCODE. ACCORDANCE WITH Atlanta, Georgia NOTES: �, ♦ ♦ ♦ • + • • •• . •' , . • . . • j.� : 24' MIN. 30349-2998 ® O ® 1. LENGTH OF WIRE FROM CONTROLLER TO SENSOR + • • + • • + ♦ • • • + ♦ ♦ 12' MIN. SENSOR DETAIL: • 1 O SHOULDENSOR M Y BE REATER MOUNTED ON FEN FEET. • • • • SCHEDULE 40 PVC o U 1 ESP-SMTE SENSOR 2. SENSOR MAY F MOUNTED ON FENCE, FENCE POST TIEA LOOSE Z(1' LOOP W I i (��� VIEW) OR ON EAVE OF BUILDING. ZLL MAIN SUPPLY LNES WIRING AT ALL CHANGES OF ® 3. SENSOR SHOULD NOT BE MOUNTED UNDER TREES, IN TO BE INSTALLED IN DNECTION GREATER THAN Mr O CONNECTION FOR WIRES AREAS AFFECTED BY SPRINKLER SYSTEM OR UNDER TAPE AND BUNDLE ACCORDANCE WITH UNTIE ALL LOOPS AFTER ALL FROM CONTROLLER EAVE OF BUILDING. TUBING OR WIRING MANUFACTURERS INSTAL- CONNECTIONS HAVE BEEN NSIDE CONTROL[FR CHASSIS IN TERVALS. LATIONSPECIFICATIONS. COMPLETED. NOTE: WIRE LENGTH FROM CONTROLLER TO BEDDING AND COMPACTION AS PER ENGINEER'S SPECIFICATIONS ma SENSOR NOT TO EXCEED 200 FEET. LAND DE�Ic(v' Landscape Architecture IRRIGATION TRENCHING AND PIPE DEPTH 770.442.8171 tel IRRIGATION SMART CONTROLLER: ESP-SMTe IRRIGATION WEATHER SENSOR 3 IRRIGATION SLEEVING 770.442.1123 fax SCALE:NTS 2 SCALE:NTS (LOCATE AT DUMBSTER WALL) SCALE:NTS 4 SCALE:NTS Manley Land Design, Inc 51 Old Canton Street Alpharetta, Georgia 30009 manleylanddesign.com O BARB X BARB INSERT EL, TEE OR CROSS: 3 4 5 RAIN BIRD XFF-ELBOW (TYPICAL) RAIN BIRD XFD-CR (TYPICAL) 1 2'� RAIN BIRD XFDLROSS (TYPICAL) 3 Ark O FLUSH POINT (TYPICAL) 2 6 SEE RAIN BIRD DETAIL'XFD FLUSH POINT' 1 7 O ON -SURFACE DRIPLINE PIPE: Ot 304 CH LINEAR LENGTH OF RAIN BIRD XF SERIES DRIPLINE 8 14 12 ; i; -� POTABLE: XFD DRIPLINE WIRE, COILED 13 r— — } 4� O PARKING ISLAND CURB O 2 WATERPROOF CONNECTION: FP FP •f• % `.• RAIN BIRD SPLICE-1 (1 OF 2) / / / I O5 PERIMETER DRIPLNE PIPE TO BE INSTALLED T-4 FROM 1 2 3 4 5 6 O3 ID TAG: RAIN BIRD VIO SERIES /-- --� 8 7 14 DRIP MANIFOLD PARKING ISLAND CURB A BURIAL DEPTH 14 O4 REMOTE CONTROL VALVE: ©BARB X MALE FITTING: RAIN BIRD PGA 15 RAIN BIRD XFD-MA FITTING (TYPICAL) 3' MlIN. 7 1 O FINISH GRADE ` MI VALVE BOX WITH COVER: 8 RAIN BIRD VB-STD O ROTOR POP-UP SPRINKLER: 7 7 PVC SCH 40 TEE OR EL (TYPICAL) RAIN INSET A PVC SUPPLY MANIFOLD 9 O FINISH GRADEfrOP OF MULCH 1 O FINISH GRADEfrOP OF MULCH 2 WITH MPR NOZZLES 9 O O PVC SCH 80 NIPPLE (CLOSE) 2 POP-UP SPRAY SPRINKLER: O (MPR NOZZLE AS INDICATED ON THE IRRIGATION PLAN) 10 s� 11 O9 SHRUB OR GROUNDCOVER BED ( 2 RAIN BIRD 1804 WITH 1800VPC 3 SWING PIPE, 1/2INCH LENGTH: 1 10 10 WITH U-SERIES NOZZLE, VAN NOZZLE, OR RAINBIRD ROTARY NOZZLE RAIN BIRD MODEL SP-100 TREE (TYPICAL) O PVC SCH 40 ELL (AS SHOWN AND SPECIFIED ON THE IRRIGATION PLAN) O4 1t24WCH MALE NPT X .490INCH BARB ELBOW: O9 PVC SCH 80 NIPPLE PVC LATERAL PIPE RAINBIRD MODEL SBE-050 (I OF 2) 11 MULCH BED FOR TREE (LENGTH AS REQUIRED) O PVC SCH 40 TEE OR ELL NOTES: 4 SWING PIPE, 11? LENGHT 1. DISTANCE BETWEEN LATERAL ROWS AND EMITTER SPACING TO BE BASED ON SOIL TYPE, PLANT MATERIALS AND XFCV Dripline Maximum Lateral Lengths 5 RAIN BIRD MODEL SP-100 (Feet) 12 2-3 INCHES DEPTH OF MULCH 10 BRICK (1 OF 4) 4 3 O LATERALPIPE CHANGES IN ELEVATION. SEE INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS ON RAIN BIRD WEB SITE (WWW.RAINBIRD.COM)FQR 5 1/2INCH MALE NPTXA90INCH BARB ELBOW: SUGGESTED SPACING. 17Spacing UrSpac"'y 11 PVC MAINLINE PIPE 4 RAIN BIRD MODEL SBE-050 13 FINISH GRADE 16 15 14 13 12 11 O PVC SCH 40 TEE OR ELL 2. LENGTH OF LONGEST DRIPLINE LATERAL SHOULD NOT EXCEED THE MAXIMUM SPACING SHOWN IN THE ACCOMPANYING Inlet Praas psi Nominal Flow Nominal Flow 12 SCH 80 NIPPLE (24NCH T� (gph) (gW) 14 PVC DRIP MANIFOLD FROM RAIN BIRD CONTROL ZONE VALVE KIT LENGTH, HIDDEN) AND 3. PLACE TIE DOWN STAKES EVERY THREE FEET IN SAND, FOUR FEET IN LOAM, AND FIVE FEET IN CLAY. 0.6 0.e 0.6 0.a (SIZED TO MEET LATERAL FLOW DEMAND) SCH 40 ELL 4. AT FITTINGS WHERE THERE IS A CHANGE OF DIRECTION SUCH AS TEES OR ELBOWS, USE TIE -DOWN STAKES ON 20 192 136 254 215 13 PVC SCH 40 TEE OR ELL EACH LEG OF THE CHANGE OF DIRECTION. 30 zee 205 402 337 15 PVC RISER PIPE 0 5. WHEN USING 17MM INSERT FITTINGS WITH DESIGN PRESSURE OVER 5OPSI, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT STAINLESS 40 350 248 498 416 14 PVC SCH 40 MALE ADAPTER STEEL CLAMPS BE INSTALLED ON EACH FITTING. 50 1 367 2a1 573 4T7 r' 15 PVC LATERAL PIPE 3 6 6 5 W 436 3os e37 529 O 16 33/41NNCH HMINIMUMWASHEDEPTH OF 3 IRRIGATION VALVE: 100-PGA POP-UP SPRAY: 1804 SERIES POP-UP ROTOR: 5004 SERIES W/T MPR NOZZLE DRIP: SYSTEM LAYOUT AND INSTALLATION OVERVIEW _ s s 7 $ SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS um = 1 M o M LL. L O— as S OFINISH GRADE7TOP OF MULCH O ON -SURFACE DRIPLINE: �/ S O2 VALVE BOX WITH COVER: RAIN BIRD XF SERIES DRIPLNE POTABLE: XFCV DRIPLNE }� A+ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 RAIN BIRD VB-STD 1 L 3 03 304NCH LINEAR LENGTH OF WIRE, COILED O INLINE DRIP EMITTER OUTLET, SEE PLANS FOR DRIPLINE OOUTLET WATERPROOF CONNECTION: 10 SPACING. 1 4 4 O MULCH O14NCH RAIN BIRD DB SERIES BALL VALVE (INCLUDED IN < ' _ r _ + %— = ,• 3O BARB TEE 17x17x17mm O1 PLANT MATERIAL a-_ O2 XCZ-PRB-100-COM KIT) t' �!' •r - - - RAIN BIRD XFF-TEE 2 COIAPRESS ON FITTINGS, POTABLE:RAIN BIRD MDCFCAP OID TAG 2° 4" -' ;, _ :_ _ _:. „-' , '+ o BARB COUPLING 17x17mm XFF-COUP O2 FINISH GRADE 5 O MICRO POP-UP. 2 O EASY FIT COUPLING: FSU# 4040 T o REMOTE CONTROL VALVE: 11 RAIN BIRD -SPRAY 1 2 3 4 5 11 RAIN BIRD PESB (INCLUCED IN I I 1 I I I O I I' I I I I I I I O5 BARB ELBOW 17x17mm RAIN BIRD XERI-POP XP-120OX O4 1)2' POLYETHYLENE TUBING: O MULCH 6 7 8 9 10 O4 RAIN BIRD MDCFCOUP SUBTERRANEAN EMITTER BOX: 12 OS XCZ-PRB-100-COM KIT) PRESSURE REGULATING QUICK — RAIN BIRD XFF-ELBOW RAIN BIRD XF SERIES TUBING OR RAIN BIRD Xi 700 XERI TUBE OR O FINISH GRADE 5 O RAIN BIRD SEB 7XB 1/2' POLYETHYLENE TUBING: CHECK BASKET FILTER: K-R: _ O BARB MALE ADAPTER 3 RAIN BIRD XBS BLACK STRIPE TUBING 3 ,= '^ ------------ ~; -'- RAIN BIRD XF BLANK TUBING REVISION SCHEDULE RAIN BIRD PRB-OBASKET IL ONCLUDED IN XCZ-PRB-IOD-COM KIT) 5 1 3 1 2 4 9 17mm X 112' MPT 6 O5 1N' SELF -PIERCING BARB CONNECTOR: O3 OPERATION INDICATOR : �; i : '= O6 FINISH GRADE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 11 O PVC SCH 40 FEMALE ADAPTOR 12 RAIN BIRD XFF-MA-050 17mm X 3/4' MPT RAIN BIRD SPB-025 O6 1p' DISTRIBUTION TUBING: RAIN BIRD MODEL: OPERIND O4 ON -SURFACE DRIPLNE: O PVC EXHAUST HEADER 2 4.18.18 City Camnenis (SPRC) O O Q O 10 LATERAL PIPE 6 — 7 8 RAIN BIRD XFF�IA 075 RAIN BIRD XQ TUBING (LENGTH AS REQUIRED) RAIN BIRD XF SERIES DRIPLINE 8 8 O PVC SCH 40 TEE OR EL O 4�% O O O 11 PVC SCH 80 NIPPLE (LENGTH AS F(7 PVC TEE SxSxT POTABLE: XFCV SERIES 9 = 9O BARB X MALE FITTING: 12 REQUIRE) PVC SCH 40 ELL O8 PVC LATERAL SUPPLY HEADER 10 RAIN BIRD XFF-MA FITTING (TYPICAL) ONSURFACEDRIPLINE: O TIE DOWN STAKE: SERIES RAIN BIRD XF SERIES DRIPLINE 13 PVC SCH 80 NIPPLE (2-INCH LENGTH, POTABLE: XFCV DRIPLINE 14 HIDDEN)AND PVC SCH 40 ELL PVC SCH 40 TEE OR ELL RAIN BIRD TDS-050 WITH BEND (TYPICAL) MILD PROJECT # 2018035 10 MULCH N0�' 11 O 11 12 IM 3INCH MIN MUM DEPTH OF 15 MAINLINE PIPE NOTES: 1. PLACE TIE DOWN STAKES EVERY THREE FEET IN SAND, FOUR FEET IN LOAM, AND FIVE 11 FINISH GRADE 1. RAIN BIRD XERI-POP CAN UTILIZE THE FOLLOWING NOZZLES: SO SQUARE NOZZLES (FORMERLY XPH) 12 3/4' WASHED GRAVEL BRICK (1 OF 2) PRINTED FOR Permit 16 3-INCH MINIMUM DEPTH OF 3/44NCH FEET IN CLAY OF SUCH AS TEES OR ELBOWS, USE 5 SERIES MPR NOZZLES (ALL CONFIGURATIONS) 5 SERIES PLASTIC BUBBLERS DATE 3.1.18 WASHED GRAVEL 2. AT FITTINGS WHERE THERE ISACHANGE DIRECTION 12 RAIN BIRD XF SERIES BLANK TUBING LENGTH AS REQUIRED 8 SERIES MPR NOZZLES (8H, 8TAND 8Q) 13 14 15 16 17 17 PVC SCH 80 NIPPLE, CLOSE (INCLUDED TIE -DOWN STAKES ON EACH LEG OF THE CHANGE OF DIRECTION. NOTE: IN XCZ-PRB-100-COM KIT) 3. SAVE YOUR HANDS. USE THE RAIN BIRD FITTINS-TOOL XF INSERTION TOOL FOR FITTING 1. USE XERIMAN TOOL XM-TOOL TO INSERT BARB TRANSFER FITTING DIRECTLY INTO DRAWN BY SLG ASSEMBLY DRIPLINE TUBING. NOTE: 2. VAN NOZZLE MAYBE SET TO CLOSED, OR IF IT IS DESIRED TO SEE SPRAY FROM THE NOZZLE, SET THE ARC TO w PATTERN. THE FLOW FROM THE NOZZLE, 0.3 GPM, 1. ALLOW A MINIMUM OF 64NCHES OF DRIPLINE TUBING IN VALVE BOX IN ORDER TO DIRECT Information contained on this drawing and in all files SHOULD BE ACCOUNTED FOR IN THE SYSTEM DESIGN. FLUSHED WATER OUTSIDE VALVE BOX. f produced for above named produced prod project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET 01000 Irrigation Details E 9 DRIP VALVE: XCZ-PRB-100-COM �o DRIP: ON -SURFACE RISER ASSEMBLY DRIP: XERI-POP MICRO SPRAY �2 DRIP: PERATION INDICATOR 13 DRIP: DRIPLINE FLUSH POINT SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS (FOR USE AT COLOR BEDS) SCALE:NTS SCALE:NTS a SHEET NUMBER Lw201 PART 1 - GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES Work to be performed under this Section shall consist of furnishing all labor and materials necessary to construct a complete working and tested sprinkler irrigation system as per all drawings and specifications. REFERENCES A. ANSI - American National Standards Institute B. ASIC - American Society of Irrigation Consultants: ASIC Grounding Guideline. C. ASSE - American Society of Sanitary Engineering: ASSE 1013, 1015: Backflow Preventers, Pressure Reducers. D. ASTM - American Society of Testing and Materials E. IA -The Irrigation Association: Main BMP Document. F. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association: NFPA 70 National Electrical Code. G. UL - Underwriters Laboratories: UL Wires and Cables. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. All work to be performed to current standards of SEI and of the local governing municipality. • B. PVC Pipe: Must be stamped with certified NFS. C. Contractor shall be responsible to obtain all necessary permits and to comply with electrical company requirements. D. No substitutions of materials are allowed unless approved by Landscape Architect. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contractor shall have considerable experience and demonstrate ability in the installation of irrigation system(s) of specified type(s) in a neat, orderly, and responsible manner in accordance with recognized standards of workmanship. B. All work shall be performed in accordance with the best standards of practice relating to the trade. C. Contractor shall provide an irrigation as -built drawing to the designer responsible for the irrigation plan. This drawing shall be ovemighted to the respective party within 24 hours of installation completion. WARRANTY A. Contractor shall provide a one year warranty that covers all workmanship and labor. B. Contractor shall provide a five year warranty that covers all materials. PART 2 - PRODUCTS PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Material: PVC B. Pressure Pipe: Class 200. C. Lateral Pipe: Class 200, Polyethylene for Northeastern Climate. D. Fittings: Schedule 40, solvent welded or threaded. E. Risers: Schedule 80, threaded. F. Sleeves: Schedule 40, minimum 4". AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER A. Irrigation controller specifications include but are not limited to: 1. The controller shall be of a hybrid type that is microelectronic circuitry capable of fully automatic or manual operation. 2. All stations shall have the capability of independently obeying or ignoring the weather sensor as well as using or not using the master valve. 3. The controller shall have the capability of shutting off the system on rainy days. B. Control zone kit for drip zones with flows from 3 to 15 gpm (11.4 to 56.8 I/m), including control valve (CV) and pressure -regulating filter (PRF). 1. Control Valve (CV) component specifications include: a. Valve body and bonnet constructed of high impact, weather -resistant plastic, stainless steel and other chemical/ultra-violet resistant materials. b. One unit diaphragm constructed of durable Buna-N rubber with a clog resistant metering orifice. c. Inlet pressure rating of 15 to 150 psi (1.0 to 10.3 bar). 2. Pressure Regulating Filter (PRF) component specifications include: a. Compact "Y" filter body and cap configuration constructed of glass -filled, ultra -violet resistant polypropylene, with 150 psi (10.3 bar) operating pressure rating. b. 200 mesh (75 micron) filter screen constructed of stainless steel. c. Normally -open pressure regulating device with preset outlet pressure of 40 psi (2.8 bar). 3. Regulated pressure of 40 psi (2.8 bar). C. Low flow control zone kit for drip zones with flows from 0.2 to 5.0 gpm (0.8 to 18.9 I/m), including Low Flow Valve (LFV) and Pressure -Regulating Filter (PRF). 1. Low flow valve (LFV) component specifications include: a. Valve body and bonnet constructed of high impact, weather -resistant plastic, stainless steel and other chemical/ultra-violet resistant materials. b. One unit diaphragm constructed of durable Buna-N rubber material with a clog resistant metering orifice. c. Inlet pressure rating of 15 to 150 psi (1.0 to 10.3 bar). 2. Pressure regulating filter (PRF) component specifications include: a. Compact "Y" filter body and cap configuration constructed of glass -filled, ultra -violet resistant polypropylene, with 150 psi (10.3 bar) operating pressure rating. b. 200 mesh (75 micron) filter screen constructed of stainless steel. c. Normally -open pressure regulating device with preset outlet pressure of 30 psi (2.1 bar). 3. Regulated pressure of 30 psi (2.1 bar). POP-UP SPRINKLERS A. Irrigation spray body for small turf areas (2.5-24 feet (0.8-7.3m) with a 30 psi (2.0 bar) pressure regulating device specifications include but are not limited to: 1. Parts and components to withstand harsh operating conditions using chemically treated recycled water (reclaimed/non-potable), dirty water containing grit, debris, and other particulates, high operating pressures common in commercial irrigation and resistant to ultra -violet light. 2. Pressure -activated, co -molded soft elastomer wiper seal composed of three wipers and a base seal to ensure a positive seal without excess "flow -by" which enables more heads to be installed on the same valve. 3. Recessed debris pockets located in the base of the spray body to prevent recirculation of harmful debris during operation. 4. Shall include a check valve to prevent low head drainage of up to 14 feet (4.3 m); 6 psi (0.4 bar). 5. Shall include technology built into the stem to prevent water loss and alert maintenance when a spray nozzle is removed. 6. Flow by rating of 0 at 15 psi (1.0 bar) or greater, 0.5 gpm (0.1 m3/h; 0.03 I/s) otherwise. 7. Shall include '/z" (15/21) NPT female threaded bottom inlet. 8. The spray body, stem, nozzle, and screen shall be constructed of heavy-duty and ultra -violet resistant plastic. B. Irrigation spray body for small turf areas (2.5-24 feet (0.8-7.3m) with a 45 psi (3.1 bar) pressure regulating device specifications include but are not limited to: 1. Parts and components to withstand harsh operating conditions using chemically treated recycled water (reclaimed/non-potable), dirty water containing grit, debris, and other particulates, high operating pressures common in commercial irrigation and resistant to ultra -violet light. 2. Pressure -activated, co -molded soft elastomer wiper seal composed of three wipers and a base seal to ensure a positive seal without excess "flow -by" which enables more heads to be installed on the same valve. 3. Recessed debris pockets located in the base of the spray body to prevent recirculation of harmful debris during operation. 4. Shall include a check valve to prevent low head drainage of up to 14 feet (4.3 m); 6 psi (0.4 bar). 5. Shall include technology built into the stem to prevent water loss and alert maintenance when a spray nozzle is removed. 6. Flow by rating of 0 at 15 psi (1.0 bar) or greater, 0.5 gpm (0.1 m3/h; 0.03 I/s) otherwise. 7. Shall include Y2" (15/21) NPT female threaded bottom inlet. 8. The spray body, stem, nozzle, and screen shall be constructed of heavy-duty and ultra -violet resistant plastic. SPRAY NOZZLES A. Fixed or variable arc matched precipitation rate spray nozzle for small turf areas (3-15 feet (.91-4.6 m), maximum 30 psi (2.1 bar) specifications include but are not limited to: 1. Shall be constructed of ultra -violet resistant plastic. 2. Shall contain a stainless steel flow and radius adjustment screw allowing up to 25% radius reduction. 3. Nozzle shall have a precipitation rate that is matched across sets and patterns of spray nozzles up to 15 feet (4.6 m). 4. Shall include color coding marking on top of nozzle for easy identification of spray radius. B. Dual orifice fixed arc nozzle for small turf areas (5-15 feet (1.7-4.6 m), maximum 30 psi (2.1 bar) specifications include but are not limited to: 1. Shall be constructed of ultra -violet resistant plastic. 2. Shall contain a stainless steel flow and radius adjustment screw allowing up to 25% radius reduction. 3. The nozzle shall have dual orifices for both in -close watering and standard pattern watering with a matched precipitation rate between sets and matched flow and with other matched precipitation rate fixed spray nozzles up to 15 feet (4.6 m). 4. Shall include color coding marking on top of nozzle for easy identification of spray radius. C. Multi stream rotating nozzle for small turf areas (8-24 feet (2.4-7.4m), maximum 55 psi (3.8 bar) specifications include but are not limited to: 1. Shall be constructed of ultra -violet resistant plastic. 2. Shall contain a stainless steel radius adjustment screw allowing reduction to 13 feet (4.0 m). 3. Shall have a matched precipitation rate of 0.60 in/hr (15.2 mm/hr). 4. Shall have a color coded radius reduction plug to allow for easy identification of fixed arc pattern. ROTOR HEADS A. Pop-up rotor sprinkler for medium turf areas (25-47 feet (7.6-14.3 m), maximum 75 psi (5.2 bar) specifications include but are not limited to: 1. Shall have adjustable arc rotation of 40 to 360 degrees (0.7 to 6.3 rad) and reversing full circle rotation. 2. Shall have a flow shut-off device that is integrated into the flow path of the sprinkler. 3. Shall have a pressure -activated, multi -function wiper seal that protects intemals from debris and assures positive pop-up and retraction. 4. Shall contain additional o-rings and seals for extra protection in "gritty" water. 5. Operating precipitation rate of 0.20 to 1.01 inches per hour (5 to 26 mm/h). 6. Operating flow rate of 0.73 to 8.31 gpm (0.17 to 1.85 m3/h). 7. The body, stem, nozzle, and screen shall be constructed of heavy-duty and ultra -violet resistant plastic. 8. Shall include a 45 psi (3.1 bar) pressure regulating device to prevent high pressure misting to the nozzle stream. 9. Shall include an internal check valve to prevent low head drainage of up to 7 feet (2.1 m) to prevent puddling, run-off and erosion. 10. Shall include a set of twelve interchangeable nozzles, 8 nozzles with 25 degree (0.4 rad) trajectory and 4 low -angle nozzles with 10 degree (0.2 rad) trajectory. FLEXIBLE SWING PIPE A. Swing pipe specifications include but are not limited to: 1. Swingpipe shall be flexible black tubing constructed of linear low density material PP 9 tY with a wall thickness of 0.098" (0.3 cm) with a nominal inside diameter of 0.49" (1.2 cm). 2. Pipe shall be capable of a flow up to 8 gpm (0.51/s). DRIPLINE A. Distribution tubing specifications include but are not limited to: 1. The blank tubing shall be manufactured from flexible polyethylene material with a wall thickness of 0.049" (1.2 mm), outside diameter of 0.634" (16.1 mm), and inside diameter of 0.536" (13.6 mm). 2. The tubing shall be dual -layered (brown over black). INLINE EMITTER DRIPLINE A. Sub -surface inline emitter tubing specifications include but are not limited to: 1. The tubing shall be manufactured from flexible polyethylene material with wall thickness of 0.049" (1.2 mm), outside diameter of 0.634" (16 mm), and inside diameter of 0.536" (13.6 mm). 2. The tubing shall have factory installed pressure -compensating, inline emitters with a copper shield device installed every 12, 18, or 24 inches (30.5, 45.7, 61 cm) as indicated on construction drawings. 3. Operating pressure range of 8.5 to 60 psi (0.6 to 4.1 bar). 4. Operating emitter flow rates of 0.6 and 0.9 gph (2.3 I/hr and 3.5 I/hr). DISTRIBUTION TUBING A. Y4" distribution tubing for emitters and other devices specifications include but are not limited to: 1. The blank tubing shall be extruded from ultra -violet resistant polyethylene resin materials with a wall thickness of 0.04" (1 mm), outside diameter of 0.250" (6.3 mm), and inside diameter of 0.170" (4.3 mm). 2. Operating pressure range from 0 to 60 psi (0 to 4.1 bar). EMITTERS A. Point source emission device specifications include but are not limited to: 1. The emitter shall be constructed of ultra -violet resistant acetyl materials. 2. Shall have a pressure -compensating design to deliver a uniform flow throughout a pressure range of 15 to 50 psi (1.0 to 3.4 bar). 3. Flow rates that range from 0.5 to 2 gph (1.89 to 7.57 I/h) at a pressure range of 15 to 50 psi (1.0 to 3.4 bar). VALVE BOX A. Valve boxes specifications include but are not limited to: 1. Shall be made of structural foam HPDE resin that is resistant to ultra -violet light, weather, moisture and chemical action of soils. 2. Lids shall be clearly marked with the words "IRRIGATION CONTROL VALVE" molded onto the top. 3. Lid colors are available in black, green and purple designating non -potable water use. EXCAVATION A. Stake pipe and equipment layout for Owner's review and approval. Review does not relieve installer from coverage problems due to improper placement after staking. B. Excavate trenches for irrigation system pipe to provide minimum cover per plans and details. C. Barricade trenches that are left open overnight. INSTALLATION A. General: Plans are diagrammatic. Proceed with installation in accordance with the following: 1. Install stop and waste valves, backflow preventers, and other equipment required by local authorities according to laws and regulations in order to make system complete. a. Coordinate with the General Contractor the responsible for installing the backflow preventer and other irrigation items at the connection point. b. Coordinate with the General Contractor the for exact location of the irrigation connection point. 2. Thoroughly flush main lines before installing automatic control valves, and laterals before installing sprinklers. Flush supply lines thoroughly before installing backflow preventers or other regulating devices. B. Piping: Assemble all mainline and lateral lines in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations with no cul-de-sacs. Assure positive drainage. C. Sleeves: General Contractor shall install sleeves before concrete/paving work. 1. Sleeves should be a minimum two times the diameter of the pipe passing through them. 2. General Contractor shall stub -up and flag sleeve locations for the Irrigation Contractors ease of locating. 3. Sleeve locations shall be approximate to that shown on the Irrigation Plan. D. Control Valves: 1. Install one valve per valve box and provide 12 inches of expansion loop slack wire at all connections inside valve box. E. Manual Drains: 1. Install per manufacturer's recommendations on upstream and downstream side of backflow preventers and atlowest point along main pressure pipe. W, Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 ^AA6 el" P L A N M7a* Landscape Architecture 770.442.8171 tel 770.442.1123 fax F. Quick -Coupling Valves: 1. Install using 1 inch PVC nipples and schedule 40 ells as detailed. Location as indicated on Manley Land Design, Inc. plans. 51 Old Canton Street G. Backflow Preventer: Alpharetta, Georgia 30009 1. Install assembly complete for irrigation system with 2 drain valves and 2 shut off valves per detail, local laws and regulations, and per manufacturer's specifications. manleylanddesign.com 2. Install assemblies with drain valves in below grade installations. Provide open box floor with gravel drain sump. H. Valve Boxes 1. Install over all remote control valves, manual control valves, zone shutoff valves, gate valves, or globe valves. Size to provide adequate room for maintenance. 2. Install boxes on level subgrade with proper drainage so that top of boxes are flush with finish grade material (sod, mulch, rock, etc.). Place parallel or perpendicular to adjacent curbs, sidewalks, or driveways. 3. Place washed gravel aggregate in sump as shown on details. I. Automatic Controller 1. Properly ground controller per local laws and regulations. Make all control wire connections to automatic controller. Coordinate controller installation with other electrical work. 2. Connect remote control valves to controller in numerical sequence as shown on Plans. J. Wire and Electrical Work 1. Use electrical control and ground wire suitable for sprinkler control cable. 2. Provide 120-volt power connection (by others) to automatic controller to conform to local codes, ordinances and authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Low Voltage Wiring: a. Bury control wiring between controller and electric valves in pressure supply line trenches, strung as close as possible to main pipe lines with such wires to be consistently located below and to one side of the pipe, or in separate trenches. b. Bundle all 24-volt wires at 10-foot intervals and lay with pressure supply line pipe to one side of trench. c. Install control wire for each control valve. d. Run 2 spare #14-1 wires from controller pedestal or electric control valve on each and every leg of mainline. K. Sprinkler Heads, Emitters, Rotators, and Rotors 1. Flush circuit piping with full head of water and install sprinklers after hydrostatic text is completed. 2. Adjust nozzles to allow for adequate coverage and to minimize overspray onto walks, roads, driveways, and buildings. r 3. Stake emitter tubing with 1/4" RainbircM TS-025 tubing stakes. ' O 4. Adjust heads to be plumb and flush with finish grades, even with top of soil level or top of M material level after completion of grading, seeding, sodding, and rolling of grass. L. Drip Tubing 1. Install all drip tubing in locations shown on the Irrigation Plan. To be laid out and installed per the irrigation drip details (sheet L-2.1). 2. Install flush caps as indicated on details. r 3. Install drip indicator on all drip zones. um 111IT M. Thrust Blocks and/or Joint Restraints , D Lin 1. Install on pipe sized 2" or larger wherever the main pipeline: M a. Changes any direction at tees, angles, and crosses vertical and horizontal. M b. Changes at reducers. c. Stops at a dead-end. d. Valves at which thrust develops when closed. LL BACKFILLING L = y A. Do not begin backfilling operations until system tests and approvals have been completed. 0 S B. Bed all pipe a minimum of 2 inches. Backfill to 6 inches above pipe with soil free of rocks over ElmS a L 1-inch diameter, debris, or organic matter. Backfill remainder of trench with soil of like quality to adjacent areas. Haul away all material not suitable for backfill. C. Compact backfill in 6-inch lifts thoroughly to prevent settling damage to grades or plant material. Leave trenches slightly mounded to allow for settlement after backfilling is completed. Low areas L W and damage caused by settling will be repaired by Contractor at no additional cost to the Project or N a N Owner. D. Prevent soil, rocks, or debris from entering pipes or sleeves. FLUSHING AND TESTING FSU# 4040 A. Flushing: After piping, risers, and valves are in place and connected, but prior to installation of sprinkler heads, thoroughly flush piping system under full head of water pressure from dead end REVISION SCHEDULE fittings. Maintain flushing for 5 minutes through furthermost valves. Cap risers after flushing. NQ, PAIL DESCRIPTION INSPECTION 2 4.18.18 City comments (SPlIq A. Arrange for Owner's presence 48 hours in advance of inspection walk-through. B. Examine areas and conditions under which work of this section is to be performed and ensure a complete and operating installation prior to scheduling a walk-through. C. Operate each zone in its entirety for Owner at time of walk-through and open all valve boxes as directed. MILD PROJECT# 2018035 D. Expose all drip emitters under operations for observation by Owner to demonstrate they are PRINTED FOR Permit performing and installed as designed prior to placing of mulch material. Schedule separate walk-through as necessary. DATE 3.1.18 E. As necessary Owner will generate a list of items to be corrected prior to Final Acceptance. DRAWN BY SLG RESTORATION AND CLEANING Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from A. Flush dirt and debris from piping before installing sprinklers and other devices. authorized project representatives. B. Adjust automatic control valves to provide flow rate of rated operating pressure required for each SHEET sprinkler circuit. C. Restore all damaged areas to original condition unless otherwise shown on plans at no additional Irrigation Specifications cost to the Project or Owner. E 4) a SHEET NUMBER L=202 `T O Y11 N LO O M 4 T O N O N O N ti LLI W /'r^ vl L� I- J_ m cr) tf LUG C. U 5 N O �C? V O 0 �d- O r J V7 r O A am0 0 C CD D 0�x� Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 IA AM CCR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIORS Q LL Um Cn > M � J jLL Q J m V� J= =a o= a V ULI tiLLI N FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC RELEASE: v2 20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 17013 PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY Author Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET ACCESSIBILITY SHEET SHEET NUMBER G=002 OP 4 3 2 1 L U Q, >% t? a) IV, O Nr O NT _O ry J UI J cn a �i LL I g a) tl N } W U_ >1 U) CL w 11) U_ OI 0- co lqr O O � 'I QI co O LL r O 0 N O O (y) N U 2 N C� I� O E C n E: FUNCTIONOF SPACE RE: 2017 FBC NOTE #8 ASSEMBLY -STANDING � KITCHEN ASSEMBLY - UNCONCENTRATED STORAGE BUSINESS FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL NOTES 1. NEITHER AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM NOR MANUAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WILL BE PROVIDED. SEE FFPC AND FBC SUMMARIES BELOW FOR CODE REFERENCES. 2. PROVIDE HOOD SUPPRESSION SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. 3. PROVIDE THREE (3) #10 ABC GENERAL PURPOSE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SUITABLE FOR CLASS ABC FIRES USING DRY CHEMICAL. LOCATE AS PER LOCAL AUTHORITIES. 4. PROVIDE ONE (1) 6 LITER K RATED FIRE EXTINGUISHER IN THE KITCHEN AS PER NFPA 10. 5. PROVIDE CLASS 'C' MINIMUM FINISHES ON WALLS AS SPECIFIED IN FINISH LEGEND PER FBC TABLE 803.9, EXCEPTION E. 2017 FBC NOTES 1. PROVIDE FIREBLOCKING IN WALLS SO THAT THE VERTICAL DISTANCE SHALL NOT EXCEED 10' (FBC 718.2.1) 2. PROVIDE FIREBLOCKING AT CEILINGS, ROOF LINES AND ANY CONNECTION OF VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL CONCEALED SPACES (FBC 718.1) 3. FIRE BLOCKING SHALL BE 2" NOMINAL LUMBER OR 2 LAYERS OF 3/4" PLYWOOD WITH JOINTS STAGGERED. (FBC 718.2.1) 4. PROVIDE DRAFTSTOPPING IN ATTIC AS SHOWN ON DETAIL. (FBC 718.3.1) 5. PROVIDE THERMAL AND SOUND INSULATION WITH FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 25 AND SMOKE DEVELOPMENT INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 450 AS SPECIFIED.(FBC 720.1) 6. ROOFING OF CLASS C MATERIALS AS SPECIFIED IN SPECIFICATIONS. (FBC 1505.1) 7. CLASS "C" CEILING AS SPECIFIED IN FINISH LEGEND ON A1.2. (FBC 803.9) 8. OCCUPANT LOAD SIGN BY OWNER.; PROVIDE 2"X8" BLACK SIGN WITH 1/2" WHITE HELVETICA LETTERS STATING "MAXIMUM OCCUPANTS IN DINING AREA 215 PEOPLE" 9. CHICK-FIL-A IS REQUIRING SPECIAL INSPECTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 17 OF THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE. PLUMBING FIXTURE COUNTS TOTAL BUILDING OCCUPANT LOAD: 215 LOAD DISTRIBUTION: 50% MALE AND 50% FEMALE DISTRIBUTION COUNT: 107 MALE AND 107 FEMALE LAVATORIES PROVIDED REQUIRED (PER CHAPTER 4 IPC AND CHAPTER 29 IBC): MALE LAVATORIES: 107 / 200 = 1 FEMALE LAVATORIES: 107 / 200 = 1 LAVATORIES PROVIDED: MALE LAVATORIES: 2 FEMALE LAVATORIES: 2 WATER CLOSETS REQUIRED (PER CHAPTER 4 IBC AND CHAPTER 29 IBC): MALE WATER CLOSETS: 107 / 75 = 2 FEMALE WATER CLOSETS: 107 / 75 = 2 WATER CLOSETS PROVIDED: MALE WATER CLOSETS: 2 WATER CLOSETS 1 URINALS FEMALE WATER CLOSETS: 3 WATER CLOSETS EGRESS 1. REQUIRED WIDTH OF EGRESS 215 PEOPLE x 0.2 = 43" 2. WIDTH OF EGRESS PROVIDED EXIT #1 = 36" EXIT #2 = 36" EXIT #3 = 72" EXIT #4 = 36" EXIT #5 = 60" (STAFF ONLY) TOTAL: 240" TOTAL EGRESS PATH EGRESS PATH EGRESS DISTANCE A 61'-10 5/32" B 77'-6" C 40'-6" D 38'-0 11 /32" E 39'-3" F 85'-0" MAX DISTANCE OF TRAVEL (FBC 1017.2): 200'-0" (250'-0" SPRINKLERED) rm rrir-�iirrn nnrr�-v �ninnui�ir� ni��i nv ��nr�irn�t� 2017 FBC CODE SUMMARY OCCUPANCY: A-2 CONSTRUCTION TYPE: V-B AREA ALLOWABLE: 6,000 SF ACTUAL: 4,783 SF HEIGHT ALLOWABLE: 30 FT ACTUAL: REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS OCCUPANT LOAD CALCULATED PER TABLE 1004.1.1 PUBLIC AREAS DINING ROOM ASSEMBLY LESS CONCENTRATED USE, WITHOUT FIXED SEATING ASSEMBLY, BENCH TYPE SEATING ORDER AREA PLAY AREA EMPLOYEE AREAS ACCESSORY/ UNOCCUPIED SPACES, ENTRY VESTIBULES. RESTROOMS. RESTROOM VESTIBULES. CLOSETS. CHASES 1741 SF / 15 SF 116 PEOPLE 765 IN / 18 IN 43 PEOPLE 234 SF / 5 SF 47 PEOPLE NA NA SUBTOTAL 206 PEOPLE 2002 SF / 100 SF 20 PEOPLE 433 SF/ 0 SF PER 0 PEOPLE PERSON NOTE: EXTERIOR DINING PATIO DOES NOT EGRESS THROUGH BUILDING SO IT DOES NOT CONTRIBUTE TO BUILDING OCCUPANTLOAD TOTALS 4783 SF 226 PEOPLE !0 = I PAN E oOO� 0 0 A-,— Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 C 0 f' CCR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIOR 2a NLU Q LO M > M W J J UL o0) m J J J J = Q � O = O � it W ti N FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC RELEASE: v2 20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 17013 A PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY Author Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in W any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET LIFE SAFETY PLAN 0. SHEET NUMBER G=003 4 3 2 a cam; .ei.r N 9 CD (3 ..J G :y4 i L;... I rJi N rs"3 1 i ass CD %@ 4? C\: 0) (1l LU LU i, E :z 0 �3 �i n� 0 z c� 00 ids C>J Iu 6.% �1 C) C� a X. ' Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 IV 2,9 CCR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIORS FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE I SIZE: P13 LC RELEASE: v2 20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 17013 PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY Author Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authored project representatives. W SHEET RESPONSIBILITY AND Q„ NATIONAL ACCOUNTS SCHEDULE SHEET NUMBER G=004 b X <, a ill N 0 I mot' 0 IT C? I U r C.L I tL I CL a) N I t!5 A Q- a) Ni 0 IT 0 It 0 JI U- 0 G o- ral r 0 N 0 rn N r 3�a::) P CD AZI Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 FA R ARCHITECTURE & INTERIORS a LL Um � > M � J LU LL Q J m V>=3: J= LU a N �N FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2 20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 17013 PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY Author Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET SUBMITTALS, GLAZING, a PRODUCT APPROVALS SHEET NUMBER G=005 Q! s a) N 0 ! d- O IT _o CD I C.� c� C/3 Lt_ ! s cu PSI ! rJ) N O O ®! IL 6 Q0 co Is N 00 co o N O N M CV oq- I••j Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 W 249 CR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIORS a J LL � UM J > ec 1 J ?� Q co) m V� J= =a o= a M �N FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2 20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 17013 PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 H DRAWN BY Author Information contained on this drawing and in aU digital ties produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without egress written or verbal consent from autha¢ed project representatives. W SHEET PATIO PLAN & DETAILS a SHEET NUMBER A=102 i L tY <, t� N NI O d O IT O 0 J U J M I ILL 1 LU � fY >. :D W a p NIA Ell !E LIJ a CL LL N W O.r_ I CL M� V O r O O I 00 O co LL zzz Oo C:)N O O Q, N 4 3 2 1 TOP OF UNISTRUT SHALL BE FLUSH WITH BOTTOM T/ EXTERIOR BOND BEAM OF DRIP EDGE AT INSIDE FACE OF METAL CAP 8,- 8" T/ INTERIOR BOND BEAM 7' - 4"INSTALL 4'-0" LENGTH OF UNISTRUT VERTICALLY 6" DIAMETER STEEL PIPE GATE POST BEHIND EACH BOLLARD - PAINT TO MATCH 6, ADJACENT WALL REFUSE ENCLOSURE NOTES I i BLOCK FILLER WITH 1. **IN THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS, REFUSE ENCLOSURE AND MAIN ONE COAT OF BUILDING ARE BOTH NOTED WITH FINISH SLAB AT 0'-0". ACTUAL FINISH PRIMER & ONE COAT SLAB HEIGHTS WILL VARY BETWEEN MAIN BUILDING AND REFUSE _ 0' - 0" EPDXY PAINT TO CD MATCH STUCCO. ENCLOSURE. REFER TO CIVIL FOR ALL FINISH SLAB HEIGHTS. - E E _' ; : _ - • REFUSE PIPE BOLLARDS - - - RE: CIVIL BOLLARD -RE: CIVIL _ o - fn REFUSE - CONCRETE SLAB - RE: STRUCTURAL 8"x16" WALL Q C: DRAIN OPENING Q BELOW [No Slope] 'SAW CUT T/ SLAB 4'-1 UNISTRUTS RE: CIVIL' _' o' _ 0' - Q" °d ° - _ ' b _ _ • O p N 2REFUSE ENCLOSURE SECTION 0' - 0.r1Z_ 0' - Orr C4 PREFINISHED METAL COPING. CLEAT. AND FASTENERS. A-103 RE: EXCEPTIONAL METALS DETAIL E6052. _ SLOPE 8"x16" WALL C? PRESSURE DRAIN OPENING u � TREATED WOOD 2x BELOW 0- „ REFUSE!- ANCHORAGE PER HYDRANT - EXCEPTIONAL METALS RE: PLUMBING _ r REQUIREMENTS, TYP ` J0'0 _ D 01- 0„ T D E2 00 STO DIRECT APPLIED FINISH BOND BEAM A-103 SYSTEM- - RE: STRUCTURAL C2 RE: NOTES ON THIS SHEET 8" CMU A-103 - RE: STRUCTURAL HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT - RE: STRUCTURAL D3 REFUSE ENCLOSURE PLAN D2 STO - REFUSE ENCLOSURE WALL EDGE 1/4" = 1'-0" N.T.S. SC-2 •4 C I I SLAB 0'- 0" 4 STO DIRECT APPLIED FINISH SYSTEM - RE: NOTES ON THIS SHEET PAINTED HOLLOW METAL DOOR & FRAME- C PAINTED HM DOOR GROUT SOLID J 3 ANCHORS PER JAMB T/SLAB -0'-6" SEALANT. TYP ALL SIDES CONCRETE FILLED & REINFORCED CELL RE: STRUCTURAL 8" CMU C REFUSE ENCLOSURE ELEVATION 4 1/4" = 1'-1 �� REFUSE ENCLOSURE ELEVATION C 1 STO - REFUSE ENCLOSURE DOOR JAMB DETAIL 1/4" = V-0" N.T.S. GROUT BOTTOM TWO COURSES SOLID. TYP AND EXTEND GROUTING DOWNWARD INTO FOOTING AS SHOWN ON STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 6" PIPE BOLLARD GATE POST 1" CHAMFERED EDGE . - FOOTING - RE: STRUCTURAL BEYOND -PAINT PT-9 - - CONCRETE SLAB &FOOTING (RE: STRUCTURAL) 1/2" EXPANSION JOINT GATE PANEL SLOPE FOR DRAINAGE - RE: PLAN STO DIRECT APPLIED FINISH SYSTEM - RE: NOTES ON THIS SHEET , CONCRETE SLAB, "'STORAGE RM FLOOR RE: STRUCT. - — - - - 9 _ 3/4" - - — - — - �j LEVEL 1 - — - — - — - - — - ya 01-01, d. �— 1x4 EARTHCARE PREFINISHED CONCRETE PAVING — ' TRIM SURROUND - RE: CIVIL ( I O O GATE PULLS AS APPROVED 6" MIN. CRUSHED I I 11— BY OWNER. LINE OF FINISHED STONE BASE — I I 1 II I- I GRADE - RE: CIVIL j� - — \ POST FOUNDATION 1/2" EXPANSION _ - RE: STRUCTURAL �I JOINT- RE: CIVIL STO - REFUSE ENCLOSURE BASE DETAIL B2 N.T.S. REFUSE PAD AT CONCRETE PAVING B 1 DETAIL PAINTED STEEL POST CAPS (TYP) 12'-5' PAINT PT-9 GRAY INDICATES PAINT PT-9 IN COLLAR HINGES (TAP & ADD THIS DRAWING. TYP 11'-7 GREASE FITTINGS AT EACH HINGE -GREASE HINGES AFTER 2 EQ PANELS PAINTING) STEEL PLATE AND ANCHORAGE 2-1/2" X 2-1/2" PAINTED STEEL 0 0 0 0 TUBE GATE FRAME - PAINT PT-9 1" DIAMETER STEEL DROP ROD / \ 6" DIAMETER PAINTED STEEL POST - PAINT PT-9 6" LONG DROP ROD GUIDE 1-1/2" X 1-1/2" PAINTED STEEL ANGLES - PAINT PT-9 1x4 EARTHCARE PREFINISHED PREFINISHED 1X4 PLASTIC TRIM SURROUND LUMBER (EARTHCARE PRODUCTS (1-770-455-3602) WEATHERED A 1-1/4" DIAMETER DRILLED HOLE WOOD) ATTACHED TO STEEL A �--- IN CONCRETE DRIVE. FRAME WITH THRU BOLTED O CARRIAGE BOLTS - 4 PER TRIM V VERTICAL EDGE OF CONCRETE SLAB BOARD -PAINT HEADS DARK a - 4 d •" BEHIND & BELOW GATE y0 < = - ..d_ `.- ' •' 1/2" EXPANSION JOINT - RE: CIVIL 1001 - Levvelo1 F d $ CONCRETE DRIVE - RE: CIVIL %:" - = < °'9 °` ' °"". -- , -..- y ' d DROP RODS BEYOND A3 REFUSE ENCOSURE N.T.S. DROP ROD 3-D DETAIL REFUSE ENCLOSURE BACK OF GATE A ELEVATION 3/8" = V-0" 4 3 2 1 cQ 0 li j 1 J Ln AD Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 E CR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIORS �n a JLL � o� LL Q J m = ate. o CL N �N FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC RELEASE: v2_20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 17013 PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY Author Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET REFUSE ENCLOSURE a. SHEET NUMBER A=1 03 L QI L sa N N i O O O CD IY _.1 i U r I U) LL I to t Q Iv N i s CL a) NI O O O JI LL co 7 @Q0 0 0 CD CD Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 or egg CCR ARCHITECTURE 1& INTERIORS FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: V2 20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 17013 PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 H DRAWN BY Author Information contained on this drawing and in all dotal files produoed for above named proect may not be reproduced in any manner without w9ress written or verbal consent from authorized project rWrewlatives. Ill SHEET ORDER POINT CANOPY a SHEET NUMBER A=104 4 3 1 2 1 1 _-�r6�.iy.unJl�wllr�Y1•.4�:Li:�11L4�1�a.=--- - - - - ''a� I - 4'_0-- - - - - - - - - -16'-0" - - - - - - - - - - - - - --16'-0"- - - - - - - - - - - - - --16'-0' - - - - - - - - - - - - - --16'-0"- - - - - - - - - 4'-0" 1 11'-10" 8'-11 1/2" 6'-0" R.O. 23'-4" 6'-0" RO 20'-8" 6'-0" RO 39'-4 1/2" 2'-4 1/2" 7'-0 1/2" R.O. 2'-5" A2 SW6 A-401 22 - - I I I • A-301 I 22 25 24 II SM6 SM6 ' SM6 SM6 a, I SM6 SM6.3 SW6 SW6 r - L`o -- ---- -----------EJ--- -- - ----� �� - _ ---- (7 I9 ❑ - - - _ -_ - -_ - - _ - - -_ - - -_ - - -_ - -_ - -_ - - - -_ - - _ - - - - - - �� --- I - - - o = E1 I DRIVE THRU' C HOOD #1 j b "5 A-621 W6.E o a •� e �F.. I t W4 :' "` a W6 W6 12'-6 1/2" , ;" 16'-2" i HOOD #21 I`� _ _ _ _ s _ � �.�s - - _ _ _ ��! 2 CONCRETE CURB AT W4.1 I I 10 N MOP SINK TO BE I I MULTI -PURPOSE 3 7 LOCATED BENEATH i O 1 4'-5" 12'-8" 17'-3" A-604 1 INTERIOR PARTITION A 621 11'-3 1/2" 68 O = FRAMING ONLY, TYP I 11 A-604 o,i • c_n METAL INFILL z • METAL INFILL ❑ 2 A-605 4 SERVICE 5 A-605 8 o SW6 z I O I • \ •�•�•�• ri•�•�8ra•� �•�•�• •�• •�• •s•�•�•�•�•�•�• �•�•� N 2 I z I 4 W66 18 1 6 W6 • N g I w • Cl) W6 O ❑ • B1 Q 3 A-603 1 i • 8 KITCHEN � 111 o 0 0 0 I A-301 ~ I I 7 A-603 9 4 r 3 0 0❑ �❑�❑❑ 1 65 0 0 tr 4 12 I 4 U I 10 W6 24'-3" 800,U 13 A 604 15 4'-11/2" 7'-101/2" 1 12'-101/2" i MENS W6 CRIT CLEAR DIMENSION I_JL -0 14-OFFICE- if N �\ I SW6 (HOOD #3 I W8 ( ws W4 W6 w8 Ms 4 31 • - - - (� .' 2'-10 1/7' °' 6'-l" • -27'4' W6 F2'-3" ❑ RR VEST "� r,1. - WOMENS �'' � W6 ._ o r; a -' - _ ". ': =�• W6 18'-6' S'-1 1/2" 22'-10 1/2„ ' - 4 r r 1 A-601 • O , ❑ ❑ LQJ LQJ LQJ D3 W6 19 � � � A-701 - _ n 0 W6 - - - - - - - - - - - - - �f- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -u ALIGN ENDS OF 1 SERVING N 51 FURR OUT WITH 4 - - - - i SOFFIT EDGES I v? i 4 _ 4 2 r-------------------- t-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -I SW6 nA-601 95, N • W8 9 ro i row roe Foy W6 E4 L J L J 11 L J L J I 2 ❑ ❑ IN A-620 -- ----� 19 _ _ _ 19 4 A -sot L---_J u `n 4 22 11'-5" W6 16'-0" ❑ ❑ i W6 1 L - - -1 O 3 A-601 10 A4 I m A-201----------- DINING L O ZD A3 i 9 v A-401 _ 115 W6 118 i d 8 _ i CD ENTRY VEST inao 7 I ao 9 A-601 19 N C? 19 i i i i i i i i FLQo i i i r r-1 r F r F _ 6 A-601 8 ❑ N - QJ LQJ LQJ LQJ LQJ LL QJ QJ LQ 75 ❑ L J ❑ c iv -- SW6----- - - - - -- SW6 0 ---- ---- - 74 - - - - - - - - - - - - - SW6-- - - - - -- ------- - - - - -- -- -- ----- ---- C SW6 SW6 Al 22 ^C1 22 22 A-401 A-301 ,� L- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --i V-6" 6'-0" R.O. 5'-3 1/2" V-0" R.O. 4'-8" 6'-0" R.O. 5'-6" 4'-2 1/2" 6'-5 1/2" R.O. 4'-6" 6'-0" R.O. 4'-4" 5'-8" 6'-0" R.O. 4'-8" 6'-0" R.O. 4'-8" 6'-0" R.O. 4'-8" V-0" R.O. 4'-7" 1. 34'-11 1/2" 90'-2 1/2" 11 11 11 11 11 130'-2" 0 �I Q/7 �I CD C- 3 J I LL I _ LrS CL rU N [ z < A I Imo. CL CD C,I L; N al 0 IT ;Y; (`Q 0; ! 2'-2 1/2" g 9 � N Y N 2'-2 1/2"01 a, "v LO d. 9 ° - 4 1CD d' 2'-0" ", 2'-3„ ° °° ik2 G a - I ° _ c`o OD ° N to CV d .: OD 5'-0 1/2" LO ao lo g v V-11" 1 2'4' N A. ai 10 1/2"1 a I - e I• d ° ti ..I 19 1/4" 2'-0" 2'-3 1/4". 21 s:y _ a >4; 4.4. 2'-4 1/2" l'-4 3/4" iv 2'-7 1/4" 8'-7 1/4" 0 LO v v ............... 10- V-11 3/4' 2'-4 1/2' 3 -6 1/4" 2'-4 1/2" T-6 1/4" 2'-4 1/2" 1-7" CV .- z. m Cn '° ' C7 cM ' e' . ° ch 4L N Ic A. A'. D. 4 17'-8 3/4" 4'-5 1/2" [2'-1 3/4" A MILLWORK CURB PLAN 41/4" = 1'-0" MILLWORK CURB LEGEND 1" CURB 3" CURB E*;;' 5 1 /2"CURB 4 3 WALL TYPE SCHEDULE - INTERIOR MARK DESCRIPTION DOES NOT INCLUDE FINISHES) M6 6" MTL STUDS @ 24" O.C. MAX, WITH ONE LAYER 1/2" SHEATHING EA EXPOSED SIDE M8 8" MTL STUDS @ 24" O.C. MAX, WITH ONE LAYER 1/2" SHEATHING EA EXPOSED SIDE W4 2x4 WD STUDS @ 24" O.C. MAX, WITH ONE LAYER 1/2" SHEATHING EA EXPOSED SIDE W4.1 2x4 WD STUDS @ 24" O.C. MAX, WITH ONE LAYER 1/2" SHEATHING ON INTERIOR SIDE W6 2x6 WD STUDS @ 24" O.C. MAX, WITH ONE LAYER 1/2" SHEATHING EA EXPOSED SIDE W8 2x8 WD STUDS @ 24" O.C. MAX, WITH ONE LAYER 1/2" SHEATHING EA EXPOSED SIDE W66 2X6 & 2X6 PAIR WD STUDS @ 24" O.C. MAX, WITH ONE LAYER OF 1/2" SHEATHING EA EXPOSED SIDE FLOOR PLAN WALL & PARTITION LEGEND BATT INSULATION WOOD STUD WALL METAL STUD WALL NOTE: SEE WALL & PARTITION TYPES AND SMOKE BARRIER INDICATED ON REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 10 E o0U❑ o � a 0 O 0 0 C) D o o O Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 109 i ra• � i i W6 WA • �1 Call IE an to = z i i N U_ B3 i O rn Z i A-301 i cm i o i J U i GD SW6 ! D N CCR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIORS v 22 SW6 . SW6.2 5'-3" 6'-0" R.O. 5'-2 1/2" 5'-0" 1 ❑ 0 WALL TYPE SCHEDULE - EXTERIOR (n Q M UMARK DESCRIPTION DOES NOT INCLUDE FINISHES WALL NOTES M 1 =J W J SM6 6" MTL STUD INFILL WITH 1/2" SHEATHING EA SIDE - REF STRUCT DRAWINGS FOR CONSTRUCTION/MATERIAL/EXTENT INFORMATION SM6.3 6" MTL STUD EXTERIOR WALL WITH 1/2" SHEATHING ON EXTERIOR FACES - REF STRUCT DRAWINGS AND ARCH SECTIONS/ELEVATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION/MATERIAL INFORMATION SW6 2X6 WD STUD EXTERIOR WALL WITH 1/2" SHEATHING EA SIDE - REF STRUCT DRAWINGS AND ARCH SECTIONS/ELEVATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION/MATERIAL INFORMATION SW6.2 2X6 WD STUD EXTERIOR FURRING WALL WITH ONE LAYER 1/2" SHEATHING EXPOSED SIDE - REF STRUCT DRAWINGS AND ARCH SECTIONS/ELEVATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION/MATERIAL INFORMATION WALL INSULATION NOTES B.1 B.2 WHERE EXTERIOR METAL STUD WALL TYPE REQUIRES BATT INSULATION, USE R-19 UNFACED BATT INSULATION. WHERE EXTERIOR WOOD STUD WALL REQUIRES BATT INSULATION, USE R-19 KRAFT FACED FIBERGLASS BATT INSULATION WITH FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 25 AND SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF NOT MORE = THAN 450. O B.3 WHERE EXTERIOR STUD WALLS REQUIRE BATT INSULATION, EXTEND INSULATION UP 12" ABOVE ROOFTOP RIGID INSULATION. m BA B.5 AT INTERIOR METAL STUD WALLS WHERE INSULATION IS SCHEDULED, BATT INSULATION SHALL BE UNFACED. AT INTERIOR WOOD STUD WALLS WHERE INSULATION IS SCHEDULED, USE 3-1/2" BATT INSULATION WITH MAXIMUM >= FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF 25. B6. NOT USED - INTERIOR WALL FRAMING NOTES C.1 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, EXTEND FRAMING TO 6" ABOVE ADJACENT CEILING O C.2 AT DRAFT STOPPING PARTITION INTERIOR WALLS, EXTEND FRAMING TO ROOF DECK AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE SMOKE BARRIER. C.3 WHERE INTERIOR WALLS ARE NOT INSULATED AND NOT A DARFT STOPPING PARTITION, FRAMING MAY UJ STOP 6" ABOVE HIGHEST ABUTTING FINISH CEILING. B 4 W CA WHERE INTERIOR WALL FRAMING DOES NOT EXTEND TO STRUCTURE ABOVE, BRACE INTERIOR WALLS AS N I` N REQUIRED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH BUILDING CODE, REF BUILDING DATA ON COVER SHEET. C.5 FRAMING AT NON-LOADBEARING INTERIOR WALLS SHALL MEET REQUIREMENTS OF APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES AND LOCAL AMENDMENTS. EXTERIOR WALL FRAMING NOTES DA SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR STUD DIMENSIONS AND SPACING. FLOOR PLAN GENERAL NOTES D.2 AT WOOD STUD EXTERIOR WALLS, USE TREATED SILL PLATES. FSR#04040 A.1 DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FACE OF STUD TO FACE OF STUD (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED). EXTERIOR SHEATHING NOTES A.2 FASTENERS, ANCHORS, CLIPS, STRAPS, ETC WHICH ARE IN CONTACT WITH BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC PRESERVATIVE AND/OR FIRE TREATED WOOD SHALL BE OF G-185 HOT DIPPED ZINC- E.1 REFER TO STRUCTURAL FOR EXTERIOR SHEATHING TYPES. RELEASE: v2 20.02 COATED GALVANIZED STEEL, STAINLESS STEEL, OR AN APPROVED EQUAL. - A.3 REFER TO CIVIL AND LANDSCAPE FOR LOCATIONS OF WALKS, BOLLARDS, LANDSCAPING BLOCKING NOTES REVISION SCHEDULE AREAS, FLAG POLE, AND OTHER SITE ITEMS. A.4 REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATIONS AND TYPES OF CORNER GUARDS. F.1 WALL BLOCKING SHALL BE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. BLOCKING SHALL INCLUDE, NO. DATE DESCRIPTION A.5 CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE LOCATION OF POLE MOUNTED EXTERIOR CAMERA WITH BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO: AREAS INDICATED ON INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR GRAB BARS, SHELVING STRONG SYSTEMS AND INSTALL UNDERGROUND CONDUIT AS REQUIRED. RE: BRACKETS, MONITORS, FIXTURES, ETC, AS WELL AS BLOCKING FOR WINDOWS, CANOPIES ROOF ELECTRICAL. FRAMING, ROOF TOP UNITS, ETC. A.6 REFER TO ACCESSIBILITY PLAN AND FURNITURE DRAWINGS FOR SEATING LAYOUT & SPECIFICATIONS. CONTACT: OWNER. INTERIOR WALL FINISH & INTERIOR SHEATHING NOTES A.7 REFER TO ACCESSIBILITY PLAN AND OWNER DRAWINGS FOR CONDIMENT COUNTERS AT MATERIALS LABELED "INTERIOR SHEATHING" ON WALL TYPE DRAWINGS AND DETAILS, SHEATHING SHALL BE AS AND TRASH RECEPTACLES. FOLLOWS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. REFER TO FINISH PLAN AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH MATERIAL ON A.8 REFER TO IT WALLBOARD USER GUIDE FOR WALLBOARD INSTALLATION, IF APPLICABLE. INTERIOR SHEATHING. DO NOT USE WOOD SHEATHING WITHIN 18" OF HOODS. G.1 WHERE SHEATHING IS EXPOSED: 1/2" GYPSUM BOARD. PAINTED PER INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND FINISH PLAN. FLOORPLAN KEYNOTES ❑ G.2 BETWEEN WALL TILE AND STUDS: 1/2" CEMENTITIOUS BACKER BOARD. G.3 BETWEEN FRP PANELS AND WOOD STUDS AT BACK OF HOUSE: COMPOSEAL GOLD 40 MIL WATERPROOF GC SHALL PROVIDE 5-1/2" HIGH CONCRETE MILLWORK CURBS. RE: OWNER SHOP MEMBRANE AND 1/2" CEMENTITIOUS BOARD TO V-0" ABOVE SLAB. 1/2" CDX PLYWOOD SUBSTRATE ABOVE 1 CEMENTIOUS BOARD TO V-0" ABOVE CEILING. RE: TYPICAL WALL BASE DETAIL. DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS &DIMENSIONS. GA BETWEEN FRP PANELS AND METAL STUDS: COMPOSEAL GOLD 40 MIL WATERPROOF MEMBRANE AND 1/7' 2 GC SHALL SECURE SAFE USING (4) HILTI-HAS-E 1/2" x 4-1/2" ANCHOR BOLTS WITH HILTI CEMENTIOUS BOARD TO V-0" ABOVE SLAB. 1/2" CEMENTITIOUS BOARD TO 4" ABOVE CEILING, EXCEPT AT AREAS HVU ADHESIVE CAPSULE. AT EACH HOLE FASTEN THRU PHENOLIC BASE OF CABINET WHERE DRAFTSTOPPING IS REQUIRED. REFER TO DRAFTSTOPPING DETAILS FOR THOSE AREAS. AND INTO CONCRETE CURB BELOW. VERIFY LOCATION WITH SAFE MANUFACTURER. G.5 BETWEEN FRP PANELS AND WOOD STUDS AT PLAY AREA: 1/2" GYPSUM BOARD. 3 FREEZER AND COOLER DOORS AND HARDWARE SUPPLIED BY FREEZER/ COOLER G.6 BETWEEN STAINLESS STEEL PANELS AND METAL STUDS: 1/2" CEMENTIOUS BOARD. MANUFACTURER. G.7 BETWEEN STAINLESS STEEL PANELS AND WOOD STUDS: 1/2" CEMENTIOUS BOARD. 4 DASHED LINE INDICATES SOFFIT OR BULKHEAD ABOVE, RE: REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. G.8 BETWEEN WALLCOVERING AND STUDS: 1/2" GYPSUM BOARD. RECESSED PIN AND SLEEVE BOX, RE: A4/A-620 & ELECTRICAL. 2'-l" ROUGH OPENING G.9 BETWEEN WOOD WAINSCOT AND WOOD STUDS: 1/2" PLYWOOD. CONSULTANT PROJECT# 17013 5 WIDTH AT HOOD #2. 11" ROUGH OPENING WIDTH AT HOOD #3 G.10 BETWEEN WOOD WAINSCOT AND METAL STUDS: 1/2" PLYWOOD. A PRINTED FOR PERMIT 8 STEEL WALL BY OWNER TYP. RE: OWNER FOR EXACT LOCATION. G.11 BETWEEN FREEZER/COOLER WALLS AND WOOD STUD WALLS: 1 FT TALL CEMENT BOARD BASE WITH 1/2" GYPSUM 9 SAFE SCREEN BY OWNER. BOARD (LEVEL 1 FINISH) TO 6" ABOVE FINISH CEILING. EXTEND 40 MIL COMPOSEAL GOLD WATERPROOF MEMBRANE DATE 07/29/2020 15 NETWORK CABINET. C1 /A-621 FROM FLOOR AS INDICATED ON FINISH PLAN UP WALL AS INDICATED ON FREEZER AND COOLER SCREED DETAILS. DRAWN BY G.12 BEHIND WOOD BOARD FINISH AT ICON WALL: 3/4" PLYWOOD. Author 18 ELECTRICAL PANEL. RE: ELECTRICAL. G.13 BEHIND WOOD BOARD FINISH AT OTHER LOCATIONS: 1/2" PLYWOOD. 19 ITEM BY OWNER. Information contained on this drawing and in ell digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in 20 2-SIDED ICON. RE: OWNER DRAWINGS. INTERIOR BASE FINISH & SHEATHING NOTES any manner wlthoutexpress written orverbal consent from 22 CANOPY ABOVE BY OWNER. auttmted projectrepresentatives. AT MATERIALS LABELED "INTERIOR SHEATHING" ON WALL TYPE DRAWINGS AND DETAILS, MATERIALS SHALL BE AS SHEET 23 DROP SLAB IN PLAY AREA 1-1/2". RE: STRUCTURAL. FOLLOWS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. REFER TO FINISH PLAN AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR BASE FINISH MATERIAL. W FLOOR PLAN 24 MDP. RE: ELECTRICAL. H.1 BETWEEN TILE BASE AT KITCHEN AND STUDS: 1/2" CEMENTITIOUS BACKER BOARD TO MINIMUM V-0" ABOVE 25 CT CABINET. RE: ELECTRICAL. SLAB. 0. 26 HAND SANITIZER CENTERED UNDER PLAY RULES SIGNAGE (WITH DECAL ON OPPOSITE H.2 BETWEEN TILE BASE AT NON -KITCHEN AREAS AND STUD WALLS: 1/2" CEMENT BACKER BOARD TO MINIMUM SIDE IF MOUNTED ON STOREFRONT). RE: SCHEDULE ON A-701 FOR MODEL INFO. 5" ABOVE SLAB. SHEET NUMBER H.3 BETWEEN VINYL BASE AND WOOD STUD WALLS: 1/2" GYPSUM BOARD. A=201 2 1 4 ► 3 1 2 1 1 C 0 C FINISH PLAN 41/4" = 1'-0" i-� MARK I DESCRIPTION 02_FLOOR FINISHES CT-71 PORCELAIN TILE EPO-1 EPDXY FLOORING FL-1 PLAYGROUND FLOORING G-12 FLOOR TILE GROUT B G-16 FLOOR TILE GROUT KT-4 QUARRY TILE KT-5 QUARRY TILE 04_WALL BASE FINISHES L CT-71B PORCELAIN TILE COVE BASE U KT-46 QUARRY TILE COVE BASE KT-5B QUARRY TILE COVE BASE QI u VB-1 VINYL WALL BASE @ PLAYGROUND e 04 WALL FINISHES Q NI CG-1 OUTSIDE CORNER GUARD AT PLAYGROUND (FU CG-2 INSIDE CORNER GUARD AT PLAYGROUND CG-3 CORNER GUARD (KITCHEN ONLY) 0 CD o (D CG-4 CORNER GUARD (KITCHEN ONLY) CG-5 CORNER GUARD (RESTROOM ONLY) CT-45 STAINLESS STEEL WALL TILE ,J CT-53 RED PENNY TILE CT-58A SUBWAY WALL TILE UI CT-58D SUBWAY WALL TILE - BULLNOSE OUTERCORNE _j co CT-58E SUBWAY WALL TILE - BULLNOSE (4" SIDE) CT-58F SUBWAY WALL TILE - BULLNOSE (8" SIDE) �I FRP-1 FRP WALL PANELS @ PLAYGROUND fY U) LL I FRP-2 FRP WALL PANELS @ KITCHEN G-11 WALL TILE GROUT PT-9B INTERIOR WALL PAINT ! NI a- PT-17 INTERIOR WALL PAINT PT-31 B PT-32 ACCENT INTERIOR WALL PAINT PT-35 INTERIOR DOOR FRAME PAINT PT-36B ACCENT INTERIOR WALL PAINT C0 WD-1 WHITE OAK BOARDS � CL N I CD o JI L` C5 c m 0 ® p N N � fl 0 = Q O p U A WD-3 WAINSCOTING 05_MISCELLANEOUS FINISHES MT-1 POWDERCOAT METAL FINISH PL-40 PLASTIC LAMINATE PNL-1 HARDIE PANEL RS-1 ROLLER SHADE S-1 STAINLESS STEEL WALL PANELS SS-11 SOLID SURFACE SS-12 SOLID SURFACE SS-13 SOLID SURFACE SS-14 SOLID SURFACE SS-18 SOLID SURFACE TR-1 TRIM MANUFACTURER CREATIVE MATERIALS CORPORATION STONHARD FLOORING PROJECT INNOVATIONS INC MAPEI MAPEI CREATIVE MATERIALS CORPORATION CREATIVE MATERIALS CORPORATION CREATIVE MATERIALS CORPORATION CREATIVE MATERIALS CORPORATION CREATIVE MATERIALS CORPORATION JOHNSONITE MODEL NAME LAVA STONSHIELD UTS PLAY PAD SAFETY SURFACING ULTRA COLOR GROUT KERAPDXYIEG CQ LAVA TRADITIONAL COVE BASE FINISH SCHEDULE - INTERIOR MODEL NUMBER COLOR LIGHT GREY TBD 50% DARK GRAY, 25% LIGHT GRAY, 25% BLUE 47 / CHARCOAL 47/CHARCOAL RED 308 GRAY 507 LIGHT GREY RED 308 GRAY 507 CB-40, BLACK LL HEIGHT, TYPICAL) R KOROGARD EXTRUDED CORNER GUARDS G-815 OYSTER KOROGUARD THERMOFORMED CORNER GUARDS WITH SQUARE EDGE PROFILE F-410 OYSTER MANUFACTURER STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARD AND/OR ENDCAP STAINLESS STEEL MARLITE MARLITE WHITE SCHLUTER JOLLY "A60AT' SATIN NICKEL ANODIZED ALUMINUM CREATIVE MATERIALS CORPORATION VOGUE STAINLESS STEEL CREATIVE MATERIALS CORPORATION VOGUE RED CREATIVE MATERIALS CORPORATION BONE CREATIVE MATERIALS CORPORATION BONE CREATIVE MATERIALS CORPORATION BONE CREATIVE MATERIALS CORPORATION BONE KOROGUARD FRP RIGID VINYL SHEET W202 OYSTER MARLITE STANDARD FRP P-199 BRIGHT WHITE MAPEI KERACOLOR U WITH GROUT MAXIMIZER LATEX ADDITIVE UNSANDED 09/GRAY SHERWIN WILLIAMS PRO MAR 200 ZERO VOC PAINT SW-7031 MEGA GRIEGE SHERWIN WILLIAMS PRO MAR 200 ZERO VOC PAINT SW-7013 IVORY LACE SHERWIN WILLIAMS PRO MAR 200 ZERO VOC PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS PRO MAR 200 ZERO VOC PAINT SW-7514 FOOTHILLS SHERWIN WILLIAMS PRO MAR 200 ZERO VOC PAINT SW-7020 BLACK FOX SHERWIN WILLIAMS PRO MAR 200 ZERO VOC PAINT SW-7600 BOLERO SKYLAR MORGAN 5" W NATURAL WHITE OAK BOARDS, CUSTOM CHARACTER GRADE RE: NATIONAL ACCOUNT SCHED 1/4" PLYWOOD (RED OAK, PLAIN CUT CORE W/ METAL TRIM) RED OAK STAINED MINWAX DRIFTWOOD ALPHA COATING TECHNOLOGIES INC POWDERCOAT T1-7060 TRISMOKE WILSONART CONTRACT COLLECTION D-96 SHADOW JAMES HARDIE BUILDING PRODUCTS, INC. NON-COMBUSTIBLE FIBER -CEMENT PANELS (SMOOTH NOT WOOD GRAIN) PT-31B (U.N.0.) PHIFER SHEARWEAVE 4000 U61 5% OPENENESS - NOTCHLESS ECO/GREYSTONE 18 GAUGE STAINLESS STEEL PANELS, BRUSHED #4 MATTE FINISH GRADE 430 AVONITE FOUNDATIONS MINERALS COLLECTION P1-9125 BLACK CORAL AVONITE STUDIO COLLECTION C1-1800 CFA MARBLE AVONITE FOUNDATIONS MINERALS COLLECTION F1-9065 ARTICA AVONITE WHITE AVONITE FOUNDATIONS MINERALS COLLECTION F1-8901 ALTITUDE BLANKE EDGE PROTECTOR TRIM 300-280-0625 STAINLESS STEEL 4 1 3 SIZE 12" X 12" IJOINT WIDTH: 3/16" NOTE 1/2" THICK MIN SOFT PLAY/ SII PLAYGROUND TO PURCHASE AND INSTALL USED WITH PORCELAIN TILE USED WITH QUARRY TILE, GC TO INSTALL WITH STANDARD THINSET MORTAR 8" X 8" JOINT WIDTH: 3/8" W THINSET MORTAR 8" X 8" JOINT WIDTH: 3/8" W THINSET MORTAR 6" X 12" COVE JOINT WIDTH. 3/16" 6 " x 8" COVE JOINT WIDTH: 3/8" WITH THINSET MORTAR 6 " x 8" COVE JOINT WIDTH: 3/8" WITH THINSET MORTAR 6" H 078 THICK x 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" x 96" H 40" THICK X 1" X 1" X 96"H EXTEND FROM TOP OF BASE TO 8'-0" ABOVE BASE AT WALL CORNERS. AT CASED OPENINGS, CORNER GUARD TO STOP AT HEAD OF OPENING. CORNER GUARD AT ALL OUTSIDE FRP CORNERS, U.N.O. 1/4" 1" X 2" BRICK, 12 X 12 SHEET GROUT: G-11 3/4" PENNY ROUNDS W/ METAL TRIM (SEE CG-5), 12 X 12 SHEET GROUT: G-11, REFER TO ELEVATIONS & DETAILS 4-1/4" X 8-1/2" GROUT: G-11, JOINT WIDTH: 1/8" 4-1/4" X 4-1/4" GROUT: G-11, JOINT WIDTH: 1/8" 4-1/4" X 8-1/2" GROUT: G-11, JOINT WIDTH: 1/8" 4-1/4" X 8-1/2" GROUT: G-11, JOINT WIDTH: 1/8" .040" THICK X 4 X 8 PANELS 8'-0" A.F.F MAX HEIGHT .090" THICK X 4 X 10 PANELS PROVIDE MARLITE CORNER GUARDS AT ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS IN KITCHEN AREAS, U.N.O. 2 FINISH: SEMI -GLOSS ON DOOR FRAMES, SATIN ON WALLS FINISH: SEMI -GLOSS ON DOOR FRAMES, SATIN ON WALLS FINISH: EGGSHELL FINISH: SEMI -GLOSS FINISH: EGGSHELL FINISH: OILED OR WATERLOX WITH BLACK EPDXY FILLED KNOTHOLES RE: DETAILS AND SHOP DRAWINGS FROM MANUFACTURER FINISH: MATTE #60 4" FASCIA, DARK BRONZE TO MATCH STOREFRONT, ROLLEASE SKYLINE CLUTCH, (HEAT SEALED INTERNAL POCK HEM BAR), 110LB STAIN/STEEL ROLLEASE CHAIN, RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS LOCATED BEHIND KITCHEN EXHAUST HOODS, PREP SINK, AND WASH SINK, RE: ELEVATIONS WINDOWS SILLS, REFER TO DRAWINGS RESTROOM VANITY TOP, REFER TO DRAWINGS BACK LINE COUNTERTOP, REFER TO DRAWINGS RESTROOM VANITY BOWL, REFER TO DRAWINGS SERVING COUNTERTOP, REFER TO DRAWINGS 1 FINISH PLAN GENERAL KEYNOTES A.1 RE: PLUMBING FOR FLOOR DRAIN/SINK LOCATIONS RE: STRUCTURAL FOR DRAIN SLOPE INFORMATION A.2 PULL FLOOR AND WALL TILE FROM MULTIPLE BOXES TO ENSURE TILE COLOR VARIATION IN PUBLIC AREAS. A.3 PROVIDE FRACTURE MEMBRANE/ SLIP SHEET AT ALL CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS TO ALLOW TILE TO MOVEMENT. AA ALL DINING AREA DRYWALL TO RECEIVE LEVEL 4 FINISH. A.5 WRAP ALL EXPOSED PORTIONS OF CONCRETE CURBS WITH TILE BASE TO MATCH TILE BASE SCHEDULED IN RESPECTIVE ROOM/ AREA. A.6 PROVIDE CG-3 AROUND PERIMETER OF ALL KITCHEN WINDOWS. FINISH PLAN KEYNOTES O 1 RAISED CONCRETE CURB. COORDINATE DIMENSIONS WITH OWNER SHOP DRAWINGS. 2 N/A 3 RECESSED FLOOR - RE: STRUCTURAL. 4 BLANKE TRANSITION STRIP - RE: THRESHOLD DETAIL. 5 THRESHOLD SET IN BED OF MASTIC. 6 START WITH FULL LENGTH TILE AT CORNER. 7 CORE DRILL SLAB LOCATION. RE: FURNITURE PLANS. 8 RE: OFFICE DOOR THRESHOLD DETAIL. B2/A620 LEGEND PORCELAIN TILE CT-71 K>< KITCHEN TILE KT-4 EPDXY FLOORING - EPO-1 FLOORING BY PLAYGROUN INSTALLER( - -Di EXPOSED CONCRETE ° CONCRETE MILLWORK CURB WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE TO EXTEND 12" UP WALL AND 12" FROM WALL ALONG FLOOR. KERDI FLASHING BY SCHLUTER BENEATH FINISH FLOOR. RE: KEYED DETAIL. FLOOR DRAINS / FLOOR SINKS RE: PLUMBING CLEAN OUT RE: PLUMBING E o00� o oA-,-- Chick-fil-AHo ��D 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 0 C A W a CCR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIORS FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC RELEASE: v2 20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 17013 PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY Author Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET FLOOR FINISH PLAN a SHEET NUMBER A=211 Il 3 2 1 L �i lL a) Nil c� CL U 13_ i C� LL z I � a_ z LLI hl cr) LU t� LLI Oe LL N LLI Q' 0I ' ® (D < LL E X 1f A ALIGN El OF FURF WITH SC EDGES C4 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0" 72'-0" FINISH SCHEDULE — RCP MARK DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MODEL NAME I MODEL NUMBER I COLOR SIZE NOTE 01 CEILING FINISHES ACT-1 ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL AND GRID CERTAINTEED CEILINGS PERFORMA VINYLROCK 1142—CRF—I WHITE 24" x 24" x 1/2" GRID:STANDARD 15/16" SQUARE LAY —IN GRID, WHITE ACT-2 ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL AND GRID CERTAINTEED CEILINGS PERFORMA SYMPHONY M 1222BF—IOF-1 WHITE 24' X 24" X 3/4" GRID: ELITE NARROW REVEAL (CORNER BEVEL) 9/16" GRID, WHITE PT-9A INTERIOR CEILING PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS PRO MAR 200 ZERO VOC PAINT SW-7031 MEGA GRIEGE FINISH: FLAT PT-31A PRIMARY INTERIOR CEILING PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS PRO MAR 200 ZERO VOC PAINT SW-7011 NATURAL CHOICE FINISH: FLAT (SEMI —GLOSS ON HARDIE PANEL) PT-36A INTERIOR CEILING PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS PRO MAR 200 ZERO VOC PAINT SW 7600 BOLERO FINISH: FLAT REFLECTED CEILING PLAN GENERAL NOTES A.1 REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE FOR FINISH INFORMATION NOT SHOWN ON THIS SHEET. A.2 REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL FOR INFORMATION ON LIGHT FIXTURES AND MECHANICAL FIXTURES. A.3 ADJUST EXACT LOCATION OF LIGHT FIXTURES TO CLEAR CEILING GRID AND HVAC GRILLES. A.4 IN GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS, ALIGN FIXTURES AND GRILLES BETWEEN CEILING JOISTS. A.5 DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE TO FACE OF FINISH. A.6 CEILING SPEAKERS ARE NOT SHOWN HERE. SPEAKERS SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER'S SUPPLIER. WHERE SPEAKERS OCCUR IN LAY -IN CEILING, SPEAKERS SHALL BE CENTERED WITHIN CEILING TILES. GC SHALL COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S SPEAKER SUPPLIER AND CUT HOLES IN CEILING AS REQUIRED FOR SPEAKER PLACEMENT. A.7 HEIGHTS SHOWN AT CEILINGS ARE TO BOTTOM OF FINISH. A.8 HEIGHTS SHOWN AT LIGHT FIXTURES ARE TO BOTTOM OF FIXTURE. RCP KEYNOTES O 1 ALIGN PENDANDTS OVER CENTER OF TABLES BELOW. 2 CEILING GRID START POINT. 4 AIR CURTAIN - RE: MECHANICAL 5 PREFINISHED METAL CANOPY BY CANOPY FABRICATOR. 6 FRP CORNER GUARDS & TRIM AT COOLER AND FREEZER SOFFITS. 7 METAL CLOSURE PANELS ABOVE FREEZER AND COOLER. INSTALL AFTER CEILING GRID IS IN PLACE. RE: KITCHEN EQUIPMENT DRAWINGS. 9 ROOF HATCH 10 3-SIDED PICK-UP SIGN MOUNTED TO CEILING GRID. PROVIDED BY OWNER. 13 MENU BOARDS. 14 ANSUL CABINET. 15 HEAVY LINE INDICATES SMOKE PARTITION REQUIRED FOR NON-SPRINKLERED BUILDINGS. EXTEND WALL FRAMING FROM FINISH CEILING TO ROOF DECK TO FORM CONTINUOUS SMOKE PARTITION SEPARATING CEILING PLENUM INTO TWO DISTINCT VOLUMES. AT" BACK OF HOUSE" OR KITCHEN SIDE OF WALL, EXTEND WALL SHEATHING FROM FLOOR TO ROOF DECK. ON DINING SIDE, EXTEND WALL SHEATHING FROM FLOOR TO 6" ABOVE FINISH CEILING. RE: DRAFSTOPPING DETAIL. C3/A6-20 16 DOWNSPOUT. 17 OVERHEAD FAN MOUNTED TO CANOPY - RE: ELECTRICAL LEGEND: LAY -IN CEILING TILE SUPPLY AIR VENT CEILING GRID RE: MECHANICAL START POINT RETURN AIR VENT RE: MECHANICAL GYPSUM BOARD _ - ±{ �s• {' �+ RE: FINISH PLAN FOR FINISHES `, =;-,L - _ WALL DIFFUSER ��✓ RE: MECHANICAL AIR CURTAIN EXTERIOR CANOPY RE: MECHANICAL FLY LIGHT (BOH) 0 2' X 4' RECESSED LED RE: KITCHEN LIGHT FIXTURE (B.O.H.) RE: ELECTRICAL FLY LIGHT (FOH) RE: KITCHEN 2' X 4' RECESSED EMERGENCY LED LIGHT FIXTURE (B.O.H.) RE: ELECTRICAL 'AAA RECESSED CAN LIGHT FIXTURE O RE: ELECTRICAL RECESSED EMERGENCY CANO LIGHT FIXTURE - RE: ELECTRICAL EXIT LIGHT- WALL MOUNTED RE: ELECTRICAL EXTERIOR SCONCE LIGHT FIXTURE SEE EXTERIOR ELEVS FOR LOCATIONS RE: ELECTRICAL DROP CORDS RE: ELECTRICAL PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE RE: ELECTRICAL DOME LIGHT FIXTURE RE: ELECTRICAL SPEAKER - VENDOR TO VERIFY LOCATIONS W/ GC PEACH BASKET PENDANT RE: ELECTRICAL COCA -COLA PENDANT FIXTURE E o000 0 � o�p ��o Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 J1 C 0 A w a Ji CCR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIORS FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC RELEASE: v2 20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 17013 PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY Author 100000 Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from auftmed project representatives. W SHEET REFLECTED CEILING a PLAN SHEET NUMBER A=221 4 3 2 1 �i T N NI O ,I- C:) IT _O ry J J M n LL s Q a) N L Q N N� O d O O J+ ILL 0 Ci7 co 10 re i1 M T M d' O N O N O N Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 21A CCR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIORS M�m 1IF 1- BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC RELEASE: v2 20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 17013 PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY Author Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET ROOF PLAN a. SHEET NUMBER A=230 4 1 3 I 2 1 a v { 5, CD 0 i n� l Ll_ i r0 u� z Uj NI __j I Ll J A LLJ X :N 5 Ltl 0 66 Z:z _ C 0 co � `1 ..-a r ���' /���� �f,�•a:■, it r �.�_'_'� ■ ■ra.■jiit■'■i�..��i�■T�?Ia..�Ti�11�:: ajiil�a'■ �� �..���I� '---fir �r—� � �■� ■ ■ T *®ter®j Y■r��l; � I II � • • WE =1 WILE -Owl ----- - - - :_ice i tip �■ie ® ■ ice. _ {�. ,�. --, �. - - I • • MEN! 1 o _ _ -1d� E7► ' 1 fJi O� t I ■ •!•.� -�.•. _. � �-_ ^�.� - � � �.■ � --� - - ----:�_� � - - �.r��_. �Yl�...� �Y.� _. �Yt•.�..�. _-. �t{ttl�.•-_. ter., _- � .--. ��' _.. � � -r��- - .-- -�.�- �r�. -- -• ��� �.�.� -���- �• ���-_ �YY�• _ � __ - i� � _ � - - -_--,-�■- !f !�• !r� : �!■ !�- l!!J•� !!a r■car �--�,l7•- �: !7r-r��ffr_1 !� rw- !\�-� !!r !f� �!r �!'r 1., fl • ltr• !f _,!_� ■>t'!a L7-.. .-rl.� fti� 'f=r ''!� �R r- � _. f� - \, r�. ,,r 1�- _.�. ;■fJ•.a�. �� ata.a�■ ar,a�. a. �a_r■ ram. ��. _�. Iffy atoll: ii■.� �,i. ■ lam•: - �faaff,T �i .: - - -r- - _- ---- - - r r=---=-reams ��-- - - --- IN - �_��- L — L �� �r �� ate■■ �. aafa �i r mil- r� �� Tim . ■� �. r , rya. �/,i. i� �■ }�', �i . �1�.: - _ �� . • �- it �.: i ate. . a�� . fay .� `r ��� r sir _�O��O�_'a ��1 .�_a� .��1��'�',_`_f�.rQ,_'d�lP.��.�.�_'�P.�,'_.�.�i O�_.�.�1 O� i7/� .�.:� ■O�- '.�..� ■�.1.�� '. r:� '.!'i.. �'- !' ii -i� --��� 14�-��_,�--��� �.-���-_. L _�� - - --� e,■ Ial■■ i� �■ i. � ■ Iffw ti�..alllr tom?: � �',. �'�� ,i i� ■ ■ �'a i � - i i=4'- i i�-i ■ i� - � � i � l ! i � � - - , �- �_ - - z�Z ._ -- �� - � tea■ _ -ar- - � � -o+. __ ��O■. - i � ■1i7. _ �� ■r�. 1 a7+� 1 �iO■. _ I�L7�. �_ � _ _ � � rP+�� ]' -[ �!! -. j � � r-7 ii�l■-■ 1ttliA. _ T-7.ff■ d � ■:�. � fa i'�.If_ t� eta 1. � ■:li iA-;�Ila � I�,� � � �,a■■ i� �: • a fa i�:� a.■ i�:■:�■ � Iliac■ ice:. _■ OII...■■ lid _ a� ill!! ■�la.■ ice_ !:1 � i� u,� ii _ �! u ■ sa �■ i�a � v! ■ Sam _■��_ �a�'_ia�aaaat=_a�Tar�_ a�Ta�■a� �a•a����ir � ��Ii�■�a_:■��_�i�_.i;a�■._:ar,�■��'��//,_I��L/�. t��1�.__/�■___L� �_a��_ f��_l�_:��'�_ __��I_a�.�f� f�ar�__� '_� �■_a�>.Tar,�__`arf�._� f��_i/-■■�_i��_i:.�■�_a� _i •__ _oral ■_i` a i� � ■o�, �_ T �� ��■� eft fay? aa0�o� � � ■:rw ®' o �s�® ss�i r®® �� �i �s ��` *® � ��� �Tt® r� r� - ��-� �� ��� ro �': �o��; }®: --to � ��- r®—r - - r � �-1_ .__ � �. � �_ �._ ■� � ���_, ■.!�'�"T�/i1B �;!_��:�1 �. �,11�1�_Ilil�■�-I���,��1L7--���Jf=���`��fa:l���,l����I �l�i�,�\_il��:!'�1 �:1���a�I '�:I I�O����l�� ����!'�:�I11�.\_Tl��.l��T!'� f�'.I IB: �:l1 '� �'.■i:�'!'�.�il.�' �, .!'.1.�` T ,�. "- I.�` ,�` �: __T � i �, T. , - �, �':�Oa'' �� as' � �. Imo' vl �dl �t7 �� � �■� Q �ir�7 �--� �0 � ��0� O � � .. �,�,.� ��_ �J �� ,� _ iie� � ,� ----•� -,_, ■� ___-:�l1-�-�■1� �■�:.� �..� _�.��__� _�.1.� l��l����I 1 - --- �- p—i---- ii- - �1-------- �.- -- ��_�.------.��-�fi�- �- - 0 --- -�. - �- -� 1�- p- .i0_- --- ■ 1- ----- i0-i���� e�1\a���1��w oiiwee�� tt� tip f��s fib/}s 0�a�fif�fa�O�s f�f,silf�!sf�I s�,fJt��,sf��s Oses■����f���fa,�s� ,e a�i �f� s�.fi�e�l�fa �}s�'f� s'.f>Q:s■0■�faa� /Tl�f>0�! Yf�its-�e �f�f����lf��.fi''}��.: - �,�Ief}ae� � �fisf�s'f� st_e_�s'fa sf�� �}aa�''oiae■I��fa>s ■ • • 11 • 1 '�-.�:.��...o.���.��:�.��.a.- f liill:ilai■role h�'ss•�■ i_is ia■■n_Tiae i i_�iil,: a■■j■ _d i �_� �,r_� i ss�■ji!-'i [ii�ls,�jiil:-:� ■■ ice: �ti[i�: a ■■ji�l:i:■■■r� ■ - -- � ■ 'toe�ttivltti��� 1 1'' =s.���i�'����I�-�i� 9���1 oite�ii __"��_ _--•dam-r�A1� i��—_A'�� d_� �_�_d� I , i'� d_ ■ � _ � Ir i■ ill .� �' 1 �_ i �r T MU •.� �a■, - ��f!• ■ f•� ��o■ �'■ �■.� ��_ic�..� � , � ■la■.��• - fi�■: � _ � - r � � air s �_ _0_ -r }�_ _ �.�■ i��■ ice! ■:�•ji:l;_:1. �Yiai� �■ ii! ■ a..■ i _- — __ a■• 1 �.101�• 01! � _o■�/G_ill:Zal�■ i� ■� - c _ - T ■ ■ -mod �d� �-._ - ��_ .� 4,_ J _ �� i��-1 Fa��-d--- • - • • 1 : ■ iji■ i vI! I: ar_ _T■:i i �_11'_�1 ail i�■:i':aj1'ii loot v_s,i [� .la:■ fib-iaa =hill=i �TiiA i \ 1 �- _ f>: �gl� 'ice `is■, i. �� �f� �'.e�,' �i - -- ® • • • • 1�Roil oriFJF.S t 1W12MINJIM ■i��■l�t�oT.:��i��a��..�.j.��.��®,■ftoi�o�`�:��jT0�lie•a�� i./�a�`i .���: 1'.2o1i: .�='w.��' '■�Ii~� lfa.f.■e.tt�lt.��■s�'•■- I • !w� • �• ii • • �i�>r��. ��_�;�.I■r�eaai-.. � i�ly�l �%s • _�y.■. ���,l!1 e.�oa../ _ , _�■fl:p�ems�■_ mam���j 'i�;N,.i�,�Y�■. �.�it�a-..r. �l�:�j ■■�� _ cocoa- a�P:• •� l� l_ � ■� _ i'.� EEIII G21 G21 G21 G21 CD G21 G21 G21 G21 G21 i■'' I mil. ]ta■ �e Off'.. IAA _'ai■{dl ■ tttt�:f17� � 1 �1 �:� � ■, 1�.� � �:■ T =11MINdaat, � �1■ �� - �r�i�.■�Ts■Y ���TR �. �1s'_i Zs G21 G21 G21 G21 ■• �ji'a� ®tl ■ ■ ar�F farn■/�_yr 'r ": ni ate;-a■i r■�■,/_ 0� ��.TO� i�i• �T��T■i� •Iaa� �'n■i■lfi ma's G21 G21 G21 G21 iac�.� ■ fao.�i:. ARIA /1rr1Q.l; � i�i�! ■ WATER TABLE T-O" !�■iQ■ iT�'■�fi�■ I • [ T T .i■1♦ ..■■■■t■II■■■■■■■i■.■■■■■■■■■■_■�/�'_�`�■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■ ff1- _L!,_--_r�� .- s �- �� ,_ ■ _f!� �--la�u:_}i`� �'�■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■U■■■.�_��'._1_.a■■■■■■■1■■■1■■■■O■■1■■■■■■��.�_���_■■■■■■�■■■�■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■'i:�_'a� _, _� '� �a:_�iT � ■■1■■!■■■■1■■■■■■■■■1■■■■■■,_i -' I. ,a■� ���-� !'�' �fii>A �fi�r rt�9 T®' T®1Q=■�r�J �� r®I �C'f>�JI �' �C!�; ��... -�- ---L ----L - � r r --- � 1® !! ® ®� T®� � '.�- !0M T �.. - -, .T_. ( T T -�- -r L .T. _ I T , L T ■�® f ��i 1'�®7�' �fJ7_�■� S®� ���. �® ,■®S'-®jam'-r■v�1 Ti��rd/'!��■.Is®��■l1�•��Ti�!�:�■:r�������■:�����i���flf�l� ��®y.1�/.ri��ifiTll��r,�,®��1,���,�17���L;� lL��/T�;,d■ll��Ti-i,`�l���T-'�■��T�.■�ia�!�,�=-'�.J���'�,� -Ti���',lf��'�r�.l�I:■�■:l� T !�I ®, -f -r ,� T Tf v�,- �J / �� :iiiT�O����P�pi� �-�'���'� ��p��'�;i�p'� �I�'p� --- - ,� � 1., � � r --•- - �--- _-_-- �.��_ _..�■:! ■�.�.��.� ��■.�l 1 _ IIII _ „, �` -- - - -_ __-;�-1111.■s�s�otilt� ® {,Iow��oei vet 1O��o7s%tt� -, l � ■ t oaa-'��t<rot��ai��s�,ar>e�fJss�ll����.,��s,e..�f�s;sf�.safsf�trlails'•fasss,tliie',f�ae�ltls.sf�,ts�l��sf��e.��s:sa•f>e�,ae.�tfJls,sfJol I�Ira�iv�fl0�fi_�a�aue�.a - 1 • 1 ■ mI • 1 ■ ■/la■. _ ■�■o■■ �17 �/a■. I�1 ago.. _Z moo. ��o■- ■- 1 �� �,Ia■��1vw��la li �_ �_��o [� ■ airii!!ri �T� ® � ■ ��7� woe■ p�T�it� fla• ptt� ■'l■■■■josl�a ���:aa_[o11�i ar,= ice■ atn ■ _ram.... � � �■.. III �-T -- III � ��.. II� � _ 1ta.1� 11�■,.�a■..TI�e�T.1a' �[.�s=-'a:■-[�■T: iT�It�r���1 ©�� �Ilvepis s p O EXTERIOR ELEVATION LJ %J 1/4" = 1'-0" i f•(■Iiiis � Ia_�oI7� 70 ---..._Iijl�:-.oii iital a ollio.�jvel,■:ate ��[�s'i a ■ F■ � ill;:.airy' :!�1■ 1■CT��. ?OQ !fro■i rQf>0■J'; << /�r■�7/■QJ' 1 �;� �; �C�_ J f�:! ■�• ��, .al -ra. a� - � .../■r _�.l._ .:� ■� . _lam./■■ ,si�s7s.lssia�d�a,frl s,e�.� CARD READER BY ® ® SECURITY VENDOR - ELECT • 1 T/ PARAPET 21'-8" T/ FRAMING 20'-4 1/2" OIL CONTROL JOINT 14-0" CANOPY WATER TABLE 3'-0" MASONRY EXPANSION JOINT LEGEND 1� ALIGN EJ WITH JAMB 30 ALIGN WITH EXTENT OF BRICK ABOVE ALIGN EJ WITH CORNER OF WALL ® PLACE EJ AS DIMENSIONED NOTE: EJ SEALANT COLOR TO MATCH MORTAR COLOR. T/ SLAB 0" CS-1 EC-1 SIGNAGE BY OTHERS �`ro■ � a■av■. ti'�pl■I �I _.o _ � �■ _ _�■ �Tiis ���■ ii■.� Imo[ iil■� -71i• C!! ■ •r ii! 1�]■i■ iil,I rr� i sa-�lAli�[�.�: � }ii_!: a_■■[I � i �: ��.,ai.�l�! I �_ ice. 0,��`���7r��0;lfO��iiL7,��y�v �1�'�4���®e{-.�_■®ate A •. • ' � � O�c d�=�d d^-.A■ Qv.,®�c-a::SHE —T d -d�- d�. i � • • a �'� r���� "ice �■ _ �. _ _ �. -`_ ii - -� �.- * - `� :;�■ram =laiif�rlliel:i�ra�■�iir7,•■ � laifaj ems; ��i■ oR■:: o•���s':I■�.�[� � rTQI d�_da� �■�����{{{{{dam d��_d�. 1■1■'�I NICE ���_�� i�/ii ifs. ram= a�,f>,. r7�.� �■. e�I e����oe�loe�piias'�oe�o ,�,�■■ `�Da� _� ' rim' 1_�IC��.o■�_■aaC_��L -- r � � �.: - �.: `�.: -- _=-•- - - ��;�C■.��It - - - _�ior T� I ■,��� �:aa� � ■::la �p� �� - - -=-- •� 7 1.�■�_■IaO■��ti�f�r��■`ft• ■'r.7a. � � . 1 la�� ■'.7v■%[�er::ar�� s. a�?i -�■-� �- - /�■� -- -- ' ' NINE! �Is'ria�jl�■..-�'—a•�f■:: __ 7■III■■■■1■■■.. ■,01■■...� I)`i■o■��o�� �jlois:i - _ ate.. 11 1 _— !-� _T :� ■A �� �:li= �!� wlli � ■�1. .�� ■!_ Ir � l.. ■a■�ili T 1 �,a� �s'ar' Asa - ,'T 011111,sasfa,�..a��'�ss'a?s,�ssa,�� r ;_ � ® 0 CARD READER BY SECURITY VENDOR - REF ELECT 0.4 EXTERIOR ELEVATION U 1 1/4" = 1'-0" FINISH SCHEDULE - EXTERIOR MODEL MARKT DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MODEL NAME NUMBER COLOR NOTE EXTERIOR CP-1 CANOPY METAL FASCIA DURA COAT DC19ST-2703 DARK BRONZE OIL RUBBED BRONZE METALLIC TEXTURE PVD CP-2 CANOPY METAL DECK WHITE SMOOTH WHITE, HIGH GLOSS CS-1 STONE VENEER CORONADO STONE LEDGESTONE HONEY LEDGE - CHABLIS EC-1 PARAPET WALL COPING DUROLAST / DARK BRONZE EXCEPTIONAL METALS (MATTE) PT-100 EXTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS SHER-CRYL HIGH PERFORMANCE SW 2807 ROOKWOOD REFUSE ENCLOSURE. FINISH: ACRYLIC #1366-350 SEMI -GLOSS ON DOOR FRAMES, SATIN ON WALLS PT-113 EXTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS SHER-CRYL HIGH PERFORMANCE DARK BRONZE FINISH: SEMI -GLOSS ACRYLIC #B66-350 SCA STUCCO STO POWERWALL STO WHITE FINISH: SAND MEDIUM SC-2 STUCCO STO POWERWALL ADOBE BROWN FINISH: SAND MEDIUM STA STOREFRONT RE: G-005 YES 45 DARK BRONZE (MATTE) CONTROL JOINT 14-0 • B/ CANOPY 9'-8" WATER TABLE 3'-0" T/SLAB 0" ATTACHED CANOPY SCHEDULE Mark Description Count Overall Width Overall Depth Tie Back Mounting (Offset From Top) Integral Lighting C1-A Exterior Canopy 1 X-4 1/2" 1'-0" 0" Yes C1-C Exterior Canopy 9 6'-4" 1'-0" 0" No C1-K Exterior Canopy 2 6'-4" V-0" 0" Yes C4-B Exterior Canopy 1 V-4" 1 4'-0' 2'-4" Yes C4-L Exterior Canopy 1 17'-101/2" 1 4'-0" 2'-4"1 Yes Grand total 14 CANOPY NOTES: ATTACHED CANOPIES - 8" THICK CANOPY - KYNAR FINISH OF STRUCTURE, FASCIA, & DECKING TO MATCH CP_1 DETACHED CANOPIES - 10" THICK CANOPY - SEE RCP AND EXTERIOR ELEVS FOR FINISHES E o00� o p o �� D o00 Doo 0 Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 n 0 CCR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIORS FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC RELEASE: v2_20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 17013 A PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY Author Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named prgeat may not be reproduced in any manner without e>press written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS Q- SHEET NUMBER A=301 In 3 2 1 4 3 N 1 A ❑• C 0 U 1 1E Q_ NI O G ry _I CL y 6 1��/� VJ U_ I 1E y, z NI 0 us U A Q� Q � of 0 O UA b 0 � 0 O � � T/ FRP - — STONE VEI RE: WALL RIGID INSU RE: INSULT WALL FRAI RE: STRUC BATT INSU EXTEND 12 ROOF, TYP REF STRU( JOIST BEAI CONTR EXTERIOR - RE: SPEC STONE VEI RE: CIVIL n A WALL SECTION /'%'t 3/4" = 1'-0" - ROOF PLAN ETAILS JSS STRUCTURAL T/ FRAMING 20'-4 1/2" OL — — — — STUCCO SYSTEM • RE: WALL TYPES WALL FRAMING • RE: STRUCTURAL --� • RIGID INSULATION RE: INSULATION SCHEDULE BATT INSULATION EXTEND 12" ABOVE ROOF, TYP REF STRUCTURAL FOR JOIST BEARING CONTROL JOINT 14'-0" EXTERIOR SHEATHING RE: SPECIFICATIONS — A4 B1 RE: ROOF PLAN & DETAILS T/ FRAMING 20'-4 1/2" STONE VENEER - RE: WALL TYPES RIGID INSULATION - RE: INSULATION SCHEDULE — WALL FRAMING - RE: STRUCTURAL BATT INSULATION EXTEND 12" ABOVE ROOF, TYP REF STRUCTURAL FOR JOIST BEARING . CONTROL JOINT 14'-0" EXTERIOR SHEATHING RE: SPECIFICATIONS 131 RE: ROOF PLAN & DETAILS TRUSS RE: STRUCTURAL RE: ROOF PLAN & DETAILS TRUSS RE: STRUCTURAL 131 E2 T/ FRAMING 20'-4 1/2" STONE VENEER - RE: WALL TYPES RIGID INSULATION - RE: INSULATION SCHEDULE DOUBLE WALL FRAMING - RE: STRUCTURAL LIGHTED SIGN - RE: ELECTRICAL 2'-0" CONTINUOUS BATT INSULATION, EXTEND 12" ABOVE ROOF, TYP BATT INSULATION, EXTEND 12" ABOVE ROOF, TYP REF STRUCTURALFOR JOIST BEARING CONTROL JOINT 14'-0" EXTERIOR SHEATHING - RE: SPECIFICATIONS A D O O O o 0 Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 D CCR ARCHITECTURE &INTERIORS D2 B1 A-503 •�• A-501 REF STRUCTURAL FOR HEADER C • • REFLECTED B/ CANOPY 9'-B" • • B/ CANOPY 9'-8" • • B/ CANOPY 9'-8" LING PLAN— - - - -OL B 1 •� RE: REFLECTED • ' A-501 RE: REFLECTED PREFINISHED ALUMINUM • • CEILING PLAN PREFINISHED ALUMINUM CANOPY, CEILING PLAN CANOPY, REFER TO ' REF STRUCTURAL FOR REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S FINISH PLAN MANUFACTURER'S • • HEADER INSTRUCTIONS. RECESSED LED LIGHT CHEDULE INSTRUCTIONS. RECESSED I ' BY CANOPY MRF. 0 RE: FINISH PLAN LED LIGHT BY CANOPY MRF. • u & SCHEDULE REF STRUCTURAL FOR Ln M D4 HEADER A-503 RE: FINISH PLAN > M LL ALUMINUM & SCHEDULE ' W J STOREFRONT J J LL - � w ALUMINUM O STOREFRONT _ J — AUTOMATIC >= J SLIDING DRIVE- THRU DOOR am O STONE VENEER BEYOND Uj Uj WATER TABLE 3'-0" B N Imo' N - D1 A-503 SLOPED STONE COURSE • iAK T/ SILL 1'-9" - - - - - • - FSR#04040 FLOOR FINISH RE: D3 ISH FLOOR STONE VENEER FINISH PLAN A-501 SLAB &FOUNDATION BUILDING TYPE /SIZE: P13 LC FINISH PLAN SLAB & FOUNDATION FLOOR FINISH RE: STRUCTURAL RELEASE: V2_20.02 kB & RE: CIVIL RE: STRUCTURAL - RE: FINISH PLAN FLOOR FINISH RE: •�• JNDATION - RE: �. SLAB & FINISH PLAN REVISION SCHEDULE IUCTURAL T/ SLAB 0" • • T/ SLAB 0" FOUNDATION - RE, T/ SLAB 0" NO. DATE DESCRIPTION - _ a- _ .-.. _ .d Y• -:d_ .. - •�. _ ?- •.-„— ,�;., _ _ d _ STRUCTURAL •ria-4. _ a '• •` L� ".A • % . 'e 62 I �b�A RE: CIVIL J :: ` " ; , A-503 RE: CIVIL - ,.9,, `,a- - ''• - is _ - _ -:.=°'e,_i- . CONSULTANT PROJECT # 17013 A3 WALL SECTION WALL SECTION Al WALL SECTION A PRINTED FOR PERMIT 3/4" = 1'-0" A23/4' = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY Author Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without egress written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET W WALL SECTIONS Q. SHEET NUMBER A=401 4 3 2 1 L U Q i s a N NI O It O 0 (D UI J M T- W It (n U- AI A s Q N NI t s N NI O It O 0 JI I.L. 0 O ce) WE .^1 N its 7' T- o N O C`11 O N CO W fY W X W r O , Q O 0 O , J , 4 3 2 1 i 4 1/2" VARIES I/ STO FINISH COAT STUCCO SYSTEM - CORNER FINISH BEYOND RE: WALL TYPES BLOCKING AS REQUIRED BY CANOPY - RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS DIMENSION INDICATES STUCCO LATH. RE: WALL TYPES FABRICATOR OR STRUCTURAL ENGINEER SCRATCH COAT, BROWN COAT. USE STO DRAIN SCREEN SEALANT BEYOND - ALUMINUM STOREFRONT MAX 7/8" THICKNESS ALLOWED BY STO (WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT). FRAME & GLAZING 7/8' 1" RIGID FOAM CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE LOCATION STO DRAIN SCREEN INSULATION AND SIZES. RE: STRUCTURAL FOR DOUBLE EXTERIOR SHEATHING WALL CONDITIONS BACKER ROD &SEALANT GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE - RE: STRUCTURAL PRESSURE TREATED FOR BUILDING CODE pP� WOOD BLOCKING ANCHORAGE BY CANOPY FABRICATOR. CANOPY COMPLIANT ANCHORAGE, S12 ANCHORS SHALL NOT PENETRATE INTERIOR TYP AT DOORS &WINDOWS �/ WALL FRAMING & TIE ROD WALL PLATE BY WALL FINISH WHERE BELOW FINISH CEILING, TYP. INSULATION CANOPY FABRICATOR PLASTIC SHIMS - RE: WALL TYPES & STRUCTURAL TIE ROD &YOKE BY CANOPY FABRICATOR WOOD BLOCKING SHOWN HERE 1" RIGID FOAM INSULATION IN METAL STUD WALL WITHIN 18" OF HOOD: FINISH FLOOR FIRE RETARDANT AND PRESSURE TREATED E SLOPE @ 1.50 MAX - RE: CIVIL O EQUAL TO D-BLAZE BY VIANCE. E d AIR BARRIER - RE: SPECS O ~1 1/2'�' STOGUARD WATERPROOF OTHER LOCATIONS: UNTREATED LUMBER. AIR BARRIER MEMBRANE !CONCRETE WALK - RE: CIVIL °•. ,1/2 ; !EXPANSION JOINT - RE: CIVIL ° - "' d, 9 B.O. BUILDOUT / HEADER / CANOPY _ AIR BARRIER - RE: SPECS A CONCRETE SLAB & RE: EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOOTING - RE: STRUCTURAL 1 STOGUARD WATERPROOF INTERIOR SHEATHING & FINISH - RE: STRUCTURAL �: AIR BARRIER MEMBRANE (FOR DOUBLE SIDED SHEAR WALL LOCATIONS). (COMPACTED SUBGRADE _ _ INTERIOR ELEVATIONS, FINISH SCHEDULE, WALL & ;— EXTERIOR PARTITION TYPE NOTES SHEATHING - RE: STRUCTURAL E SILL AT FLOOR STUCCO BUILDOUT - SECTION CANOPY TIE -ROD & STUCCO JUNCTION 3 ,' 0" E23" _ 1, 0„ E 1 3" = 1'-0„ STO FINISH COAT STO FINISH COAT 41/2" VARIES V V V DIMENSION INDICATES •�•�• DIMENSION INDICATES •�•�• RE: WALL TYPES CORNER FINISH BEYOND j STUCCO LATH, SCRATCH STUCCO LATH. SCRATCH BLOCKING AS REQUIRED BY CANOPY - RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS COAT, BROWN COAT. COAT, BROWN COAT. • FABRICATOR OR STRUCTURAL ENGINEER USE MAX 7/8" THICKNESS • USE MAX 7/8" THICKNESS • AIR BARRIER - RE: SPECS SEALANT BEYOND ALUMINUM STOREFRONT ALLOWED BY STO ALLOWED BY STO I ( (WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT). 7/8" • 7/8" • STOGUARD WATERPROOF CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE FRAME BEYOND STO DRAIN SCREEN STO DRAIN SCREEN I AIR BARRIER MEMBRANE • • LOCATION AND SIZES. RE: STRUCTURAL AT SEALANT — pQ� • SEALANT • EXTERIOR • • DOUBLE WALL CONDITIONS YKK E90407 THRESHOLD CEIVN,2 ' I SHEATHING - RE: ANCHORAGE BY CANOPY FABRICATOR. LUMINUM STOREFRONT DOOR OR KAWNEER EQUAL. ' _ • • STRUCTURAL CANOPY ANCHORS SHALL NOT PENETRATE CUT INTERIOR PORTION — ' __. I .�.�.�.�. INTERIOR WALL FINISH WHERE BELOW FINISH TO ACCOMMODATE I • CEILING. TYP. FINISH FLOOR. CANOPY AND ' CANOPY AND I • FINISH FLOOR ANCHORAGE BY • ANCHORAGE BY • WOOD BLOCKING SHOWN HERE N CANOPY FABRICATOR CANOPY FABRICATOR • • IN METAL STUD WALL WITHIN 18" OF I ' ' HOOD: FIRE RETARDANT AND SLOPE @ 1:50 MAX - RE: PRESSURE • PRESSURE • • PRESSURE TREATED EQUAL TO D-BLAZE D D CIVIL F-- — TREATED WOOD � ' TREATED WOOD = ' d RE: ADJACENT DTL RE: ADJACENT DTL I BY VIANCE. 1 1I2 BLOCKING FOR REMAINDER • BLOCKING FOR REMAINDER • I • ` - Q _ <d • _ f - 1" RIGID FOAM OF CONSTRUCTION' 1" RIGID FOAM OF CONSTRUCTION' • OTHER LOCATIONS: UNTREATED CONCRETE WALK- RE: CIVIL p - "'_ I- 1?2 a INSULATION • INSULATION i I D2 RE: ADJACENT DTL i • LUMBER. ! FOR REMAINDER e _ F as a __B.O. CANOPY D1 i B.O. CANOPY D1 A-501 / OF CONSTRUCTION I • INTERIOR SHEATHING &FINISH - RE: EXPANSION JOINT - RE: CIVIL _ CONCRETE SLAB &FOOTING RE: EXTERIOR EL 1" A-501 RE: EXTERIOR ELEVS (A_5_0 STRUCTURAL (FOR DOUBLE SIDED SHEAR RE: STRUCTURAL WALL LOCATIONS).. INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. •�•�� •�•�• • FINISH SCHEDULE. WALL & PARTITION TYPE COMPACTED SUBGRADE _ NOTES AT BUILDOUT LOCATIONS - REF ELEVATIONS AT TYPICAL LOCATIONS - REF ELEVATIONS 7L D3 STOREFRONT DOOR THRESHOLD DETAIL D23"CANOPY & STUCCO JUNCTION - FINISHES D CANOPY & STUCCO JUNCTION 3" = V-0" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" STOGUARD WATERPROOF RE: WALL TYPES INTERIOR SHEATHING & FINISH - AIR BARRIER MEMBRANE •�•�•�• RE: STRUCTURAL (FOR DOUBLE (LAP OVER FLASHING) INTERIOR SHEATHING & SIDED SHEAR WALL LOCATIONS). • J FINISH - RE: STRUCTURAL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS, FINISH AIR BARRIER - RE: SPEC SCHEDULE, WALL & PARTITION (LAP OVER FLASHING) • (FOR DOUBLE SIDED WALL FRAMING AT JAMB TYPE NOTES I SHEAR WALL LOCATIONS), AT CORNER - RE: STO I INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. - RE: STRUCTURAL ----------_CORNER FINISH ROUGH OPENING • FINISH SCHEDULE. WALL & EXTERIOR SHEATHING - RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS PROTECTION 3-D DETAIL i PARTITION TYPE NOTES - RE: STRUCTURAL PLASTIC SHIMS • ANCHORAGE BY CANOPY AT CORNER: RE: STUCCO ALUMINUM FRAME BY ZIGMAN - i REF ADJACENT DTL I FABRICATOR. CANOPY ROUGH OPENING DETAIL ANCHORS SHALL NOT ON A-505 FRAME SHOWN AT HINGE SIDE I FOR REMAINDER PENETRATE INTERIOR IN THIS DETAIL. REFER TO • OF CONSTRUCTION STOGUARD WATERPROOF FLOOR PLAN FOR ACTUAL ( WALL FINISH WHERE AIR BARRIER MEMBRANE HINGE LOCATION. ' B2 I BELOW FINISH CEILING, TYP. AIR BARRIER - GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE A-501 RE: SPECS FOR BUILDING CODE 2 1/2" CORNER FINISH C C 1" RIGID FOAM ATODOORS & WINDOWS ANCHORAGE, TYP - RE: INTERIOR INSULATION g ELEVATIONS FRP DOOR BY ZIGMAN 1011 STO DRAIN SCREEN PLASTIC SHIMS DIMENSION INDICATES STUCCO LATH, SCRATCH _N GC SHALL BE EXTERIOR SHEATHING - COAT, BROWN COAT. USE RESPONSIBLE FOR RE: STRUCTURAL cv MAX 7/8" THICKNESS BUILDING CODE PREFINISHED - 'bo COMPLIANT ANCHORAGE. ALLOWED BY STO = METAL FASCIA SLOPE TAN ROOFING ' - `, - TYP AT DOORS & CONTINUOUS 1x4 MEMBRANE STO FINISH COAT WINDOWS ALUMINUM FRAME ROOFING BACKER ROD & SEALANT �- BY ZIGMAN MEMBRANE CONTINUOUS CLEAT EDGE TRIM AS FRP DOOR BY ZIGMAN C2 EXTERIOR SERVICE DOOR JAMB - STUCCO APPROVED BY STO C 1 EXTERIOR SERVICE DOOR HEAD - STUCCO v AIR BARRIER - RE: SPECS 1 _0 2X6 BLOCKING 6" = 1'-0" 6" = 1'-0" 01 RE: STRUCT RE: WALL TYPES 2X6 OUTRIGGER STOGUARD WATERPROOF _ RE: STRUCTURAL STO FINISH COAT STO FINISH COAT AIR BARRIER MEMBRANE •�•�•�• CONT. 2X6 7/8" 7I8" RE: STRUCT (LAP OVER FLASHING) TOP OF FRAMING DIMENSION INDICATES DIMENSION INDICATES • RE: ELEVATIONS & STUCCO LATH, SCRATCH STUCCO LATH. SCRATCH AIR BARRIER - RE: SPEC STRUCTURAL �'�, CONT. 2X4 COAT. BROWN COAT. • • COAT. BROWN COAT. • • ( ) • •.,,, •,\, `. RE: STRUCT LAP OVER FLASHING iv �y BY STO. 7/8 ALLOWED i I BY STO. 7/8 ALLOWED I I I EXTERIOR SHEATHING \\ AT CORNER - RE: STO ROUGH WALL FRAMING STO DRAIN SCREEN ' ' STO DRAIN SCREEN = I i OPENING PROTECTION 3-D DTL ' RIPPED 2X MEMBER RE: STRUCT _ _ _ • _ _ • • I ANCHORAGE BY CANOPY � RE: STRUCTURAL RE: STRUCTURAL — - • �' ��, — — — CANOPY AND CANOPY AND , • FABR AT R CANOPY ANCHORAGE BY _ _ ' ANCHORAGE BY IC O O Y CANOPY FABRICATOR i • CANOPY FABRICATOR i • • i ANCHORS SHALL NOT PENETRATE INTERIOR AIR BARRIER - RE: SPECS 1" RIGID FOAM • 1" RIGID FOAM • ' WALL FINISH WHERE INSULATION • INSULATION • • REF ADJACENT DTL I BELOW FINISH CEILING, TYP. PREFINISHED BRAKE METAL ' ' ' i FOR REMAINDERON PRESSURE TREATED PRESSURE TREATED OF CONSTRUCTION STUCCO SYSTEM - RE: WALL TYPES WOOD BLOCKING I I WOOD BLOCKING ' i i STO DRAIN SCREEN B - _ EDGE TRIM AS • • EDGE TRIM AS • • 62 B APPROVED BY STO ' APPROVED BY STO - J A-501 1" RIGID INSULATION AIR BARRIER - RE: SPECS BACKER ROD AND ' BACKER ROD AND ' CORNER FINISH STOGUARD WATERPROOF AIR BARRIER MEMBRANE SEALANT W/ WEEPS • • SEALANT W/ WEEPS • • - RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS RE: ADJACENT DTL RE: ADJACENT DTL SEALANT PREFINISHED HEAD I FOR REMAINDER ' PREFINISHED HEAD I FOR REMAINDER I EXTERIOR SHEATHING - RE: STRUCTURAL FLASHING TO MATCH •OF CONSTRUCTION• FLASHING TO MATCH OF CONSTRUCTION GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE STOREFRONT COLOR. I I STOREFRONT COLOR. I I FOR BUILDING CODE RE: STO 3-D DETAILS. • (B 1 • RE: STO 3-D DETAILS. L... 61 • COMPLIANT ANCHORAGE. RE: WALL TYPES SEALANT TO MATCH �•—•= -501 SEALANT TO MATCH A-501 2 1/2" TYP AT DOORS & WINDOWS FLASHING ABOVE FLASHING ABOVE � PLASTIC SHIMS AT BUILDOUT LOCATIONS - REF ELEVATIONS AT TYPICAL LOCATIONS - REF ELEVATIONS ALUMINUM STOREFRONT B43"EXTENDED PARAPET DETAIL - STUCCO B26" CANOPY/ HEAD / STUCCO DETAIL - FINISHES CANOPY/ HEAD / STUCCO DETAIL = 1'-0" = V-0" B6" = V-0" 2-PIECE COMPRESSION SNAP -ON BASE METAL COVER SLOPE TAN ROOFING ROOFING MEMBRANE -----► MEMBRANE INTERIOR SHEATHING & FINzzzISH - RE: STRUCTURAL 2 112" TOP OF FRAMING _ _ _ _ (FOR DOUBLE SIDED RE: ELEVATIONS & SHEAR WALL LOCATIONS). STRUCTURAL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS, ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FINISH SCHEDULE, WALL & ANCHORAGE PER ROOFING PARTITION TYPE NOTES ��\ 3/4" PLYWOOD FRAME &GLAZING MANUFACTURER'S I WALL FRAMING AT JAMB GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE REQUIREMENTS, TYP - RE: STRUCTURAL CORNER FINISH SEALANT ALL SIDES. FOR BUILDING CODE RE: STRUCT - RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS TYP. (PROVIDE BACKER COMPLIANT ANCHORAGE, CONTINUOUS, RIPPED 2X BLOCKING FOR TOP PLATE EXTERIOR SHEATHING RODS AS REQUIRED) — TYP AT DOORS & WINDOWS CONSTRUCTION - RE: STRUCTURAL w CONTINUOUS SEALANT EDGE TRIM AS APPROVED BY STO } SILL FLASHING PLASTIC SHIM AT CORNER: RE: STUCCO RE: STO DETAILS STUCCO SYSTEM - RE: WALL TYPES ROUGH OPENING DETAIL PLASTIC SHIMS CORNER FINISH BEYOND ON A-505 Q SEALANT - RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS STO DRAIN SCREEN GC SHALL BE A STOGUARD WATERPROOF w AIR BARRIER MEMBRANE RESPONSIBLE FOR A 1" RIGID INSULATION BUILDING CODE RE: STOREFRONT AIR BARRIER - RE: SPECS COMPLIANT ANCHORAGE, ELEVATIONS AIR BARRIER - RE: SPECS TYP AT DOORS & — 1" RIGID FOAM INSULATION WINDOWS DOUBLE 2x SILL AT WOOD STOGUARD WATERPROOF WALL FRAMING RE: WALL TYPES STO DRAIN SCREEN _ STO FINISH COAT STUD WALLS. STUD TRACK AIR BARRIER MEMBRANE - cv �• _• AT METAL STUD WALLS. & STRUCTURAL DIMENSION INDICATES STO DRAIN SCREEN STUCCO LATH, SCRATCH EXTERIOR SHEATHING EXTERIOR COAT, BROWN COAT. USE, 1" RIGID FOAM INSULATION - RE: STRUCTURAL SHEATHING " ' `. ALUMINUM STOREFRONT RE: STRUCTURAL MAX 7/8" THICKNESS O AIR BARRIER - RE: SPECS - WALL FRAMING & ! ALLOWED BY STO �� INSULATION CONTINUOUSBACKER STOGUARD WATERPROOF - RE: STRUCTURAL & RE: WALL TYPES STO FINISH COAT ROD & SEALANT AIR BARRIER MEMBRANE WALL TYPES RE: WALL TYPES EDGE TRIM AS REGULAR PARAPET DETAIL - STUCCO STOREFRONT JAMB AT STUCCO APPROVED BY STO STUCCO WINDOW SILL A43" = 1'-0" A2-- 6" = 1'-0" A 6" = V-0" 4 3 2 1 �3qpo 0 D CD Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 W CCR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIORS FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: V2 20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 17013 PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY Author Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized pro ectrepresentatves. W SHEET EXTERIOR DETAILS SHEET NUMBER A=501 L W L t Q N N I O 0 mot' C7 0 J U J co T I fY IL i L Q N I to s_ a t O "T O It O, J LL co O co 2 i 00 LO �l- O N O CV a M N I 4 3 2 1 ',Metal Frame 4 StoGuard' Point rreatment Glass Mat Gypsum Sheathing jCcnrpfa,yt-RhASTMC 1t77) Ngl= i 1-StsoGu db} R,ti-eeatrnentoFtia'rs £S 1.StoGuard°JointTraatmentoption;. Metal Frame Glass MatGypwmSfaeathir. StoGuatd`JointTreatmentop'.rons: Metal Frame j� 1-StoCward' joint treatment a.StoGuard, F,Y° ,aSCOGUard'' Air and MOIStW a StoGnaard° RapidFirl SIOGUard`' {C�Ibnce wit, ASTV C 1177t a_ StoGuard• RapidFiY {ems s t,a rich )E thrill) Barrier (joint, )rhL� I u inch Ifi mml ; Metal Frame t io ms s v4 inch 16 mm) I Joint Treatment ; jaintz s t s inch 16 mml ; Glass Mat Gypsum Sheathing b. Sto Gold Fill' with StOG..c E e b-Sto Gold Fill' with. StoGuard:^ Mesh {}ants $ q!8 rod, l3 mmG � Sto God Fill, with StoGuard' Glass Mat Gypsum Sheath:ir Merit (punts s 1.B'nds 13 rrenD StoGuard` Air and Moist,- Barrier - b. Sto Gold Fill, with stoGuar_ Mesh (pion 5 1J8 inch 13 Whip Komp:anoe nth ASTM C 1, 77 StoGuard-loins Treatment _ Mitch { joints s tB inch 13 mrr c StoGuard' Fabric with S.,, _ - - E Dwv T IV XPS Insulation � c. Stnd with StoCivarc St tComp,anoe xaffi 7STM C t t7ill StDGuard' � �d ��1e �+�I Board (ScetnsvleAibn note) moist re barn., �d nx]IStDIE b3ffY Treatment C S[eGuard• Fabric with StoGuar;: Joint Treatrnertt air ar1t1 moiswre barrier - --- y, � Dow Type IV XPS Insufauc:r, c. StoGuardx Fabric with ail and moisture hairier �StoGuard=Waterproof iyairrtz s tr8 inch'3 mml ( orn S 1 isinch l3 mmlF r StoGuard=Air and MOls'ur� (lam s 1r8 inch 13 mmD Barrier `' y_1 __ Board {See Note 5J r om� s ?rB:nch 13 mmd) JJJ Air an Moisture Barrier 2 Stofward°air and moisture b Code (cmoLam Buiding _ �* ... Paper of Felt lopt:cnai Uassembir , ?. S.^Guard ar,arld masu.re barrier 07'JDIs: = ''- -' 2 StoGil an and moisture barrio; ,t Code Compliant Building = itoGuard' air and moisture barrier - Type IV XPS Insulation tors: tea- Sto Gold Cast° {'a or perre_t - x d ailzd 6eFir� a sutaurl bcarrtr Sto Gold Coat` lop peemea8fel lbw Type IV XPS Insulation apt;Drs: -e.- '. Paper a x al dassit'rL optro u: Board (See Note 6) b. Sto Emerat 'oat, Ingn pr i ' (� I ScoDralnScreen b.StoEmeral'Coarr (hignQrr.S Board lsee t4ote 5) a.5to GoN Coat ap ]e" =a aSto Emealdc - - -.-'-. - '" �{� s di - behind IrduldbOn ilOa:d,.. a Sto Go Id Coat' (•�ajnr permeahle) 3Sto EmaaniCDat (him Penn) � r t Sta JapDr<eal r� Tr d.StoA„seal yr C St0 VAporSeal topal in¢Mrcerb:el Sto A>. sea ` [hip pe,ml ~ Code tom IariC Building[- Std VapDrSea -.: _. , __.: PI - _ Sto Dral(ISCreen ` C. Sto VapofSeal -Napo, rnpermeablel /'-Code COrnp�lt Bulkfmg P or Felt (optional f assell" � �i� (Not for use .. � _ r ..' y'a+ �� ,,• Expanded p {iwWq for use wild 41n Gusd F,ct d.StoAirSeal`(nlghperm) or Felt tnptianal l assertthdy INat for use •nth Sto Guard fabdd �' d.Sto,ar5eal"rnighperrnJ INct for use wen Sto Gtlxd Fabric) issassed behind 15 1hq/Dn bcaidl 3_ Refet to produ¢ bulletins and Y.c Self -Furred Diamond Mesh _ is [haired behind irisulat" hoarifj Expanded GalvanizeW Sto Drajn5creen" Specification S 507x for Complete Metal Lath 3. The m13xim urn thickness DI toarr r panic it sula,ion allowed by mcJe t- Per to bulletins an 3. Re rodr%ct d Sin P Self -Furred Diamond Mes Metal Lath Refer to Product bulletins and Sto p artded 6aFvanized information on Sto products Refitt StaGuard lash and MoSture Barrel Sto Textured Finish tspicattp 4' { iDom). _ Sto DrajnScreen'" ficatierr S 507x for complete SpecificaTyon S 507x for tomplere Self -Furred Diamond Mesh r c detail series 10.XX fa information information on Sto prooisios. Refer t StOPOwenvall'$cfatch C0: n{anmaban rn1 Sio pia ucu. Refer to Metal Lath detailing with Sto(iu ird,. d 5to PFlmer 3. �,e exposed sudace must ha.e a ` " Expanded Galvanized StoGuard°Air and Moisture Baines detail series 20 xx for information ors ' StoPowerwall-Brown Cast �toGuardx Ai+ and Moisture Barrier J>tail series 20 XX for information on $toPowerwall"Scratch Coat 4. IMPORTANT Refer to Sio Detail Sto Flexyl'and Sto Mesh minimum slope Of 1:2 (27`),In locatiDnswlrenereardsnowvrnef Self -Furred Diamond Mesh (retailing with StoGuard°. Metal Lath t M ailing with StoGuaW. $toPowelwall-BrovnCoat a r 63s.F• for Special requnenaetts on upper surface Sto Primer related to Noncombustible Type (See Note 6 } a CUT111 fie• 1MMasetne skips 4- IMPORTANT. Rafe rA Sto Detail -Scratch :. IMPORTANT. Rare to Sto Detail $t0 Primes construction and Fire -Resistive Rate' 5. Praride Sio F1eAyfyard mt3h on StoPowerwall Coat 63s-FP fa special requirements � Sto Textured Finish QsLFP For special requirements Cons[ ucuon. Ittper su�aoes of team features $toJ'flwerwalf'Brown Coat related to Noncombustible Type fry; =' elated to Noncombustible Type -� Sto Textured Finish _ _, of war _ „ SLO Base Coat with Sto p ojettirg more ihran 2' l5l nm1 from 1 construction and Fite -Resistive Rye_ .a9sruCuon and Fire Resistive Rated into orit bellrxi the stuccgr either h; 4 Mesh embedded. the stucco surl Feather edges into C Sto Primer o^sJuaion cauuucuon mndmation a leakage mm :he v,� { ssnirnJm 2 V2'i6.:mmj onro stucco. tonstrutt on, in the design a stucco surface} S. row de @aina a behind iJsulatinr x 9 S. 0 vide drarna a behind insulation 9 detail Df the wall assembly rig J Sto Textured Finish board when approptiate, based on l ,when aparapr ate. cased on Oraunage a not a seplacen ant f4 -_ - Foam Bun Gut 6. Rafe: to product Lwlletos and 4 o p,oiect design and exposure esign and exrowre Sound design and cOt15t ur1 On Speciicaton S 507x for complete - : conditions. use Sto Drmrscreen' Sso brai;aoeEn' practice. Refer to Sto Tech Hod ne StoPaiuenvall' irdo matiarnrl Sto prcducts. Referto installed :ehind insu ation, OR use Irnd nsuiatim, OR use Nos. 0403•BSc, Critical Detail StaGuard Air and )rlai�Jrte 8aeier a ribbons of Turaostici adhesive to uuu a at u bDaatk adhesive to Checklist far Wall Assernblx i and detail series 20- Xior information or detaiangvricyl StoGuard ", install maxanum 2'x8' (60Dx2400anr, install maximurl 2'DE' (600x24a0mm) 0603 BSC Moisture CDnti01 P mu.i=; for Des gin and Construction of Vva' _ insu:lat Dn board, OR use Ikrry insulation boa d OR use Dow f I Lion. Assembles,ro more n otma Foam Build -Out s'vROFOA61' Brand Pe imate' wvi:t 'Y"ROFOrhr Brand Pe imatE' wih Less than 2'ni k I50,.nny ?.IMPOATAN?. Rafe_ to Sta �tai me!soriented venil OR use :-:annels oriented veacalh', DR use 6_ Provide drainage behind 63s.FP is, special regJire icons% o a oved method _ .-, approved _r code a oved method. PP+ sod on board when aPP''= ate. based on a related'tn r•Jrrmm usdble7yp poject des gin = ., slge ccrstrut-dm and Re-Restsw Rated (Drd,t,6rii L ..d rritteen' r6cr CansVi aztn l� '� nst _ _ _tlon, OR use ribil - r rlitesive to Insulation Note: Prmide drainace beh�•id irmilefiD:, baud wha_n install maximum 2'x6' (600x2400mm) aporcpaia% based cn ptcl design and exposlrre mndkic ts- Use irr5c!dti0r bU_+=. f74 ,Jfe OrnV Sta Draitscreer irstai:ai behitd msulatmn= OR use ribbcm of ermoRTiwr. iaapcnmis Wit wontdleaas IMPORTANT cvnpv ems rml rdmtried a, .-e:,mate' with Tu"baslick adhevie, to install maximum 2'x$' {60W,IC Own) Sio arc nrn;:lca by W-11 man�r- :e+s 11, ORTANt.. Conpcndnls na ,dmluieC .: 11AP011TANT. Coro f, ,o•. ,de,u',::c :. S-,s are km9K-d by unn naedad.ren ,o licaily, OR use irsulalk n board. OR use Dow STYROFOAM` Brand Perirnate' with and ac na races xrty hslatcd ty r .N,e in9a11 rim Sea prcbtls "or 1. s, arc *°,, : ey oiler m r� -.-- 'Mae ra he_ ssdy rrelared by b ._ m a e ra v hed uy .4- m n r :. -Mac -mly rralaC �! t. '. _ sic are rid ­dy in,militill by Wad , 'Min natant the St. Md-c, Rekr to P.F=1 - - - - - " wed road od wantons rxientedverOcally, OR lyre other rode approved me hod a�yy yr 5ta Cap Pe WgnL Rcsrr. ca ProroO %peel c Cann sc: dogrxn4 _: nL 13 e S c pcduds Rele•+o prcj, he rnlae il i, c produds Rclr. +s N-_r_ sp rt crmCacl docwn sds P ape ry d Sio Cwp.41 R fits Faese . J Ptcpaty al Sba Corp. is Righ`s P-c,.-".•n! _ . _ �M-a-• a• =., ._ -. RapFh d Sw Ob o. All Ill R-ved ..tab- cart actu 1,1 D D FOAM BUILDOUT (63s.20) D D3 STUCCO JOINT AT OUTSIDE CORNER (63s.14) DZ STUCCO JOINT AT INSIDE CORNER (63s.12) D STUCCO SYSTEM COMPONENTS (63s.00) + 3/4" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 3/4" = V-0" 5ten 1 1. Sti:Gjara' Icint ireaiment ophcrra: Apply atcome wit rougnd heriser liberallyat comers of r0u tr openings and StoGuard` RediCorners ' in a. SwC,uard' RapdF!ll pm gv�,nthlbmm.j b. sip Gold rrl° with 5wGuard Metal Frame _ Notes: _ _ ° � ,� ��prle- ace E ansioN 1. StoGuard joint ueatme,t options Control Joint (yprcap ode Compliant B ills Paper or - Building p2 FeltiDp�x,a iF�s s tyndcriedNatox twatmboard) One piece Ex Control Joint ,t,_ _a Notes: Comer Bead •.>.- ;.}lace wet -nembrarl Use brush, roller: trowel htes�r I jcY'n. s t.`A : cn .� mil}{ :: � � - i StoGuard' RapldkU - �- v l St ° t treatment options crGuard pm apu StoGuard: RapidFill Air Se:.l Jtted to casing Beall 1. SiDGuard' jDlm Qeabmem optv,+rs i c StoGuard Fahr w h SOoGuani a (i i rtts < u4 inch 16 mm1 s t Hashing End Dam a. • rnen,x around ent, P a. YAGuard° Rapilfir C �+ or taping knee to fully eroded Stouuaru " air and mcisture [harder jio b. Sto Gold Fill- with StoGuardt Head Flashing (pints s 114 inci16 mml J ° h. Sto Cold Fill, StoGuerd imerer a wi c u JniP f rid +.. f :' dSinil F3?a{7 (loin[%s, 114inch Ifi mml I StuGuard- RedjCorner I jaisms VaIrch la mm 1 f'� Mesh (pints s t.S tier i31 en0 vrith r l ,r Sealant Bead b Stocdd nir with StoGLard' RediiComers - Glass Mat Gypsum Sheathinc? 2, Rol Operarg Prolecton Options; t. StoGuard' Fabric with StoGuard t:. '"'""" Sealant dab at control joint 4 s ='^ I waterproof aid barer membrane inpr -, `� termination " t ' '>r F `- Mesh ( jams s 118 rrh i 3 mmU c- StoGuaid, Fabric with StoGua d' Flashing End Dam i1UGuartj,f0irtk r [Ash (�rt[f s t18 ixh f 3 roil c 5foGuar'd, fabric with stD6aaid tCort la'CCINu,:.iTraC11;7; p a.54D lino =ill vv.=.h strxivami=tdesh ��r,.Y„ rt:y:.y, : �,rr., „ �: ( joints s 1,8 inch 13 mml (to divert water to exterior) _.-�"� + waterproof air Nastier menabranst 's',� r atrrre S Flashing Treatment dlfhiah `'' ' ' ' '-" vvoterp 41 air barrier merrtxane - ,I UeferlcStoDetail 20.2CYdi a , ,. , - ! sits x 1f8 ltd, 3 mmU p 1 • - •. . _ join tin 3 mm l tssl,8fe I ll Safrier d^ Air and Moisture b 5ta t4drerp ear wash Barrier Wth 5rs'f.,umu ratnic � : ' 2. StoGuard- air and moistwa barrie, �Mat lions r' _---Glass r0 � j-.- l ..._ ---- :: -.• 2. StoGuard' air ae1d rrlostwe bauie.� _ � S �' n" - t0 J r ln$cree sa t, m 2 Sia[r al and mat rc banner Rafrier Gypsum �w a. Sto GDId Coat` tow rrnealle} / m Sheathing � DptrOfK. : 1 � t 4tler Ir 5!-r Di'Iprl 2D.20i1 - •... - - ,,,,�-�`'�s� - ,�- r ASTM C 1177 compliant) 'nim _ GgUDns:rssi' `-StoGuardlioint c Stu'd'aterpioot AP Barrier with :3bnc _ N . _ b. Sto EmeialdCoat P Fo m, c Sto Va wSeal-eiapw nwrmeabe, a. Sto Vold Cane' (vapor p vme�Ie: b- Sto ErneraldCoat° (ni h One pi, Expansion, a. sco,3cid coat' (oapor Marteabie) Treatment StoGuard- also StoGuard`Ta e p - StoGuards'EmeraldCoat d. Sto Alrseal'- Metal Lath or Comer Accessory pent,; -Ivepo, Control Joint (r cur R %Emtraldcoar, Ijsgh pca�r,) �r [refer1Dsto y (nigh per?rlj �" {folded onto Styrofoam surface) e. Sto V ealnF e_rmeade: S y}. C 5[n Ve n15tVI:T{\-A l-. IDIC:bI I r. lapet120._Cfll 5[oGudrd- la • (rr'fm it) Sto Dr[ad 70 20T) _ ':..- . • - Rvat Ian use •xtn Sta Guano F�nc1 r .r I :. , _ , ` r. _. . _ _ . - IrDCPN Type IV XPS Insulation � / d_ SFDAsrSeaf' t _..: 4tmt fa rse ills- •-: is"t .. =at :r 1 $III ,,-c:. _ r, Sin Ai`xwl";hghpwm)� (w%v; ins r35c wirh StD Guxd <�fx C, - e. S'DUtuwd^ RapidSeal-- [refer to Sto Detail 20.�, ORI � :. Refer to --'��" "f � - - �•` Board (See Insulation Note) (nodict bulletins and Ste pec,ficatice S 547x or complete c- f Head Flashing J 9 / - 3. Refer to crol bul eliro and Sto J. RelEr to birllaDns and SOD - . '. -•Cow Build information on Sto products. Refer t� ContP�atn n4 j j � Specification S 507x far complete product spetJflcation 5 �+7x to comaere 3. StoGaino' air and moisture barrier see Page 2 Tor details „ SwGuard• Air and Moisture Barrie Paper Or Felt (optional A asserhty , •-. information on Sto oducts- Refer to Pr • • •-- nhnmalian a•: S[D produstY Rr4:r so :i!tB[x`K: a.StnsyuldCcat°'IvapnlPelmeaWel -----r ii ft eelln^tl itdslatict, txaarr8 derail series ZO_xX for information on detailing with StoGuardr. _ .. FldshlfxJ Inset 1 Head & Jamb & End Dam Detad End Dam �-. StoGuai& Air and Moisture Barrier detail series 20_XX rot mfotrnakri or _... - ..- --- - -.. Inset 3 - Sill & lamb Detail Wald'' Ain and rrt•ir Brr*ier sae eries20Xl:fcTmformyGonan - 1 b. Sto .rntaldtoat' Ihq+, prnrrl Window �- --Sto DrainSCreen"' wi',heut Sao Textirfed Finish detailing with StoGual •+* orlon S10 Tenured Finish delailna •With Slow& - :.r c.5tDl�uparSeal ,vdtcrirpirnedble 4. IMPORTANT. Refer to S c ail �' d�-Sio JurSe,al" lfiti-� p'mil See Page 3 Expanded Galvanized fi&FPforspecial,equi,c wed To. '_ Self -Furred Diamond Mesh relatedtib { ^ _ _ - Sealant dab at Control joint d.IMPORIANT Refer to Sto Defad 62s FP for smcal requirements 4. tMPORt,: Jr Relc ur Stu Deu:il 62S.FP f« Immediately apply StoGuard air and mosituTe l `'' ravnr car use wdh slo Ouzrd Fand.,l =, Refer to aro hict bullrins and St o fordetajls andFinest Metal Lath ca A Dn and Fire ResrsLvE Rate_ Construction -, O , Sto DrarnSQeen .' on termination (to dr. t water tD extetior) related to Noncombustible Type construction and Fire•ResisSive Rated Backer Rod & Sealant ' {wdh weeps at silo Sacker R & Sealant t3 eke Rod stirs rrquirr-il rela:s•_ eDnxraanbun,>xcrrt anmuian and Fire-Rest7Ne Zxtr, CDwilructan -- barrier liberally to inside of opening and {ecdkaom 5 50?x fo complete StoPowerwall scratch Coat Rod Corstucion around c,.JtSide of head, sill and jambs. niDnmaifnn on Sto prod c Refer to 5. Consul with window and sealant �• +' `, + StoPowefwall' Brown Coat manufacsurelsto,rerifywndow cant StoGuard'Joint Treatment Sill Flashing � ia'alt wOh wiadxv a e seaard ' I Center 6 ,150 mmj wide StaGuard� Fabric on 3 r ; � _:aUwrd^Air and h1o{stum Barney <!PiaU sailer o.XX �r Ia�ort:Satlan on � '` -� - installation and detailing so assure r:o `' ` Sto Primer leaka�i t r. holes) --., ! � � StoGuard4Emerald{oat S. Consult with window, and sEaan < � verity vn ce ma wsattloers w er ry v dD One- loco Ez nStOn- P Pa r inslahxiu e•s to verily wrscw irrrlaPafinn and Crmiing to as,,sr Out5ide corners and press into wet membrane t Imlilict with 5w6sord' into she wall assemby. Consult with window manufacture, . _ isiallation and detailing to ass. _ Backer Rod Control Joint;hypkall leakage incn the Aar assembly along the head, jambs, arid sill vdth minimum StQGll Fai)tk. �r r " ---Sill Hashing regarding winoaN ails flaiNlig Dan Type IV XPS Insulation leakage into the wall assembly. & Sealant wrth•AiniY,v nc� ufatnsit rtya+Anq 2" {50 Tnm1 overlaps of adjaceltt fabric. Use t 5. BtIOR.TAF4I Refer to So Detail ^ ` _ Sto Textured Finish assemblies with tioermal Meaks to _ + Board [see husrlation Note) consuit with window rnanufacmret we*dcw and tlanng aisamnles ^A brush, roller, traAef at taping knife to full P 9 y �3s FP for al requirements related �- a � asb,d tenderaation. Test the fl!t� _-'r'. Metal Lath re a din window and flashin g g' g ,j"�� r�termelGr+eks m riuidccrdwim--tr-yr. embed m Nanm busirble lype cons.nxnrxs assembly ,sing mate ialsancl 1 � acker Rod & Sealant asserroGes mtn thcxmal breaks to to Sto Textured Finish Test e-rd ling a%%Prht, usic malc,iafs .,-0 hit+-Rr,istivr Rdled Corsw linen L �' sub -trades associated with the project to verify peffolmante. or Comer Accessory Backer Rod (Led to Casing Bead) Insulation Note: Provide mid condensation. Test the final assern4lf/ using materials and g l adds+b trades assuiated with fire polt':I to verify performance & Sealant St0 Powerwall " su b drainage behind inon hoard sub -+Jades associated with he ptojea Scratch and Brown Coat when ap Comte, based on to verily performarict ,a e Insulation Note: ermde d rngi ` project design and exposure behind in>JarioD board+ann•. .. Casing Bead conditions. use Sto Dransoeen' i _ .. appropriate Ltiasedcr, project design Insulation Note: Provide drainage bah rd insulation bowl when (mbound of sFEathing plane) J installed bertisd insulation, OR use and islibo rc unldilta•ir< Use Stu '- 1 P T r 1 r. t M 4RrAN , ,tenp,Y,er S or d�:led as �i -- aJpropriate, based on p:o!ec design and exposure conditions- Use Sto ribbons of Turbostitk adhesive t0 �•. r -' i• 'd behiyr Draprx. se l •c' Ito :..... ..r. .. Y. �.. t,.m9nxq try' C.1w mnn.gsat -• a„e. sea Wait r.m<,c,rnr ,mW�e hg u.cn. '.. i '�. .. Dra,nsoeen' installed behirxl irtsuiat,on, OR use ribbons or Turbostik IMPORTANT, ccmpnnav, nc ,a^nbnee a - - - - install maximum 2 xB - . -.:. - '_' - - irrsulsnwr OR use ri�bnnv of T11=nn%rick , , ' .ro:tsrnt my sia rrcd,rtu. A»W oil trouper 'Ic 1 ., c olhtt manulac9cers atBieswe to instate maximum 2 x8 (60Dx2400mmJ nlstrWtlon hoard, OR s arc �, sin d ty and ae nbi r„-to1- mstated try wade - In Se: 2 - HE3� & ,3T D Detdll (60ox240DTil insulation board. _..- _._.._ ..- adhrv%e In ms1al ma,raun 2 rg (,saxr7400mil arsldriar. 6sn,rd, 011 nsr promedy r tan Cann, All Rohn; nese+4ed rn a actxzurcamc use Dow STYROFOAbI' Bra¢stf Per mate' with channels oriented vert,cafiy, .nry ,m1ar r a sin pm :rs Rne b prngeet with Stn Textu ed Fin sin OR use Dow STYROFOMA` &ark tMPORTANT..amp a ends idmul,co a Inset 'Sill &Jamb petal) Otra• ST fRDFt-bins grand Prreratr` OR use owls code approved method. ,p« n _a a ac d� r a t, -- -_ _ p'Pr Pe+dnate with Channels diented Sio are ear, �_b t the maxdac�rers > o with sio TelfWred Nn h wi h cfwrnck a anti f vtrtf.a3 OR use !'• ventrally, DR USE 011ie• Code !y i"d ae sd reu,ss+dy ire Will by lades na ire4i line Sna pearas rMn so paaecl - ether ctCe tA:pohd method F a(Sx l:a An R Is apprnied metl*d sync n ion.1 Aoornn,ts. Progeny at Sla CDW AN rUyns Reserved. B B STUCCO ROUGH OPENING PROTECTION (63s.04F) B43/4" = V-0" STUCCO BOX WINDOW (63s.05) B33/4" �� STUCCO WINDOW HEAD DETAIL (63s.05) STUCCO WINDOW SILL DETAIL (63s.05) B3/4" = 1'-0" 3/4" = V-0" = V-0" STUCCO DETAILS - GENERAL NOTES A.1 ALL DETAILS FOR REFERENCE ONLY. REF WALL SECTIONS FOR FRAME TYPE AND FELT SPEC. A.2 DETAILS PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER. REF MANUFACTURER DETAIL PACKAGE FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. A A 4 3 2 1 j ,�q C) �0 CD A Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 W CCR ARCHiTECTURE & INTERIORS FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: V2 20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 17013 PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY Author Arrrrr� Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET Ill EXTERIOR DETAILS "A SHEET NUMBER A=502 V A I i W NI O d• O O (D I U J M 0- IL I N 1 i Q N N O IT O It OI J U- ce) 7 Ce) r 66 (D N O 0) N CO _J Lij H 12 O LU I-- X W A O LO i O O b- O U J O 4 3 2 1 INTERIOR SHEATHING & FINISH - I RE: WALL TYPES RE: STRUCTURAL (FOR DOUBLE GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR STONE VENEER 2x WOOD BLOCKING SIDED SHEAR WALL LOCATIONS ), INTERIOR ELEVATIONS, FINISH BUILDING CODE COMPLIANT MORTAR & LATH - BLOCKING PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. AS REQUIRED BY CANOPY FABRICATOR OR I SCHEDULE, WALL & PARTITION BACKER ROD & SEALANT ANCHORAGE. TYP AT DOORS & STRUCTURAL ENGINEER (WHICHEVER IS I TYPE NOTES -__ WALL FRAMING &INSULATION - DASHED LINE INDICATES SLIDING WINDOWS BACKFILL WALL -- MORE STRINGENT). CONTRACTOR SHALL RE: STRUCTURAL & WALL TYPES DOOR HEADER COVER ABOVE PLATE WITH GROUT COORDINATE LOCATION AND SIZES. WALL FRAMING AT JAMB CORNER FINISH 1" CONTINUOUS RIGID INSULATION EXTERIOR SHEATHING - THRESHOLD BELOW _ ANCHORAGE BY CANOPY FABRICATOR. - RE: STRUCTURAL - - RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS -- RE: STRUCTURAL HEADER FRAMING ALUMINUM SLIDING EXTERIOR SHEATHING - RE: STRUCTURAL CANOPY ANCHORS SHALL NOT PENETRATE SEALANT - RA STRUCTURAL DOOR FRAME & _ _______ CANOPY AND INTERIOR WALL FINISH WHERE BELOW FINISH PLASTIC SHIMS 1" CONTINUOUS RIGID INSULATION GLAZING ANCHORAGE BY CEILING, TYP. INTERIOR SHEATHING &FINISH - CANOPY EXTERIOR SHEATHING GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE MORTAR & LATH% RE: STRUCTURAL (FOR DOUBLE FABRICATOR WOOD BLOCKING SHOWN HERE - RE: STRUCTURAL FOR BUILDING CODE RE: FP SIDED SHEAR WALLS), INTERIOR I IN METAL STUD WALL WITHIN 18" OF COMPLIANT ANCHORAGE. STONE VENEER ELEVATIONS, FINISH SCHEDULE, — — HOOD: FIRE RETARDANT AND TYP AT DOORS & WINDOWS _ WALL & PARTITION TYPE NOTES WALL FRAMING & INSULATION PRESSURE TREATED EQUAL TO D-BLAZE E - RE: STRUCTURAL & WALL TYPES BY VIANCE. — ALUMINUM STOREFRONT & E CORNER FINISH - RE: INTERIOR GLAZING ELEVATIONS. OTHER LOCATIONS: UNTREATED BACKER ROD & SEALANT PLASTIC SHIMS \ LUMBER. :r- ,— . PREFINISHED ALUMINUM TRIM CORNER FINISH - RE: TO MATCH STOREFRONT INTERIOR ELEVATIONS INTERIOR SHEATHING & FINISH - RE: BACKER ROD & SEALANT- J �- STRUCTURAL (FOR DOUBLE SIDED SHEAR 1" CONTINUOUS RIGID RE: FPA DO NOT BLOCK DRAINAGE 30# FELT WITH 6" TYP WALL LOCATIONS), INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. INSULATION SEALANT ALIGN INTERIOR SHEATHING & FINISH - RE: FINISH SCHEDULE, WALL & PARTITION TYPE STONE VENEER BEYOND STRUCTURAL (FOR DOUBLE SIDED OVERLAPS NOTES MORTAR & LATH DOOR &FRAME AS SCHEDULED PLASTIC SHIMS SHEAR WALLS), INTERIOR ELEVATIONS, 1" CONTINUOUS GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FINISH SCHEDULE, WALL & PARTITION TYPE NOTES RIGID INSULATION EXTERIOR SHEATHING - _ STONE VENEER --STONE VENEER CORNER FOR BUILDING CODE RE: STRUCTURAL UNITES NEEDED COMPLIANT ANCHORAGE, TYP AT DOORS & WINDOWS STONE - DRIVE-THRU E 3 DOOR JAMB STONE - CANOPY E23" & STONE JUNCTION STONE - STOREFRONT CONFIG A JAMB 3" = 1'-0" = 1'-0" 6" = 1'-0" ALIGN OUTSIDE FACE OF STOREFRONT INTERIOR SHEATHING & FINISH - RE: FRAME WITH OUTSIDE FACE OF STUDS 2x WOOD BLOCKING °' `�`�\ STRUCTURAL (FOR DOUBLE SIDED 1 1/2" SHEAR WALL LOCATIONS), INTERIOR ELEVATIONS, FINISH SCHEDULE, WALL GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR & PARTITION TYPE NOTES ALUMINUM STOREFRONT BUILDING CODE COMPLIANT REF WALL TYPES CONTINUOUS SEALANT, FRAME & GLAZING ANCHORAGE, TYP AT DOORS & STONE VENEER BEYOND — CORNER FINISH BEYOND WALL FRAMING AT JAMB � CORNER FINISH COLOR TO MATCH AND EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS STOREFRONT WEEPS WINDOWS - RE:OR INTERIOR ELEVATIONS - RE: STRUCTURAL - RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ADJACENT MATERIAL BACKER ROD &SEALANT SEALANT I � SEALANT EDGE OF DOOR FRAME BEYOND I 1/4" DIA. DRIVE PIN AND PREFINISHED SILL ANCHOR @ Z-0" O.C. FLASHING. SLOPE FOR DASHED LINE INDICATES I EXTERIOR SHEATHING PLASTIC SHIMS POSITIVE DRAINAGE. OUTSIDE FACE OF STUD BEYOND THRESHOLD PER FPA - RE: STRUCTURAL STEEL FLASHING, FINISH TO GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE MATCH ADJACENT CANOPY BACKER ROD &SEALANT DOOR & FRAME AS SCHEDULED \Q � FOR BUILDING CODE CORNER FINISH SLOPE FOR POSITIVE DRAINAGE l FINISH FLOOR 1 CONTINUOUS RIGID INSULATION .t \a_ \LL \w COMPLIANT ANCHORAGE, TYP AT DOORS & WINDOWS CONTINUOUS SEALANT COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT MATERIAL - RE: FPA - RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS D \� SILL WEDGE CONCRETE WALK - RE: CIVIL ,' ," _ 1 1/2" �_ a ; • f •' GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE WALL FRAMING & INSULATION a _` . '• - ' '- a, _•" FOR BUILDING CODE N STONE VENEER - RE: STRUCTURAL &WALL TYPES °� EXPANSION JOINT -RE: CIVIL a. SLOPED : ;`- is ` • :' 4. , - COMPLIANTANCHORAGE. OP CANOPY TYP AT DOORS & WINDOWS MORTAR & LATH COMPACTED SUBGRADE, ''. ' • - - I ° a° BY FR 1" CONTINUOUS RIGID INTERIOR SHEATHING & FINISH - ° °:1" _ a DASHED LINE INDICATES INSULATION RE: STRUCTURAL (FOR DOUBLE _ OUTSIDE FACE OF SLAB & BACKER ROD &SEALANT NOTE: FLASHING INSTALLED SIDED SHEAR WALLS INTERIOR ) STUDS BEYOND BY CANOPY VENDOR EXTERIOR SHEATHING ELEVATIONS, FINISH SCHEDULE, _ III III —III MORTAR AND LATH - RE: STRUCTURAL WALL & PARTITION TYPE NOTES STONE VENEER D4 STONE - SERVICE DOOR HEAD & THESHOLD D36"STONE - EXTERIOR SERVICE DOOR JAMB = D2 DETACHED CANOPY FLASHING DETAIL D STONE - STOREFRONT CONFIG A SILL N.T.S. 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" INTERIOR SHEATHING & FINISH - RE: STRUCTURAL (FOR DOUBLE SIDED SHEAR 2x BLOCKING \ WALL LOCATIONS), INTERIOR INTERIOR SHEATHING & FINISH I ELEVATIONS. FINISH - RE: STRUCTURAL (FOR DOUBLE I SCHEDULE, WALL & SIDED SHEAR WALLS), INTERIOR PARTITION TYPE NOTES ELEVATIONS. FINISH SCHEDULE, WALL & PARTITION TYPE NOTES CORNER FINISH - RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ME WALL FRAMING AT JAMB WALL FRAMING & INSULATION - RE: STRUCTURAL STONE VENEER - RE: STRUCTURAL & WALL TYPES I o EXTERIOR SHEATHING SEALANT MORTAR TREATED SILL PLATE AT WOOD - RE: STRUCTURAL STUD WALLS OR METAL STUD METAL LATH - TRACK AT METAL STUD WALLS GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE C o RE: STRUCTURAL & WALL TYPES FOR BUILDING CODE C 1" CONTINUOUS COMPLIANT ANCHORAGE. RIGID INSULATION WALL ANCHORAGE TYP AT DOORS & WINDOWS RE: STRUCTURAL MEMBRANE AIR J PLASTIC SHIMS BARRIER ( o FINISH BASE - RE: INTERIOR 1" CONTINUOUS RIGID ALUMINUM STOREFRONT & EXTERIOR SHEATHING ELEVATIONS &FINISH PLAN. INSULATION GLAZING RE:STRUCTURAL > RE: FPA 0 MORTAR & LATH -, BACKER ROD &SEALANT FINISH FLOOR - RE: FINISH PLAN. STONE VENEER DASHED LINE INDICATES STONE VENEER CORNER RECESSED SLAB AT PLAY AREA. UNITAS NEEDED RE: STRUCTURAL. FINISH SLAB o _ �_ °_ c 1 STONE - STOREFRONT CONFIG B JAMB FOUNDATION WEEP SCREED —�>(if ° oa - �� ^- n• CD a e EXPANSION JOINT AT ALL z z •� - • - :: °:e - ° AREAS WITH ABUTTING `� �. e ` a CONCRETE WALK - RE: CIVIL tr , "• d a" • CONCRETE WALK ON a =eQ 'f ° �� aa• - AGGREGATE BASE COURSE ° '• °� : $'• °-° AT SOME AREAS - RE: CIVIL $e ° •' ", .' • �' :°.•.� ° 4 VAPOR RETARDER�- - RE: STRUCTURAL FREE DRAINING e• . e • • ° . ^ °. AGGREGATE - RE: " a •. ,• , _ ; _ J I I I I —I ( - — STRUCTURALAND ° GEOTECHNICAL , CONCRETE FOOTING ° =A:e•a• RE: STRUCTURAL I I I ! I -.e -. -'• � -< I ( ( I ) I �.._ ;,_ ,.-° - ; -• -I , •AS• I- A. •_ -I -I - `, a: - • � a �- •,° < n I I I I COMPACTED SUBGRADE . " _ -I -I , e ° O ,.' _ems a -• ? •A •,, •fie _ _ B23"STONE VENEER - FOUNDATION DETAIL = 1'-0" A A 4 3 2 1 cQ 1CDJ� n�2 Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 % ' " CR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIORS Q LL LL J >M � J UJ J ?LL Q Cl) m V� J= =a o= a LU r%ftN FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: V2 20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 17013 PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY Author Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. ill SHEET EXTERIOR DETAILS a. SHEET NUMBER A=503 - 1- U a rn I a. N O� It 0 d' O J UI J co n i Cn ILL 1 1E s a. •) N� A a. a) NI O 0 O JI LL O O M 1f r LO M co r O N 0 N 0 N N L.0 O E LIe X W 4 O r Q 0 d- 0 It 0 r J O 4 3 2 1 E RE: WALL TYPES E AIR BARRIER - RE: SPECS I STUCCO SYSTEM - 1" RIGID INSULATION RE: WALL TYPES AIR SPACE 1" RIGID INSULATION STONE VENEER TAN ROOF MEMBRANE AIR BARRIER - RE: SPECS TAN ROOF MEMBRANE STOGUARD WATERPROOF AIR BARRIER MEMBRANE CONTINUOUS THRU-WALL EXTERIOR SHEATHING EXTERIOR SHEATHING MEMBRANE FLASHING ��, �����, \\\ RE: STRUCTURAL EDGE TRIM AS RE: STRUCTURAL \\\\ \ D APPROVED BY STO > MIN (1) WEEP OVER D SCUPPER/DRAIN RE: STRUCTURAL FOR FRAMING BACKER ROD AND SEALANT WITH WEEPS RE: STRUCTURAL FOR FRAMING TERMINATION BAR TREATED WOOD BLOCKING TERMINATION BAR RE: A2 /A-504 & A3 /A-504 APPROVED SEALANT RE: A2/A-504& APPROVED SEALANT FOR FLANGE A3 /A-504 STEEL ANGLE FOR FLANGE D2 OVERFLOW SCUPPER 3-D DETAIL D SCUPPER/DRAIN DETAIL - STONE VENEER N.T.S. l 3" = 1'-0" 3'- 0" MIN IL 2X8 BLOCKING FOR ANCHORS PIPE PENETRATION FROM ADJACENT EQUIPMENT (3) 45 DEGREE PVC ADJUSTABLE LIGHT TAN ROOFING MEMBRANE FITTINGS (NO FIXTURE - ADJUST TO AIM AT SEALANT (ALL SIDES) GLUE - DRY FIT RE: EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS POLE BALL. HEIGHT EXTERIOR SHEATHING - RE: STRUCTURAL ONLY) AND PARAPET DETAILS FOR SET SCREW ----------,,,,FLAG SHALL BE SUCH THAT STAINLESS STEEL BAND CAP CONFIGURATION. FIXTURE MOUNTING MOUNTING FIXTURE IS NOT VISIBLE BY DURO-LAST SCREW 3 ( ) POSITIONED 1/4" FROM � 4" PVC PIPE MOUNTING BRACKET: onTonnic THE TOP OF THE STACK V-6"X6"X3/8" STEEL PLATE WITH BRACKET: SIDEWALL MOUNTED DURO-LAST WASHER (CUT FLASHING • •_•_• • • •_• 5/8" DIA. HOLES AT 16" O.C. STEEL PLATE (DRILL FLAGPOLE LIGHT FIXTURE - AT BOTTOM TO FIT) r NOTE: PVC PIPES/FITTINGS (PROVIDE 4"X3/8" LAG BOLT INTO HOLES IN PLATE TO ALIGN BOTTOM OF FIXTURE SEALANT (ALL SIDES) PROVIDED ROOFING BLOCKING) ALIGN WITH FIXTURE WITH TOP OF PARAPET O 3/8" X 4 1/2" EYE VENT STACK FLASHING P PELAOFTER END OF 0 ' uJ >O CONTRACTOR O i MOUNTING PLATE.) SCREW ANCHOR z REFRIGERANT LINES m o • 1 1/2" DIA. TEE z HAVE BEEN - = i °O MECHANICALLY FASTEN PER INSTALLED • M z • FIELD WELD 00 ROOFING MANUFACTURER'S 2X BLOCKING AS REQUIRED w SEALANT (ALL SIDES) WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS RIGID INSULATION • • 1 1/2" DIA. GALV. = 11 00 PARAPET WALL FLASHING FIELD WELD ROOF DECKING C NOTE: COORDINATE EXACT STEEL PIPE - PAINT #9 w w WHITE ROOFING - RE: STRUCTURAL HEIGHT OF BLOCKING WITH LOCATION OF FLAG POLE. • • . 1-1/2" DIA. • FLOOR FLANGE to = Q < > > CIDREFRIGERATION MEMBRANE CONTRACTOR TO SECURELY ATTACH MECHANICALLY FASTEN PER B1 PVC PIPE TO TOP & ROOFING MANUFACTURER'S A-504 • WALK PAD RE: ROOF BOTTOM CHORDS OF WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS PLAN JOISTS C2 RIGID INSULATION NEEDED) A-504 �•—• ROOF DECKING - RE: STRUCTURAL JOISTS - RE: STRUCTURAL C 4 LIGHT FIXTURE DETAIL C 3 TYP PARAPET ANCHOR DETAIL TYP ROOF PENETRATION C23" DETAIL C 1 ROOF PENETRATION DETAIL N 1 1' 0" 3" 1'_0 . = 1' 0" BRICK FINISH D1 A-504 PVC COATED SCUPPER D2 WITH FACTORY NOTE: DETAIL BASED RE: WALL TYPES STUCCO FINISH SHEATHING - ATTACHED SKIRT ON EXCEPTIONAL A-504 RE: STRUCTURAL METALS DETAIL 2060. BATT INSULATION 12" MIN ABOVE ROOF RIGID INSULATION.. TYP I I ( ( (( TAN TAN PARAPET WALL FLASHING ATTACHMENT ROOFING FLANGE & SEALANT. 1 ( 1 MEMBRANE MECHANICALLY FASTEN PER RE: NOTE 1. o I 1 l ( SHEATHING - ROOFING MANUFACTURER'S 1 1 RE: PREFINISHED RE: STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS I l I ( STRUCTURAL FOR FRAMING METAL FLANGE FIELD WELD 0 1 1 B B r._._ . TAN ROOFING MEMBRANE WHITE ROOFING MEMBRANE APPROVED SEALANT STEEL ANGLE D1 • RE: ROOF INSULATION ON ROOF DECKING BRICK FINISH STRUCTURAL FACTORY WELD A-504 • FOR FRAMING ROOF FRAMING AND DECKING, APPROVED SEALANT D2 ' STEEL SEE STRUCTURAL DWGS RIGID INSULATION STUCCO FINISH A-504 ANGLE I TERMINATION 2X FIRE BLOCKING AT ROOF LINE. TYP. ����•� • BAR BEHIND ' SCUPPER • SKIRT 76,, TYP ROOF TO WALL SECTION z g M7N FACTORY • APPROVED 1 1/2" = V-0" A APPLIED MASTIC BEHIND • SEALANT ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT UNIT FLANGE ' TERMINATION MECHANICALLY FASTEN AT 6" O.C. • BAR BEHIND ISCUPPER SKIRT NAILER (INTEGRAL TO EQUIPMENT CURB) • • FIELD WELD CURB FLASHING 76, EQUIPMENT CURB RE: STRUCTURAL PREFINISHED • RE: MECHANICAL FOR ACTUAL TREATED WOOD METAL FLANGE. CONFIGURATION BLOCKING BRONZE INSULATION BY ROOFING Q CONTRACTOR 1" RIGID FOAM v_ INSULATION z BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FACTORY WELDED w TO LEVEL RTU CURB SEAM \\\\ \` \� FACTORY APPLIED \ MECHANICALLY FASTEN PER MASTIC 2-INCHES 2" HIGHER THAN `; ROOFING MANUFACTURER'S FROM ALL SIDES WALL OPENING T ADJACENT WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS A �yQ�S OF SCUPPER READER HEAD -FIELD WELD A VINYL -BACKED ��, P OPENING COLLECTOR BY WHITE ROOFING MEMBRANE EXCEPTIONAL METALS, BRONZE NOTE: DETAIL �— BASED ON RIGID INSULATION DOWNSPOUT NOT EXCEPTIONAL SHOWN HERE FOR METALS DETAIL METALS 2070. NOTE: ALL SHEET METAL DETAILING TO P��' RE: STRUCTURAL CLARITY BE PER S.M.A.C.N.A (SHEET METAL & AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTOR'S TREATED WOOD NOTE: ALL SHEET METAL DETAILING TO NOTE 1: BACK SEAL AND FASTEN TOP NATIONAL ASSOCIATION) MANUAL. BLOCKING BE PER S.M.A.C.N.A (SHEET METAL & AIR FLANGE OF COLLECTOR 6 INCHES ON CONDITIONING CONTRACTOR'S CENTER. APPLY A BEAD OF SEALANT 1" RIGID FOAM DECKING - RE: STRUCTURAL NATIONAL ASSOCIATION) MANUAL. ON TOP OF FLANGE. INSULATION WOOD TRUSS - RE: STRUCTURAL A33" VINYL-BACK COLLECTOR (LEADER HEAD) 3-D DETAIL n OVERFLOW SCUPPER 3-D 2 DETAIL A TYP ROOF AT EQUIP CURB 3" = V-0" 3" = V-0" 4 3 2 1 Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 W R ARCHITECTURE & INTERIORS FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE. v2_20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO, DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 17013 PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY Author Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET EXTERIOR DETAILS SHEETNUMBER A=504 3 2 1 �l C\! ti 0 F4 C5 014 0-) I` z 0 I� LU -JI LJ Cl_' 0 LIJ z 0 1 -J A C A 9INTERIOR ELEVATION - DINING 1/2" = 1'-01, INTERIOR ELEVATION - DINING `" T 1/2" = 1'-0" CEILING 10'-4" CEILING 10'-4" 11 INTERIOR ELEVATION - DINING 1/2" = 1'-0" CFILING 10'-0" CEILING 10'-0" 81/2" INTERIOR ELEVATION - VESTIBULE = 1'-01, 2INTERIOR ELEVATION - DINING 1/2" = 1'-0" CFILING 10'-4" 1 o INTERIOR ELEVATION -DINING 1/2" = 1'-0" 7112" INTERIOR ELEVATION - VESTIBULE = 1'-0" r.Fll Ilur. in' -A" CEILING 10'-4" �nl / CD C�LJA r1CC /CAl�LJ CVTC�1/'1� CEILING 10'-0" OIL OIL T/ WAINSCOT 6'-5" T/ SLAB 0" �J G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 i G INTERIOR ELEVATION - VESTIBULE U 1/2" = V-0" 31/2" INTERIOR ELEVATION - DINING = 1'-01, INTERIOR ELEVATION GENERAL NOTES A.1 REFER TO SHEET A-622 FOR WAINSCOT DETAILS. A.2 GC TO PROVIDE BLOCKING FOR ALL WALL SHELVING AND EQUIPMENT. REFER TO K SHEETS FOR LOCATIONS. REFER TO A4/A-622 FOR DETAIL. A.3. PROVIDE 5" HIGH CEMENTITIOUS BOARD SUBSTRATE AT BASE OF ALL WALLS IN DINING ROOM AND VESTIBULE. AA PROVIDE 12" HIGH CEMENTITIOUS BOARD SUBSTRATE AT BASE OF ALL WALLS IN KITCHEN. A.5 PROVIDE CEMENTITIOUS BOARD SUBSTRATE FOR THE FULL HEIGHT OF TILE AT ALL WALLS WITH WALL TILE. A.6 AT WAINSCOT LOCATIONS, PROVIDE 5" HIGH CEMENTITIOUS BOARD BEHIND TILE BASE, THEN PLYWOOD SUBSTRATE TO TOP OF WAINSCOT, THEN GYPSUM BOARD TO CEILING. A.7 BRAND ICON DIRECTION: WHEN ENTERING THE STORE FROM THE MAIN ENTRY, THE BEAK SHOULD POINT TO THE RIGHT. A.8 REFER TO FRN SHEETS FOR SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. REFER TO C2/A-621 FOR DETAIL. A.9 REFER TO E2/A-621 FOR CORNER GUARD DETAIL, REFER TO PLANS AND ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATIONS. INTERIOR ELEVATION - VESTIBULE v 1 /2" = V-0" CEILING 10'-4" INTERIOR ELEVATION - DINING 1/2" tE :AL `AILING 10'-0" 4SCO T/ SLAB 0" E oqo 0o r�Jo ���� CD Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 egg CCR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIORS FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC RELEASE: v2 20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 17013 A PRINTED FOR I— W a PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY Author Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SHEET NUMBER A=601 4 3 2 1 <i L2 ai NI O O 'It O 0 I I LL I � L r (L% LLI UD LLI Q LLI OI ��' tV O, L.C) O L6 (9 OI � < LL�- C) OC O a _ 0� o O CC3 tom. @Q0 0 0�� o �f�l Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 W 249 CCR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIORS FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC RELEASE: v2 20.02 RE%ASK)N SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 17013 PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 H DRAWN BY Author ri Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named proect may not be reproduced in any manner without egress written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. Ill SHEET INTERIOR ELEVATIONS a SHEET NUMBER A=602 4 3 E 1 Of QI A L L a Q N N I O I-T O 'I O (7 J I C) J co r d I U_ I 1Q L W N Mn t Q. N NI O O IT O I J LL 0 CD ce) co G1 (V O 0) N t C/) z L_O r- W J W O E W F— z M O I O O d- O U J 61 E n 0 CEILING 10'-2" 4'-0" 1 o INTERIOR ELEVATION - KITCHEN 1/2" = 1'-0" 101 Y V I /1 L L L- u /"11 \ I L!l V 1 1 1 1 Y V I V 9 INTERIOR ELEVATION - KITCHEN OVERLAP SINK BACKSPLASH, REF D3-A621 1/2" = V-0" CEILING 10'-0" 3INTERIOR ELEVATION - DRIVE THRU 112" = V-0" I — A - (ETA-11 � I.1A1 I rlu .I INTERIOR ELEVATION GENERAL NOTES A.1 REFER TO SHEET A-622 FOR WAINSCOT DETAILS. A.2 GC TO PROVIDE BLOCKING FOR ALL WALL SHELVING AND EQUIPMENT. REFER TO K SHEETS FOR LOCATIONS. REFER TO A4/A-622 FOR DETAIL. A.3. PROVIDE 5" HIGH CEMENTITIOUS BOARD SUBSTRATE AT BASE OF ALL WALLS IN DINING ROOM AND VESTIBULE. A.4 PROVIDE 12" HIGH CEMENTITIOUS BOARD SUBSTRATE AT BASE OF ALL WALLS IN KITCHEN. A.5 PROVIDE CEMENTITIOUS BOARD SUBSTRATE FOR THE FULL HEIGHT OF TILE AT ALL WALLS WITH WALL TILE. A.6 AT WAINSCOT LOCATIONS, PROVIDE 5" HIGH CEMENTITIOUS BOARD BEHIND TILE BASE. THEN PLYWOOD SUBSTRATE TO TOP OF WAINSCOT. THEN GYPSUM BOARD TO CEILING. A.7 BRAND ICON DIRECTION: WHEN ENTERING THE STORE FROM THE MAIN ENTRY, THE BEAK SHOULD POINT TO THE RIGHT. A.8 REFER TO FRN SHEETS FOR SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. REFER TO C2/A-621 FOR DETAIL. A.9 REFER TO E2/A-621 FOR CORNER GUARD DETAIL, REFER TO PLANS AND ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATIONS. v Il'"IIIY LL VIL " a1ILLI IVIL IP"uL LVVV IItJVV 1..11 8 INTERIOR ELEVATION - KITCHEN GENERAL CONTRACT OR RE: SCHEDULE 1/2" = 1'-0" 7 INTERIOR ELEVATION - KITCHEN 1/2" = V-0" 2 INTERIOR ELEVATION - DRIVE THRU 1/2" = 1'-0" CEILING 10'-0" CFII ING in,-n" rGll INr_ CEILING 10'-0" 4INTERIOR ELEVATION - DRIVE THRU 1/2" = 1'-0" 1 INTERIOR ELEVATION - DRIVE THRU 1/2" = 1'-0" C 0 0 Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 �� CCR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIORS FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC RELEASE: V2 20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 17013 PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY Author Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET INTERIOR ELEVATIONS a. SHEET NUMBER A=603 4 3 2 1 INTERIOR ELEVATION GENERAL NOTES A.1 REFER TO SHEET A-622 FOR WAINSCOT DETAILS. A.2 GC TO PROVIDE BLOCKING FOR ALL WALL SHELVING AND EQUIPMENT. REFER TO K SHEETS FOR LOCATIONS. REFER TO A4/A-622 FOR DETAIL. A.3. PROVIDE 5" HIGH CEMENTITIOUS BOARD SUBSTRATE AT BASE OF ALL WALLS IN DINING ROOM AND VESTIBULE. AA PROVIDE 12" HIGH CEMENTITIOUS BOARD SUBSTRATE AT BASE OF ALL WALLS IN KITCHEN. CEILING 10'-2" CEILING 10'-2" CEILING 10'-2" CEILING 10'-2" CEILING 10'-2" A.5 PROVIDE CEMENTITIOUS BOARD SUBSTRATE FOR THE FULL HEIGHT OF TILE AT ALL WALLS WITH WALL TILE. A.6 AT WAINSCOT LOCATIONS, PROVIDE 5" HIGH CEMENTITIOUS BOARD BEHIND TILE BASE, THEN PLYWOOD SUBSTRATE TO TOP OF WAINSCOT, THEN FRP 2 GYPSUM BOARD TO CEILING. E AOoOD .7 BRAND ICON DIRECTION: WHEN ENTERING THE STORE BULKHEAD 8'-2" FROM THE MAIN ENTRY, THE BEAK SHOULD POINT TO FRP-2 - - - - THE RIGHT. 0 D A.8 REFER TO FRN SHEETS FOR SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. D O O RA REFER TO C2/A-621 FOR DETAIL. A.9 REFER TO E2/A-621 FOR CORNER GUARD DETAIL. REFER D CD d` TO PLANS AND ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATIONS. FRP-2 cG3A �/ FA- Chick-fil-A FRP-2 NETWORK � 5200 Buffington Road CABINET Atlanta, Georgia ` 30349-2998 OPEN ti KT-4B KT-46 KTAB O p � � ,' p i o e 0 ®` , KT-4B p KT�B T/ SLAB 0" T/ SLAB 0" T/ SLAB 0" PLl I T/ SLAB 0" T/ SLAB 0" 1 FTI U� INTERIOR ELEVATION - OFFICE INTERIOR ELEVATION - OFFICE INTERIOR ELEVATION - OFFICE 1 INTERIOR ELEVATION - OFFICE INTERIOR ELEVATION - MULTI -PURPOSE 1/2" = V-0" 4 1/2" = 1'-0" 131/2" = V-0„ 2 1/2" = 1'-0" 1/2" = V-0„ D CCR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIORS CEILING 10'-2" OIL CEILING 10'-2" CEILING 10'-2" - - CG-3 WRAP STAINLESS WALL FINISH AROUND CORNERS AND TIGHT SILL 8'-0" TO STOREFRONT FRAMES - BULKHEAD 8'-2" a ELEC. PANEL (BLOCK OUT WALL AS REQUIRED) - RE: ELECTRICAL ®® Lu= ®m 0o OPEN FRP-2 FRP-2 FRP 2 KTAB U. o ®® ®® KTABKTAB T/ SLAB 0" OL T/ SLAB 0" T/ SLAB 0" c OL 1 o INTERIOR ELEVATION - MULTI -PURPOSE 9 INTERIOR ELEVATION - MULTI -PURPOSE Q INTERIOR ELEVATION - MULTI -PURPOSE 1/2" = 1'-0" 1/2" = V-0" V 1/2" = V-0" METAL CLOSURE PANEL RE: KITCHEN CEILING 10'-2" , CEILING 10'-0 1/2" ULQ r WLO EF-1 0 0 FRP-2 BEHIND � ra M WALKINS U= 1 J J J U. =L L - .. = O � OPEN � m FRP-2 V E= Q. p CL KTAB UJ B B W %10-.1oo N N KTAB 4- L T/ SLAB 0" T/ SLAB -1 1/2" �I INTERIOR ELEVATION -KITCHEN C WEST FSR#04040 41/2"� INTERIOR ELEVATION KITCHEN = 1'-0" BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC RELEASE: V2 20.02 -C 4'-0" STAINLESS STEEL SHEET METAL PANELS. BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR CEILING 10'-2" N CEILING 10'-2" REVISION SCHEDULE OI NO. DATE DESCRIPTION It O CG-4 CG 4 O 0f S I L L 8'-0" CG-3 I ' U J CG-3 ron n rnr c BULKHEAD 7'-0" WRAP STAINLESS WALL FINISH AROUND CORNERS AND TIGHT ---TO STOREFRONT FRAMES U- I z CG-3 g O a F- FRP-2 L11 OPEN J y. U3I W f CONSULTANT PROJECT # 0. 17013 O A ® m ® A PRINTED FOR PERMIT NLLJ c DATE 07/29/2020 NI E M DRAWN BYAuthor O C KT-4B O .� O Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files (0 produced for above named project may not be reproduced in O 0-)c KT4g any manner without express written or verbal consent from I � authorized project representatives- LLL. r d� T/ SLAB 0" T/ SLAB 0" SHEET O o� OILW INTERIOR ELEVATIONS N (0 0 V INSTALL Z-BAR FLASHING TO O -� OVERLAP SINK BACKSPLASH. m INTERIOR ELEVATION - KITCHEN REF D3-A621 1 INTERIOR ELEVATION -KITCHEN SHEET NUMBER A=604 3 1 2 INTERIOR ELEVATION GENERAL NOTES A.1 REFER TO SHEET A-622 FOR WAINSCOT DETAILS. A.2 GC TO PROVIDE BLOCKING FOR ALL WALL SHELVING AND EQUIPMENT. REFER TO K SHEETS FOR LOCATIONS. REFER TO A4/A-622 FOR DETAIL. A.3. PROVIDE 5" HIGH CEMENTITIOUS BOARD SUBSTRATE AT BASE OF ALL WALLS IN DINING ROOM AND VESTIBULE. A.4 PROVIDE 12" HIGH CEMENTITIOUS BOARD SUBSTRATE AT BASE OF ALL WALLS IN KITCHEN. A.5 PROVIDE CEMENTITIOUS BOARD SUBSTRATE FOR THE FULL HEIGHT OF TILE AT ALL WALLS WITH WALL TILE. A.6 AT WAINSCOT LOCATIONS, PROVIDE 5" HIGH oO CEMENTITIOUS BOARD BEHIND TILE BASE, THEN D PLYWOOD SUBSTRATE TO TOP OF WAINSCOT, THEN E 0 GYPSUM BOARD TO CEILING. A.7 BRAND ICON DIRECTION: WHEN ENTERING THE STORE FROM THE MAIN ENTRY, THE BEAK SHOULD POINT TO 9�& oCD p OAe THE RIGHT. A.8 REFER TO FRN SHEETS FOR SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. O REFER TO C2/A-621 FOR DETAIL. A.9 REFER TO E2/A-621 FOR CORNER GUARD DETAIL, REFER TO PLANS AND ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATIONS. Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 11 INTERIOR ELEVATION - DINING 1 o INTERIOR ELEVATION - DINING 9INTERIOR ELEVATION - DINING 1/2" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" N.T.S. 1 CEILING 10'-2" CEILING 10'4" CEILING 10'-2" CEILING 10'-2' cfa Q CG 4 Q M FRP-2 LL CG-3 CG-4 , J J J u. FRP-2 D CG-3 M J W IZ J_ FRP-2 OPEN FRP-2 "' >- Jollo = om cF===% UJ 0. N tiN KTAB KT-4B KT 4B \ \ o 11 KT�B o T/ SLAB 0 T/ SLAB 0" T/ SLAB 0" T/ SLAB 0" " <1 FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC Q INTERIOR ELEVATION - SERVICE 7 INTERIOR ELEVATION - SERVICE G INTERIOR ELEVATION - SERVICE INTERIOR ELEVATION - SERVICE RELEASE: v2_20.02 >, V V Q 1/2" = 1'-0" 1/Z' = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 51/2" II CEILING 10'-2" CEILING 10'-2" CEILING 10'-2" AII-N OIL CEILING 10'-2" REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION <D CGA FRP-2 s.� I FRP-2 -J cn FRP-2 M I CG-3 D 21D D D D V/ I -. .....a.F..-..._....s.r_ ..i loo LL -.... _ .PI � D D D D D D OPEN \ �\ "oo NETWORK �^ D D D D D D CABINETLU tom.➢ I LU OPEN CONSULTANT PROJECT# 17013 i 0 A D D D D D D �____:�.—�_�_ _..��_,.. / / A PRINTED FOR PERMIT 2 DATE LLI 07/29/2020 N I z D D D D D D DRAWN BY Author 0 � 6 � — KT-4B , KTAB KT-4B prods above named projectcontained on this lng may of belreprodditalu d in CD D D D D D ,, an authorized without express �� or verbal consent from _o i �- o KT�B � psi `� � 0 T/ SLAB 0" T/ SLAB 0" T/ SLAB 0" T/SLAB 0" �' , SHEET Alf" W INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ID 0 0 I � I � U SHEET NUMBER INTERIOR ELEVATION - SERVICE INTERIOR ELEVATION - SERVICE INTERIOR ELEVATION - SERVICE 1 INTERIOR ELEVATION -SERVICE 41/2" = 1 1-01, 31/2" = 1 1-01, 21/2" = 1'-0" A=605 L U QI N .E T Q. CU NI O d' O IT O 0 W UI J co r cr_I U) U_ I t9 Q_ N I t O NI O O OI LL O c7 11 r O O O CV O N O N I�- W J H W O Z O CV C� Q O O d' O U J 4 3 2 1 I I 3/4" VERTICAL T&G WOOD PLANKS 9 1/4" GLUED AND BLIND NAILED. RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS & FINISH SCHEDULE STEEL ICON 3/4" PLYWOOD EQ EQ STEEL BRAND ICON BY OWNER DOOR (UNDERCUT 2" FOR DOOR FRAME — — DOUBLE 2X SILL PLATE AT WOOD STUD WALLS OR METAL TOE GUARD) - RE: SCHEDULE STUD TRACK AT METAL STUD CORNER GUARD, w WALLS - RE: WALL TYPES RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS TOE GUARD &FINISH SCHEDULE REF HARDWARE SCHEDULE p STEEL BRAND ICON BY OWNER — BLANKE TRANSITION — — — SILL _4' - 2 1/2" STRIP - DECO w INTERIOR FINISH FLOORING BY — PROFILE - NATURAL rn W ~\c.,EE` \`\ PLAYGROUND INS N ALUMINUM E cn RE: WALL TYPES 3/4" VERTICAL T&G WOOD PLANKS ELEVATIONSOR E C� GLUED AND BLIND NAILED, BOTH SIDES w RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS &FINISH - - - - e... SCHEDULE INTERIOR SHEATHING &FINISH c� 'd ° _ . - - ` ^'� '_," FLOOR FINISH -- 3/4" PLYWOOD, BOTH SIDES - RE: STRUCTURAL, INTERIOR ELEVATIONS, FINISH SCHEDULE. �. _ 4 - . - d . ° ; •;�; ; • 6 a n - RE: SCHEDULE — WALL FRAMING WALL & PARTITION TYPE NOTES 3"- ". :. °.a v LINE OF DEPRESSED RE: WALL TYPES EXTEND SLAB AT d "-' •' �� SLAB BEYOND 3/4" PLYWOOD WALL FRAMING & THRESHOLD ONLY FOR - • _ d- - RE: STRUCTURAL INSULATION DOOR HINGE 3/4" VERTICAL T&G WOOD PLANKS - RE: WALL TYPES ANCHORAGE GLUED AND BLIND NAILED, RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS & FINISH SCHEDULE BRAND ICON TWO-SIDED JAMB AT WOOD FINISH E3 BRAND ICON TWO-SIDED SILL AT WOOD FINISH E2 CORNER GUARD C 1 DOOR TRANSITION AT PLAY AREA E E4 C C 3" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 3" = V-0" RE: WALL TYPES 1/2" GYPSUM BOARD WITH INTERIOR SHEATHING & 7� LEVEL 1 FINISH FINISH - RE: INTERIOR 112" CEMENT BOARD ELEVATIONS, FINISH PLAN, WALL & PARTITION TYPE WATERPROOF MEMBRANE NOTES INTERIOR SHEATHING & FINISH - TO EXTEND 12" UP WALL AT FREEZER OR COOLER WALL RE: STRUCTURAL, INTERIOR FREEZER/ COOLER ELEVATIONS, FINISH SCHEDULE. PARTITIONS AND 12" UNDER SEALANT STAINLESS STEEL "Z" FLASHING WALL & PARTITION TYPE NOTES FREEZER/COOLER FLOOR, RE: TILE SPEC TILE BASE BASE - RE: FINISH PLAN _R WALL S CLEAR SEALANT BASE - RE: FINISH PLAN & INTERIOR ELEVATIONS �-- COOLER WALL �— STAINLESS STEEL "Z" FLASHING WATERPROOF MEMBRANE TO EXTEND 12" UP WALL AT FREEZER/ COOLER PARTITIONS AND 12" UNDER �� FINISH BASE - RE: FINISH PLAN TREATED SILL PLATE AT WOOD STUD WALLS OR COOLER RE TILE SPEC.ER/COOI MOSAIC TILE RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS VINYL U-CHANNEL SCRsA SILICONE SEALANT METAL STUD TRACK AT METAL STUD WALLS _ FINISH BASE - RE: FINISH PLAN KERDI FLASHING0 / METAL TRIM. / D RE: STRUCTURAL & WALL FLOOR TILE - RE: FINISH PLAN FLOOR TILE - RE: FINISH PLAN TYPES ;,-,' SLOPE PERIMETEI _� ELEVATIONS RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FLOOR TILE -RE: FINISH PLAN SUBWAY TILE FLOOR - RE: FINISH PLAN RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS sa a4 - _. e ._ RE: WALL TYPES d e a RE: STRUCTURAL = d e °d a e. _ • as .. -D • .. - ..RAWINGS FOR RECESSED . ;;'°-, . d' "SLAB 1.4. SEALANT �' N <� . •^ ... d •• d ' .. : , .'< d" _ __a CV , 4-< °" E•"•- a d _ , - 9,I = ASSEMBLY .. _ :' a d•' 4 - �G. °`' .. .b• Ps,. a °'_at '9~ d d " ._• ; , ' `- ..SEALANT ,' . ,<, ° :. d DETAIL AT WALK-IN PARTITION D 43" D33"DETAIL AT WALK-IN SCREED D23"KERDI FLASHING DETAIL D DETAIL PLAN AT TILE CORNER = 1'-0" = 1'-0" = 1'-01, 6" = 1'-0" WALL TILE - RE: ELEVATIONS END CAP, RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS & SEE PLANS FOR WALL TYPES ROOF DECK - RE: STRUCTURAL EXTEND SHEATHING PROVIDE DOUBLE STUDS IN - CEMENT BOARD SHEATHING BETWEEN JOISTS ACCORDANCE WITH WALL _- WALL FRAMING - RE: WALL TYPES WALK-IN DOOR TYPES TILE BASE - RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS & FINISH PLAN — — — INTERIOR FINISH ROOF STRUCTURE - RE: STRUCTURAL - RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS &FINISH PLAN C C SEALANT —ADJUSTABLE SWEEP GASKET 2x WOOD FRAMING 12 GA. STAINLESS STEEL INTERIOR SHEATHING FLOOR TILE - RE: FINISH PLAN TO MATCH WALL FLAT THRESHOLD FLOOR TILE - RE: FINISH PLAN TYPE NOTES PARTITION \\�\\ , STUD THICKNESS FLOOR TILE - RE: FINISH PLAN INTERIOR SHEATHING o RE: WALL TYPES RE: A-201 - TAPE AND _ p c • - < ° _ FLOAT ALL JOINTS ° :-a°.; , ° `a�RE: STRUCTURAL _ ..d _ , ° d e' w °' m' _ '' d d• •" 4- •d a"a- p DRAWINGS FOR RECESSED -•p. ° _ e a - SLABASSEMBLY ea, C ^ DETAIL AT TILE BASE C3 DRAFTSTOPPING DETAIL C2 DETAIL AT WALK-IN DOOR C 1 END CAP DETAIL �+ 6" = 1'-0" 1 1/2" = V-0" N.T.S. 3" = V-0" NOTE: STANDARD DUTY CHANNEL RAIL FIXED 3'- 0" ACCESS ALUMINUM LADDER (MODEL 500) WITH SERRATED RUNGS - O'KEEFFE'S, INC. r"1 TELEPHONE: 415.824.4900 ROOF HATCH --------- WITH "LADDER UP" SAFETY POST- BILCO RE: SPECIFICATIONS LU-1 OR EQUAL. -14R 00 U*) PADLOCK BY OWNER --I JJIA RE: STRUCTURAL FOR ROOF HATCH O SUPPORT FRAMING B B o - - - 2X4 WOOD OR 3 5/8" I ' METAL FRAMED WALL (REF WALL TYPES) WITH 1/2" PLYWOOD (ALL SIDES OF OPENING) U U O o = 24" BELOW - O FINISH LU - INTERIOR FINISH CEILING -ALL - RE: INTERIOR SIDES Y U ELEVATIONS & FINISH PLAN ----- p LL O O -- aL- r-71 8" METAL 3"X3" X 1/4" CLIP ANGLE BOLT STUD WALL TO STUD WALL @ 48" O.C. & O SEE PLANS FOR WALL TYPES _ :, WELD TO STEEL BAR (PT.) / LU 5'-8 1/2" AFF ik TOP ROW TO BE FULL HEIGHT =' RE: RCP WOOD BLOCKING Q Z_ TILE - NO CUTS (TYPICAL) CORNER GUARD, RE: WALL FRAMING %'- INTERIOR FINISH RE: WALL TYPES U p T/TILE AT RR ELEVATIONS & FINISH O O - SCHEDULE o RE: ELEVATION 4'-6' _^ - � W GYPSUM BOARD - RE: ELEVATION + - _ _ SEE PLANS FOR WALL TYPES � SUBWAY TILE, BULLNOSE Q RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS MOSAIC TILE 1/2" X 2 1/2" STEEL BAR HOOD - RE: MECHANICAL N CEMENT/ GYP. TRANSITION '_ RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS W/ EASED EDGES (PT.) O A A RECESSED PIN AND SLEEVE BOX - RE: ELECTRICAL~ 18" WIDE STL. LADDER `- - CEMENT BOARD W/ 3/4" STL. RUNGS @ o DRIVE-THRU/ \ KITCHEN 12" O.C.— O SERVING ` 8" METAL STUD FRAMED BASE CEMENT BOARD FINISH FLOOR 1/2" CEMENT BOARD SUBWAY TILE 3" 1' - 6" 3° 0-8 - R FINISH PLAN TILE BASE E, F S LA RE: INTERIOR ELEVATION _ CD & INTERIOR ELEVATIONS NOTE: ME G.C. TO INSTALL MOSAIC 0'-0" TILE FLOORING - RE: FINISH PLAN TILE PRIOR TO ADJACENT FRONT ELEVATION SIDE ELEVATION SUBWAY TILE, TYP. TO GYP TRANSITION AT RESTROOM TILE TO CEILING TRANSITION AT RESTROOMLADDER DETAILS AlTILE 1"=V-0" & SLEEVE SECTION A36"PIN = 1'-0" A4 = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 4 3 2 1 tq CD CD A a"Mo C � f a Al�nl Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 �z _gamma $l F v. 9 5 CIS ARCHITECTURE & INTERIORS FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: V2_20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO, DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 17013 PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY Author Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives_ W SHEET INTERIOR DETAILS a. SHEET NUMBER A=620 RY1 84'.'+HiN�A. r ^ 11RL 2-1 IY ¢I L N OI d- O IT J I U J M IL I U_ Q NI W 0 O CL W (D (- OI CL N C) M 0 �I Q O LL T O 0 CV O C:) co U N J 4 3 2 1 STAINLESS STEEL WALL 1/2" CEMENT BOARD PANELS TO 48" A.F.F. ON , STAINLESS STEEL 2 j INTERIOR SHEATHING & FINISH - RE: INTERIOR 4-0 - — — — — — � ALL SIDES. WALL PANELS ON ALL / SIDES - RETURN SIDE WATERPROOF MEMBRANE. EXTEND TO DRAIN AND MIN 15" UP WALL, RE: TILE SPEC ELEVATIONS, FINISH NOTE: PROVIDE 3 ANCHORS AT EACH JAMB PANELS BEHIND BACK SCHEDULE, WALL & TREATED 2X6 WD OR 6" MTL STUDS AT 12" PANEL BY 2". PARTITION TYPE NOTES O.C. AROUND MOP SINK - RE: WALL TYPES TREATED SILL PLATE AT WOOD METAL STUD WALL RETURN SIDE PANELS BEHIND FIBERGLASS STUD WALLS OR METAL STUD INTERIOR SHEATHING & BACK PANEL BY 2". 1/2" CEMENT BOARD - GRATE -ALIGN TOP • TRACK AT METAL STUD WALLS ALIGN FINISH FLOOR AND METAL STUD BOX w FINISH - RE- INTERIOR RE: WALL INSIDE WALLS ONLY RE: WALL WITH ADJACENT RE: STRUCTURAL &WALL TYPES FIBERGLASS GRATE HEADER - RE: U) ELEVATIONS, FINISH TREATED SILL PLATE AT WOOD TYPES 3 - 2 TYPES FINISH FLOOR e STAINLESS STEEL STRUCTURAL z SCHEDULE, WALL & STUD WALLS OR METAL STUD `. � a,.• CONCRETE CURB FRAME WITH 2" FLANGE FLOOR TILE - RE: FINISH PLAN SEALANT, ALL SIDES PARTITION TYPE NOTES TRACK AT METAL STUD WALLS BETWEEN STUDS .' fn w SEALANT, ALL SIDES RE: STRUCTURAL & WALL TYPES FIBERGLASS GRATE a DOUBLE STEEL STUDS LU °; - •4 H.M. DOOR FRAME (PAINT) CONCRETE SLAB .e • - Id° EXTEND WATERPROOF MEMBRANE E COORDINATE FRAME SIZE -� H.M. DOOR FRAME VAPOR BARRIER RE: STRUCTURAL C� �� �� Al �� /: STAINLESS STEEL FRAME NP' - :- _ GROUT ", _ ee ; ° OVER CONCRETE LEDGES AND MIN WITH WALL TYPE (PAINT) COORDINATE FREE DRAINING AGGREGATE :'�' TILE BOTTOM ¢. WITH 2" FLANGE BY LOW ° _ �- SEALANT 'Q, - 15" OUT FROM EDGE OF BASIN E FRAME SIZE WITH WALL _ TEMP OR APPROVED EQUAL _ I :-}° -: _ a, ° MOP BASIN �'"P -^ d • UNDER FINISH FLOOR DOOR AS SCHEDULED TYPE NOTE: COORDINATE CURB AND 4 eN }a; a e=.- -� a: �- -a ""4 v; LEDGE HEIGHTS SO THAT FIBERGLASS GRATE IS NO HIGHER s��E _�,, s`oP� a -J ti J e ; < _ ; °: • ,e _ _ ° CUT BULLNOSED 8X8" TILE TO _• a ; : a a 4 ° • -'. ;. STAINLESS SCHLUTER STRIP (SCHIENE) THAN FINISH FLOOR, AND NO4 ° ° e p .. a. MATCH SURROUNDING KITCHEN _ ;• 4•, ° • e - y 4 LOWER THAN 1/8" BELOW FINISH 4 q ti �_ \" - '° - e a;' - ' ° = A-621 TILE. SLOPE TOWARDS BASIN. ;' p '° _ ' , .; a ; ; . `; - °.=. ;; a°; " a,� ; e•� CUT BULLNOSED 8X8" TILE TO DOOR AS SCHEDULED FLOOR. FIBERGLASS GRATE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY 4 - ,i�E2 e 4 A-621 • 4'\ ' _ ° '_ -°"- ; .. eo °A,•, °; .:' a ; : ° 4•- •1; MATCH SURROUNDING KITCHEN GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 3;, 2'_8" 3" 4. a ;+ TILE. SLOPE TOWARDS BASIN. HEAD STUD WALL JAMB (a� METAL STUD WALL �" ". ; - `' _;;° . - ; -•:a :_- ` �• ;' - ;' -' = " '" -.•'; ; _METAL _ it _ _ I I I I , - _ . , •4 .4 _• - ;q • i y .. °',- STAINLESS STEEL RING •�^ = ..-°<-d • -4 WATERPROOF MEMBRANE - EXTEND TO DRAIN AND 15" UP WALL, RE: TILE SPEC DRAIN - RE: PLUMBING INTERIOR SHEATHING & FINISH - RE: INTERIOR NOTE: PROVIDE 3 C MOP SINK SECTION @ EXTERIOR WALL E2 MOP SINK SECTION ENLARGED MOP SINK FRONT EDGE El C ELEVATIONS, FINISH C 3" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" SCHEDULE, WALL & PARTITION TYPE NOTES ANCHORS AT EACH JAMB 1" = 1'-0" 2X STUD WALL AT INTERIOR SHEATHING & 16" O.G. FINISH - RE: INTERIOR RETURN SIDE PANELS W ELEVATIONS, FINISH 2 BEHIND BACK PANEL BY l 2 2X8'S WITH () 1/2" PLYWOOD = SCHEDULE, WALL & RE: WALL TYPES 2" I 3" CONDUIT TO EXTEND SPACER Z PARTITION TYPE NOTES I 6" ABOVE CEILING I SEALANT, ALL SIDES U_ 2X STUD WALL INTERIOR SHEATHING I WATERPROOF MEMBRANE, ICEILING to w RE: WALL & PARTITION - REF TILE SPECS - EXTEND I I SEE RCPHT. CL SEALANT, ALL SIDES TYPE NOTES TO DRAIN AND 15" UP WALL, I l ' RE: TILE SPEC H.M. DOOR FRAME (PAINT) I COORDINATE FRAME SIZE Q DOUBLE STUDS STAINLESS STEEL WALL I WITH WALL TYPE 'S STAINLESS STEEL PANEL ' PANELS TO 48" A.F.F. 8"X12" PREFINISHED I I 9' - 4„ ALUMINUM VENT- WHITE i i H.M. DOOR FRAME 2" x 1/2" x 3/4" STAINLESS �' TREATED SILL PLATE AT WOOD I I TO VENT BOTTOM DOOR AS SCHEDULED ` (PAINT) COORDINATE STEEL Z FLASHING ' STUD WALLS OR METAL STUD \ FRAME SIZE WITH WALL - TRACK AT METAL STUD WALLS I TYPE T/ SINK BACKSPLASH RE: STRUCTURAL &WALL TYPES ' y T-7" A.F.S . v -� 1/2" CEMENT BOARD ---� D 2" ' fry` 3" CONDUIT TO STOP 6" DOOR AS SCHEDULED •,. a ------CONCRETE ABOVE IT CABINET - (.0FRP WALL FINISH"' CURB 6'- 10 1/2" HEAD . WOOD STUD WALL JAMB (ED. WOOD STUD WALL SINK BACKSPLASH STAINLESS STEEL - . - -9 TO BOTTOM OF FACE OF STUD FRAME "Z" FLASHING wIF •J ;, ' . .- FRAMING WITH 2" FLANGE 1-- _ r 4- ° ! ; - N; 1 1/2' 3/4" X 1 1/2" TRIM -ALL O RESTS ON TOP OF tY v A,"; ,� ' SIDES BY OWNER I ( I NOTE: TYPICAL DETAIL WHERE STAINLESS STEEL "Z" FLASHING NOTE: REFER TO WALL TYPES FOR WALL THICKNESS, INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND FINISH PLAN FOR PANEL IS INSTALLED BEHIND KITCHEN SINK .-• a_ - ,� ••- I I I I WALL FINISHES, AND DOOR SCHEDULE FOR DOOR FRAME MATERIAL. — ° ;:, NETWORK CABINET BY I I OWNER D4 INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME HEADS & JAMBS Z FLASHING DETAIL D MOP SINK SECTION D 2 ENLARGED• II O II N.T.S. I I I I II II M o 3" = 1'-01, ROOF JOISTS I I I I - RE: STRUCTURAL BLOCKING, HOLD BACK CENTER FRAME ON INSTALL NOTE: GC TO CUT I I I I N HAS H SHOWN BATTEN OR PANEL BOARD/BATTEN TRIM AS REQ'D I I I I NOTE: COORDINATE BLOCKING METAL STUD FOR MESSAGING PANELS. REQUIREMENTS WITH RUNNER -RE: RE: WALL TYPES &FINISHES COORDINATE WORK WITH GC. 3/8" X 4" LAG BOLTS - 4 I I I I CHARTER HOUSE WHEN FULL STRUCTURAL -.; ' - - - •_�,-; �- - AT EACH JAMB HEIGHT STEEL WALL + CONDITION EXISTS. + + + HEADER - RE: STRUCTURAL - ; ;.'-; _`. _- - -- ;. �---_------- - - ;'� e-�'•-_ - -� I I I FACE OF WALL I I I I ATTACH SOFFIT INTERIOR SHEATHING & _- 8" 8„ BEYOND I p I I ASSEMBLY TO FINISH - RE: INTERIOR EQ EQ of I RUNNER - RE: ELEVATIONS, FINISH STRUCTURAL SCHEDULE, WALL & --------------------- I I I 4'-2 3/4" '+ PARTITION TYPE NOTES + 3-5/8" METAL STUD COWS IN THE FRP OVER 1/2" TO TOP OF FRAMING ACOUSTICAL CEILING ACOUSTICAL + CROSS BRACE AT COMMUNITY 2 X 2 GYPSUM BOARD TILE - RCP / 32" O.C. JACK STUD OW Z 3-5/8" METAL STUD EQ EQ CABINET ACHLSI E C FRAMING AT 16" O.C. GREAT STUFF (OR APPROVED EQ EQ C JIIIISEE RCP CEILING HT. 1 - Z EQUAL) SOFT EXPANSION FOAM FILLER �•, C° MULTI -PURPOSE OFFICE 1/2" GYPSUM BOARD -MATCH 1 SEE RCP ROOM A PAINT COLORT SOFFIT + / CEILING HT. ALUMINUM STOREFRONT, 2' - U„ 2' - C' BOTTOM UNLESS NOTED + / CENTER FRAME IN WALL D2 OTHERWISE. ACOUSTICAL BATTEN BATTEN A-623 PROVIDE CORNER BEADS AT GYPSUM BOARD SOFFIT CEILING TILE RE: RCP GLASS TYPE - RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ALL GYPSUM BOARD RE: RCP FOR DIMENSION - 0' - 0" INTERSECTIONS, TYP. RE: REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FIN. SLAB . C TYP DINING SOFFIT 41 TYP INTERIOR STOREFRONT HEAD C33" �� WAINSCOTING ELEVATION AT SIGNAGE C 1 OFFICE IT CABINET 1/2" = V-0" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 1 1/2" = 1'-0" INTERIOR SHEATHING & FINISH - RE: STRUCTURAL, INTERIOR ELEVATIONS, FINISH SCHEDULE, WALL WALL FRAMING & PARTITION TYPE NOTES - RE: WALL TYPES RE: WALL TYPES CEMENT BOARD - VERTICAL DIMENSION SHALL BE AS SHOWN HERE OR AS NOTED ON INTERIOR WALL FINISH & INTERIOR SHEATHING NOTES; V SEE RCP WHICHEVER IS GREATER. CEILING HT, ACOUSTICAL FINISH BASE - RE: INTERIOR CEILING TILE ELEVATIONS &FINISH PLAN HEADER-RE:STRUCTURAL TREATED SILL PLATE AT WOOD STUD B WALLS OR METAL STUD TRACK AT 1/2" GYPSUM BOARD B METAL STUD WALLS (TYP.) - RE: STRUCTURAL & WALL TYPES 9'-4" z CORNER BEAD (TYP.) FLOOR FINISH T/HEAD - RE: FINISH PLAN in BACKER ROD AND SEALANT (TYPICAL ALL SIDES) ALUMINUM STOREFRONT ° -`°"• '9 ±' •:a GYPSUM BOARD RETURNS NOTE: TYPICAL AT ALL CUSTOMER ACCESSIBLE AREAS EXCEPT PLAY AREA. B WALL BASE DETAIL 43" = 1'-0" PLAY AREA RE: WALL TYPES FACE OF STUD FRP PANEL 1/2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING RE: FINISH SCHEDULE ABOVE CEMENT BOARD BY G.C. WAINSCOT & TRIM 1/4" BACK PANEL BY OWNER ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SOLID SURFACE WINDOW SILL. &GLAZING OWNER SUPPLIED, GC INSTALLED. 1/2" GYPSUM BOARD CONTINUOUS SEALANT, CLEAR. DO RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS )T SEAL ANY OTHER JOINTS. CONTINUOUS SEALANT - CLEAR BASE - RE: FINISH PLAN 1/2" rIORIZONTAL TRIM BY DROP SLAB AT PLAY OWNER AREA 1-1/2" FOR INTERIOR SHEATHING & FINISH 0 PROVIDE CONTINUOUS FLOORING A - RE: STRUCTURAL, INTERIOR VINYL WALL BASE "J" TRIM SEALANT (TYP.) - - A ELEVATIONS, FINISH SCHEDULE, RE: FINISH PLAN 1/2" CEMENT BOARD WALL &PARTITION TYPE NOTES - FLOOR FINISH - RE: FINISH SCHEDULE DROP SLAB AT PLAY AREA - TREATED SILL PLATE AT WOOD 0'-0" FIN. SLAB 1 1/2" FOR FLOORING to STUD WALLS OR METAL STUD °,•; ° `, �m ' ° 1/2" TRACK AT METAL STUD WALLS - : -1 = RE: STRUCTURAL & WALL TYPES : °_ •_ ° a 0'-0" FIN. OQ MV SLAB FLOOR TILE - RE: FINISH SECTION AT PLAY AREA & DINING WALL -1 1/2" P LA N Al 1 1/2" = 1'-0" TILE BASE - RE: FINISH PLAN & INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A43"TYP WINDOW SILL DETAIL A�WALL BASE AT PLAY AREA = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 4 3 1 2 1 Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 W CCR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIORS FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2 20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 17013 PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY Author Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorzed project representatives. LU SHEET INTERIOR DETAILS SHEET NUMBER A=621 I �i�LIJRIt' r1 f 0 CD IT CD 0 CL' 9 Cl. I C� LL. I N a � cagy � 0 LL I i Cc� CD LO �O j _J L __T C CD liYnlls1,A1W 1114V Vnr o i lV111 4" HORIZONTAL TRIM MITER HORIZONTAL CORNER GUARDS W/ 1/8" ROUND TYP. AT CORNERS TRIM AT CORNER STOREFRONT ASSEMBLY CORNER GUARD BY BEYOND OWNER C WAINSCOTING WD-3 RE: FINISH SCHEDULE SILL - RE: FINISH SCHEDULE 2'-0" "J" TRIM BY MFR, RE: INTERIOR BATTEN ELEVATIONS COVE BASE MITER HORIZONTAL RE: FINISH SCHEDULE TRIM AT CORNER I��ai�i►i�i�i�i�i�i�i�ii�ia�i�i� P-ma 1 7� rrrnrvvv nry v�u , ,rl, ,♦ 1/4" BACK PANEL BY OWNER FLOOR TILE CONTINUOUS SEALANT, CLEAR. DO RE: FINISH SCHEDULE NOT CAULK ANY OTHER JOINTS. 4" HORIZONTAL TRIM 4" HORIZONTAL TRIM BY 3" VERTICAL TRIM @ 24" i i OWNER O.C. BY MFR C1 I ' A-622 WALL CONSTRUCTION PER WAINSCOTING T/SLAB PLAN RE: FINISH SCHEDULE 0i-0„ TRI-SMOKE "J" THIN TRIM BY OWNER .�. C COVE BASE SEE FINISH SCHEDULE >: FLOOR TILE SEE FINISH SCHEDULE "J" TRIM BY MFR, RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS T/ SLAB COVE BASE MV 0'-0" RE: FINISH SCHEDULE \\— 1/2" CEMENT BOARD C41/2" TYP WAINSCOTING ELEVATION AT WINDOW TYP WAINSCOTING ELEVATION=1'-0"C31/2"WALL FACE OF STUD = 1'-0" SECTION AT WAINSCOTING C 2 1 C WAINSCOTING BASE DETAIL 1" = 1'-0" 1 3" = 1'-a, STOREFRONT SYSTEM (3) 45 DEGREE 1/4" COUNTERSUNK OF WALL CONSTRUCTION SCREWS @ 18" O.C. I RE: WALL TYPES PER PLAN WALL CONSTRUCTION PER PLAN 1" KILL STRIP W/ 1/8" FACE OF STUD 1/4" EXPANSION GAP SEPARATION FROM 1/2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING BY G.C. WINDOW JAMB BY CFX 1/2" PLYWOOD l— LINE OF CAP ABOVE BY G.C. FACE OF STUD I~� 1/2" PLYWOOD 1/4" BACK PANEL BY MFR I SHEATHING BY GC (3) 45 DEGREE FACE OF STUD t 1/4" BACK PANEL BY OWNER HORIZONTAL TRIM BELOW COUNTERSUNK I B � SCREWS @ 18" O.C. I 1/4' BACK PANEL BY OWNER i CORNER GUARD BY B ---- --- INSIDE CORNER GUARD BY MFR , ,, 1/4" BACK PANEL BY CFX 1/4" BACK PANEL OWNER ir ' "` I I BY OWNER ---- -- -- — ------- LINE OF TRIM BELOW I l LINE OF CAP ABOVE i � 4 FACE FACE OF STUD I CORNER GUARD BY OWNER ll 1 1/2" EXPANSION GAP ------------------ --- i VERTICAL TRIM 1/4" CAP SCREWS WITH — ------ BY OWNER 31' — LINE OF CAP ABOVE PLUG, COLOR TO 1/2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING BY G.C. LINE OF CAP ABOVE LINE OF SILL BELOW MATCH ADJACENT FACE OF STUD CAP SCREWS WITH WOOD SHEATHING BY G.C. PLUG, COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT WAINSCOTING INSIDE CORNER DETAIL B43 n = 1'-0" WAINSCOTING AT STOREFRONT B33" WAINSCOTING TRIM DETAIL B23" B 1 WAINSCOTING OUTSIDE CORNER DETAIL = 1'-0" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" WALL CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULED DOOR ;- PER PLAN AND FRAME CORNER GUARD WALL STUD (3) 45 DEGREE FACE OF STUD WITH 1/8" ROUND, COUNTERSUNK TYP. AT CORNERS BY SCREWS @ 18" O.C. 1/2" CEMENTITIOUS 2" OWNER WAINSCOT BEYOND SHEATHING 1/2" EXPANSION GAP WINDOW SILL WALL TILE RE: EXTERIOR SILL DETAILS RE: FINISH SCHEDULE °0 / / DOUBLED 2X8 BLOCKING 7N PLYWOOD - 7/16„ OW SILL / AT WALL -MOUNT SHEATHING SHEATHING BY G.C. � REN�IN FINISH SCHEDULE / / ICEMAKERS �� 1/2 SEALANT WALL CONSTRUCTION i oo " T/SILL PER PLAN c N K PANEL BY A/ I OWNER A X ROTATE BLOCKING AND FACE OF STUD �— 3" VERTICAL & ALIGN WITH SIDE OF - HORIZONTAL VERTICAL BATTEN (� WALL AS REQUIRED TO `- CORNER GUARDS W/ 1/8" ROUND, LINE OF CAP ABOVE PIECE BY OWNER BEYOND BY OWNER ACCOMMODATE IN -WALL -- -- -- ------ -- — TYP. AT CORNERS BY MFR " I - CUT TO FIT CONDUITS. 1" 1/4" BACK PANEL FACE OF STUD L CAP SCREWS WITH PLUG, BY OWNER 1/2" PLYWOOD COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT SHEATHING BY G.C. 3" VERTICAL & HORIZONTAL 1/4" BACK PANEL BY MFR PIECE BY MFR A4 BLOCKING DETAIL N.T.S. WAINSCOTING TO TILE CORNER A33"= 1'-0" WAINSCOTING AT DOOR JAMB 1 WAINSCOTING AT WINDOW SILL 3" = 1 1-01, 4 3 2 1 00 0 �zm�k oo°oCDo Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 W ago CCR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIORS FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2_20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 17013 PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY Author Information contained on this drawing and in all digital foes produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without egress written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. Ill SHEET INTERIOR DETAILS 0 SHEET NUMBER A=622 e`'dc l G'1 t- 0) NI :D 0 1- CD cr_ 0I In 0t U) U- I NI O >1 a NI 0 IT 9 I 6 L) (y) F R 511 LO LO 0 �N 0 Cs 0) N 0 z E U U- Cc W LU T- o LLI z LK7 Ci (P 6 11�1- It 0 6 �J 4 1 3 2 1 COOLER FREEZER FREEZER OR COOLER WALL 177 STONHARD OVERLAYMENT INSULTATED FREEZER FLOOR SLAB RESINOUS FLOOR SYSTEM RE: E i N ,A E N M -" -4'- ... - . •,• .d.. - I • A• •'` -♦, yn ,qa _ a_• - •' d- - . n '_ V- -• -•• . ..-A '•�_- -... - - '• _ - a .`♦�.-_, a •`e' •d. . • ;•- _ _ • '-i , -. _••••• ♦.• 2 = .. . - ° - a _d.. `J _ . -: d', ° .J -". - . . _ -2 y.. ., :"a. - _ -, - - ` _ • ,d- _ Z. _ . - - - ,- - .d - , _ .-G . COOLER/FREEZER SCREED * E26" COOLER/FREEZER SCREED El = 1'-0" 6" = 1'-0" NOTES: INSTALLER TO ENSURE FLOOR COATING IS FLUSH WITH MATING INTERIOR SHEATHING = INTERIOR FINISH - SURFACE RE: WALL TYPE SCHEDULE RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. INTERIOR SHEATHING - RESINOUS FLOORING NOT TO BRIDGE INTERIOR FINISH RE: FINISH SCHEDULE COOLER RE: WALL TYPE SCHEDULE% THERMAL BREAK 1 1/2" N COORDINATE THERMAL BREAK METAL STUD FRAMING W REQUIREMENT AND LOCATION WITH _ - - , . . . e . ; . - _ , RE: WALL TYPE SCHEDULE []" COOLER WALL - _ d FREEZER MFR. REQUIREMENTS '. •_• % ;. :.' : , • • %- a' . -•♦., ' , ' , .a '`- •; •_ _ ,- .A •.- -_ ° a 4 - • Q W - _ • d _ .. - .. ,.w . a. 'd" •.•� ,_ d�` ."e,' SEALANT m V -� ; •_ate e( ,- :: . , •.. t-` : WHERE INTERIOR FINISH IS Z w I inMETAL STUDS o . d', RESINOUS '°,-' - � .• ' ' -'" :- ', �: . ' FRP, TILE BASE TO OVERLAP w- -iL 9g � RESINOUS FLOOR Q . w RE: FLOOR PLAN O = - - d• ,-' , ,, °:, ,:. ; ; ,_ _ • '; . a• . _. A FLOOR .; - •' a _ - x. ' FRP 1/4 m v ` , • .1 • ♦, d,- ,; . a - .e 1d - - U SYSTEM H to SYSTEM .. , . _. A-' ' FOR REQUIRED - - Q w. a CONCRETE SLAB a �' _ ` •I + ; ° ,q,, •�� .a;: > ' •,,•a 'a._ D LOCATIONS RE: STRUCTURAL ''.' a_' •:d 1- •'' a• D ILL bAJL - � .. , V J - > ♦ ., ° . • : a^ '< _ `.. d ',', RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 1. - -' o . ' Q �' �� .� '' - •: ' ' 2X REDWOOD • •' , d - „_ ' ' _ • N RESINOUS FLOORING SYSTEM - a • _ , . �'• +' ; : • ~• TILE FLOORING 11 =: e d ti'_• E - THERMAL BREAK , ; _•. :. ; ;'•: ; .:. ': Id RE: FINISH SCHEDULE'll tii W- - !t^(1NT _t -., ,;, .'. �._ , d'; - , .'`, : ...- 5" CONCRETE SLAB �' '' A • ' , IN FREEZER , ♦ . : b•; ,:d: '. ° d �• A, , ,�� •d - - • _ - _ w - _ - ♦a• • • • 4 ♦ •t d _ ,d - - �' - ', •- "_ . - . '�� '< _ _ - - ' _ �' 4" EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE _% . _ , .' ° .. 4 ; - , - '. ' v' �� INSULATION BY OTHERS _ , b : , A. .. . _a•' . � � � z - - . : �a - ' I , ­ - / � r::rl: r � . , � -A, D33"DETAIL AT COOLER SCREED = 1'-0" WALL BASE DETAIL@ BACK OF HOUSE. D23" D CONCRETE FLOOR TRANSITION AT FREEZER = 1'-0" 6" = 1'-0" INTERIOR SHEATHING, k', ---.." ­s_"�',� � �� _ �'­ , , � � �' I, 1. OFFICE MULTI -PURPOSE RE: WALL TYPE SCHEDULE METAL FRAMING JAMB WIDTH I I, ry v r RE: WALL TYPE SCHEDULE COOLER INTERIOR FINISH TO BE w .. �' r INSTALLED PRIOR TO __ , p ° � COOLER WALL RESINOUS FLOORING - Q ;;w RE: FINISH SCHEDULE m' U STONHARD OVERLAYMENT / STONFLEX MP7 STONHARD OVERLAYMENT • r- . ; d ..._ ;t -; r. _ a' •' e -4 •d • °°' - > a ;" ° �` '' . "•''d ' .. . - :• - . , - ;° a' a w <a RESINOUS FLOOR `•. -* ' •. ;. d, a _ ' e ! , v' • t .., „• ` : , . .- • ° - - .. , •' a a = .° r' w � , SYSTEM f = ;' �; .e _- e , a _ _ , - d ,= _ ^ _ .. ` C d • '4' a . •_ ' 'I, a • Q - °, a, a .,, GO i ,' - , r .' ♦.A _d-° ' - . A i• � .t ; •,' ,. _ a' - • :. , - , ... -' ,a, - F` '•; -. - CONCRETE SLAB 1�. RADIUS COVE w' _' -`O _ tii _ RESINOUS FLOOR v i.I .. . - _ e 3 '"-.� - _ . :`> d•' . a, `_ •. �' ; ' _ �, ;' , - : 1.' a. _ � .:- , -.a ♦_ -: t .a _ - • -Q • is ., ` . +1_._,; ; °e, i 11 a` a . : r . _ . • a .• > .-: `a, , " �' `' MARBLE THRESHOLD SYSTEM 0 •' _ d •;d ; e : : ' •' , . ', ,'a . , .• '°-; ,a . , ; U �' '- �• `a' .`' - ..' _ ' ° '• 40". �] (BLACK OR WHITE ARE , .. . • - . , _; - ACCEPTABLE) JOINT ROUTED OUT , a • ; ' �' : , , a,, _ a• • • d ,. AND PRE -FILLED RESINOUS FLOOR _ a , `, , " a '° . - � - - - •-, WITH MORTAR SYSTEM ' , " , '' �` a ' + - •'-.. -. -- - , d - , - a ` --- . , a _ ... - a, • , a d • • _ _ .•' a '- _ ,, . . . -' , a -,a d'-� - a' � .i - ,: •�. < _ ,. 1 - - INTERIOR THRESHOLD @ OFFICE DOOR C 4 3" = DETAIL AT COOLER SCREED AND RESINOUS FLOOR C33" = NON-MOVING CRACK DETAIL C26" CONTROL JOINT DETAIL C 1'-0" 1'-0" = 1'-01, 6" = 1'-0" NOTE: NOTE: D=W/2, WHERE D IS THE DEPTH OF THE JOINT AFTER BACKER ROD PLACEMENT CLEAN OUT DRAIN STONHARD SET 1/8" TO 1/4" OVERLAYMENT AT NOTE: INSTALLER TO ENSURE FLOOR DOOR MANUFACTURER TO COATING IS FLUSH WITH INSTALLER TO ENSURE FLOOR COATING IS FLUSH WITH MATING SURFACE ABOVE STONHARD NOMINAL 1/4" SLOPED PROVIDED THRESHOLD AND W IS THE JOINT WIDTH FLOOR FINISH UP TO DRAIN EDGE MATING SURFACE RE: DOOR HARDWARE FLOOR TILE SCHEDULE RESINOUS STONFLEX MP7 RESINOUS 1 1/2"1.4 CONCRETE FLOOR 1 1/2" le STONHARD POLYEHYLENE _ FLOOR SYSTEM CONCRETE OVERLAYMENT BACKER ROD >.; ---- -, • - ' .' °� •, ".'.. • -- '; - , •',-. _' ' SYSTEM , It y _ •_ B.Z" - • e '•d - _ •'! - °-• } . u. '.. •., .ice - -' i° •` ', .. -,. �._ _ -. • _,e'• , ''d,♦ •, �' •. - •• ,'� _ !•4••.', bj.. •a - - - ,NTa ••'- °,dam _ , n - .. a.♦. .'' a . a _ : • • '.- a" • - •- .,, ,d ° __ _ �' _ - `d, ' . : _ 4 ' : : , ' t • .d • . " ^ • •- a .d,' • a. '• ., 1. ,d _ .q • •-, - ,d• - •• _ •- ° ♦ -a• . •- . ,' ",' L 'd- - - - - 4 w G• - - a• - - •_ •'• - >`• • _ '-•- . ~ s • a • e- '�• ,. - . ° °- . :.1- •'''. - - d - ."♦•' '_ °.•' - '-6 ' :, .-d s _ ^- -• j' fir• ;a''. ,.d" _ - _ _ ♦.� �:.-. -,, , dam:' ., - a- ♦ a • _.- .- d'' •`4 .♦. a 4 -d a' ,� _ - - _.-. ..a °,, r: - lr � -, t ., A,' 1, ,•�, r_ - _, " • b J ee .. •A: :,',, . "a• < ♦4 _ •r� _ i - ♦_•. -Ad - •' Qi;` :� , - ♦ _•.. _ _4A . ti • _ _4 _ ,- . — _..- •! - .,� •. _ .y . d d•.. '. a_'" : _ _ • a - - • ' . .._ 21, �r _.. _ - _ ° r., -e: a - . -, . � A .. I EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL B46"9 CLEAN OUT DETAIL B36" CONCRETE FLOOR TRANSITION B26" B 1 TILE FLOOR TRANSITION = 1'-0" = 1'-0" = 1'-00, 6" = 1'-0" WALK-IN DOOR FLAT BOTTOM WALLS I Ill 2"X6" REDWOOD - THERMAL BREAK AROUND THE ill ERS) PERIMETER AND DIVIDING WALLS (BY OTHlf - RESINOUS URETHANE FLOOR 6 MIL. VAPOR BARRIER TAPE ALL JOINTS STONHARD OVERLAYMENT STONHARD 5" REINFORCED CONCRETE SLAB RESINOUS RESINOUS RE: MEMBRANE OVERLAYMENT 4" EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE INSULATION CHISELED FLOOR FLOOR BY OTHERS CHISELED CHASE CHASE D1 CONCRETE SUB FLOOR D1 N MoL N � , ' _ - , �- A-623 STONE BASE A-623 - _ • • i •• - a '_ p p '4,- .`, ; , _ RE: STRUCTURE - b yd - 4 _ d . • '♦, . '�, ..._� ♦ �. - ,t 4s • ,d •f -' , ;♦ , i - - - � . . ._ „., •d .- .'d_ d` - . d _ - - •-, 'L/� - /• •.a .•- ,. il.'4]' ',] -• •;d•. '• ♦, , ' • -•., A -�Ln - : - ♦wa '. �- -' ,d, d,•' . �• . :A - -'• " . .. - + - d - '.• a ♦ _ _, .-•' - a. , - i . - e a, ' _ - . a • °, - �'.. - mod,. ! . ' a,tl •• .Z• sf _ • r, ••` 'Lii ' - - i - e' 'a• -a, ,•d Q,' - .~ •. tr "C, _ - -. . 4. -1. _..-. _ _ _ - d- _ ,♦ t-` _ _4'_ ,t,, ;' 'i, _ - ,!r •.• .• d'• , - -•4 ; • a -a -, - , a . ''d'• ° •°, ::; ,.. ._ � d♦' s._ .• , A4 FLOOR DRAIN ABOVE GRADE/MEMBRANE A36"FLOOR DRAIN All INSULATED FREEZER FLOOR SECTION 1 /2 = 1 6= 1'-0 = 1 -0 -0 4 1 3 1 2 1 1 C-Q C C) 0 I0 va P0 Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 2 di CCR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIORS Y A BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: V2 20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 17013 PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 I DRAWN BY Author Information contained on this drawing and in all digital fees produced for above named project may not be reproduced in 2 any manner without express written or vertu consent from authored project representatives. W SHEET INTERIOR DETAILS - BOH Q. FLOORING SHEET NUMBER A=623 I I 4 3 2 1 CEILING 10'-4" E 11 ELEVATION - RESTROOM VESTIBULE 1/2" = V-0" FBI CEILING 10'4" C 1'-6 1/2" 1 � 1 I �1 17'-3 1/2" 1'-2 1/2"4 3/4" 3'-4" 6'-2112" 2'-10" 3'-0" V-6 /8" R.O. 903 906 906 I 0 0 660 0 0 0 O 911 2'-7" 6'-0" CLR 206 N 0 N 1'-4 3/4" 1'-11 1/8" LO 910 206 CLOSET it) 205 54 ii M 6'-1 1/2" 903 3'-0" 8�U ti `" CLR CLR 91 7 A-701 6 RR VEST 5 MENS N N I 31 L? O `r 0 12 ZD co r _ 9 A-701 1 N 12 ELEVATION - RESTROOM VESTIBULE ELEVATION -RESTROOM VESTIBULE 1/2" = V-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" CEILING 10'-0" 0 I 0- Q) N I O "T O IT O C� {ppp 1p 9 V p 1=P p_J C J 3 < 01 Of W UJ __J ILL W Q_ (D Ll I u> _C B°- Q_ 1011 CD O ® "! - • �I � O LL - � t M N Ci 2EFn O FN­ T-71 — - -- T/ SLAB 0° ? SCALD SCREEN BY CFX 7" FROM EDGE 8 ELEVATION - MEN'S RESTROOM TYP BOTH SIDES 1/2" = 1'-0" CEILING 10'-0" 6 ELEVATION - MEN'S RESTROOM 1/2" = 1'-0" 3 ELEVATION - WOMEN'S RESTROOM 0 - - 905 905 910 r1� ENLARGED RESTROOM PLAN 1/2" = V-0" CEILING 10'-4" CEILING 10'-0" D1 TOP COURSE T 58 T-58 T-71 T/ SLAB 0" A3 A 620 a } w U) O U w J I let 0 e o IN- C4 A-620 7 ELEVATION - MEN'S RESTROOM 1/2" = 1'-0" 5 ELEVATION - MEN'S RESTROOM 1/2" = 1'-0" CEILING 10'-0" E 8'-0 7/8" 65 3/4" 2'-0 1/2" V-4 5/8" 3'-4" If R.O. R.O. FFI 6'-8 1 /4" V-7" 3'-0 1/2" 903 903 I I 904 904 i I ;; d � 910 910 U 3'-0" CLR. TYP 4 1 A-701 3 WOMENS 2 6'-0" L -- 205 206 0 0—f 206 0 0 660 7'-T' 906 T-0", 906/ TOILET ACCESSORIES SCHEDULE DESCRIPTION QTY I MANUF'R FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY MODEL # 202 TRASH RECEPTACLE 2 RUBBERMAID GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR RE: K-SHEETS 205 HAND SANITIZER 2 ECO LAB GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR 92021189 206 SOAP DISPENSER 4 ECO LAB GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR 92021189 240 BABY CHANGING STATION 2 RUBBERMAID OWNER EQUIPMENT INSTALLER FG781888 660 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER 2 SAN JAMAR OWNER GENERAL CONTRACTOR T1490TBK 903 TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER 6 A GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR 0477-SM 904 SANITARY RECEPTACLE 3 RUBBERMAID OWNER GENERAL CONTRACTOR 6140 905 GRAB BAR (HORIZ. & VERT.) 4 ASI GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR 3201-18, 3201-36, 3201-42 906 MIRROR 4 REF NATIONAL ACCOUNTS SCHEDULE MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER REHAU MIRROR 910 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER 5 SAN JAMAR OWNER GENERAL CONTRACTOR R309OTBK 911 TOILET PARTITION/URINAL SCREEN 6 REF NATIONAL ACCOUNTS SCHEDULE GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR SEE NOTE #2 CEILING 10'-0" SE 4 ELEVATION - WOMEN'S RESTROOM 1/2" = 1 '-0" BLOCKING AT VANITIES BY CFX 2 ELEVATION - WOMEN'S RESTROOM 1/2" = 1'-0" CEILING 10'-0" 911 240 5-8 3/4" 0 I -- - 905 �r'i v 0 903 910 I F �904 6'-1 1/2 CLR V-6 1/2" GENERAL RESTROOM NOTES 1. ALL UNDER COUNTER PIPING TO BE PROTECTED FROM CONTACT. PROVIDE AND INSTALL INSULATION AT HOT WATER SUPPLY AND DRAIN PIPES, ENSURE THAT ALL OTHER SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES ARE PROPERLY COVERED OR MADE SMOOTH. 2. UREA -FREE PHENOLIC TO MATCH PL-40 (RE: A-211 - FINISH SCHEDULE) AND TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY GC. REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 3. OPERATOR TO PURCHASE SMALL WASTE RECEPTACLE FOR WOMEN'S STALLS FOR SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL. 4. CEMENTITIOUS BOARD BEHIND ALL WALL TILE & TO FULL HEIGHT OF TILE. 5. BABY CHANGING STATION - VERIFY PULL DOWN HANDLE TO BE 48" MAXIMUM. OPEN TABLE HEIGHT TO BE BETWEEN 28" - 34". 6. COORDINATE PROPER MIRROR AND VANITY BLOCKING LOCATIONS WITH VENDOR SHOP DRAWINGS. 7. REFER TO G-002 ACCESSIBILITY SHEET FOR TYP MOUNTING DIMENSIONS AND MFR DRAWINGS FOR BLOCKING LOCATIONS. 8. DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FACE OF STUD TO FACE OF STUD (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED). 9. ALL ADA STALL DOORS TO BE SELF -CLOSING WITH PULLS ON BOTH SIDES. ALL COAT HOOKS ON STALL DOORS TO BE MOUNTED 48" AFF MAX. 10. SEE A-201 FLOOR PLAN FOR LOCATIONS OF HAND SANITIZERS AT PLAY ROOM AS APPLICABLE. 1 ELEVATION - WOMEN'S RESTROOM 1/2" = V-0" CEILING 10'-0" LO E oOO� I ° D a 0 a 0 o (D o O o O Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 i� ao SE CEILING 10'-0" ■ Ad n , D R ARCHITECTURE & INTERIORS L 0 ARSE Q J� Um J > LO eM 1 � j LL Q J m V� J= = Q� =a �a V LU tiN FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2 20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 17013 A PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 H DRAWN BY Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET RESTROOM PLAN AND a ELEVATIONS SHEET NUMBER A=701 4 3 2 1 4 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE YKK SUPPLIER QTY. ITEM MANUFACTURER MODEL NUMBER SET #01 - ENTRY (PAIR) YKK OR KAWNEER 2 PANIC PULL YKK H1541 YKK OR KAWNEER 1 SET EXIT DEVICE YKK P52497 YKK OR KAWNEER 1 RIM CYLINDER SARGENT P42741 YKK OR KAWNEER 2 CLOSER YKK H6104 YKK OR KAWNEER 2 CONTINUOUS HINGE YKK H20100 YKK OR KAWNEER 1 THRESHOLD YKK E90449 E YKK OR KAWNEER 2 DOOR SWEEP YKK H7107 SET #02 - VESTIBULE (SINGLE) YKK OR KAWNEER 1 PUSH / PULL YKK H1141 YKK OR KAWNEER 1 DOOR CLOSER LCN CLOSERS H6104 YKK OR KAWNEER 1 SET O/S PIVOTS YKK #H21011H/H2102LH YKK OR KAWNEER 1 FLOOR STOP ROCKWOOD P71203626 SET #03 - DINING ENTRY (SINGLE) YKK OR KAWNEER 1 PULL YKK H1541 YKK OR KAWNEER 1 EXIT DEVICE YKK P54453 YKK OR KAWNEER 1 DOOR CLOSER LCN CLOSERS H6104 YKK OR KAWNEER 1 CONTINUOUS HINGE YKK H2O100 YKK OR KAWNEER 1 THRESHOLD YKK E90449 YKK OR KAWNEER 1 RIM CYLINDER SARGENT P42741 YKK OR KAWNEER 1 DOOR SWEEP YKK H7107 YKK OR KAWNEER 1 FLOOR STOP ROCKWOOD P71203626 SET #04 - PLAYROOM YKK OR KAWNEER 1 DOOR CLOSER LCN CLOSERS 4040 YKK OR KAWNEER 1 TOE GUARD NATIONAL GUARD 14RDKB - 1 3/4 YKK OR KAWNEER 1 DOOR PUSH ROCKWOOD TBF159 YKK OR KAWNEER 1 DOOR PULL ROCKWOOD T118BTB D YKK OR KAWNEER 1 FINGER GUARD DORMAKABA H7104 YKK OR KAWNEER 1 HINGE HAGER 780-113HD SET #05 - DINING EXIT -ONLY (SINGLE) YKK OR KAWNEER 1 EXIT DEVICE YKK P54453 YKK OR KAWNEER 1 DOOR CLOSER LCN CLOSERS H6104 YKK OR KAWNEER 1 CONTINUOUS HINGE YKK H20100 YKK OR KAWNEER 1 THRESHOLD YKK E90449 YKK OR KAWNEER 1 RIM CYLINDER SARGENT P42741 YKK OR KAWNEER 1 DOOR SWEEP YKK H7107 YKK OR KAWNEER 1 FLOOR STOP ROCKWOOD P71203626 SET #06 -VESTIBULE (PAIR) YKK OR KAWNEER 2 DOOR PUSH / PULL YKK H1141 YKK OR KAWNEER 2 DOOR CLOSER LCN CLOSERS H6104 YKK OR KAWNEER 2 SETS O/S PIVOTS YKK H2101RH/ H2102LH - YKK OR KAWNEER 2 FLOOR STOP ROCKWOOD P71203626 SET #08 - MULTIPURPOSE LOCKNET OR DH PACE 3 STANDARD HINGE MCKINNEY TA2314 4-1/2" X 4-1/2" (NRP) US32D LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 KEYPAD CYLINDRICAL LOCK SARGENT 21 28-KP10G77 LL US26D MK LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 DOOR CLOSER SARGENT 351 CPSH EN - LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 KICK PLATE ROCKWOOD K1050 36"h X 34"w US32D 4BE LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 WALL DOOR STOP ROCKWOOD 403 US26D LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 WEATHER STRIPPING PEMKO S88 D17 SET #09 - OFFICE LOCKNET OR DH PACE 3 STANDARD HINGE MCKINNEY TA2714 4-1/2" X 4-112" (NRP) X US26D LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 DOOR CLOSER SARGENT 351 CPSH EN LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 KICK PLATE ROCKWOOD K1050 36"h X 34"w US32D 4BE LOCKNET OR DH PACE 3 SILENCER ROCKWOOD 608 LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 WALL DOOR STOP ROCKWOOD 403 US26D LOCKNET OR DH PACE KEYPAD CYLINDRICAL LOCK SARGENT 21 28-KP10G77 LL US26D MK SET #11 - KITCHEN ELIASON 2 DOOR PULL HAGER COMPANIES 6" ALLUM (US32D) MODEL 3E SET #13 - EXTERIOR STORAGE LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 PIANO HINGE PEMKO CMF83 HD X ALUM.X TEK LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 LOCKNET SARGENT 28-1160-101304 LL US26D MK LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 LOCK GUARD ROCKWOOD 321 X US32D LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 THRESHOLD PEMKO 171A LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 DOOR SWEEP PEMKO 315CN (TKSP8) C LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 SET WEATHER STRIPPING PEMKO 303AS (TKSP8) LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 DRIP TOP SWEEP PEMKO 346C (TKSP8) LOCKNET OR DH PACE 3 DOOR SILENCER ROCKWOOD 608 LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 DOOR CLOSER SARGENT 351 CPSH EN LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 KICK PLATE ROCKWOOD K1050 36"h X 34"w US32D 4BE or K1050 36"h X 38"w US32D 4BE SET #17 - CLOSET LOCKNET OR DH PACE 3 STANDARD HINGE MCKINNEY TA2714 4-1/2" X 4-1/2" (NRP) X US26D LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 DOOR CLOSER SARGENT 351 CPSH EN LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 KICK PLATE ROCKWOOD K1050 8"h X 36"w US32D 4BE LOCKNET OR DH PACE 3 SILENCER ROCKWOOD 608 LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 WALL DOOR STOP ROCKWOOD 403 US26D LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 LOCKSET SARGENT 28 60-10G05 LL X US26D SET #18 - RESTROOM (MULTI -OCCUPANT) LOCKNET OR DH PACE 3 STANDARD HINGE MCKINNEY TA2714 4-1/2" X 4-1/2" (NRP) X US26D LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 PUSH PLATE ROCKWOOD 70E US32DMS LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 DOOR CLOSER SARGENT (Inswing: 351 H)(Outswing: 351 CPSH) LOCKNET OR DH PACE 3 SILENCERS ROCKWOOD 608 LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 KICK PLATE ROCKWOOD K1050 8"h X 36"w US32D 4BE - PUSH SIDE B .,� b <I NI 0 0 LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 WALL STOP ROCKWOOD 403 US26D LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 TRIMCO PULL BAR (IF DOOR SWINGS INSIDE RR) TRIMCO PART 1135 BRUSHED STAINLESS LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 PULL PLATE (IF DOOR SWINGS OUTSIDE RR) ROCKWOOD BF110 X 70C US32DMS TYPE 1 SET #20 - RESTROOM (SINGLE -OCCUPANT) LOCKNET OR DH PACE 3 STANDARD HINGE MCKINNEY TA2714 4-1/2" X 4-1/2" (NRP) X US26D LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 DOOR CLOSER SARGENT (Inswing: 351H)(Outswing: 351 CPSH) LOCKNET OR DH PACE 3 DOOR SILENCER ROCKWOOD 608 LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 KICK PLATE ROCKWOOD K1050 8"h X 36"w US32D 4BE - PUSH SIDE LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 WALL STOP ROCKWOOD 403 US26D LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 LOCKSET DORMA M9048 LRB PRIVACY X WITH DUAL INDICATORS 626 SET #21 - ENTRY (KEYCARD) YKK OR KAWNEER 1 PULL YKK H1541 YKK OR KAWNEER 1 EXIT DEVICE YKK P54453 YKK OR KAWNEER 1 DOOR CLOSER LCN CLOSERS H6104 YKK OR KAWNEER 1 CONTINUOUS HINGE YKK H2O100 YKK OR KAWNEER 1 THRESHOLD YKK E90449 YKK OR KAWNEER 1 RIM CYLINDER SARGENT P42741 YKK OR KAWNEER 1 DOOR SWEEP YKK H7107 YKK OR KAWNEER 1 FLOOR STOP ROCKWOOD P71203626 ! LLI co 0 U) ICI co YKK OR KAWNEER 1 ELECTRIC STRIKE HES 9400 SET #22 - EXTERIOR STORAGE (FLORIDA) LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 PIANO HINGE MCKINNEY MCK-12HD 83" CLEAR FMK-CL LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 LOCKSET SARGENT 60-LB-8251-LL-US26D STORM MORTISE LOCK W/ DBOLT N LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 LOCK GUARD ROCKWOOD 321 X US32D enl LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 THRESHOLD PEMKO 2005AT 40" THRESHOLD LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 DOOR SWEEP PEMKO 315 CN 40" NEOPRENE z LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 SET WEATHER STRIPPING PEMKO 303AS-42" X 84" LU val d A a ° �I CIq <�o 0 CO CO LL 0 C) _ N 'It C:)0 co c� co E LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 DRIP TOP SWEEP PEMKO 40" (346C40) LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 CLOSER SARGENT 351 CPSH EN LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 KICK PLATE ROCKWOOD K1050 36"h X 34"w US32D 4BE LOCKNET OR DH PACE 1 LOUVER PEMKO LV-WSG 12" X 12" WINDSTORM RATED KAWNEER MANUFACTURER MODELNUMBER KAWNEER 137730 DOWFALCON 1690 SARGENT #63-41-101 LCN 4041 SMC HAGER 050820-40 KAWNEER 037869 KAWNEER 200798 KAWNEER 137703 LCN CLOSERS #4041 KAWNEER 050322, 050326 (RH) ROCKWOOD 483X-US32D KAWNEER 137730 DOM/FALCON _ 1790 LCN CLOSERS #4041 HAGER 050820-40 KAWNEER 037862 SARGENT # 63-34 KAWNEER 200795 ROCKWOOD 483X-US32D LCN CLOSERS 4040 NATIONAL GUARD 14RKB X 36" BURNS 422 BURNS 39SP KAWNEER 038365 SELECT I SL71 DOWFALCON 1790 LCN CLOSERS #4041 HAGER 050820-40 KAWNEER 037862 SARGENT #63-34 KAWNEER 200795 ROCKWOOD 483X-US32D KAWNEER 137703 LCN CLOSERS #4041 KAWNEER 050322, 050323, 035506 ROCKWOOD 483X US32D KAWNEER 137730 DOWFALCON 1790 LCN CLOSERS #4041 HAGER 050820-40 KAWNEER 037862 SARGENT #63-34 KAWNEER 200795 ROCKWOOD 483X-US32D HES 7089 3 2 ( 1 DOOR SCHEDULE DOOR NUMBER DESCRIPTION DOOR FRAME REMARKS SIZE IDOOR TYPE MATERIAL _T FINISH HARDWARE MATERIAL FINISH HEIGHT WIDTH THICK 31 RESTROOM 6'-8" V-0" 1 5/8" 1 S.C. WOOD PL-40 SET #18 HOLLOW METAL PT-35 UREA FREE. ADJUST THICKNESS TO ACCEPT LAMINATE. 51 DRIVE THRU 7'-0" 3'-l" 1 3/4" 6 ALUMINUM W FROSTED GLASS DARK BRONZE SET #21 ALUMINUM DARK BRONZE ADJUST CLOSER TO OPEN 95 DEGREES, MAX. REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR HEAD/JAMB DETAILS 52 RESTROOM 6'-8" T-0" 1 5/8" 1 S.C. WOOD PL-40 SET #18 HOLLOW METAL PT-35 UREA FREE. ADJUST THICKNESS TO ACCEPT LAMINATE. 54 CLOSET 6'-8" T-0" 1 5/8" 1 S.C. WOOD PL-40 SET #17 HOLLOW METAL PT-35 UREA FREE. ADJUST THICKNESS TO ACCEPT LAMINATE. 65 OFFICE 6'-8" 3'-0" 1 3/4" 2 INSULATED METAL PT-35 SET #09 HOLLOW METAL PT-17 PROVIDE KICK PLATE ON KITCHEN SIDE. PROVIDE HOLD -OPEN ON CLOSER. PROVIDE KEYPAD. 67 DINING EXIT 7'-0" T-0" 1 3/4" 6 ALUMINUM W GLASS DARK BRONZE SET #03 ALUMINUM DARK BRONZE ADJUST CLOSER TO OPEN 95 DEGREES, MAX. REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR HEADMAMB DETAILS 68 SERVICE 6'-8" 4'-0" 0" 7 FL -A HOLLOW METAL PT-35 74 ENTRY (PAIR) 7'-0" 6'-l" 1 3/4" 6 ALUMINUM W GLASS DARK BRONZE SET #01 ALUMINUM DARK BRONZE ADJUST CLOSER TO OPEN 95 DEGREES, MAX. REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR HEAD/JAMB DETAILS 75 MOBILE ENTRY 7'-0" X-0" 1 3/4" 6 ALUMINUM W GLASS DARK BRONZE SET #03 ALUMINUM DARK BRONZE ADJUST CLOSER TO OPEN 95 DEGREES, MAX. REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR HEADMAMB DETAILS 77 Automatic Sliding Door System 7'-8 1/4" T-0 1/2" 109 LOADING 7'-0" 4'-0" 1 3/4" 3 SEE ZIGMAN PRODUCTS PACKAGE SEE ZIGMAN PRODUCTS PACKAGE (none) SEE ZIGMAN PRODUCTS PACKAGE PT-113 CONTACT ZIGMAN PRODUCTS CO FOR COMPLETE FRP DOOR ASSEMBLY PACKAGE. (888)-584-1303. PANIC HARDWARE ON INSIDE AND KEY ACCESS ON OUTSIDE. PROVIDE 34" x 44" KICK PLATE ON KITCHEN SIDE. PROVIDE 34" x 46" KICK PLATE ON SERVICE YARD SIDE. PROVIDE ELECTRONIC STRIKE. SIMILAR THRESHOLD STOREFRONT DOORS. 111 RESTROOM VESTIBULE 6'-8" T-0" 1 3/4" 1 S.C. WOOD PL-40 SET #08 HOLLOW METAL PT-17 UREA FREE. ADJUST THICKNESS TO ACCEPT LAMINATE. 115 VESTIBULE 7'-0" T-0" 11 3/4" 16 ALUMINUM W GLASS DARK BRONZE SET #02 1ALUMINUM DARK BRONZE NO LOCKING DEVICE. ADJUST CLOSER TO OPEN 95 DEGREES, MAX 118 VESTIBULE 7'-0" 3'-0" 11 3/4" 16 ALUMINUM W GLASS I DARK BRONZE 1SET#02 JALUMINUM JDARKBRONZE NO LOCKING DEVICE. ADJUST CLOSER TO OPEN 95 DEGREES, MAX. FLORIDA STOREFRONT DOOR HARDWARE NOTES 1. GC IS REQUIRED TO SEND ENGINEER SIGNED AND SEALED STOREFRONT SUBMITTAL FOR ARCHITECTS REVIEW AS NOTED IN THE SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE ON 'G' SHEET. THIS SUBMITTAL SHALL INCLUDE STOREFRONT DOOR HARDWARE. 2. AT PROTOTYPICAL CFA STOREFRONT DOOR HARDWARE MARKED WITH 'X' ON THIS SHEET, GC SHALL SUBSTITUTE HARDWARE COMPLIANT WITH FLORIDA BUILDING CODE AND WITH FLORIDA PRODUCT APPROVAL OR NOAs AS NOTED IN FLORIDA APPROVAL MATRIX ON 'G' SHEET. 3. HARDWARE REQUIRED ON STOREFRONT DOORS VARIES ACCORDING TO PRESSURES. HARDWARE SHALL BE AS SIMILAR AS POSSIBLE TO STOREFRONT HARDWARE MARKED WITH 'X' ON THIS SHEET WHILE STILL MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF FLORIDA PRODUCT APPROVAL OR NOA SHOWN ON 'G' SHEET. 4. WATER INFILTRATION HARDWARE IS REQUIRED AT STOREFRONT DOORS IN HVHZs. ONLY YKK THRESHOLD RAMPS ARE ALLOWED AT THESE LOCATIONS, THEREFORE ONLY YKK STOREFRONT WILL BE ALLOWED IN HVHZs. FLORIDA DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE - NON HVHZ SUPPLIER QTY ITEM MANUFACTURER MODEL NUMBER SET #FL -A ZIGMAN SALES & INSTALLATIONS (ZSI) 1 CONTINUOUS HINGE SELECT PRODUCTS SL-11 HD 1 EXIT DEVICE VON DUPRIN 9975 MORTISE 2 SURFACE BOLTS IVES SB360 STORM BOLTS 1 RECESSED PULL SPECIAL LITE SL-86 1 RIM CYLINDER SARGENT 112 32D 1 DOOR CLOSER SARGENT 351-TB-CPSH 1 DOOR STOP ROCKWOOD 465.26D HOCKEY PUCK 1 KICKPLATE SPECIAL-LITE 46" X 34" STAINLESS STEEL 1 THRESHOLD ZERO INTL 561 1 DOOR SWEEP SPECIAL-LITE 20ON X 48" 1 DOOR FRAME SPECIAL-LITE 2X6 ALUMINUM 1 LITE KIT SPECIAL-LITE 10x20" 6/16" THICK STORM GLASS 1 ELECTRONIC STRIKE HES/ASSAABLOY HES1006CS TYPE 1 DOOR TYPES N.T.S. PROVIDE 4" HEAD WHERE CALLED FOR IN SCHEDULE KICKPLATE CENTERED ON DOOR (REF HARDWARE SCHED FOR SIZE) D4 o � D4 A-621 GI KICKPLATE \ CENTERED ON a gQ < \ DOOR (REF W \ HARDWARE o_ SCHED FOR SIZE) TYPE 2 EO 1n" EO TYPE 3 ONE WAY GLASS ON INTERIOR SIDE EXIT DEVICE ON INTERIOR SIDE 0i CC KICKPLATE CENTERED ON DOOR, BOTH SIDES (REF DOOR SCHEDULE FOR SIZE) y Q Mw a TYPE 4 PLEXIGLASS VIEW PANEL TYPE 5 PROVIDE 4" HEAD WHERE CALLED FOR IN SCHEDULE I PLAY c FRAME SHALL SPACE WELDED SLIP OVER TO FRAME r DRYWALL N N FV NAILING FLANGE VARIES VARIES 5 - 3/8" WELDED TO FRAME INTERIOR DOOR FRAME CASES OPENING REAR DOOR OF KITCHEN N (V d- N N rr 5 - 3/4" VARIES 6 - 3/4' EXTERIOR REFUSE EXTERIOR DOOR FRAME DOOR FRAME AT ENCLOSURE SERVICE YARD DOOR FRAME (HEAD) HOLLOW METAL FRAME PROFILES 1 1/2" = V-0" NOTES 1. ALL CONSTRUCTION AND FINAL CORES ARE TO BE ORDERED BY G.C. FROM THE DOOR/HARDWARE PROVIDER AS INDICATED IN THE NATIONAL ACCOUNTS SHEET. 2. ALL DOOR AND HARDWARE PURCHASED BY G.C. THROUGH SUPPLIERS AS INDICATED ABOVE. 3. CLOSERS TO BE ADJUSTED TO COMPLY WITH ADA OPERATING FORCE REQUIREMENTS OF 5 LBS MAX FOR ALL ADA & ANSI HINGED DOORS, INTERIOR DOORS HINGED WITH CLOSER. ENSURE DOOR TAKES 5 SECONDS MIN TO GO FROM 90 DEGREES TO 12 DEGREES FROM LATCH. 4. *NOT USED* 5. *NOT USED* 6. FOR WEATHERSTRIPPING, DRIP CAP, AND THRESHOLD SPECS NOTED ABOVE COORDINATE EXACT MODEL NUMBER WITH SIZE OF OPENING. 7. DRIP CAP REQUIRED AT ALL EXTERIOR DOORS, EXCLUDING ELECTRICAL ROOM, U.N.O. 8. NO SILENCERS REQUIRED AT EXTERIOR TRASH STORAGE ROOM DOOR. TYP PLAY PLAY TYPE 6 TYPE 7 TYP PLAY DOOR FRAME ONLY E O0 O o � 0 Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 F—,A A C i-\ Q um LLor - LL J >M � J =LL Q J m V>M J= =a o= a B V N �N BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2 20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 17013 A PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY Author Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without egress written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET DOOR, FRAME, AND a GLAZING SCHEDULES SHEET NUMBER A=801 4 1 3 1 2 G 4 3 P� i1.U]yl A-901 C01010 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS C01020 OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS C01030 ALTERNATE AND SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES C01040 COORDINATION C01050 FIELD ENGINEERING C01300 SUBMITTALS A-901.2 L01352 LEED REQUIREMENTS (IF APPLICABLE) L01524 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT (IF APPLICABLE) E A-902 C01410 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES - OWNER SUPPLIED C01510 TEMPORARY UTILITIES C01520 SECURITY C01530 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION & SIGNS C01570 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL C01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT C01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS CO2000 SITE WORK CO2300 SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION �7 A-903 WIil A-905 CO2361 TERMITE CONTROL CO2831 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES: SECURITY CO2920 LANDSCAPING C03300 CONCRETE FOOTING/SLAB ON GRADE (SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS) C04810 UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES C05000 STRUCTURAL STEEL AND MISCELLANEOUS STEEL (SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS) C05050 BASIC METAL MATERIALS AND METHODS C05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL (SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS) C05400 COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING (SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS) C05514 ALUMINUM LADDERS C06000 CARPENTRY (SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS) C06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY (SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS) C06170 PREFABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES (NON -PROTOTYPICAL) C06200 FINISH CARPENTRY C06410 SOLID NON -POROUS SHEET AND SHAPE PRODUCTS C07210 BUILDING INSULATION C07464 FIBER REINFORCED HYBRID (RAINSCREEN) SIDING (AS READ ON ARCH DWGS) C07530 THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING C07600 FLEXIBLE AND SHEET METAL FLASHING A-906 C07620 ROOF SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM C07720 ROOFTOP SUPPORT SYSTEMS C07740 ROOF HATCHES C07920 SEALANTS AND CAULKING C08110 STANDARD STEEL DOORS & FRAMES A-907 C08210 PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED DOORS C08320 FRP FLUSH DOORS C08306 ACCESS PANELS C08344 TRAFFIC DOORS C08411 ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS A-908 C08580 PASS -THRU WINDOWS C C08710 FINISH HARDWARE C08800 GLAZING > U ry >1 r- CL v N, o' IT CD IT - 0 �i Imo. 13�I co Z N I tp < A UL CLLI N � of [ 0 Cr? l ti? e 0 O - '�*- o Cq a Q Fn A-909 C09111 NON -LOAD BEARING STEEL FRAMING C09250 GYPSUM BOARD C09310 CERAMIC & GLASS TILE C09330 QUARRY TILE C09510 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS C09655 VINYL BASE C09770 REINFORCED WALL COVERINGS C09910 PAINTING C10155 PLASTIC LAMINATE TOILET COMPARTMENTS C10240 TREILLAGE (AS REQD ON ARCH DWGS) C10265 CORNER GUARDS A-911 C10420 IDENTIFYING SIGNAGE C10523 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS C10535 CANOPIES C10810 TOILET ACCESSORIES C12390 MILLWORK, CABINETRY AND COUNTERTOPS C12500 WINDOW TREATMENT C15000 MECHANICAL (SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS) C15100 PLUMBING (SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS) C16100 ELECTRICAL (SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS) END OF INDEX 1.2 A. 1.1 01 2.1 A. Q 3.1 A. 1.3 1.4 DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION - CO1010: WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PART I - GENERAL 1.1 INTENT OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS The Contractor shall complete all Work as provided for in Contract Documents including Drawings and Building Specifications. Anything mentioned in the Building Specification, supplemental reports, soil reports, environment reports, and not shown on the Drawings, or shown on the Drawings and not mentioned in the Building Specifications, shall be furnished and installed as if shown and mentioned 1.2 in both. The Contractor shall furnish all materials or labor required to complete Work shown on the Drawings and called out in the Building Specifications, to include labor and material requirements reasonably inferable therefrom as being necessary to complete the work, whether each and every single item necessary to completion is specified or detailed or not. 1.3 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK REQUIRED The organization of the Building Specifications into Divisions, Sections and Paragraphs and the arrangement of the Drawings are not intended to control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or to establish the limits and extent of work to be performed by a particular trade. The Contractor alone is responsible for the completion of the entire work as drawn and specified, complete 1.4 in place and in functional or operating conditions. The division of the Building Specifications into sections and paragraphs is for convenience only and not for the purpose of limiting or restricting the performance of any portion of the Work to any particular trade. PART II PRODUCTS Not used PART III EXECUTION Not used 1.5 END OF SECTION C01010 SECTION - C01020: OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS PART I - GENERAL OWNER'S RIGHT TO INSTALL ITEMS AND/OR EQUIPMENT PURCHASED UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACTS Owner retains the right to place and install, in coordination with Contractor's construction schedule, as many items and/or as much equipment as he may require during the progress of the Work, before completion of the various parts of the Work. This shall not in any way inhibit completion of the Work or any portion thereof, nor 1.6 shall it signify Owner's acceptance of the Work or any portion thereof. PART II - PRODUCTS CATEGORIES OF ITEMS By Owner: Items shown or noted as "B.O." or "By Owner" on the drawings and/or in the specifications shall be furnished by Owner to Contractor/subcontractor for installation by Contractor/subcontractor as part of the construction contract. SEE 1.7 RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. Contractor/subcontractor shall receive, to the extent of unloading at the job site as required, store and be responsible to the extent of carrying necessary insurance to cover items in case of theft, fire, loss, malicious damage and other miscellaneous damage. Included, but not inclusive, in this category are: Not In Contract (NIC): Items shown or noted "(NIC)" on the drawings and/or in the specifications shall be furnished and installed by Owner under separate contract. SEE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. 1.8 PART III - EXECUTION RECEIPT OF ITEMS During the course of construction, some deliveries of equipment and miscellaneous items will be made to the job site by common carrier. Contractor shall receive, unload, and inspect items for conformance to delivery ticket(s) and for damage. If during receipt any missing or damaged items are observed, Contractor shall: 1. Make notation of any and all discrepancies on the delivery ticket(s). 2. Call delivery carrier and advise him of the problem. 3. Call the Owner's Purchasing Contact and advise of any problems. END OF SECTION C01020 1.9 SECTION - CO1030: ALTERNATE AND SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PART I - GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. Section includes Alternates and Substitution Submittal Process ALTERNATE A. Acceptance: Alternates will be exercised at option of Owner. The contractors are required to use the specified materials. Alternate proposals for specified materials will not be received or reviewed. Exception: If there is a supply issue, contact the Owner immediately. B. Coordination: Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work as required to complete the Work, including changes under each Alternate, when acceptiance is designated in Owner -Contractor Agreement. SUBSTITUTION A. Acceptance: Substitution of material, article or method will be exercised at the option of the Owner. When material, article, or method is specified using name of 1.10 proprietary product manufacturer, vendor or method only that item will be allowed unless a "substitution" clause is provided in that section. 1. Cost for redesigns due to substituted items are the responsibly of the Contractor. B. Bidder represents the following in making their request for substitution(s). 1. Has personally investigated proposed product or method and determined it is equal in all respects that specified. 2. Will furnish same guarantee for substitution as for product or method specified. 3. Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into Work, making design and construction changes to complete Work in all respects following Contract requirements without additional cost to the Construction. C. Submittal: For substitutions that do not change design intent, submit three (3) copies of complete data set to permit complete analysis of proposed substitutions. 1.11 4. Identification including manufacturer name, address and web site 5. Manufacturer literature 6. Samples where appropriate 7. Data relating to impact on construction schedule by proposed substitution ALTERNATE PROPOSALS NONE PART II PRODUCTS Not used PART III EXECUTION 1.12 Not used END OF SECTION C01030 SECTION C01040 - COORDINATION PART IGENERAL GENERAL INFORMATION A. The mechanical and electrical drawings are a part of the Contract Documents and 1.13 shall be followed as closely as actual construction of the building and the work of the other trades will permit. B. All equipment and materials shall be installed according to the manufacturer's instructions. STANDARDS, LAWS AND ORDINANCES A. This work shall be done in strict accordance with the local building codes, National Fire Protection Association, ASTM, U/L, Inc. and other nationally recognized testing or trade association standards. PERMITS AND FEES A. Obtain and pay all permits, deposits, fees and inspections necessary for each trade's work. The Contractor shall be reimbursed for all non-refundable costs. B. Make arrangements for any required inspections by local or state authorities in a timely manner so as not to delay occupancy of the building. 1.14 ACCESS PANELS A. Where control or shut-off valves, heating coils or other equipment which will be required to be operated serviced or adjusted is installed above a non -removable ceiling system or behind furred walls, Mechanical or Electrical Subcontractors shall furnish and deliver access panels as required to the General Contractor. B. Access panels shall be large enough to make possible the servicing adjustment, 1.15 operation, removal and/or replacement of concealed equipment, but shall be at least 24" x 24" in ceilings and 16" x 24" in walls. C. Where required they shall be U/L, Inc. or FM (Factory Mutual) "B" labeled. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original sealed containers. 1. Labels legible and intact identifying brand name and contents. 2. Open containers so as not to destroy labels. B. Storage 1. Store materials inside vendor cover, stack flat or on edge as recommended by 1.16 2. Store materials in dry places, protect from leakage. 3. Do not overload floor system. C. Handling 1. Do not drag any material across other stored material. 2. Handle with care to avoid damage. 1.17 D. Specific requirements as applicable will appear in later Sections. A TEST BORINGS A. Test borings have been made at various locations within the construction area and the results of such borings are available for inspection at the office of the General Contractor. They are not part of the Contract Documents. Boring logs and reports are made available for information only, and the continuity of conditions represented therein are not guaranteed. All conclusions drawn by the Contractor 1.18 as to existing conditions shall be the result of his own investigations and studies. WEATHER CONDITIONS A. In the event of temporary suspension of work, during inclement weather, the Contractor shall, and will cause his Subcontractors to protect carefully his and their work and materials against damage or injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Architect, any work or materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any of his Subcontractors so to protect his work, such materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor. TIME FOR COMPLETION A. It is hereby understood and mutually agreed, by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of beginning and the time for completion as specified in the contract of the work to be done hereunder are ESSENTIAL CONDITIONS of 1.19 this Contract, and it is further mutually understood and agreed that the work embraced in this contract shall be commenced on a date to be specified in the Notice to Proceed. B. The Contractor agrees that said work shall be prosecuted regularly, diligently, and uninterruptedly at such a rate of progress as will insure full completion thereof within the time specified in the contract. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the completion of work described herein is a reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. GRADES, LINES, LEVELS A. The general contractor shall employ an experienced, reliable approved surveyor to complete the primary layout work and may utilize a competent field engineer to establish secondary lines and levels. The Contractor may rely upon site survey plot provided by the Owner to be true and accurate. B. Locate foundations on property as drawings show. Establish and maintain, street 1.2 lines, curb lines, levels, building lines, column center lines, base lines and bench A marks. C. Lay out partition lines and buck centers on form work and on rough floors for information of all trades. D. Lines and levels shall be established from existing monuments located near site. Elevations given on drawing shall be established by levels from nearest bench mark. Datum reference is noted on drawings. E. Should doubt arise as to accuracy of lines, levels or surveys established by surveyor, Architect reserves right to call in another surveyor, verify all previous work B. and establish additional lines, levels, and surveys as necessary to settle all points in question. Expense of such additional survey work shall be borne by Contractor if Contractor's surveyor was in error. F. The mechanical trades shall be responsible for the layout of the ductwork and C. piping based on the reference lines and bench marks established by the Contractor. SLEEVES AND HANGERS A. Any contractor or Subcontractor required to furnish and install conduits, outlets, D. piping sleeves, boxes inserts or other materials, or equipment necessary to be built into work to be performed by the Contractor shall promptly furnish and set such sleeves or other materials as per requirements of construction program. They shall also furnish data to other trades regarding opening required in floor slabs, walls, metal roof decks, etc. B. All trades shall cooperate fully in connection with performance of above work, as cutting in new work is neither contemplated nor will it be tolerated. E. C. Necessary expenditures incurred for approved boxing out, filling or subsequent drilling or coring shall be borne without extra cost to Owner. CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Except as otherwise specified, each subcontractor shall execute all cutting and 1.21 patching in his work that may be required by others so that the engagements between the various material will be neat and proper. Cutting of any structural portions of the building shall not be permitted except as approved by the Owner. Each subcontractor shall locate and provide sleeves, suitable to the general contractor, for all holes, chases, openings, or block -outs required for the installation of their work. All such openings shall be straight, true, and of proper size. No excessive cutting will be permitted, nor shall openings be located to alter the installation of any structural member from that indicated on drawings. After the work has been installed, all openings shall be carefully patched and fitted around as directed and to the satisfaction of the Owner. BARRICADES AND PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all times during execution of work as required by duly constituted authorities, or as otherwise may be appropriate, to insure safety of workmen, passersby, employees of Owner, and all other persons. 1. Temporary barricades and enclosures, adequately lighted. 2. Barricades and closures for openings as nature of work demands. 3. Barricades, partitions and enclosures, where exposed to public view, shall be of neat design, substantially construction and neatly painted. 1.22 B. The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for the erection and proper maintenance at all times, as required by laws and regulations and otherwise by the conditions and progress for the work, of proper safeguards for the protection of property, workmen and the public and shall post signs warning against the dangers created by openings, stairways, falling materials, open excavations and all other hazardous conditions; and the Contractor shall designate a responsible member of his organization on the job whose duties shall include prevention of accidents. C. Adequate precautions shall be taken by the contractor against fire throughout all the Contractor's and Subcontractors' operations. Flammable materials shall be kept at an absolute minimum, and, if any, shall be properly handled and stored. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Contractor shall not permit fires to be built. ACCIDENTS 1.1 A. A. The Contractor shall provide and make available medical supplies and equipment B. necessary to supply on site first aid to all personal injured in connection with the work. C. B. The Contractor shall report any and all accidents in writing to Insurance Company, Owner and Architect within 24 hours of occurrence. The report shall contain the 1.2 following information and it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to have an A. accident report filled out in triplicate and submitted as required above with (1) Name of Person or Persons and Home Address, (2) Location of Occurrence, (3) Time of Day and Date, (4) Description of Occurrence, (5) Statements of Witnesses, and (6) Signature of Contractor's Superintendent. C. In addition, if death or serious injuries or serious damages are caused, the accident shall be reported by the contractor to the Architect and to the Owner immediately by B telephone or messenger. If any claim is made by anyone against the Contractor or any Subcontractor on account of any accident, the Contractor shall promptly report the facts in writing to the Owner, giving full details of the claim. TEMPORARY STAIRS, LADDERS, RAMPS A. This General Contractor shall furnish and maintain temporary stairs, ladders, ramps, 1.3 scaffolds, runways, chutes, and like, required for proper execution of work by trades. A Such apparatus equipment, and construction shall be as per State or Local laws applicable thereto. B. TEMPORARY TOILETS A. The contractor shall furnish, install and maintain the necessary temporary toilet facilities for all workmen; said toilets shall be placed at the time work starts and maintained until such time as the permanent toilet facilities are put in operating condition. Unless directed otherwise, the temporary toilets shall be of the chemical C type and shall be placed and maintained as required. Necessary temporary enclosure shall be provided to accommodate the toilets. The toilets shall be maintained in a sanitary condition and removed together with their contents when directed. These units shall be serviced as required, to include emptying tanks, recharging with a germicidal and deodorizing solution and scrubbing entire interior with a germicidal solution. TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE A. The Contractor shall provide temporary water service. Provide all extensions thereof required for work and remove such extensions at completion of work, restoring water piping to condition existing at start of work. Use care to prevent water waste. Maintain valves, connections, hoses, in good condition. TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICE The Contractor shall provide and maintain a temporary office or trailer on the job site. This office shall be equipped with plan table, plan files, and enclosed filing space for shop drawings, meeting notes, and other pertinent information of importance to the job. Office shall be located on site where directed and removed when work is complete. Provide electric light, and heat connected to utility systems. Move temporary office inside new building when space is adequately enclosed. TEMPORARY ELECTRIC SERVICE A. The Contractor shall provide temporary connection to the local lighting and power supply in accordance with the Utility Company's requirements and shall extend lines to central distribution points not more than 100 feet apart on each floor within the building as directed by the Architect. All appurtenances including poles, boxes 1.1 and anchorage shall be installed by the Contractor. A B. Service furnished by the General Contractor to each distribution plant shall be 110 B volts, single phase, 60 cycle for light and 208 volts, 3 phase for power, of capacity D. for the anticipated connected loads, fused in a convenient box. C. The General Contractor shall also provide general illumination in all storage areas, C. corridors, toilets and stairwells. D. Each Subcontractor requiring additional wiring, varied or increased service wiring for 1.2 his construction needs etc., shall make his own arrangements for same with the A. Contractor and shall be required to assume the cost of same. 1.3 TEMPORARY HEATING A. A. The Contractor shall provide at his own expense, temporary enclosure, fuel and B. equipment necessary for heating materials incorporated in his work, for protection of his work before and after building is enclosed, and before permanent heating C system can be operated to heat the respective space. B. After building is enclosed and permanent heating plant is in operation, or when D directed, the Owner shall provide, sufficient heating capacity to maintain all enclosed areas at a minimum temperature required to perform the various finishing operations but in no case to be allowed to go below a temperature which would be harmful to previously installed work. Temporary heat will be required when temperature at night falls below 40 degrees F. C. Use permanent equipment when warranted, before the building is accepted by the 1.4 Owner. Immediately prior to final acceptance of building, service, repair and rehabilitate all permanent equipment and facilities used for temporary work so that A they shall be in perfect condition. The cost of fuel consumed by the permanent plant for temporary heating shall be paid by the Contractor. GUARANTEE Neither the final certificate of payment nor any provision in the Contract Documents 1.5 no partial or entire occupancy of the premises by the Owner shall constitute an acceptance of work not done in accordance with the Contract Documents or relieve A. the Contractor of liability in respect to any warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, and no error or oversight in superintendence, inspection, or issuance of any certificate, or delay in discovery or rejection of defective or improper work or materials by the Owner shall relieve the Contractor of any of its obligations under this Agreement. B. In addition to specific guarantees required by the Contract for work to be performed, Contractor shall guarantee all work to be performed and all materials to be furnished under contract against defects in materials or workmanship for a period of 1 year C. from date of substantial completion unless longer guarantees are specified. In case of work performed by Subcontractors and where guarantees are required, the Contractor shall secure warranties from said Subcontractors and shall deliver copies of same to the Owner upon completion of work. Delivery of said guarantees shall not relieve contractor from any obligation assumed under any other provision of the Contract. Should any defects develop in aforesaid work, within specified periods, due to faults in materials and/or workmanship, the Contractor shall make repairs and perform all necessary work to correct defective work, as approved by the Owner. The Contractor shall commence such repairs, corrective work within 5 days after written notice to Contractor by Owner, and the Contractor shall bear all costs in connection herewith. The Owner shall give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. In case Contractor fails to do work so ordered, Owner may have work done by others, and the Owner may charge cost thereof against monies retained pursuant to the contract If said retained monies are insufficient to pay such costs, or if no money is available, Contractor and his sureties shall pay Owner the entire balance of the cost of such work. CLEANING A. The Contractor shall keep premises free from accumulations and waste materials or rubbish. At completion of work, the Contractor shall remove all rubbish and waste materials from and about building and all tools, construction equipment, scaffolding and surplus materials and leave work "broom clean". In case of dispute, Owner may remove rubbish and charge and allocate such cost to several Contractors as Architect shall determine to be just. B. The Contractor shall repair any damage to streets, pavement, sidewalks, and adjacent premises incurred by reason of his performance to the contract, and restore to operating condition any sewers, drains, and other facilities used by Contractor. C. Each Mechanical and Electrical trade shall be responsible for keeping their own stock of materials and equipment stored on the premises in a neat and orderly manner. Packing materials, crates, waste and construction debris shall be maintained in compact piles. D. The words "clean up" are defined as a complete cleaning of the exterior and interior include, but not limited to the following; window and storefront glass and frames, damp cloth wiping of dust from cabinets, countertops, stairways, etc., vacuuming of carpeted areas, and sweeping of all other floor surfaces. WORK RESTRICTIONS A. Nonsmoking Building: Smoking is not permitted within the building or within 25 feet (8m) from entrances, operable windows, or outdoor air intakes. PART II PRODUCTS Not used PART III EXECUTION Not used END OF SECTION C01040 1 SECTION - CO1050: FIELD ENGINEERING PART I - GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES Survey and Field Engineering Submittals and Quality Control Project Record Documents QUALITY ASSURANCE Surveyor: Employ experienced Civil Engineer or registered Land Surveyor to establish layout, lines, levels and grades, and check Contractor's placement of batter boards, grades stakes, and other controls, and to verify same from time to time during progress of construction of Work. Engineer or Surveyor shall be registered in the state of this project. Measurements: Before ordering materials or doing any work, verify measurements at site and check same against Drawings. No extra charge will be allowed on account of differences between actual dimensions and measurements shown on Drawings. Submit any differences found to Owner for resolution before proceeding with Work. EXECUTION Inspection: Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting work. Promptly notify Owner of any discrepancies discovered. Survey Control Points: Protect survey control points prior to starting site work; preserve permanent reference points during construction. Make no changes without prior written notice to Owner. Promptly report to Owner the loss or destruction of any reference point or relocation required because of changes in grades or other reasons. Replace dislocated control points based on original survey control. Survey Requirements: 1. Establish a minimum of two permanent bench marks on site, referenced to established control points. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. 2. Establish lines and levels, locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means: a. Site improvements, including pavements; stakes for grading, fill and topsoil placement; and utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations. b. Grid or axis for structures. C. Building foundation, column locations, and ground floor elevations. PART II PRODUCTS Not used PART III EXECUTION Not used END OF SECTION C01050 SECTION - C01300: SUBMITTALS PART I - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED Procedures Schedule of Values - Part of Contract Proposal Shop Drawings Product Data E o00� oCD 0 Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 Procedures Refer to the Contractor's Contract for required procedures. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES Construction Schedules: Refer to the contract regarding required schedules. Sequence of Construction: Show complete sequence of construction by activity, identifying work of separate stages and other logically grouped activities. Percentage of Completion: Show projected percentage of completion for each item of work as of time of each Application for Payment. Progress Reports: The Contractor shall, on Friday of each week, complete and make distribution of a synopsis of job progress by trade category with distribution as directed by Owner. The form shall be completed by the Contractor's job C superintendent, complete with a "Remarks" space for written communication of minor job problems and requests which can be made under field conditions. SHOP DRAWINGS With few exceptions, shop drawings will not be required by the Architect or Owner. The General Contractor may require them at their discretion. The Owner, however, will require information, data, specifications, or procedures for all material and specifications of procedures for all materials and equipment to be submitted by the G.C. at closeout. PRODUCT INFORMATION General: Submit only pages which are pertinent; mark each copy of standard printed data to identify pertinent products, referenced to Project Manual Section and Article number. Show reference standards, performance characteristics, and capacities; wiring and piping diagrams and controls; component parts; finishes; dimensions; and required clearances. Modifications: Modify manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams to supplement standard information and to provide information specifically applicable to the work. Delete information not applicable. Copies Required: Submit number Contractor requires, plus two copies which will be retained by Owner. PART II PRODUCTS Not used PART III EXECUTION I Not used END OF SECTION C01300 B A CCR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIORS >M =a NUJ FSffR`?uF04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2_20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 17013 PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY Author Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from eutttwrized project representatives. W SHEET SPECIFICATIONS 0. SHEET NUMBER A=901 4 3 2 1 4 SECTION - CO1410: TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES 1.1 A. Owner supplied third party inspections, coordinated by the General Contractor. A. B. Review and become familiar with "Third Party Inspections" as part of the FSU Super Package under the General Contractor's contract.. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. General Conditions: Inspections testing, and approvals required by public B. authorities B. Testing Adjusting and Balancing of Systems C. Contract Closeout: Record Documents 1.2 E A. 1.3 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to Work. B. Provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to work to be tested, to obtain and handle samples at the site or source of products to be tested, to facilitate tests and inspections, and for storage and curing of test samples. C. Notify Owner and laboratory 24-hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. PART II - PRODUCTS Not Used PART III - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION C01410 SECTION - CO1510: TEMPORARY UTILITIES 1.1 A. PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES 2.1 A. Temporary Electricity and Lighting A. B. Temporary Heating B. C. Temporary Water D. Temporary Sanitary Facilities E. Temporary Fire Protection C. F. Payment D. D E. 1.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING A. Provide wiring, fuses, disconnect switches, safety devices, junction boxes, panel boxes, ground fault protections, and transformer if required, in connection with use of 3.1 temporary electrical service for lighting and power during construction. All items and A installations are to conform to the requirements of the National Electric Code, and "Occupational Safety and Health Act." Observations by the Owner, his agents, or any recognized agency indicating failure to comply with code requirements shall be cause for immediate suspension of job site operations by the Contractor until the system is in full compliance. No extension to the Contract Time shall be allowed for such suspension of job site operations. 3.2 - 1.3 TEMPORARY HEATING A. A. Requirement: Provide, pay for and maintain, all temporary heating facilities required during the progress of the Work to protect materials, finished work and equipment against injury from dampness and cold. Temporary heat shall be required when the B. outside temperature is low enough to damage or affect in any way the performance or quality of any product or material being stored in the building, in any temporary storage area, or any material incorporated into the work. Temporary heat shall also C. be required when the outside temperature is low enough to significantly slow or hamper the effectiveness of workmen on the job. B. Use of Permanent Heating System: Permanent heating system may be used for this purpose after completion, provided Contractor obtains written permission from Owner, and agrees to pay all charges for fuel, attendance, maintenance, repair and replacement, if necessary, to the equivalent of new conditions, including 3.3 replacement of filters and cleaning of grilles and diffusers. A 1. 1.4 TEMPORARY WATER A. Provide temporary storage tanks, piping, valves, fittings, hose and hose connections 2. as required for use of water during construction and testing. C 1.5 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES 3. A. Furnish, install and maintain ample sanitary facilities for use of workmen of all trades engaged in work under the contract. Temporary toilets shall be constructed at time work is commenced and shall be subject to applicable City Ordinances, Health 4. Department requirements and Rules and Regulations of governing authorities by 5. Code or otherwise. 1.6 A. 1.7 A. C) IX QI L NI O IT 0 IT - 0 0 I r IZ I sX co LL I cn L W z e N I � +n A 0 i3 N LLI 0- 0 I (1) (�I IT O CD It C:) _ (D ZZ _ C:) 0 CD No co co Q U J F0 f B. TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION 1 Observe and enforce compliance by all trades engaged in work under the contract with requirements of City, County, State, Federal and Insurance Underwriter's regulations to minimize fire hazards incidental to the work. Provide operable fire extinguishing devices in well -marked, accessible locations distributed throughout the project in compliance with governing codes and ordinances. ARRANGEMENT AND PAYMENT The Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements and shall pay for water, electric power, gas, and sewage service during the construction of the building as may be required for use of his own forces and those of his subcontractors, and as required by them until acceptance of the work by the Owner. 3.4 PART II - PRODUCTS A. Not Used B. PART III - EXECUTION C. Not Used END OF SECTION C01510 D. E. SECTION - C01520: SECURITY PART I -GENERAL WATCHMAN SERVICE Contractor may employ and pay for watchmen, or a watchmen's service, as he deems necessary to protect his own interests, and he shall be responsible for and pay for losses or damages to the Owner's materials or other property as a result of theft, mysterious disappearances or intrusions by strangers. PART II - PRODUCTS Not Used PART III - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION C01520 F 3.5 A. B. C. 2. 3. 4. 5. 3.6 A. 1. 2. 3. B. 1 2. K3 SECTION - CO1530: PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS PART I - GENERAL PROJECT SIGN FRAME Within seven days of date of notice to proceed, furnish and erect one (1) project identification sign, in a location directed by the Owner: Sign shall consist of 4x4 inch posts supporting a 4'-0" high by 8'-0" wide sheet of 314 inch thick exterior A/C plywood. Locate post 1'-0" from ends of plywood; 6'-0" centers. Bottom of plywood shall be at 4'-0" above grade. Framework shall receive a fabric sign to be furnished by Owner and installed by General Contractor. Installation of sign will be by wrap and staple method; long staples, closely spaced on back side. CONTRACTOR SIGNS AND ADVERTISING Only the General Contractor may have a sign, at Contractor's expense, if so desired. No other free-standing signs or advertising of any kind other than "warning" signs and notices required by law, will be permitted on the site or about the premises. PART II - PRODUCTS Not Used PART III - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION C01530 SECTION C01570 - EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL PART I - GENERAL NOTICE OF INTENT Contractor and Owner shall jointly submit an EPA Notice of Intent (NOI) prior to construction. PART II - PRODUCTS PRODUCTS Grass: Materials for seeding and sodding shall conform to Section 02905. Fertilizer: Use commercial grade fertilizers to insure germination and growth. Analysis by weight shall be 16-4-8 or 15-5-10 for Nitrogen, Phosphoric Acid and Potash. Silt Fence: Lundin "Silt Buster", Mirafi "Envirofence" or approved equal. Straw Bales: Standard rectangular hay bales bound by baling wire Sediment Traps: Standard manufacture designed to fit the intended inlet. PART III - EXECUTION GENERAL Contractor shall keep disturbed areas to a minimum required to adequately perform the work. At all times the Contractor shall maintain the site in such a manner that minimizes erosion of the site. The execution of work under this section shall be in conformance with the NPDES rulings and the site Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan. SEEDING Disturbed portions of the site and stockpile areas shall be seeded within 14 days if the phasing of the construction operations are anticipated to leave those portions of the areas unworked for 21 days or more. Seeding operations shall be performed in accordance to the state's Standard Specifications, using the materials specified and the season in which the seeding operations are to occur. Seeded areas shall be maintained until the project is accepted by the Owner. Maintenance shall include but not be limited to watering, fertilizing, reseeding, mowing and erosion repair as may be required. Grass shall be cut when the average height of the grass reaches 6 inches. Clippings may be mulched back into the seeded areas. TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT SWALES Description Temporary and permanent drainage swales shall be provided as required to carry drainage away from the work area to an approved outfall point. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, swales shall be earthen "V" shaped channels graded to a sufficient depth and slope to carry the anticipated runoff, but at least 2 feet deep with a slope of 0.1 percent. Swales not designated to remain in place at the completion of the contract shall be cleaned of any muck, debris and other unsuitable material and filled with approved fill before final grading operations begin. Swales shall have erosion control barriers as required. All permanent swales shall be sodded to a minimum width of 10 feet on either side of the centerline of the Swale. Maintenance During the course of construction all temporary swales constructed for this contract shall be maintained so as to allow proper drainage from the construction area. Before Contractor leaves the site at the end of construction, all temporary swales to remain shall be placed in good working condition. Contractor shall work with other contractors at the site in maintaining existing swales and ditches. Where necessary for access to the work areas, adequately sized culverts shall be installed and maintained to provide the access without disturbing the site drainage. Care shall be taken not to rut and damage sodded swales. Damaged swales shall be repaired immediately. Keep sodded swales mowed. DRAINAGE DITCHES Drainage ditches shall be hydromulched immediately upon final grading. Erosion of the banks of the drainage ditches shall be repaired immediately and re -stabilized. Sediment barriers shall be placed at intervals along the ditch as shown on the plans and as necessary to help trap sediment on the site. Sediment and other debris trapped by the barriers shall be removed on a daily basis as needed. Ditch side slopes shall not be steeper than 3 feet horizontal to 1 foot vertical. Maintenance of the ditches during construction shall include but not be limited to mowing, re -grading, sediment removal, re-hydromulching, bank repair and debris removal. Sediment removed from the ditches may be respread on the site as directed by the Owner. FILL AND CUT SLOPES Fill slopes in all cases shall be no steeper than 3:1 unless specifically stated on the plans or approved by the Owner's soils engineer. When cut slopes exceed 2:1 for depths over 3 feet, proper bracing and shoring per OSHA requirements shall be used and maintained. For permanent slopes, cut or fill, between 2:1 and 10:1, erosion protection shall be provided with hydromulching, sodding, seeding, or other method as approved. SEDIMENTATION BASINS Description Sedimentation ponds shall be provided where designated on the plans. All drainage from cleared areas shall be routed through the sedimentation basin. Contractor will be responsible for the operation and maintenance of the pond during construction. Maintenance Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the pond and the outfall and sediment retarding structure in good working condition throughout the time the pond is to be in operation. When sediment and debris fill the pond to over 1/3 its designed capacity, the pond shall be cleaned out. 3. EROSION CONTROL BARRIERS 7 A. Erosion control barriers shall be provided at intervals along swales and ditches as shown on the drawings and as necessary to meet the requirements of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan. B. The barriers shall be silt fence or hay bales placed as shown on the drawings and details. C. Barriers shall be maintained in good working condition and replaced when damaged. END OF SECTION C01570 E 0 2 A. 1. 5 1 6 7 L A. A. 0 SECTION - C01700: CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART I - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS All the operations and/or documents described in this section shall be completed and/or delivered to the project manager prior to acceptance of the work and final payment. CLEANING General: Each Contractor or subcontractor shall remove and dispose of all tools, equipment, surplus material and rubbish pertaining to his work, and cooperate in final cleaning by general contractor. Final Cleaning: Thoroughly clean the entire project upon completion of the work, including but not necessarily limited to: Power sweeping the parking lot, cleaning construction debris from adjacent exterior areas, polishing all metals, cleaning all plumbing fixtures and accessories, cleaning all stainless steel fixtures and equipment, removing all labels and layout marks, cleaning all windows and mirrors, cleaning all floors, and in general, removing all evidence of the construction process, to leave the entire premises in clean, new operating condition. Equipment and Systems: The attention of the Contractor is directed to the fact that scale, metal shaving, oil, pipe dope and every impurity will tend to accumulate at restricted points and impede flow. Every precaution shall therefore be observed in the assembly of the systems to remove and exclude foreign matter and upon completion of erection, a thorough cleaning program shall be observed. The cleaning operation shall be accomplished after all parts of the systems are in place but before any are insulated or furred in. Remove all labels, dirt, paint, grease and stains from all exposed devises, equipment and fixtures installed under this contract. Clean and polish all equipment upon completion of the work to present a first class job suitable for occupancy. AFFIDAVITS Provide "Full Waiver Final Lien Release" form, "Affidavit of Completion and Warranty" as required in the contract. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA: Complete mechanical equipment operating manuals and instructions, specification data, diagrams and charts as specified in Division 15. Include the name, address and 24 hour telephone number of service representatives for the plumbing, HVAC, and electrical systems. Include diagrams and wiring diagrams of contractor -furnished equipment. Provide this information to the on site Operator and CFA Facilities. SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATIONS Each separate system with its various components shall be operated by this contractor or his subcontractors for a responsible length of time to demonstrate the performance of all equipment and piping in accordance with the true intent and purpose of the plans and specifications. All necessary adjustments shall be made to the satisfaction of the Owner. GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES Certain certificates of warranties and guarantees shall be required. These guarantees and warranties, along with duly executed instruments properly assigning said guarantees and warranties shall be forwarded to the Owner, bound in a single volume, grouped by trade and properly indexed. These items shall be forwarded prior to Request for Final Payment. Contractor is directed to examine all technical sections of the specifications for the required documents. The following list is included for the Contractor's convenience and does not necessarily include all required documents: 1. General contractor's written guarantee stating that the work in its entirety is guaranteed for a period of one year from the date of substantial completion against all defects in materials and workmanship. 2. Roofing installer's written guarantee to the Contractor stating that all work performed under said subcontract is guaranteed for a period of one (1) years against all defects in materials and workmanship. In the event the work is performed by the general contractor's own forces, this guarantee shall be from the general contractor to the Owner. 3. Written termite guarantee stating that soil poisoning treatment is guaranteed for a period of five (5) years, and that said treatment is renewable on a year to year basis by contract with the Owner. 4. Manufacturer's warranties on new air conditioning units and any other manufacturer's equipment warranties, all duly transferred to the Owner. 5. All certificates such as Ansul systems, fire protection, certificates of occupancy, etc. OPENING DAY CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL Owner shall notify Contractor in writing of his scheduled "Opening Day" for business. Contractor shall arrange for his job superintendent to be present at the site to assist the Owner from 9:00 a.m. thru 2:00 p.m. on that day. In addition, Contractor shall arrange for his mechanical (HVAC), plumbing and electrical subcontractor's job superintendents to be on call to the project during those same hours. PART II - PRODUCTS Not Used PART III - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION C01700 SECTION - CO1720: PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PARTI-GENERAL 1. DESCRIPTION 1 A. Related Drawings, Product Data and Samples 1. MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS 2 A. Maintain one copy of: 1. Contract Drawings - As Builts 2. Specifications 3. Addenda 4. Approved Shop Drawings 5. Supplemental Instructions 6. Change Orders 7. Other Modifications of Contract 8. Field Test Records 9. Correspondence File B. Store documents in approved locations, apart from documents used for construction. C. Maintain documents in clean, dry, legible condition. D. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. E. Make documents available at all times for inspection by ArchitecUEngineer and Owner. 2 I 1 1.3 MARKING DEVICES A. Provide felt marking pen for marking. Make notations in "red." 1.4 RECORDING A. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in 2 inch high printed letters. B. Keep record documents current. C Do not permanently conceal any work until required information has been recorded. D Contract Drawings. Legibly mark to record actual construction: 1. Factory and field seams in membrane, dimensionally located. 2. Field changes of dimension and detail. 3. Changes made by Supplemental Instruction or Change Order. 4. Details not on original Contract Drawings. E. Project Manual and Addenda. Legibly mark-up each section to record: 1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed. 2. Changes made by Supplemental Instruction of Change Order. 3. Other matters not originally specified F. Project Submittals: Maintain as record documents. Legibly mark-up approved shop drawings to show changes made after review. 1.5 SUBMITTAL A. At completion of project, deliver record documents to Owner. B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter, in duplicate containing: 1. Date 2. Project title and number. 3. Contractor's name and address. 4. Title and number of each record document. 5. Certification that each document as submitted is complete and accurate. 6. Signature of Contractor, or his authorized representative. 7. G.C. to provide PVC tube and set of record drawings. PART II - PRODUCTS Not Used PART III - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION C01720 DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS SECTION - CO2000: SITE WORK See Civil drawings for Sitework Specifications. CO2200 DEMOLITION CO2205 UTILITIES - RELOCATE CO2300 CLEARING, EXCAVATION & GRADING CO2500 SITE UTILITIES CO2600 STORM DRAINAGE CO2700 PAVEMENT SURFACES CO2850 MISCELLANEOUS SITE IMPROVEMENT END OF SECTION CO2000 SECTION - CO2300: SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PART I - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. Geotechnical Investigation (Sub -surface Soils Tests) for the project site has been performed and a report of that investigation has been completed. A copy of the investigation report is part of the required download documents given to the General Contractor. 1.2 SUBSURFACE INFORMATION A. Log of borings indicates materials penetrated at specific locations. Owner and/or Architect assume no responsibility for any conclusions or interpretations made by Contractor related to information included in the Report. Should Contractor require additional information concerning sub -surface conditions, he may without cost to Owner, make additional investigations. Should additional investigations produce information different from that in Soil Report, notify Owner in writing. 1.3 REQUIREMENT A. Contractor read and otherwise become completely familiar with contents of Soil Report, including but not limited to its recommendations for preparation of subsoil, bases, sub -bases and fill and construction of building foundations, parking and paving. Provide building foundations in compliance with recommendations in Report. Should discrepancy be found between the requirements of Soil Report and the drawings and/or specifications, notify Architect in writing prior to beginning Work. B. Structural Engineer to state applicable data for final design from the soil report. Reference drawings for details. PART II PRODUCTS Not used PART III EXECUTION Not used END OF SECTION CO2300 E C C a A oo�D 0 jg Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 CCR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIORS Q J LL � UL J >U. Q J m V>= J= om o= a N �N FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2 20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 17013 PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY Author MISSION Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without egress written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER A=902 4 I 3 I 2 I 1 E Al 101 f U I t_ n II C� 0 0 01 i 1 U) L�. Z I � r.� L' A C) CD _ z�, 0 I� LI SECTION - CO2361: TERMITE CONTROL PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. All products and services shall be provided by the Owner's National Account Vendor, refer to National Accounts List. B. This Section includes the following: 1. Soil treatment with termiticide. 2. Wood treatment with borate. 3. Metal mesh barrier system. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Rough Carpentry: SECTION C06100 B. Flexible and Sheet Metal Flashing: SECTION C07600 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include the EPA -Registered Label. B. Product certificates. C. Soil Treatment Application Report: Include the following: 1. 'Date and time of application. 2. Moisture content of soil before application. 3. Brand name and manufacturer of termiticide. 4. Quantity of undiluted termiticide used. 5. Dilutions, methods, volumes, and rates of application used. 6. Areas of application. 7. Water source for application. D. Wood Treatment Application Report: Include the following: 1. Date and time of application. 2. Brand name and manufacturer of borate. 3. Quantity of undiluted borate used. 4. Dilutions, methods, volumes and rates of application used. 5. Areas of application 6. Schedule of inspections for one-year from date of Substantial Completion. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A specialist who is licensed according to regulations of authorities having jurisdiction to apply termite control treatment and products in jurisdiction where Project is located. B. Regulatory Requirements: Formulate and apply termiticide according to the EPA -Registered Label. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, signed by Applicator and Contractor certifying that termite control work, consisting of applied soil termiticide treatment, will prevent infestation of subterranean termites. If subterranean termite activity or damage is discovered during warranty period, re -treat soil and repair or replace damage caused by termite infestation. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. 1.6 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Continuing Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, provide 12 months' continuing service including monitoring, inspection, and re -treatment for occurrences of termite activity. Provide a standard continuing service agreement. State services, obligations, conditions, and terms for agreement period; and terms for future renewal options. PART II - PRODUCTS 2.1 TERMITE CONTROL COMPANIES A. Terminix, Phone: (901) 597-1312, ATTN: Aspatia Presley 2.2 COMPONENTS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Termiticides: a. Aventis Environmental Science USA LP; Termidor 2. Bayer Corporation; Premise 75 3. Dow AgroSciences LLC; Dursban TC, Equity b. FMC Corporation, Agricultural Products Group; Talstar, Prevail FT, Torpedo 4. Syngenta; Demon TC 5. Borates: a. Nisus Corp.; Bora-Care, Jecta. b. NovaGuard Technologies, Inc.; Armor -Guard, Shell -Guard. c. U.S. Borax Inc.; Tim-Bor. 6. Metal Mesh Barrier System: a. TERMI-MESH, Inc.; TERMI-MESH 2.3 SOIL TREATMENT A. Termiticide: Provide an EPA -registered termiticide complying with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, in an aqueous solution formulated to prevent termite infestation. Provide quantity required for application at the label volume and rate for the maximum termiticide concentration allowed for each specific use, according to product's EPA -Registered Label. 2.4 WOOD TREATMENT A. Borate: Provide an EPA -registered borate complying with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, in an aqueous solution for spray application and a gel solution for pressure injection, formulated to prevent termite infestation in wood. Provide quantity required for application at the label volume and rate for the maximum diffusible borate concentration allowed for each specific use, according to product's EPA -Registered Label. 2.5 METAL MESH BARRIER SYSTEM A. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "TERMI-MESH" by TERMI-MESH, Inc. B. Stainless -Steel Mesh: 0.025-by-0.018-inch (0.64-by-0.45-mm) mesh of 0.08-inch- (2.0-mm-) diameter, stainless -steel wire, Type 316. PART III - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. General: Remove all extraneous sources of wood cellulose and other edible materials such as wood debris, tree stumps and roots, stakes, formwork, and construction waste wood from soil within and around foundations. B. Soil Treatment Preparation: Loosen, rake, and level soil to be treated except previously compacted areas under slabs and footings. Termiticdes may be applied before placing compacted fill under slabs if recommended in writing by termiticide manufacturer. 3.2 APPLYING SOIL TREATMENT A. Application: Mix soil treatment termiticide solution to a uniform consistency. Provide quantity required for application at the label volume and rate for the maximum specified concentration of termiticide, according to manufacturer's EPA -Registered Label, to the following so that a continuous horizontal and vertical termiticidal barrier or treated zone is established around and under building construction. Distribute treatment evenly. 1. Slabs -on -Grade and Basement Slabs: Under ground -supported slab construction, including footings, building slabs, and attached slabs as an overall treatment. Treat soil materials before concrete footings and slabs are placed. 1 3 2. Foundations: Adjacent soil including soil along the entire inside perimeter of foundation walls, along both sides of interior partition walls, around plumbing pipes and electric conduit penetrating the slab, and around interior column footers, piers, and chimney bases; also along the entire outside perimeter, from grade to bottom of footing. Avoid soil washout around footings. 3. Masonry: Treat voids. 4. Penetrations: At expansion joints, control joints, and areas where slabs will be penetrated. B. Avoid disturbance of treated soil after application. Keep off treated areas until completely dry. C. Protect termiticide solution, dispersed in treated soils and fills, from being diluted until ground -supported slabs are installed. Use waterproof barrier according to EPA -Registered Label instructions. D. Post warning signs in areas of application. E. Reapply soil treatment solution to areas disturbed by subsequent excavation, grading, landscaping, or other construction activities following application. 3.3 APPLYING BORATE TREATMENT A. Application: Mix wood treatment borate solution to a uniform consistency. Provide quantity required for application at the label volume and rate for the maximum specified concentration of borate, according to manufacturer's EPA -Registered Label, so that wood framing, sheathing, siding, and structural members subject to infestation receive treatment. 1. Framing : Apply borate solution by spray to bare wood for complete coverage. 3.4 INSTALLING METAL MESH BARRIER SYSTEM A. Metal Mesh Barrier: Place metal mesh barrier where indicated to provide a continuous barrier to entry of subterranean termites. 1. Fit mesh tightly around pipe or other penetrations, and terminate at slab and foundation perimeters. 2. Install mesh under the perimeter of concrete slab edges and joints after vapor barrier and reinforcing steel are in place, and comply with manufacturer's written installation methods. END OF SECTION CO2361 SECTION - CO2831: CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES (SECURITY) PART I -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Provide a 6-foot high chain link fence as may be required by the municipality or required for security reasons. PART II -PRODUCTS 2.1 BASIC MATERIALS A. Framework: Schedule 40 steel pipe, standard weight, one piece without joints; ASTM Al 20. 1. Line Posts: 1.9 inch diameter, length required for 8 feet height. 2. Corner and Terminal Posts: 2.38 inch diameter (min.); size to be determined by use and engineering design. Length as for line posts. 3. Gate Posts: 3.5 inch diameter (min.) for gates 5 feet wide and less and 6.0 inch diameter (min) for gates 5 feet wide and over; size to be determined by use and engineering design. Length as for line posts. 4. Top, Bottom and Brace Rails: 1.66 inch diameter, plain end, sleeve coupled. 5. Gates: 1.66 inch diameter (min.) for gates 5 feet wide and less, and 3 inch diameter (min) for gates 5 feet wide and over, for fittings and truss rod fabrication; size to be determined by engineering design. B. Fabric: Three inch 9-gauge diamond mesh steel wire, interwoven, top selvage twisted tight, bottom selvage knuckle end dosed. Zinc coated; FS RR-F-191 Type I. C. Fittings: Steel; sleeves, bands, dips, rail ends, tension bars, fasteners and fittings. D. Concrete: Portland Cement; 2500 psi at 28 days; 3 inch slump; ASTM C94. E. Caps: Cast steel or malleable iron; sized to post dimension, set screw retained. PART III -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install framework, fabric, accessories and gates in accord with ANSI/ASTM F567 and accepted shop drawings. B. Framework: 1. Posts: Space line posts at intervals of 10 feet (max.). Set terminal, gate and line posts plumb, in concrete footings with top of footing 6 inches below finish grade. Footing depth below finish grade: ANSI/ASTM F567. 2. Braces and Rails: Provide top rail through line post tops and splice with 7-inch long rail sleeves. Brace each gate and corner post back to adjacent line post with horizontal center brace rail and diagonal truss rods. Install brace rail, one bay from end and gate posts. Install center and bottom brace rail on corner and gate leaves. C. Fabric: Stretch between terminal posts or at intervals of 100 feet, whichever is less. Position bottom 2 inches above finished grade. Fasten to top rail, line posts, braces, and bottom tension wire with wire ties 15 inches o.c. max. Attach to end, corner, and gate posts with tension bars and tension bar clips. Install continuous bottom rail between terminal posts. D. Accessories: Install caps and roof fabric support arms and attach fabric; tension and secure. Install slats in service yard gates only. E. Gates: Install in accord with manufacturer's instructions, including: hardware and concrete work required for locking devices for center of double gate openings. END OF SECTION CO2831 SECTION - CO2920: LANDSCAPING PART I -GENERAL LANDSCAPING BY OWNER 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Landscape work, including the furnishing and installation of the irrigation (sprinkler) system, seeding, sodding, and the planting of trees, shrubs and vines. B. General Contractor shall furnish and install at applicable depth, 6 inch diameter, schedule 40 PVC sleeves as required to provide access to all site planting areas to receive irrigation system and/or controls. Mark site for exact locations. C. Top soil: Coordinate with landscaper for distribution or 6 inches of top soil. D. Recommendation: Include a regional materials preference that calls out a preference for landscaping sourced within 500 miles of the project site and include a reference to the Landscape Standard. 1.2 NOTE A. Landscape contractor shall be responsible for cleaning the sidewalks and parking lot areas of dirt and debris specifically caused by their portion of this work. B. General Contractor shall coordinate installation of landscaping with owner's schedule. PART II - PRODUCTS Not Used PART III - EXECUTION Refer to landscape drawings for landscaping specifications END OF SECTION CO2920 DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE SECTION - C03000: FOOTING / SLAB ON GRADE Refer to structural drawings for section C03000. DIVISION 04 -MASONRY SECTION - CO4810: UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes unit masonry assemblies consisting of the following: 1. Concrete masonry units (CMUs). 2. Face brick. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Mix Designs: For each type of mortar and grout. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 1.3 RELATED WORK A. Structural Steel and Miscellaneous Steel: C05000 (See Structural Drawings) B. Flexible and Sheet Metal Flashings: C07600 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Cold -Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold -weather construction requirements contained in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. B. Hot -Weather Requirements: Comply with hot -weather construction requirements contained in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6[TMS 602. PART II - PRODUCTS 2.1 FACE BRICK - C04060 A. Manufactures: 1. See National Account and Exterior Finish schedules B. Colors, Textures and Patterns: 1. Exposed Masonry Units: As selected from manufacturer's full range. C. General: Provide shapes indicated and as follows 1. For ends of sills and caps and for similar applications that would otherwise expose unfinished brick surfaces, provide units without cores or frogs and with exposed surfaces finished. 2. Provide special shapes for applications where shapes produced by sawing would result in sawed surfaces being exposed to view. D. Face Brick: ASTM C 216, Grade SW, Type FBS 1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net -area compressive strength of 3000 psi (20.7 MPa). 2. Initial Rate of Absorption: Less than 30 g/30 sq. in. (30 g/194 sq. cm) per minute when tested per ASTM C 67. 3. Efflorescence: Provide brick that has been tested according to ASTM C 67 and is rated "not effloresced." 4. Size: Modular 2-5/8-inches x 3-5/8-inches x 7-5/8-inches 2.2 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (CMUs) - C04220 A. Shapes: Provide special shapes for lintels, corners, jambs, sashes, movement joints, headers, bonding, and other special conditions. B. Integral Water Repellent: Provide units made with liquid polymeric, integral water-repellent admixture that does not reduce flexural bond strength for exposed units. Required for split -face CMU. 1. Available Products: a. Addiment Incorporated; Block Plus W-10. b. Grace Construction Products, a unit of W. R. Grace & Co. - Conn.; Dry -Block. c. Master Builders, Inc.; Rheopel. C. Split Face CMU: Split -faced block pre -sealed with a silicone based coating. 2.3 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. General: Do not use admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. 2. Limit cementitious materials in mortar for exterior and reinforced masonry to Portland cement and lime. B. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Manufacturer: Holcim - Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold -weather construction. Refer to finish schedule for color. 1. Alternate Manufacturer: Brixment C. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type N. D. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144. 1. Colored -Mortar Aggregates: Natural sand or crushed stone of color necessary to produce required mortar color. E. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404. F. Cold -Weather Admixture: Nonchloride, noncorrosive, accelerating admixture complying with ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type C, and recommended by manufacturer for use in masonry mortar of composition indicated. 1. Add cold -weather admixture (if used) at same rate for all mortar that will be exposed to view, regardless of weather conditions, to ensure that mortar color is consistent. G. Water: Potable. H. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification. I. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Property Specification. 1. For masonry below grade or in contact with earth, use Type M or S. 2. For reinforced masonry, use Type S. 3. For mortar parge coats, use Type S. 4. Any regions where type S is required by code (Seismic Design Categories D, E, F). Refer to Structural Drawings for Seismic Design Category information. 5. For exterior, above -grade, load -bearing and non -load -bearing walls and parapet walls; for interior load -bearing walls; for interior non -load -bearing partitions; and for other applications where another type is not indicated, use Type N. 6. Alternates allowed when cost prohibitive, and when approved by Construction Manager J. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476. 1. Use grout of type indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of type (fine or coarse) that will comply with Table 1.15.1 in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for dimensions of grout spaces and pour height. 2. Provide grout with a slump of 8 to 11 inches (200 to 280 mm) as measured according to ASTM C 143/C 143M. 2.4 REINFORCEMENT A. Uncoated Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M or ASTM A 996/A 996M, Grade 60 (Grade 420). K B. Masonry Joint Reinforcement: ASTM A 951; mill galvanized, carbon -steel wire for interior walls and hot -dip galvanized, carbon -steel wire for exterior walls. 1. Wire Size for Side Rods: W1.7 or 0.150-inch diameter. 2. Wire Size for Cross Rods: W1.7 or 0.150-inch diameter. 3. Wire Size for Veneer Ties: W1.7 or 0.150-inch diameter. 4. Spacing of Cross Rods, Tabs, and Cross Ties: Not more than 16 inches (407 mm) O.C. 5. Single-Wythe Masonry: Either ladder or truss type with single pair of side rods. 2.5 TIES AND ANCHORS A. Materials: 1. Hot -Dip Galvanized, Carbon -Steel Wire: ASTM A 82; with ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B-2 coating. 2. Steel Sheet, Galvanized after Fabrication: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M. 3. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M, primed. B. Corrugated Wall Ties: Provide anchors that are a minimum 22 gauge x7/8-inch wide with a corrugation wave length of between 0.3 to 0.5 inches and an amplitude of 0.06 to 0.1 inches. Installed with screws or ring-shanked nails. The fastener shall be located no more than 1/2-inch from the 90-degree bend in the anchor. C. Wire Ties: Unless otherwise indicated, size wire ties to extend at least halfway through veneer but with at least 5/8-inch (16-mm) cover on outside face. Outer ends of wires are bent 90 degrees and extend 2 inches (50 mm) parallel to face of veneer. D. Individual Wire Ties: Rectangular units with closed ends and not less than 4 inches (100 mm) wide. Fabricate from 1/4-inch- (6.4-mm) diameter, hot -dip galvanized steel wire. E. Partition Top Anchors: 0.097-inch- (2.5-mm) thick metal plate with 3/8-inch- (10-mm-) diameter metal rod 6 inches (150 mm) long welded to plate and with closed -end plastic tube fitted over rod that allows rod to move in and out of tube. Fabricate from steel. F. Rigid Anchors: Fabricate from steel bars 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) wide by 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) thick by 24 inches (600 mm) long, with ends turned up 2 inches (50 mm) or with cross pins. G. Adjustable Masonry -Veneer Anchors 1. General: Provide anchors that allow vertical adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to plane of wall, for attachment over sheathing to wood or metal studs, and as follows: a. Structural Performance Characteristics: Capable of withstanding a 100-lbf (445-N) load in both tension and compression without deforming or developing play in excess of 0.05 inch (1.3 mm). 2. Screw -Attached, Masonry -Veneer Anchors: Units consisting of a wire tie and a metal anchor section. a. Wire Ties: Triangular-, rectangular-, or T-shaped wire ties fabricated from 0.25-inch (6.4-mm) diameter steel wire. 3. Seismic Masonry -Veneer Anchors: Units consisting of a metal anchor section and a connector section designed to engage a continuous wire embedded in the veneer mortar joint. a. Anchor Section: Rib -stiffened, sheet metal plate with screw holes top and bottom, and slotted holes for inserting connector section. b. Connector Section: Rib -stiffened, sheet metal bent plate; sheet metal clip; or wire tie and rigid extruded vinyl dip designed to engage continuous wire. Size connector to extend at least halfway through veneer but with at least 5/8-inch (16-mm) cover on outside face. c. Fabricate sheet metal anchor sections and other sheet metal parts from 0.097-inch- (2.5-mm-) thick, steel sheet. d. Fabricate wire connector sections from 0.25-inch- (6.4-mm) diameter, carbon -steel wire. 2.6 EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS A. Metal Flashing: Provide metal flashing, where flashing is exposed or partly exposed and where indicated, complying with Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." 1. Metal Drip Edges: Fabricate from stainless steel. Extend at least 3 inches (75 mm) into wall and 1/2 inch (13 mm) out from wall, with outer edge bent down 30 degrees and hemmed. 2. Metal Flashing Terminations: Fabricate from stainless steel. Extend at least 3 inches (75 mm) into wall and out to exterior face of wall. At exterior face of wall, bend metal back on itself for 3/4 inch (19 mm) and down into joint 3/8 inch (10 mm) to form a stop for retaining sealant backer rod. 3. Metal Expansion -Joint Strips: Fabricate from stainless steel to shapes indicated. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1; compressible up to 35 percent; formulated from neoprene or PVC. B. Preformed Control -Joint Gaskets: Made from styrene-butadiene-rubber compound, complying with ASTM D 2000, Designation M2AA-805 and designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall. C. Bond -Breaker Strips: Asphalt -saturated, organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt). D. WeepNent Products: Use the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Wicking Material: Absorbent rope made from cotton or UV resistant synthetic fiber, 1/4-inch to 3/8-inch (6 mm to 10 mm) in diameter, in length required to provide 2 inch (50 mm) exposure on exterior and 18-inches (450 mm) in cavity between wythes. Use only for weeps. E. Cavity Drainage System: As manufactured by Mortar Net. 2.8 MASONRY CLEANERS A. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard -strength cleaner designed for removing mortar/grout stains from new masonry without damaging masonry. Use product approved for intended use by cleaner manufacturer and manufacturer of masonry units being cleaned. PART III - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Use full-size units without cutting if possible. If cutting is required, cut units with motor -driven saws; provide dean, sharp, unchipped edges. Allow units to dry before laying unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed. B. Select and arrange units for exposed unit masonry to produce a uniform blend of colors and textures. C. Comply with tolerances in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 and with the following: 1. For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external corners, door jambs, reveals, and expansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3 m), 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), or 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum. 2. For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as lintels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do not vary from level by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3 m), 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), or 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum. 3.2 LAYING MASONRY WALLS A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint thicknesses and for accurate location of openings, movement -type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid using less -than -half-size units, particularly at corners, jambs, and, where possible, at other locations. B. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Unless otherwise indicated, lay exposed masonry in running bond; do not use units with less than nominal 4-inch (100-mm) horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. C. Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified in this and other Sections. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items. D. Fill space between steel frames and masonry solidly with mortar, unless otherwise indicated. E. Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout 24 inches (600 mm) under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar items, unless otherwise indicated. 3.3 MASONRY JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. General: Install in mortar with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch (16 mm) on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch (13 mm) elsewhere. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm). 1 B. Interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints, unless otherwise indicated. C Provide continuity at wall intersections by using prefabricated T-shaped units. D Provide continuity at corners by using prefabricated L-shaped units. 3.4 ANCHORING SEISMIC MASONRY VENEERS A. Anchor masonry veneers to wall framing with seismic masonry -veneer anchors to comply with the following requirements: 1. Fasten screw -attached and seismic anchors through sheathing to wall framing with metal fasteners of type indicated. Use two fasteners. 2. Embed tie sections in masonry joints. Provide not less than 2 inches (50 mm) of air space between back of masonry veneer and face of sheathing. 3. Locate anchor sections to allow maximum vertical differential movement of ties up and down. 4 Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 16 inches (406 mm) o.c. vertically and 24 inches (610 mm) o.c. horizontally with not less than 1 anchor for each 2.67 sq. ft. (0.25 sq. m) of wall area. Install additional anchors within 12 inches (305 mm) of openings and at intervals, not exceeding 36 inches (914 mm), around perimeter. 3.5 FLASHING, WEEP HOLES, CAVITY DRAINAGE, AND VENTS A. General: Install embedded flashing and weep holes in masonry at shelf angles, lintels, ledges, other obstructions to downward flow of water in wall, and where indicated. Install vents at shelf angles, ledges, and other obstructions to upward flow of air in cavities, and where indicated. B. Install flashing as follows, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Prepare masonry surfaces so they are smooth and free from projections that could puncture flashing. Where flashing is within mortar joint, place through -wall flashing on sloping bed of mortar and cover with mortar. Before covering with mortar, seal penetrations in flashing as recommended by flashing manufacturer. 2. At lintels and shelf angles, extend flashing a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) into masonry at each end. At heads and sills, extend flashing 6 inches (150 mm) at ends and turn up not less than 2 inches (50 mm) to form end dams. 3. Install metal drip edges beneath flexible flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flexible flashing 1/2 inch (13 mm) back from outside face of wall and adhere flexible flashing to top of metal drip edge. 4. Install metal flashing termination beneath flexible flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flexible flashing 1/2 inch (13 mm) back from outside face of wall and adhere flexible flashing to top of metal flashing termination. C Install weep holes in head joints in exterior wythes of first course of masonry immediately above embedded flashing and as follows: 1. Use specified weep/vent products to form weep holes. 2. Space weep holes 24 inches (600 mm) D.C., unless otherwise indicated. 3. Cover cavity side of weep holes with plastic insect screening at cavities insulated with loose -fill insulation. D Place cavity drainage material in cavities to comply with configuration requirements for cavity drainage material in Part 2 "Miscellaneous Masonry Accessories" Article. E. Install vents in head joints in exterior wythes at spacing indicated. Use specified weeptvent products to form vents. 1. Close cavities off vertically and horizontally with blocking in manner indicated. Install through -wall flashing and weep holes above horizontal blocking. 3.6 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY INSTALLATION A. Temporary Formwork and Shores: Construct formwork and shores as needed to support reinforced masonry elements during construction. 1. Construct formwork to provide shape, line, and dimensions of completed masonry as indicated. Make forms sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar and grout. Brace, tie, and support forms to maintain position and shape during construction and curing of reinforced masonry. 2 Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened sufficiently to carry their own weight and other temporary loads that may be placed on them during construction. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspectors: Owner will engage qualified independent inspectors to perform inspections and prepare reports. Allow inspectors access to scaffolding and work areas, as needed to perform inspections. 1. Place grout only after inspectors have verified compliance of grout spaces and grades, sizes, and locations of reinforcement. B. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections indicated below and prepare test reports: C Mortar Test (Property Specification): For each mix provided, per ASTM C 780. Test mortar for mortar air content and compressive strength. 3.8 CLEANING A. In -Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. B. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows: 1. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel unceaned for comparison purposes. 2. Protect adjacent surfaces from contact with cleaner. 3. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing surfaces thoroughly with clear water. 4. Bucket -and -brush; hand -cleaning method described in BIA Technical Notes 20. 5. Clean masonry with a proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's written instructions. 6. Clean concrete masonry by cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 8-2A applicable to type of stain on exposed surfaces. END OF SECTION C04810 E oo�� 0 0 0 0 D o00 Doo Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 E C W CCR ARCHITECTURE 8. INTERIORS FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2 20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 17013 A PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY Author Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET SPECIFICATIONS a SHEET NUMBER A=903 4 3 2 1 4 DIVISION 05 - METALS SECTION - C05000: STRUCTURAL AND MISCELLANEOUS STEEL Refer to Structural Drawings SECTION - C05050 BASIC METAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART I - GENERAL A. Refer to Structural Steel drawings PART II -PRODUCTS 2.1 STRUCTURAL -STEEL MATERIALS A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Show preference to products with an average recycled content of steel products so post -consumer recycled content plus one-half of pre -consumer recycled content is not less than 50 percent. Under the condition that there is not a significant increase in price between the products. E 2.2 STAINLESS STEEL PANELS A. Stainless Steel Backsplash at Kitchen Sinks; 18 Gauge, Grade 430 Stainless Steel 1 sheet with No. 4 finish. 1 1. Install with construction adhesive as shown and at locations shown on Drawings. 2. Minimize joints between sheets. a. Overalp sheets by 1". Overlapping sheet to have hemmed edge with pre -drilled holes at 12" O.C. Fasten in place with stainless steel 1 1/2" #12 Truss head screws 3. Install T-shaped transition strip to overlap FRP at exposed sheet edge b. When indicated on drawings, install Z-bar flashing to overlap sink and FRP at bottom edge of panel c. Provide silicone sealant as specified in Section 07900 at junction of transition strip and 1 flashing at wall 2 PART III - EXECUTION B. Refer to Structural Steel drawings END OF SECTION C05050 1 3 SECTION - C05120: STRUCTURAL STEEL Refer to Structural Drawings SECTION - C05400: COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING 1 Refer to Structural Drawings 4 SECTION - C05514: ALUMINUM LADDERS PART I - GENERAL 1 D 5 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Aluminum access ladders. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Roof Hatches: SECTION C07720 1 6 1.3 REFERENCES A. AA - Aluminum Association. B. ASTM B 209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate. C. ASTM B 221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes. D. OSHA 1910.27 - Fixed Ladders. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 A. Product Qualification: Product design shall comply with OSHA 1910.27 minimum 7 standards for ladders. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer has responsibility for an extended Corrective Period for work of this Section for a period of 5 years from date of Substantial Completion against all the 1 conditions indicated below, and when notified in writing from Owner, manufacturer 8 shall promptly and without inconvenience and cost to Owner correct said deficiencies. Defects in materials and workmanship PART II - PRODUCTS C 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 2 A. Acceptable Manufacturer: 1 1. O'Keeffe's, Inc.., San Francisco, CA 94124 a. 26% recycled content - pre/post not specified. 2. Alaco Ladder Company, Chino, CA 91710 a. 40-85% post-industrial scrap and 5-15% post -consumer scrap. 2 2.2 APPLICATIONS/SCOPE 2 A. Fixed Ladder Design B. Fixed Ladder Bottom Bracket C. Bottom floor supported bracket D. Bottom wall supported bracket E. Bracket as drawn 2.3 FINISHES A. Extruded Mill Finish 2.4 FABRICATION A. Rungs: Not less than 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) in section and 18-3/8 inches (467mm) 2 long, formed from tubular aluminum extrusions. Squared and deeply serrated on all 3 sides. B. Rungs shall withstand a 1,500 pound (454 kg) load without deformation or failure C. Channel Side Rails: Not less than 1/8 inch (3 mm) wall thickness by 3 inches (76 mm) wide. D. Heavy Duty Tubular Side Rails: Assembled from two interlocking aluminum extrusions no less than 1/8 inch (3 mm) wall thickness by 3 inches (76 mm) wide. Construction shall be self-locking stainless steel fasteners, full penetration TIG welds and clean, smooth and burr -free surfaces. B PART III - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION > A. Coordinate anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and anchorage structural Uloads for fastener resistance. <I 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent construction. a NI 0 d- 0 0 J I J I 10 ILL I L ^Q W N I iE 1: A A L Q N Ll 0- OI t1 d 0 01 pp o LL r d 0 0 0 (0O N V O (y) N U � J m � � 3 DIVISION 06 - WOOD AND PLASTICS SECTION C06000 - CARPENTRY Refer to Structural Drawings SECTION C06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY Refer to Structural Drawings SECTION - C06170 WOOD TRUSSES: Refer to structural drawings. SECTION - C06200: FINISH CARPENTRY PART I - GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES A. Interior trim, jambs and millwork B. Interior architectural wall surfacing. C. Plastic Laminated casework D. Factory finishing E. Hardware, typically furnished by the woodworking manufacturer RELATED SECTIONS A. Rough Carpentry: SECTION C06100 B. Solid Non -Porous Sheet and Shape Products: SECTION C06410 C. Millwork, Cabinetry and Countertops: SECTION C12390 REFERENCES A. Minimum standards for work within this section shall be in conformity with the MANUAL OF MILLWORK, latest edition, Standards of the Architectural Millwork Industry as adopted by the WOODWORK INSTITUTE. SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings per SUBMITTALS Section to Owner for acceptance prior to fabrication. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Performance shall be in accordance with Custom GRADE of the WOODWORK INSTITUTE - MANUAL OF MILLWORK, latest edition. 1. If provisions for the Grade specified are in conflect with, or modified by the drawings and/or specifications, the modifications shall govern. QUALIFICATIONS A. Contractors and their personnel engaged in the work shall be able to demonstrate successful experience with work of comparable extent, complexity and quality to that shown and specified. 1. Fabricator shall be a member/licensee in good standing of the WOODWORK INSTITUTE. 2. Installer shall be a member/licensee in good standing of the WOODWORKING INSTITUTE. DELIVERY, STORAGE and HANDLING A. Deliver all materials only when the project is ready for installation and the general contractor has provided a clean storage area as defined in the MANUAL OF MILLWORK. SEQUENCING and SCHEDULING A. Coordinate all fabrication, delivery and installation work with the general contractor and applicable trades. PART II - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURER A. The drawings were prepared and portions of this specification written on the basis of using the products of a specific manufacturer. It is not the intent to limit competitive bidding. Products with equal characteristics by other manufacturers are acceptable under the conditions of these specifications. COMPONENTS A. Made with binder containing no urea formaldehyde resin. B. Paneling: Hardwood veneer plywood paneling: Manufacturer's stock hardwood plywood panels complying with HPVA HP-1, made without urea formaldehyde adhesives. C. Shelving: Do not use particleboard or MDF that contains urea formaldehyde. D. Moisture Content Trim lumber; 12% maximum at time of delivery. E. Grading and Marking: 1. Softwood Lumber: FS MM-L-00751f 2. Hardwood Lumber: FS MM-L-00736a MATERIALS A. General Use: 1. General: Work solid stock to patterns shown. Standard shape materials shall conform to patterns indicated in current grading rules for the species. 2. Interior Wood Trim: a. General Use (Paint): Contractor's option: "C" Select Grade, Sugar Pine, Idaho White Pine, Magnolia, Birch, Redwood or Fir. b. Natural Finish (Stain): Clear, plain sawn, Yellow pine, AWI Grade 1. 3. Interior Finish Plywood: 3/4 inch paint grade, lumber core, Birch plywood 4. Shelving 3/4 inch AB Grade Fir plywood with "C" Select Grade Maple edge trim. 5. Wood Benches/Tables: Clear, plain sawn, Yellow pine, AWI Grade 1. 9. Nails: FS FF-N-103c and FF-N- 105a. Stainless steel for Redwood. 6. Screws: FS FF-S-11 lb. 7. Lag Screws and Bolts: FS FF-B-561, type and grade best suited for purpose used. 8. Toggle Bolts: FS FF-B-588b. B. Cabinets 1. Doors, Panels, Ends, Etc.: 3/4-inch 4B Grade, Group 3, Ponderosa pine, exposed edges banded. 2. Stiles, Rails, Etc.: 3/4-inch C Select Grade, White pine. 3. Shelving and Dividers: 3/4-inch 4B Grade, Group 3, Ponderosa pine, exposed edges banded. 4. Backs: 1/4-inch tempered hardboard. 5. Framing, Blocking, Nailers, Etc.: Pine 6. Filler Strips: Match face materials 7. Hardware: Knape and Vogt, Gal Stanley, Hafele; to suit functions. Standards of quality: a. Hinges: Continuous stainless steel piano hinge, concealed, complete with guides and template for installation. b. Catches: "Hafele" pressure catch No. 245.54.710. c. Shelf standards and brackets: Noted on the drawings. d. Locks: Noted on the drawings. 4 i 3 1 2 1 C. Office Cabinets and Counters: 1. PROJECT CONDITIONS 1. Doors, Panels, Ends, Etc.: 3/4-inch AB grade clear White Pine plywood, exposed 7 edges banded. A. Field Measurements: Verify actual measurements and openings by field 2. Stiles, Rails, Etc.: 3/4-inch "C" select grade solid clear White Pine. measurements before fabrication: show recorded measurements on shop drawings. 3. Shelving and Dividers: 3/4-inch AB Grade clear White Pine plywood; exposed Coordinate field measurements and fabrication schedule with construction progress to edges banded. avoid construction delays. 4. Backs: 1/4-inch tempered hardboard. B. Adhesive: Acclimatize adhesives to occupancy room temperatures with maximum 5. Framing, Blocking, Nailers, Etc.: Pine tepeerature not to exceed 75 degrees F. 6. Hinges: Continuous concealed piano hinges, concealed, complete with guides and template for installation. WARRANTY 7. Filler Strips: Match face materials. 8 8 8. Hardware: Hager, Knape and Vogt, Stanley; to suit functions. A. Manufacturer's Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturer's standard ten (10) Year Commerical Limited Warranty against defects in solid surface sheet materials. 9. Catches: "Hafele" pressure catch No. 245.54.710. 10 Shelf Standards and Brackets. Noted on drawings PART II - PRODUCTS 11 Locks: Noted on drawings 2. MANUFACTURER D. Laminated Plastic Assemblies: 1 1. NEMA standard LD-1; Class 1, high pressure decorative laminates: Color shown on A. Basis of Design: Aristech Surfaces LLC - manufacturer of Avonite. the drawings: a. Surface Sheet: 0.05 inch thick 2. MATERIALS b. Backing Sheet: 0.02 inch thick phenolic backing sheet. 2 c. Edging: 0.hee inch thick. g g A. Composition: Acrylic resins, fire -retardant mineral fillers, and proprietary coloring agents. Through -the -body color for full thickness of sheet material. d. Adhesive: Fire resistant; Acceptable to laminate manufacturer. B. Sheet Products (vanity countertops): Manufacturer noted on finish schedule in e. Backing: 3/4-inch AB Group 1, exterior grade, APA fir plywood. drawings; 1/2 inch thick sheets, continuous length with bull -nose edge with integral E. STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM back and side splash, and 3/4 inch exterior grade APA Fir plywood backing. 1. Multipurpose Construction Adhesive: Formulation complying with ASTM D 3498 that C. Shaped Products: Integral one-piece bowl; manufacturer's standard; if specified in is recommended for indicated use by adhesive manufacturer, mechanical portions of these specifications. D. Patterns and Colors: As noted on finish schedule in drawings. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Fabricate in shop of millwork subcontractor and assemble in single and complete 2. FABRICATION units to the greatest extent that requirements of delivery and installation in building 3 will permit. A. Fabricate components in shop, to greatest extent practicable, in size and shapes indicated according to approved shop drawings and manufacturer published PART III - EXECUTION fabrication requirements. B. From joint seams between solid surfacing components with specified seam adhisive. 3.1 EXAMINATION Completed joint inconspicuous in appearance and without voids. A. Verify the adequacy and proper location of any required backing or support framing. C. Provide holes and cutouts indicated on approved shop drawings. Rout cutouts and B. Verify that mechanical, electrical, plumbing and other building items (supplied by complete by sanding all edges smooth. others) effecting work in this section are in place and ready. PART III - EXECUTION 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install all work in conformance with MANUAL OF MILLWORK Custom GRADE. 3. EXAMINATION B. All work shall be secured in place, square, plumb and level. 1 C. All work abutting other components shall be properly scribed. A. Examine substrates and conditions that could adversely affect the work of this Section. D. Mechanical fasteners at exposed and semi -exposed surfaces, excluding installation B Substrates must be sound, flat, smooth, and free from dusts or other surface attachment screws and screws used for attaching cabinets end -to -end, shall be contaminants. countersunk. E. Equipment cut-outs within countertops indicated on plans shall be cut by installer. C. Commencement of work will constitute acceptance of substrates and conditions to receive the work- F. Method of attachment, including the type, size, frequency, and/or spacing of anchoring devices and fasteners shall comply to MANUAL OF MILLWORK minimum requirements or be as indicated in the plans or specifications. 3. COUNTERTOP INSTALLAION G. All installations including attachment of casework and countertops shall be in 2 compliance with MANUAL OF MILLWORK minimum requirements. A. Install solid surfacing components plumb.. level, and true according to approved shop drawings and manufacturer's published installation instructions. Use woodworking and specialized fabrication tools acceptable to manufacturer. 3.3 ADJUSTING B. Form joint seams with specified seam adhesive. Seams in locations shown on A. Before completion of the installation, the installer shall adjust all moving or operating approved shop drawings and acceptable to manufacturer. parts to function smoothly and correctly. C. Rout sink coutouts to manufacturer's template. Adhere solid surface cast sinks units to countertops with specified construction adhesive. 3.5 CLEANING D. Install backsplashes and endsplashes where indicated on Drawings. Adhere to A. Upon completion of installation. the installer shall clean all items installed of pencil or countertops with specified construction adhesive. ink marks and broom clean the area of operation, depositing debris in containers provided by the general contractor. 3. WINDOW SILL INSTALLATION 3 END OF SECTION C06200 A. Install window sills for full length of each window unit, securing to substrates with concealed fasteners and specified adhesive. SECTION - CO6410: SOLID NON -POROUS SHEET AND SHAPE PRODUCTS B. Provide minimum 1/8-inch expansion gap on both sides of window sills. Fill gap with specified joint sealant. PART I - GENERAL C. Completed work to be plumb, level and true, with edges eased and sanded smooth. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES 3. REPAIR A. Solid Surface as provided by Clayton Fixture, see National Account Schedule on 4 drawings. A. Minor surface marring for solid surface components may be repaired according to 1. Solid surface countertops manufacture's published installation instructions. 2. Solid surface sinks B. Remove and replace solid surface componets that are damaged and cannot be 3. Solid surface millwork and window sills satisfactorily repaired. 4. Adhesives and sealants 3. CLEANING AND PROTECTION 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS 5 A. Rough Carpentry: SECTION C06110 A. Clean solid surface componets accoring to manufacture's published maintenance instructions. Completely remove excess adhesives and sealants from finished B. Finish Carpentry: SECTION C06200 surfaces. C. Sealants and Caulking: SECTION C07920 B. Protect completed work from damage during remainder of construction period. D. Millwork, Cabinetry and Countertops: SECTION C12390 E. Plumbing: DIVISION 15 END OF SECTION C06410 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings per Section - CO1300 SUBMITTALS B. Product Data 1. Submit product data for each specified product. Include manufacturer's technical data sheets and published instructions. 2. Submit Material Data Safety Sheets (MSDS) for adhesives and sealants. C. Quality Assurance Submittals: 1. Test Reports: Submit certified test reports showing compliance with specified performance characteristics and physical properties, if required. 2. Warranty: Specimen copy of specified warranty. D. Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturer's published maintenance manual with closeout submittals. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Accessibility Requirements: Comply with the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barries Compliance Board ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Minimum of three (3) years documented experience in fabricating solid surfacing countertops similar in scope and complexity to this Project. Currently certified by the manufacturer as an acceptable fabricator. B. Installer Qualifications: Minimum of three (3) years of documented installation experience for projects similar in scope and complexity to this Project, and currently certified by the manufacturer as an acceptable installer. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE and HANDLING A. Delivery: Deliver sinks in original containers. B. Storage and Protection: Store materials protected from exposure to harmful weather conditions, at room temperature and humidity conditions recommended by manufacturer. Store sheet materials flat on pallets or similar rack -type storage to preclude damage. 2 1 E o00� o L> o 0 �0 �CDv Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 C Al 0 F- 21A 4 ,�. (•+�J.fi.tii��L��3►l��f�f�■■�\1 `��i i.'R� Q� J� oT. LO LIM Q J m V>= J= =a o= a VUJ�N FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2 20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 17013 PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 H DRAWN BY Author ti Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. LU SHEET SPECIFICATIONS a. SHEET NUMBER A=904 4 DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION - C07210: BUILDING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Perimeter wall insulation (supporting backfill). 2. Concealed building insulation. 3. Vapor retarders. PART II - PRODUCTS E 2.1 FOAM -PLASTIC BOARD INSULATION A. Extruded -Polystyrene Board Insulation: ASTM C 578 Type IV 1.60 lb/cu. ft. (26 A C 0 b <I �s "a ,I 0 0 .r - C) I w: c-� W Lls I U) Z N �I 0 A LIJ a I C /) � if} �T C:) CO C i L l~J C) kg/cu. m), with maximum flame -spread and smoke -developed indexes of 75 and 450, respectively: 1. Available Manufacturers: a. DiversiFoam Products, Mendota, IL 61342 b. Dow Chemical Company, Midland, M148674 c. Owens Coming, Toledo, OH 43659 2.2 GLASS -FIBER BLANKET INSULATION A. Available Manufacturers: 1. Owens Corning - Eco Touch, Toledo, OH 43659 (preferred) 2. CertainTeed Corporation, Valley Forge, PA 19482 3 Johns Manville, Denver, CO 80202 B. a lanket Insulation: AS C 665 a egory 1 (membrane is a vapor bard ced vapor -retarder membrane on one face. RE: A 201 WALL INSULATION NOTES 2.3 AIR BARRIER A. Air Barrier (Building Felt): ASTM D266 one layer of 30 pound (Type II) asphalt saturated roofing felt. B. Air Barrier (Building Wrap): ASTM E1677 one layer of (Type 1) building wrap; flame -spread and smoke -developed indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, when tested according to ASTM E84; UV stabilized; and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Air Barrier (Building Wrap Tape): Pressure -sensitive plastic tape recommended by building wrap manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in building wrap. 2.4 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Polyethylene Vapor Retarders: ASTM D 4397, 6 mils (0.15 mm) thick, with maximum permeance rating of 0.13 perm (7.5 ng/Pa x s x sq. m). B. Vapor -Retarder Tape: Pressure -sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor -retarder manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder. C. Adhesive for Vapor Retarders: Product recommended by vapor -retarder manufacturer and with demonstrated capability to bond vapor retarders securely to substrates indicated. 2.5 AUXILIARY INSULATING MATERIALS A. Vapor -Retarder Tape: Pressure -sensitive tape of type recommended by insulation manufacturers for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor -retarder facings. B. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation and substrates. PART III - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions to products and application indicated. B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed at any time to ice, rain, and snow. C. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. D. Water -Piping Coordination: If water piping is located within insulated exterior walls, coordinate location of piping to ensure that it is placed on warm side of insulation and insulation encapsulates piping. E. For preformed insulating units, provide sizes to fit applications indicated and selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. Apply single layer of insulation units to produce thickness indicated unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF PERIMETER INSULATION A. On vertical surfaces, set insulation units in adhesive applied according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use adhesive recommended by insulation manufacturer. 1. If not otherwise indicated, extend insulation a minimum of 24 inches (610 mm) below exterior grade line. B. Protect below -grade insulation on vertical surfaces from damage during backfilling by applying protection course with joints butted. Set in adhesive according to insulation manufacturer's written instructions. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF GENERAL BUILDING INSULATION A. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. B. Seal joints between foam -plastic insulation units by applying adhesive, mastic, or sealant to edges of each unit to form a tight seal as units are shoved into place. Fill voids in completed installation with adhesive, mastic, or sealant as recommended by insulation manufacturer. C. Install mineral -fiber insulation in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements: 1. Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill cavity, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. 2. Place insulation in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. 3. Maintain 3-inch (76-mm) clearance of insulation around recessed lighting fixtures. 4. Install eave ventilation troughs between roof framing members in insulated attic spaces at vented eaves. 5. For wood -framed construction, install mineral -fiber blankets according to ASTM C 1320 and as follows: a. With faced blankets having stapling flanges, secure insulation by inset, stapling flanges to sides of framing members. E. Install board insulation on concrete substrates by adhesively attached, spindle -type insulation anchors as follows: 1. Fasten insulation anchors to concrete substrates with insulation anchor adhesive according to anchor manufacturer's written instructions. Space anchors according to insulation manufacturer's written instructions for insulation type, thickness, and application indicated. 2. Apply insulation standoffs to each spindle to create cavity width indicated between concrete substrate and insulation. 3. After adhesive has dried, install board insulation by pressing insulation into position over spindles and securing it tightly in place with insulation -retaining washers, taking care not to compress insulation below indicated thickness. 4. Where insulation will not be covered by other building materials, apply capped washers to tips of spindles. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF AIR BARRIER AND VAPOR RETARDER A. Air Barrier (Building Felt): Install horizontally; begin by aligning bottom edge with base of wall 24-inches from a corner, print side out. Providing a 6-inch minimum horizontal lap and a 2-inch vertical lap. Work from the bottom up, taping all seams. B. Air Barrier (Building Wrap): Seal seams, edges, fasteners, and penetrations with tape; Extend into jambs of openings and seal corners with tape; Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. C. Vapor Retarders: 1. Batt Insulation: Vapor retarder face shall be installed on the warm side of construction, unless otherwise indicated. Tape joints and ruptures in vapor retarder and seal each continuous area of insulation to surrounding construction to ensure airtight installation. 1 3 2. Polyethylene Film: Use a combination of mechanical fasteners and sealant to attach H. to top plate, bottom plate and stud end. Place film over sealant without tension and press to provide contact. Secure to stud every 24-inches. Overlap edges a minimum 6-iches at vertical and horizontal edges. a. Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected from vapor transmission where batt insulation cannot reach. Secure in place with adhesives or other anchorage system as indicated. Extend vapor retarder to cover miscellaneous voids in insulated substrates, including those filled with loose -fiber insulation. 3 4 C. Seal joints caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, and similar items penetrating A. vapor retarders with vapor -retarder tape to create an airtight seal between B penetrating objects and vapor retarder. D. Repair tears or punctures in vapor retarders immediately before concealment by 3 other work. Cover with vapor -retarder tape or another layer of vapor retarder. 5 A. END OF SECTION C07210 B. SECTION - C07464 - FIBER REINFORCED HYBRID (RAINSCREEN) SIDING PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Board and Panel (Rainscreen) Siding for walls and soffits with batten strips and accessory trims and flashings. For exterior and interior use refer to the drawings. 1.2 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. 1' 1 B. Store in ventilated areas with constant minimum temperature of 60 degrees F (16 A degrees C) and maximum relative humidity of 55 percent. 1.3 WARRANTY A. See Section C01700 - Contract Closeout, for additional warranty requirements. B. B. Correct defective Work within one year period after Date of Substantial Completion. C. Provide fifteen (15) year manufacturer warranty for materials. PART II - PRODUCTS 1. 2.1 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 2 A. Conform to applicable code for fire retardant requirements. C. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS D. A. Fiber Reinforced Decking: E. 1. Resysta North America, Inc., Chino, CA 91710 1. 3 2.3 MATERIAL A A. Fiber Reinforced Hybrid (Rainscreen) Siding: shall be an extruded composite consisting of a proprietary blend of approximately 60% rice husks, 22% common salt and 18% mineral oil. B. Properties: Manufacturer to supply information regarding the various properties and B characteristics of its product(s). C. Fiber reinforced hybrid siding shall be workable, sandable and stainable similar to C normal wood products. 2.4 SIDING A. Board Siding: RESCP120612 1. Size: 0.51 inches (13 mm) thick, 5.51 inches (140 mm) high nominal board with.394 inch (10 mm) interlocking shiplap reveal. 2. Maximum Span: 16 inches. 1. 3. Profile: Flat face with ribbed back and grooved shiplap edge. 4 4. Surface Texture: Sanded. B. Corner Strip Closure (Outside End Corners): RESF12812 1. Size: 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) thick by 8-inches (63.5 mm) wide by length. 2. Install miscellaneous trims as shapes as required to provide a complete assembly. 2.5 FINISH A. Stains and Sealer: Select from manufacturer's standard glaze colors. 1. Manufacturer Provided Stain Color: a. FVG C 14 "Siam". Use Sherwin Williams SW6104 Kaffee paint on any ceiling or wall 2. penetrations to match C 14. SW Pro Industrial Multi -Surface Acryclic Coating should 1 be used on any metal surfaces such as mechanical vents. SW Pro Mar 200 Zero A VOC in Eggshell finish should be used on all others surfaces such as drywall, wood, etc. b. Alternate: FVG C 28, where approved by owner. Use Sherwin Williams SW7523 Burnished Brandy to match C 28 2. Sealer: 2K Protection Sealant B. Use of non -manufacturer water borne or oil -based stain is not recommended and may violate the product warranty. 2. 2.6 ACCESSORIES 2 A. Nails and Screws: Corrosion resistant type; non -staining, of size and strength to securely and rigidly retain the work, prefinished to match siding finish. B. Flashing: Galvanized steel 2. C. Accessory Components: Fascias, Starter strips, and Trim of same material and finish 3 as siding. A. D. Prime Paint: Latex base primer enamel. B. PART III - EXECUTION C. 3.1 EXAMINATION D A. Examine substrate conditions before beginning installation; verify dimensions and acceptability of substrate. E. B. Verify that weather barrier has been installed over substrate completely and correctly. C. Confirm metal flashings are installed at sills, heads of wall openings, and horizontal joints of sheet materials. F D. Do not proceed with installation until unacceptable conditions have been corrected. E. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. G 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prime paint surfaces in contact with cementitious materials. 2. 3.3 INSTALLATION 4 A. Install siding in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. A. 1. Preplan cuts to allow for expansion gaps at inside and outside corners. 2. Provide joint gaps as indicated on Drawings. Typical joint width is approximately B 3/8-inch. B. Attach vertical support battens (furring) securely to framing, not sheathing, with C horizontal components true to level and vertical components true to plumb, providing a weather resistant installation. 1. Place vertical support battens (furring) to allow screw attachment within two inches of 2' the end of the horizontally placed siding panels. 5 2. Confirm battens provide minimum 3/4-inch airspace between siding and weather A. barrier. C. Manufacturer to ship pre -stained and pre -sealed individual planks. All trim and fascia panel trim boards will be shipped unfinished. GC is responsible for staining and B. sealing those elements prior to installation. Apply finish stain (1 Coat Stain, 2 Coats Sealant). 1. Where alternate color is used manufacturer will ship unfinished boards and thus GC C will be responsible for all staining and sealing as described above. D. Fasten siding in place, level and plumb. D 1. Arrange for staggered joint (ship's deck) pattern. E 2. Install siding for natural shed of water. 3. Position cut ends over bearing surfaces. Sand cut edges smooth and clean. 2' E. Install comer strips. Countersink screws at all exposed fasteners. See section I. 6 F. Install joint sealers between siding/soffit/trim and adjacent construction, using A. procedures specified elsewhere. G. Touch-up prefinished paint surfaces that are disfigured. Unsightly touch-up will require removal and replacement of affected siding. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. Ease sharp edges with 80-100 grit sandpaper for color uniformity prior to staining. Install manufacturer supplied wood dowel plugs over all exposed "countersunk" screw 3. hole locations. Sand down dowels to be flush with finish wall face & apply finish stain 1 (1 Coat) to match. Manufacturer to supply an adequate amount of additional stain for A GC's use. TOLERANCES 3. Maximum Variation From Plumb and Level: 1/4-inch per 10 feet (6 mm/3 m). 2 Maximum Offset From Joint Alignment: 1/16-inch (1.5 mm). A. PROTECTION B. Protect installed products until completion of project. C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. D. END OF SECTION C07464 SECTION - C07530: THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING PART I - GENERAL SUMMARY Contractor shall furnish and install a 50 mil, single ply membrane roofing system that is fabricated of a weft -inserted low shrink, Anti -wicking Polyester Fabric and has a thermoplastic coating laminated to both sides as manufactured by Duro-Last Roofing Inc. Insulation: Refer to drawings for required thickness and R-Value, Polyisocyanurate, mechanically fastened. (Minimum Prototypical R-Value is 18.5 and prototypical thickness is 3"). Site adapt architect to verify & adjust plans per local regional requirements for actual thickness and R-Value required) RELATED WORK Flexible and Sheet Metal Flashing: SECTION C07600 D. Roof Sheet Metal and Trim: SECTION C07620 Roof Hatches: SECTION C07720 E. QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer, approved by manufacturer to install manufacturer's products. 3• 1. Contact: Linday Beuthin, Regional Sales Manager, (800) 248-0280, ext 2110. 4 Installer must be authorized. A. Source Limitations: Obtain components for membrane roofing system from approved roofing membrane manufacturer. B. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Provide membrane roofing materials with the fire -test -response characteristics indicated as determined by testing identical products per test method below by UL, FMG, or another testing and inspecting agency C. acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. 1. Exterior Fire -Test Exposure: Class A; ASTM E 108, for application and roof slopes indicated. E. WARRANTY 3. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, without monetary limitation, in which 5 manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of membrane roofing and A. flashing system that fail in materials or workmanship within 15 years from date of Substantial Completion. Failure includes roof leaks. It is the Owner's intent to secure a system warrantee for the membrane roofing and roof flashing under one 3 manufacturer's warrantee, with one contractor. 6 A. PART II - PRODUCTS B. PVC ROOFING MEMBRANE C. PVC Sheet: ASTM D 4434, Type III, fabric reinforced. 1. Manufacturers: a. Duro-Last Roofing, Inc., Saginaw, MI 48601 (See National Account) 2. Thickness: 50 mils (3.55 mm), nominal. 3. Exposed Horizontal Face Color: White 4. Exposed Vertical Face Color: Tan ROOF SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM See Section 07620 for roof flashing associated with a "Complete System." 1. 1 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. B. General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for C intended use and compatible with membrane roofing. D Sheet Flashing: Manufacturer's standard sheet flashing of same material, type, reinforcement, thickness, and color as PVC sheet membrane. Bonding Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard solvent -based bonding adhesive for membrane, and solvent -based bonding adhesive for base flashings. Metal Termination Bars: Manufacturer's standard pre drilled stainless -steel or 1 aluminum bars, approximately 1 by 1/8 inch (25 by 3 mm) thick; with anchors. 2 Metal Battens: Manufacturer's standard aluminum -zinc -alloy -coated or zinc -coated A steel sheet, approximately 1 inch (25 mm) wide by 0.05 inch (1.3 mm) thick, pre B punched. Fasteners: Factory -coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting C corrosion -resistance provisions in FMG 4470, designed for fastening membrane to D substrate, and acceptable to membrane roofing system manufacturer. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide pourable sealers, performed cone and vent 1 sheet flashings, performed inside and outside corner sheet flashings, T-joint covers, 3 termination reglets, cover strips, slip sheet, and other accessories. A ROOF INSULATION Polyisocyan u rate Board Insulation, see drawings for required thickness and R-Value: 1. ASTM C 1289, Type II, felt or glass -fiber mat facer on both major surfaces, must be 4 approved by Duro-Last. A Tapered Insulation: Provide factory -tapered insulation boards fabricated to slope of 1/4 inch per 12 inches (1:48), unless otherwise indicated. Provide performed saddles, crickets, tapered edge strips, and other insulation shapes where indicated for sloping to drain. Fabricate to slopes indicated. INSULATION ACCESSORIES Fasteners: Factory -coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting 2• corrosion -resistance provisions in FMG 4470, designed for fastening roof insulation to 1 substrate, and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. A Cold Fluid -Applied Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard cold fluid -applied adhesive formulated to adhere roof insulation to substrate. Cover Board: ASTM C 208, Type 11, Grade 2, cellulosic -fiber insulation board, 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick. Cover Board: DOC PS 2, Exposure 1, oriented strand board, 7/16 inch (11 mm) thick. Cover Board: ASTM C 1177/C 1177M, glass -mat, water-resistant gypsum substrate, 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick. B WALKWAYS AND PROTECTION PADS Flexible Walkways: Extruded factory -formed pad from recycled roof membranes and C oriented strand polyester reinforcement. 1. Duro-Last Roofing, Inc., Saginaw, MI 48601 (See National Accounts) "Roof Trak III" PART III - EXECUTION 2.2 A. SUBSTRATE BOARD INSTALLATION B. Install substrate board with long joints in continuous straight lines, perpendicular to roof slopes with end joints staggered between rows. Tightly butt substrate boards together. INSULATION INSTALLATION Coordinate installing membrane roofing system components so insulation is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at the end of the workday. 2.4 Comply with membrane roofing system manufacturer's written instructions for installing A roof insulation. Install tapered insulation under area of roofing to conform to slopes indicated. B. Mechanically Fastened Insulation: Install each layer of insulation and secure to deck C. using mechanical fasteners specifically designed and sized for fastening specified board -type roof insulation to deck type. D. Fasten insulation to resist uplift pressure at corners, perimeter, and field of roof. E. Contact Duro-Last Engineering Services to determine fastening requirements. Install cover boards over insulation with long joints in continuous straight lines with end joints staggered between rows. Loosely butt cover boards together and fasten to roof deck. Fasten to resist uplift pressure at comers, perimeter, and field of roof. 3.1 MECHANICALLY FASTENED ROOFING MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Install roofing membrane over area to receive roofing according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Unroll roofing membrane and allow to relax before B. installing. Install sheet according to ASTM D 5082. Mechanically or adhesively fasten roofing membrane securely at terminations, C, penetrations, and perimeter of roofing. Contact Duro-Last Engineering Services to determine fastening requirements. Seams: Clean seam areas, overlap roofing membrane, and hot-air weld side and end laps of roofing membrane according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure a watertight seam installation. Repair tears, voids, and lapped seams in roofing membrane that does not meet 3.2 requirements. A. In -Splice Attachment: Secure one edge of roofing membrane using fastening plates or metal battens centered within membrane splice and mechanically fasten roofing membrane to roof deck. Field -splice seam. Through -Membrane Attachment: Secure roofing membrane using fastening plates or metal battens and mechanically fasten roofing membrane to roof deck. Cover battens and fasteners with a continuous cover strip. BASE FLASHING INSTALLATION Install sheet flashings and performed flashing accessories and adhere to substrates according to membrane roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Apply solvent -based bonding adhesive to substrate and underside of sheet flashing at required rate and allow to partially dry. Do not apply bonding adhesive to seam area of flashing. Flash penetrations and field -formed inside and outside corners with sheet flashing. B' Clean seam areas and overlap and firmly roll sheet flashings into the adhesive. Weld en I n watertight seam installation. side and daps to sure a g C Terminate and seal top of sheet flashings and mechanically anchor to substrate through termination bars. WALKWAY AND PROTECTION PAD INSTALLATION Flexible Walkways: Install walkway products in locations indicated. Heat -weld (hot D air) attachment skirts to roof membrane per manufacturer's written instructions. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL E, Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform roof tests and inspections and to prepare test reports. Final Roof Inspection: Arrange for roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel to inspect roofing installation on completion and submit report to Architect. 3.4 Repair or remove and replace components of membrane roofing system where test A results or inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. END OF SECTION C07530 SECTION - C07600: FLEXIBLE AND SHEET METAL FLASHING PART I - GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES Elastomeric flashing for walls, doors and windows. Metal flashings indicated on the drawngs. Mechanical equipment support curb sheetmeal caps and flahsings. Note: The owner preferences a product with a higher pre -consumer and/or post -consumer recycled content under the condition that there is not a significant increase in price between the product options. Under the condition that there is not a significant increase in price between the product options. RELATED SECTIONS Unit Masonry Assemblies: SECTION C04810 Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing: SECTION C07530 Sealants and Caulking: SECTION C07920 Roof Sheet metal Flashing and Trim: SECTION C7620 REFERENCES Publications: Perform sheetmetal work in accord with recommendations in the latest edition of the Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, as published by the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning National Contractor's Association. GUARANTEE In addition to the requirements specified, sheetmetal work shall be completely watertight. The Contractor shall furnish in writing guarantees providing for repairs to sheetmetal work at no additional cost to the Owner. Guarantee shall include repair of all leaks or defects in sheetmetal materials and workmanship appearing within two years of date of acceptance by the Owner. PART II - PRODUCTS FLEXIBLE (ELASTOMERIC) FLASHING Elastomeric Flashing: Flashing and accessories for installation in cavity wall construction. Including but not limited to: 1. Wall bases 2. Heads of openings 3. Window sills 4. Shelf angles and lintels 5. Wall discontinuities in the cavity Provide a water proof EPDM membrane through -wall flashing integrated with the wall assembly's water resistive barrier and cavity drainage system. Provide a EPDM membrane flashing of 0.40 inch (40 mil) thickness consisting of cured, dimensional stable, non -reinforced with talc removed surfaces. Provide accessories as required, including but not limited to: 1. Splice tape, compound, primer and cleaner 2. Bonding adhesives 3. Lap sealants 4. Corner patch 5. Termination bar 1 SHEETMETAL FLASHING Galvanized Sheetmetal: Zinc -coated steel ASTM A653, coated designation G-90, in thickness of 22 gauge 36-inch to 48" coil length. Sheetmetal Minimum Gauges: Gauges are based on galvanized sheetmetal. Where other metal is used, use equivalent weights in tables from the Sheet Metal Manual. 1. Hook Strips 22 ga 2. Joint Covers 22 ga 3. Special Flashing 22 ga 4. Pitch Pans 24 ga 5. Window Sill Flashing 22 ga MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS Screws and Bolts: Galvanized, plated or non-ferrous metal. Solder: Composition 40% lead and 60% tin for use with galvanized sheet. Soldering Flux: Federal Specification 0-F-506, Form A or B or equal commercial product as approved on the job. Mastic: Flashing cement, equal of BESTILE, Manville Products Coporation. Bituminous Paint: ASTM C1187,NA-TAZ, Pure Asphalt Company, Chicago, IL or equal. PART III - EXECUTION ELASTOMERIC FLASHING INSTALLATION General: Install as shown on the drawings and at all locations normally considered good practice. Trim cut flashings clean to provide a finished installation where no flashing surfaces are visible. Wall Flashing: Install where shown on the drawings, 1/2-inch inward from outside face of wall and extend up and through wall as indicated, joints lapped 4 inches minimum with laps bedded in sealant. Door and Window Flashing: Install at all sills and heads, whether or not shown on the drawings. Install 1/2-inch inward from outside face of wall and extend 6" on each side of opening, up and through wall as indicated. Dam ends of flashing to prevent water penetration at ends. Sheeting shall not be allowed to hang free prior to completion of wall finish, but shall be nailed to framing (behind sheathing) with nails and discs. SHEETMETAL INSTALLATION General: 1. Dissimilar Materials Contact: Where sheetmetal is shown contacting concrete, masonry materials, steel, other dissimilar metal, or is contacting wood, keep sheetmetal from direct contact with the dissimilar materials by a coating of bituminous paint applied to a thickness of 15 mils. 2. Surfaces to which sheetmetal will be applied shall be true, smooth, clean, dry and free from defects which might lead to distortion of metal work. Install all sheetmetal work in accordance with approved standards in reference manual, and coordinate with work of other trades, particularly the roofing trade for proper sequence of flashing work. 3. Proper and adequate provisions shall be made in fabrication, installing and fastening sheetmeal work for expansioin and construction of metal and other materials entering in the the work s that pulling, splitting, opening of joints, warpage or other failure of the work shall be prevented. Expansion joints in sheetmetal shall be placed not farther than 40 feet apart. Underlayment: Install building paper under all sheetmetal covering over wood nailers or blocking. Lap joints two inches and nail at 16-inches on center, or secure with flashing cement. Seams: Finish seams neatly with lines trimmed true and sharp. Number of joints shall be as few as is consistent with commercial sizes of materials. 1. Flat seams, not less than 1/2-inch in width, shall be either single locked and sweated with solder, or double locked and malleted flat. 2. Loose locked seams shall be single locked. 3. Cross joints shall be loose locked and filled with elastomeric sealant. Cleats: When applied as an exposed covering, fasten sheet metal to wood nailers with 2-inch by 3-inch cleats of same kind and weight of metal, spaced not over 12-inch center to center along hems, with one end of cleat turned into hem and opposite end secured with two fasteners and turned back over fasteners. Soldering: Remove foreign materials and surface oxides prior to soldering, and solder as soon as possible after cleaning with degreasing solvents. Type of flux shall be compatible with solder used. CLEAN-UP Upon completion of work of this section remove related debris from premises. END OF SECTION C07600 L� A DO 0000 0 Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 W GCR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIORS FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2_20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 17013 A PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY Author r_ Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER A=905 4 3 2 1 c 1 1 1 2 E 1 3 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 4 SECTION - C07620: ROOF SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART I - GENERAL 3.1 A. SECTION INCLUDES B. A. Metal trims, coping, gutters, downspouts and accessories C. B. Metal fascia panels C. Metal soffit panels 3.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. B. A. Thermoplatic Membrane Roofing: SECTION C07530 B. Flexible and Sheetmetal Flashing: SECTION C07600 C. REFERENCES D A. ASTM A 653/A 653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated E. (Galvanized) or Zinc Aluminum Coated (Galvalume) Steel. B. ASTM B 209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate. 3.3 C. Dade County (Florida) Acceptance, Florida Product Approval (FBC) A. D. SMACNA (ASMM) - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association; Architectural Sheet Metal Manual 2006 B. 6TH Edition. E. IBC 2006/12 International Building Code F. ES 1 compliant to meet with ANSI/SPRI G. ASCE 7-10 3.4A SUBMITTALS A Submit under provisions of Section C01000 B. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: C. 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. D. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods. 3.5 C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing layout, profiles and product A. components, including anchorage, accessories, finish colors and textures. B. D. Selection Samples: For each finish product specified, two complete sets of color chips representing manufacturer's full range of available colors and patterns. E. Verification Samples: For each finish product specified, two samples, minimum size 6 inches (150 mm) square representing actual product, color, and patterns. F. Manufacturer's Certificates: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. G. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include methods for maintaining installed products and precautions relating to cleaning materials and methods that might be detrimental to finishes and performance. H. Close Out: Warranty documents specified herein. 1.1 A QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer, approved by manufacturer to install manufacturer's products. 1. Contact: Lindy Beuthin, Regional Sales Manger, (800) 248-0280, ext. 2110. Installer 1.2 must be authorized. A DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING B. A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging with identification labels intact until ready for installation. 1. B. Store materials protected from exposure to harmful conditions. Store material in a dry, above ground location. 2. 1. Stack pre -finished material to prevent twisting, bending, and abrasion, scratching and denting. Elevate one end of each skid to allow for moisture to run off. 2. Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration or staining. 1.3 3. Do not expose to direct sunlight or extreme heat trim material with factory applied A. strippable film. B PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits 2.1 recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. A. 1. C 1. WARRANTY B. 8 2. A Manufacturer's Warranty: Provide manufacturer's warranty inclusive of all sheet L-3 0I iE >1 0- a) NI 0 may- C) I a_ a_ I Ll- I o) Z N 0 I v3 Q A -C U uJ rZ o6 ®I CL co �. 0 CoCD _ T 0 M � i LCx _ - CD � � N ® CD cox C\I U metal, edge to edge as detailed in SECTION 07530 roofing section. The system shall 2.2 be as provided by Duro-Last and made part of the edge to edge warranty. A PART II - PRODUCTS 1. 2. MANUFACTURERS 1 2. A Manufacturer: Duro Last/Exceptional Metals, Saginaw, MI 48601 (See National Accounts) B. B. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Section C01030. C. Soffit Panels: Exceptional Metals Aluminum Soffit Panels; V-grooved. 1. Type: Smooth Surface 2. Type: 0.040 Aluminum 3. Style: Solid 4. Panel Width: 12 inches (305 mm), center to center. 3.1 5. Color: As indicated on the drawings A D. Trim: Manufacturer's standard trim profiles, factory formed; fabricated as 1 recommended in SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. 1. Material: 24 gauge, 0.024 inch (0.61 mm) ASTM A 653/A 653M Galvalume steel. 2' 2. Material: 22 gauge, 0.03 inch (0.76 mm) ASTM A 653/A 653M Galvanized Grade 50 steel. 3. Material: 0.040 inch (0.1mm) aluminum, ASTM B 209 3105-1-114 alloy. 3 4. Finish: KYNAR 500/HYLAR 5000 70% PVDF (Polyvinylidene fluoride) paint. 4 5. Color: As indicated on the drawings B E. Gutters and Downspouts: Manufacturer shall provide gutters and downspouts. Finish 1 and color as indicated on the drawings. 6. Gutter shall consist of 24 gauge Galvalume, Kynar 500/Hylar 5000, Grade 50 steel consisting of 70% PVDF coating. 7. Downspouts shall consist of 24 gauge Galvalume, Kynar 500/Hylar 5000, Grade 50 steel, 70% PVDF coating. All seams for downspouts shall be Pittsburgh seamed not pop riveted, except at the elbows. Pop rivets shall be Stainless Steel and match in color. F. Two Piece Compression perimeter edge metal: 1. Base leg attached to the perimeter shall consist of 22 gage steel cleat. 2. Compression Edge Metal shall consist of 0.040 Aluminum to match the color as indicated on drawings. H. Coping Cap: 1. Coping Special design shall be as detailed in the drawings, providing 24 gage cleat, splice plates and coping base on 4-inch face. I. Scupper Overflow and Through Wall with custom fit Receiver 1. Scupper Overflow: Metal Flange and 2 Skirt Scupper consisting of 24 gauge vinyl coated steel shall be shop fabricated by the manufacturer. The skirt shall be back sealed using the factory supplied mastic behind the flange. 2. Scupper and Collector: Through Wall Scupper and Collector shall be shop fabricated and sized by the manufacturer in one monolithic assembly. The top flange of the collector shall be back sealed and fastened at 6-inch centers. The Receiver/Collector Box shall match color, as indicated on the drawings. The Receiver/Collector shall be 24 gauge steel, Grade 50 steel and the scupper shall be made part of the specified warranty. 3. All Skirts for through wall and for overflow scupper shall be fabricated with White PVC. J. Fascia Custom and Standard Fascia 1. Custom Fascia shall be of 0.040 aluminum. 2. Standard Fascia shall consist of 24 gauge steel. Use manufacturer provided cleats. K3 PART III - EXECUTION EXAMINATION Verify that substrates are acceptable for roofing installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. INSTALLATION Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Coordinate roofing with other work, including but not limited to drainage, flashing and trim, deck substrates, parapets, copings, walls, and other adjoining work. Install roofing, patterns and drainage indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, and as necessary to achieve specified performance and a leak -free Installation. Allow for structural and thermal movement. Separate dissimilar metals using bituminous coating to prevent galvanic action. Provide uniform, neat seams; provide sealant -type joint where indicated and form joints to conceal sealant. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Post Installation Testing: Owner reserves right to perform post installation testing of installed roofing. Manufacturer's Field Services: Upon Owner's request, provide manufacturer's field service consisting of product use recommendations and periodic site visit for inspection of product installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Field Technician shall be a certified inspector employed by Duro-Last and not a member of the sales staff. CLEANING Remove temporary coverings and protection of adjacent work areas. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products. Clean in accordance with manufacturer's instructions prior to Substantial Completion. Remove construction debris from project site and legally dispose of debris. PROTECTION Protect installed products until completion of project. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION C07620 SECTION - C07720: ROOFTOP SUPPORT SYSTEMS PART I - GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES The work covered by this specification consists of fumishing all labor, equipment, materials and accessories, and performing all operations required for the correct installation of recycled rubber pipe supports for mechanical piping and elevated platform supports for refrigeration condensers. QUALITY ASSURANCE Rooftop Support Systems shall be manufactured under a strict quality control program assuring quality product delivered to the jobsite. Supports that are damaged shall not be installed. Workmanship: All supports to be installed by a qualified contractor and installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. All work shall comply with all applicable federal, state, and local codes and laws having jurisdiction. All work shall conform to accepted industry and trade standards for pipe support installations. RELATED SECTIONS Thermoplatic Membrane Roofing: SECTION C07530 Flexible and Sheetmetal Flashshing: SECTION C07600 PART II - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS Pipe Supports: Cooper B-Llne, Inc., Highland, IL 62249, "DURA BLOK' Elevated Equipment Supports: AVCOA Corporation, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33314 MATERIALS Pipe Support: Curb base shall be made of 100% recycled rubber and polyurethane prepolymer with a uniform load capacity of 500 pounds per linear foot of support. In addition, each base to have a reflective yellow stripe. Steel Frame: Steel, 14 gauge strut galvanized per ASTM A653 or 12 gauge strut galvanized per ASTM A653 for bridge series. Attaching hardware: Zino -plated threaded rod, nuts and attaching hardware per ASTM B633. Equipment Support: Constructed of 6061-T6 Aluminum alloy. The support system shall consist of rectangular or circular tube legs, with rails (1-beams) and clips and plates. Engineered to withstand high velocity hurricane zone provisions. Wind loads shall be verified with local jurisdiction having authority. Verify minimum clear clear height required. PART III - EXECUTION INSTALLATION Pipe Support: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Always consult roofing manufacturer for roof membrane compression capacities. If necessary, a compatible sheet of roofing material (rubber pad) may be installed under rooftop support to disperse concentrated loads and add further membrane protection. Gas pipe spacing subject to local gas authorities. Use properly sized clamps to suit pipe sizes. Equipment Elevated Support: Install 2 rails 5 feet each and 2 rails 7 feet with three supports each rail (center middle leg). 5 feet rails to be 31-inches apart at cooler/freezer condensers and 7feet rails to be 27-inches apart at ice machine condensers. Stands shall provide 18-inch minimum clearance and shall be sized and installed according to the manufacturer's load charts and printed installation details. END OF SECTION C07720 1.2 A. B. C. 1.3 A. 1.4 A. 2.1 A. 2.2 A. 1 4 4 :V, 7 2.3 A. 3.1 A. 3.2 A. 1.2 A. B. C. D. E. F. G H. I. J. K. 1.3 A. 1 2 3 4 5 6 2.1 A. 2.2 A. 1 2 B. 1 2 SECTION - C07740: ROOF HATCHES PART I - GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES Furnish labor, materials, services, equipment and appliances required for roof hatch work only when indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. RELATED SECTIONS Aluminum Ladders: SECTION C05514 Thermoplatic Membrane Roofing: SECTION C07530 Flexible and Sheetmetal Flashing: SECTION C07600 2.3 WARRANTY Manufacturer's Standard Warranty: Materials shall be free of defects in material and workmanship for a period of five (5) years from the date of purchase. SUBSTITUTIONS Substitutions shall be considered in accordance with provisions of Section C01030. PART II - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURER Bilco Company, New Haven, CT 06505 3.1 ROOF HATCHES Type "S-50-TB'; completely assembled: Curbs: Shall be 12" (305mm) in height and of 11 gauge (2.3mm) aluminum. Interior and exterior surfaces shall be thermally broken to minimize heat transfer and to resist 3.2 condensation. The curb shall be formed with a 5-1/2" (140mm) flange with 7116" (11 mm) holes provided for securing to the roof deck. The curb shall be equipped with an integral metal capflashing of the same gauge and material as the curb, fully welded at the comers, that features the Bil-Clip® flashing system, including stamped tabs, 6" (153mm) on center, to be bent inward to hold single ply roofing membrane securely in place. Curb Insulation: Shall be 3" (75mm) thick polyisocyanurate with an R-value = 20.3 3.3 (U=0.279 W/m2K). Covers: Shall be 11 gauge (2.3mm) aluminum with a 5" (127mm) beaded flange with formed reinforcing members. Interior and exterior surfaces shall be thermally broken to minimize heat transfer and to resist condensation. Cover shall have a heavy extruded EPDM rubber gasket bonded to the cover interior to assure a continuous seal when compressed to the top surface of the curb. 3.4 Cover Insulation: Shall be 3" (75mm) thick polyisocyanurate with an R-value = 20.3 (U=0.279 W/m2K), fully covered and protected by an 18 gauge (1 mm) aluminum liner. Lifting Mechanisms: Manufacturer shall provide compression spring operators enclosed in telescopic tubes to provide, smooth, easy, and controlled cover operation throughout the entire arc of opening and closing. The upper tube shall be the outer tube to prevent accumulation of moisture, grit, and debris inside the lower tube assembly. The lower tube shall interlock with a flanged support shoe welded to the curb assembly. 3.5 Hardware: 1.Heavy stainless steel pintle hinges shall be provided 2.Cover shall be equipped with a spring latch with interior and exterior turn handles 3.Roof hatch shall be equipped with interior and exterior padlock hasps. 4.The latch strike shall be a stamped component bolted to the curb assembly. 5.Cover shall automatically lock in the open position with a rigid hold open arm equipped with a 1" (25mm) diameter red vinyl grip handle to permit easy release for closing. 6.Compression spring tubes shall be an anti -corrosive composite material and all other hardware shall be zinc plated and chromate sealed. [For installation in highly corrosive environments or when prolonged exposure to hot water or steam is anticipated, specify Type 316 stainless steel hardware]. 7.Cover hardware shall be bolted into heavy gauge channel reinforcing welded to the underside of the cover and concealed within the insulation space. Finishes: Factory finish shall be mill finish aluminum. FABRICATION Fabricate free of visual distortions and defects. Weld comers and joints. Provide for removal of condensation. Provide weather -tight assembly. PART III - EXECUTION PROTECTION Cover and protect hatches from damage before and after installation. Replace damaged covers at no additional cost to Owner. INSTALLATION Install in accord with manufacturer's instructions. Coordinate with installation of roofing system and related flashings. Provide weather -tight installation. Apply bituminous paint on metal surfaces of units in contact with cementitious materials and dissimilar metals. 1.1 END OF SECTION C07740 SECTION - C07920: SEALANTS AND CAULKING PART I - GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES Exterior sealing; waterproofing and visual requirements. Interior sealing; painting requirements. Interior mildew -resistant sealant. Fire-resistant joint sealant. Preparing sealant substrate surfaces. Sealant and backing. RELATED SECTIONS Concrete Footing/Slab-on-Grade: SECTION C03300 Unit Masonry Assemblies: SECTION 04810 Finish Carpentry: SECTION C062000 Flexible and Sheet Metal Flashing: SECTION C07600 Roof Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: SECTION C07620 Aluminum -Framed Entrances and Storefronts: SECTION C08411 Pass-Thru Windows: SECTION C08580 Gypsum Board: SECTION C09250 Reinforced Wall Coverings: SECTION C097700 Painting: SECTION C09910 Millwork, Cabinetry and Countertops: SECTION C12390 INTENT Requirements of this Section controls the type and quality of sealing work. Unless specifically directed otherwise in other Sections and/or on the Drawings these Technical Sections shall take precedence. Provide sealant required to close joints that would allow moisture or air to enter structure between fixed materials as shown on the drawings and as herein specified including but not limited to: Sealing of interior perimeter joints of window framing, door frames, and other wall openings. Setting of thresholds in sealant. Sealing of joints between countertops and wall surfaces for a sanitary joint. Sealing of joints of every nature and description that would allow moisture or air penetration. Sealing of joints indicated to be caulked or sealed whether specifically mentioned herein or not. Sealing around all pipe, duct and vent penetrations. PART II - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURER The Drawings were prepared & written on the basis of using the products pre -approved by the Owner. Such is intended to establish minimum quality and LEED standards, not to limit competitive bidding. Products with equal or superior characteristics by other manufacturers are acceptable under conditions of the Section C01030. The use of sealants with low VOC's is preferred. SEALANT MATERIALS Exterior Sealant: Compound used at masonry joints. BASF Sonolastic NP2, three-part polyurethane sealant; ASTM-C920, Type M. Color: Match brick mortar Exterior Sealant: Compound used at exterior sidewalks and exposed concrete areas. BASF Sonolastic NP2, three-part polyurethane sealant; ASTM-C920, Type M. Color: Match exposed concrete 1.2 1.3 1.3 I+. C. Interior Sealant: Compound used throughout job in dining, kitchen, restrooms, etc: 1.4 1. Dow Corning 790, one -part neutral -cure silicone sealant. A. 2. Color: Clear D. Fire -Resistant Joint Sealant: (as required by building codes or authorities) B. One part fire -stopping sealant system formulated for use in through -penetration sealing of openings, cables, conduit, pipes, and penetrations through walls and floors. 1. 3M Fire Barrier Sealant CP-25WB+ by Electrical Products Division, 3M Company. E. Kitchen Exhaust Hoods to Stainless Steel Wall Panels: 1. 3M "Fire Barrier" 2000 C 2. International Protective Coatings "Flamesafe" FS 1900. ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Non -staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer, to suit application. B. Joint Cleaner: Non -corrosive and non -staining; recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. C. Joint Backing: Where required, non -absorbent and non -staining foam rod, compatible 2.1 with sealant used. Diameter required to form friction surface at sides of open joint. A. D. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. E. Masking Tape: FS UU-T-106. PART III - EXECUTION 2.2 GENERAL A A. Do not use interior sealant for exterior conditions. Gun apply compound with nozzle of proper size to fit width of joint indicated; force sealant into joint with sufficient pressure to expel air and fill groove solidly. INSPECTION B. A. Verify that surfaces and joint openings are ready to receive work and field measurements are as shown on Drawings and recommended by sealant C manufacturer. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing conditions as appropriate for work. D. CONDITIONS A. Exterior: Apply sealants when temperature is between 40 and 100 degrees F. B. Interior: Do not install solvent curing sealants in enclosed building spaces. Maintain 2.3 temperature and humidity recommended by sealant manufacturer during and after A installation. B. PREPARATION A. Perform in accord with ASTM C804 for solvent release and C790 for latex base C sealants. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. Clean and prime joints in accord with manufacturer's instructions. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. Protect elements D surrounding work of this Section from damage or disfiguration. INSTALLATION A. General: Conform to SWI requirements for installation and with manufacturer's 2.4 instructions. Measure joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required A width/depth ratios. B. Joint Backing: Install to achieve neck dimension no greater than 1/3 joint width. C. Bond Breaker: Install where joint backing is not used. D. Masking Tape: Place on finish surface on one or both sides of joint cavity to protect adjacent finish surfaces from compound smears. Remove within 10 minutes after joint has been filled and tooled. E. Primer: Use in accord with manufacturer's instructions. Test for staining on samples of actual surfaces to be sealed prior to application. B. 3.6 FINISHING A. Tool joints slightly concave unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. When tooling white or light color sealant, use dry or water wet tool. C. 3.7 CLEANING AND REPAIRING A. Remove masking tapes and clean adjacent soiled surfaces. Repair or replace defaced or disfigured finishes caused by work of this Section. 3.8 PROTECTION OF COMPLETED WORK A. Protect sealants until cured. 2.5 A. END OF SECTION C07920 B. DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS C. SECTION - CO8110: STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART I - GENERAL D. SUMMARY A. All doors and frames in this section are to be supplied and installed by the General E. Contractor through the Owner's National Account Vendor, refer to National Account list. F. B. Section Includes: 1. Pressed steel hollow metal doors and frames. G. 2. Hollow metal frames for Plastic Laminate doors. 3. Metal louvers in hollow metal doors. 2.6 4. Hollow metal frame reinforcing, door reinforcing, door inslulation, closer A reinforcements, clips angles and anchorage. 5. Factory prime paint finish. RELATED SECTIONS A. Unit Masonry Assemblies (Grout): Section C04810 B. Plastic Laminate Faced Doors: SECTION C08210 B. C. Finish Door Hardware: SECTION C08710 D. Glazing: SECTION C08800 E. Painting: SECTION C09910 C. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicable Standards: Specifications and standards of SDI 100-98. B. Wind Load Performance Requirements: All exterior doors and frames must meet design pressure provided by the ArchitecUEngineer for this project. C. Supplier Qualification: Qualified direct distributor of products to be furnished. The distributor shall have in their regular employment an A.H.C./C.D.C. or person of equivalent experience who will be available at reasonable times to consult with the Architect, Contractor and/or Owner regarding any matters affecting the total door and frame openings. D. Installer Qualification: Experience with installation of similiar materials. SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, core descriptions, label compliance, fire -resistance rating, and finishes for each type of steel door and D frame specified. B. Product test reports. C. Shop Drawings: Provide a schedule of standard steel doors and frames using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on the drawings. E. 1 PRODUCT HANDLING Deliver hollow metal doors in manufacturer's protective covering. Handle hollow metal with care to prevent damage. Door Storage: Store doors in upright position, under cover. Place doors on 4-inch minimum high wood sills or on floors in manner that will prevent rust and damage. Do not use non -vented plastic or canvas shelters which create humidity chamber and promote rusting. If corrugated wrapper on door becomes wet, or moisture appears, remove wrapping immediately. Provide 1/4-inch space between doors to promote aire circulation. Frame Storage: Store frames under cover on 4-inch minimum wood sills or on floors in manner that will prevent rust and damage. Don not use non -vented plastic or canvas shelters which create humidity chamber and promote rusting. Store assembled frames in vertical position, 5 units maximum in stack. Provide 1/4-inch space between frames to promote air circulation. PART II - PRODUCTS E MANUFACTURERS HOLLOW METAL SUPPLIER CONTACT INFORMATION: Locknet, 100 Courchelle Drive Nickolasville, KY 40356 ATTN: Jefff Kirkner (856) 887-9119 ext. 131 HOLLOW METAL Acceptable Manufactures: 1. Steelcraft an Ingersoll-Rand Company, "L-Series" 2. Amweld Building Products, Inc. 3. Ceco Door Products; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company Cold -Rolled Steel Sheet: Commercial quality, strreatcher leveled flatness, cold -rolled steel, free from scale, pitting or other surface defects, compying with ASTM A366 and A568 gemeral requirements. Galvanealed Steel Sheets: ASTM A924, A60 zinc coating. Use galvenealed steel sheets for exterior hollow metal doors, door frames and door louvers. Internal reinforcing may be manufactured of hot rolled pickled and oiled steel per ASTM-A569. Coating materials, primer: Use manufacture's standard rust inhibiting primer conforming to ANSI-A224.1-1990. RELATED MATERIALS Supports and Anchors: After fabricating, galvanize unists to be built into exterior walls according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B. Inserts, Bolts and Anchors: Provide items to be built into exterior walls, hot -dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153W Power -Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials, with clips or other p accessory devises for attaching standard steel door frames of typ indicated. Bituminous Coating: cold -applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness per coat. Provide inert -type noncorrosive compound free of asbestos fibers, sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities. STANDARD STEEL DOORS General: Provide doors of design indicated, not less than thickness indicated; fabricated with smooth surfaces, without visible joints or seams on exposed faces. Comply with ANSI A250.8. 1. Core Construction: Manufacturer's standard polystyrene core that produces doors complying with ANSI A250.8. 2. Vertical Edges for Single -Acting Doors: Beveled edge. a. Beveled Edge: 1/8 inch in 2 inches (3 mm in 50 mm). 3. Top and Bottom Edges: Closed with flush or inverted 0.042-inch- (1.0-mm-) thick end closures or channels of same material as face sheets. Exterior Doors: Face sheets fabricated from metallic -coated steel sheet. Provide doors complying with requirements indicated below by referencing ANSI A250.8 for level and model and ANSI A250.4 for physical -endurance level: 1. Level 3 and Physical Performance Level A (Extra Heavy Duty), Model 2 (Seamless). Interior Doors: Face sheets fabricated from cold -rolled steel sheet, unless otherwise indicated to comply with exterior door requirements. Provide doors complying with requirements indicated below by referencing ANSI A250.8 for level and model and ANSI A250.4 for physical -endurance level: 1. Level 2 and Physical Performance Level B (Heavy Duty), Model 2 (Seamless). STANDARD STEEL FRAMES General: Comply with ANSI A250.8 and with details indicated for type and profile. Exterior Frames: Fabricated from metallic -coated steel sheet. 1. Frames for Level 3 Steel Doors: 14 GA. steel sheet. Interior Frames: Fabricated from cold -rolled steel sheet, unless otherwise indicated to C comply with exterior frame requirements. 1. Frames for Level 2 Steel Doors: 16 GA. steel sheet. 2. Frames for Laminate Doors: 0.053-inch (1.3 mm) thick steel sheet. Supports and Anchors: Fabricated from electrolytic zinc -coated or metallic coated steel sheet. Jamb Anchors: Masonry, stud -wall, compression, or postinstalled expansion type; not less than 0.042 inch (1.0 mm) thick. Floor Anchors: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.042 inch (1.0 mm) thick. Plaster Guards: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.016-inch (0.4-mm) thick. FABRICATION General: Fabricate standard steel doors and frames to be rigid and free of defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for thickness of metal. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. To ensure proper assembly at Project site, clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment. Reinforce as required to support loads imposed by door operation and for installing hardware. Standard Steel Doors: 1. Exterior Doors: Provide weep -hole openings in bottom of exterior doors to permit moisture to escape. Seal joints in top edges of doors against water penetration. 2. Glazed Lites: Factory cut openings in doors. Standard Steel Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling limitations, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of same thickness metal as frames. 1. Welded Frames: Weld flush face joints continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make smooth, flush, and invisible. B 2. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval -head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Plaster Guards: Weld guards to frame at back of hardware mortises in frames installed in concrete or masonry. 4. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottom of jambs and mullions with at least four spot welds per anchor. 5. Jamb Anchors: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches (457 mm) from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches (813 mm) o.c. 6. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped doors, drill stops to receive door silencers as follows. Provide plastic plugs to keep holes clear during construction. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare standard steel doors and frames to receive templated mortised hardware; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping, according to the Door Hardware Schedule and templates furnished as specified on the drawings. 1. Comply with applicable requirements in ANSI A250.6 and ANSI/DHI Al 15 Series specifications for door and frame preparation for hardware. Locate hardware as indicated on Shop Drawings or, if not indicated, according to ANSI A250.8. Stops and Moldings: Provide stops and moldings around glazed lites where indicated. Form corners of stops and moldings with butted or mitered hairline joints. 1. Provide fixed stops and moldings welded on secure side of door or frame. 2. Provide loose stops and moldings on inside of doors and frames. oo�D 0 D o0ORA Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 �F CCR ARCHITECTURE & IWERIORS BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2 20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 17013 A PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY Author Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without egress written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET SPECIFICATIONS a SHEET NUMBER A=906 4 3 1 L 2.7 A 3.1 A. B. C. L] E. F. 9 1.2 A. B. 1.3 A. B. 1.4 A. B. C. 1.5 A. 1 2.1 C A <9 uD 1E N �t- c ,I -CD - 0 I� I co I C0 LL i a C0 sa Z N O I � iE A i �5_ IL LLI ®I I O 0 L` 0 0 ® 0 (y)CO v 2.2 A. 2.3 A. B. 2.4 A. B. 3.1 A 4 FINISHES 3.2 Steel Finish: Factory priming for field -painted finish. A. 1. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard, fast -curing, lead- and chromate -free primer complying with ANSI A250.10 acceptance criteria. PART III - EXECUTION INSTALLATION 3.3 Remove welded -in shipping spreaders installed at factory. A. Provide doors and frames of sizes, thicknesses, and designs indicated. Install standard steel doors and frames plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in place; comply with Drawings and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.4 Standard Steel Frames: Install standard steel frames for doors and other openings, A. of size and profile indicated. Comply with SDI 105. 1. Set frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until B. permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. C a. At fire -protection -rated openings, install frames according to NFPA 80. b. Apply bituminous coating to backs of frames that are filled with mortar, grout, and plaster containing antifreezing agents. 2. Metal -Stud Partitions: Solidly pack mineral -fiber insulation behind frames. 3. Masonry Walls: Coordinate installation of frames to allow for solidly filling space between frames and masonry with mortar as specified in Unit Masonry Assemblies. 4.. Concrete Walls: Solidly fill space between frames and concrete with grout. Install grout in lifts and take precautions, including bracing frames, to ensure that frames are not deformed or damaged by grout forces. 1.1 Standard Steel Doors: Fit hollow -metal doors accurately in frames. Shim as A. necessary. 1. Fire -Rated Doors: Install doors with clearances according to NFPA 80. 1.2 Glazing: Comply with installation requirements and with standard steel door and A. frame manufacturer's written instructions. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before 1.3 final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove A and replace defective work, including standard steel doors or frames that are warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable. Prime -Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air -drying primer. B END OF SECTION C08110 C SECTION C08210: PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED DOORS PART I - GENERAL D SUMMARY E. All doors in this section are to be supplied and installed by the General Contractor through the Owner's National Account Vendor, refer to National Account List. Sections Includes: 1.4 1. Plastic Laminated Faced Doors A. RELATED SECTIONS Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: SECTION C08110 1.5 Finish Door Hardware: SECTION C08710 A. REFERENCES AWI P-200 - Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated; 1997, Seventh B. Edition, Version 1.0. WDMA NWWDA I.S.1-A - Architectural Wood Flush Doors; 1997. SUBMITTALS Submit under provisions of Section 01300. Shop Drawings: Door and frame schedule. Specimen Warranty. 2.1 A. WARRANTY Provide manufacturer's written warranty that doors will be free of defects for the 2.2 period specified under normal use. Adhere to manufacturer's requirements to avoid A. voiding warranty. B. PART II - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED DOOR SUPPLIER CONTACT INFORMATION: Locknet, 100 Courchelle Drive Nickolasville, KY 40356 ATTN: Jeff Kirkner (856) 887-9119 ext. 131 MATERIALS Non -Fire -Rated Solid Core Doors: Flush wood doors faced with NEMA LD 3, Grade HGS (0.050-inch thick) high pressure plastic laminate. 1. Type: Particleboard core type, complying with AWI Type PC-HPDL-3 and WDMA NWWDA I.S.1-A; with average 30 pcf (480 kg/cu m) density core complying with ANSI A208.1 Grade LD-1. a. Crossbanding: 1/10 inch (2.5 mm) thick 3-ply wood crossbanding. b. Face Backer: 1/10 inch (2.5 mm) thick hardboard face backer. 2. Facing Color: See drawings. 3. Edge Banding: Matching laminate. C 4. Total Thickness: 1-3/4 inches (44 mm). 5. Core Edges: Structural composite lumber. 6. Stiles and Rails: Solid hardwood lumber. 7. Stile Width: 1-3/8 inches (35 mm) before trimming. 8. Top Rail Height: 1-3/8 inches (35 mm) before trimming. 9. Bottom Rail Height: 1-3/8 inches (35 mm) before trimming. D 10. Adhesive: Type I, waterproof & urea -free. FABRICATION Doors: Factory fit doors to suit frame -opening sizes indicated, with the following E. uniform clearances and bevels, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Comply with clearance requirement standards for non rated door fitting. F. 2. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Coordinate measurements of hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before factory machining. 2.3 QUALITY CONTROL A Face Plane Tolerance (Telegraphing): Variation in surface of face not more than 1/100 inch from true plane in any 3 inch span. Warp Tolerance: Bow, cup, and twist not more than 1/4 inch in any 42 inches wide by 84 inches high area, or less, if door dimensions are smaller; excluding doors less than 1-3/4 inch thick that are over 36 inches wide or 84 inches high and doors with cutouts exceeding manufacturer's specified limits. B. PART III - EXECUTION C PREPARATION Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with level heads and plumb jambs. 1 3 INSTALLATION Install all materials in strict accordance with the manufacturer's installation instruction with doors in frame plumb and true, without rack, and so doors do not fall open or closed simply due to gravity. 1. Install door frames with specified. 2. Install door hardware as specified. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Installation Tolerances: Install non fire -rated doors with not more than 1/8-inch clearance at top and sides, 1/4-inch at bottom. ADJUSTING, CLEANING AND PROTECTION Operation: Adjust door and frame for free operation without binding, rack, or warp. Re -hand or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely. Clean and remove dust and other foreign matter from panel and framing surfaces. Clean finishes in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Project installed doors until completion of project. END OF SECTION C08210 SECTION - C08320: FRP FLUSH DOORS PART I - GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES Fiberglass reinforced polyester (FRP) flush doors with aluminum frames. RELATED SECTIONS Standard Steel Door and Frames: SECTION C08110 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS General: Provide door assemblies that have been designed and fabricated to comply with specified performance requirements, as demonstrated by testing manufacturer's corresponding standard systems. Air Infiltration: For a single door T-0" x T-0°, test specimen shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E 283 at pressure differential of 6.24 psf. Door shall not exceed 0.90 cfm per linear foot of perimeter crack. Water Resistance: For a single door 3'-0" x 7'-0", test specimen shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E 331 at pressure differential of 7.50 psf. Door shall not have water leakage. Thermal Transmission, Exterior Doors, U-Value, AAMA 1503-98: Maximum of 0.29 BTU/hr x sf x degrees F. Minimum of 55 CRF value. Surface Burning Characteristics, FRP Doors and Panels. ASTM E 84: 11. Flame Spread: Maximum of 200, Class C. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, including description of materials, components, fabrication, finishes, and installation. WARRANTY Warrant doors, frames, and factory hardware against failure in materials and workmanship, including excessive deflection, faulty operation, defects in hardware installation, and deterioration of finish or construction in excess of normal weathering. Warranty Period: Ten years starting on date of shipment. In addition, a limited lifetime (while the door is in its specified application in its original installation) warranty covering: failure of corner joinery, core deterioration, delamination or bubbling of door skin. PART II - PRODUCTS RE: G-001 FOR CROSSED OUT PORTIONS Special -Lit Igan FRP FLUSH DOORS Model: SL-17 Flush Doors with SpecLite3 fiberglass reinforced polyester (FRP) face sheets. Construction: 1. Door Thickness: 1-3/4 inches. 2. Stiles and Rails: Aluminum extrusions made from prime -equivalent billet that is produced from 100% reprocessed 6063-T6 alloy recovered from industrial process, minimum of 2-5/16-inch depth. 3. Comers: Mitered. 4 Provide joinery of 3/8-inch diameter full -width be rods through extruded splines top and bottom integral to standard tubular shaped stiles and rails reinforced to accept hardware as specified. 5. Securing Internal Door Extrusions: 3/16-inch angle blocks and locking hex nuts for joinery. Welds, glue, or other methods are not acceptable. 6. Furnish extruded stiles and rails with integral reglets to accept face sheets. Lock face sheets into place to permit flush appearance. 7. Rail caps or other face sheet capture methods are not acceptable. 8. Extrude top and bottom rail legs for interlocking continuous weather bar. 9. Meeting Stiles: Pile brush weatherseals. Extrude meeting stile to include integral pocket to accept pile brush weatherseals. 10. Bottom of Door: Install bottom weather bar with nylon brush weatherstripping into extruded interlocking edge of bottom rail. 11. Glue: Use of glue to bond sheet to core or extrusions is not acceptable. Face Sheet: 1. Material: SpecLite3 FRP, 0.120-inch thickness, finish color throughout. 2. Protective Coating: Abuse -resistant engineered surface. Provide FRP with SpecLite3 protective coating, or equal. 3. Texture: Pebble. 4. Adhesion: The use of glue to bond face sheet to foam core is prohibited. Core: 1. Material: Poured -in -place polyurethane foam. 2. Density: Minimum of 5 pounds per cubic foot. 3. R-Value: Minimum of 9. Cutouts: 1. Factory install vision lites, louvers, and panels. Hardware: 1. Premachine doors in accordance with templates from specified hardware manufacturers and hardware schedule. No exceptions will be allowed. MATERIALS Aluminum Members: 1. Aluminum extrusions made from prime -equivalent billet that is produced from 100% reprocessed 6063-T6 alloy recovered from industrial processes: ASTM B 221. 2. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209. 3. Alloy and Temper: As required by manufacturer for strength, corrosion resistance, application of required finish, and control of color. Components: Door and frame components from same manufacturer. Fasteners: 1. Material: Aluminum, 18-8 stainless steel, or other noncorrosive metal. 2. Compatibility: Compatible with items to be fastened. 3. Exposed Fasteners: Screws with finish matching items to be fastened. K 2.4 ALUMINUM DOOR FRAMING SYSTEMS SECTION - C08344: TRAFFIC DOORS 9. A. Tubular Framing: 1. Size and Type: As indicated on the Drawings. PART 1- GENERAL 2. Materials: Aluminum extrusions made from prime -equivalent billet that is produced from 100% reprocessed 6063-T6 alloy recovered from industrial processes, 1.1 SUMMARY 1.3 1/8-inch minimum wall thickness. A. Light to medium duty traffic doors. A. 3. Applied Door Stops: 0.625-inch high, with screws and weatherstripping. Door stop shall incorporate pressure gasketing for weather seal. Counterpunch fastener holes 1.2 SUBMITTALS in door stop to preserve full metal thickness under fastener head. 4. Frame Members: Box type with 4 enclosed sides. Open -back framing in not A. Submit under provisions of SECTION CO1300. B acceptable. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 2. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 1 • 5. Caulking: Caulk joints before assembling frame members. p 2 6. Joints: 3. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. a. Secure joints with fasteners. 4. Installation methods. b. Provide hairline butt joint appearance. 5. Operation and maintenance data. 7. Field Fabrication: Field fabrication of framing using stick material is not acceptable. 1.4 8. Applied Stops: For side, transom, and borrowed lites and panels. Applied stops 1.3 WARRANTY A shall incorporate pressure gasketing for weathering seal. Reinforce with solid bar A. Provide manufacturer's standard two-year warranty that products are free of defects in stock fill for frame hardware attachments. material and workmanship and guaranteeing to replace (exclusive of freight and labor) B. 9. Hardware: parts proven defective within two years after date of shipment purchaser. a. Premachine and reinforce frame members for hardware in accordance with 1. manufacturer's standards and hardware schedule. PART II - PRODUCTS 10 Anchors: 2.1 MANUFACTURERS a. Anchors appropriate for wall conditions to anchor framing to wall materials. A. Eliason Corporation, Kalamazoo, MI 49003, (800) 828-3655. b. Door Jamb and Header Mounting Holes: Maximum of 24-inch centers. B. Substitutions: Not permitted. 1 c. Secure head and sill members of transom, side lites, and similar conditions. B. Frame Capping: 2.2 TRAFFIC DOORS 1. 1. Model: SL-70. A. Personnel Doors: 3/4-inch exterior grade solid wood core; 1-inch total thickness; light 2. Capping: With insert frame as indicated on the Drawings. to medium duty. 3 3. Finish: Match framing. 1. Facing: Full length stainless steel panels. (Model SCP-3) B. a. Full Length Panels: 18 gauge stainless steel both sides; stainless steel top hinge 1 2.5 HARDWARE covers. A. Premachine doors in accordance with templates from specified hardware 2. Window Size: 10-inch diameter. manufacturers and hardware schedule. 3. Window Molding: Black rubber molding. 2 4. Glazing: Clear acrylic. 2.6 VISION LITES 5. Provide jamb guards and base plates as specified in Accessories below. A. Factory Glazing: 1/4-inch glass 2.3 HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES 3. B. Lites in Exterior Doors: Allow for thermal expansion. A. Hinges: Double Action Easy Swing proprietary hinges. 1. Finish: Stainless steel. 4. 2.7 ALUMINUM FINISHES B. Jamb Guards: Use in high impact traffic areas to protect the door jamb and bottom A. Anodized Finish: Class I finish, 0.7 mils thick. See Drawings for finish. pin. Installed at bottom edges of corners. 1. Finish: Stainless steel. PART III - EXECUTION 2. Size: 3-inches (76 mm) wide by 9-inches (229 mm) high. 3.1 INSTALLATION PART III - EXECUTION A. Install doors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. B. Install doors plumb, level, square, true to line, and without warp or rack. 3.1 EXAMINATION 1 C. Anchor frames securely in place. A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. D. Separate aluminum from other metal surfaces with bituminous coatings or other B. Verify jambs plumb and square. means approved by Architect. 2. 3.2 PREPARATION END OF SECTION C08320 A. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. 3. SECTION - C08306: ACCESS PANELS 3.3 INSTALLATION 4. PART I - GENERAL A. Install in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. B. Anchor assembly to wall construction and building framing without distortion or stress. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES C. Fit and align door assembly including hardware. A. Flush mounted access panels. D. Adjust door assembly to smooth operation and in full contact with weatherstripping. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS END OF SECTION C08344 A. Metal Fabrications: SECTION C05500 /2. B. Gypsum Board Systems: SECTION C09250 SECTION C08411: ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES & STOREFRONTS C. Rough Carpentry: SECTION C06000 D. Painting: SECTION C09910 PART I - GENERAL 2.2 PART II - PRODUCTS 1.1 SUMMARY A. A. Section Includes: Aluminum Storefront, including: 2.1 MANUFACTURER 1. Aluminum storefront with thermally broken frame. B. A. Interior Access Panels: 2. Aluminum storefront with non -thermally broken frame for interior applications. 1. 1. Larsen Manufacturing Co, Minneapolis, MN 55432 3. Aluminum Entrance System 2. MIFBA, Chicago, IL 60643 2. 3. Substitutions are allowed as described in SECTION C01030 B. Related Sections: B. Exterior Access Panels: 1. Sealants and Caulks: SECTION C07920 1. JL Industries, Bloomington, MN 55435 2. Finish Door Hardware: SECTION C08710 2.3 3. Glazing: SECTION C08800 A. 2.2 ACCESS PANELS C. Note: The owner's preference is for a product with a higher pre -consumer and/or 1 A. Interior: Access panels shall meet or exceed the following: post -consumer recycled content under the condition that there is not a significant increase in price between the product options. Contractor to submit options. 1. Size: 16 x 16 or as indicated on the drawings 2. 2. Material: 1.2 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE DESCRIPTION 3• a. Door: 14 gage galvanized steel, minimum A. Performance Requirements: Provide aluminum storefront systems that comply with 4• b. Frame: 16 gage steel, minimum performance requirements indicated, as demonstrated by testing manufacturer's 2. Hardware: assemblies in accordance with test method indicated. a. Hinges: Concealed. 1. Wind Loads: Completed storefront system shall withstand wind pressure loads normal 5• b. Locks: Flush screw driver operated steel cam. to wall plane indicated: 3. Anchors: Manufacturer's standard for use intended. a. Exterior Walls: 6• 4. Finish: Phosphate dipped steel with factory prime coat. b. Positive Pressure: Refer to project specific requirements B. Exterior: Model XPA weather resistant flush access panel c. Negative Pressure: Refer to project specific requirements B. 1. Material: 4. Deflection: Maximum allowable deflection in any member when tested in accordance a. Door: 2-inch thick insulated .040 aluminum with ASTM E 330 with allowable stress in accordance with AA Specifications for 2.4 b. Insulation: Fiberglass Aluminum Structures. A. c. Frame: 16 gauge galvanized steel frame with 1-inch hinge a. Without Horizontals: U175 maximum. 1 2. Hardware: b. With Horizontals: U175 or U240 + 1/4-inch (6.4mm) for spans greater than 13-6" 2• a. Hinge: Continuous stainless steel piano hinge (4.1 m) but less than 40'-0" (12.2m). 3. 3. Handle: Provide (2) non -locking (H) die-cast zinc handles with chrome plating 5. Thermal Movement: Provide for thermal movement caused by 180 degrees F. (82.2 B. degrees C.) surface temperature, without causing buckling stresses on glass, joint 1 4. Gasket: EPDM foam rubber bulb seal seal failure, undue stress on structural elements, damaging loads on fasteners, 5. Anchors: Manufacturer's standard for use intended. reduction of performance, or detrimental effects. C. 6. Powdercoat Finish: Bronze (B) 6. Air Infiltration: Completed storefront systems shall have 0.06 CFM/FT2 (1.10 m3/h•m2) 7. Provide spring chain to prevent door swinging more than 110 degrees. maximum allowable infiltration when tested in accordance with ASTM E 283 at differential static pressure of 6.24 PSF (299 Pa). PART III - EXECUTION 7. Water Infiltration: No uncontrolled water when tested in accordance with ASTM E 331 3.1 at test pressure differential of 10 PSF (479 Pa) (or when required, field tested in A. accordance with AAMA 503). Fastener Heads must be seated and sealed against Sill 3.1 INSTALLATION Flashing on any fasteners that penetrate through the Sill Flashing. 1 A. Protect access panels from damage. Protect work of other trades during 8. Thermal Performance: When tested in accordance with AAMA 507, AAMA 1502 and 2. installation. Install access panels in locations indicated, complete in all details, NFRC 100: securely anchored in place, plumb, level and parallel with building lines. Finally a. Condensation Resistance Factor (CRFf): A minimum of 60. installed access panels shall open and close freely. b. Complete System Thermal Transmittance U Value: 0.50 BTU/HR/FT2/°F or less. 3.2 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of work of this Section, remove all debris relating to the conduct of this portion of the work from the premises. END OF SECTION C08306 1 Acoustical Performance: When tested in accordance with AAMA 1801: a. Sound Transmission Class (STC) shall not be less than 35. b. Outdoor -Indoor Transmission Class (OITC) shall not be less than 29. SUBMITTALS General: Prepare, review, approve, and submit specified submittals in accordance with "Conditions of the Contract" and Division 1 Submittals Sections. Product data, shop drawings, samples, and similar submittals are defined in "Conditions of the Contract." Closeout Submittals: Warranty: Submit warranty documents specified herein. Project Record Documents: Submit project record documents for installed materials in accordance with Division 1 Project Closeout (Project Record Documents) Section. WARRANTY Project Warranty: Refer to "Conditions of the Contract' for project warranty provisions. Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit, for Owner's acceptance, manufacturer's standard warranty document executed by an authorized company official. Warranty Period: Manufacturer's one (1) year standard warranty commencing on the Substantial date of Completion. PART II - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS RE: G-001 FOR CROSSED OUT PORTIONS Acceptable Manufacturers: YKK AP America Inc. (National Account) Kawneer North America. (National Account) Substitutions will not be accpeted. Storefront Framing System: Exterior Applications Storefront System: a. K AP YES / YES 45 TU Center Set Storefront System b. Ka eer Tnfab VG 451 T Framing System De • ton: Center set, exterior flush glazed; jambs a vertical mullions continu s; head, sill, intermediate horizontal attach by screw spline joinery or shear ock attachment. Componen * Manufacturer's standard extrude luminum mullions, 90 degree corne sts, entrance door framing, a indicated shapes. Thermal Barrier a. YKK - Provide con ' uous thermal barrier means of a poured and debridged pocket co isting of a two-p , chemically curing high density polyurethane which is nded to the minum by YKK Therma Bond Plus®. Systems employing non- tructural rmal barriers are not acceptable. b. Kawneer - IsoLockTm Ther I Br k with a 1/4" (6.4 mm) separation consisting of a two-part the y curing, high -density polyurethane, which is mechanically and adhesively ' ed to aluminum storefront sections. Storefront Framing Syste - Inte r Applications Storefront System: a. YKK AP YES / YES 4 U Center Set torefront System b. Kawneer Trifab VG 1 T Framing Syste Description: Cen r set, exterior flush glaz ; jambs and vertical mullions continuous; he , sill, intermediate horizonta ttached by screw spline joinery or shear bloc attachment. Compone Manufacturer's standard extruded uminum mullions, 90 degree ner posts, entrance door framing, and in 'sated shapes. Therm Barriers: a. YK - Provide continuous thermal barrier by means of a oured and d ridged pocket consisting of a two-part, chemically cud high density lyurethane which is bonded to the aluminum by YKK The a Bond Plus®. Systems employing non-structural thermal barriers are not a table. Kawneer - IsoLockTm Thermal Break with a 1/4" (6.4 mm) separa 'on consisting of a two-part chemically curing, high -density polyuretha , which is mechanically and adhesively joined to aluminum storefront sections. Entrance System: YKK AP Series 20D Narrow Stile Kawneer Insulpour 250T Narrow Stile MATERIALS Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221 M), 6063-T6 Aluminum Alloy. Aluminum Sheet: Anodized Finish: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), 5005-H14 Aluminum Alloy, 0.050-inch (1.27 mm) minimum thickness. Painted Finish: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), 3003-H14 Aluminum Alloy, 0.080-inch (1.95 mm) minimum thickness. ACCESSORIES Manufacturer's Standard Accessories: Fasteners: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel or other materials to be non -corrosive and compatible with aluminum framing members, trim hardware, anchors, and other components Glazing: As secified in Division 08, Section "Glazing". Glazing Gaskets: Glazing gaskets in accordance with ASTM C864. Spacers and Setting Blocks: Setting blocks, edge blocks, and spacers in accordance with ASTM C864, shore durometer hardness as recommended by manufacturer Flashing: 0.050 Aluminum Sill Flashing End Dams must have 3 point attachment. Provide rubber safety gasket in Playground along sills and up full height along sides. Refer to drawings for door hardware requirements. FINISHES AND COLORS Colors by Manufacturer YKK - Y135N Dark Bronze Anodized Plus Kawneer - #40 Dark Bronze Verify finish color with drawings. Anodized Finishing by Manufacturer Anodic Coating: Electrolytic color coating shall be a minimum of .7 mils. Top Coat by Manufacturer PART III - EXECUTION MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS / RECOMMENDATIONS Compliance: Comply with manufacturer's product data, including product technical bulletins, installation instructions, and product carton instructions. The latest YKK installation manual is available at www.ykkap.com The latest Kawneer installation manual is available at www.kawneer.com 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Install system in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions, shop drawings, and within specified tolerances. B. Provide sill flashing at exterior storefront systems. Extend extruded flashing continuous with splice joints; set in continuous beads of sealant. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjusting: Adjust swing doors for operation in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Cleaning: The General Contractor shall clean installed products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions prior to owner's acceptance, and remove construction debris from project site. Legally dispose of debris. END OF SECTION C08411 E COq o � 000°� Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 C L 0 A W CCR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIORS FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2_20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 17013 PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY Author Information contained on this drawing and in aN digital files produced for above named prgect may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authored project representatives. W SHEET SPECIFICATIONS 0. SHEET NUMBER A=907 4 K] 2 1 . 4 SECTION - C08580: PASS-THRU WINDOWS 3.2 PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Aluminum automatic pass-thru service windows. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Unit Masonry Assemblies: SECTION CO4810 B. Sealants and Caulks: SECTION C07920 C. Glazing: SECTION C08800 Electrical Division 16 - See Electrical Drawings 3.3 1.3 REFERENCES E A. American Architectural Manufacturer's Association (AAMA): 1. ANSI/AAMA 10 1: Voluntary Specs. for Aluminum & Poly Vinyl Chloride Prime Windows & Glass Doors B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. ANSI Z97.1: Safety Glazing Materials Used in Buildings - Safety Performance Specs & Methods of Test 1.4 SYSTEM OF DESCRIPTION A. Performance Requirements: Provide automatic aluminum windows which have been manufactured, fabricated, and installed to maintain performance criteria by manufacturer without defects, damage, or failure. 1.1 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and standard details for automatic and manual windows for project closeout. B. Quality Assurance Submittals and Closeout Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Manufacturer's Installation instructions and Operation and Maintenance Data. 2. Warranty document as specified herein. 1.2 1.6 WARRANTIES A. Project Warranty: Refer to Conditions of the Contract for project warranty provisions. B. Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit, for Owner's acceptance, manufacturer's standard warranty document. Manufacturer's warranty is in addition to, and not a limitation of, 1.3 other rights owner may have under the Contract Documents. 1. Warranty Period: One year warranty shall be provided commencing on Date of Substantial Completion. C. Distributor's Warranty: The installing distributor shall provide one-year warranty covering the labor and transportation charges for defective parts replacement. 1.4 D PART II - PRODUCTS RE: G-001 FOR CROSSED OUT PORTIONS 1 MANUFACTURERS 1.5 A. Quicksery Corp, Houston, TX 40466 (See National Accounts). No substitutions. 1. Model BP-7241 E (Bi-Parting Horizontal Sliding Windows Unit): a. Service Opening: 29-1/2 inches (w) x 32 inches (h) b. Rough Opening: 72-1/2 inches (w) x 41-1/2 inches (h) c. Operation Sensor Thru-Beam Horizontal Eye Bar 1.6 2. Push Button . d. lazing: 5/8-inch laminated e. Fi ' h: As indicated on the drawings f. Mee Performance Requirements of CMSBO, Section 15 50 100 exts CAWM 301-9 Forced Entry Resistance Test for Windows, and ASTM 88. 1.7 g. Hook Lo k: Adam's Rite 2.2 EQUIPMEN A. Window Unit mponents: 1. Header: Alumin , 4 inch deep by 6 inch high with re ovable face plate. 2. Track: Aluminum, 4 inch wide, nylon covered, repl ble. 3. Rollers: Steel, high ality ball bearing wheels 1-1 inch in diameter. 4. Sliding panel(s) and f d panel(s): Aluminum a glass. 1.8 5. Concealed guides: To s ilize bottom of slidi panel. 6. Anti -derailing means: A co tinuous aluminu extrusion full length of travel slide panel. 1 9 7. Mohair weather-strip: On all st ' e rails well as on adjoining vertical rails. 8. Jambs: Aluminum, 1-3/4 inch by in . 9. Glass: Thickness and glazing as p r nit type. C 10. Hardware: a. Manual Locks: Single slide units quip d with Adams Rite® maximum security MS1850 lock, 1-5/32 inch cyli er, 641 tandard thumbturn and keeper. B. Operator Components/Feat es for Auto tic Units: 1. 1/2 inch threadless shaft nStructed of ind ion hardened steel. 2.1 2. Linear travel block utilizi six aircraft quality 11 bearings with integral clutch and rod lubrication. 3. 1/8 HP DC permane magnet motor, 1800 RPM 4. Electronic control ule. 5. Fully and indepe dentiy adjustable open seed and do check 6. Adjustable tim delay from 1 to 20 seconds 7. Adjustable r ersing circuit enabling operator to reopen wi dow unit if closing path is 2.2 obstructed 8. Circuit b aker (.5 Amp) for current overload protection. 2.3 GLA SAND GLAZING A. G ral: Glass and glazing provided by manufacturer in thickness a d type r commended for particular unit type. B. Glass Materials (thickness as per unit type): 1. Laminated Glass: ASTM E774, ASTM 1036.90 Dual -Seal. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Panel Construction: Mortise and tenon type joints, neatly and mechanically se ed. Sash consists of snap -in glass stops, snap -in glazing beads and vinyl gaskets. B. Frame Construction: Butt joints, neatly and mechanically secured by means of screws and formed aluminum comer brackets. C. Operator for Automatic Units: Electromechanical, modular type construction. B 2.5 FINISHES A. Standard Stock Finishes (for all exposed aluminum surfaces): Verify color with Finish Schedule 1. 313-Rl Dark Bronze: Architectural Class 11 Anodic Coating with Inteqral Color, AA- M12C22A32 Al Of PART III - EXECUTION QI to 3.1 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. Compliance: Comply with factory product data, technical bulletins, and installation and carton instructions. N O IT 0 O (D cr_ I I� LL I rn a U) C. Z N N 0 U A LL CL uJ a) a n ®I 0) d 0 �y 00 . d cn OI LO O C) O C:)� 0 O ce) _00_J 3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install window units plumb, level, and true to line, without warp or rack of frames or sash with manufacturer's prescribed tolerances. Provide support and anchor in place. 1. Dissimilar Materials: Comply with AAMA 101, Appendix Dissimilar Materials by separating aluminum materials and other corrodible surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action contact points. 2. Weather -tight Construction: Install sill and other members in a bed of sealant or with joint filler or gaskets. Coordinate installation with wall flashings and other components of construction. 3. Electrical (for automatic units): General or electrical contractor to install all wiring to operator. Up to five units may be connected to a single circuit. CLEANING, ADJUSTMENT, AND PROTECTION A. Cleaning: After installation, installer will clean product surfaces and lubricate operating equipment for optimum condition and safety. B. Adjustment (for automatic units): Installer to adjust operator and controls for optimum condition and safety. END OF SECTION C08580 SECTION - C08710: FINISH DOOR HARDWARE PART I - GENERAL SUMMARY A. All door hardware covered in this section is to be provided by the National Accounts Vendor and installed by the General Contractor, unless noted otherwise on the drawings. 1. Provide door gaskets, including weather stripping and seals and thresholds. 2. Provide gate hardware. RELATED SECTIONS A. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: SECTION C08110 B. Plastic Laminate Faced Doors: SECTION C08210 C. Aluminum -Framed Entrances & Storefronts: SECTION C08411 REFERENCES A. ANSI/BHMA Certified Product Standards - A156 Series B. Hardware items shall comply with ANSI specifications and the Americans with Disabilities Act. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Hardware Supplier: Company specializing in supplying door hardware with three years documented experience approved by manufacturer. SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit per SUBMITTALS Section. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include data on operating hardware, lubrication requirements, and inspection procedures related to preventative maintenance. Data shall be submitted as part of contract closeout. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Package hardware items individually with necessary fasteners, instructions, and installation templates, when necessary; label and identify each package with door opeing code to match hardware schedule. COORDINATION OF WORK A. Coordinate Work with other directly affected sections involving manufacture or fabrication of internal reinforcement for door hardware and recessed items. B. Provide templates or actual hardware as required to ensure proper preparation of doors and frames. C. Sequence installation to accommodate required utility connections. D. Coordinate Owner's keying requirements during course of Work. WARRANTY A. Furnish manufacturer warranty for lockstes and door closers. MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Furnish special wrenches and tools applicable for each different and for eash special hardware component. B. Furnish maintenance tools and accessories supplied by hardware componet manufacturer. PART II - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS A. HOLLOW METAL SUPPLIER CONTACT INFORMATION: Locknet 100 Courchelle Drive Nickolasville, KY 40356 ATTN: Jeff Kirkner (856) 887-9119 ext. 131 COMPONENTS A. General Hardware Requirements: Where not specifically indicated, comply with applicable ANSI Al56 standard for type of hardware required. Furnish each type of hardware with accessories as required for applications indicated and for complete, finished, operational doors. 1. Templates: Furnish templates or physical hardware items to door and frame manufacturers sufficiently in advance to avoid dealy in Work. 2. Reinforcing Units: Furnished by door and frame manufacturers; coordinated by hardware supplier or hardware manufacturer. 3. Fasteners: Furnish as recommended by hardware manufacturer and as required to secure hardware. Finish to match hardware item being fastended. B. Hinges: ANSI A156.1, full mortise type, template type, ASNI A156.7, complying with followiong general requirements unless otherwise scheduled. 1. Widths: Sufficient to clear trim projection when door swings 180 degrees. 2. Number: Furnish minimum three hinges to 90-inches height. a. Interior Flat Panel Wood Doors: Furnish minimum three hinges. 3. Size and Weight: 4-1/2 inch standard weight typical for 1-3/4 inch doors. a. Doors over 40-inch wide, extra heavy weight ball or oilite bearing hinges. b. Doors over 48-inch wide, 5-inch extra heavy ball or oilite bearing hinges. 4. Pins: Furnish nonferrous hinges with non -removable pins (NRP) at exterior and loved out swinging doors, non-rishing pines at interior doors. 5. Tips: Flush C. Locks and Latchsets: Furnish locksets compatible with specified cylinders. Typical 2-3/4 inch backset. Furnish standard strickes with extended lips to protect trim from being marred by latch bolt verify type of cutouts provided in metal frames. 1. Board (Cylindrical) Locksets: ANSI A156.2, Series 4000, Grade 1 unless otherwise indicated. 2. Stainless Steel latchbolt for added strength and wear resistance. Direct 1/2-inch throw is standard. 3. Wear -resistant plates in the chassis to help extned the life of the lockbody and provide smoother lock operation. 4. Lifetime warranted heavy-duty lever return springs prevent lever sag and provide positive return to lever to horizontal position. D. Cylinders: 1. All cylinders to be as specified in Hardware Schedule. 2. Keying: Keyed as directed by Owner. 3. All locking products to be supplied with black construction cores for use during construction. 4. Keys: Nickel Silver 5. Supply quantity of keys as directed by Owner. E. Closers: ANSI A156.4 modern type with cover, surface mounted closers; full rack and pinion type with steel spring and non-freezing hydraulic fluid. 1. Adjustability: Funish controls for regulating dosing, latching, speeds, and back checking. 2. Arms: Type to suit individual condition; parallel -arm closers at reverse bevel doors where doors swing full 180 degrees. 3. Location: Mount closers on inside of exterior doors, room side of interior doors typical; mount on pull side of other doors. 4. Operating Pressure: Maximum operation pressure as follows: a. Interior Doors: Maximum 5 pounds b. Exterior Doors: Maximum 8 pounds F. Push/Pull, Manual Bolts, Protection Plates, Gaskets, Thresholds and Trim: Furnish as indicated in Schedule, with accessories as required for complete operational door installations. 1. Push/Pulls: ANSI A156.6; push plates minimum 0.050-inch thick. Furnish straight type pulls with bolts to secure from opposite door face; furnish with minium 0.050-inch pull plates unless otherwise indicated. 2. Manual Constant Latching Bolts: ANSI Al56.16 Grade 1 top and bottom fush bolts, with dust -proof floor strike, unless otherwise noted. 3. Kick Plates: ANSI A156.6 metal; height indicated in Schedule by 1-inch less than door width; minimum 0.050-inch thick. 4. Weatherstripping: Furnish continuous fire rated gaskets at top and sides of exterior doors. 5. Thresholds: Maximum 1/2-inch height 6. Wall Stops: ANSI Al56.1, Grade 1, 2-1/2 inch wall stop, convex pad wall stop with no visible screws. 7. Floor Stops: ANSI Al56.1, Grade 1, standard floor type with no visible screws; furnish with accessories as required for applications indicated. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Lock Trim: Furnish levers with rose, escutcheon plate as selected from manufacturer's full range of levers and roses. B. Through Bolts: Do not permit through bolts and grommet nuts on door faces in occupied areas unless no alternative is possible. 2.4 FINISHES A. Finishes: ANSI Al 56.18; furnish following finishes except where otherwise indicated in the Schedule. 2.5 HARDWARE FOR HIGH VELOCITY/HURRICANE ZONES A. All HVHZ hardware sets to meet NOAA data requirements. Refer to Florida approvals and Notice of Acceptance for approved hardware. PART III - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify doors and frames are ready to receive door hardware and dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate mounting heights with door and frame manufacturers. Use templates provided by hardware item manufacturer. B. Mounting Heights from Finished Floor to Center Line of Hardware Item: Comply with manufacturer recommendations and applicable codes whre not otherwise indicated. 1. ANSI/NFPA 80 and Door Hardware Institute 2. Conform to ANSI Al 17.1 and ADA for positioning requirements for the handicapped. C. Do not permit adjacent work to damage hardware or hardware finish. D. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect all hardware stored on site in a covered and dry place. Protect exposed hardware installed on doors during the construction phase. B. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. C. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper finish and provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of Owner occupancy. END OF SECTION C08710 \A.Section ECTION - C08800: GLAZING RE: G-001 FOR CROSSED OUT POR7rence RT 1 - GENERAL MMARY includes glazing for the following products and applications, indecked in other Sections where glazing requirements are specified by s Section: 2 1 C. Windbome-Debris-Impact Resistance: Provide exterior glazing that passes basic -protection testing requirements in ASTM E 1996 for Wind Zone when tested according to ASTM E 1886. Test specimens shall be no smaller in width and length than glazing indicated for use on the Project and shall be installed in same manner as glazing indicated for use on the Project. 1. Large -Missile Test: For glazing located within 30 feet (9.1 m) of grade. 2. Small -Missile Test: For glazing located more than 30 feet (9.1 m) above grade. Thermal and Optical Performance Properties: Provide glass with performance properties specified, as indicated in manufacturer's published test data, based n procedures indicated below: U-Factors: Center -of -glazing values, according to NFRC 100 and based on L's WINDOW 5.2 computer program, expressed as Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F (Wls . m x K). 2. Solar Heat -Gain Coefficient and Visible Transmittance: Center -of -glazing slues, according to NFRC 200 and based on LBL's WINDOW 5.2 computer pro ram. 3. Visible Reflectance: Center -of -glazing values, according to NFRC 300. 2.2 GLASS PRODUCTS A. loat Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Quality-Q3, Class I (clear) unless therwise I dicated. B. at -Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 1048; Type I; Quality-Q3; Class (clear) unless of erwise indicated; of kind and condition indicated. C. Ad Etched Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type II, Class 1 (clear), Form ; Quality-Q6, Fini h F1 (etched one side). 2.3 LAMI ATED GLASS A. Lamin ed Glass: ASTM C 1172, and complying with testing r quirements in 16 CFR 1 1 for Category II materials, and with other requireme is specified. Use material that have a proven record of no tendency to bubbl , discolor, or lose physical nd mechanical properties after fabrication and ins Ilation. 1. Constructi n: Laminate glass with polyvinyl butyral interlay r to comply with interlayer anufacturer's written recommendations. 2. Interlayer T ickness: Provide thickness not less than tha indicated and as needed to comply wi requirements. 3. Interlayer Col r: Clear unless otherwise indicated. B. Windbome-De ris-Impact-Resistant Laminated Glass: ASTM C 1172, and complying with sting requirements in 16 CFR 1201 f r Category 11 materials, with "Windbore-De is -Impact Resistance" Paragraph in 'Glass Products, General" Article, and with ther requirements specified. Use atenals that have a proven record of no tend ncy to bubble, discolor, or lose p ysical and mechanical properties after fa ication and installation. 1. Construction: Lami to glass with[ one of] the foil wing to comply with interlayer manufacturer's writt recommendations: a. Polyvinyl butyral inter yer. 2. Interlayer Thickness: rovide thickness not les than that indicated and as needed to comply with require ents. 3. Interlayer Color: Clear u less otherwise indi ted. 2.4 INSULATING GLASS A. Insulating -Glass Units: Fry-assemble units consisting of sealed lites of glass separated by a dehydrated terspace, q lified according to ASTM E 2190, and complying with other require ents sped ed. 1. Sealing System: Dual seal. 2. Spacer: Manufacturer's stand d spa r material and construction. 2.5 GLAZING GASKETS A. Dense Compression Gaskets: M Id or extruded gaskets of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight se made from one of the following: 1. Neoprene complying with ASTM 64. 2. EPDM complying with ASTM C 8 . 3. Silicone complying with ASTM 111 . 4 Thermoplastic polyolefin rubbe comp ing with ASTM C 1115. 2.6 GLAZING SEALANTS A. General: 1. Compatibility: Provide glazi g sealants th t are compatible with one another and with other materials they w I contact, inclu ing glass products, seals of insulating -glass units, an glazing channel ubstrates, under conditions of service and application, as demo strated by sealan manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 2. Suitability: Comply with alant and glass ma ufacturers' written instructions for selecting glazing seal is suitable for applicati ns indicated and for conditions existing at time of in Ilation. 3. Colors of Exposed azing Sealants: As indicat by manufacturer's designations. B. Glazing Sealant: N tral-curing silicone glazing alant complying with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grad NS, Class 100/50, Use NT. 2.7 GLAZING TAPE A. Back -Bedding stic Glazing Tapes: Preformed, but 1-based, 100 percent solids elastomeric tap ; nonstaining and nonmigrating in co tact with nonporous surfaces; with or without pacer rod as recommended in writing y tape and glass manufacturer for application indicated; and complying ith ASTM C 1281 and AAMA 800 f products indicated below: 1. AAMA 804tape, where indicated. B. Expanded ellular Glazing Tapes: Closed -cell, PVC foam apes; factory coated with adhesive both surfaces; and complying with AAMA 800 or the following types: 1. AAMA 81 .1, Type 1, for glazing applications in which tape cts as the primary sealant. 2 AAMA 10.1, Type 2, for glazing applications in which tape is sed in combination with a II bead of liquid sealant. 1. Wi ows. 2. Doors. 3. Storefro framing. 2.8 MIS ELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS 4. Glazed en ces. A. Cl ners, Primers, and Sealers: Types recommended by sealant r gasket m nufacturer. 1.2 SUBMITTALS B. tting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore, Type A duromet hardness of A. Submit under the p visions of SECTION C01300. 5, plus or minus 5. C. pacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions of hardness r ired by glass 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated. A. Glazing Publications: Comp with published commendations of glass product D. Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lat ral manufacturers and organizati s below, u ass more stringent requirements are movement (side walking). indicated. Refer to these publics ' ns for lazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. 2.9 MONOLITHIC -GLASS TYPES 1. GANA Publications: GANA's "Lami d Glazing Reference Manual" and GANA's A. Glass Type G-1: Clear fully tempered float glass. "Glazing Manual." Thickness: 1/4 inch (6.0 mm). 2. IGMA Publication for Insulatin Glass: SI TM-3000, "North American Glazing Provide safety glazing labeling. Guidelines for Sealed Insul ng Glass Units r Commercial and Residential Use." B Glass Type G-11: Clear fully tempered float glass. B. Safety Glazing Labeling: here safety glazing eling is indicated, permanently 1. Thickness: 1/2 inch (13.0 mm). mark glazing with certi tion label of the SGCC the manufacturer. Label shall indicate manufactur s name, type of glass, thickn , and safety glazing standard 2• Provide safety glazing labeling. with which glass plies. C. Insulating-Glas ertification Program: Permanently mar either on spacers or on 2.1 LAMINATED -GLASS TYPES at least one mponent lite of units with appropriate certifi ion label of IGCC. A. Glass Type G-3: Clear laminated glass with two plies of fully tempered float glass. 1. Thickness of Each Glass Ply: 1/8 inch (6.0 mm). PART PRODUCTS 2. Interlayer Thickness: 0.030 inch (0.76 mm). 2.1 GLA PRODUCTS, GENERAL 3. Provide safety glazing labeling. A. T ' kness: Where glass thickness is indicated, it is a minimum. Provi glass lites in icknesses as needed to comply with requirements indicated. B. Strength: Where float glass is indicated, provide annealed float glass, Kind S heat -treated float glass, or Kind FT heat -treated float glass. Where RE: G-001 FOR CROSSED OUT PORTIONS heat -strengthened glass is indicated, provide Kind HS heat -treated float glass o Kind FT heat -treated float glass. Where fully tempered glass is indicated, provide Kind FT heat -treated float glass. 1 11 INSULATING -GLASS TYPES RE: G-001 FOR CROSSED A. Glass Type GL-21: Low-e-coated, clear insulating glass. OUT PORTIONS 1. Overall Unit Thickness: 1 inch (25 mm). 2. Thickness of Each Glass Lite: 1/4 inch (12.0 mm). 3. Outdoor Lite: Fully tempered float glass. 4. Interspace Content: Air. 5. Indoor Lite: Fully tempered float glass. 6. Low-E Coating: Pyrolytic on second surface. 7. Visible Light Transmittance: 54 percent minimum. 8. Winter Nighttime U-Factor: 0.29 maximum. Summer Daytime U-Factor: 0.27 maximum. 1 Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: 0.28 maximum. 11 Provide safety glazing labeling. E B. Glass Type GL-31: Low-e-coated, dear insulating glass. 1. Overall Unit Thickness: 1 inch (25 mm). 2. Thickness of Each Glass Lite: 1/4 inch (12.0 mm). 3. Outdoor Lite: Fully tempered float glass. 4. terspace Content: Air. 5. 1 door Lite: Fully tempered float glass. 6. L w-E Coating: Pyrolytic on second surface. 7. A Etching: Opaque on third surface. 8. Visi le Light Transmittance: 54 percent minimum. 9. Win t r Nighttime U-Factor: 0.29 maximum. 10 Sum er Daytime U-Factor: 0.27 maximum. 11 Solar t Gain Coefficient: 0.28 maximum. 12 Provide fety glazing labeling. PART 3 - ECUTION 3.1 GLAZING, ENERAL A. Comply with mbined written instructions of manufa urers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and ther glazing materials, unless mores ingent requirements are indicated, ind ing those in referenced glazing pu ications. B. Adjust glazing annel dimensions as required by roject conditions during installation to pr vide necessary bite on glass, mil imum edge and face clearances, and adequate se lant thicknesses, with reasonal a tolerances. C. Protect glass edg s from damage during handli g and installation. Remove damaged glass fro Project site and legally di s ose of off Project site. Damaged glass is glass with ge damage or other im actions that, when installed, could weaken glass and i pair performance and ap earance. D D. Apply primers to joint urfaces where requir for adhesion of sealants, as determined by precon truction testing. E. Install setting blocks in ill rabbets, sized a d located to comply with referenced glazing publications, un ss otherwise req red by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compat le sealant suita a for heel bead. F. Do not exceed edge pres ures stipulate by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. G. Provide spacers for glass I es where 1 gth plus width is larger than 50 inches (1270 mm). H. Provide edge blocking whey indicat or needed to prevent glass lites from moving sideways in glazing annel, s recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and according t requements in referenced glazing publications. 3.2 TAPE GLAZING A. Position tapes on fixed stops so at, when compressed by glass, their exposed edges are flush with or protrude ightly above sightline of stops. B. Install tapes continuously, but n t cessarily in one continuous length. Do not stretch tapes to make them fit pe *ng. C. Cover vertical framing joints b appl ing tapes to heads and sills first and then to jambs. Cover horizontal fram' g joint by applying tapes to jambs and then to heads and sills. D. Place joints in tapes at cor rs of ope 'ng with adjoining lengths butted together, not lapped. Seal joints in es with co patible sealant approved by tape manufacturer. E. Center glass lites in ope ngs on setting locks and press firmly against tape by inserting dense compre ion gaskets for ed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable sto . Start gasket ap lications at corners and work toward centers of openings. C Do 0 CD D Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 or CCR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIORS 3.3 GASKET GLAZING DRY) A. Cut compression g skets to lengths recomme ed by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly, ith allowance for stretch dur g installation. B. Insert soft compr Sion gasket between glass a d frame or fixed stop so it is securely in place ith joints miter cut and bonde together at comers. C. Installation with rive -in Wedge Gaskets: Center lass lites in openings on setting ' blocks and pre firmly against soft compression g sket by inserting dense compression skets formed and installed to lock i place against faces of removable st s. Start gasket applications at comer and work toward centers of 0 r openings. C press gaskets to produce a weatherti ht seal without developing LL bending str ses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sea nt recommended by gasket manufactur r. D. Installatio with Pressure -Glazing Stops: Center glass I es in openings on setting M blocks an press firmly against soft compression gasket. Install dense compression Lim > gaskets nd pressure -glazing stops, applying pressure u iformly to compression ' J J gaskets. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight s I without developing J LL bendin stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant commended by gasket man uf cturer. .. E. Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops. O U) m J 3.4 S NT GLAZING (WET) A. In II continuous spacers, or spacers combined with cylindrica sealant backing, J be een glass lites and glazing stops to maintain glass face de rances and to p vent sealant from extruding into glass channel and blocking eep systems until a li alants cure. Secure spacers or spacers and backings in place nd in position to >. ntrol depth of installed sealant relative to edge clearance for op 'mum sealant O rformance. am B. Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensu complete LU cn 0. wetting or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. W C. Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial wash awa from glass. B N � N 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect exterior glass from damage immediately after installation by atta ing crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply marke to glass surface. Remove nonpermanent labels and clean surfaces. B. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from FSR#04040 construction operations. If, despite such protection, contaminating substan s do come into contact with glass, remove substances immediately as recomme ed in BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL writing by glass manufacturer. RELEASE: v2_20.02 Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other mas my surfaces at frequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a mo th, REVISION SCHEDULE for buildup of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, or stains; remove as recommended n NO. DATE DESCRIPTION writing by glass manufacturer. D. Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, or abraded or that i damaged from natural causes, accidents, and vandalism, during construction period. END OF SECTION 088000 RE: G-001 FOR CROSSED OUT PORTIONS CONSULTANT PROJECT # 17013 A PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY Author Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any mariner without express written or verbal consent from autlior¢ed project representatives. SHEET U.1 SPECIFICATIONS a SHEET NUMBER A=908 4 3 1 4 1 3 2 DIVISION 9 - FINISHES SECTION - C09250: GYPSUM BOARD 3. 3 PART 1- GENERAL SECTION - CO9111: NON -LOAD -BEARING STEEL FRAMING 1.1 SUMMARY PART I - GENERAL A. This Section includes the following: 1. Interior gypsum board. 1.1 SUMMARY 2. Tile backing panels. A. This Section includes non -load -bearing steel framing members for the following applications: 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS 1. Interior framing systems (e.g., supports for partition walls, framed soffits, furring, A. Building Insulation: SECTION C07210 etc.). 2. Interior suspension systems (e.g., supports for ceilings, suspended soffits, etc.). 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE B. This section will be applicable depending on the construction type shown on the A. Fire -Resistance -Rated Assemblies: For fire -resistance -rated assemblies, provide E drawings. materials and construction identical to those tested in. assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Provide materials and construction identical to PART II - PRODUCTS those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspection agency. 2.1 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD PART 11- PRODUCTS A. General: Complying with ASTM C 36/C 36M or ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, as applicable to type of gypsum board indicated and whichever is more stringent. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, 2.1 NON -LOAD -BEARING STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, A. Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. but are not limited to, the following: 1. Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal, unless a. National Gypsum Company. otherwise indicated. b. USG Corporation. 2. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z275). B. Standard Interior: 1. Thickness: 1/2 inch (12 mm), unless otherwise noted. 2.2 SUSPENSION SYSTEM COMPONENTS 2. Long Edges: Tapered. A. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641 M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625-inch- C. Type X: (1.59-mm-) diameter wire, or double strand of 0.0475-inch- (1.21-mm-) diameter 1. Thickness: 5/8 inch (15.9 mm), unless otherwise noted. wire. 2. Long Edges: Tapered. B. Wire Hangers: ASTM A 641/A 641 M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.162-inch (4re Han) diameter. D. Flexible Type: Manufactured to bend to fit radii and to be more flexible than standard regular -type gypsum board of same thickness. C. Grid Suspension System for Ceilings: ASTM C 645, direct -hung system composed 1. Thickness: 1/2 inch (12 mm), unless otherwise noted. of main beams and cross -furring members that interlock. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be 2. Long Edges: Tapered. incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: E. Ceiling Type: Manufactured to have more sag resistance than regular -type a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.; Drywall Grid Systems. gypsum board. b. Chicago Metallic Corporation; Drywall Furring System. 1. Thickness: 5/8 inch (15.9 mm), unless otherwise noted. c. USG Corporation; Drywall Suspension System. 2. Long Edges: Tapered. D 2.3 STEEL FRAMING FOR FRAMED ASSEMBLIES 2.2 TILE BACKING PANELS A. Manufacturers: A. Water -Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C 630/C 630M or ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. 1. Dietrick Metal Framing, Chester, OH, 45069 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, 2. Substitutions shall be accepted per SECTION C01030 manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645. a. National Gypsum Company. 1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.0312 inch (0.79 mm) As well as, as indicated on b. USG Corporation. drawings. 2. Core: 5/8 inch (15.9 mm), Type X. - 2. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. B. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A118.9. C. Slip -Type Head Joints: Where indicated, provide the following: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may 1. Deflection Track: Steel sheet top runner manufactured to prevent cracking of be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: finishes applied to interior partition framing resulting from deflection of structure a. USG Corporation; DUROCK Cement Board. above; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate 2. Thickness: 1/2 inch (15.9 mm). depth of studs. PART III - EXECUTION 2.3 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047. 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL 1. Material: Galvanized. A. Installation Standard: ASTM C 754, except comply with framing sizes and spacing 2. Shapes: indicated. a. Comerbead. 1. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 840 that b. LC -Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. apply to framing installation. c. Curved -Edge Comerbead: With notched or flexible flanges. 3.2 INSTALLING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS 2.4 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. Isolate suspension systems from building structure where they abut or are A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M. penetrated by building structure to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural B. Joint Tape: movement. 1. Interior Gypsum Wallboard: Paper. B. Suspend hangers from building structure as follows: 2. Tile Backing Panels: As recommended by panel manufacturer. 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation C ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or suspension system. that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive a. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting coats. horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 1. Prefilling: At open joints, rounded or beveled panel edges, and damaged surface 2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger areas, use setting -type taping compound. spacings that interfere with locations of hangers required to support standard 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and fasteners, and trim flanges, use setting -type taping compound. hangers in the form of trapezes or equivalent devices. 3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use drying -type, all-purpose compound. 3. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. 4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use drying -type, all-purpose compound. 4. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes, or conduit. D. Joint Compound for Tile Backing Panels: 5. Do not attach hangers to exhaust hoods. 1. Yp g g type taping compound and Water -Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: Use setting-type Seismic Bracing:Sway-brace suspension systems with hangers used for support. Y P Y g pPo setting -type, sandable topping compound. D. Grid Suspension Systems: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid 2. Cementitious Backer Units: As recommended by backer unit manufacturer. suspension systems meet vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross -furring members to each other and butt -cut to fit into wall track. E. Installation Tolerances: Install suspension systems that are level to within 1/8 inch in 2.5 AUXILIARY MATERIALS 12 feet (3 mm in 3.6 m) measured lengthwise on each member that will receive A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation finishes and transversely between parallel members that will receive finishes. standards and manufacturer's written recommendations. B. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated. 3.3 INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES 1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members A. Where studs are installed directly against exterior masonry walls or dissimilar metals from 0.033 to 0.112 inch (0.84 to 2.84 mm) thick. at exterior walls, install isolation strip between studs and exterior wall. 2. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size B. Install studs so flanges within framing system point in same direction. recommended by panel manufacturer. 1. Space studs as follows: C. Glue: Liquid Nails drywall adhesive or equal, installed per manufacturer instructions. a. As indicated on drawings. C. Install tracks (runners) at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height to PART III - EXECUTION structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling. 3.1 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL 1. Slip -Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead structural supports, A. Comply with ASTM C 840. B install to produce joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture finished assemblies. damaged, and mold damaged. 2. Door Openings: Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor dips on door frames; C. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non -load -bearing partitions at install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs. structural abutments, except floors. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch- (6.4- to 12.7-mm-) a. Install two studs at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated. wide spaces at these locations, and trim edges with edge trim where edges of b. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2-inch panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces (12.7-mm) clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint in finished with acoustical sealant. <I assembly. D. Wood Framing: Install gypsum panels over wood framing, with floating internal c. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of overhead corner construction. Do not attach gypsum panels across the flat grain of structure. wide -dimension lumber, including floor joists and headers. Float gypsum panels 3. Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the same as over these members, or provide control joints to counteract wood shrinkage. required for door openings, unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. 3.2 APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD CAI 4. Fire -Resistance -Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with fire -resistance -rated A. Install interior gypsum board in the following locations: 0 assembly indicated and support closures and to make partitions continuous from 1. Type X: As indicated on Drawings. IT floor to underside of solid structure. 2. Flexible Type: Apply at curved assemblies. 0 a. Firestop Track: Where indicated, install to maintain continuity of fire -resistance -rated 3. Ceiling Type: Ceiling surfaces. assembly indicated. 4. Moisture- and Mold -Resistant Type: As indicated on Drawings. �I D. Direct Furring: 1. Screw to wood framing. E. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not o- i more than 1/8 inch (3 mm) from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing. U) u- I END OF SECTION C09111 u� o) N 8 � _ < A C. LIJ a U) I � IT i37 0 ce) � - N C"') (D �i L!_ �Y o i 0 � C) a 3. 4 I 3. 6 APPLYING TILE BACKING PANELS A. Water -Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: Install at sinks, toilets, mop sinks and where indicated. Install with 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) gap where panels abut other construction or penetrations. B. Cementitious Backer Units: As indicated on drawings. C. Where tile backing panels abut other types of panels in same plane, shim surfaces to produce a uniform plane across panel surfaces. INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Interior Trim: Install in the following locations: 1. Comerbead: Use at outside comers, unless otherwise indicated. 2. LC -Bead: Use at exposed panel edges. 3. Curved -Edge Comerbead: Use at curved openings. FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not intended for tape. D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C 840: 1. Level 1: Ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated. 2. Level 2: NIA 3. Level 3: Panels that are substrate for tile and FRP, & all other panel locations not indicated in this section. 4. Level 4: At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view in public areas. E. Cementitious Backer Units: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions. PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period. B. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. END OF SECTION C09250 SECTION - C09310: CERAMIC & GLASS TILE PART I - GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES A. Ceramic tile for walls. B. Glass Tile for walls. C. Subway Tile for walls. D. Red Penny Tile for walls. E. Porcelain Tile for floors. F. Base Tile for walls. G. Setting adhesives and grout. 1. RELATED SECTIONS 2 A. Cast -In -Place Concrete: SECTION C03300 B. Gypsum Board Systems: SECTION C09250 1. REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS 3 A. Tile Council of America (TCA): Most Current "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation" B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) PART II - PRODUCTS 2. MANUFACTURER 1 A. The drawings were prepared and this specification written on the basis of using the products of specific manufacturers. 2. MATERIALS 2 A. Ceramic Tile, Glass Tile Subway Tile Porcelain Tile and Base Tile: Refer to Finish Schedule on Drawings for manufacturer, color, size, pattern and grout color. Provide necessary caps, stops, coves, returns, trimmers and other shapes as required for a complete installation. B. Cementitious Bond Coat (Thin -set): 1. Floors: Mapei, "Ultraflex 2" Polymer -modified thin set mortar. Meets or exceeds ANSI A118.4 and ANSI Al 18.11. 2. Base and floors: As recommended by TCA for the particular conditions in which the tile is being set. Refer to Interior Finish Schedule, Floor Finish Plan for coordination. 3. For Glass Tile: As recommended by manufacturer. C. Interior Grout: 1. Latex Portland cement grout conforming to ANSI A118.6; color (pigment additive) - drawings. 2. Floors - Acid resistant grout, color (pigment additive) as shown on drawings. PART III - EXECUTION 3. INSPECTION 1 A. Examine all surfaces receiving tile for any defects that would impair installation and if any are found, make such corrections. Contractor shall apply leveling coat of dry -set mortar over wall and floor surfaces which vary more than 1/8-inch in 10 feet. B. Installation constitutes acceptance of the substrate. 1.3 A. B. 2.1 A. 2.2 A. B. C. D. 1 3.1 A. B. 3.2 A. n 3.3 A. 1.2 A. 1.3 A. B. C. 1.4 A. B. 1.5 A. 2.1 A. B. C. 3.1 A. 3. INSTALLATION 3.2 2 A. A. Standard practice will be expected and accepted; poor or sloppy workmanship will be rejected. B. B. Interior: Conform to manufacturer's printed specifications and instructions, and to "thin setting" and "grout joints" instructions and sketches contained in "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation" for each condition encountered on the job. END OF SECTION C09310 SECTION - C09330: QUARRY TILE PART I - GENERAL 1. SECTION INCLUDES 1 A. Quarry tile floor and base B. Setting adhesives and grout C. Waterproofing Membrane 1. RELATED SECTIONS 2 A. Cast -In -Place Concrete: SECTION C03300 C. D. 1 1 2 3 REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS Tile Council of America (TCA): Most current "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation" American National Standards Institute (ANSI) PART II - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURER The drawings were prepared and this specification written on the basis of using the products of specific manufacturers. It is not the intent to limit competitive bidding. Products with equal characteristics by other manufacturers are acceptable under the conditions of these specifications. MATERIALS Quarry Tile: See Finish Schedule. Cementitious Bond Coat (Thin -Set): Mapei, "Ultraflex 2" Polymer -modified thin set mortar. Meets or exceeds ANSI A118.4 and ANSI Al 18.11. Grout: Mapei, "Kerapoxy IEG CQ", epoxy grout; conforming to ANSI A118-3. Sanded, see drawings for color. Waterproofing Mapelastic Aquadefense as manufactured by Mapei. 40 mils thickness. PART III - EXECUTION INSPECTIONS Examine all surfaces receiving quart' tile for any defects that would impair installation and if any are found, make such corrections. Installation constitutes acceptance of the substrate. INSTALLATION Conform to tile manufacturers' printed specifications and instructions and to "cement mortar" instructions and sketches contained in "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation" for each condition encountered on the job. In general, standard practice will be expected and accepted and poor or sloppy workmanship will be rejected. Surface to receive tile must be free of sealers, curing compounds, coatings, oil, dust and must by dry. Waterproofing Membrane: Conform to manufacturer's printed specifications and instructions. CLEAN-UP Upon completion of work of this section remove related debris from premises. END OF SECTION C09330 SECTION - C09510: ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS PART I - GENERAL SUMMARY This section includes ceilings consisting of acoustical panels and exposed suspension systems. SUBMITTALS Submit Shop Drawings per SUBMITTALS Section; Base on details shown on the Drawings. Submit manufacturer's technical data for each type of acoustical ceiling unit and suspension system required. RELATED SECTIONS Gypsum Board: SECTION C09250 Division 15 - Mechanical Work Division 16 - Electrical Work QUALITY ASSURANCE Single -Source: Provide acoustical panel units and grid components by a single manufacturer. Fire Performance: Identify acoustical ceiling components with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspection organization. Surface Burning Characteristics: Tested per ASTM E 84 and complying with ASTM E 1264 for Class A Products. a. Flame Spread: 25 or less b. Smoke Developed: 50 or Less DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver units to project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface contamination and other causes. Before installing units, permit them to reach toom temperature and stabilized moisture content. Handle acoustical ceiling units carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaged units in any way. PART II - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS Lay -In Ceiling Tiles (Dining/Serving): CERTAINTEED CORPORATION, P.O. Box 860, Valley Forge PA 19482, (800) 233-8990: Refer to drawings Lay -In Ceiling Tiles (Kitchen/Back-of-House): CERTAINTEED CORPORATION, P.O. Box 860, Valley Forge PA 19482, (800) 233-8990: Refer to drawings. Metal Suspension System: CERTAINTEED CORPORATION, P.O. Box 860, Valley Forge PA 19482, (800) 233-8990: Refer to drawings. Attachment Devices: Size for five times design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung. Wire Hangers and Ties; ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, pre -stretched, with a yield stress load of at least three times design load, but not less than 12 guage. Edge Molding and Trim: Manufacturer's standard moldings for edge and penetrations. PART III - EXECUTION PREPARATION Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical units to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid use of less than half width units at borders, and comply with reflected ceiling plans. Coordinate panel layout with mechanical and electrical fixtures. INSTALLATION Install suspension system and acoustical panel assemblies to comply with written publications from the manufacturer. Suspend main beam from overhead construction with hanger wires plumb and free. Space hangers not more than 48-inches on center along the length of the main runner. Follow appropriate guidelines for earthquake zones. Install edge molding and trim at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fitted accurately into suspension system runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penetrations to provide a neat, precise fit. 1 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Replace damaged and broken panels. B. Clean exposed surfaces. Cleaning: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and touchup of minor finish damage. Replace components that cannot be successfully cleaned. END OF SECTION C09510 L +3 0 0 a 1 0 A 000 DCDo 0 Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 CCR ARCHITECTURE &INTERIORS a� BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2_20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 17013 A PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 7 DRAWN BY Author Information contained on this drawing and in all digs files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER A=909 4 1 3 1 2 1 4 3 2 1 SECTION - C09655: VINYL WALL BASE PART III - EXECUTION b. Gypsum Board: DIVISION 10: SPECIALTIES PART III - EXECUTION 1) Surface Prep: Gypsum Board - Sherwin Williams Interior & Exterior S-W 8 PART I - GENERAL 3.1 PREPARATION 2) Prime Coat: Sherwin Williams PrepRite 200 Interior Latex Wall Primer SECTION - C10155: PLASTIC LAMINATE TOILET COMPARTMENTS: 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Examine backup services to determine that corners are plumb and straight, surfaces 3) Intermediate: Sherwin Williams ProMar 200 Interior Latex sheen per Finish A. Install panels to maintain modular grid, plumb and square, centered within area 1.1 SUMMARY are smooth, uniform, clean, and free from foreign matter, nails countersunk, joints Schedule PART I - GENERAL designate. A. This section includes vinyl wall base and adhesive. and cracks filled flush and smooth with adjoining surface. 4) Finish Coat: Sherwin Williams ProMar 200 Interior Latex sheen per Finish Schedule B. Field cuts shall be at a minimum. Apply touch-up paint to edges when field cutting is 1. Verify that stud spacing does not exceed 24-inches on -center. C. Ferrous Metals (exposed) include ceiling diffusers/grilles 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES required. PART 11- PRODUCTS B. Repair defects prior to installation. Level wall surfaces to panel manufacturers 1) Surface Prep: Hand Tool Cleaning Sherwin Williams S-W 14 A. Overhead braced toilet compartments and urinal screens. C Fasteners shall meet all manufacturer's written requirements. requirements. Remove protrusions and fill indentations. 2) Prime Coat: Sherwin Williams Kern Kromik Universal Metal Primer VOC 2.1 MANUFACTURER 3) Intermediate: Sherwin Williams PorMar 200 Interior Latex Egg Shell, UNO 1.2 REFERENCES D Repair bent or damaged panels. If panels cannot be repaired to satisfaction of the 3.2 INSTALLATION Architect, the panel shall be removed and replaced with a new panel. A. Johnsonite Inc., Chagrin Falls, OH 44023; (800) 899-8916 4) Finish Coat: Sherwin Williams ProMar 200 Interior Latex Egg Shell, UNO A. ASTM D 1037 - Standard Test Methods for Evaluating Properties of Wood -Base A. Comply with manufacturer's recommended procedures and installation sequence. d. Open Ceilings (Gypsum Board) Fiber and Particle Panel Materials; 1996a. B. Fiberglass Reinforced Panels: 3.2 CLEAN-UP 2.2 Wall Base 1) Prime Coat: Sherwin Williams PrepRite Classic Interior Latex Primer B. NEMA LD 3 -High Pressure Decorative Laminates; 1995. A. Coved base complying with FS SS-40, Type 2. Refer to the Finish Schedule. 1. Cut sheets to meet supports allowing 1/8- inch clearance for every 8 foot of panel. 2) Intermediate: Sherwin Williams Color Accents Interior Latex Flat A. Upon completion of work of this section remove related debris from premises. E 2. Apply panels to board substrate, above base, vertically oriented with seams plumb 3) Finish Coat: Sherwin Williams Color Accents Interior Latex Flat PART II - PRODUCTS 2.3 ADHESIVES and pattern aligned with adjoining panels. e. Open Ceilings (Wood Trusses) END OF SECTION C10240 E O�OD 3. Apply panel moldings to all panel edges using silicone sealant providing for required 1 Prime Coat: Sherwin Williams PrepRite A. Acrylic Cove Base Adhesive specifically formulated for rubber and vinyl wall base. clearances. ) p to 200 Interior Latex Wall Primer 2.1 MANUFACTURERS o � SECTION - C10265: CORNER GUARDS 1 Johnsonite #960 2) Intermediate: Sherwin Williams Color Accents Interior Latex Flat A. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. All moldings must provide for a minimum 1/8- inch of panel expansion at joints and 0 o ORA 2. Contributes to LEED Certification (E.Q. 4.1: Low -Emitting Materials: Adhesives and edges, to insure proper installation. 3) Finish Coat: Sherwin Williams Color Accents Interior Latex Flat 1. See National Accounts Schedule oSealants). b. Apply sealant to all moldings, channels, and joints between the system and different f. Open Ceilings /Galvanized Metal -Steel PART 1 -GENERAL B. Contact Bond Adhesive specifically formulated for wall base at porous floor and materials to assure watertight installation. 1) Surface Prep: Hand Tool Cleaning Sherwin Williams S-W 14 2.2 MATERIALS non -porous locations. C. Walccovering: 2) Prime Coat: Sherwin Williams Pro-Cryl Universal Acrylic Primer A. Doors, Panels, Horizontal Bracing, and Pilasters: Solid Phenolic core with decorative 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES Chick-ft�-A 1. Johnsonite #946 high r A. Surface adhered corner guards as indicated on the drawings. 1. Install wallcoverings per manufacturer's written instructions. 3} Intermediate: Sherwin Williams Color Accents Interior Latex Flat g pressure resin impregnated paper surface. g 2. Contributes to LEED Certification (E.Q. 4.1: Low -Emitting Materials: Adhesives and 2. Install sheets with texture running in the same direction for a uniform appearance. 4) Finish Coat: Sherwin Williams Color Accents Interior Latex Flat 1. Color: As shown on drawings. 5200 Buffington Road Sealants). B. Coverage: Coverage coats noted above are minimum requirements. Contractor 2. Wear Resistance: At least 400 percent more wear resistance than NEMA LD 3, 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS 3.3 CLEANING shall provide additional coats as needed for complete coverage. general purpose type high pressure laminate. A. Sealants and Caulks: SECTION C07920 Atlanta, Georgia PART III - EXECUTION C. Colors: Colors shown on the drawings) have been selected b the Owner, who 3. Screw Pull -Out Resistance: 648 lb. (293 kg) perpendicular to surface, when tested in B. Gypsum Board: SECTION C09250 30349-2998 A. Remove excess sealant from panels and moldings. Wipe panel down using a damp ( 9) Y cloth and mild soap solution or cleaner. reserves the right to select colors formulated by manufacturers other than those accordance with ASTM D 1037. Ceramic and Glass Tile: SECTION CO9310 3.1 GENERAL B. Refer to manufacturers specific cleaning recommendations. Do not use abrasive listed hereinbefore. Paint manufacturer shall match color(s) selected and provide 4. Edges: Black, polished and free of sharp edges. A. Install vinyl base according to manufacturer's written installation instructions. Apply cleaners. color match sample(s) to Owner for acceptance. 5. Durability: Manufacturer's 15-year warranty against deaamination and other defects. 1.3 SUBMITTALS base to walls, columns, permanent casework and cabinets. Install base in lengths as D. General Contractor to provide (1) one extra gallon of paint for each color. 6. Panel Thickness: A. Submit Shop Drawings per SUBMITTALS Section. Submit sufficient manufacture's long as practicable without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent pieces aligned. a. Doors and Panels: 3/4 inch 19 mm . data to indicate compliance with these specifications including. Tightly adhere wall base to substrate throughout. Install re -molded outside corners END OF SECTION C09770 ( ) 9 Y 9 P 2.4 SCAFFOLDING, DROP CLOTHS, ETC. b. Pilasters: 3/4 inch (19 mm). 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. before installing straight pieces. B. Apply three (3) bead of adhesive for entire length of base. Stay 1/4-inch away from remove from the premises when work is completed, or when directed, scaffolding, 7• Height: A. Provide in placemove as necessary during the course of the work and finally 19 mm 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. SECTION - C09910: PAINTING y c. Horizontal Bracing 3/4 inch ( ) 3. Installation methods. top edge to prevent adhesive oozing. Apply clear silicone sealant to top edge. NO staging, ladders, plastic sheeting or other form of drop cloths, masking tapes, EXCEPTIONS. PART I - GENERAL storage lockers for paint materials and mixing equipment as needed for proper and a. Pilasters: 85 inches (2159 mm). efficient performance of the work. b. Doors and Panels: 58 inches (1473 mm) to top. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE END OF SECTION C09655 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES c. Horizontal Bracing: 2 3/4 inches (69 mm). A. Fire Performance: Identify panel compentes with appropriate markings of applicabe q A. Painting all exposed exterior and interior surfaces not specifically excluded herein. 2.5 MIXES B. Pilaster Mounting: Solid Phenolic core with decorative high pressure resin testing and inspection organization. 1 SECTION - C09770: REINFORCED WALL COVERINGS A. Paint shall be ready -mixed unless otherwise accepted by the Owner, and shall be impregnated paper surface. Stainless steel shoe, 1.3 inch high, anchored to floor with 1. Surface Burning Characteristics: Tested per ASTM E 84 and complying for Class C thinned or reduced only n accordance with manufacturer's instruction. two 3-1/4 inch Stud Anchors. Products. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS y iread: 76 or less PART I - GENERAL A. Finish Schedule as indicated on the Drawings C. Headrail: Extruded aluminum, bright finish, with anti -grip design and wall mounting a. Flame Spread: PART III - EXECUTION brackets. b. Smoke Developed: 200 or less D B. Unit Masonry Assemblies: SECTION C04810 D. Hardware: All hardware and fasteners shall be stainless steel set in Solid Phenolic CCR ARCHITECTURE i& INTERIORS 1.1 SUMMARY C. Sealants and Caulking: SECTION C07920 core with decorative high pressure resin impregnated paper surface. PART II - PRODUCTS A. Section Includes: Prefinished polyester glass reinforced plastic sheets and adhered D. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: SECTION C08110 3.1 CONDITIONS 1. Panel and Pilaster Brackets: Cast or stamped Type 304 stainless steel brackets, with to unfinished gypsum wallboard. Standard FRP with textured surface. E. Gypsum Board: SECTION C09250 A. Apply water -base paints only when temperature of surfaces to be coated and chrome plated shoulder and barrel nuts of vandal -proof one-way operation; attached 2.1 MANUFACTURER surrounding air temperatures are between 50 degrees F (10 C) unless otherwise to walls with screws and plastic expansion anchors. F. Division 15 -Mechanical Work permitted by manufacturers instructions. P P A. Korogard, Fairlawn, OH4433 1.2 SUBMITTALS G. Division 16 - Electrical Work 2. Hinges: Self -closing heavy-duty stainless steel with nylon cams and pin assembly, B. Apply solvent -thinned paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and and door home position adjustment b adjusting bottom hinge unit. A. Submit Shop Drawings per SUBMITTALS Section. Submit sufficient manufacture's P 1 Y J 9 9 surrounding air temperatures are between 45 degrees F (7 C) and 95 degrees F (35 2.2 CORNER GUARDS data to indicate compliance with these specifications including: 1.3 INTENT 3. Door Latch: Slide latch, strike, and keeper, meeting ADA requirements with C), unless otherwise permitted by paint manufacturers printed instructions. emergency A. Koroseal "Koro uard" Seties G815: Extruded Comer Guard adhered to substrate ` 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. g y access feature. g N A. Providing Owner selected finishes and colors for exposed surfaces as part of the C. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85% Corner with glue. Exposed surfaces shall be free of wrinkling, chipping, discoloration, , o 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. Construction Contract. Contractor shall be responsible for field painting surfaces, 4. Door pulls: Accessible door pulls must meet ADA requirements. P P g or to damp or wet surfaces unless otherwise permitted by paint manufacturer's or other imperfections. 3. Installation methods. including exposed mechanical and electrical equipment, piping, etc. "Exposed" shall rinted instructions. 5. Coat hook with bumper. M mean visible from: ground level; floors and levels of construction of this contract; and P 1. Dimensions: 1-1/2 inch legs at 90 degree angle floors and levels of buildings on adjacent properties. D. All application of coatings shall be done under adequate illumination. 2 Profile: High impact vinyl acrylic extrusion, nominal 0.078-inch thick.. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS PART III -EXECUTION 3. Extrusion: Pebble grain finish. Contains EPA registered Micro -Check antimicrobial A. Sealants and Caulks: SECTION C07920 3.2 PREPARATION agent. B. Gypsum Board: SECTION C09250 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3.1 INSTALLATION YP A. Remove dirt, rust, scale, splinters, grease and oil from surfaces to be painted. 4. Adhesion: Loctite PL Paneling and Trim Adhesive. A. Qualifications of Workmen: Employ skilled workmen, experienced in the use of the A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Quarry Tile: SECTION C09330 specific product involved. Quality workmanship is required. Prepare surfaces prior to painting as specified by paint material manufacturer. B. Koroseal Koroguard Series GS15 16-guage Stainless Steel Corner Guard adhered Remove prefinished hardware, electrical devices, etc. before painting. Replace such to substrate comer. Exposed surfaces shall be free of discoloration or other 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE B. Approval of Manufacturer: Materials used shall be exactly as specified in quality. No items after finishes are completely dry. No exterior or interior painting shall be done END OF SECTION C10155 imperfections. claim by painting subcontractor to unsuitability or unavailability of any material until surfaces are thoroughly dry. Painting contractor is responsible for defective A. Fire Performance: Identify panel compentes with appropriate markings of applicabe specified, or his unwillingness to use same, or his inabilityto produce quality work 1. Dimensions: 1-1/2-inch legs at 90 degree angle. p q Y work from any cause, including unsuitable and improperly prepared surfaces. testing and inspection organization. with same, will be entertained. SECTION C10240 - TREILLAGE 2. Material: Stainless Steel, type 304. 1. Surface Burning Characteristics: Tested per ASTM E 84 and complying for Class C 3. Finish: No. 4 Satin. Products. 3.3 PAINTING PART I -GENERAL 4. Adhesion: Loctite PL Paneling and Trim Adhesive. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. General: I paint in accord with manufacturers instructions. Use techniques and g a. Flame Spread: 76 or less Apply P q A. Paint Schedule: As soon as possible after Contract is signed, prepare and submit to applications best suited for type of material being applied. Spread or flow materials b. Smoke Developed: 200 or less Owner for acceptance an itemized PAINT SCHEDULE, listing the kinds and types of on smoothly, with proper film thickness and without runs, sags, skips or other 1.1 DESCRIPTION PART III - EXECUTION B. Sanitary Standards: System components and finishes to comply with: paints proposed for each and every application by name of manufacturer and brand defects. Cut paint in neatly around glass and other edges. Mix, stir, blend, etc. in A. Light weight wall mounted trellis (screening) panels for vine growth and coverage. 1. United States Department of Agricultural (USDA) requirements for food preparation name and color number of the paint for each application. This PAINT SCHEDULE strict accord with manufacturers instructions Specific attention is called to stirring 3.1 EXAMINATION facilities, incidental contact. submitted shall be similar in tentative paint listed contained hereinafter with no time intervals for stains. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Verify by examination that wall surfaces are acceptable to receive the specified guard exceptions. 2. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) 1999 Food Code 6-101.11 B. Wash metal surfaces with mineral spirits to remove dirt, oil or grease before applying A. Unit Masonry Assemblies: SECTION C04810 systems. Notify the Architect in writing if wall surfaces are not acceptable. Do not C primer. Remove rust or scale by wire brushing or sanding cleaning before painting. B. Sealants and Caulking: SECTION C07920 begin installation until unacceptable conditions have been corrected. C 1.5 WARRANTY Marred shop coats of paint shall be cleaned and touched up with primer, prior to finish coats. . A. Furnish one year guarantee against defects in material and workmanship. PART II - PRO3.2 INSTALLATION 2.1 MANUFACTURER C. Galvanized metal surfaces shall be given a crystalline zinc phosphate pre-treatment. 1.3 SUBMITTALS Two products for this purpose are Lithoform made b American Chemical Paint Co., A. Submit Shop Drawings per SUBMITTALS Section, based on details on the drawings. A. Install corner guards to wall securely in accordance with manufacturer's written PART II -PRODUCTS A. Interior Painting: The Sherwin Williams Company, Cleveland, OH 44115. See P P � y instructions. National Accounts on the Drawings. Ambler, Pa., and Galvaprep #5, made by Neilson Chemical Co., Detroit, Michigan. Submit sufficient manufacturers data to indicate compliance with these D. Masonry surfaces shall be cleaned of any soil, efflorescence, excess mortar, etc. If specifications. B. Install corner guards accurately in location, alignment, and elevation. 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 2.2 MATERIAL NOTICE wet cleaning is used, allow adequate time for drying to allow for uniform penetration. , A. Back -of -House All cracks shall be pointed or caulked. All voids in masonry joints shall be filled. 1.4 SUBSTITUTIONS END OF SECTION C10265 1. Marlite; Dover A. The use of paint products containing lead is prohibited. Neutralize acid washed surfaces. Moisture content of surface shall not exceed 15% A. Substitutions shall be considered in accordance with provisions of Section C01030. OH 44622 2. Glasteel; Moscow, TN 38057 in order to apply sealer. Allow new surfaces to age four weeks prior to application of 0 3. Crane Composites; Channahon, IL 60410 2.3 MATERIALS sealer. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE LLr A. Paint List: Where any particular application is not mentioned in this list, Contractor E. Interior trim and cabinetry shall be back -primed with wood primer. B. Play Area A. Manufacturer: Minimum 5-years experience manufacturing and supplying trellis li shall figure on application of manufacturers specification for application which is F. Remove hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting (screening)structures of the style Q M 1. Koroseal; Fairlawn, OH 44333 consistent with types and qualities listed herein. fixtures, and similar items in place and not to be finish -painted, or provide surface type and le shown on the `o 1. Exterior Surfaces applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting operations. Remove, ifU> M 2.2 PANELS a. Wood Trim necessary, for completing painting of items and adjacent surfaces. Following PART II -PRODUCTS , W J A. Fiberglass reinforced thermosetting polyester resin panel sheets complying with ) completion of painting of each space or area, reinstall removed items. J 1 Prime Coat: Sherwin Williams All Surface Enamel Latex Primer U. ASTM D5319. Back surface smooth, imperfections which do not affect functional G. Scratches, cracks and abrasions on surfaces to be painted shall be filled with a 2.1 MANUFACTURER properties are not cause for rejection. 2) Intermediate: Sherwin Williams A-100 Exterior Acrylic Latex spackling compound flush with adjoining surface. When d sand smooth and seal A. GREENsreen, Los Angeles, CA 90035 B. Dimensions: 0.090-inches (thick) x 48-inches (wide) x 120-inches (high) 3) Finish Coat: Sherwin Williams A-100 Exterior Acrylic Latex before application of priming coat. g ry, = O () C. Back -of -House: Fiberglass reinforced thermosetting polyester resin panel sheets b. Ferrous &Nor -Ferrous Metals H. Enamel applied to wood or metal shall be sanded with fine sandpaper and then m J 9 9 P Y Pa PP2.2 MATERIALS � J complying with ASTM D 5319. 1) Surface Prep: Hand Tool Cleaning Sherwin Williams S-W 14 cleaned between coats to produce an even, smooth finish. 2) Prime Coat: Sherwin Williams KernKromik Universal Metal Primer VOC 1. Metal door frames shall be made smooth b A. Panels shall be rigid, three-dimensional welded wire grid fabricated 14-guage ASTM J 1. Marlite -'Standard FRP P199 ,Pebbled, Bright White y filling and sanding before finishing. A641 galvanized steel wire. 2. Stabilit America-'Glasliiner FRP 1200', Pebbled, White 3) Intermediate: Sherwin Williams DTM Acrylic Gloss Coating Touch-up factory prime coat before applying first coat. J Z B. Face Grid: Welded wires at each intersection to forma 2x2 inch face grid on both � DTM A i Sh h C Fi nish inisoat: Sherwin WilliamsAcrylic Gloss Coating P c oss oatng J. Prepare and stain interior wood siding as scheduled prior to installation. sides of 3. Came Composites-'Glasbord FRP', Pebbled, White panel. � Q C. Galvanized K. Drying Time: Unless otherwise specified, exterior paints shall dry for 48-hours and C. Trusses: Face grids shall be separated by bent wire trusses spaced at 2-inch centers 2.3 WALLCOVERING 1) Surface Prep: Galvanized Metal Sherwin Williams S-W 10 interior paints for 24-hours between coats. an welded to front and back face grids at each truss apex. mr CL A. Play Area: Rigid high -impact protective wallcovering. 2) Prime Coat: Sherwin Williams Pro-Cryl Universal Acrylic Primer L. Sanding: Sand enamels and varnish lightly and dust between coats. D. Length and Width: As indicated on the drawings Q a 3) Intermediate: Sherwin Williams DTM Acrylic Gloss Coating M. Acceptance: E. Thickness: 3-inches - verify with drawings ui W B. Dimensions: 0.040-inches (thick) x 48-inches (wide) x 96-inches (high) fY 9 B C. Color and Texture as indicated in the Finish Schedule. 4) Finish Coat: Sherwin Williams DTM Acrylic Gloss Coating 1. Work is subject to acceptance by the Owner and any work not complying with these F. Tolerance: 1/8-inch in width and 1/4-inch in length specifications shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Owner. B N � N d. Concrete G. Welds: Weld trim to panels, all welds shall be ground smooth and suitable for 1) Surface Prep: Sherwin Williams Concrete S-W 5 2. Final coat of paint shall have visual evidence of hiding and uniform appearance. painting. 2.4 MOLDINGS AND ACCESSORIES 3. Paint shall be evenly spread and smoothly flowed on without runs, sags, curtains or A. Fiberglass Reinforced Panels: Provide extruded PVC Trim Profile, unless otherwise 2) Prime Coat Sherwin Williams Loxon Exterior Acrylic Masonry Primer �1 other evidence of poor application. noted, as required for panels including but not limited to: 3) Intermediate: Sherwin Williams A-100 Exterior Satin Latex 2.3 ACCESSORIES 4. Spot painting will be allowed to correct soiled or damaged paint surfaces only when 1. Inside Corner: length as required, color to match panel 4) Finish Coat: Sherwin Williams A-100 Exterior Satin Latex A. Trim: Trim pieces shall be fabricated from 20-guage ASTM A879 galvanized steel. i g eq P touch-up spot will blend into surrounding finish and is invisible to normal viewing. d 2. Division: length as required, color to match panel e. Unit Masonry Otherwise, re -coat entire section to comers or visible stopping point. 1. Edge Trim: 2-inch legs x thickness of panel x lengths as required FSR#04040 I PP 9 3. Edge: length as required, color to match panel 1) Surface Prep: Block (Cinder and Concrete) Sherwin Williams S-W 3 2. Flat Trim: 1-inch x length as required at center vertical intersections 4. Outside Corner: F 560 Stainless Steel, length as required, finish No. 4 Satin 2) Prime Coat: Sherwin Williams PM BLK FLR 3.4 PROTECTION AND CLEANING 3. Infill Panels: Support steel as required (by others). Verify locations required at BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL >1 B. Wallcoverin s: Accessory moldings b Koroseal to ensure accurate match of colors, 3) Intermediate: Sherwin Williams A-100 Exterior Acrylic Latex A. Protect work, adjacent work and materials b suitable covering.Upon completion of Drive-Thru or where indicated on the drawings. RELEASE: v2_2o.02 g ry g Y J y P P B. Clips and Fasteners: Provide manufacturer's standard types of clips and straps dimension, and physical properties. 4) Finish Coat: Sherwin Williams A-100 Exterior Acrylic Latex work, remove paint and varnish spots from floors, glass and other surfaces. suitable for mounting conditions. Fabricated from ASTM A879 galvanized steel. REVISION SCHEDULE 2. Interior Surfaces: 91 Adjustable clips shall have a 1/4-inch diameter 18-8 stainless steel bolt, washer and NO. DATE DESCRIPTION C) 2.5 ADHESIVES a. Wood (painted): 3.5 CLEAN-UP nut. 0 A. Fiberglass Reinforced Panels Adhesives shall meet or exceed: 1) Surface Prep: Wood - Interior Sherwin Williams S-W 24 A. Upon completion of work of this section, remove related debris from the premises. C. Fasteners: Fasteners to masonry as shown on the drawings. ® 1. Marlite C-551 FRP Adhesive. Contributes to LEED Certification (E.Q. 4.1: 2) Prime Coat: Sherwin Williams PrepRite Classic Interior Latex Primer 2.4 FINISHES Low -Emitting Materials: Adhesives and Sealants). 3) Intermediate: Sherwin Williams ProMar 200 Interior Latex END OF SECTION C09910 A. Components shall be factory finished after fabrication. .11 B. Wallcoverings: Use adhesives provided by Koroseal. 4) Finish Coat: Sherwin Williams ProMar 200 Interior Latex 1. Pretreat (clean) components before priming with zinc -rich epoxy powder coat. J Topcoat with polyester or polyester -urethane powder coat. B. Salt Spray Resistance: Finish shall remain rust free with tested 1,680 hours per I ASTM B 117. cry C. Color: As indicated on the drawings LI, I W Z N 0 9 CONSULTANT PROJECT# 17013 ® A A PRINTED FOR a PERMIT DATE 9/2020 C W N DRAWN BY 07 2AUthOr 0I 0- Information contained on this draMng and in all digital fees o r produoad for above named project may not be reproduced in 0, any manner without egress written or verbal consent from C71 authorized project representatives- Cq SHEET W SPECIFICATIONS 0 0 a SHEET NUMBER A=91 0 4 1 3 1 2 1 E 4 SECTION C10420 - IDENTIFYING SIGNAGE PART I - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Extent of Signage as indicated on drawings and specified herein. B. Exterior signage can be found on the site drawings. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Drawings and specifications are based on one manufacturer's standard products. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings for directories and door identification signs including large-scale sections of typical numbers. Show reinforcement, anchorages, components and finishes. PART II - PRODUCTS 2.1 SIGNAGE SUPPLIERS A. Suppliers 1. Clayton Industries, Lake City, GA 30260 see Owner's Sign Package 2. Anchor Signs, Charleston, SC 29405 see Owner's Sign Package 3. Chandler Signs, Atlanta, GA 30534, see Owner's Sign Package 4. National Signs, Houston, TX 77054, see Owner's Sign Package 5. Thomas Signs & Awning, Clearwater, FL 33762, see Owner's Sign Package 2.2 DOOR IDENTIFICATION SIGNS/PUBLIC AREAS A. Provide door identification signs that read: MAN with wheelchair symbol WOMAN with wheelchair symbol ELECTRICAL ROOM MECHANICAL ROOM EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY (1) EXIT (3) 1. All signage, exterior and interior, shall be in accordance with state and local authorities including raised letters, Braille and symbols. B. Materials: See Owner's sign package for materials and sizes. C Exterior Signage: See Owner's sign package. PART III - EXECUTION D 3.1 INTERIOR SIGNAGE INSTALLATION A. Install units plumb and level, in locations as shown. Securely attach to supporting structure by means of foam tape and silicone adhesive, in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. 3.2 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE A. Refer to the Owners sign package. B. Auger hole for each post, set post plumb and fill to grade with concrete, assemble sign panels in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION C10420 C QI tv NCD 0 I - CD (D CK J 1 U a. �I co LI- i a Q Z a� 0 c� Q A LL a LIJ a� d CAI C 0 0 CDi ® � LL. N o CO 0 M N (3 0-) �_ Fn � r O ti r SECTION - C10523: PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Portable fire extinguishers and mounting brackets for fire extinguishers. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings per SUBMITTALS Section. Submit sufficient manufacturer's data to indicate compliance with these specifications including: 1. Fire Extinguishers: Materials description including rating and classifications. 2. Schedules showing each type of extinguisher and mounting information. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Fire Protection Drawings B. Division 15 - Plumbing Work 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide fire extinguishers of type approved by UL, State Fire Marshal's Office and local regulatory agencies. B. Provide fully charged fire extinguishers produced by a single manufacturer. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of portable fire extinguishers that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Failure of hydrostatic test according to NFPA 10. b. Faulty operation of valves or release levers. 2. Warranty period: 1 year from date of substantial completion. PART II - PRODUCTS 2.1 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Amerex Corporation, Trussille, AL 35173 2. Ansul Incorporated, Marinette, WI 54143 3. Badger Fire Protection, Charlottesville, VA 22901 4. Buckeye Fire Equipment Company, Kings Mountain, NC 28086 5. Fire End & Croker Corporation, Elmsford, NY 10523 6. General Fire Extinguisher Corporation, Aston, PA 19014 7. JL Industries, Inc., Bloomington, MN 55435 8. Larsen's Manufacturing Company, Minneapolis, MN 55432 B. Multi -Purpose Chemical Type: Extinguisher unit containing a fluidized and siliconized mono ammonium phosphate powder, nonconductive and nontoxic. 1. Construction: Heavy duty steel cylinder with metal valve and siphon tube, O-ring seal replaceable valve stem seal, visual pressure gauge, pull pin and upright squeeze grip. 2. Finish: Factory powder coated, Red. 3. Effectiveness (Rating): Class A, B and C fires C Class K Wet chemical Type: Extinguisher unit containing a low "pH" potassium acetate solution. 1. Construction: Stainless steel cylinder with protective nozzle tip orifice seal and nonmetallic nozzle tip finger guard, 0-ring seal, replaceable valve stem seal, visual pressure gauge, pull pin, and upright squeeze grip. 2. Effectiveness (Rating): Class K fires. D Accessories: 1. Mounting Brackets: Provide manufacturer's standard steel bracket, designed to secure fire extinguisher to wall or structure, of sizes required for types and capacities of fire extinguishers indicated. PART III - EXECUTION 1 3 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in locations and at mounting heights complying with applicable regulations. B. Apply Wall Signs where shown or directed after field painting has been completed and accepted. C. Ensure that each extinguisher is fully charged and that inspection of each extinguisher has been performed, as evidenced by the National Association of Fire Equipment Distributors certification tag, just prior to turnover. 3.2 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of work of this section remove related debris from premises. END OF SECTION C10523 SECTION: C10535 -CANOPIES PART I - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work in this section includes furnishing and installation of extruded aluminum overhead hanger rod style canopies. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Drawings and specifications are based on one manufacturer's standard products. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings per SUBMITTALS Section; Base on details shown on the Drawings. Submit manufacturer's technical data for each type of acoustical ceiling unit and suspension system required. 2. Canopy must conform to local building codes, provide PE stamped calculations when required. 3. Confirm dimensions prior to preparation of shop drawings when possible. 4. Submit shop drawings showing structural component locations/positions, material dimensions and details of construction and assembly. PART II - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Mapes Canopies, Lincoln, NB 68514. Phone: (888) 273-1132 1. Super Lumideck (Covered), HR Hanger Rod Supported 2. SuperShade (Louvered), HR Hanger Rod Supported 2.2 MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Decking shall consist of 3-inch extruded flat soffit 0.078 decking. B. Intermediate framing members shall be extruded aluminum, alloy 6063-T6, in profile and thickness shown in current manufacturer literature. C. Hanger rods and attachment hardware shall be powder coated. D. Fascia shall be standard 8-inch extruded "GC" style. E. Flashings shall be by the manufacturer F. Finishes: Finish type shall be 2-coat Kynar finish, see drawings for color. 2.3 FABRICATION A. All canopies are shipped in preassembled sections for ease of installation. B. All connections shall be mechanically assembled utilizing 3/16-inch fasteners with a minimum shear stress of 350 pounds pre -welded or factory -welded connections are not acceptable. C. Decking shall be designed with interlocking roll -formed aluminum members. D. Concealed drainage. Water shall drain from covered surfaces into intermediate trough and be directed to side Scupper near front. PART III - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Confirm that surrounding area is ready for the canopy installation. B. Installer shall confirm dimensions and elevations to be as provided by Mapes Industries. C. Erection shall be performed by an approved installer and scheduled after all concrete, masonry and roofing in the area is completed 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Installation shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's shop drawings. Particular attention should be given to protecting the finish during handling and erection B. Canopy Installation: Installer provides 1/2-inch stainless steel lag bolts at 18" on center at head locations, 1/2-inch stainless steel thru bolts at all be back locations, refer to manufacturer's recommendations. 3.3 CLEAN-UP A. After installation, entire system shall be left in a clean condition. END OF SECTION C10530 SECTION - C10810: TOILET ACCESSORIES PARTI- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Toilet Accessories: Provide and install per the schedule on the drawings. B. All bathroom fixtures and accessories shall comply with all federal, state and local handicap accessibility code requirements. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Sealants and Caulking: SECTION C07920 B. Rough Carpentry: SECTION C06000 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings per SUBMITTALS Section; Base on details shown on the Drawings. Submit manufacturer's technical data for each accessory required. PART II - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Manufacturers: As indicated in the Restroom Legend on the Drawings. PART III - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Inspect blocking and plate inserts in framing to determine if material is in proper position for installation of accessories prior to wallboard surfacing being applied. Accessories will be securely attached to framing. Grab bars will be installed to withstand a 250 pound. loading condition; provide necessary concealed anchorage devices to meet load requirements. 3.2 INSTALLATION 1 2 1 A. Blocking: Contractor to provide and install all necessary blocking for the accessories. 2. Fascia: Continuous removable extruded aluminum fascia that attaches to shade B. Install items in accord with manufacturer's instructions, in locations shown on the mounting brackets with out the use of adhesives, magnetic strips or exposed drawings in cooperation with the work of other trades. fasteners. C Remove protective covers at final clean-up of installation. a. Fascia shall be able to be installed across one shade bands in one piece b. Fascia shall fully conceal brackets, shade roller and fabric on the tube. c. Provide brackettfascia end caps as required. 3. CLEAN-UP d. Color as indicated on drawings. 3 3. Manual Operated Chain Drive: Stainless steel No. 10 chain rated to 90 pound A. Upon completion of work, remove related debris from the premises. breaking strength. Nickel plated chain shall not be accepted. a. Drive sprocket and brake assembly shall have a minimum of four (4) wrap springs. END OF SECTION C10820 b. Assembly shall be fully mounted on steel support bracket which may be removed and reinstalled without effecting the roller shade limit adjustments. DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS c. Tension device shall be installed using a device that when not installed properly renders the shade partially inoperable. 4. Shade Brackets: SECTION C12390 - MILLWORK, CABINETRY AND COUNTERTOPS a. Shade hardware shall be constructed of minimum 1/16-inch thick plate steel. b. Provide hardware allowing for the removal of shade roller tube from brackets without PART I - GENERAL removing hardware from opening. c. Provide hardware capable for installation of a removable fascia. No exposed fastening devices of any kind. 1. 1 DESCRIPTION d. Shade bands shall be adjustable without removing shade roller tube or hardware from window. A. Coordinate installation of Owner supplied millwork, cabinetry and countertops. e. Brackets shall be fully integrated with all accessories. 1. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE 2.3 SHADE FABRIC 2 A. Concrete Footings/Slab on Grade: SECTION C03300 A. Visually Transparent Single -Fabric Shade Cloth as indicated in the Finish Schedule. B. Finish Carpentry: SECTION C06410 C Vinyl Base: SECTION C09655 PART III -EXECUTION D Division 15 - Plumbing Work 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install shades level, plumb and true in accordance with manufacturer's instructions including recommended support brackets and fasteners. 1. SUBMITTALS B. Install shades with adequate clearance to permit smooth operation of the shades. 3 Demonstrate shades to be in smooth, uniform working order. A. Submit Shop Drawings per SUBMITTALS Section; Base on details shown on the Drawings. END OF SECTION C12492 PART II - PRODUCTS DIVISION 15 SECTION C15000 - MECHANICAL 2. Manufacturer: See Mechanical Drawings for HVAC Specifications 1 SECTION C15100 - PLUMBING A. Clayton Fixture or FCC, see National Accounts. Owner's contractor will supply See Plumbing Drawings for Plumbing Specifications material as shown. Material supplied includes, but is not limited to: 1. Cabinetry DIVISION 16 2. Counters SECTION C16000 - ELECTRICAL 3. Restroom lavatories and mirror See Electrical Drawings for Electrical Specifications 4. Window Sills 5. Wood Trim 6. Wainscoting 7. Shelving PART III - EXECUTION 3. INSPECTION 1 A. Examine all surfaces to which the cabinets and tops are to be applied. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected and surfaces are acceptable of the surfaces. 3. INSTALLATION 2 A. Installation of millwork, cabinets, countertops, etc. shall be performed by Manufacturer. B. Installation of wainscot shall be preformed by General Contractor. C Installation of concrete curbs for cabinetry shall be provided by the General Contractor. END OF SECTION C12390 SECTION C12500 - WINDOW TREATMENT PART I - GENERAL 1. DESCRIPTION 1 A. Manually operated sunscreen roller shades, provided and installed by the contractor. 1. RELATED SECTIONS 2 A. Rough Carpentry: SECTION C06000 B. Gypsum Board: SECTION C09250 1. SUBMITTALS 3 A. Submit Shop Drawings per SUBMITTALS Section, based on details on the drawings. Submit sufficient manufacturer's data to indicate compliance with these specifications including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Styles, dimensions, profiles, finishes and operating instructions. 3. Mounting details and installation methods. 1. QUALITY ASSURANCE 4 A. Single -Source: Provide roller shades units and fabrics by a single manufacturer. B. Fire Performance: Identify roller shade components with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspection organization. 1. NFPA 701-99 small and large-scale vertical burn. C Anti -Microbial Performance: Identify fabric with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspection organization. 1. ASTM E 2180, ASTM G21, AATCC30 Part 3, ASTM D 3273, GREENGUARD Mold and Bacteria Standard ASTM 6329, Microban D Safety Standard Performance: ANSI/WCMA Al00.1-2010 1. WARRANTY 5 A. Roller Shade Hardware: Manufacturer's standard twenty-five (25) year limited warranty. Chain to have manufacturer's standard one (1) year warranty. B. Roller Shade Fabric: Manufacturer's standard ten (10) year limited warranty. PART II - PRODUCTS 2. MANUFACTURERS 1 A. Roller Shade Hardware: 1. Roll -A -Shade, Elsinore, CA 92502 2. Window Interiors, Altamote Springs, FL 32701 B. Roller Shade Fabric: 1. Phifer Incorporated, Tusaloosa, AL 35401 2. ROLLER SHADE 2 A. Manual operation interior, chain drive, sunscreen roller shades in all windows as shown on the drawings. Fabricate units to completely fill openings from head to sill and jamb to jamb. 1. Construction of shade includes the fabric, the hem weight, hem -pocket and/or bottom rail with end caps, shade roller tube and the attachment of the shade band to the roller tube. Sewn hems and open hem packets are not acceptable. a. Hem weight shall be continuous inside inside a sealed hem pocket. hem pocket construction and hem weights shall be similar, for all shades within on space. 1 E oOO� 0 0 0 00V9A Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 C C« 0 W +CCR ARCHITECTURE & INTERIORS P I � 0 � Q M > M W J J LL D w OU) m 'J J J J = Q oc Q (7, a qq W tiN FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2_20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 17013 A PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 H DRAWN BY Author ri Information contained on this dravAng and in all digital ties produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without egress written or verbal consent from auttror¢ed project representatives. W SHEET SPECIFICATIONS a SHEET NUMBER A=911 4 3 2 1 4 �3 2 E L A A A.B. ANCHOR BOLT AC ALASKA CEDAR (WOOD) ABT ABOUT ABV ABOVE ADD'L ADDITIONAL ADJ. ADJACENT ALT. ALTERNATE AMP. AMPLITUDE AGGR. AGGREGATE APPROX. APPROXIMATELY) ARCH. ARCHITECT(URE)(URAL) B BD BOARD BF BRACED FRAME B.F. BOUNDARY FASTENER B.L. BOTTOM LOWER BLDG BUILDING BLK BLOCK BLKG BLOCKING BM BEAM B.N. BOUNDARY NAIL(ING) BOT. BOTTOM B.O. BOTTOM OF B.O.C. BOTTOM OF CONCRETE B.O.F. BOTTOM OF FOOTING B.O.S. BOTTOM OF STEEL BRG BEARING B.S. BOTH SIDES BSMT BASEMENT B.U. BOTTOM UPPER BTNN BETWEEN C C CHANNEL (STEEL SHAPE) CFS COLD -FORMED STEEL CIDH CAST -IN -DRILLED HOLE C.I.P. CAST - IN -PLACE C.J. CONSTRUCTION JOINT C.J.P. COMPLETE JOINT PENETRATION (GROOVE WELD) CLG CEILING CLR CLEAR, CLEARANCE C.M.U. CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT COL. COLUMN COLL. COLLECTOR CONC. CONCRETE CONN. CONNECTION CONST. CONSTRUCT (ING )(ION) CONT. CONTINUOUS CONTR. CONTRACT(OR) CRVD. CURVED C.P. COMPLETE PENETRATION (WELD) CST. CONSTRUCTION CTR CENTER,CENTRAL CTSK COUNTERSINK CHT COUNTERWEIGHT CVN CHARPY V-NOTCH D d PENNY HEIGHT (NAIL) D2L NELSON WELDED REBAR D.B.A. DEFORMED BAR ANCHOR DBL DOUBLE DEMO. DEMOLITION DTL DETAIL DF DOUGLAS FIR (WOOD) DIA. DIAMETER DIAG. DIAGONAL DIM. DIMENSION DISCONT. DISCONTINUOUS DN DOWN DO DITTO DP DEEP DSA CA DIV. OF STATE ARCH. DWG DRAWING E (E) EXISTING EA. EACH E.F. EACH FACE E.G. SUCH AS EL. ELEVATION ELEC. ELECTRICAL ELEVR ELEVATOR E.J. EXPANSION JOINT EMBED. EMBEDMENT E.N. EDGE NAIL(ING) E.O. EDGE OF E.O.S. EDGE OF SLAB E.P.S. EXPANDED POLYSTYRENE EQ. EQUAL (EQUIVALENT) EQ. SP. EQUALLY SPACED EQUIP. EQUIPMENT E.S. EACH SIDE E.W. EACH WAY E.W.E.F. EACH WAY, EACH FACE E/W EAST/WEST EXP. EXPANSION EXT. EXTERIOR F FB FLAT BAR (STEEL SHAPE) F.D. FLOOR DRAIN FDN FOUNDATION F.F. FAR FACE OR FIELD FASTENER FIN. FINISH(ED) FLG. FLANGE FLR FLOOR F.N. FIELD NAIL F.O. FACE OF F.O.C. FACE OF CONCRETE F.O.S. FACE OF STUD OR FACE OF STEEL F.P. FULL PENETRATION (WELD) FPRF. FIREPROOFING FRMG FRAMING F.S. FAR SIDE FT FEET OR FOOT FTG. FOOTING G ga GAUGE GALV. GALVANIZED GAR. GARAGE G.B. GRADE BEAM G.C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR GEN. GENERAL GLB GLUED LAMINATED TIMBER BEAM GLC GLUED LAMINATED TIMBER COLUMN GR. GRADE GYP. GYPSUM H (H), HORIZ. HORIZONTAL H.C.T. HOLLOW CLAY TILE HD HOLDOWN H.D.G. HOT -DIP GALVANIZED HDPE HIGH -DENSITY POLYETHYLENE HDR HEADER HGR HANGER HK HOOK H.S. HEADED STUD OR HIGH STRENGTH (BOLT) HSS HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTION HT HEIGHT I I.D. INSIDE DIAMETER I.E. THAT IS, SPECIFICALLY I.F. INSIDE FACE IN. INCH INCL. INCLUDED INFO. INFORMATION INSP. INSPECTION INSUL. INSULATION INT. INTERIOR IRREG. IRREGULAR J JCT. JUNCTION JST JOIST JT, JNT JOINT K K K.D. KSI KSF L L LB. LGS L.L.B.B. L.L.H. L.L.V. LMBR L.S. LSL LSLH LSLT. LSLV LTWT LVL LWC KIP (1,000 POUNDS) KILN DRIED KIPS PER SQUARE INCH KIPS PER SQUARE FOOT ANGLE (STEEL SHAPE) POUND LIGHT -GAUGE STEEL LONG LEGS BACK TO BACK LONG LEG HORIZONTAL LONG LEG VERTICAL LUMBER LONG SLOTTED (HOLE) LAMINATED STRAND LUMBER LONG SLOTTED (HOLE) W/ LONG AXIS HORIZ. LONG SLOTTED (HOLE) LONG SLOTTED (HOLE) W/ LONG AXIS VERT. LIGHTWEIGHT LEVEL OR LAMINATED VENEER LUMBER LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE M MANUF. MATL MAX. M.B. MC MECH. MEP MEZZ. MF MFR M.I. MIN. MISC. MOD. MT MTL N N (N) N/A N.F. N.I.C. NO. NOM. N&FS N.T.S. NR N.S. N/S N.W. NWC 0 O.C. O.D. O.F. OG O.H. OP'G OPNG OPP. ORIG. O.S. P P.A.F. PC, PCS PCF PCI P.D. P.D.F. P.E.F. P.E.N. PERF. PIPE-X PIPE-XX P.J.P. PL P.L. PLWD. PLYWD P.P. PREFAB. PRELIM. PRESTR. PREY. PROJ. PSF PSI PSL PT P.T. R (R) RAD. RB R.C. REINF. REBAR REF. REQ'D RET. REV. RF RFG RND R.O. RW MANUFACTURER MATERIAL MAXIMUM (NO MORE THAN; AT MOST) MACHINE BOLT MISCELLANEOUS CHANNEL (STEEL SHAPE) MECHANICAL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING MEZZANINE MOMENT FRAME MANUFACTURE(R) MALLEABLE IRON MINIMUM (NO LESS THAN; AT LEAST) MISCELLANEOUS MODIF(Y)(ICATION ) MISCELLANEOUS TEE (STEEL SHAPE) METAL NORTH NEW NOT APPLICABLE NEAR FACE NOT IN CONTRACT NUMBER NOMINAL NEAR & FAR SIDE NOT TO SCALE NEAR NEAR SIDE NORTH/SOUTH NORMAL WEIGHT NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE ON CENTER OUTSIDE DIAMETER OUTSIDE FACE OPEN GRAIN (REDWOOD) OPPOSITE HAND OPENING OPENING OPPOSITE ORIGINAL OVERSIZED (HOLE) POWDER ACTUATED FASTENER(S) PIECE, PIECES POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT POUNDS PER CUBIC INCH POWDER DRIVEN POWDER DRIVEN FASTENER(S) (PLYWOOD) PANEL EDGE FASTENER (PLYWOOD) PANEL EDGE NAILING PERFORATED EXTRA STRONG PIPE DOUBLE EXTRA STRONG PIPE PARTIAL JOINT PENETRATION (GROOVE WELD) PLATE PROPERTY LINE PLYWOOD PLYWOOD PARTIAL PENETRATION (WELD) PREFABRICATE(D) PRELIMINARY PRESTRESSED PREVIOUSLY) PROJECT (ED) (ING) (ION) POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH PARALLEL STRAND LUMBER POINT POST -TENSION( ED )(ING) REUSED RADIUS ROUND BAR (STEEL SHAPE) REINFORCED CONCRETE REINFORC(ED)(ING) REINFORCING BAR REFERENCE REQUIRED RETAINING REVIS(E)( ION ) ROOF ROOFING ROUND ROUGH OPENING REDWOOD OTHER ABBREVIATIONS (PRODUCT ABBREVIATIONS): FOR WOOD FRAMING FASTENER AND CONNECTOR ABBREVIATIONS, SEE SIMPSON STRONG -TIE WOOD CONSTRUCTION CONNECTORS CATALOG (available at www.strongtie.com). FOR POWDER -DRIVEN FASTENERS AND CONCRETE ANCHOR ABBREVIATIONS, SEE HILTI NORTH AMERICAN PRODUCT TECHNICAL GUIDE (available at www.us.hilti.com) AND SIMPSON STRONG -TIE ANCHOR SYSTEMS CATALOG (available at www.strongtie.com). FOR LIGHT -GAUGE STEEL CONNECTOR ABBREVIATIONS, SEE STEEL NETWORK LIGHT STEEL FRAMING CONNECTION CATALOG (available at www.steelnetwork.com) AND SIMPSON STRONG -TIE COLD -FORMED STEEL CONNECTORS CATALOG (available at www.strongtie.com). FOR ENGINEERED WOOD PRODUCT ABBREVIATIONS, SEE LEVEL CATALOG (available at www.ilevel.com), LP BUILDING PRODUCTS CATALOG (available at www.lpcorp.com), REDBUILT CATALOG (available at www.redbuilt.com), AND STANDARD STRUCTURES, INC., CATALOG (available at www.standardstructures.com) B4. STRUCTURAL ABBREVIATIONS S S.A.D. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS S.B. SOLID BLOCKING S.C.D. SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS SCHED. SCHEDULE SDS SIMPSON STRONG -DRIVE SCREW, INSTALLED PER ICC ESR-2236 SECT. SECTION S.E.D. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS SEOR STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD SEP. SEPARATION SFHCS SOCKET FLAT HEAD CAP SCREW SHT SHEET SHTG SHEATHING SIM. SIMILAR S.L.B.B. SHORT LEGS BACK TO BACK S.L.D. SEE LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS SLRS SEISMIC LOAD RESISTING SYSTEM S.M.D. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS S.M.S. SHEET METAL SCREW S.O.G. SLAB ON GRADE SP SOUTHERN PINE (WOOD) SPC. SPAC (ES)(ING) S.P.D. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS SPEC(S). SPECIFICATION(S) SQ. SQUARE S.S. STAINLESS STEEL S.S. SHORT SLOTTED (HOLE) SSLT. SHORT SLOTTED (HOLE) ST AMERICAN STANDARD TEE (STEEL SHAPE) STAG. STAGGER(ED) STAGG. STAGGER(ED) STD STANDARD STFNR. STIFFENER STL STEEL STRUC. STRUCTURAL SUP. SUPPORT SUSP. SUSPENDED SYM.,SYMM. SYMMETRICAL T T&B TOP & BOTTOM T&G TONGUE & GROOVE T.B.D. TO BE DETERMINED TD TIE DOWN THD THREADED THK THICKNESS) THRD THREADED THRU THROUGH T.L. TOP LOWER T.N. TOE NAIL T.O. TOP OF T.O.C. TOP OF CONCRETE ELEVATION T.O.F. TOP OF FOOTING T.O.S. TOP OF STEEL TS TUBE STEEL T.U. TOP UPPER TYP. TYPICAL U U.O.N. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED URM UNREINFORCED MASONRY V (V), VERTMERTICAL VOL. VOLUME V.I.F. VERIFY IN FIELD V.W.M. VERIFY W/ MANUR n W/ WITH WD WOOD WF WIDE FLANGE W.H. WEB HORIZONTAL W/IN WITH IN WKG WORKING W.O. WHERE OCCURS W/0 WITHOUT W.P. WORK POINT WPFG WATERPROOFING WT WIDE -FLANGE TEE (STEEL SHAPE) WT. WEIGHT W.W.F. WELDED WIRE FABRIC X XS EXTRA STRONG (PIPE) XXS DOUBLE EXTRA STRONG (PIPE) SPECIAL CHARACTERS & AND c ANGLE(MEASUREMENT) @ AT C CENTER LINE 0 DIAMETER OR ROUND I/ PARALLEL I PERPENDICULAR IE PROPERTY LINE # POUND OR NUMBER t TOLERANCE MINIMUM NAIL SPACING NAIL TYPE 1 1/2" THK. MIN. PSL 1 1/2" THK. MIN. LSL 1 1/2" THK. SAWN LUMBER MIN. SE.N. SF.N. SE.N. SF.N. SE.N. SF.N. 8d BOX 3" 2' 3" 2' 2" 4" 8d COMMON 3" 2" 3" 2" 2" 6" 10d BOX 4" 2" 4" 2" 2" 6" 10d COMMON 4" 3' 4" 21/2' 21/2" 6" 12d BOX 4" 2" 6" 2" 2" 6" 12d COMMON 4" 3" 6" 21/2' 21/2" 6" 16d BOX 4" 3" 6" 21/2" 21/2" 6" 16d SINKER 4" 3' 6" 21/2' 21/2' 6" 16d COMMON 6" 4" 6" 3" 4" 8" NOTES: 1. LVL, PSL, LSL SEE MFG LITERATURE FOR ADDITIONAL INFO 2. FOR MULTIPLE ROWS,10d COMMON MAXIMUM SIZE FASTENER @ MINIMUM 3" O.C. STAGGERED & OFFSET ROWS BY MINMUM 1/2" 1/2" MIN: ROW OFFSET 3/8" MIN. EDGE DIST. \�SE.N SF.N. FACE SURFACE / END OF GRAIN OR J STRANDS FOR LSL,PSL & SAWN LUMBER, DIR. OF LAMINATION FOR LVL ALVL. LSL, PSL, & SAWN LUMBER D2. NAILING SPACING SCHEDULE STUDS, JOISTS, HEADERS, ETC. EDGE SURFACE NAILING SCHEDULE CONNECTION BRIDGING TO JOIST TOE NAIL EACH END FASTENER 813COMMON NUMBER OR SPACING 2 JOIST TO SILL OR GIRDER TOE NAIL 8D COMMON 3 1"x6" SUBFLOOR OR LESS TO EACH JOIST, FACE NAIL 8D COMMON 2 WIDER THAN 1"x6" SUBFLOOR TO EACH JOIST, FACE NAIL 8D COMMON 3 2-INCH SUBFLOOR TO JOIST OR GIRDER, BLIND & FACE NAIL 16D COMMON 2 SOLE PLATE TO JOIST OR BLOCKING, FACE NAIL 16D COMMON 16" O.C. TOP OR SOLE PLATE TO STUD, END NAILED 16D COMMON 2 STUD TO SOLE PLATE, TOE NAIL 8D COMMON 4 DOUBLED STUDS, FACE NAIL 16D COMMON 24" O.C. DOUBLED TOP PLATES, FACE NAIL 16D COMMON 16" O.C. BLOCKING BETWEEN JOISTS TO TOP PLATE. TOE NAIL 8D COMMON 3 RIM JOIST TO TOP PLATE, TOE NAIL ........ . TOP PLATES, LAP AND INTERSECTIONS FACE NAIL 8D COMMON 16D COMMON 6" O.C. 2 CONTINUOUS HEADER, TWO PIECES 16D COMMON 16" O.C. ALONG EACH EDGE CEILING JOISTS TO PLATES, TOE NAIL 813COMMON 3 CONTINUOUS HEADER TO STUD, TOE NAIL 813COMMON 4 CEILING JOISTS, LAPS OVER PARTITIONS, FACE NAIL 16D COMMON, MIN 3 CEILING JOISTS TO PARALLEL RAFTERS, FACE NAIL 16D COMMON, MIN 3 RAFTER TO PLATE, TOE NAIL SD COMMON 3 1-INCH BRACE TO EACH STUD & PLATE, FACE NAIL 813COMMON 2 1'x8" SHEATHING OR LESS TO EACH BEARING, FACE NAIL 8D COMMON 3 WIDER THAN 1"x8" SHEATHING TO EACH BEARING, FACE NAIL 8D COMMON 3 BUILT-UP CORNER STUDS EACH BEARING, FACE NAIL 16D COMMON 24" O.C. BUILT-UP GIRDERS &BEAMS, FACE NAIL 20D COMMON 32" O.C. AT TOP & BOTTOM STAGGERED ON OPPOSITE SIDES 2-INCH PLANKS 16D COMMON AT EACH BEARING JOIST TO BAND JOIST, FACE NAIL 16D COMMON 3 LEDGER STRIP, FACE NAIL 16D COMMON 3 AT EACH JOIST B2. NAILING SCHEDULE SHEATHING @ NON -SHEAR WALL LOCATIONS PLYWOOD AND O.S.B. BOARD WALL SHEATHING THICKNESS FASTENER NUMBER OR SPACING 1/2" OR LESS 6D COMMON 6" O.C. EDGES AND 12" O.C. INTERMEDIATE 5/16", 1/2" 16 GA GALVANIZED WIRE STAPLES, 4" O.C. EDGES AND 8' O.C. INTERMEDIATE 3/8" MINIMUM CROWN FIBERBOARD AND GYPSUM WALL SHEATHING THICKNESS FASTENER NUMBER OR SPACING 1/2" FIBERBOARD SHEATHING 1 1/2" GALVANIZED ROOFING NAIL 6D 3" O.C. AT EDGES / 6" O.C. AT OTHER BEARING COMMON WALL 1/2" GYPSUM SHEATHING 11 GA 1 1/2" GALVANIZED 7/16" HEAD 4" O.C. AT EDGES / 8" O.C. AT OTHER BEARING 1/2" GYPSUM WALLBOARD 1 3/8' DRY- WALL NAIL 7" O.C. ON CEILING / 8" O.C. ON WALLS NOTES: 1. FOR ALL EXTERIOR WOOD STUD WALLS NOT DESIGNATED AS SHEAR WALLS PROVIDE 1/2" THICK STRUCT I PLYWOOD SHEATHING W/ 8d NAILS @ 6" O.C. @ PANEL EDGES, AND @ 12" O.C. @ FIELD AT EXTERIOR FACES (INCLUDING CANOPIES). 2. FOR ALL EXTERIOR METAL STUD WALLS NOT DESIGNATED AS SHEAR WALLS ATTACH PANELS w/ #8 SCREWS @ 6" O.C. @ PANEL EDGES, AND @ 12" O.C. @ FIELD AT EXTERIOR FACES (INCLUDING CANOPIES). SEE ARCH FOR PANEL MATERIAL. 3. PROVIDE 1/2" THICK STRUCT I PLYWOOD SHEATHING W/ 8d NAILS @ 6" O.C. @ PANEL EDGES, AND @ 12" O.C. @ FIELD FOR EAVES AND CANOPY CEILINGS. A2. NAILING SCHEDULE EFFECTIVE WIND AREA (F <10 50 100 250 COMPONENTS & CLADDING EXTERNAL PRESSURE LOADS (PSF) WL = 137 MPH ULTIMATE IBC 2015: LOCATION PER ASCE 7-10: TABLE 30.7-2 1 2 3 LAL 16.8 37.8 37.8 -41.3 -69.2 -69.2 Q 16.0 -40.2 36.1 -61.9 36.1 -61.9 16.0 -38.8 33.9 -52.1 33.9 -52.1 16.0 -37.8 32.2 -44.8 32.2 -44.8 160 300 300 3 2 3 2 O 2 3 2 3 -37.8 -44.8 -44.8 ROOF PLAN NOTES: 1. A = 4'-0" 2. POSITIVE PRESSURE VALUES REFER TO FORCES ACTING TOWARD BUILDING, NEGATIVE PRESSURE VALUES REFER TO FORCES ACTING AWAY FROM BUILDING. 3. EACH COMPONENT MUST BE DESIGNED FOR MAXIMUM POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE FORCES. 4. FOR COMPONENTS HAVING EFFECTIVE AREAS IN BETWEEN TABULATED VALUES, DESIGN LOADS MAY BE INTERPOLATED. OTHERWISE DESIGN LOAD MUST BE TAKEN FROM THE NEXT LOWEST EFFECTIVE AREA. Dl. WIND LOADS E o000 0 0 Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349- 2998 a 1. THE OWNER SHALL EMPLOY THE SERVICES OF ONE OR MORE SPECIAL INSPECTORS TO PROVIDE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS DURING CONSTRUCTION FOR THE FOLLOWING: A. SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS: 1. INSPECT SOILS BELOW FOOTINGS FOR ADEQUATE BEARING CAPACITY AND CONSISTENCY WITH GEOTECHNICAL REPORT. 2. INSPECT REMOVAL OF UNSUITABLE MATERIAL AND PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF CONTROLLED FILL. B. CONTROLLED STRUCTURAL FILL: 1. PERFORM SIEVE TESTS (ASTM D422 & D1140) AND STANDARD PROCTOR TESTS (ASTM D1557) ON EACH SOURCE OF FILL MATERIAL. 2. INSPECT PLACEMENT, LIFT THICKNESS & COMPACTION OF CONTROLLED FILL. 3. TEST DENSITY OF EACH LIFT OF FILL BY NUCLEAR METHODS (ASTM D2922). 4. VERIFY EXTENT AND SLOPE OF FILL PLACEMENT. C. STRUCTURAL STEEL: 1. REVIEW SHOP FABRICATION AND QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES. 2. REVIEW CERTIFIED MILL TEST REPORTS & IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS ON HSS SHAPES. 3. INSPECT INSTALLATION AND TIGHTENING OF HIGH -STRENGTH BOLTS. VERIFY THAT SPLINES HAVE SEPARATED FROM TENSION CONTROL BOLTS. VERIFY PROPER TIGHTENING SEQUENCE. 4. INSPECT STEEL FRAME FOR COMPLIANCE WITH STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS, INCLUDING BRACING, MEMBER CONFIGURATIONS AND CONNECTION DETAILS. D. WOOD CONSTRUCTION: 1. INSPECT SHOP FABRICATION AND QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES FOR WOOD TRUSS PLANT. 2. INSPECT SIZE, CONFIGURATION, BLOCKING AND FASTENING OF SHEARWALLS AND DIAPHRAGMS. VERIFY PANEL GRADE AND THICKNESS. E. DRILL & EPDXY BOLTS: 1. PERIODIC OR CONTINUOUS INSPECTIONS PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE IMES REPORT FOR THE EPDXY MATERIAL USED. F. MASONRY: 1. PERIODIC VERIFICATION OF fm AND fAAC PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 2. PERIODIC VERIFICATION OF SITE -MIXED MORTAR AND GROUT. 3. PERIODIC VERIFICATION OF GRADE, TYPE AND SIZE OF REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHOR BOLTS. 4. PERIODIC VERIFICATION OF CONSTRUCTION OF MORTAR JOINTS, PLACEMENT OF REINFORCEMENT GROUT SPACE, PLACEMENT OF GROUT, SIZE AND LOCATION OF MASONRY ELEMENTS. C 5. PERIODIC VERIFICATION OF SIZE, TYPE AND LOCATION OF ANCHORS. 6. PREPARE GROUT AND MORTAR SPECIMENS; PERIODICALLY OBSERVE PREPARATION OF PRISMS. 2. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL BE A QUALIFIED PERSON WHO SHALL DEMONSTRATE COMPETENCE, TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE BUILDING OFFICIAL, FOR INSPECTION OF THE PARTICULAR TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION OR OPERATION REQUIRING SPECIAL INSPECTION. 3. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR: A. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL OBSERVE THE WORK ASSIGNED FOR CONFORMANCE WITH THE APPROVED DESIGN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THE INSPECTOR MAY NOT ALTER, MODIFY, ENLARGE OR WAIVE ANY OF THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE DOCUMENTS. B. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL FURNISH INSPECTION REPORTS TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL, THE PROFESSIONAL OF RECORD, AND THE CONTRACTOR. ALL DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE IMMEDIATE ATTENTION OF THE CONTRACTOR FOR CORRECTION, THEN, IF UNCORRECTED, SUBMIT A COMPLETE LIST OF ALL OUTSTANDING DISCREPANCIES ON A WEEKLY BASIS TO THE OWNER, THE BUILDING OFFICIAL, AND THE PROFESSIONAL OF RECORD UNTIL ALL CORRECTIONS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED. C. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL SUBMIT A FINAL SIGNED REPORT STATING THE WORK REQUIRING SPECIAL INSPECTION WAS, TO THE BEST OF THE INSPECTOR'S KNOWLEDGE, IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE APPROVED PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND THE APPLICABLE WORKMANSHIP PROVISIONS OF THE CODE. 4. STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION BY THE SEOR IS NOT REQUIRED. 5. WHERE SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS DUPLICATE THE REQUIREMENTS OF SPECIFIED QUALITY ASSURANCE TESTING, DUPLICATE INSPECTIONS SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED. Bl. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTING 1. BUILDING STRUCTURE HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO THE FOLLOWING BUILDING CODES: 2015 IBC 2. ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE APPLICABLE LOCAL BUILDING CODE. 3. VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH DO NOT COMPLY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS MUST BE COORDINATED WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS BY THE CONTRACTOR. 4. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED FOR USE AS SHOP DRAWINGS. 5. THE STRUCTURE IS UNSTABLE UNTIL ALL LOAD BEARING WALLS ARE ERECTED AND STEEL MEMBERS ARE ERECTED, CONNECTIONS ARE COMPLETELY BOLTED AND/OR WELDED AND INSPECTED, THE PLYWOODDECK ATTACHED TO THE WOOD FRAMING (ROOF AND SHEAR WALLS), AND THE CONCRETE FLOORS PLACED AND HAVE ATTAINED 75% OF 28-DAY STRENGTH. UNTIL SUCH TIME, TEMPORARY BRACING IS REQUIRED. THE DESIGN ADEQUACY OF TEMPORARY BRACING AND SHORING IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. 6. FOR LOCATION OF MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS (OPENINGS, BENT PLATES, INSERTS, ETC.) AFFECTING STRUCTURAL WORK, SEE ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 7. STRUCTURAL DESIGN LOADS: LOCAL REQUIREMENTS: 2017 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE ROOF DEAD LOAD: 17 PSF - MAIN ROOF ROOF LIVE LOADS: 20 PSF FLAT SNOW LOADS: GROUND SNOW LOAD: 0 PSF C�=0.9 Cs=1.0 1=1.0 BALANCED SNOW LOAD = 0 PSF ►�i91•U]07-1 .3 3 SECOND GUST WIND SPEED: 137 MPH (ULTIMATE) 1=1.0 EXPOSURE:C INTERNAL PRESSURE COEFFICIENT (GCPI): +/- 0.18 COMPONENTS AND CLADDING PRESSURE: SEE SCHEDULE SEISMIC LOADS: OCCUPANCY CATEGORY II Ss = 0.068 S, = 0.035 SITE CLASS = D Sos= 0.072 Sp,= 0.055 SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY = A SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR = 1.0 BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM: BEARING WALLS WITH LIGHT -FRAMED WALLS SHEATHED WITH WOOD STRUCTURAL PANELS RATED FOR SHEAR RESISTANCE RESPONSE MODIFICATION COEFFICIENT, R = 6 1/2 SEISMIC RESPONSE COEFFICIENT (CS) = 0.013; DESIGN BASE SHEAR = 3.25 K Al. DESIGN AND CODE INFORMATION B n nv Consulting Strucwral Engineers 3528 Halbersham @ Northlake Tucker, Georgia 30084 (770)270-9484 O" 4146 , ST9E L 0 ,SS10 N1A00.���� FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC RELEASE: v2.19.08 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 220207 A PRINTED FOR FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 W DRAWN BY KN/LLM aInformation contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without apress written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET Q STRUCTURAL NOTES UL SHEET NUMBER S=001 4 3 2 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 1 E AT B C D.5 F I I 130'-2" 8'-0" 11'-10" 63'-7 1/4" 46'-8 3/4" 2'-4 1/2" T-0 1/2" 2'-5" 10 8'-11 1/2" V-0" 23'4" 6'-0" 20'-8" V-0" 39'-4 1/2" SHEAR WALL V-3 1/8" D1 B3 CANOPY F7 S-301 YS-301 F7 F7 qCOLUMN F7 F7 -(TYP.)-c1 C2 f,H5 6" BRICK I I 1 C3-A C1 81 D2 I B1 I C3-B I LEDGE TYP C3-B I B2 D1 I C3-A I 2 B2 D1 I O cTL S-301 I 1 S-301 S-301 I C1 S-301 N I - - - - - - - - C2 ----S-301-- I - --- --- - S-301 .J-� ...... ----- -- 1 -- - - - - -1 --- - 1-- - CANOPY \/ H2 I - - i I I C3-B - - - - - - - - - - - - : -- - - --- - - - � COLUMN - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 - - - - - I L-L T-/C2 17717777 C2 - - J - - - icy D2 H2 i M I - -�,_, iv 2'-10 7/8" 16'-0" 16'-0" 16'-0" _ I ,,l 1 C4 S-300 I I 1 N .... \. I IJ. 7r 5" HIGH CONC CURB 17 1 Y-1" TYPICAL @ MOP SINK ADD-L. REBARS @ zo 4 1/2" -� " I REENTRANT �.o I ENCLOSURE WALLS I � - DENOTES LIMITS OF D4 Q I DUROCK/FIRE-RETARDANT CORNERS, TYP. I 1/2" MOP SINK DRAIN \„�: � DA --- SEE A2 / S-300 S-301 °' I SHEATHING, PLACE SHEATHING I - (SEE ARCH FOR DETAILS) c�•i I BEHIND KITCHEN HOOD LOCATIONS WHERE HOOD IS CD: \ co ADJACENT TO EXTERIOR WALL & I I 1 p 1 - Y A 7 E o00� a D o <(D 9ACD, D � Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road B3 Atlanta, Georgia 30349- _301 2998 EXTEND SHEATHING MIN. 1-6 �F4 Ie ` ' I BEYOND HOOD EXTENTS (TYP.) F I I '` J 4" CONC. UPPER SLAB REINFORCED W/ 6X6- D1 - I W1.4XW1.4 WWR FLAT SHEETS PLACED 2" • I S-301 g aeo I I BELOW T/SLAB OVER 4" LAYER OF INSULATION a = I I I 0 1 I OVER 4" CONC. LOWER SLAB REINFORCED W/- °' 6X6-W1.4XW1.4 WWR FLAT SHEETS PLACED 2" s•° �4 I I \ -` I ' N S-301 BELOW T/SLAB W/ 10 MIL. POLY VAPOR I � On I RETARDER OVER FREE DRAINING AGGREGATE "r , g9 A A ` `' e". I I FTG 23'-0"x12'-0"xT-4" DEEP N Q guII1 III W/ #6 @ 12" T&B EA. WAY.PER GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER'S 0'-8" BELOW F.F. H1_I GRECOMMENDATION. _ II 8"THICKENED SLAB 12-1" 59'-0 1/2" I 3 I3 F4 CORE DRILL HOLES (SEE FRN. DWGS) I I I I 3.1 I r \ C5 I I c1 - C1 - Al I ---- I ---5'-2 7/8 S-404 _ I 20'-8" 9'-61/2" T-7 7/8" 6'-6 3/4" V-11 1/4" 4 Le B3 I I D1 I H31 M i D S-301 1 - = I N N I I C1 8" THICKENED SLAB I I CORE DRILL HOLES 62 = (SEE FRN. DWGS.) �-301 i m j7�TT ✓ --, I C � I1 L-04 1 ----fH3__ C1 C1 In 5 " C1 63 S-301 JB2 O C S-301 27'-5 1/2" 1 SHEAR WALL 6-0" F-31/2" 6-0" 4'-8" 34'-11 1/2 B A U .� FOUNDATION PLAN 1/41'= 1'-0" LEGEND: ® INDICATES SHEAR WALL, SEE SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE @ 3/S-201 \O SHEAR WALL #, SEE SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE @ 3/S-201 2 LEGEND N.T.S. FREEZER SLAB INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS: REQUIRED ITEMS (PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR): (6) 4' X 8' X 2" SLAB INSULATION (1) ROLL OF DUCT TAPE (1) ROLL OF 6 MIL VAPOR BARRIER (1) LOT OF 2X10 TREATED BOARDS RIPPED DOWN TO FIT 8" RECESS INSTALLATION STEPS: 1. CONCRETE PIT INSPECTION & PREPARATION- * ENSURE THAT CONCRETE "INSULATION PIT" IS FLAT AND SQUARE, FREE OF MOISTURE, AND CLEAR OF ALL CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS BEFORE INSTALLING (2) LAYERS OF 6 MIL VAPOR BARRIER SHEETS. • BROOM SWEEP OR SHOP VACUUM AS NECESSARY. • PROVIDE PHOTO OF CLEAN AND DRY PIT. 2. INSTALL (2) LAYERS OF 6 MIL VAPOR BARRIER SHEETS, APPLY ONE LAYER PERPENDICULAR TO THE OTHER. • ALL JOINTS TO BE OVERLAPPED 2" MINIMUM. • ALL JOINTS TO BE TAPED. • VAPOR BARRIER SHEETS TO BE INSTALLED IN BOTTOM OF PIT AND CONTINUE VERTICALLY TO GRADE LEVEL BEHIND PRESSURE TREATED (PT) MEMBERS. • PROVIDE MULTIPLE PHOTOS OF VAPOR BARRIER ASSEMBLY BEFORE INSTALLING PT MEMBERS. NOTE: IT IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT THAT VAPOR BARRIER IS NOT TORN, CUT OR COMPROMISED DURING INSTALLATION. THE GOAL IS TO MAINTAIN A "NON -PERMEABLE" ASSEMBLY. 3. INSTALL (2) 2" x 10" PRESSURE TREATED (PT) PERIMETER MEMBERS- • PTs SHALL BE CUT TO MATCH HEIGHT OF FINISHED CONCRETE SLAB. • PTs MUST BE LEVEL WITHIN 1/8" RISE OVER RUN PER 1OFT. NOTE: PTs MUST BE EVEN WITH FINISHED CONCRETE. 4. INSTALL TWO 2" THICK FOAMULAR 400 / R-5 PER INCH INSULATED PANELS (4" TOTAL THICKNESS) • TAPE ALL BUTT JOINTS. • 1ST LAYER OF 2" PANELS, THEN 2ND LAYER OF 2" PANELS TO BE ROTATED 900 TO BOTTOM PANEL. SEE FLOORLESS DETAIL ON COOLER PROVIDER DRAWINGS. • TAKE MULTIPLE PHOTOS OF SLAB INSULATION ASSEMBLY. • POUR 4" OF CONCRETE AND ALLOW TO CURE. SEE FOUNDATION DETAILS FOR SLAB REINFORCING. • ADD TILE AND GROUT PER ARCH. DWGS. 3 FREEZER SLAB INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS N.T.S. 61-0" M N �4 .00 C1 - 'co------- -H� C1 - - L-- D1 D2 N?-# V-6" 4'-3 1/2" 8 THICKENED SLAB CORE DRILL HOLES (SEE FRN. DWGS.) 10'-2 5/8" FLOOR DRAIN, SEE ARCH./PLUMBING DWGS. FOR SIZES, LOCATIONS & SLAB PITCHES REQ'D. SEE C4 / S-300 1 19'-5 3/4" L---------------- J 5" CONC. SLAB REINFORCED W/ W6X6-W1.4XW1.4 WWR FLAT SHEETS PLACED 2" BELOW T/SLAB W/ 6 MIL. POLY VAPOR RETARDER. PLACE SLAB OVER FREE DRAINING AGGREGATE PER GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER'S RECOMMENDATION. 8" THICKENED SLAB CORE DRILL HOLES 43'-8" (SEE FRN. DWGS) S-301 ---�-F4 I co I Ln I I I c1 B2 I I S-301 iv I a ' I <O NOTE: DO NOT PLACE EXTERIOR I I \ STUD FRAMING OF DOUBLE I STUD WALLS UNTIL AFTER \O SHEATHING HAS BEEN PLACED ON INTERIOR STUD FRAMING I I C1 ti��Z I Z�) --------------------LO ------------------------------------ - --- - - --- -------------� �1 �1 -Cf C1 Cf T C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 H2 H2 C1 _ G -C1 Hill 1 -- -- - -- -- -- -- -- -- -HillH3- 6 B3 �D2 D1 62 62 B2 63 D1 D2 /� - - C1 S-301 B2 S-30 S-301 S-301 S-301 S-301 S-301 S-301 S-30 O B2 O D2 S-301 S-301 S-30 V-4 1/2" 4'-6" 6'-0" 4'-4" 5'-8" 6-0" 4'-8" 6-0" 4'-8" 6-0" 4'-8" 6'-011 4'-7" 5'-3" 6'-0" V-2 1 /2" 90'-2 1/2" SHEAR WALL SHEAR WALL 130'-2" COLUMN SCHEDULE - LARGE MARK TYPE SIZE COLUMN BASE C1 LVL 5 1/4x5 1/2 POSTS HDU4-SDS2.5 C2 METAL - LIGHT GAUGE (2)60OS200-54 (BACK-TO-BACK) - SEE Al/S-302 S/HDU4 C3-A CANOPY COLUMN BY OTHERS BY OTHERS C3-13 CANOPY COLUMN BY OTHERS BY OTHERS C4 SYP (3) 2x6 BUILT UP COLUMN HDU4-SDS2.5 C5 ASTM A500, GRADE B HSS5x5x1/4 SEE Al/S-404 NOTES: 1. CANOPY COLUMN LOADS C3-A LOAD CASE: (SHEAR VX, AXIAL, SHEAR VZ, MX, MZ) DEAD LOAD: (0, 2.17 K, 0, 7.92 K-FT, 0) ROOF LIVE LOAD: (0, 3.24 K, 0, 14.21 K-FT, 0) WIND LOAD X-DIRECTION (ULTIMATE): (t0.48 K, 0, 0, 0, t3.49 K-FT) WIND LOAD Z-DIRECTION (ULTIMATE)' 10 t5 68 K t1 52 K ±38 08 K-FT 01 2. CANOPY COLUMN LOADS C3-B LOAD CASE: (SHEAR VX, AXIAL, SHEAR VZ, MX, MZ) DEAD LOAD: (0, 2.66 K, 0, 9.01 K-FT, 0) ROOF LIVE LOAD: (0, 4.14 K, 0, 18.19 K-FT, 0) WIND LOAD X-DIRECTION (ULTIMATE): (t0.54 K, 0, 0, 0, t4.14 K-FT) WIND LOAD Z-DIRECTION (ULTIMATE): (0, t7.25 K, t1.93 K, ±48.97 K-FT, 0) 3. '+' AXIAL REACTION DENOTES DOWNWARD REACTION AND'-' DENOTES UPLIFT 4. IF CANOPY COLUMN LOADS DIFFER FROM LISTED VALUES CANOPY MFR SHALL NOTIFY EOR. IF CANOPY COLUMN LOADS DIFFER FROM LISTED VALUES CANOPY SUPPORT FOOTINGS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. 4 COLUMN SCHEDULE N.T.S. SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE FASTENER SPACING MINIMUM FRAMING MEMBER ANCHOR BOLT PENETRATION PANEL & BLOCKING SIZES & SPACING REFERENCE SYMBOL PLYWOOD FASTENER OF FASTENER EDGES FIELD MEMBER SIZE DETAIL / 1/2" STRUCT 1 APA 10d NAIL 1 1/2" 4" O.C. 12" O.C. 2x6 5/8" DIA A.B. @ 0'-8" O.C. ANS-300 & RATED, EXT GRADE MIN EMBED 7" C2/S-302 \O (BOTH SIDES) 1/2" STRUCT 1 APA 5/8" DIA A.B. @ 2'-0" O.C. 2 RATED, EXT 10d NAIL 1 1/2" 6" O.C. 12" O.C. 2x6 MIN EMBED 7" ANS-300 \ GRADE 1/2" STRUCT 1 APA 5/8" DIA A.B. @ 2'-0" O.C. RATED, EXT 10d NAIL 1 1/2" 4" O.C. 12" O.C. 2x6 MIN EMBED 7" A3/S-300 \O GRADE NOTES: 1. PROVIDE 4 1/2x4 1/20.229" PLATE WASHERS W/ 1-3/4" SLOT & CUT WASHERS @ ALL ANCHOR BOLTS. G SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE %J N.T.S. E SHEARWALL HOLDOWN SCHEDULE - LARGE MARK POST HOLDOWN H1 5 1/4x5 1/2 LVL (2) HDU14-SDS2.5 H2 5 1/4x5 1/2 LVL HDU8-SDS2.5 H3 7 1/4x5 1/4 LVL HDU14-SDS2.5 H4 5 1/4x5 1/2 LVL HDU14-SDS2.5 H5 7 1/4x5 1/4 LVL (2)HDU14-SDS2.5 G HOLDD_ OWN SCHEDULE N.T.S. FOUNDATION SCHEDULE MARK FTR. SIZE FTG. THICKNESS REINFORCEMENT F4 4'-0'x4'-0" 24" (5) #5 EACH WAY T&B F7 71-ONT-0" 26" (7) #5 EA WAY T&B 5'-0" F C C B Villett tiering n n Consulting Structural Engineers 3528 Habomham @ Northlake Tucker, Georgia 30084 (770)270-9484 �R�-ag: I 'A 1 14 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC LRG RELEASE: v2.19.08 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 7 FOOTING SCHEDULE N.T.S. FOUNDATION NOTES: 1. BOTTOM OF EXTERIOR FTG. = V-10" BELOW FINISH GRADE ELEV. U.N.O. 2. SEE ARCH. DWG FOR ANY WALL LOCATIONS AND/OR DIMENSIONS NOT SHOWN. 3. SEE DETAIL Al/S-300 FOR SLAB CONTROL JOINTS AND 1/S-211 FOR CONTROL JOINT LAYOUT. 4. SEE 2/S-231 FOR WALL STUD FRAMING SIZE AND SPACING. 5. ALL SAW CUT CONTROL JOINTS SHALL BE COMPLETED WITHIN 12 HOURS AFTER FINISHING SLAB WITHOUT DISLODGING AGGREGATE. 6. ALL ANCHORS, CLIPS, STRAPS, ETC. WHICH ARE IN CONTACT WITH COPPER BASED TREATED WOOD, SUCH AS ACQ, CBA OR SBX, AND ARE LESS THAN 3/8" THICK, SHALL BE SIMPSON ZMAX (G185), STAINLESS STEEL OR AN ENGINEERED APPROVED EQUAL. 7. ALL FASTENERS WHICH ARE IN CONTACT WITH COPPER BASED TREATED WOOD, SUCH AS ACQ, CBA OR SBX, AND ARE LESS THAN 3/8" DIAMETER SHALL BE G185 (A HEAVY COATED GALVANIZED) STAINLESS OR AN ENGINEERED APPROVED EQUAL. 8. FOUNDATION DESIGN IS BASED ON THE FOLLOWING ASSUMPTIONS. A GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER SHALL BE EMPLOYED PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION TO INVESTIGATE SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS. IF THE GEOTECHNICAL REPORT INDICATES THAT THESE ASSUMPTIONS LISTED BELOW CONSULTANT PROJECT# 220207 ARE INCORRECT PLEASE NOTIFY ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY. A PRINTED FOR 9. INDIVIDUAL FOOTINGS ARE DESIGNED TO BEAR ON UNIFORM SOIL CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING 2,500 PSF. CONTINUOUS FOOTINGS ARE DESIGNED TO FOR PERMIT BEAR ON SOIL CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING 2,500 PSF. DESIGN ASSUMES DIFFERENTIAL AND TOTAL SETTLEMENT ARE WITHIN ACCEPTED TOLERANCES DATE FOR THE TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION USED. LIGHT POLE FOOTINGS ARE DESIGNED BASED ON A MINIMUM OF 150 PSF/FT SOIL PASSIVE PRESSURE. 07/29/2020 10. THE SOIL BEARING CAPACITY AND CONSISTENCY SHALL BE VERIFIED FOR THE BUILDING LIMITS BY A REGISTERED GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER WHEN DRAWN BY KN/LLM W FOUNDATION EXCAVATIONS HAVE BEEN CARRIED DOWN TO THE PROPOSED ELEVATIONS. THE BOTTOM OF ALL EXTERIOR FOOTINGS SHALL BE 1'-10" MINIMUM BELOW FINISHED GRADE. Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files 11. WHERE FOOTING EXCAVATIONS ARE TO REMAIN OPEN AND MAY BE EXPOSED TO RAINFALL, THE EXCAVATIONS SHALL BE UNDERCUT AND A 4 INCH produced for above named project may not be reproduced in THICK MUD MAT OF 2000 PSI CONCRETE SHALL BE PLACED IN THE BOTTOM TO PROTECT THE BEARING SOILS PER GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER A/ �vnerwitharte>presswrittenorverbelcansentfrom authorized project representatives. RECOMMENDATIONS. 12. -X'-X" INDICATES BOTTOM OF FOOTING ELEVATION RELATIVE TO FFE 11� SHEET Q FOUNDATION PLAN 13. &- INDICATES LOCATION OF FOOTING STEP. SEE C1/S-300 U. 8FOUNDATION NOTES SHEET NUMBER N.T.S. S=201 4 1 3 1 2 1 1 4 3 2 1 A B C F E E I 130'-2" EXTERIOR FACE OF FRAMING/BRICK LEDGE STEP TO EXTERIOR FACE OF FRAMING/BRICK LEDGE STEP 8'-0" 1 V-10" 110'-4" I = � " BRICK LEDGE TYPICAL AROUND PERIMETER to 2 — — C.J. — — I N _ N 4" CONC. UPPER SLAB OVER 4" U U U U LAYER OF INSULATION OVER 4" U U U U CONC. LOWER SLAB - SEE S-201 U " w FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION C.J. C.J. C.J. C.J. W C.J. a U N I C.J. C.J. C.J. C.J. C.J. w - m I w z =• JOINTS OR 6" CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION N Y JOINTS SEE Al / S-300 U ILL oP it = D w z D p 14'-8 3/4" V-8 3/4" I twi w I C.J. C.J. C.J. _ C.J... = _' O = C.J. I �4 C.J. 3 O a NOTES: C.J. C.J. C.J. C.J. O 1. REFER TO S-201 FOR STRUCTURAL w CONCRETE REINFORCING AND �C w O DETAILING INFORMATION w O 0 co 2. SEE PLUMBING PLANS FOR FLOOR O L U I U U U U rn U DRAINS. U 3. SPRAY BUILDING WITH TERMITECn TREATMENT PRIOR TO THE = a INSTALLMENT OF VAPOR BARRIER: SEE U U o cca z 2/S-211 4. PROVIDE BLOCK OUTS @ STEEL 50 = w -' COLUMNS TYP U U. ir O C.J. C.J. C.J.% C.J. C.J. C.J. C.J. C.J. C.J. I 6 U I _z U� 9 w O O N I LL O w 10 8'-0" 11'-10" 15'-1 1/2" 13'-8 7/8" 10'-4 1/8" 12'-1" 12'-3 3/4" 1 V-8 5/8" 13'-6 5/8" 16'-5 1/2" " I w U N � O 0 00 w C ( I C _ 6 I - - - - - - - - - IN - 6" - - - - - - - - - - - 6 _lit- LF34'-111/2" 1 25'-6" 48'-3" 16-51/2" I 5'-0" I 01 125'-2" A D EXTERIOR FACE OF FRAMING/BRICK LEDGE STEP TO EXTERIOR FACE OF FRAMING/BRICK LEDGE STEP I I E F 1 SLAB & BRICK LEDGE LAYOUT PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0" B B NATIONAL ACCOUNT TO PRE -TREAT SLABS: TERMINIX ACCOUNT REPRESENTATIVES: ASPATIA PRESLEY 1-901-597-1312 / EMAIL: APRESLEY@TERMINIX.COM ANJANETTE BROWN 1-901-597-1885 / EMAIL: ANBROWN@TERMINIX.COM PROCEDURE: 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT ACCOUNT REPRESENTATIVE 48-72 HOURS BEFORE THE SLAB IS TO BE PLACED. 2. PROVIDE THE PROJECT ADDRESS, CFA STORE NUMBER, SQUARE FOOTAGE OF AREA TO BE TREATED AND BILLING ADDRESS OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 3. AFTER FINAL GRADING WORK HAS BEEN COMPLETED, CONTACT THE ACCOUNT REPRESENTATIVE AND TERMINIX WILL TREAT THE PERIMETER OF THE BUILDING PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF SIDEWALKS. 4. TERMINIX WILL FORWARD A COPY OF THE TREATMENT CERTIFICATE TO CFA HOME OFFICE AND THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 2 TERMITE TREATMENT N.T.S. A A 4 3 2 1 oqp%J An- Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349- 2998 3528 Habersham @ Northlake Tucker, Georgia 30084 (770)270-9484 031 TOF :•� p�F• t O R,�G��� NAL�;���`��� llllllllll++ TM 0 M 2 41 c.i C J J (. W N FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC LRG RELEASE: v2.19.08 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 220207 PRINTED FOR FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 W DRAWN BY KN/LLM aInformation contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without egress written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET O SLAB AND BRICK LEDGE AIL LAYOUT PLAN SHEET NUMBER S=21 1 4 K 1 0 0 GC NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT ROOF FRAMING PROVIDER, PER CONTACT REPRESENTATIVE ON SHEET G-004, TO PERFORM A COURTESY INSPECTION OF ROOF FRAMING / TRUSS INSTALL. THIS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A SUBSTITUTION FOR THE REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS PER AHJ. 8'-0" I 11'-10" 63W 114" ' 4'-0" MIN ROOF END ZONE I le MAINTAIN 24" O.C. SIMPSON HUCQ610-SDS & MAX TRU S SPAC NG Al L50 T&B EA END TYP S-403 C2 CS14 COILED STRAP x 12'-6" LONG w/ S-403 (3) 2x12 I (16) 10D NAILS EACH END ON FLAT 2x 1 - 15,_2.1/8" - ( EAM = 7' - 81/4") BLOCKING - LAP V-6" ON WALL LEDGER TMOIST A2 Al C2 S-403 S-40 S-40 T/JOIST 77 t� �« OD#1R _t :. 5 "M _ HO D B3 e 2X8 ` 12 M S-401 A BLOCKING = BLOC KING G AP P 4 iv I ' `_ 2X12 *' S-403 _ BLKING 4 - - - - - - - t 42'-6 7/8" CONDENSERS (2)SIMPSON MST60 STRAP TIES FROM - ' 340# EA SIDE OF LVL DRAG STRUT TO FACE OF 2x 2x8 � B2 LEDGER - CENTER STRAPS ON SHEAR BLKING S-401 D WALL END POST AND PROVIDE (34)16d - ; EF # 2 TYP T1 NAILS EA. END OF STRAP EF # 1 SEE ROOF FRAMING NOTE #17 +1 510# 510# I C #1 4'-O" MIN HOOD ROOF END ZONE MAINTAIN 24" O.C. 2X12 MAX TRUSS SPACING BLKING 3 16-7 3/ " I =TYP T/JOIS -FACE OF LVL DRAG STRUT TO -`�' • -_ _J _ ALIGN W/ FACE OF 2X LEDGER - I _ 3.1 5-40 ' SIMPSON - _ , , • J. ' 2X BLKG w/ SIMPSON LSTA21 STRAP CONDENSER ECCQ7.1-6SDS2.5 'TIE CENTERED OVER LVL & NAILED 340# -COLUMN CAP ,15'-10" _ = , ' _ -TO LEDGER NAILS EA. END °D _ WIDTH OF ROOF SHEATHING TO BE ATTACHED 0 0� _TO FRAMING w/ 10d NAILS 4" O.C. @ BOUNDARY,' All '.6" O.C. @ SUPPORTED EDGES, AND 10d @ 12" A3 c i O;C. FIELD NAILING - DIAPHRAGM IS BLOCKED �- (SEE HATCHED AREA) - S-403 m 2x12 BLKING (n J W W W (�- w TYP :(0W_ -mm - Cow m ma 0, A3 �~ �~ �W .IrW.-,WW =CeW AC#2 S-403 = = o = co O N N N N, X II X . = t 34'-2 1/4" ;. 2'-0'! • ; 2'-0" 2'-0`,1'-9 3/8" 7-1'­ ',1'-11 1/2" _3'-6"- 2'-3" 2'-4 1/2" = 2'-1 5/8" V-7" C °° CS14 COILED STRAP x 13'-6" SIMPSON LONG w/ (16) 1OD NAILS EACH HUCQ610- _ :SEE A3/S-401 FOR LVL END ON FLAT 2x BLOCKING - SDS & L50 ; - _ ' _' BEARING CONDITION- 1-11 7/8" +I LAP V-6" ON WALL LEDGER T$B (3) 2x10 I (3) 2x10 (3) 2x10 (BREAM = 9' 8") - (B/BEAM_ = 9' - 8) (B/BEAM = 9' - 8" - - - �- - - - - - - - - 5 16-0 1/4" T/JOIST (3) 2x10 (3) 2x10 iq (BREAM = 9' - 8") (B/BEAM = 9'- 8" 6 - - C3 C4 - - C3 - C3 16'-0 3/4" 04 4'-0" MIN S-40 S-40 S-40 S-40 T/JOIST IROOF END ZONE SIMPSON HUCQ610- (3) 2x10 (3) 2x10 2X6 @ 32" O.C. LADDER SDS & L50 T&B EA I (BREAM = 9' - 8") A2 (BREAM = 9' - 8") MAINTAIN 24" O.C. SIMPSONJ FRAMING WITH LB26 EA END TYP MAX TRUSS SPACING HUCQ610-SDS & END OF EA 2X TYP C1 A3 S-40 A3 L50 T&B EA END FRAMING WHERE JOIST C.C. SPACING > 32" S-403 S-40 TYP S-40 I SIMPSON HUCQ610-SDS & 34'-11 1/2" L50 T&B EA END TYP B A D.5 130'-2" SEE A3/S-401 FOR LVL BEARING DETAIL TYPICAL ROOF SHEATHING (UN J 5/8" THICK APA RATED EXP 1 PLYWOOD W/ 10D NAILS @ 6" OC BOUNDARY AND 6" OC SUPPORTED EDGES AND 10D @ 12" OC FIELD NAILING - C1 DIAPHRAGM IS UNBLOCKED EXCEPT @ END BAYS -40 NOTED - SEE C4/S-401 FOR FURTHER DETAILS I (3) 2x10 SIMPSON HUCQ610-SDS (BREAM = 9' - 8") & L50 T&B EA END TYP > C acoo II r s-- - \ - --- -� � \ rn m V-0 3/4" CONDENSERS I I 340# EA 2X8 BLOCKING u, P t=o NT1 > n �g 2x12 BLOCKING TYP 26" RED-S OPEN WEB TRUSSES @ 32" O.C. UNO '-6 1/4" 46'-8 3/4" -2X6 @ 32" O.C. LADDER FRAMING WITH LB26 EA END OF EA 2X TYP FRAMING WHERE JOIST C.C. SPACING > 32" C3 S-40 SIMPSON HUCQ610-SDS (3) 2x10 & L50 T&B EA END TYP (BREAM = W. - 8") 2x12 I AC#3 BLOCKING 3000# TYP I 1'-4" I ROOF HATCH N SEE ARCH w J ^ J �> CO w ti it ~O z x� w �m ,0m .W 2'-8" 2'-8" 4'-31/4" SEE A3/S-401 FOR 100 LVL BEARING DETAIL I I \ � I I I I 1 (3) 2x10 (3) 2x10 (BREAM = 9' - 8") (BREAM = 9' - 8") (I SIMPSON SIMPSON C1 C4 C3 HUCQ610-SDS $ C3 HUCQ610-SDS & C3 S-403 S-402 N2�1 L50 T&B EA N231 L50 T&B EA S-4CEND TYPEND TYP SIMPSON HUCQ610-SDS & EXTEND POST TO L50 T&B EA END T/PARAPET - SEE E2/S-404 TYP 90'-2 1/2" t cM (V F 4'-0" MIN ROOF END ZONE MAINTAIN 24" O.C. � M TRUSS SPACING I S-40 � 1'-8 1 /4" I 15'-3" n T/JOIST L 10 w w m. ' W C5 F- N S-402 2x8 BLOCKING IN LINE w' W o ^ ' W/ LEDGER - SPAN w A BETWEEN 2X8 LADDER z z m, w., w Q FRAMING @ 4'-0" O.C. O a vm'. O. `m 6) .. 10'-0" WIDTH OF ROOF SHEATHING TO BE :• N ' N S-30 ATTACHED TO FRAMING w/ 10d ; NAILS 4" O.C. @ BOUNDARY, 6" O.C. ; SIMPS -NIA4 @ SUPPORTED EDGES, AND 10d @ •-.-HUCQ610-- - = 12" O.C. FIELD NAILING - DIAPHRAGM " _ SDS & L50 f S-40 IS BLOCKED (SEE HATCHED AREA) - T&B EA END TYP EXTEND - LEDGER 10'-0" PAST GRID 4 -C4. N 15'-81/2" CMST14 COILED STRAP x 7'-6" LONG W/ - - T/JOIST 4 (8) 10D NAILS EA. END ON FLAT 2x BLKG - -, LAP 2'-6" ON WALL LEDGER 1,_2" C2 t 34'-7 1/8" o S-403 5'-0" , oZb � u vu� SIMPSON. HUCQ610-SDS L50 T&B EA : ` END TYP - - A4 (3) 2x10 (3) 2x10 (3) 2x10 =AM = 9'- 8") (BREAM = 9' - 8") EAM = 9'- 8') 16'-0 3/4" c 6 T/JOIST (3) 2x10 I tC3 SIMPSON EAM = 9' - 8") HUCQ610-SDS &7C3 C4 C1 L50 T$B EA 3_40 SIMPSON S-40 S-403 4'-0"MIN END TYP HUCQ610-SDS & ROOF END ZONE L50 T&B EA N?�) END TYP MAINTAIN 24" O.C. SIMPSON HUCQ610- EXTEND POST TO SDS & L50 T&B EA MAX TRUSS SPACING T/PARAPET - SEE E2/S-404 END TYP I, 5'-0" v v UE U 1 FRAMING PLAN 1 /4" = V-0" A B C T/PARAPET=20'-41/2" F (1) 2X6 STUD FULL HEIGHT & (1) 2x6 STUD TO B/DECK @ 12" O.C. T/PARAPET=21'-8" (2) 2X6 STUDS FULL HEIGHT & (1) 2x6 STUD TO B/DECK @ 12" O.C. T/PARAPET=20'-4 1/2" T/PARAPET=20'-4 1/2" (1) 60OS200-54 METAL STUD FULL HEIGHT & (1) 2X6 STUD FULL HEIGHT & (1) 60OS200-54 METAL STUD TO B/DECK @ 16" O.C. (1) 2x6 STUD TO B/DECK @ 12" O.C. 1 2 7", 2 OCVu0T/PARAPET=21'-8" �, cU 1. AT ALL (3) 2x HEADERS ABOVE WINDOW AND DOOR OPENINGS w/ 1/2" PLYWOOD BETWEEN w co (600S200-54 METAL STUD O EA. HEADER. ATTACH TOGETHER WITH GLUE AND SCREWS AT 6" O.C. T&B a FULL HEIGHT @ 16" O.C. o 2. SEE DETAIL D3/S-302 FOR ROOF NAILING. H N 3. SEE D4/S-401 FOR TYP. HANGER DETAILS. Q m It 4. TRUSS AND JOIST MANUFACTURER SHALL DESIGN AND PROVIDE ALL JOIST BRACING N a ? (PERMANENT AND TEMPORARY) AND UPLIFT BRIDGING. 5. SPLICE LEDGERS PER DETAIL D4/S-302. Q m 6. OPEN WEB TRUSSES, WOOD I -JOISTS, PSL AND LVL BEAMS SHALL BE BY REDBUILT, LLC 1- - Dcoxv 877-371-0445 - CONTACT: HENRY GRUESEN. CONTRACTOR TO FOLLOW ALL REDBUILT 3 BRACING INSTALLATION DETAILS AND TO STAGE CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS PER N U REDBUILT SAFETY GUIDELINES. CONTACT REDBUILT FOR TRUSS INSPECTION PRIOR TO p SHEATHING INSTALLATION. �I N v 7. DIMENSIONS THIS SHEET ARE TO OUTSIDE FACE OF WOOD PARAPET STUD. O 8. ROOF TOP UNIT DIMENSIONS ARE TO INSIDE FACE OF CURB/INSIDE FACE OF WOOD N = PARAPET STUD. ALL ROOF TOP DIMENSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE. THE UNITS AND CURBS Q N N MUST BE LOCATED TO ALLOW PENETRATIONS TO AVIOD CONFLICTS WITH FRAMING a. T/PARAPET=21'-8" ~ @� MEMBERS. Q N (1) 2X6 STUDS FULL a o 9. FOR ADDITIONAL NAILING REQUIREMENTS SEE SCHEDULE ON S-001. coxv HEIGHT @ 12" O.C. 10. ALL ANCHORS, CLIPS, STRAPS, ETC. WHICH ARE IN CONTACT WITH COPPER BASED a m TREATED WOOD, SUCH AS ACQ, CBA OR SBX, AND ARE LESS THAN 3/8 THICK, SHALL BE ROOF DESIGN CRITERIA i x SIMPSON ZMAX (G185), STAINLESS STEEL OR AN ENGINEERED APPROVED EQUAL. 5 N 11. ALL FASTENERS WHICH ARE IN CONTACT WITH COPPER BASED TREATED WOOD, SUCH AS DEAD LOADS: LIVE LOADS: = 20 PSF 6 ACQ, CBA OR SBX, AND ARE LESS THAN 3/8" DIAMETER, SHALL BE G185 (A HEAVY COATED ROOFING = 5.0 PSF GALVANIZED) STAINLESS OR AN ENGINEERED APPROVED EQUAL. PLYWOOD = 2.0 PSF WIND LOADS: = SEE S- 6 T/PARAPET= L H IG T/PARAPET L HEIGHT T/PARAPET LL H 1/2" T/PARAPET=21'-8" 12. SIMPSON CONNECTORS APPLIED TO STEEL COLUMNS SHALL BE SHOP WELDED. TRUSSES = 3.0 PSF 001 COMPONENTS AND (1) 2X6 STUD FULL HEIGHT & (1) 2X6 STUD FULL HEIGHT & (1) 2X6 STUD FULL HEIGHT $ (1) 2X6 STUD FULL 13. ALL WELDS SHALL BE SHOP WELDS WHERE POSSIBLE. FIELD WELDS ARE SUBJECT TO CEILING = 2.0 PSF CLADDING DIAGRAM (1) 2x6 STUD TO B/DECK @ 12" O.C. (1) 2x6 STUD TO B/DECK @ 12" O.C. (1) 2x6 STUD TO B/DECK @ 12" O.C. HEIGHT & (1) 2x6 STUD SPECIAL INSPECTIONS. INSULATION = 1.0 PSF EQUIPMENT LOAD 14. SEE S-001 FOR COMPONENTS AND CLADDING WIND LOADS FOR ROOF DESIGN. MISC. = 1.0 PSF NOT INCLUDED FURRED WALL= 2x6 @ 12" O.C. TO B/DECK (M 12" O.C. I 15. AT ALL ROOF DUCTWORK PENETRATIONS, PROVIDE OPENING 4" LARGER THAN DUCT SPRINKLERS = 3.0 PSF FURRED WALL= MINIMUM ROOF DECK OPENING AROUND DUCT DROPS TO ACCOMMODATE INSULATION. ADD 150# PER HANGER 2x6 @ 12" O.C. DEAD LOAD = 17.0 PSF LOCATION OF HUNG 16. TRUSS MANUFACTURER TO PROVIDE ADD'L METAL CROSS BRACING TO BOTTOM OF LVL KITCHEN SHELVING. T/PARAPET=20'-4 1/2" (EACH SIDE) AT EACH LOCATION OF 2X4 FLAT BOTTOM CHORD NAILING. A D (1) 2X6 STUD FULL HEIGHT & E F 17. FILL GAP BETWEEN TWO COLUMNS W/ SOLID BLOCKING TOENAILED TOGETHER FOR FULL SEE ARCH DRAWINGS FOR SOFFIT *ADD 6 PSF DL AT DINING ROOM FOR LOCATION SOFFIT. (1) 2x6 STUD TO B/DECK @ 12" O.C. HEIGHT OF WALL. 2 FRAMING PLAN FRAMING NOTES 4N.T.S. ROOF DESIGN CRITERIA 3/32" = V-0" 3N.T.S. E oOOO o CD "0o c> O a Alnl Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349- 2998 U I e tt A w ring mDanv Consulting StrucWral Engineers 3528 Habersham @ Northlake Tucker, Georgia 30084 (770)270-9484 \``ttttillllr rrr '* 4 E ��•� F • Ki rrrnlllllttt� BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC LRG RELEASE: v2.19.08 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 220207 A PRINTED FOR FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 W DRAWN BY KN/LLM aInformation contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authored project representatives. SHEET O ROOF FRAMING PLAN LL SHEET NUMBER S=231 4 1 3 1 2 1 1 oQo 902�0C:) P A'n, Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349- 2998 Willett peering mvanv Consulting Structural Engineers W a w O LL 3528 Habersham @ Northlake Tucker, Georgia 30084 (770)270-9484 \���11111111tif ��,� M. W 4�, ST 0 ��; , • 4,, .F ttlllttttt�� Q J LL Y U) J J } 2 a UJ N co D 4� Q O Ix G Z O IL W OC a w _i J (. W N FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC LRG RELEASE: v2.19.08 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE C CONSULTANT PROJECT # 220207 PRINTED FOR FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY KN/LLM Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without egress written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET DROPPED CEILING PLAN SHEET NUMBER S=241 4 F� 1 E C B A MAIN REINFORCEMENT STIRRUPS & TIES f7 INSIDE DIA'D1' 90• HOOK qL• 180* HO INSIDE DIA "D2' 90' HOOK 135' HOOK BAR SIZE 90q HOOK LENGTH •L' INSIDE DIA.'Di" 180" HOOK LENGTH "L" 90" HOOK LENGTH INSIDE DIA.'DT 135° HOOK LENGTH "L" #3 4112" 21/4" 210 3' 11/7 3' #4 6' 3' 21/2" 3' Y 3' #5 711T 3 3/4' 21/2' 3 314" 21/2' 3 3/4' #6 w4112' 3• 91 411T 41/2' M A REBAR STANDARD HOOKS & BENDS LJ`" t N.T.S. 1 THICKENED SLAB @ TABLE E 3/4" = 1'-0" DRAIN (SEE PLUMBING SLOPE SLAB TO DRAIN) SEE PLUMBING S C 43/4' DRAIN DETAIL = 1'-0" Q A UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AT FOUNDATIONS LJ `'1' 1/2,, = 1'-0" POST SCREWS (SEE SCHEDULE) SIMPSON HOLDOWN F1554-36 ANCHOR BOLT OR HILTI EPDXY ANCHOR (SEE SCHEDULE FOR EMBED) CONT 2x PLATE I q M > p z. -. w' m' .W ,' W SIMPSON HOLDOWN —(REQ'D ONLY TURN AL (2) ARE DOWN a` x"=1 SPECIFIED) { ......... . FOOTING ` a ... "A -A" NOTE: 1. TYP WALL REINF NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY (SEE D1/S301) 2. HEX ANCHOR NUT TYP AT EMBEDED END OF ANCHOR BOLT. HEAVY HEX ANCHOR NUT AT HDU14-SDS2.5 WOOD STUD HOLDOWN DETAIL A33/4"=11-0"HOLDOWN DETAIL @ SHEARWALL & POSTS CORNER INTERSECTION END T & B BARS WHERE OCCURS DOUBLE CURTAINYP. CORNER INTERSECTION END SINGLE CURTAIN TYP. REINF. LAYOUT DETAIL D33/4" = V-0" T-0" ANGLE 2"TYP 5/8"DIA EPDXY ANCHOR WALL STUDS AROUND DRAIN BOLT EMBEDDED 31/2" @ 16" O.C. MIN CENTERED IN CURB LENGTH OF BENDS 2'-10" SHALL BE LARGER TREATED SILL #4 DOWELS @ 24" O.C. OF 18" OR PER PLATE W/ 2" EMBED - EPDXY FILL DOWELS —21 - �> 4 :N\ANGLE co q a< \\—CONTINUOUS c FTG REINF M PROVIDE CORNER BARS AT EACH OUTSIDE FACE HORIZONTAL REBAR. CORNER BARS SHALL BE THE SAME SIZE f AS THE LARGEST HORIZONTAL REBAR. NOTE: - STIRRUPS NOT 4 SHOWN FOR • q, CLARITY. C33/4'TYP CONTINUITY CORNER = 1'-0" MOP SINK SECTION LJ L 3/4" = 1'-o- CONTROL JOINT (OR CONSTRUCTION JOINT) BASE PLATE I CONSTRUCTION JOINT Fo o� I 1 L0 I — O I 1/2" PREMOLDED I COLUMN JOINT FILLER SEE PLAN C2COLUMN ISOLATION JOINTS 3/4" = 1'-0" rt POLE JOIST LIGHT POLE (SEE I I I ELECTRICL DWGS) I I LIGHT POLE BASE PLATE I ( AND ANCHOR BOLTS I MATERIAL AND DESIGN BY LIGHT POLE SUPPLIER � I � �3/4" CHAMFER � CV - (6) #6 VERTICAL 3 TIES @ 3" O.C. SLAB -ON -GRADE/ Y . ^ AT TOP FINISH PAVEMENT . °' (SEE CIVIL) f- . : —_.: I I--i i mad —• � -. NOTES: 1. MAX HEIGHT OF LIGHT POLE 3000 PSI 25'— 0" ABOVE BASE. CONCRETE 2. MAX HEIGHT OF CONCRETE BASE IS 4'-0" ABOVE EXTERIOR GRADE 3. MAX EXPOSED AREA OF #3 CLOSED TIES AT : b nor LIGHT FIXTURE IS 2.0 S.F. @ 12" O.C. w/ 12" MIN ` EA FIXTURE LAP TYP U.N.O. a°_ 4. TOTAL OF 3 FIXTURES MAX PER POLE. 5. TOTAL EXPOSED AREA OF POLE = 10.5 S.F. Mel LIGHT POLE BASE DETAIL LJ L 3/4" = 1'-o- POST FULL HEIGHT ADD (2) #3 TIES EA SIDE OF EA HOLDOWN @ 3" O.C. IF EMBEDMENT IS CONTAINED IN TURN- DOWN (4 PER LOC'T) SCREWS (SEE SCHEDULE) "B-B" TURN- SIMPSON HOLDOWN DOWN s .q F1554-36 ANCHOR BOLT OR HILTI EPDXY a¢� <. d ANCHOR (SEE SCHEDULE FOR EMBED) 4 d' CONT METAL TRACK d FOOTING dr II ANCHOR BOLT EMBEDMENT INTO FOOTING WHERE UU P = a 4 a. d, REQ'D (SEE` q , SCHEDULE) UU, p•:W �- Tor 4 e d CmC J "B-B" a,".. ,� , � .: <-q- ::': -q.,. `' •. 1. OWN FOR NOTE: TYP WALL REINF NOT SHOWN CLARITY (SEE D2/S-301) 2. HEX ANCHOR NUT TYP AT EMBEDED END OF ANCHOR BOLT. METAL STUD HOLDOWN DETAIL SIMPSON STUD MIN POST ANCHOR BOLT APPROVED ALTERNATE MIN EDGE DIST HOLDOWN SCREWS DEPTH (F1554-36) HILTI HIT-HY 200 ADHESIVE FOR ADHESIVE HDU4SDS2.5 (10) SDS 1/4" x 2-1/2" 3" 5/8" DIA x 0'-10" EMBED 5/8" DIA x 0'-9" EMBED 8 1/4" FROM INTO TURN -DOWN INTO FOOTING FOOTING EDGE HDU8-SDS2.5 (20) SDS 1/4" x 2-1/2" 4 1/2" 5/8" DIA x 0'-10" EMBED 7/8" DIA x 0'-9" EMBED 8 1/4" FROM INTO TURN -DOWN INTO FOOTING FOOTING EDGE HDU14-SDS2.5 (36) SDS 1/4" x 2-1/2" 5 1/2" 1" DIA x 1'-0" EMBED N/A -MUST N/A INTO FOOTING USE WET -SET S/HDU4 (6) #14 N/A 5/8" DIA x 0'-10" EMBED 5/8" DIA x 0'-9" EMBED 8 1/4" FROM INTO TURN -DOWN INTO FOOTING FOOTING EDGE S/HDU6 (12) #14 N/A 5/8" DIA x 0'-10" EMBED 5/8" DIA x 0'-9" EMBED 8 1/4" FROM INTO TURN -DOWN INTO FOOTING FOOTING EDGE 2'-0" DIA ADD (2) #3 TIES EA SIDE OF EA HOLDOWN IF EMBEDMENT IS CONTAINED IN TURN- DOWN (4 PER LOC'T) '—ANCHOR BOLT EMBEDMENT INTO FOOTING WHERE REQ'D (SEE SCHEDULE) COORDINATE WITH CIVIL �4 SEE CIVIL AND/OR ELECTRICAL DWGS FOR BASE HEIGHT ABOVE GRADE 1 6 CONCRETE Pc = 3000 PSI fc = 4000 PSI STRENGTH CLASS OF CLASS "A" CLASS "B" CLASS "A" CLASS "B" LAP SPLICE BAR SIZE TOP OTHER TOP OTHER TOP OTHER TOP OTHER BARS BARS BARS BARS BARS BARS BARS BARS #3 V-10" V-5" 2'4" V-10" 1'-7" 1'-3" 2'-1" 1'-T #4 2'-5" 1'-10" 3'-1" 2'-5" 2'-1" 1'-7" 2'-9" 2'-1" #5 T-T 2'4" Y-11" T-0" 2'-7" 2'-0" T-5" 2'-7" #6 3'-7" 2'-9" 4'-8" T-7" 3'-1" 2'-5" 4'-1" T-1" NOTES: g 1. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, USE CLASS "B" LAP SPLICE LENGTHS, MULTIPLIED BY THE APPLICABLE FACTORS(S) LISTED BELOW. 2. WHERE THE CLEAR SPACING OF BARS BEING SPLICED IS LESS THAN 2 BAR DIAMETERS, INCREASE THE LAP LENGTH BY 50%. 3. WHERE THE BAR COVER IS LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO THE BAR DIAMETER, INCREASE THE LAP LENGTH BY 50% 4. A CLASS "A" SPLICE MAY BE USED ONLY WHERE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. WHERE DEVELOPMENT LENGTH (Ld) IS REQUIRED OR CALLED OUT ON THE DRAWINGS, USE CLASS "A" LAP SPLICE LENGTH. 5. TOP BARS ARE HORIZONTAL BARS WITH MORE THAN 12 INCHES OF CONCRETE CAST BELOW THE BARS. 6. LAP SPLICE LENGTHS IN TABLE ARE FOR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE. WHERE LIGHTWEIGHT AGGREGATE CONCRETE IS USED, INCREASE LAP SPLICE LENGTH BY 30% 7. SPLICES OF HORIZONTAL REINFORCEMENT IN WALLS SHALL BE STAGGERED. 8. SPLICES OF HORIZONTAL REINFORCEMENT IN WALLS CONTAINING TWO CURTAINS OF REINFORCEMENT SHALL NOT OCCUR IN THE SAME LOCATION. n ol REBAR OFFSET & LAP SPLICE REQUIREMENTS LJ 1 N.T.S. a^ (3) #5 CONT TOP SEE D1/S301 FOR o U 1'-0" 2x(S) MIN INNOT SHOWN w (V 1 q 4 CO Z ° , <- _ , a �' " (3) #5 CONT BOTTOM w a o Z UU T q 2X(S) MIN 1'-0" to U M t-% o4 STEPPED FOOTING DETAIL `! I 3/4" = 1'-0" E C UD ° oo0°Doo 0 Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349- 2998 V"Ilett tiering u any Consulting Stuctul Engineers 3528 Habemham @ Northlake Tucker, Georgia 30084 (770)270-9484 \ tttuu��i iiii �•``� w ' *, 0 3 1 • TE% d • �.'••. .- C O CONCRETE CURBS SEE ARCH'L. &KITCHEN DRAWINGS 1 #3 CONT. 2" MIN. coCLR. TYP. TYP. p CONC. SLAB M VM m PER PLAN — "W LO um J aM _ 1 J OJ ._...-' t.'_.___._ ......_..._.. j._..._...__.1 _....-. .... _ #3 DOWELS @ 24"oc Q w IN SIMPSON'SET-XP' ca EPDXY TYP. Z J 0� � a— CONC. CURB DETAIL0~ _ B 1 1" - 1'-0" LU W O. W B N aN C.L. CONST PRE -MOLDED CONST. = p JOINT JOINT w/ #4 x 2'-0" @ 24" 4 a. SLAB REINF TYP VAPOR ' BARRIER ' .4. (2) #4 x 4'-0" CONSTRUCTION JOINT (IF REQ'D) 4 @ MID -DEPTH OF SLAB a .3 NOTE: SLAB EDGE 1. PROVIDE SAW —CUT WITHIN 12 HOURS OF SLAB PLACEMENT TO SAW —CUT 1/8" x 1/4 DEEP R " q PREVENT ANY DAMAGE TO SLAB SEE PLAN FOR LOC'T 4 SLAB REINF TYP VAPOR BARRIER SAWCUT CONTROL JOINT n r)TYP RE-ENTRANT CORNER 1-%L 3/4" = 1'-0" n -1 SLAB ON GRADE JOINTS 3/4" = 1'-0" 1 FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.19.08 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 220207 A PRINTED FOR FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 W DRAWN BY KN/LLM aInformation contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without egress written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET 0 TYPICAL CONCRETE U. DETAILS SHEET NUMBER S=300 4 E�3 2 E n Ci BRICK VENEER SIMPSON LSTHD @ STUD PACKS (OR SIMPSON FJA AS ALTERNATE) 4 (2) 1/2" DIA x 4" EMBED EPDXY ANCHORS 1/2" SIMPSON FJA v M FACE OF STUD V EDGE OF SLAB ALTERNATE SEE PLAN FINISH FLOOR SEE CIVIL < ... FINISH GRADE A - as SEE D1/S301 a'R (D2/S302 @ SIM) " FOR INFO NOT Y,. SHOWN OPTIONAL 4" °' CONCRETE < b na MUD SLAB - — 2'-0" 7-6" @ SIM C4 SECTION @ STUD PACKS 3/4" =1'-0" STUDS TO EXTEND TO TOP OF PARAPET .n BLOCKING @ ROOF DECK W/ BLOCKING REQ'D @ EDGE NAILING ALL SHEATHING r. JOINTS AND AT 4'-0" O.C. MAX VERTICAL SPACING- SEE e g<. FRAMING SCHEDULE MIN. 8'-0" OR TO END OF SHEAR WALL (III u PLYWOOD SHEATHING, ONE OR BOTH SIDES (SEE PLAN) ._I F • I I I I I I. � .� I NAILS 12" o.c. • I I I. / I I IIN (FIELD HOLDOWN; f • I .I I I I I I I I I I I h I ll I•I 'I I II I ( I I I lI s • I .I I II I I I I I I; I I I: I I I I II I II I Ir CONNECT STUD TO SILL I I' I I I• i I. I I I I I I I i PLATE PER NAILING SCHED. I ANCHORS -SEE • I I / D4/S302 I I. I I' I I I• P.T. SILL PLATE w/ EDGE • I I I' I i i NAILING (SEE PLAN) i I I•I � I WHERE R.O. OCCURS WITHIN SHEAR WALL, PROVIDE EDGE NAILING TO JAMBS AND CMSTC 16 STRAP TO BLKG AT HDR & SILL ELEVATIONS AS SHOWN. PROVIDE POST W EDGE BOTH SIDES OF WALL AT DOUBLE - NAILING (SEE SIDED SHEAR WALLS. PLAN) A i, TYP SHEARWALL 3/8" = V-0" FREEZER PANEL & DBL. 2X I O.F. FREEZER SLAB (TY THERMO-KOOL PERIMETER WALL - CONSTRUCTION SEE ARCH. DBL. 2X10 PRESSURE TREATED (1) #4 CONT. I SLEEPER COLD JOINT I CONC. SLAB- REINF. W/ 6X6-W1.4XW1.4 WWF CONC. SLAB ON GRADE- I INSULATION (BY COOLER PROVIDER) SEE PLAN (2) LAYERS OF 6-MIL VAPOR BARRIER (BY COOLER PROVIDER) • A h ° V 10 MIL VAPOR 1'-4" 10 MIL VAPOR BARRIER (TYP.) BARRIER (TYP.) (2) #4 CONT. NOTE: SEE FDN. PLAN FOR FREEZER SLAB INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. TYP RECESSED FREEZER SLAB DETAIL D33/4"= 1'-0" NAIL PATTERNS PER FACE OF STUD STRUCTURAL NOTES f'` = EDGE OF SLAB METAL STUD - SEE PLAN BRICK VENEER FOR SIZE & SPACING (2) #10 SCREWS FROM 600T125-54 w/ (2) HILTI X-U FASTENERS @ TRACK TO EA. STUD 16" O.C. (1" FASTENER LENGTH) U.N.O. EXTEND PLYWOOD ON SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE 1" BELOW T.O.S. GROUT FILL VOIDS (2) #4 CONT BELOW GRADE SEE PLAN , za dh SEE CIVIL It = w O �QQ_ - ° FINISH GRADE N 2 I I _ , I_ 1 < 6" ° 11 -o d MF' "• < #3 TIES @ z #3 @ 36" O.C. 36" O.C. TYP o w T-0" PROVIDE (2) w F_ADDITIONAL r d, ` SETS OF #5 AT > INCREASED FTG DEPTHS ` (2) #5 CONT TOP & BOTTOM s OPTIONAL 4" z N FINISH FLOOR a O Q U O H z w Q Q N -v CONC MUD SLAB NOTES: 2'-0" 1. SEE A3/S-300 FOR SECTION @ SHEAR WALL HOLDOWN 1 ALL WOOD IN CONTACT W/ CONCRETE SHALL BE PRESSURE TREATED OR NATURALLY DURABLE NAIL PATTERNS PER FACE OF STUD STRUCTURAL NOTES = EDGE OF SLAB WOOD STUD- SEE PLAN BRICK VENEER FOR SIZE AND SPACING 5/8" DIA ANCHOR BOLT x V-0" LONG. PROVIDE @ 4" WOOD PLATE MIN AND 12" MAX FROM CORNERS & ENDS OF SILL PLATES W/ (2) MIN PER SILL PIECE. (OPTION: 5/8" EXTEND PLYWOOD DIA EPDXY ANCHOR BOLT EMBEDDED 7" MIN) @ 1" BELOW T.O.S. ,% 32" O.C. (U.N.O.ON SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE) GROUT FILL VOIDS (2) #4 CONT BELOW GRADE a SEE PLAN + z FINISH FLOOR = o U dh SEE CIVIL q z _ FINISH GRADE N -5U--= 00 �' j 2 _ a 1 z - :z c V °"�. #STIES@ O z #3 @ 36" O.C. < ;. :<', t, ; 36" O.C. z c TYP ° PROVIDE (2) N w ` co T-0" �" w r n. - ADDITIONAL U ' ,• A SETS OF #5 AT o a ; < ; a4;, -• k A FTG DEPTHS iv • (2) #5 CONT ` TOP & BOTTOM _ !.NJ OPTIONAL 4" CONCRETE MUD SLAB T-O" NOTES: 1. SEE A3/S-300 FOR SECTION @ SHEAR WALL HOLDOWN E D2 TYP SECTION @ EXT MTL STUD WALL D TYP SECTION @ EXT WOOD WALL 3/4" = 1'-0" 3/4" = V-0" D STL COLa. cV O / I 3/4" BASE PLATE (SEE O o BRICK VENEER I COLUMN SCHEDULE ' I ON S-201) o O t OF BRICK E SEE D1/S301 FOR INFO NOT SHOWN .�A. 1 1/2" TYP COLUMN & BASE PLATET_ 1 1/2" NON -SHRINK BY CANOPY MFR. GROUT SECTION'A-A' CORNER WRAP COLUMN BELOW GRADE W/ w 'f I 15# BLDG. FELT & WATERPROOF CONTRACTOR OPTION TO w I I INSTALL 4" CMU BELOW w COLUMN BASE PL. & ANCHOR I GRADE WHERE BRICK RODS W/ ASPHALTIC MASTIC -0" 3/16 I LEDGE IS LOWERED N. SEE PLAN SEE CIVIL FINISH FLOOR ° •a.. FINISH GRADE p c Am #3 @ 36" O.C. - - iv Zv `-'` :. J 2 a TYP ate; o o ? <+ 1 w.^ 0.d A• ! ° - ° * r SEE D1/S301 FOR INFO A -< - ` (2) #3 TIES EA SIDE - NOT SHOWN SECTION 'A -A' EDGE ;. ° OF COLUMN @ 3" O.C. < ° °. A o. (4 PER LOUT) e �° a. : • 9 °^ ' :�^ SEE FDN PLAN FOR FOOTING SIZE AND REINF. OPTIONAL 4" " < ' �• e . a ` .; (2)#5 CONT. �. T&B TYP. CONC MUD SLAB " • a A a < < EDGE OF FOOTING (BEYOND) C3T3YPSTL COL @ EXT WALL C23/4"= TYP. EXTERIOR CANOPY COLUMN FOOTING /4" = 1'-0" 1'-0" EXT SLAB BY CIVIL- METAL FRAME AND SCREEN MATCH TOP OF SLAB T 2x6 NAILED ELEVATION @DOORWAY (SEE ARCH) TOGETHER PER A3/S-301 SLOPE SEE ARCH SEE PLAN B/WINDOW •A- , . :- FINISH FLOOR =•q ;'°; a SIMPSON A34 TOP & ` BOTTOM @ WINDOW J2 SIMPSON CMST14 COILED JAMB STRAP. GRID LINES E & F ONLY SEE D1/S301 1 @ ELEVATION OF WINDOW a • . ' °' SILL: PLACE FULL LENGTH (D2/S302 @ SIM) A'' BETWEEN SHEAR WALL HOLD DEPRESS SLAB AS FOR INFO NOT ° - DOWN POSTS BOTH ABOVE ' REQ'D SHOWN °' J AND BELOW WINDOW. NOTES: 1. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTING WALL, REVIEW LATEST DIMENSIONED ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY LOCATIONS WHERE MINIMUM SHEAR WALL LENGTHS WILL NOT BE MET. MINIMUM LENGTHS BASED ON OUT TO OUT FACE OF TIEDOWN POSTS. WHERE NO TIEDOWN OCCURS, DIMENSION BASED ON EDGE OF ROUGH OPENING OR END OF WALL. 2. INDICATED SHEATHING, WALL FRAMING, AND NAILING IN THIS SCHEDULE APPLY TO ALL STRUCTURAL WALLS AS DESIGNATED. 3. NAILS AT ALL PANEL EDGES SHALL BE STAGGERED WITH 1/2" OFFSET BETWEEN ADJACENT FASTENERS IN A ROW. 4. 0148" 0 x 2-1/2" MIN LENGTH NAIL MAYBE USED IN LIEU OF 10d COMMON FOR ALL SHEATHING NAILING. NAILS MUST BE DRIVEN FLUSH WITHOUT OVER -DRIVING THROUGH SURFACE OF SHEATHING. 5. PROVIDE 1Od @ 12" O.C. FIELD NAILING AT WALL SHEATHING, TYP. 6. SEE PLANS FOR SHEARWALL TIEDOWN SIZE AND LOCATION. 7. PLACE SHEATHING ON SIDE OF WALL WHERE SYMBOL IS SHOWN ON PLAN. 8. FOR TYPICAL WALL FRAMING, SEE SHEET S401. 9. WHERE WALL HEIGHT DICTATES HORIZONTAL SHEATHING JOINTS AT WALL, PROVIDE BLOCKING 10. SHEATHING THICKNESS IS NOMINAL, ACTUAL THICKNESS EQUIVALENTS ARE: 1/2"= 15/32"; 5/8"= 19/32"; 3/4"=23/32". 11. WALL SCHEDULE IS BASED ON DOUG FIR -LARCH OR SOUTHERN YELLOW PINE STUDS, SOLE PLATES AND PRESSURE TREATED SILL PLATES. ANY ALTERNATE SPECIES OR MATERIALS MUST BE APPROVED BY ENGINEER. 12. ANCHOR BOLTS SHALL BE 5/8" 0 (MIN.) AT 2x SILL PLATES & 7/8" 0 (MIN) AT 3x SILL PLATES. PROVIDE 1-1/2" MAX DIAMETER OVERSIZED HOLE IN SILL TO RECEIVE EACH ANCHOR U.O.N. 13. WALLS DESIGNATED ON THE PLANS FOR A SPECIFIC NAILING PATTERN MAY BE NAILED AT A CLOSER SPACING WITH DBL. 2x STUDS AT PLWD JOINTS AS NOTED. OTHER COMPONENTS OF WALL ASSEMBLY DO NOT HAVE TO BE INCREASED BEYOND THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE WALL DESIGNATED ON THE PLANS. 14. NO HOLES OR PENETRATIONS ARE PERMITTED IN ANY SHEAR WALL SHEATHING. 15. NAILS INTO P.T. SILL PLATES AND OTHER P.T. LUMBER MUST BE H.D.G. 16. MIN. (4) SILL ANCHOR BOLTS PER SHEAR WALL 17. PROVIDE FULL 4' X V SHEETS OF SHEATHING EXCEPT AT BOUNDARIES AND CHANGES IN FRAMING OPTIONAL 4" CONCRETE MUD SLAB E D1/S301 (D2/S302 @ SIM) ZSER INFO NOT SHOWN CONC. SLAB PER PLAN NONBEARING METAL ST- PER ARCH'L. & SCHED. SHEET S-231 2x NONBEARING STUD PER ARCH'L. & SCHED. FOR TYP. WALL BRIDGII SEE SIMPSON 'PDPA-125' @ TRACK &'PDPAW-25OMi 2x SILL PLATE @ 16"oc 2x PRESSURE TREATED SILL PLATE 33mil. CONT. TRACK w/ (2) #10 S.M.S. EA. STUD .� TYP. NONBEARING PARTITIONS V 1 N.T.S. SEE D2/S301 FOR INFO NOT SHOWN 60OT125-54 w/ (2) #10 SCREWS TO EA. STUD METAL STUD -SEE PLAN FOR SIZE AND SPACING 60OT125-54 w/ (2) #10 SCREWS TO EA. STUD & (2) HILTI X-U FASTENERS @ 16" O.C. TO CONCRETE B3SECTION @ DOOR WINDOW SECTION @ WOOD WALL SECTION @ WINDOW @ MTL STUD WALL 3/4' = 1'-0" B23/4"= 1'-0" B 1 1 3/4" = 1'-0" PANEL EDGE NAILING PER SCHEDULE - 1/8" MIN/ 3/8" MAX FROM PANEL EDGE A ^ TYP SHEAR WALL SHEATHING 1/4" = 1'-0" - -- 3 NO SHEAR WALLS EXTEND ABOVE LEDGER. PROVIDE NAILING 6" O.C. EDGES, 12" O.C. FIELD AT ALL WALL SHEATHING ABOVE LEDGER PANEL EDGE NAILING @ LEDGER/BLOCK USE FULL 4'-O" x 8'-O" SHEATHING SHEETS WHEREVER POSSIBLE. MAY ORIENT HORIZONTALLY AS SHOWN OR VERTICALLY. FIELD NAILING GAP ALL SHEATHING SEAMS 1/8" MIN/ 3/8" MAX BLOCKING @ ALL SEAMS ALT. JOINT DETAIL: PLYWOOD EDGE NAILING PER PLAN & WALL SCHED. (2) 2x BLKG W/ SOLE PL NAILING PER A2/A-301 PLYWOOD EDGE NAILING PER PLAN & WALL SCHED. TYP. JOINT DETAIL: - N ¢� 6 z g g 2x4 MIN. TYP. BLOCKING SHEATHING PER WALL SCHED. TYP. STUD FRAMING SILL PL SILL DETAIL: PLYWOOD EDGE NAILING PER PLAN & WALL SCHED. c� g A31HORIZONTAL SHEATHING JOINTS 1/2" = V-0" .1 ' " "" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" Od NAILS :A FACE / OQ 1 3/8" 1 3/8" 30d NAILS EA FACE ADJACENT NAILS TO BE DRIVEN - FROM OPP SIDE OF THE BUILT- UP POST A BUILT UP POST DETAIL 3/4" = 1'-0" (2) 2x6 KING STUDS w/ SIMPSON LSTHD HOLDOWN WALL DETAIL @ STUD PACKS Al 3/4" = 1'-0" 60d NAILS EA FACE =ACE OF ROUGH JPENING (SEE ARCH) NOTE: EXTEND ALL STUDS EXCEPT JACK STUDS TO TOP OF PARAPET JACK STUD TO )PORT HEADER ABOVE C B 0 D 0 CD 0 o C) D Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349- 2998 iM a 3528 Habersham @ Northlake Tucker, Georgia 30084 (770)270-%U N`%%Jlllll I I/,, * o. 1 = ATE%. : �qz-`' 011 �OP'G�: %S �ONA��������\ � /llllllllll\\\ ■ ' ' I ' � T J BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.19.08 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 220207 A PRINTED FOR FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 LV DRAWN BY KN/LLM aInformation contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without e)press written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET O FOUNDATION DETAILS U. SHEET NUMBER S=301 4 2 1 4 3 1 E M ^ SPLICE DETAIL Li ff't 3/4" = 1'-0" 3x STUD (OR DBL STD) @ CENTERLINE OF LEDGER SPLICE 2x OR MTL STUD WALL FRAMING 2x LEDGER SIMPSON 'MST160' CENTERED @ SPLICE NOTCHES NOT PERMITTED BELOW 45° LINE 7" D/4 OR z MIN. 3" MAX. D/3 M AX cc p Mo -- - o M. N z_ 4�D/6 OR M I I JOISTLj = 1 1/2" MAX. 204 I I HOLE STRAP AT PIPE I I PENETRATION z_ M z 1 1/4" D (MIN) MIN 1/3 OF CLEAR SPAN MIN. TYP. HOLE SPACING W/6 STUD = HOLE MAX. NOTES: W 1. NO HOLES OR NOTCHING IN JOISTS WITH D = 4" OR LESS 2. WALL NOTCHES ARE ONLY PERMITTED ON INTERIOR NOW BEARING WALLS 3. NOTCHES ARE NOT ALLOWED IN MIDDLE THIRD OF BEAM SPAN n A SAWN LUMBER PERM ISSABLE HOLE GUIDELINES 1" = 1'-0" B A 10d NAILS @ BOUNDARY AND SUPPORT EDGES , PER 1/S-231 PLYWOOD SPACER CLIPS REQ'D TYP , 10d NAILS @ J INTERMEDIAT E FRAMING @ 12" O.C. D3 ROOF DIAPHRAGM NAILING 3/4" = 1'-0" MAX 0 = ROOF SHEATHING BLOCKING WHERE REQ'D PER S-231 ROOF JOISTS ISOMETRIC (a- BLOCKING LVL SUPPORT BEAM ROOF SHEATHING BLOCKING WHERE REQ'D PER S-231 ROOF JOISTS 'D'- HOLE DIA w PLAN OF PLATE WHERE'D' EXCEEDS'W'/4: CS14 x 32" W/ 10d E.S. CENTER ON HOLE; HOLE MUST BE PLACED SO THAT WALL TOP PLATE ENTIRE STRAP LENGTH IS LOCATED ON ONE CONTINUOUS TOP PLATE PIECE NOTES: 1. THIS DETAIL APPLIES UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE 2. DETAIL SIM. AT SOLE & SILL PLATE PENETRATIONS 3. PLATE HOLE SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH COLLECTOR STRAPS SHOWN ON PLAN 4. SPRAY -APPLY PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT TO ANY CUTS, HOLES AND NOTCHES IN TREATED SILLS C3 PLATES & SILLS PERMISSABLE HOLE GUIDELINES 1" = 1'-0" NOTE: FOR TYP. METAL STUD BRIDGING SEE DETAILS THIS SHEET SINGLE or DBL. JAMB STUD (2) #10 S.M.S. @ EACH CRIPPLE STUD TYP. CONT. SILL TRACK, COPE AS REQ'D. w/ (3) #10 S.M.S. EA. SIDE TO JAMB STUD TYP. A ELEVATION B-B CONT. TOP TRACKS 1 1/4" MIN. TYP. ELEVATION A -A ALL WOOD IN CONTACT W/ CONCRETE SHALL BE PRESSURE TREATED OR NATURALLY DURABLE ARCH VENEER PLYWOOD FACE OF STUD NAIL PATTERNS PER =EDGE OF SLAB STRUCTURAL NOTES WOOD STUD- SEE PLAN FOR SIZE AND SPACING A34 EA END TOP OR BOT 4x6 CONT BLOCKING @ 4'-0" O.C. 4x4 CONT BLOCKING @ VERT. W/ SDWS 22900 @ 24: O.C. 4'-0" O.C. VERT. 5/8" DIA ANCHOR BOLT x V-0" LONG. PROVIDE @ 4" MIN AND 12" MAX FROM CORNERS & ENDS OF SILL WOOD PLATE PLATES W/ (2) MIN PER SILL PIECE. (OPTION: 5/8" EXTEND PLYWOOD DIA EPDXY ANCHOR BOLT EMBEDDED 7" MIN) @ 1" BELOW T.O.S. 32" O.C. (U.N.O.ON SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE) _ z a SEE PLAN FINISH FLOOR WO Ak SEE CIVIL b U z " ¢¢-, , FINISH GRADE N -, U I..__........, Q ADDITIONAL (2) #4 ; a a CONT AT EXTENDED o ; z a, SLAB EDGE z z ; `• s #3 TIES @ 36" O.C. g #3 @ 36" O.C. : • a 'v = TYP a ' co 3 Ak W (2) #5 CONT TOP & BOTTOM OPTIONAL 4" • _ - �. CONCRETE MUD SLAB 2'-6" NOTES: 1. SEE A3/S-300 FOR SECTION @ SHEAR WALL HOLDOWN D2 TYP SECTION @ DOUBLE EXT WOOD WALL 3/4" = V-0" 2X6 BLOCKING PERIMETER/EDGE - NAILING PER SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE .t, SEE PLAN B/DECK NAILING PER PLAN 2X8 CONT w/ (2) SIMPSON SDWS2240ODB SCREWS TO EACH WALL STUD AND 3x BLOCKING SIMPSON SDWS2240ODB SCREWS @ 5" O.C. -TO BE CENTERED AT TO 2X BLOCKING @ ROOF ELEVATION & 3X BOTTOM EDGE OF 2x BLOCKING CENTERED ON BOTTOM EDGE WALL LEDGER OF LEDGER f` TOENAIL FROM BUILDING INTERIOR PER SHEAR WALL 1/2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING W/ SCHEDULE NAILING PER SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE rf 1/2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING W/ NAILING PER SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE C23/4"DOUBLE SIDED SHEAR WALL DETAIL = 1'-0" WINDOW OPENING LESS THAN 48", DOOR OPENING SIM. @ INT. NONBEARING WALLS, A SIGLE JAMB STUD SHALL BE PERMITTED I METAL STUDS PER PLAN & ARCH'L. HOLDOWN PER PLAN WHERE OCCURS 12" LONG STUD SECTION w/ (3) #10 S.M.S. EA. SIDE SILL OF SPLICE, EA. SIDE (12 TOTAL) 4 1/2" MIN., 9' PLATE EN BZ METAL STUD WALL ELEVATION DETAILS NOTE: NOTE: BLKG. & STRAP SHALL OCCUR @ 48"oc BRIDGING SHALL OCCUR @ 48"oc MAX. MAX. VERTICAL SPACING. FULL HT. METAL STUDS VERTICAL SPACING. SPLICE BRIDGING COVERING ON BOTH SIDES OF WALL MAY PER PLAN & w/ 20" MIN. LAP TYP. BE USED IN LIEU OF BLKG. & STRAP ARCH'L. (BRIDGING) WALL COVERING METAL STUDS SEE ARCH'L. PER PLAN & WALL COVERING ARCH'L. SEE ARCH'L. TYP• A -A SPLICE U.N.O. CONT. TOP TRACK 10 B-B TYP. II U.N.O. PLATE SPLICE L L PLMG. OR ELEC. PENETRATION ' MAX. TYP. FROM SII 4 1/2" MIN., 12" MAX. TYP. D @INT. NONBEARIN INT. NONBEARING WALLS WALLS PROVIDE (3) P.D.F. FKUViut (;J) N 'SUBH3.25' (MAX.) .,..,..".ACTOR BRIDGING OPTION #1 A METAL STUD BRIDGING DETAILS /1L 1" = 1'-0" 3 HEADER PER PLAN & ARCH'L. HDR CONN. TYP. r1 TYP FRAMING ELEVATION V 1 3/8" = 1'-0" MTL STUD (SEE PLAN) (2) #10 SCREWS @ 24" O.C. VERT SPACING ALONG HEIGHT OF HOLD DOWN BACK-TO-BACK METAL STUD HOLD DOWN MTL STUD (SEE PLAN) 350T125-54 w/ (2) #10 SCREWS TO EA COLUMN STUD @ 8" O.C. BOXED METAL STUDS C 1 METAL STUD BOX 1 1/2" = V-0" LSTA12 @T/COLUMN TO 2x4 BLOCKING PROVIDE 2x6 BLOCKING BELOW ROOF DECK (TYP) dh SEE PLAN B/DECK @ WOOD POST: END NAIL W/ (2)16d NAILS TO (1) 2x BLOCKING WINDOW OPENING, GREATER THAN 48" CONT. SILL TRACK TYP. WOOD POST - EXTEND TO UNDERSIDE DBL. JAMB STUDS @ OPENINGS OF (1) 2X6 BLOCKING U.N.O.PER PLAN PROVIDE METAL STUD EACH END OF SILL TRACK TYP. END OF WALL W.O. CONT. BOTTOM TRACK B 1 COLUMN TO DECK SECTION PER PLAN & ARCH'L. 3/4" = 1'-0" FOR ANCHOR BOLTS @ EXT. WALLS; PROVIDE P.D.F. @ 24"O.C. @ INT. NONBEARING WALLS + . 43mi1• TRACK BLK. @ EA. STRAP SPLICE w/ (2) #10 S.M.S. EA. STUD SPLICE STRAP ONLY @ C.L. OF BILK. 43mi1. x 2" STRAP (OR SIMPSON 'CS18') CONT. FULL LENGTH OF WALL w/ (4) #10 S.M.S. TO EA. BILK. & #10 S.M.S. TO EA. STUD BRIDGING OPTION #2 SIMPSON SSC4.25 TOP w/ (5)#10 SCREWS TO HEADER & (4)#10 SCREWS TO JAMB DIETRICH H546 UNIVERSAL HEADER HANGER EACH FACE OF HEADER w/ (12)#10-16 SCREWS TO HEADER & (8)#10-16 SCREWS TO JAMB Al METAL STUD WALL OPENING DETAILS (2) 8d NAILS @ 4" O.C. FROM DECK TO LEDGER & 2x6 - (1) NAIL EA. 2x6 x 0'-10" w/ (3) 16d NAILS TO LEDGER 2x4 ROOF BLOCKING - TOENAIL TO LEDGER & TRUSS w/ (2) 10D NAILS EA END 2x8 CONT w/ (2) SIMPSON SDWS2240ODB SCREWS TO EA 2x & 4x STUD BACK TO BACK JAMB STUDS -SEE PLAN WHERE BOXED JAMB USED, COVER TRACK NOT REQUIRED COVER TRACK PER JAMB DETAIL -EXTEND 1'-0" ABOVE HEADER CRIPPLE STUDS -MATCH TYP. WALL SIZE & SPACING CRIPPLE STUD TRACK 600T125-54 W/ (2) #12-24 TEK SCREWS @ 16" O.C. + �(2) PUNCHED STUDS -SEE PLAN 600T125-54 W/ (2) #12-24 TEK SCREWS @ 16" O.C. E Cc a � o�p Doo Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349- 2998 L'J B ffle if eerin u any Consulting Structural Engineers 3528 Habersham @ Northlake Tucker, Georgia 30084 (770)270-94"� T - FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.19.08 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 220207 A PRINTED FOR FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 W DRAWN BY KN/LLM aInformation contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET Q FOUNDATION DETAILS LL SHEET NUMBER S=302 4 1 4 DOUBLE NUT AND WASHER TOP AND NUT AND WASHER BOTTOM OF UNISTRUT SIMPSON LUS26 HANGER w/ (8)10d NAILS (0.148" DIA x 2 1/2" LONG) EA END (OPPOSITE END NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY) (2) 2x8 SLEEPERS - (1) EACH FACE OF TRUSS WEBS. EXTEND 6" MINIMUM PAST LAST DIAGONAL CHORD INTERSECTION SUPPORTING 2X6 BLOCKING (NOT SHOWN @ OPPOSITE 2x6 SUPPORT FOR CLARITY) TYPE P1000 1518" 12 GA. UNISTRUT BETWEEN 2x6 - EXTEND 6" MINIMUM PAST EACH SUPPORTING 2x6 E M\N° 2x6 WEB BLOCKING @ 3'-0" O.C. MAXIMUM FOR SUPPORT OF UNISTRUT PROVIDE (1) 3/4" DIA. MACHINE SIMPSON LUS26 @ EACH 2x SUPPORT - USE (4) 10d NAILS - USE (1) BOLT @ EA TRUSS DIAGONAL #8 SCREW x 3" LONG W/ WASHER FROM TOP OF UNISTRUT TO 2x INTERSECTION - EXTEND THROUGH BOTH 2X SLEEPERS :3/8"DIA THREADED ROD @ REGULAR SPACING FOR SUPPORT OF & CINCH TIGHT (DO NOT CRUSH EACH CORNER OF HOODS. PLACE ONE ROD MAX PER SPAN OF STEEL WEBS) UNISTRUT NOTES: 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL WEB AND WOOD BLOCKING (INCLUDING HANGERS) AND UNISTRUT. 2. SUBCONTRACTOR/EQUIPMENT INSTALLER WILL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL THREADED RODS WITH NUTS AND WASHERS. 3. SEE REDBUILT STANDARD INSTALLATION FOR FURTHER CLARIFICATIONS. 4. DO NOT EXCEED CAPACITY OF HANGER (500# EACH). FOR USE AT HOODS n r-% A TYP HANGER DETAIL V `'F 3/4" = 160" NOTES: 1. ALL EQUIP. WEIGHTS SHALL BE VERIFIED w/ MANUF. BASE PLATE BY OTHERS w/ (4) 1/2"0x3"'SDS' SCREWS EA. LEG TYP. T CONDENSER BY EQUIP. MANUF. SEE PLAN, ARCH-L. & MECH'L. EQUIP. RACK BY OTHERS FABRICATED TO PROVIDE LEVEL SURFACE L_ — — �II 2x LEDGER BLKG. IN II II ROOF SHTG. PER PLAN � )I 6x6 MIN. BLKG. EA. BASE PLATE ROOF TRUSS W/ SIMPSON 'HU' HANGERS TO PER PLAN 2x LEDGER BLKG. BEYOND A CONDENSING UNIT SUPPORT FRAMING DETAILS DRILL HOLE IN 11 15/16" (2) TOP CHORD PIN LEDGER @ PINS C FOR FLUSH FIT POINTS MIN. TYP 2x LOAD TRANS. BLKG. (2) 10d EA. END ROOF SHTG. PER PLAN TYP. ALL NAILS SHALL BE 6" MIN. AWAY , FROM PIN TYP. - ---IT-- -- -� ROOF TRUSS PER J AT 2x6 LEDGER BLKG. USE 10d @ 6" oc TO TOP \-- BOTTOM CHORD LEDGER PLAN CHORD & (2) 10d EA. TRANSFER BLOCK. TYP. SIM. WHERE OCCURS AT 2x8 LEDGER BLKG. USE 10d @ 6" oc TO TOP CHORD & (2) 10d EA. TRANSFER BLOCK. TYP. AT 2x10 LEDGER BLKG. USE 10d @ 6" oc TO TOP CHORD & (3) 10d EA. TRANSFER BLOCK. TYP. AT 2x12 LEDGER BLKG. USE 10d @ 6" oc TO TOP CHORD & (4) 10d EA. TRANSFER BLOCK. TYP. Bd TRUSS LEDGER BLOCKING DETAIL T 3/4" = 1'-0" I IMETAL — STUD HEIGHT FULL 2X4 BLOCKING X T-6" LONG @ EA. SINGLE STUD OR EA. SET OF DOUBLE STUDS FULL HEIGHT - ALIGN FACE OF BLOCKING WITH FACE OF FULL HEIGHT STUD. SEE DETAIL Al/S-401 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ATTACH STUDS w/ (2) #10 SCREWS @ 48" O.C. VERT NOTES: 1. LEDGER NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY A4 TYP ELEVATION AT METAL STUD WALL 3/4" = V-0" 60OS200-54 TRIMMER STUDS EA END OF METAL STUD BEARING BEAMS I I 3 NOTES: 1. ALL EQUIP. WEIGHTS SHALL 31/2" WIDE SOLID BLKG. ENTIRE PERIMETER OF BE VERIFIED w/ MANUF. FAN UNIT & RIPPED AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE LEVEL SURFACE ON SLOPING ROOF. ATTACH FAN UNIT BY EQUIP. MANUF. / CURB & FLAT BLKG. TO CONT BLKG. BELOW SEE PLAN, ARCH-L. & MECH'L. ROOF SHTG. w/ 1/4"0'SDS' SCREWS @ 12"oc. PROVIDE (3) SCREWS MIN PER SIDE & SCREW LENGTHS PER SCHEDULE CONT. SHEATHINGI Z WHERE OCCURS A g ROOF SHTG. PER PLAN TYP. ALL SCREWS INSTALLED - INTO A TRUSS TOP CHORD SHALL BE PLACED IN PRE -DRILLED HOLES CENTERED ON CHORD & 6" MIN. AWAY FROM A PIN A 1 1/2" MIN. TYP. 2x LEDGER BLKG. ROOF TRUSS PER PLAN 4x6 MIN. CONT. BLKG. EA. SIDE OF UNIT W/ SIMPSON 'HU' HANGERS TO 2x LEDGER BLKG. BEYOND EA. SIDE OF UNIT W/ SIMPSON 'HU' HANGERS USE CONCEALED HANGERS WHERE REQUIRED SECTION A -A 0- TRUSS SECTION A -A (a)_ BLKG. D 31"= TYP MECHANICAL FAN UNIT ANCHORAGE 1'-0" ROOF HATCH BY MANUF. SEE PLAN & ARCH'L. 3 1/2" WIDE SOLID BLKG. ENTIRE PERIMETER OF ROOF HATCH & RIPPED AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE r LEVEL SURFACE ON SLOPING ROOF. ATTACH CURB w/ 1/4"0'SDS' SCREWS @ 12"oc. PROVIDE (3) — — — — SCREWS MIN PER SIDE & SCREW LENGTHS PER SCHEDULE I I z ti ROOF SHTG. PER PLAN I I 1 1/2" MIN. TYP. BEAM PER PLAN W/ SIMPSON'HU' HANGERS TYP. TO 2x LEDGER BLKG. BEYOND 4x6 BLKG. BEYOND EA. SIDE OF ROOF HATCH W/ SIMPSON'HU' HANGERS USE CONCEALED HANGERS WHERE REQUIRED C3 ROOF HATCH FRAMING DETAILS SEE PLAN FOR UNIT WIDTH RIPPED 2X4 TO MATCH ROOF SLOPE. ATTACH W/ 10D NAILS @ 12" OC TO BLOCKING 2x HEADER - 2x12 w/ HANGERS INSIDE FACE OF ROOF TOP UNIT HEADER = INSIDE JFACE OF CURB --n --- 2xl2 LEDGER - FASTEN TO EACH TRANSFER BLOCK WITH (4) 16D NAILS MIN. FIELD INSTALL LOAD TRANSFER BLOCKS AS REQ'D AT PANEL POINTS. BLOCKS PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER 63 SECTION @ RTU FRAMING 3/4" = 1'-0" O O POSITION HEADERS UNDER EDGES OF UNITS TYP. FULL HEIGHT STUDS -SEE PLAN FOR SIZE AND SPACING 2X4 BLOCKING X 3'-6" LONG @ EA. SINGLE STUD OR EA. SET OF DOUBLE STUDS FULL HEIGHT - ALIGN FACE OF BLOCKING WITH FACE OF FULL HEIGHT STUD. SEE DETAIL Al/S-401 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 2x6 JACK STUDS EA END OF 4x PLATE SUPPORTING TRUSS j PROVIDE 4x6 PLATE Iw/ I SIMPSON A35 EA END T&B. TRUSS PROVIDE METAL STUD BOX SHALL BEAR ON 4x BEAM PER DETAIL B1/S-401 PLATE TYP w/ SIMPSON RCA223/97 ((1)- TOP TO KING STUD & (1}- RED-S OR RED-M BEARING CONNECTION BY BOTTOM TO JACK OR KING RED -BUILT TO RESIST 560 PLF UPLIFT WL (ASD) STUD). ATTACH RCA223/97 AT ROOF END ZONE LOCATIONS AND 490 PLF w/ (3) #10 SCREWS. TRUSS UPLIFT WL (ASD) AT INTERIOR ROOF LOCATIONS. SHALL BEAR ON METAL STUD BEARING BEAM, TYP. (SEE 1/S-231 FOR END ZONE LOCATIONS). III I I I NOTES: SEE A3/S-301 FOR NAILING REQM'TS BETWEEN STUDS 1. LEDGER NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY A3 ELEVATION @ LOAD BEARING WALLS 3/4" = 1'-0" 3 PROVIDE BLOCKING EA SIDE TOE NAILED TO LVL AND STUDS BEAR LVL DRAG STRUT 5" MIN ON 4X PLATE & PROVIDE SIMPSON A35 EA SIDE11 SIMPSON H2.5 TIE EA SIDE OF LVL FROM 4X PLATE Mn TYPICAL HUNG SOFFIT ROOF PENETRATION SEE ARCH'L. & MECH'L. B.N. ENTIRE DRAWINGS PERIMETER OF OPENING ROOF SHTG. PER PLAN 2x4 MIN. BLK. BEYOND EA. SIDE OF OPENING IN SIMPSON 'PF' HANGERS ROOF TRUSS OR BEAM PER PLAN TYP. t'+n TYP. ROOF PENETRATION DETAIL SEE PLAN FOR UNIT WIDTH RIPPED 2X4 TO MATCH ROOF SLOPE. ATTACH W/ (2) 1OD ROOF TOP UNIT NAILS @ 12" OC TO PLYWOOD DECKING BLOCKING (BEYOND) 2x4 Z2x12 HEADER INSIDE FACE OF HEADER = INSIDE FACE OF CURB FIELD INSTALL LOAD TRANSFER BLOCKS AS REQ'D AT PANEL POINTS. BLOCKS PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER on TYP RTU FRAMING SECTION L J AI 3/4" = 1'-0" EIGHT TUDS - SI LAN FOR IZE AND _ STUD RUNNER w/ (2) i"xl 1/2" LAG SCREWS (2)#18xl 1/2" SCREWS UNDERSIDE OF EACH ST IN PRE -DRILLED _ES @ EA. SOFFIT 'EMBLY EDGE :FIT ASSEMBLY PER "HITECTURAL - ATTACH TO PROVIDED RUNNER _ STUD RUNNER w/ (2) i"xl 1/2" LAG SCREWS (2)#18xl 1/2" SCREWS UNDERSIDE OF EACH ST IN PRE -DRILLED _ES @ EA. SOFFIT iEMBLY EDGE =FIT ASSEMBLY PER �HITECTURAL - ATTACH TO PROVIDED RUNNER 2x4 MIN. BLK. EA. SIDE OF OPENING IN SIMPSON 'U' HANGERS USE CONCEALED HANGERS WHERE REQUIRED 2x12 HEADER 2x12 HEADER INSIDE FACE OF HEADER = INSIDE FACE OF CURB iJ SEE 2/S-231 FOR STUD — SPACING REQUIREMENTS SEE PLAN T/TRUSS PERIMETER/EDGE NAILING @ 6" O.C. EXCEPT PER SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE @ SHEAR WALLS PROVIDE 4x6 BEARING PLATE w/ SIMPSON A35 EA END - TRUSS SHALL BEAR ON 4x (TYP) 2x BLOCKING BETWEEN JOISTS w/ NAILS FROM DECK TO BLOCKING. SEE PLAN FOR DIAPHRAGM NAILING. SIMPSON LTP4 @ 24" O.C. 2x8 CONT CHORD w/ (2) SIMPSON SDWS2240ODB SCREWS @ EA FULL HEIGHT STUD AND @ 8" O.C. INTO 4X NOTE: ALL POSTS SHALL RUN A2 TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE S-401 BUILT-UP BEARING PLATE AND CONNECT TO THE 2X8 CONT CHOR W/ (2) SIMPSON SDWS2240ODB SCREWS MIN D 1 TYP WOOD WALL CONNECTION DETAIL (2)2x6 2x BLOCKING BETWEEN JOISTS w/ NAILS FROM DECK TO BLOCKING. SEE PLAN FOR DIAPHRAGM NAILING. SIMPSON LTP4 @ 24" O.C. 2x8 CONT CHORD w/ (2) SIMPSON SDWS2240ODB SCREWS @ EA FULL HEIGHT STUD, @ 8" O.C. INTO 4X, AND (2) SIMPSON SDWS2240ODB SCREWS UNDER EA JOIST BEARING LOCI _ I SEE PLAN T/TRUSS PERIMETER/EDGE NAILING @ 6" O.C. EXCEPT PER SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE @ SHEAR WALLS PROVIDE 4x6 BEARING PLATE w/ SIMPSON A35 AND 2X JACK STUD EA END - TRUSS SHALL BEAR ON 4x TYP NOTE: ALL POSTS SHALL RUNLA ' I TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE A3 BUILT-UP BEARING PLATE AND CONNECT TO THE 2X8 CONT N�il CHOR W/ (2) SIMPSON SDWS2240ODB SCREWS MIN C 1 TYP WOOD WALL CONNECTION DETAIL 1" = V-0" 2x BLOCKING BETWEEN JOIST w/ NAILS FROM DECK TO BLOCKING. SEE PLAN FOR DIAPHRAGM NAILING. (2) 40OS162-54 BUILT - UP BEAM W/ 600T150-54 LTP4 @ 24" OC T&B ATTACHED w/ #10 SCREWS @ 8" OC 2X8 CONT CHORD W/ (2)#10 BEARS EA END ON SCREWS @ EA FULL HIEGHT JACK STUDS STUD, @ 8" O.C. INTO METAL STUD BOX AND (2)#10 SCREWS UNDER EA JOIST BEARING LOCI SEE PLAN T/TRUSS SIMPSON JOIST PERIMETER/EDGE ' NAILING PER SHEAR HANGERS WALL SCHEDULE @ TYP. SHEAR WALLS i r 2x12 LEDGER- FASTEN TO EACH TRANSFER f BLOCK WITH (4) 16D NAILS MIN. NOTE: ALL POSTS SHALL RUN TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE <A4UILT-UP BEARING PLATE AND CONNECT TO THE 2X8 CONT CHOR W/ (2) #10 SCREWS MIN -- -- E3.1 TYP METAL STUD WALL CONNECTION DETAIL 2X4 BLOCKING X T-6" LONG @ EA. SINGLE STUD OR EA. SET OF DOUBLE STUDS FULL HEIGHT - ALIGN FACE OF BLOCKING WITH FACE OF FULL HEIGHT STUD. SEE DETAIL Al/S-401 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION PROVIDE 4x6 PLATE w/ SIMPSON A35 EA END T&B. TRUSS SHALL BEAR ON 4x PLATE TYP \--SEE A3/S-301 FOR NAILING REQM'TS RED-S OR RED-M BEARING CONNECTION BETWEEN STUDS BY RED -BUILT TO RESIST 560 PLF UPLIFT WL (ASD) AT ROOF END ZONE LOCATIONS AND 490 PLF UPLIFT WL (ASD) AT 2x6 CENTERED UNDER INTERIOR ROOF LOCATIONS. (SEE 1/S-231 2x6 BLOCKING FOR END ZONE LOCATIONS). @ 4'-6" O.C. TRUSS TOP CHORD- FIT TIGHT. DO NOT NAIL SHEATHING TO PARTIAL HEIGHT STUDS. NOTES: 1. LEDGER NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY A2 ELEVATION @ LOAD BEARING WALLS - (2)2x6 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 64 SEE PLAN B/DECK (4) 8D TOENAILS TO STUD A l LATERAL BLOCKING DETAIL 3/4" = 1'-0" 1 SIMPSON ST12 @ EA BLOCKING 10D NAILING @ 6" O.C. SIMPSON U24� 2X4 BLOCKING X T-6" @ EA SINGLE STUD OR EA SET OF DOUBLE STUDS FULL HEIGHT - ALIGN FACE OF BLOCKING WITH FACE OF FULL -HEIGHT STUD 2X4 TO SPAN BETWEEN — TRUSSES W/ (2) SIMPSON A34 EA END E oOO� 0 D D ° O O ° O �� Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349- 2998 C 'Wfflefl #encnneering Company Consulting Structural n neers 3528 Habersham @ Northlake Tucker, Georgia 30084 (770)270-9484 I r,i,,,, z 4. 4 E 0 Mill l 111110 FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.19.08 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 220207 A PRINTED FOR FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 W DRAWN BY KN/LLM aInformation contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without ems written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET O FRAMING DETAILS U. SHEET NUMBER S=401 4 I 4 3 1 C ❑1 C B roar A SEE PLAN 'N' T/PARAPET 1/2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING ARCH VENEER SEE PLAN B/DECK PERIMETER/EDGE NAILING @ 6" O.C. EXCEPT PER SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE @ SHEAR WALLS 2x6 BLOCKING TOENAIL TO STUDS CANOPY & CONNECTION TO STRUCTURE BY MFG (SEE ARCH) .IL SEE PLAN B/LINTEL DOUBLE TOP PLATE WOOD STUD - SEE PLAN FOR SIZE & SPACING - DIAPHRAGM BOUNDARY NAILING PER PLAN - SIMPSON MTS12 @ EA 2x BLOCKING 2x4 ROOF BLOCKING -ALIGN w/ ALTERNATE STUDS - TOENAIL TO LEDGER & TRUSS w/ (2) 1OD NAILS EA END - 2x8 CONT w/ (2) SIMPSON SDWS2240ODB SCREWS TO EA WALL STUD & SIMPSON SDWS2240ODB SCREWS @ 6" O.C. TO BLOCKING - FOR ATTACHMENT OF CANOPY: (3) 2X6 SOLID VERTICAL BLOCKING W/ 2X6 HORIZ BLOCKING T&B ATTACHED W/ 10D NAILS @ 4" O.C. STAGGERED - ATTACH EA END TO STUDS W/ SIMPSON A34 T&B —A35 @ EA STUD - (2) 10d NAILS @ 12" O.C. - HEADER (SEE PLAN) WINDOW (SEE ARCH) SEE PLAN T/PARAPET 1/2" PLYWOOD SHEATH ARCH VENEER SEE PLAN T/TRUSS C5 NON -BEARING WALL W/ WINDOW & CANOPY C43/4"=BEARING WALL @ LOW PARAPET 1'-0" SEE PLAN T/PARAPET 1/2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING ARCH VENEER —� SEE PLAN B/DECK PERIMETER/EDGE NAILING — @ 6" O.C. EXCEPT PER SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE @ SHEAR WALLS 2x6 BLOCKING TOENAIL TO STUDS SIMPSON CMST14 COILED — STRAP. GRID LINE F ONLY @ ELEVATION OF WINDOW SILL PLACE FULL LENGTH BETWEEN SHEAR WALL HOLD DOWN POSTS BOTH ABOVE AND BELOW WINDOW DOUBLE TOP PLATE WOOD STUD - SEE PLAN FOR SIZE & SPACING DIAPHRAGM BOUNDARY NAILING PER PLAN SIMPSON MTS12 @ EA 2x BLOCKING 2x4 ROOF BLOCKING - ALIGN w/ ALTERNATE STUDS - TOENAIL TO LEDGER & TRUSS w/ (2)10D NAILS EA END — 2x8 CONT w/ (2) SIMPSON SDWS2240ODB SCREWS TO EA WALL STUD & SIMPSON SDWS2240ODB SCREWS @ 6" O.C. TO BLOCKING 1/2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING W/ NAILING PER SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE SEE C2/S-302 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS @ DOUBLE SIDED SHEAR WALL A^ NON -BEARING WALL @ LOW PARAPET �4' 3/4" = 1'-0" 2x6 STUD OUTRIGGER @ EA STUD (ALIGN w/ PARAPET STUDS) SEE PLAN T/PARAPET 1/2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING A34 EA END TOP OR BOTH 4x6 CONT BLOCKING @ 4'-0" O.C. VERT. W/ SDWS 22900 @ 24: O.C. ARCH VENEER SEE PLAN T/TRUSS a. (4) SDWS2230ODB SCREWS @ EA. 0 o PARAPET STUD 7 2x6 BLOCKING V-6 BETWEEN STUDS 2x6 BLOCKING BETWEEN STUDS @ EACH WALL WYTHE WOOD STUD - MATCH INTERIOR STUD SIZE & SPACING - EXTEND TO BOTTOM OF OUTRIGGER WOOD STUD - SEE PLAN FOR SIZE & SPACING EXTEND STUD TO TOP OF OUTRIGGER ,,,--4'-44 CONT 0" O.C. VERTCKING @ A3 SEE PLAN T/PARAPET 1/2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING ARCH VENEER SEE PLAN T/TRUSS CANOPY & CONNECTION TO STRUCTURE BY MFG (SEE ARCH) A` SEE PLAN flay\�1� 7 DOUBLE TOP PLATE WOOD STUD - SEE PLAN FOR SIZE & SPACING A3 A35 @ EA. STUD (2) 10d NAILS @ 12" O.C. HEADER (SEE PLAN) SEE LINTEL SCHEDULE FOR BRICK LINTEL SIZE WINDOW (SEE ARCH) C3 BEARING WALL @ LOW PARAPET W/ WINDOW 3/4" = 1'-0" FOR ATTACHMENT OF CANOPY: (3) 2X6 SOLID VERTICAL BLOCKING W/ 2X6 HORIZ BLOCKING T&B ATTACHED W/ 1 OD NAILS @ CANOPY & 4" O.C. STAGGERED- ATTACH EA END TO CONNECTION TO STUDS W/ SIMPSON A34 T&B STRUCTURE BY MFG (SEE ARCH) A35 @ EA. STUD (2) 10d NAILS @ 12" O.C. dh SEE PLAN B/HEADER HEADER (SEE PLAN) WINDOW (SEE ARCH) BEARING DOUBLE WALL @ HIGH PARAPET W/ WINDOW A3 & CANOPY 3/4" = 1'-0" 2x6 STUD OUTRIGGER @ EA STUD nnnr�nr ri �.�ur r.� uu�rr� dh SEE PLAN T/PARAPET 1/2" PLYWOOD SHEATF ARCH VENEER SEE PLAN T/TRUSS � SEE PLAN T�/PARAPET 1/2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING ARCH VENEER SEE PLAN T/TRUSS dh SEE PLAN B/HEADER DOUBLE TOP PLATE WOOD STUD - SEE PLAN FOR SIZE & SPACING A3 A35 @ EA. STUD (2) 10d NAILS @ 12" O.C. HEADER (SEE PLAN) SEE LINTEL SCHEDULE FOR BRICK LINTEL SIZE WINDOW (SEE ARCH) C2TYP METAL STUD BEARING WALL C 1 BEARING WALL @ LOW PARAPET W/ WINDOW 3/4" = V-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" (ALIGN w/ PARAPET STUDS) _ (4) SDWS2230ODB SEE PLAN SCREWS @ EA. T/PARAPET o PARAPET STUD o 2x6 BLOCKING V-6" BETWEEN STUDS 2x6 BLOCKING BETWEEN STUDS @ EACH WALL WYTHE 1/2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING WOOD STUD - MATCH INTERIOR STUD SIZE & SPACING - EXTEND TO BOTTOM OF OUTRIGGER WOOD STUD - SEE PLAN FOR SIZE & SPACING EXTEND A34 EA END TOP OR BOT STUD TO TOP OF OUTRIGGER 4x6 CONT BLOCKING @ 4'-0" O.C. 4x4 CONT BLOCKING @ VERT. W/ SDWS 22900 @ 24: O.C. 4'-0" O.C. VERT. ARCH VENEER — SEE PLAN T/TRUSS CANOPY & CONNECTION TO STRUCTURE BY MFG (SEE ARCH) dh SEE PLAN B/HEADER A3 FOR ATTACHMENT OF CANOPY: (3) 2X6 SOLID VERTICAL BLOCKING W/ 2X6 HORIZ BLOCKING T&B ATTACHED W/ 10D NAILS @ 4" O.C. STAGGERED- ATTACH EA END TO STUDS W/ SIMPSON A34 T&B A23/411BEARING DOUBLE WALL @ HIGH PARAPET W/ CANOPY = 1'-0" E 00� C VSCD Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349- 2998 Willett eerie m p nv Consulting StrucWral Engineers 3528 Habemham @ Northlake Tucker, Georgia 30084 (770)270-9484 3 4 *� -p SAT .Q7 •�.ID .�v: ��►►f►►n l l t t tt��` C 0 M 1 � u r 60OT125-54 ATTACHED 06 qq TO DOUBLE TOP CoQ M SEE PLAN PLATE w/ # 8 SCREWS Um @ 12" O.C. Q M T/PARAPET STAGGERED 1 J O� W U. 1/2" PLYWOOD 0 .. SHEATHING METAL STUD - SEE PLAN FOR SIZE & SPACING W>m O ARCH VENEERUJ UJ a. 131 OC W 5-401 B N a N SEE PLAN T/TRUSS I I l J FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.19.08 REVISION SCHEDULE A4 NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 60OT125-54 CONT RUNNER MTL STUD HEADER - (2) 80OS300-68 UNPUNCHED STUDS (BOXED) w/ 600T150-54 TRACKS T&B - (2) #10 SCREWS @ 12" O.C. @ HEADER 9'-8" WEBS. SEE Al/S-401 FOR B/HEADER ATTACHMENT TO JAMB DETAILS WINDOW (SEE ARCH) n ol BEARING METAL STUD WALL W/ WINDOW /1 1 3/4" = V-0" - CONSULTANT PROJECT # 220207 A PRINTED FOR FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 W DRAWN BY KN/LLM aInformation contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above narned project may not be reproduced in any manner without a ress written or verbal sent from authorized project representatives. SHEET O FRAMING DETAILS U. SHEET NUMBER S=402 4 3 2 1 4 3 E 1 E C C B µ�a A 2x6 STUD @ EA STUD (ALIGN w/ PARAPET IL STUDS)(4) SDWS2230ODB SEE PLAN SCREWS @ EA. IIA T/PARAPET o PARAPET STUD o" 1'-0" 2x6 BLOCKING BETWEEN STUDS 1/2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING WOOD STUD - SEE PLAN FOR SIZE & SPACING ARCH VENEER DIAPHRAGM BOUNDARY 2x6 BLOCKING TOENAIL NAILING PER PLAN TO STUDS \ SIMPSON MTS12 @ EA 2x BLOCKING SEE PLAN B/DECK PERIMETER/EDGE NAILING @ 6" O.C. 2 x4 ROOF BLOCKING EXCEPT PER SHEAR - ALIGN w/ WALL SCHEDULE @ ALTERNATE STUDS - SHEAR WALLS TOENAIL TO LEDGER 3x BLOCKING & TRUSS w/ (2) 10D -TO BE CENTERED AT NAILS EA END BOTTOM EDGE OF 2x WALL LEDGER TOENAIL FROM 2X8 CONT w/ (2) SIMPSON SDWS2240ODB BUILDING INTERIOR SCREWS TO EACH WALL STUD AND PER SHEAR WALL SIMPSON SDWS2240ODB SCREWS @ 5" O.C. SCHEDULE TO 2X BLOCKING @ ROOF ELEVATION & 3X BLOCKING CENTERED ON BOTTOM EDGE SIMPSON CMST14 COILED OF LEDGER STRAP. GRID LINE E ONLY @ ELEVATION OF WINDOW 1/2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING W/ NAILING HEADER & SILL PLACE FULL PER SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE LENGTH BETWEEN SHEAR SEE C2/S-302 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS WALL HOLD DOWN POSTS @ DOUBLE SIDED SHEAR WALL BOTH ABOVE AND BELOW WINDOW A35 @ EA. STUD dh SEE PLAN (2)10d NAILS @ 12" O.C. B/LINTEL CANOPY & HEADER (SEE PLAN) CONNECTION TO WINDOW (SEE ARCH) STRUCTURE BY MFG (SEE ARCH) C4 NON -BEARING WALL @ HIGH PARAPET 3/4" = 1'-0" 2x6 STUD @ EA STUD (ALIGN w/ PARAPET STUDS) dh SEE PLAN T/PARAPET 1/2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING ARCH VENEER 2x6 BLOCKING TOENAIL TO STUDS SEE PLAN B/DECK PERIMETER/EDGE NAILING @ 6" O.C. EXCEPT PER SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE @ SHEAR WALLS 3x BLOCKING -TO BE CENTERED AT BOTTOM EDGE OF 2x WALL LEDGER TOENAIL FROM BUILDING INTERIOR PER SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE SIMPSON CMST14 COILED — STRAP. GRID LINE E ONLY @ ELEVATION OF WINDOW HEADER & SILL PLACE FULL LENGTH BETWEEN SHEAR WALL HOLD DOWN POSTS BOTH ABOVE AND BELOW WINDOW a (4) SDWS2230ODB SCREWS @ EA. PARAPET STUD 00 2x6 BLOCKING BETWEEN STUDS WOOD STUD - SEE PLAN FOR SIZE & SPACING DIAPHRAGM BOUNDARY NAILING PER PLAN SIMPSON MTS12 @ EA 2x BLOCKING 2x4 ROOF BLOCKING - ALIGN w/ ALTERNATE STUDS - TOENAIL TO LEDGER & TRUSS w/ (2) 1 OD NAILS EA END 2X8 CONT w/ (2) SIMPSON SDWS2240ODB SCREWS TO EACH WALL STUD AND SIMPSON SDWS2240ODB SCREWS @ 5" O.C. TO 2X BLOCKING @ ROOF ELEVATION & 3X BLOCKING CENTERED ON BOTTOM EDGE OF LEDGER 1/2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING W/ NAILING PER SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE SEE C2/S-302 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS @ DOUBLE SIDED SHEAR WALL A4NON-BEARING WALL @ HIGH PARAPET 3/4" = V-0" 2x6 STUD OUTRIGGER @ EA STUD (ALIGN w/ PARAPET STUDS) 0- (4) SDWS2230ODB SEE PLAN T/PARAPET a SCREWS @ EA. PARAPET STUD o" 2x6 BLOCKING BETWEEN STUDS 2x6 BLOCKING BETWEEN STUDS @ EACH WALL WYTHE 1/2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING WOOD STUD - MATCH INTERIOR STUD SIZE & SPACING - EXTEND TO BOTTOM OF OUTRIGGER WOOD STUD - SEE PLAN FOR SIZE & SPACING EXTEND A34 EA END TOP OR BOT ! \ STUD TO TOP OF OUTRIGGER 4x6 CONT BLOCKING @ 4'-0" O.C. VERT. W/ SDWS 22900 @ 24: O.C. 4x4 CONT BLOCKING @ 4'-0" O.C. VERT. ARCH VENEER C1 S-401 SEE PLAN � T/TRUSS 1 VI? A3 CANOPY & CONNECTION TO STRUCTURE BY MFG (SEE ARCH) A35 @ EA. STUD (2)10d NAILS @ 12" O.C. SEE PLAN B/HEADER Lop HEADER (SEE PLAN) WINDOW (SEE ARCH) BEARING DOUBLE WALL @ HIGH PARAPET W/ WINDOW C3& CANOPY 3/4" = 11-0" SEE PLAN '%' T/PARAPET 1/2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING ARCH VENEER SEE PLAN B/DECK PERIMETER/EDGE NAILING @ 6" O.C. EXCEPT PER SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE @ SHEAR WALLS 2x6 BLOCKING TOENAIL — TO STUDS SIMPSON CMST14 COILED — STRAP. GRID LINE F ONLY @ ELEVATION OF WINDOW HEADER & SILL PLACE FULL LENGTH BETWEEN SHEAR WALL HOLD DOWN POSTS BOTH ABOVE AND BELOW WINDOW CANOPY & CONNECTION TO STRUCTURE BY MFG (SEE ARCH) ,I` SEE PLAN B/LINTEL DOUBLE TOP PLATE WOOD STUD - SEE PLAN FOR SIZE & SPACING DIAPHRAGM BOUNDARY NAILING PER PLAN SIMPSON MTS12 @ EA 2x BLOCKING 2x4 ROOF BLOCKING -ALIGN w/ ALTERNATE STUDS - TOENAIL TO LEDGER & TRUSS w/ (2) 10D NAILS EA END 2x8 CONT w/ (2) SIMPSON SDWS2240ODB SCREWS TO EA WALL STUD & SIMPSON SDWS2240ODB SCREWS @ 6" O.C. TO BLOCKING 1/2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING W/ NAILING PER SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE SEE C2/S-302 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS @ DOUBLE SIDED SHEAR WALL A35 @ EA. STUD (2) 10d NAILS @ 12" O.C. HEADER (SEE PLAN) WINDOW (SEE ARCH) NON -BEARING WALL @LOW PARAPET @OPENING & A3 CANOPY 3/4" = 1'-0" 2x6 STUD @ EA STL'^ (ALIGN w/ PARAPET STUDS) Ah SEE PLAN T/PARAPET 1/2" PLYWOOD SHEAT ARCH VENEER SEE PLAN T/TRUSS C2 BEARING WALL @ HIGH PARAPET 3/4" = 1'-0" 2x6 STUD @ EA STUD (ALIGN w/ PARAPET a STUDS) jA SEE PLAN T/PARAPET 1/2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING ARCH VENEER SEE PLAN T/TRUSS PERIMETER/EDGE ATTACHMENT @ 6" O.C. EXCEPT PER SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE @ SHEAR WALLS 60OT150-54 SEE PLAN B/HEADER (4) SDWS2230ODB SCREWS @ EA. PARAPET STUD 2x6 BLOCKING BETWEEN STUDS 60OT125-54 CONT RUNNER ATTACHED TO DOUBLE TOP PLATE w/ # 8 SCREWS @ 12" O.C. STAGGERED METAL STUD - SEE PLAN FOR SIZE & SPACING DIAPHRAGM BOUNDARY NAILING PER PLAN SIMPSON MTS12 @ EA 2x BLOCKING 2x4 ROOF BLOCKING - ALIGN w/ ALTERNATE STUDS - TOENAIL TO LEDGER & TRUSS w/ (2)1 OD NAILS EA END 26 — 2x8 CONT w/ (1) SIMPSON TB1460S @ 5" O.C. 60OT125-54 CONT RUNNER MTL STUD HEADER - (2) 60OS300-68 UNPUNCHED STUDS (BOXED) w/ 60OT150-54 TRACKS T&B - (2) #10 SCREWS @ 12" O.C. @HEADER WEBS. SEE A2/S-302 FOR ATTACHMENT TO JAMB DETAILS WINDOW (SEE ARCH) NON -BEARING METAL STUD DRIVE-THRU WALL @ A r) WINDOW 3/4" = V-0" 2x6 STUD OUTRIGGER @ EA STUD (ALIGN w/ PARAPET STUDS) 4111 SEE PLAN T/PARAPET 1/2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING A34 EA END TOP OR BOT 4x6 CONT BLOCKING @ 4'-0- O.C. VERT. W/ SDWS 22900 @ 24: O.C. ARCH VENEER — SEE PLAN T/TRUSS SEE PLAN B/HEADER a. (4) SDWS2230ODB SCREWS @ EA. PARAPET STUD 0 0 2x6 BLOCKING BETWEEN STUDS 2x6 BLOCKING BETWEEN STUDS @ EACH WALL WYTHE WOOD STUD - MATCH INTERIOR STUD SIZE & SPACING - EXTEND TO BOTTOM OF OUTRIGGER WOOD STUD - SEE PLAN FOR SIZE & SPACING EXTEND STUD TO TOP OF OUTRIGGER —4'-44 CONT 0" O.C. VERTCKING @ C1 c 1 BEARING DOUBLE WALL @ HIGH PARAPET V4" = V-0" 2x6 STUD @ EA STUD (ALIGN w/ PARAPET STUDS) SEE PLAN T/PARAPET 1/2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING ARCH VENEER dh SEE PLAN T/TRUSS A35 @ EACH STUD dh SEE PLAN B/HEADER A3 E o00� 0 Dp MA" oC)CD 2 Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349- 2998 Willett oa s e �neerng Company Consulting Strudural Engineers 3528 Habersham @ Northlake Tucker, Georgia 30084 (770)270-9484 ++++++tills rriii, NM �' No. 4 -a• 0 ,_�: •n'• .• 0 R ..•• X NA ��rirllr s iit++++ C r M a (4) SDWS2230ODB , SCREWS @ EA. CIO PARAPET STUD O O Lim TOM -Fr" 2x6 BLOCKINGIn BETWEEN STUDS Um 0 M WOOD STUD - SEE PLAN M FOR SIZE & SPACING , O J — U. C ZJ pJ Uj W a. D1 W 5-401 B N a N S-401 r-5/8" PLYWOOD WOOD TRUSS (SEE PLAN) (2) 10d NAILS @ 12" O.C. HEADER (SEE PLAN) WINDOW (SEE ARCH) Al BEARING DRIVE-THRU WALL @ WINDOW 3/4" = 1'-0" FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.19.08 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 220207 A PRINTED FOR FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 W DRAWN BY KN/LLM aInformation contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without egress written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. OSHEET FRAMING DETAILS LL. SHEET NUMBER S=403 4 3 2 1 oQo 000 oa0°0 c CD Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349- 2998 Willett leering mnv Consulting Structural Engineers i Tr w O LL 3528 Habomham @ Northlake Tucker, Georgia 30084 (770)270-9484 �tllllurrr i �J►. W ' *; .34 4 ;*= • R 10 P•'G� i SR#04040 F BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.19.08 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 220207 PRINTED FOR FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY KN/LLM Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without egress written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET FRAMING DETAILS SHEET NUMBER S=404 4 3 2 1 E s B A F 1. BOTTOM OF EXTERIOR FTG = V-6" BELOW FINISH GRADE ELEV LINO 2. SEE ARCH DWG FOR ANY WALL LOCATIONS AND OR DIMENSIONS NOT SHOWN. 3. SEE DETAIL Al/S-300 FOR SLAB CONTROL JOINTS. 4. WHERE FOOTING STEPS ARE NECESSARY, THEY SHALL BE NO STEEPER THAN 1 VERTICAL TO 2 HORIZONTAL, UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE ON PLANS. 5. ALL SAW CUT CONTROL JOINTS SHALL BE COMPLETED WITHIN 12 HOURS AFTER FINISHING SLAB WITHOUT DISLODGING AGGREGATE. 6. ALL ANCHORS, CLIPS, STRAPS & ETC WHICH ARE IN CONTACT WITH COPPER BASED TREATED WOOD, SUCH AS ACQ, CBA OR SBX AND ARE LESS THAN 3/8" THICK, SHALL BE SIMPSON ZMAX (G185), STAINLESS STEEL OR AN ENGINEERED APPROVED EQUAL. 7. ALL FASTENERS WHICH ARE IN CONTACT WITH COPPER BASED TREATED WOOD, SUCH AS ACQ, CBA OR SBX, AND ARE LESS THAN 318" DIAMETER SHALL BE G185 (A HEAVY COATED GALVANIZED) STAINLESS STEEL OR AN ENGINEERED APPROVED EQUAL. 8. FOUNDATION DESIGN IS BASED ON THE FOLLOWING ASSUMPTIONS. A GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER SHALL BE EMPLOYED PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION TO INVESTIGATE SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS. IF THE GEOTECHNICAL REPORT INDICATES THAT THESE ASSUMPTIONS LISTED BELOW ARE INCORRECT PLEASE NOTIFY ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY. 9. INDIVIDUAL FOOTINGS ARE DESIGNED TO BEAR ON UNIFORM SOIL CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING 2500 PSF. CONTINUOUS FOOTINGS ARE DESIGNED TO BEAR ON SOIL CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING 2500 PSF. DESIGN ASSUMES DIFFERENTIAL AND TOTAL SETTLEMENT ARE WITHIN ACCEPTED TOLERANCES FOR THE TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION USED. 10. THE SOIL BEARING CAPACITY AND CONSISTENCY SHALL BE VERIFIED FOR THE BUILDING LIMITS BY A REGISTERED GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER WHEN FOUNDATION EXCAVATIONS HAVE BEEN CARRIED DOWN TO THE PROPOSED ELEVATIONS, THE BOTTOM OF ALL EXTERIOR FOOTINGS SHALL BE 1'-6" MINIMUM BELOW FINISHED GRADE. 11. WHERE FOOTING EXCAVATIONS ARE TO REMAIN OPEN AND MAY BE EXPOSED TO RAINFALL, THE EXCAVATIONS SHALL BE UNDERCUT AND A 4 INCH THICK MUD MAT OF 2000 PSI CONCRETE SHALL BE PLACED IN THE BOTTOM TO PROTECT THE BEARING SOILS PER GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERS RECOMMENDATIONS. 12. SEE D2/S-601 FOR FOOTING WIDTH. ALL FOOTINGS ARE 13" DEEP & REINFORCED WITH (2) #5 TOP AND BOTTOM CONTINUOUS. FOUNDATION NOTES C'+ N.T.S. PRIME W/ RUST INHIBITING PAINT ON TOP EDGE BEFORE FINAL COAT EXTERIOR 6" DIA STEEL PIPE FILLED W/ CONCRETE ' %' -PRIME AND PAINT - 9 1 SET PIPE IN CONCRETE CONC SLAB/PAVING • ° d - - .Q ^ d 8 a - .QG < a ' J' - 1 0 0'-6'0'-6'0'-6" 1'-6" A4BOLLARD DETAIL 3/4" = 1'-0" N 8" CMU W/ #5 @ 16" - O.C. TYPICAL @ CANTILEVERED WALL D1 S-601 EDGE OF FOOTING BELOW _ _ t 10'-0318" - - - GATE POSTS: F_ SEE CIVIL 0 1 M 1 TOP OF SLAB OL EL = 0'-0" I TOP OF CONCRETE PAVING EL = -0'-6" RELATIVE TO 0 TRASH ENCLOSURE SLAB L--- - - - -�� 0 io PIPE BOLLARDS: SEE ARCH O C7 FACADE: SEE ARCH D2 FOUNDATION PLAN 1/4" = V-0" ° - - - - - - TOP OF SLAB EL = 0'-0" SLOPE FOR DRAINAGE: SEE CIVIL 1. ALL CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS SHALL BE LIGHTWEIGHT (DENSITY = 105 pc� ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR & NORMAL WEIGHT (DENSITY = 135 pcf BELOW GRADE. ALL HOLLOW CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C90, GRADE N, TYPE 1 WITH A MINIMUM ULTIMATE COMPRESSIVE PRISM STRENGTH (fm) OF 1,900 psi FOR THE MASONRY ASSEMBLAGE. 2. MORTAR AT ALL EXTERIOR WALLS SHALL BE TYPE "S" MORTAR. MORTAR AT MASONRY VENEER SHALL BE TYPE "N" MORTAR. ALL MORTAR SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C270. MASONRY CEMENT SHALL NOT BE USED FOR MORTAR. 3. ALL GROUT SHALL BE READY -MIX CONCRETE & HAVE A MINIMUM 28 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 2,000 psi. 4. ALL CMU BOND BEAM UNITS SHALL BE REINFORCED WITH ONE #4 BAR, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PROVIDE CORNER BARS AND LAP BOND BEAM REINFORCING 48 BAR DIAMETERS. 5. ALL REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE DEFORMED BARS CONFORMING TO ASTM A615, GRADE 60. 6. ALL BOLTS, ANCHORS, REINFORCEMENT AND EMBEDDED ITEMS SHALL BE GROUTED IN PLACE. 7. ALL REINFORCING BAR SPLICES SHALL BE 48 BAR DIAMETERS, EXCEPT AS NOTED OTHERWISE. 8. MASONRY WALL HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE A MINIMUM 9 GA. HOT -DIP GALVANIZED WELDED STEEL LADDER TYPE WIRE CONFORMING TO ASTM A153. SPACE HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT 16" O.C. VERTICALLY, UNLESS 1. SEE DETAIL D3/S-302 FOR ROOF NAILING. NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. FOR ADDITIONAL NAILING REQUIREMENTS SEE SCHEDULE ON S-001 9. PROVIDE (1) VERTICAL BAR EACH CELL ADJACENT TO CONTROL JOINTS IN WALLS. 3. ALL ANCHORS, CLIPS, STRAPS & ETC WHICH ARE IN CONTACT WITH COPPER BASED TREATED WOOD, PROVIDE (1) VERTICAL BAR IN EACH CELL FOR THE FIRST TWO CELLS AT ENDS OF SUCH AS ACQ, CBA OR SBX, AND ARE LESS THAN 3/8" THICK, SHALL BE SIMPSON ZMAX (G185) STAINLESS WALLS AND WALL CORNERS. VERTICAL BARS SHALL MATCH REINFORCEMENT FOR STEEL OR AN ENGINEERED APPROVED EQUAL REMAINDER OF WALL. 4. ALL FASTENERS WHICH ARE IN CONTACT WITH COPPER BASED TREATED WOOD, SUCH AS ACQ, CBA OR 10. PROVIDE CONTROL JOINTS IN CMU WALLS WHERE SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL SBX, AND ARE LESS THAN 3/8" DIAMETER, SHALL BE G185 (A HEAVY COATED GALVANIZED) STAINLESS OR DRAWINGS. PLACE JOINTS FOR EXTERIOR CMU WALLS MAXIMUM t24'-0" O.C. AND ENGINEERED APPROVED EQUAL C3N.T.S.FRAMING NOTES �� CONCRETE MASONRY GENERAL NOTES N.T.S. HOOK BARS INTO BOND BEAM C O REINFORCEMEN O T - SEE PLANS O AND SECTIONS O I O I MINIMUM REINFORCING LAP LENGTH SCHEDULE BAR SIZE AND LAP LENGTH BAR TYPE #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 FILLED 8" CMU CELLS (SINGLE BAR) 19" 25" 31" 57" 79" 113" - NOTES: 1. THESE VALUES ARE ADEQUATE FOR REGULAR WEIGHT CONCRETE THEY MAY BE MULTIPLIED BY 1.3 IF LIGHT WEIGHT CONCRETE IS USED. 2. THESE VALUES ARE ADEQUATE FOR BARS WITHOUT EPDXY COATING. 3. THESE VALUES APPLY TO MASONRY w/ fm = 1,500 PSI. /may N`�n �N n C LOW LIFT GROUTING PROCEDURE: A. CONSTRUCT WALL TO HEIGHT OF 5'-0". ALLOW MORTAR TO SET SUFFICIENTLY TO WITHSTAND GROUT PRESSURE. B. INSPECT UNITS FOR ALIGNMENT. CLEAN OUT CELLS TO BE FILLED. C. FILL CELLS TO 1 %s" BELOW TOP COURSE. D. DELAY 3 TO 5 MINUTES PRIOR TO CONSOLIDATING TO ALLOW WATER TO BE ABSORBED BY MASONRY. E. VERTICAL REINFORCING PRE -MANUFACTURED REBAR POSITIONER SHALL BE LOCATED AT THE TOP OF THE FIRST COURSE AT THE COURSE BELOW THE TOP OF THE WALL AND 4'-0" ox. (MAX.) 9 GAUGE LADDER TYPE HORIZONTAL JOINT REINF. @ 16" o.c. ' GROUTED CELLS AT REINFORCEMENT J WALL FOOTING i TYPICAL DETAIL OF LOW -LIFT REINFORCED MASONRY CONSTRUCTION A 0 LOW -LIFT CMU WALL DETAIL nv 3/4" = V-0" LADDER TYPE w/ #9 WIRE - 0" a MIN. @ 16" o.c. VERTICAL g Z co (3)#5 FULL HEIGHT VERT. REINF. IN FULLY GROUTED CELLS AS �O SHOWN (EXTERIOR N WALLS ONLY) 8" LAP MIN. 21-6" PREFAB LADDER TYPE CORNER HORIZ. REINF. Cad CORNER 6" CONC. SLAB REINFORCED W/ 6X6-W 1.4XW 1.4 W W R FLAT SHEETS W/ 6 MIL. POLY VAPOR RETARDER. PLACE SLAB OVER 4" FREE DRAINING AGGREGATE OR PER GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER'S RECOMMENDATION a g z M CONT 2X W/ 1/2" DIA - ANCHOR BOLT EPDXIED @ 48" O.C., TYP 8' - 8" TOP OF CMU BOND BEAM #5 @ WALL ENDS, CORNERS, INTERSECTIONS, AND DOOR JAMBS. GROUT FILL ALL REINFORCED CMU CELLS SOLID, TYP 8" CMU WALL W/ #5@8" O.C. VERTICAL CENTERED IN 16" CMU WALL W/ LADDER TYPE REINF. @ 16" O.C. HORIZ. FACADE: SEE ARCH 8" CMU BOND BEAM W/ (2) #5 CONT 8" CMU WALL W/ #5@24" O.C. VERTICAL CENTERED IN WALL W/ LADDER TYPE REINF. @ 16" O.C. HORIZ. GROUT SOLID ALL BELOW GRADE CELLS AND FIRST TWO COURSES ABOVE SLAB ELEVATION DOWELS TO MATCH 6" CONCRETE SLAB WITH VERT. REINFORCEMENT, 6X6 W1.4XW1.4 WWM TYP 6 MIL VAPOR BARRIER REF. F.F.E. SEAL FLOOR 01 -0" a •'a ' ° d - e C;_ 1/2" EXPANSION JOINT: 2 #5 CONTINUOUS SEE ARCH TOP AND BOTTOM y.'d.'.. " = NOTE: SEE D2/S-601 FOR FOOTING WIDTH. ALL FOOTINGS #3 TIES @ 36" O.C. ARE 13" DEEP & REINFORCED WITH (2) #5 TOP @ BOTTOM CONTINUOUS 3'-0" SECTION AT WALL D 1 3/4" = 1'-0" CONT. HORZ. JOINT �4 REINF. PREFAB LADDER TYPE N VERT. MORTAR TEE HORIZ. REINF. JOINT EVERY OTHER COURSE • (TYP) 6" LAP 6" LAP MIN. MIN. (4#5 FULL HEIGHT VERT. REINF. IN FULLY GROUTED CELLS AS SHOWN (EXTERIOR WALLS ONLY) A TEE INTERSECTION NOTE: 1. CORNER/TEE INTERSECTION REINF. SHALL BE LAPPED WITH THE TYPICAL LADDER TYPE HORIZ. REINF. AND EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 30" IN EACH DIRECTION AT THE INTERSECTION. BZ CMU CORNER DETAILS 3/4" = 1'-0" (3) #5 FULL HEIGHT VERT. REINF. IN FULLY GROUTED CELLS 40 BAR DIA LAP 24" MIN. (TYP) (4) #5 FULL HEIGHT VERT. REINF. IN FULLY GROUTED CELLS �- CORNER BARS MATCH SIZE & SPACING OF HORZ. BARS WHERE SIZE & SPACING DIFFER MATCH LARGER AREA A r) MASONRY BOND BEAM CORNER DETAILS nL 3/4" = 1'-0" HORZ. BOND BEAM REINF. E CO o D O CD4SA" Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349- 2998 e leering m, any Consulting Structural Engineers 3528 Habersham @ Northlake Tucker, Georgia 30084 (770)270-9484 \� t�tnttttttf � z. F * 0.34 4 ;��'• .�, F ) cam: C r O M Q co Lim T Old qq LO - LL CI) aM M U. C6 Z J e � uj aN LU 0. W FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P12 COM RELEASE: v2.19.05 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 220207 A PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/27/2020 H DRAWN BY KN/LLM Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET REFUSE ENCLOSURE a PLANS AND DETAILS SHEET NUMBER S=601 4 3 F 1 4 3 2 1 1 C03300: FOOTINGS/ SLAB ON GRADE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies cast -in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. C. Shop Drawings: For steel reinforcement. D. Material: test reports & certificates. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready -mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities." B. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: E 1. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," Sections 1 through 5. C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (C03000) 2.1 FORM -FACING MATERIALS A. Wood Form Materials: At the discretion of the contractor. 2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed. B. Plain -Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185, plain, fabricated from as -drawn steel wire into flat sheets. C. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and source, throughout Project: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or 11, unless otherwise noted. B. Normal -Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, graded, 3/4-inch (19-mm) nominal maximum coarse -aggregate size. C. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M and potable. D. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. E. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B. 2. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type II. 2.4 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Plastic Vapor Barrier: 6 mil polyethylene film. 2.5 CURING MATERIALS A. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. (305 g/sq. m) when dry. B. Moisture -Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap -polyethylene sheet. C. Water: Potable. D. Clear, Waterbome, Membrane -Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1, Class A D 2.6 RELATED MATERIALS A. Expansion- and Isolation -Joint -Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt -saturated cellulosic fiber. 2.7 CONCRETE MIXTURES A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301. B. Proportion normal -weight concrete mixture as follows: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength for footings and slab on grade: 3000 psi at 28 days; all other locations, use 4000 psi, unless noted otherwise. 2. Slump Limit: 1 inch (25 mm) - 4 inches (100 mm), 8" (200 mm) if a plasticizer is used. 3. Air Content: 3 - 6 percent for all exterior concrete. 2.8 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M and ASTM C 1116, and furnish batch ticket information. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F (30 and 32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork according to ACI 301 to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117. C. Chamfer exterior comers and edges of permanently exposed concrete. 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast -in -place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 3.3 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Plastic Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair vapor retarders according to ASTM E 1643 and manufacturer's C written instructions. 1. Lap joints 6 inches (150 mm) and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape. 3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. B A 3.5 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. C. Contraction Joints in Slabs -on -Grade: Form weakened -plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of concrete thickness as follows: 1. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch (3.2 mm). Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces. 2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond -rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch- (3.2-mm-) wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks. D. Isolation Joints in Slabs -on -Grade: After removing formwork, install joint -filler strips at slab junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. 3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed. B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at the project site or during placement unless approved by the architect / engineer. C. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 1. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301. D. Cold -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1. E. Hot -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301. 3.7 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough -Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material with be holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed -surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. B. Smooth -Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defects. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed -surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view. C. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 3.8 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1 R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Wood Float Finish: Areas scheduled to receive quarry or ceramic the are to be finished to a slightly gritty surface texture with straight continuous strokes with a stiff bristle push broom. do not steel trowel any areas to receive tile. C. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. 3.9 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold -weather protection and ACI 301 for hot -weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h (1 kg/sq. m x h) before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days. 2. Moisture -Retaining -Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture -retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches (300 mm), and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. 3. Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period 3.10 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Allow Owner to inspect concrete surfaces immediately upon removal of forms. B. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Owner. C. Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Owner. D. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction of Owner for each individual area. E. Honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notify owner upon discovery. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 1. Testing Services: Tests shall be performed according to ACI 301. END OF SECTION C03300 C05000: STRUCTURAL AND MISCELLANEOUS STEEL A: STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes structural steel and grout. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Structural Steel: Elements of structural -steel frame, as classified by AISC 303, "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." 1. All structural steel work shall conform to the AISC Manual of Steel Construction Thirteenth Edition "Allowable Stress Design". 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Connections: Provide details of simple shear connections required by the Contract Documents to be selected or completed by structural -steel fabricator to withstand loads indicated and comply with other information and restrictions indicated. 1. Select and complete connections using schematic details indicated and AISC 360. 2. Use ASD; data are given at service -load level. B. Moment Connections: Type FR, fully restrained. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication of structural -steel components. 1. Submit Shop Drawings confirming that the connections have been designed in accordance with the AISC Codes specified. The Shop Drawings shall include complete details and schedules for fabrication and assembly of structural steel members. Reproduction of structural drawings for shop drawings is not permitted. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer, fabricator, and testing agency. B. Welding certificates. C. Mill test reports for structural steel, including chemical and physical properties. D. Source quality -control reports. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified fabricator that participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Plant, Category STD. B. Installer Qualifications: 5 years experience with projects of similar complexity. C. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1 M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." D. Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents: 1. AISC 303. 2. AISC 360. 3. RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." PART 2 - PRODUCTS (C05120) 2.1 STRUCTURAL -STEEL MATERIALS A. W-Shapes: ASTM A 992/A 992M. B. Channels, Angles, M , S-Shapes: ASTM A 36/A 36M. C. Plate and Bar: ASTM A 36/A 36M. D. Cold -Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 500, Grade B, structural tubing. E. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E or S, Grade B. F. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements. 2.2 BOLTS, CONNECTORS, AND ANCHORS A. High -Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy -hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A 563, Grade C, heavy -hex carbon -steel nuts; and ASTM F 436, Type 1, hardened carbon -steel washers; all with plain finish. 1. Direct -Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, Type 325, compressible -washer type with plain finish. B. High -Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 490, Type 1, heavy -hex steel structural bolts or tension -control, bolt -nut -washer assemblies with splined ends; ASTM A 563, Grade DH, (ASTM A 563M, Class 10S) heavy -hex carbon -steel nuts; and ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M), Type 1, hardened carbon -steel washers with plain finish. 1. Direct -Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, Type 490, compressible -washer type with plain finish. C. Headed Anchor Rods: ASTM F 1554, Grade 55, weldable, straight. 1. Finish: Plain. 2. Embed 12 Bolt diameters of 12" minimum. D. Threaded Rods: ASTM A. 1. Finish: Plain. 2. Embed 12 Bold diameters or 12" minimum. 2.3 PRIMER A. Low -Emitting Materials: Paints and coatings shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers." B. Primer: SSPC-Paint 25, Type II, zinc oxide, alkyd, linseed oil primer. C. Primer: Fabricator's standard lead- and chromate -free, nonasphaltic, rust -inhibiting primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat. 2.4 GROUT A. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage -Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory -packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive and nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate according to AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and AISC 360. B. Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Use automatic end welding of headed -stud shear connectors according to AWS D1.101.1 M and manufacturer's written instructions (Do not use single fin plate). 2.6 SHOP CONNECTIONS A. High -Strength Bolts: Shop install high -strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specked. 1. Joint Type: Snug tightened. 2. Minimum diameter of bolts shall be %", maximum diameter shall be 1 1/8" unless noted otherwise on drawings. 3. Provide at least (2) two bolts per connection. B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1 M for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work. 2.7 SHOP PRIMING A. Shop prime steel surfaces except the following: 1. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded members to a depth of 2 inches (50 mm). 2. Surfaces to be field welded. 3. Surfaces to be high -strength bolted with slip -critical connections. B. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust and mill scale and spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces according to the following specifications and standards: 1. SSPC-SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning." 2. SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." C. Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer according to manufacturer's written instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.5 mils (0.063 mm). Use priming methods that result in full coverage of joints, comers, edges, and exposed surfaces. 2.8 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage an independent testing and inspecting agency to perform shop tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 1. Provide testing agency with access to places where structural -steel work is being fabricated or produced to perform tests and inspections. B. Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract Documents. C. Bolted Connections: Shop -bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." D. Welded Connections: In addition to visual inspection, shop -welded connections will be tested and inspected according to AWS D1.1/D1.1 M and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option: 1. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165. 2. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted. 3. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164. 4. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify, with steel Erector present, elevations of concrete- and masonry -bearing surfaces and locations of anchor nods, bearing plates, and other embedments for compliance with requirements. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 ERECTION A. Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC 303 and AISC 360. B. Base Bearing and Leveling Plates: Clean concrete- and masonry -bearing surfaces of bond -reducing materials, and roughen surfaces prior to setting plates. Clean bottom surface of plates. 1. Set plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required. 2. Weld plate washers to top of baseplate. 3. Snug -tighten typical base plate anchor rods, Pretension anchor rods in moment frames after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of plate before packing with grout. 4. Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids remain. Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for shrinkage -resistant grouts. C. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." 3.3 FIELD CONNECTIONS A. High -Strength Bolts: Install high -strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. 1. Joint Type: Snug tightened. B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1 M for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work. 1. Comply with AISC 303 and AISC 360 for bearing, alignment, adequacy of temporary connections, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to inspect field welds and high -strength bolted connections. B. Bolted Connections: Bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." C. Welded Connections: Field welds will be visually inspected according to AWS D1.1/D1.1 M. 1. In addition to visual inspection, field welds will be tested and inspected according to AWS D1.1/D1.1 M and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option: a. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165. b. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted. c. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164. d. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94. Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract Documents. END OF SECTION C05000A E PC) 9"a o oPECD U Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349- 2998 Willett R & 9NWWN mg, ill ConsultingStructural Endneers 3528 Habersham @ Northlake Tucker, Georgia 30084 (770)270-9484 AT F4. R NA EN C r O M a � Cn LO - LL � Q M � J O� � Z J V °C 0J � a= IL uj LU [L oc B V N a nWi FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: Fill LC ALL RELEASE: v2.19.08 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 220207 A PRINTED FOR FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 W DRAWN BY KN/LLM aInformation contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named prciect may not be reproduced in any manner without ems written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET Q STRUCTURAL SPECIFICATIONS 4 91 2 1 1 SHEET NUMBER S=901 4 V 2 1 C05000: STRUCTURAL AND MISCELLANEOUS STEEL B: COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Load -bearing wall framing. 2. Exterior non -load -bearing wall framing. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of cold -formed steel framing product and accessory. B. Product Data for each type of cold -formed metal framing product and accessory indicated. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Include layout, spacings, sizes, thicknesses, and types of cold -formed steel framing; fabrication; and fastening and anchorage details, including mechanical fasteners. 2. Indicate reinforcing channels, opening framing, supplemental framing, strapping, bracing, bridging, splices, accessories, E connection details, and attachment to adjoining work. 3 For cold -formed metal framing indicated to comply with design loads. Include structural analysis data signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer in the state if the project responsible for their preparation. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For testing agency. B. Welding certificates. C. Product test reports. D. Research reports. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product Tests: Mill certificates or data from a qualified independent testing agency. B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.3/D1.3M, "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel." C. Comply with AISI S230 "Standard for Cold -Formed Steel Framing." D. Structural design shall be in accordance with American Iron and Steel Institute specifications for the design of cold -formed steel structural members. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (C05595) 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. AISI Specifications and Standards: Unless more stringent requirements are indicated, comply with AISI S100 and AISI S200. 2.3 COLD -FORMED STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL A. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1003/A 1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of grade and coating weight as follows: 1. Grade: As required by structural performance. 2. Coating: G60, A60, AZ50, or GF30. B. Steel Sheet for Vertical Deflection Clips: ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural steel, zinc coated, of grade and coating as follows: 1. Grade: As required by structural performance. 2. Coating: G60 (Z180). 2.4 LOAD -BEARING WALL FRAMING A. Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated, punched, with stiffened flanges, and as follows: 1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.0428 inch. 2. Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches. D 3. Section Properties: As required by structural performance and deflection limitations. a. Exterior: Horizontal deflection V600 b. Interior: Horizontal deflection V240 B. Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel track, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with straight flanges, and matching minimum base -metal thickness of steel studs. C. Steel Box or Back -to -Back Headers: Manufacturer's standard C-shapes used to form header beams, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with stiffened flanges, and as follows: 1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.0428 inch. 2. Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches. 3. Section Properties: As required by structural performance and deflection limitations. a. Vertical Deflection: V360 2.5 EXTERIOR NON -LOAD -BEARING WALL FRAMING A. Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated, punched, with stiffened flanges, and as follows: 1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.0428 inch. 2. Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches. 3. Section Properties: As required by structural performance and deflection limitations. a. Horizontal Deflection: 1/360. B. Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel track, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with unstiffened flanges, and matching minimum base -metal thickness of steel studs. C. Vertical Deflection Clips: Manufacturer's standard head clips, capable of accommodating upward and downward vertical displacement of primary structure through positive mechanical attachment to stud web. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements: a. AIISteel & Gypsum Products, Inc. b. ClarkWestem Building Systems, Inc. c. Dietrich Metal Framing; a Worthington Industries company. d. MarinoWARE. e. SCAFCO Corporation. f. Steel Network, Inc. (The). g. Steeler, Inc. D. Single Deflection Track: Manufacturer's single, deep -leg, U-shaped steel track; unpunched, with unstiffened flanges, of web depth to contain studs while allowing free vertical movement, with flanges designed to support horizontal loads and transfer them to the primary structure. E. Double Deflection Tracks: Manufacturers double, deep -leg, U-shaped steel tracks, consisting of nested inner and outer tracks; unpunched, with unstiffened flanges. C F. Drift Clips: Manufacturer's standard bypass or head clips, capable of isolating wall stud from upward and downward vertical displacement and lateral drift of primary structure through positive mechanical attachment to stud web and structure. 2.6 FRAMING ACCESSORIES A. Fabricate steel -framing accessories from steel sheet, ASTM A 1003/A 1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of same grade and coating weight used for framing members. B. Provide accessories of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration. 2.7 ANCHORS, CLIPS, AND FASTENERS A. Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A 36, zinc coated by hot -dip process according to ASTM A 123. B. Expansion Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials, with allowable load or strength design capacities calculated according to ICC-ES AC193 and ACI 318 greater than or equal to the design load, as determined by testing p? ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified testing agency. C. Power -Actuated Anchors: Fasteners system of suitable for application indicated, fabricated - ys type pp ca ed, fab sated from corrosion resistant materials, with allowable load capacities calculated according to ICC-ES AC70, greater than or equal to the design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190 conducted by a qualified testing agency. D. Mechanical Fasteners: ASTM C 1513, corrosion -resistant -coated, self -drilling, self -tapping, steel drill screws. 1. Head Type: Low -profile head beneath sheathing, manufacturer's standard elsewhere. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20 or MIL-P-21035B. B. Cement Grout: Portland cement, ASTM C150, Type I; and clean, natural sand, ASTM C 404. Mix at ratio of 1 part cement to 2-1/2 parts sand, by volume, with minimum water required for placement and hydration. C. Nonmetallic, Nonshrink Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, noncorrosive, nonstaining grout containing selected silica sands, porland cement, shrinkage -compensating agents, and plasticizing and water -reducing agents, complying with ASTMC 1107/C 1107M, with fluid consistency and 30-minute working time. D. Shims: Load bearing, high -density multimonomer plastic, and nonleaching; or of cold -formed steel of same grade and coating as framing members supported by shim E. Sealer Gaskets: Closed -cell neoprene foam, 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) thick, selected from manufacturer's standard widths to match width of bottom track or rim track members. 12 A PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Install load bearing shims or grout between the underside of load -bearing wall bottom track and the top of foundation wall or slab at locations with a gap larger than 1/4 inch (6 mm) to ensure a uniform bearing surface on supporting concrete or masonry construction. B. Install sealer gaskets at the underside of wall bottom track or rim track and at the top of foundation wall or slab at stud or joist locations. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cold -formed steel framing may be shop or field fabricated for installation, or it may be field assembled. B. Install cold -formed steel framing according to AISI S200 and to manufacturer's written instructions unless more stringent requirements are indicated. C. Install cold -formed steel framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened. D. Install framing members in one-piece lengths. E. Install temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support loads comparable in intensity to those for which structure Po rY 9 PPo 9 PPo Pa tY was designed. Maintain braces and supports in place, undisturbed, until entire integrated supporting structure has been completed and permanent connections to framing are secured. F. Care shall be exercised at all times to avoid damage through careless handling during unloading, storing and erection of framing members and sub -assemblies. G. Joining of framing members shall be made with self -drilling screws or welding. H. Fasten hole reinforcing plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's approved or standard punched openings. 1. Erection Tolerances: Install cold -formed steel framing level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet (1:960) and as follows: 1. Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 mm) from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. 3.3 LOAD -BEARING WALL INSTALLATION A. Install continuous top and bottom tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely anchor at corners and ends, and at spacings as follows: 1. Anchor Spacing: To match stud spacing unless noted otherwise. B. Squarely seat studs against top and bottom tracks with gap not exceeding of 1/8 inch (3 mm) between the end of wall framing member and the web of track. Fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom tracks. Space studs as follows: 1. Stud Spacing: As indicated (16" maximum). C. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls or warped surfaces and similar configurations. D. Align studs vertically where floor framing interrupts wall -framing continuity. Where studs cannot be aligned, continuously reinforce track to transfer loads. E. Align floor and roof framing over studs. Where framing cannot be aligned, continuously reinforce track to transfer loads. F. Anchor studs abutting structural columns or walls, including masonry walls, to supporting structure as indicated. G. Install headers over wall openings wider than stud spacing. Locate headers above openings as indicated. Fabricate headers of compound shapes indicated or required to transfer load to supporting studs, complete with clip -angle connectors, web stiffeners, or gusset plates. 1. Frame wall openings with not less than a double stud at each jamb of frame as indicated on Shop Drawings. Fasten jamb members together to uniformly distribute loads. 2. Install runner tracks and jack studs above and below wall openings. Anchor tracks to jamb studs with clip angles or by welding, and space jack studs same as full -height wall studs. H. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing in stud framing indicated to support fixtures, equipment, services, casework, heavy trim, furnishings, and similar work requiring attachment to framing. 1. If type of supplementary support is not indicated, comply with stud manufacturer's written recommendations and industry standards in each case, considering weight or load resulting from item supported. I. Install horizontal bridging in stud system, spaced vertically 48 inches unless noted otherwise. Fasten at each stud intersection. 1. Bridging: Cold -rolled steel channel, welded or mechanically fastened to webs of punched studs with a minimum of two screws into each flange of the clip angle for framing members up to 6 inches (150 mm) deep. 2. Bridging: Combination of flat, taut, steel sheet straps of width and thickness indicated and stud -track solid blocking of width and thickness to match studs. Fasten flat straps to stud flanges and secure solid blocking to stud webs or flanges. 3. Bridging: Proprietary bridging bars installed according to manufacturer's written instructions. J. Install steel sheet diagonal bracing straps to both stud flanges, terminate at and fasten to reinforced top and bottom tracks. Fasten clip -angle connectors to multiple studs at ends of bracing and anchor to structure. K. Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including supplementary framing, web stiffeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a complete and stable wall -framing system. 3.4 EXTERIOR NON -LOAD -BEARING WALL INSTALLATION A. Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely anchor to supporting structure as indicated. B. Fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom track unless otherwise indicated. Space studs as follows: 1. Stud Spacing: As indicated (16" o/c maximum). C. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls or warped surfaces and similar requirements. D. Isolate non -load -bearing steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer of vertical loads while providing lateral support. 1. Install single deep -leg deflection tracks and anchor to building structure. 2. Install double deep -leg deflection tracks and anchor outer track to building structure. 3. Connect vertical deflection clips to infill studs and anchor to building structure. 4. Connect drift clips to cold -formed metal framing and anchor to building structure. E. Install horizontal bridging in wall studs, spaced vertically in rows indicated on Shop Drawings but not more than 48 inches (1220 mm) apart. Fasten at each stud intersection. 1. Top Bridging for Single Deflection Track: Install row of horizontal bridging within 12 inches (305 mm) of single deflection track. Install a combination of bridging and stud or stud -track solid blocking of width and thickness matching studs, secured to stud webs or flanges. a. Install solid blocking at 96-inch centers unless noted otherwise. 2. Bridging: Cold -rolled steel channel, welded or mechanically fastened to webs of punched studs. 3. Bridging: Combination of flat, taut, steel sheet straps of width and thickness indicated and stud -track solid blocking of width and thickness to match studs. Fasten flat straps to stud flanges and secure solid blocking to stud webs or flanges. 4. Bridging: Proprietary bridging bars installed according to manufacturer's written instructions. F. Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including stud kickers, web stiffeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a complete and stable wall -framing system. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Field and shop welds will be subject to testing and inspecting. C. Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect. D. Remove and replace work where test results indicate that it does not comply with specified requirements. E. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.6 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and installed cold -formed steel framing with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and installer, that ensure that cold -formed steel framing is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF C05000 B A. ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Framing with dimension lumber. 2. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 3. Wood blocking, cants, and nailers. 4. Wood furring and grounds. 5. Wood sleepers. 6. Plywood backing panels. 7. Engineered Wood Products. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL (C06115) A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and a icable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated provide lumber that PPI 9 9 9 9 9 9 cY � complies with the applicable rules of any rules -writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated. 1. Factory marls each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece. 3. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 WOOD -PRESERVATIVE -TREATED LUMBER (C06115) A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA C2. 1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and containing no arsenic or chromium. B. Kiln -dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. C. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board of Review. D. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: 1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood framing and furring attached directly to the interior of below -grade exterior masonry or concrete walls. 4. Wood framing members that are less than 18 inches (460 mm) above the ground in crawl spaces or unexcavated areas. 5. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs -on -grade. 2.3 FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED MATERIALS (C06115) A. General: Comply with performance requirements in AWPA C20 (lumber) and AWPA C27(plywood). B. Identify fire -retardant -treated wood with appropriate classification marking of testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings. 2.4 DIMENSION LUMBER FRAMING (C06115) A. Maximum Moisture Content: 19 percent. B. Non -Load -Bearing Interior Partitions: No. 2 or better. C. Framing Other Than Non -Load -Bearing Interior Partitions: 1. Southern pine No. 2 grade; SPIB. 2. Douglas Fir -Larch No.1 grade; BCLIB, or WWPA. 3. Any other visually graded dimension lumber with the minimum design values of Fb=1200 psi; Ft=725 psi; Fv=90 psi; Fc, perpendicular=565 psi; Fc, parallel=1550 psi; E=1,600,000 psi. 4. All other visually graded dimension lumber must be specifically designed for at the Contractor's request. D. Exposed Exterior and Interior Framing Indicated to Receive a Stained or Natural Finish: Provide material hand -selected for uniformity of appearance and freedom from characteristics, on exposed surfaces and edges, that would impair finish appearance, including decay, honeycomb, knot -holes, shake, splits, tom grain, and wane. 1. Species and Grade: As indicated above for load -bearing construction of same type. 2. Species and Grade: Southern pine, No.1 grade; SPIB. 3. Species and Grade: Douglas fir -larch; No.1 grade; WCLIB, or WWPA. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER (C06495) A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following: 1. Blocking. 2. Nailers. 3. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 4. Cants. 5. Furring. 6. Grounds. B. For items of dimension lumber size, provide Construction or No. 2 grade lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content of any species. 2.6 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS (C06496) A. Telephone, Kitchen Equipment, and Electrical Equipment Backing Panels: DOC PS 1, Exposure 1, C-D Plugged, fire -retardant treated, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 1/2-inch (13-mm) nominal thickness. 2.7 FASTENERS (C06115) A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified. 1. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure -preservative treated, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot -dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M. B. Power -Driven Fasteners: NES NER-272. C. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6); with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers, unless noted otherwise on sections and plans. D. Nails: All nails shall be common type. 2.8 METAL FRAMING ANCHORS (C06115) A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Simpson Strong -Tie Co., Inc.. B. Allowable Design Loads: Provide products with allowable design loads, as published by manufacturer, that meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacture►'s published values shall be determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency. C. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Hot -dip, zinc -coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A 6531A 653M, G60 (Z180) coating designation. 2.9 ENGINEERED WOOD PRODUCTS (C06170) A. Engineered Wood Products, General: Products shall contain no urea formaldehyde. B. Laminated -Veneer Lumber. Structural composite lumber made from wood veneers with grain primarily parallel to member lengths, evaluated and monitored according to ASTM D 5456 and manufactured with an exterior -type adhesive complying with ASTM D 2559. 1. Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending, Edgewise: 2900 psi for 12-inch nominal depth members. 2. Modulus of Elasticity, Edgewise: 2,000,000 psi. C. Wood I -Joists: Prefabricated units, I -shaped in cross section, made with solid or structural composite lumber flanges and wood -based structural panel webs, let into and bonded to flanges. Provide units complying with material requirements of and with structural capacities established and monitored according to ASTM D 5055. 1. Web Material: Either oriented strand board or plywood, complying with DOC PS 1 or DOC PS 2, Exposure 1. 2. Structural Properties: Provide units with depths and design values not less than those indicated. 3. Provide units complying with APA PRI-400, factory marked with APA trademark indicating nominal joist depth, joist class, span ratings, mill identification, and compliance with APA standard. D. Rim Boards: Product designed to be used as a load -bearing member and to brace wood I joists at bearing ends, complying with research/evaluation reports for I joists. 1. Material: Product made from any combination of solid lumber, wood strands and veneers. 2. Thickness: 1-1/4 inches. 3. Provide performance -rated product complying with APA PRR-401 rim board grade, factory marked with APA trademark indicating thickness, grade and compliance with APA standard. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. B. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PNs "Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated. C. Framing with Engineered Wood Products: Install engineered wood products to comply with manufacturers written instructions. D. Metal Framing Anchors: Install metal framing to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. E. Do not splice structural members between supports, unless otherwise indicated. F. Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative -treated lumber. G. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1. NES NER-272 for power -driven fasteners. 2. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICUs International Building Code. END OF C06000 A C06000: CARPENTRY B: HEAVY TIMBER FRAMING PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes framing using timbers. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Timbers: Lumber of 5 inches nominal (114 mm actual) or greater in least dimension. B. Inspection agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following: 1. SPIB: Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (The). 2. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TIMBER (C06115) A. Comply with DOC PS 20 and with grading rules of lumber -grading agencies certified by ALSC's Board of Review as applicable. 1. Factorymark eachit m of timber with grade stamp of gradingagency. 2. For exposed timber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, apply grade stamps to surfaces that are not exposed to view, or omit grade stamps and provide certificates of grade compliance issued by grading agency. B. Timber Species and Grade: Southern pine; No. 2, SPIB. C. Structural Properties: Provide any species and grade that, for moisture content provided, complies with required structural properties. 1. Allowable Stress Ratings for 12-Inch Nominal (286-mm Actual) Depth: Fb 1500 psi (10.3 MPa) and E 1,500,000 psi (10 340 MPa) D. Moisture Content: Provide timber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing. E. Dressing: Provide dressed timber (S4S) unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 TIMBER CONNECTORS (C06115) A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements: B. Basis -of -Design Products: Subject to compliance with requirements. C. Provide bolts, 3/4 inch (19 mm) unless otherwise indicated, complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6); provide nuts complying with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M); and, where indicated, provide flat washers. D. Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate from the following materials: 1. Structural -steel shapes, plates, and flat bars complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M. 2. Round steel bars complying with ASTM A 575, Grade M 1020. E. Finish steel assemblies and fasteners with rust -inhibitive primer, 2-mil (0.05-mm) dry film thickness. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Erect heavy timber framing true and plumb. Provide temporary bracing to maintain lines and levels until permanent supporting members are in place. B. Fitting: Fit members by cutting and restoring exposed surfaces to match specified surfacing. 1. Predrill for fasteners using timber connectors as templates. 2. Finish exposed surfaces to remove planing or surfacing marks, and to provide a finish equivalent to that produced by machine sanding with No.120 grit sandpaper. 3. Coat crosscuts with end sealer. C. Install timber connectors as indicated. 1. Install bolts with orientation as indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Repair damaged surfaces and finishes after completing erection. Replace damaged heavy timber framing if repairs are not approved by Architect. END OF C06000 A C06000: CARPENTRY C: SHEATHING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wall sheathing. 2. Roof sheathing. 3. Composite nail base insulated roof sheathing. 4. Sheathing joint and penetration treatment. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory -fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details. 1. Include data for wood -preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated plywood complies with requirements. 2. Include data for fire -retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated plywood complies with requirements. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Evaluation Reports: For following products, from ICC-ES: 1. Preservative -treated plywood. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD PANEL PRODUCTS (C06115) A. Emissions: Products shall meet the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers." B. Plywood: Either DOC PS 1 or DOC PS 2 unless otherwise indicated. C. Oriented Strand Board: DOC PS 2. 2.2 WALL SHEATHING (C06115) A. Plywood Wall Sheathing: Exterior, Structural I sheathing. B. Oriented -Strand -Board Wall Sheathing: Exposure 1, Structural I sheathing. 2.3 ROOF SHEATHING (C06115) A. Plywood Roof Sheathing: Exposure 1, Structural I sheathing. B. Oriented -Strand -Board Roof Sheathing: Exposure 1, Structural I sheathing. 2.4 FASTENERS (C06115) A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture. 1. For roof and wall sheathing, provide fasteners with hot -dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Do not use materials with defects that impair quality of sheathing or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. Arrange joints so that pieces do not span between fewer than three support members. B. Cut panels at penetrations, edges, and other obstructions of work; fit tightly against abutting construction unless otherwise indicated. C. Securely attach to substrate by fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1. NES NER-272 for power -driven fasteners. 2. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's "international Building Code.' 3. Table R602.3(1), "Fastener Schedule for Structural Members," and Table R602.3(2), "Altemate Attachments," in ICC's "International Residential Code for One- and Two -Family Dwellings." D. Coordinate wall and roof sheathing installation with flashing and joint -sealant installation so these materials are installed in sequence and manner that prevent exterior moisture from passing through completed assembly. 3.2 WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with applicable recommendations in APA Form No. E30, "Engineered Wood Construction Guide," for ON of structural -use panels and applications indicated. B. Fastening Methods: Fasten panels as indicated below: 1. Wall and Roof Sheathing: a. Nail to wood framing. b. Screw to cold -formed metal framing. 9 c. Space panels 1/8 inch (3 mm) apart at edges and ends. END OF C06000 C E �17 o� 0 0oa°o CD Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349- 2998 yoillett 3528 Habersham @ Northlake Tucker, Georgia 30084 (770)270-9484 al! C r co M Q J - JJL Co CIO) LL Z oJ O.J >= IL >X- B �Lu 0. N a nWi FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.19.08 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 220207 A PRINTED FOR FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 W DRAWN BY KN/LLM aInformation contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET 0 STRUCTURAL SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER S=902 4 1 3 I 2 1 4 3 2 1 LOCATE AIR CURTAIN 12" OFF EXTERIOR WALL, CENTERED ON DRIVE THRU DOOR. E A-14"-820 D SERVING A-14"-510 FROM FACE OF PASS- THRU WALL FRAMING 18'-8" 20 AD#1 HOOD#2 A-16"-915 A-16"-915 CJ#2 6 O 9 12 .. .. 12 A-14"-825 „ N DRIVE-THRU 8"x8" 7 " I UP A-14"-825 A-16-920 12 I KITCHEN 18 A-14"-825 MEAL DELIVERY CANOPY. SEE ARCHITECTURAL. MOUNT AC#1 MAIN TRUNK LINE AS TIGHT AS POSSIBLE TO STRUCTURE. DROP 18"x16" DUCT FROM PLENUM TAP ABOVE BOTTOM OF TRUSS TO BELOW BOTTOM OF TRUSS USING HOOD#1 L HOOD#1 R ELBOWS WITH TURNING VANES. 6 CJ#1 L O J#1 I9 -� 9 - 18"x16" 18"o ANSU - r_;n 9'x8 F-16"-1470 F-16"-1470 19 ,13': A-14 -825 UP A-14"-825 F-16"-1470 -11 "x8" UP X 17 7� 7 r ' A-14"-825 `_-' ' _ ' _ F-16"-1475, 46"x20" 3 4 �X\ jr rr FREEZER' CJ#3 ( 6 1 A-16"-915 I HOOD#3 X 1 %< A-14"-825 12 �►�� A-14"-740 A-14"-500 2, 8"x8" A-14"-825 UPCyr O S H - A-14"-820I AC#2 74"x16" NING J 26"x24" 3 4 A-14"-51 0 13 MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN 19 DI r F-16"-1250 I A-12"-450 F-16"-1275 xy1 F-16"-1250 VESTIBULE C-10"-355 T K-10"-300 3 1716' A-14"-425 SEAL PENETRATIONS IN SMOKE DRAFT CURTAIN AIR TIGHT. SEE ARCH PLANS FOR CONSTRUCTION. 16"o 13 fF-l2/"-585 -500 A-8"-175 13 13 I = _ AII 16"o F-12"-400 K-8"-150 MENS 15 EF#3 COOLER 10"o 2 TO AC#3 108"x18" J-8"-100 1 H ♦ SENSOR #2. 4-WAY SEE 2/M-501. S ?-"--TO AC#3 ( ' F-16"-1450 SENSOR #1. '1 SEE 2/M-501. 30"x20" 3 14 12"o SHEET NOTES N N - 1 1 A-14"-425 A-14"-450 1. DUCT SIZES SERVING DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES ARE SAME SIZE AS DIFFUSER OR GRILLE NECK UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. FLEXIBLE DUCT NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. ALL TAKE -OFFS SHALL INCLUDE FLEXIBLE DUCT. SEE DETAIL 1/M-401 FOR FLEXIBLE DUCT INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 3. FOR SUPPLY AND RETURN OPENINGS, CUT OPENING AROUND DUCT DROPS 4" TO 8" MINIMUM (EXCEPT WHERE STRUCTURE PREVENTS THIS). SEE ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 4. AT EACH PIECE OF ROOF EQUIPMENT, PROVIDE A PLASTIC ENGRAVED LABEL WITH 1" HIGH WHITE LETTERS ON A BLACK BACKGROUND. THE LABEL IS TO HAVE A SELF ADHESIVE BACKING. 5. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, MC TO ADJUST ALL DIFFUSER AIR PATTERN DEFLECTORS TO THROW HORIZONTALLY ALONG THE CEILING. 6. SUPPORT ALL DUCT DROPS AT BASE OF DROP FROM STRUCTURE. LEGEND A-12-400 TYPE - NECK SIZE - CFM EF#1 EXHAUST FAN #1 (TYP.) La I=1 SPIN -IN FITTING WITH MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER, WITHOUT SCOOP AC#1 AIR CONDITIONING UNIT #1 (TYP.) $ ® SPIN -IN HARDO FLEXIBLEO DIFFUSER Z RETURN/EXHAUST (TYP.) O REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSOR ® SUPPLY DIFFUSER, SQ FACE (TYP.) O HUMIDITY SENSOR 1 PLAN NOTE REFERENCE sD SMOKE DETECTOR — 0-7 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER 12x18 DUCT SIZE (reverse for elevation views) DIRECTION OF THROW ON DIFFUSER 1ST NUMBER - HORIZONTAL DIMENSION 2ND NUMBER - VERTICAL DIMENSION ® CLOSED AIR PATTERN DEFLECTOR SW AIR DOOR SWITCH GE GAS INFRARED HEATER (TYP.) EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR B/G BELOW GRADE MC MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR O THERMOSTAT AIR BALANCE SCHEDULE BUILDING SUPPLY RETURN OUTSIDE EXHAUST POSITIVE Mark AIR AIR AIR AIR PRESSURE AC#1 9500 8320 1180 1525 AC#2 5300 3775 AC#3 6000 4250 1750 EF#1 1912 EF#2 1091 EF#3 300 20800 16345 4455 3303 1152 12" o F-16"-1525-- 16 17 A-14"-425 16 � 17 A-14"-450 14"o 12" 14 A-14"-450 H.E.S. SYSTEM MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL SUNCOAST H.E.S. SYSTEM FOR ALL HOODS. SEE HOOD FAN/EQUIPMENT INTERLOCK WIRING DIAGRAM ON M-501 FOR MORE INFORMATION. [--WATER HEATER AND / FLUE BY PLUMBER. f r: ° SERVICE 13 A-14"-585 - (X 8 AD#2 13 1011 Ll A-12"-400 7�� T I 10 OFFICE I LUI - A-14"-450 ,rx 17 L J-8"-100 4-WAY WOMENS Nt gX17 A-14"-450 � O 0 O o 0 4 Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 D Email. mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 oe�,�seaa6�3fo� IS'-.41 . : ti ;We pC?'. STATE OF ;4t� 07/30/20 -- -- ---- - - - - — - I C O KEY NOTES 1 MOUNT REMOTE SENSOR ON WALL AT 5-0" AFF U.N.O. AND ROUTE WIRING BACK TO SUNCOAST TEMP CONTROL PANEL. FOR SENSOR SERVING AC#1, COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH KITCHEN EQUIPMENT.' 2 MOUNT LENNOX HUMIDITY SENSOR ON WALL ABOVE SPACE TEMP SENSOR AND ROUTE WIRING TO UNIT ON 0) ROOF. U Q 3 BRANCH TAKE -OFFS ARE NOT TO BE LOCATED CLOSER THAN 3'-0" FROM ANY OFFSET OR ELBOW INCLUDING THE SUPPLY AIR DROP FROM CURB. L0 4 TRANSITION IN VERTICAL DROP FROM FULL SIZE OF CURB OPENING TO SIZE SHOWN. TRANSITION WITHIN CURBUL Q M WHERE REQUIRED TO AVOID STRUCTURE. WHERE THE DUCT IS SHOWN OFFSET HORIZONTALLY, PROVIDE - > M ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES. FOR DROPS WITH NO HORIZONTAL OFFSET, EXTEND DROP BELOW STRUCTURE ' J TO ACCOMMODATE START COLLARS. TERMINATE DROP A MINIMUM 0'-10" ABOVE CEILING (0'-4" ABOVE CEILING IF J LL REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE TAKE -OFF AND DROP IS NOT LOCATED DIRECTLY ABOVE A LIGHT). 5 TRANSITION IN VERTICAL DROP FROM FULL SIZE OF CURB OPENING TO SIZE SHOWN. SEE DETAIL 6/M-401 FOR REQUIRED TRANSITION GEOMETRY. TRANSITION WITHIN CURB WHERE REQUIRED TO AVOID STRUCTURE. O WHERE THE DUCT IS SHOWN OFFSET HORIZONTALLY, PROVIDE ELBOW WITHOUT TURNING VANES. FOR DROPS m J WITH NO HORIZONTAL OFFSET, EXTEND DROP BELOW STRUCTURE TO ACCOMMODATE START COLLARS. J TERMINATE DROP A MINIMUM U-10" ABOVE CEILING (0'-4" ABOVE CEILING IF REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE J TAKE -OFF AND DROP IS NOT LOCATED DIRECTLY ABOVE A LIGHT). 6 SEE ELEVATIONS ON M-301 FOR CJ FAN DUCTING REQUIREMENTS. a. 7 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO ADJUST PATTERN DEFLECTORS TO THROW STRAIGHT DOWN. 8 AIR CURTAIN MOUNTED OVER DOOR HEADER AT 7'-2" AFF TO BOTTOM OF UNIT. PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALL 0 BEHIND AIR CURTAIN. USE FACTORY PRE -PUNCHED MOUNTING HOLES ON BACK SIDE OF AIR CURTAIN ONLY. UJ 0 a ATTACH AIR CURTAIN TO WALL USING 3/8" LAG BOLTS, LENGTH AS REQUIRED TO FULLY PENETRATE BLOCKING. B UJ N N LOCATE MAGNETIC CONTACT TYPE MICROSWITCH IN DOOR FRAME ON STRIKE SIDE. 9 HALTON KBD DAMPER AT HOOD COLLAR BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. SEE HOOD ELEVATIONS ON M-301 FOR LOCATION. 10 YOUNG REGULATOR 12" MODEL 2010 ROUND ZONE DAMPER WITH MODEL T-312CE AUTOMATIC CHANGEOVER THERMOSTAT. MOUNT T'STAT AT 4'-0" AFF. POWER OPEN/SPRING CLOSE. ADJUST MECHANICAL LIMIT FOR 50 CFM MINIMUM AIRFLOW. CHICK-FIL-A HAS A NATIONAL ACCOUNT WITH TOM BARROW COMPANY FOR THE ZONE FSR#04040 DAMPER. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PURCHASE THE ZONE DAMPER DIRECTLY FROM TOM BARROW COMPANY. CONTACT MR. SCOTT GEORGE AT 404-351-1010, FOR PRICING AND AVAILABILITY. ZONE DAMPERS NOT BUILDING TYPE/SIZE: P13 LC ALL PURCHASED THRU TOM BARROW COMPANY WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. RELEASE: v2.20.02 11 PROVIDE 120V/24V 50 VA TRANSFORMER TO SERVE YOUNG REGULATOR ZONE DAMPER ACTUATOR AND REVISION SCHEDULE THERMOSTAT. POWER TRANSFORMER FROM 120V POWER CIRCUIT THAT REMAINS LIVE 24/7. PROVIDE ALL NO. DATE DESCRIPTION NECESSARY WIRING AND COMPONENTS TO MAKE CONTROL AND POWER CONNECTIONS TO TRANSFORMER, ZONE DAMPER, AND THERMOSTAT PER MANUFACTURER'S IOM. THERE IS NO INTERLOCKING OR MONITORING BY -- WAY OF THE S.E.C. CFA-500 PANEL. SEE WIRING DIAGRAMS ON M-501. 12 PROVIDE 16" TO 14" TRANSITION ON COLLAR OF DIFFUSER. 13 RUSKIN MDRS25 MVD W/LOCKING QUADRANT HANDLE. 14 ROUTE DUCT WITHIN STRUCTURE. 15 1OX10 EXHAUST DUCT DOWN. 16 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO CLOSE THE AIR PATTERN DEFLECTORS ON SHADED SIDE. 17 PROVIDE 14" TO 12" TRANSITION ON COLLAR OF DIFFUSER. 18 CJ#3 MOUNTED INSIDE CABINETRY SERVING SCJ PLENUM, SEE DETAIL 2/M-301. 19 DAMPER HANDLES SHOULD BE INSTALLED SUCH THAT THE DAMPERS ROATATION AXIS IS PERPENDICULAR TO THE FLOOR WITH THE HANDLE FULLY ACCESSIBLE UNDERNEATH THE DUCT IT CONTROLS. (TYPICAL OF ALL DAMPERS AT THE SAME PLENUM.) 20 SUSPEND AIR CURTAIN FROM ROOF STRUCTURE USING THREADED ROD. FIELD WIRE REMOTE WALL SWITCH AND CONSULTANT PROJECT# 20090.cc.s INTERLOCK AIR CURTAIN WITH TORMAX DOOR. SEE WIRING DIAGRAM. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO ADJUST A PRINTED FOR THE AIR PATTERN DEFLECTORS TO THROW TOWARDS THE OPENING. FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 W DRAWN BY BLM aInformation contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET Q MECHANICAL FLOOR LL PLAN SHEET NUMBER 2 1 M=201 C)9-9�0 &�Oam0sopA, Chick -fit -A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 % %CU RZY 5 6CC 8 • • op ®•. STATE OF ; a +� OR 07/30/20 a J� or LL U) ;LL M Q J m C� >= J =a o= a NUJ �N FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE C CONSULTANT PROJECT# 20090.CC.S PRINTED FOR FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 W DRAWN BY BLM aInformation contained on this drawing and in all digital flies produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET O MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN U. SHEET NUMBER M=250 4 3 2 I 1 E A C GREASE EXHAUST DUCT CLEARANCE NOTE: CLEARANCES ABOVE CEILING ARE TIGHT. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY EXACT ROUTING AND CLEARANCES PRIOR TO FABRICATING GREASE EXHAUST DUCT. SET RIGHT SIDE OF HOOD#3 FLUSH WITH FINISHED EDGE OF PASS THRU OPENING. REWRAP, TYPICAL. DM CURB TO HOOD. SURE VEL. HALTON KBD BALANCING DAMPER HARD PIPE FROM CJ FAN TO FAN INLET COLLAR AT HOOD SHROUD. CJ#3 CAPTURE JET FAN ON TOP OF HOOD. " AFF CONTRACTOR PIN AND SLEEVE TO FIELD ELECTRICAL BOX VERIFY FINISH BY OTHERS. FLOOR HEIGHT. HOOD ELEVATION - HOOD#3 NOT TO SCALE OFFSET THAN 45 CLEANOUT DOOR NOTE: DUCT WRAP SHALL BE APPLIED TO THE CLEANOUT DOOR PER THE WRAP MFR'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, NO EXCEPTIONS. ALSO, THE CLEANOUT DOOR MUST BE REMOVABLE WITHOUT TOOLS AND MUST BE CLEARLY AND PERMANENTLY LABELED. OFFSET NO GREATER THAN 45 DEGREES — FYREWRAP, TYPICAL. +d'' FROM CURB TO HOOD. OFFSET NO GREATER _F THAN 45 DEGREES HALTON KBD BALANCING DAMPER CJ#2 CAPTURE JET FAN ON TOP OF HOOD. ------------ 1W HOOD#2 AFF CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY FINISH FLOOR HEIGHT. ELEVATION - HOOD#2 FRONT NOT TO SCALE rrty vtv t yr yr nvvv. HOOD ELEVATION - HOOD#1 - FRONT NONE P, TYPICAL. ;B TO HOOD. D GREATER EGREES, TYP. HALTON KBD BALANCING DAMPER, TYPICAL AT EACH COLLAR. —64" AFF CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY FINISH FLOOR HEIGHT. SET LEFT SIDE OF HOOD#2 FLUSH WITH FINISHED EDGE OF PASS THRU OPENING. (REWRAP, TYPICAL. ROM CURB TO HOOD. HALTON KBD BALANCING DAMPER CLOSURE PANEL. HARD PIPE FROM CJ FAN TO FAN INLET COLLAR AT HOOD SHROUD. CJ#2 CAPTURE JET FAN ON TOP OF HOOD. CEILING HEIGHT TYP. 10' - 2"— " AFF CONTRACTOR SPIN AND SLEEVE TO FIELD ELECTRICAL BOX VERIFY FINISH BY OTHERS. FLOOR HEIGHT. HOOD SCHEDULE MARK EXHAUST CFM SP @ TAB PORT CAPTURE JET CFM & S.P. TYPE COLLAR SIZE WIDTH DEPTH HEIGHT MANUFACTURER MODEL REMARKS HOOD#1 L 1080 0.13" 72 @ 0.30" BACKSHELF 11 "X8" 96" 37" 38" HALTON KVL-2 1 HOOD#1 R 832 1 0.12" 55 @ 0.30" BACKSHELF 911X8" 74" 37" 38" HALTON KVL-2 1 HOOD#2 701 0.30" 30 @ 0.29" BACKSHELF 8"X8" 45" 34" 38" HALTON KVL-C 1 HOOD#3 390 0.37" 18 @ 0.30" BACKSHELF 81IX8" 24" 34" 38" HALTON KVL-D 1 NOTES DIMENSIONS OF HOODS INCLUDE BACK AND SIDE SPACERS (HEIGHT DOES NOT INCLUDE CLOSURE PANELS). REMARKS 1. REFER TO HOOD SHOP DRAWINGS FOR HOOD CONSTRUCTION AND OPTIONS. SHOP DRAWINGS ARE INCLUDED ON SHEET MH-101 FOR REFERENCE. KITCHEN HOOD SYSTEMS NOTES 1. CHICK-FIL-A MAINTAINS A NATIONAL ACCOUNT WITH HALTON CO. FOR THE HOODS. CHICK-FIL-A WILL PURCHASE AND PROVIDE THE HOODS FOR INSTALLATION BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR RECEIVING THE HOODS. CONTACT HALTON CO. AT 270-237-5600 FOR MORE INFO. 2. THE FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM SHALL CONSIST OF A COMPLETE WET ANSUL SYSTEM FURNISHED BY HALTON. THE HOOD SHALL BE FURNISHED PRE -PIPED BY HALTON. 3. THE R-102 ANSUL FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM EXTERNAL TO THE HOODS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH HOOD MANUFACTURER'S SHOP DRAWINGS BY AN AUTHORIZED ANSUL SYSTEM INSTALLER SELECTED AND HIRED BY HALTON. COST FOR ANSUL INSTALLATION INCLUDED IN PRICE OF HOODS TO CFA. 4. HOOD EXHAUST DUCTWORK SHALL BE 16 GA. BLACK STEEL WITH CONTINUOUS LIQUID TIGHT WELD OF JOINTS & SEAMS. 5. TURNS IN GREASE EXHAUST DUCTWORK SHALL BE LONG RADIUS TYPE, WITH A CENTERLINE RADIUS R=3W/2, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. NO MITERED FITTINGS ALLOWED. 6. ALL STAINLESS STEEL CLOSURE PANELS SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY HOOD MANUFACTURER AND INSTALLED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 7. SLOPE ALL GREASE EXHAUST DUCT BACK TO HOOD AT 1/4" PER FOOT OF RUN. 8. WRAP NEW GREASE DUCT WITH UNIFRAX FYREWRAP. INSULATION ON ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE INSTALLED ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS. UNIFRAX FYREWRAP PRODUCT USED SHALL MEET LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. 9. SUPPORT ALL HOODS WITH THREADED ROD AT EACH FACTORY SUPPORT POINT. EACH SUPPORT POINT MUST SUPPORT THE HOOD WEIGHT EQUALLY. ATTACH TO STRUCTURE AS DETAILED ON STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. ATTACH HOOD TO WALL AT 16" INTERVALS ALONG FULL LENGTH OF HOOD ON TOP AND BOTTOM. ATTACHMENT TO WALL REQUIRES FIELD DRILLING OF SUPPORT ANGLE AT BACK OF HOODS. EACH WALL ATTACHMENT POINT MUST OCCUR AT A WALL STUD. ATTACHMENT HARDWARE TO BE #12-24 HEX HEAD SHEET METAL SCREW EQUAL TO TEXTRON SDS EDT265, LENGTH AS REQUIRED TO FULLY PENETRATE THE STUD. 10. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL SUNCOAST H.E.S. SYSTEM FOR ALL HOODS. SEE HOOD FAN/EQUIPMENT INTERLOCK WIRING DIAGRAM ON M-501 FOR MORE INFORMATION. HOOD ELEVATION - HOOD#2 - SIDE NOT TO SCALE D OFFSET NO GREATER THAN 45 DEGREES FYREWRAP, TYPICAL. FROM CURB TO HOOD. CLOSURE PANEL HALTON KBD BALANCING DAMPER HARD PIPE FROM CJ FAN TO FAN INLET COLLAR AT HOOD SHROUD. CJ#1 L CAPTURE JET FAN ON TOP OF HOOD. CEILING HEIGHT /IEHOOD#1 L 10' - 2" TYP. UJI 64" AFF CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY FINISH FLOOR HEIGHT. HOOD ELEVATION - HOOD#1 - SIDE NOT TO SCALE ALIGN REAR EDGE OF PLENUM WITH NOTCHED OPENING OF HOOD SIDE PANEL.. SLIP HALTON SHORTENING BRIDGE IN CHANNEL ON PLENUM AND HANG IN FRYER POT. •••' OPEN FRYER SEE HALTON SHOP DRAWINGS FOR DETAILED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. SLIP HALTON SHORTENING BRIDGE IN CHANNEL ON PLENUM AND HANG IN FRYER POT. HALTON SIDE CAPTURE PLENUM ATTACHED TO COUNTER. OPEN FRYER HALTON NOT TO SCALE FRIES WARMING STATION COUNTER HALTON SIDE CAPTURE PLENUM ATTACHED TO COUNTER. ISOMETRIC VIEW FAN GUARD FRONT VIEW WARMING STATION —MOUNT TOP OF PLENUM FLUSH WITH WARMING STATION. FRIES WARMING STATION COUNTER SIDE CAPTURE JET FAN, CJ#3, INSTALLED BENEATH SHELVING. CABINETRY IS PRECUT FOR FAN. SIDE CAPTURE JET PLENUM NOTE: SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR HOOD LOCATIONS. n J hp 043 1 i i ANSUL PULL STATION SERVING HOOD#1 ADJACENT TO HAND SINK. LOCATE ANSUL PULL STATION BETWEEN 42" AND 48" AFF. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH KITCHEN EQUIPMENT ELEVATIONS. J-BOX AND CONDUIT ARE BY ELECTRICAL. PROVIDE RED BAKELITE LABEL WITH 1/4" HIGH WHITE LETTERS INDICATING THE HOODS SERVED, I.E.: "MAIN COOKLINE HOOD". ANSUL PULL STATION SERVING HOOD#2, HOOD#3, AND HOOD#4 ADJACENT TO HANDSINK. LOCATE ANSUL PULL STATION BETWEEN 42" AND 48" AFF. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH KITCHEN EQUIPMENT ELEVATIONS. J-BOX AND CONDUIT ARE BY ELECTRICAL. PROVIDE RED BAKELITE LABEL WITH 1/4" HIGH WHITE LETTERS INDICATING THE HOODS SERVED, I.E.: "PASS THRU HOODS". HOOD LAYOUT 1 /8" = 1'-0" ° (�Nl Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 D Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORID�ICENSE # 53568 rrreri yU R, 4r 5 68 4 • r • r • U1 r • •kj- �Q STATE OF rrrrio....• 07/30/20 C FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 20090.CC.S A PRINTED FOR FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 W DRAWN BY BLM 0. Information contained on this drawing and in all digital fYes produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without egress written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET HOOD DETAILS AND LL SCHEDULES SHEET NUMBER M=301 n 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 SUPPLY/ RETURN / EXHAUST DUCT ATTACH HANGERS TO STRUCTURE. E 1" WIDE GALVANIZED STRAP FLEXIBLE DUCT INSTALLED 48" O.C. MAX 48" LONG MAX RIGID HARD PIPE RIGID 90 DEGREE FITTING AND RISER. ADJUST HEIGHT TO MEET TAKE -OFF ELEVATION. NO FLEX IN DROP ALLOWED. WRAP ALL UNINSULATED PORTIONS ADJUST HEIGHT OF RISER TO OF AIR DEVICE AND NECK PER SPECIFICATIONS ON M-901. MEET TAKE -OFF ELEVATION OVERLAP ALL JOINTS BY 3". DO NOT TAPE INSULATION TO THE GRID. '-GALVANIZED STRAP SEE SPIN -IN COLLAR INSTALLED PER SMACNA DETAIL THIS SHEET SAG/RAG/GRILLE TAKE -OFF NOT TO SCALE u CHICK-FIL-A HAS A NATIONAL ACCOUNT WITH TOM BARROW COMPANY FOR THE ROYAL METAL PRODUCTS START COLLARS FOR BOTH WITH AND WITHOUT A MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO PURCHASE THE ROYAL METAL PRODUCTS START COLLARS DIRECTLY FROM TOM BARROW COMPANY. CONTACT MR. SCOTT GEORGE AT 404-351-1010 FOR PRICING AND AVAILABILITY. ROYAL METAL PRODUCTS START COLLARS NOT PURCHASED THRU TOM BARROW COMPANY WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. DAMPER CONTROL HANDLE MUST BE EXPOSED, LOCATED ON THE LEFT OR RIGHT (9 OR 3 O'CLOCK) SIDE WHEN INSTALLED ON HORIZONTAL DUCTS, AND LOCATED ON THE BOTTOM (6 O'CLOCK) WHEN INSTALLED ON VERTICAL DUCTS. DAMPER CONTROL HANDLES NOT INSTALLED IN THE CORRECT ORIENTATION AS SPECIFIED ABOVE WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. ATTACH YELLOW FLUORESCENT CONSTRUCTION RIBBON TO THE HANDLE. RIBBON MUST BE 12" LONG AND BE EASILY IDENTIFIABLE FOR TEST AND BALANCE CONTRACTOR. ROYAL METAL PRODUCTS STICK -ON START COLLAR. START COLLAR NOT TO SCALE ALL DUCTWORK AND UNFINISHED METAL ON ROOF EXCEPT STAINLESS SHALL BE PREPARED WITH TWO COATS OF SHERWIN WILLIAMS B66-200 SERIES DTM WHITE ACRYLIC SEMI -GLOSS INDUSTRIAL MAINTENANCE COATING. DEGREASE AND PRIME BARE METAL SURFACE WITH ONE COAT OF SHERWIN WILLIAMS DTM ACRYLIC PRIMER PRIOR TO PAINTING. AIR FLOW DO NOT APPLY START COLLAR OVER DUCT WRAP -MINIMUM V-0" OF RIGID DUCT AFTER SPIN -IN. -2" STANDOFF BRACKET Jam --DAMPER CONTROL HANDLE MAIN OR BRANCH MAIN STICK -ON FITTINGS MUST BE SECURED WITH A SCREW AT EVERY PREPUNCHED HOLE. FABRICATE 18 GA STAINLESS NOZZLE. NOZZLE KEYED NOTES: INLET FULL SIZE OF FAN DISCHARGE. MINIMUM NOZZLE HEIGHT V-0". EXTEND NOZZLE AS NEEDED O EQUIPMENT CURB/RAILS AND CURB CAP (WHERE APPLICABLE) SHALL BE PROVIDED TO TERMINATE 0'-2" ABOVE TOP OF ALL CONDENSING BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. WHERE CURB IS USED: WIDTH OF CURB SHALL BE 4" UNITS, RTUS, AND PARAPETS WITHIN 10'-0". WIDER THAN FAN FOOTPRINT IN BOTH DIRECTIONS. HEIGHT OF CURB/RAILS SHALL BE SUCH THAT NO PART OF ANY DUCT SHALL BE WITHIN 18" OF ROOF SURFACE. O ALL DUCT ON ROOF TO BE SUPPORTED WITH MIRO STANCHIONED DUCT SUPPORT 10 DEGREES SYSTEM FOR SEISMIC APPLICATIONS AT 6'-0" INTERVALS MAXIMUM. SECURE STANCHION BASE TO ROOF WITH MIN. (4) 3/8" LAG BOLTS. BOLT LENGTH SHALL BE BOLTED SUCH TO PROVIDE MINIMUM 3" PENETRATION IN BLOCKING BELOW THE PLYWOOD AND ROOF DECK. PROVIDE A DUCT SUPPORT STAND AT EACH ROOF PENETRATION. GASKETED O MINIMUM 12" HIGH INSULATED CURB PROVIDED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. FACTORY NEMA 3R CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 16 GA MINIMUM CURB CAP. DISCONNECT INSIDE HOUSING BOLTED AND GASKETED SEE M-250 FOR GREASE SEE ROOF PLAN FOR CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO FAN. 150OF RATED. EXHAUST DUCT SIZE. GREASE ACCESS DOOR 7FOR DESIGN AND SUPPLY OF�7 QUANTITY AND TYPE, TYP. ALL CURB ATTACHMENT o SEE ROOF PLAN FOR GREASE C DETAILS IN ACCORDANCE WITH o Q D Q DACCESS DOOR QUANTITY AND APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES, o TYPE, TYP. AND TO SUBMIT CURB AND ATTACHMENT INFORMATION AS FULL PERIMETER LIQUID TIGHT WELD NOTED ON 'G' SHEET 24" MIN. FROM ROOF DECK. BETWEEN CURB CAP AND DUCT. SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE. GREASE EXHAUST DUCT IS ROOF ROOF CONTINUOUS THRU CURB CAP. FEQUIPMENT RAIL O� DECK SURFACE-� 2 2 3 B INSTALL ROOFTOP SOLUTIONS G2 DRIP GUARD AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO FAN SCROLL DRAIN. EXTEND DRAIN TO CENTER OF DRIP GUARD. PROVIDE 1.5 PCF BATT INSULATION, MINIMUM 4" THICK. KITCHEN HOOD EXHAUST FANS NOT TO SCALE SECURE FAN TO CURB WITH HEX WASHER HEAD SELF - DRILLING SCREW (#12 x 2"). THE FASTENERS SHALL BE 2" FROM EACH CORNER OF THE FAN BASE AND THE DISTANCE BETWEEN FASTENERS SHALL BE 4" OR LESS. MINIMUM 5 FASTENERS PER SIDE OF CURB. ALL FASTENERS ARE TO BE HIGH QUALITY CORROSION RESISTANT STEEL OR STAINLESS STEEL. SECURE CURB TO WOOD ROOF STRUCTURE WITH STEEL LAG BOLTS NOMINAL SIZE OF 5/16" DIA. OR LARGER. WOOD IS TO BE 4" NOMINAL SIZE OR GREATER. THE BOLT SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF 3" THREAD ENGAGEMENT AND SHALL BE AT LEAST 1-1/2" FROM MATERIAL EDGE. MINIMUM 5 FASTENERS EACH SIDE OF CURB. ELECTRICAL DISCONNECT LOCATED INSIDE MOTOR COMPARTMENT BIRDSCREEN ' PRE -FABRICATED 1'-0" MIN. CURB TRANSITION OUT TO ALLOW BACKDRAFT CLEAR ACCESS DAMPER BY TO ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL. RACEWAY IN FAN COORDINATE LOCATION FLEXIBLE CONDUIT THRU WITH CONDUIT. DUCT UP TO FACTORY RACEWAY IN FAN RESTROOM EXHAUST FAN NOT TO SCALE BLOCKING BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR SUPPORT DUCT FROM STRUCTURE WITH 1-1/2"X1/8" STEEL ANGLE OR B-LINE B24 STRUT AND 3/8" ATR ON 6'-0" CENTERS, TYP. TURNING VANE SCHEDULE R SP I GA 2" 1.5" F-24 1. NO TRAILING EDGE. 2. SINGLE THICKNESS CONSTRUCTION. 450 FITTING CE 900 FITTING TURNING VANES NOT TO SCALE CURB FOR DUCTS SERVING EF#1: 22.5" SQ. INSIDE CLEAR MINIMUM CURB FOR DUCTS SERVING EF#2: 19.5" SQ. INSIDE CLEAR MINIMUM CONTACT CLOSURE WHEN DOOR OPENS. ROOF SEE PLAN FOR DECK- DUCT SIZE GAS FIRED ROOFTOP UNIT SCHEDULE TOTAL SENSIBLE HEATING HEATING COOLING COOLING INPUT OUTPUT MODEL MARK MBH MBH MBH MBH STAGES SUPPLY O.A. HP ESP R-410A MANUFACTURER REMARKS AC#1 288.4 219.2 480 384 2 9500 1180 10 0.80 LGH300S4B LENNOX 1,3,4,5,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16 AC#2 208.9 160.9 240 192 2 5300 152513 10.65 LGH210H4B 1 LENNOX 1,3,4,5, 7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16 AC#3 247.3 1 192.9 1 480 384 1 2 1 6000 117501 5 10.65 LGH2401-1413 LENNOX 1,314,5, 7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16 NOTES 0 COOLING CAPACITIES ARE GROSS, BASED ON ENTERING: 80FDB/67FWB, OUTDOOR: 95FDB, AND 400 CFM PER TON. • CHICK-FIL-A MAINTAINS A NATIONAL ACCOUNT FOR EQUIPMENT WITH LENNOX CORPORATION. CONTACT LENNOX NATIONAL ACCOUNTS AT 800-367-6285 (OR BY FAX AT 972-497-5112) FOR PRICING, ORDERING AND AVAILABILITY. • MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY LENNOX SUBMITTAL WITH CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. REMARKS 1. PROVIDE DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY ECONOMIZER WITH POWER EXHAUST. 2. NOT USED. 3. PROVIDE 14" HIGH ROOF CURB.PROVIDE CURBS PLUS RESTRAINT CLIP KIT. 4. SEE DETAIL 2/M-501 FOR SETTING OF PRODIGY M3 BOARD CONTROL PARAMETERS BY MC. 5. PROVIDE FACTORY INSTALLED AND UNIT POWERED 115V GFI SERVICE OUTLET. 6. NOT USED. 7. PROVIDE FACTORY INSTALLED RETURN SIDE SMOKE DETECTOR. 8. PROVIDE FACTORY INSTALLED NON -FUSED DISCONNECT. 9. PROVIDE 2" MERV 8 THROWAWAY FILTERS. 10. PROVIDE HINGED PANELS FOR FILTER ACCESS, FAN MOTOR ACCESS, COMPRESSOR ACCESS AND CONTROL COMPARTMENT ACCESS. 11. ADJUST GAS MANIFOLD PRESSURE AT LOCATIONS WHERE ELEVATION EXCEEDS 2000' ABOVE SEA LEVEL AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. 12. PROVIDE FACTORY COIL HAIL GUARD, FIELD INSTALLED. 13. PROVIDE FACTORY INSTALLED CONDENSATE PAN DRAIN OVERFLOW SWITCH. 14. PROVIDE HUMIDITROL OPTION WITH FACTORY WALL MOUNTED HUMIDITY SENSOR. 15. PROVIDE FACTORY INSTALLED BELT TENSIONER. 16. PROVIDE FACTORY CONFIGURED PHASE LOSS PROTECTION. EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE MARK CFM ESP RPM Tip Speed HP Area Served MODEL MANUFACTURER REMARKS EF#1 1912 0.75 1,331 5,231 3/4 HOOD#1 L & HOOD#1 R 150 CPS LOREN COOK 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,17 EF#2 1091 0.85 1,311 4,637 1 /2 HOOD#2 & HOOD#3 135 CPS LOREN COOK 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,17 EF#3 300 1 0.375 1 1,294 1 3,091 1 1/8 1 RESTROOMS ACED-90C 15DH I LOREN COOK 3,11,12,13,14,15,16 NOTES 0 GREASE EXHAUST FAN RPM BASED ON 80 DEGREE F AIR AT 1000 FEET ABOVE SEA LEVEL. • GREASE EXHAUST FANS TO BE U.L. 762 LISTED. • CHICK-FIL-A HAS A NATIONAL ACCOUNT WITH TOM BARROW COMPANY FOR THE FAN/CURB PACKAGE. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO PURCHASE THE FAN/CURB PACKAGE DIRECTLY FROM TOM BARROW COMPANY. CONTACT MR. SCOTT GEORGE AT 404-351-1010 FOR PRICING AND AVAILABILITY. FANS AND CURBS NOT PURCHASED THRU TOM BARROW COMPANY WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. REMARKS 1. UPBLAST, ARRANGEMENT 10, CCW ROTATION. SEE PLANS TO CONFIRM CONFIGURATION. 2. PROVIDE FACTORY STEEL FAN WHEEL. 3. PROVIDE FACTORY INSTALLED, PRE -WIRED, NEMA 3 NON -FUSED DISCONNECT. 4. PROVIDE FACTORY STEEL INLET FLANGE AND INLET COMPANION FLANGE. 5. PROVIDE AND INSTALL ROOFTOP SOLUTIONS G2 DRIP GUARD. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO CONTACT ROOFTOP SOLUTIONS AT 800-913-7034. 6. PROVIDE FACTORY WEATHER HOUSING W/ HINGED ACCESS DOOR. 7. PROVIDE FACTORY DRAIN CONNECTION. 8. PROVIDE FACTORY BOLTED ACCESS DOOR ON SCROLL. 9. PROVIDE FACTORY INSTALLED BELT DRIVE WITH ADJUSTABLE MOTOR SHEAVE AND SPARE BELT.. 10. PROVIDE FACTORY STEEL OUTLET COMPANION FLANGE. 11. INTEGRAL THERMAL OVERLOAD WITH AUTOMATIC RESET. 12. PROVIDE BIRDSCREEN. 13. BACKDRAFT DAMPER IN DUCT BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AS SHOWN ON 4/M401. 14. STARTER BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. INTERLOCK WITH LIGHTS BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 15. PROVIDE 12" HIGH CURB. 16. PROVIDE FACTORY INSTALLED AND WIRED SPEED CONTROLLER. 17. UTILITY SET FAN CURB AND ASSOCIATED EXHAUST DUCT CURB PROVIDED BY TOM BARROW COMPANY. 30.00 MINA cam` 'I -ul .30.00 MIN. SEE PLAN FOR PLENUM SIZE TAKE -OFF, TYP. 0 r CEILING APPROX:10" RETURN DROP GEOMETRY NOT TO SCALE LEGEND - - - - 18 AWG MIN LOW VOLTAGE WIRING BY MC, U.N.O. 22 AWG LOW VOLTAGE WIRING PROVIDED BY TORMAX. WIRING INSTALLED BY MC. f---- - - - - - � POWERED AIRE REMOTE AUTO FAN ON/AUTO SWITCH MOUNTED ON WALL BY MC - - - - - r ON L - - - - TORMAX DOOR AIR CURTAIN ( I L LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL _ CIRCUIT MICRO SWITCH Z L w - - ° �- - W L_ _ N.O. o Cam- - BLACK - - N.C. _ ::0:1 L CAP WHITE WIRE I I POWERED AIRE REMOTE - - - - - HEAT ON/OFF SWITCH - J - - - - MOUNTED ON WALL BY MC.L----J AIR CURTAIN WIRING DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE 3 - 1 FAN ON/AUTO (AUTO) ® 2 DOOR SWITCH - 3 FAN ON/AUTO (ON) ® 4 FAN ON/AUTO (COM) 6 DOOR SWITCH - 7 HEAT ON/OFF - 8 HEAT ON/OFF AIR DOOR SCHEDULE MARK CFM VELOCITY HEATING CAP HP AREA SERVED MODEL MANUFACTURER REMARKS AD#1 1543 2240 FPM 10 KW 3/4 HP DRIVE THRU CHA-1-48 Powered Aire 1,2,3 AD#2 3867 4220 FPM N/A 3/4 HP REAR DOOR RBT-1-48 Powered Aire 4 NOTES CHICK-FIL-A HAS A NATIONAL ACCOUNT WITH TOM BARROW COMPANY FOR THE AIR DOORS. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PURCHASE THE AIR DOORS DIRECTLY FROM TOM BARROW COMPANY. CONTACT MR. SCOTT GEORGE AT 404-351-1010, FOR PRICING AND AVAILABILITY. AIR DOORS NOT PURCHASED THRU TOM BARROW COMPANY WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. REMARKS 1. FACTORY PROVIDED, WIRED, AND UNIT MOUNTED SPEED CONTROLLER LOCATED ABOVE CEILING. 2. FACTORY WIRED DISCONNECT. 3. FACTORY PROVIDED, FIELD INSTALLED BY MC, REMOTE WALL SWITCHES FOR HEATING ON/OFF AND FAN ON/AUTO SWITCH. SEE DETAIL, AIR CURTAIN WIRING DIAGRAM, THIS SHEET. 4. FACTORY PROVIDED MAGNETIC DOOR CONTACT WITH FACTORY INSTALLED LOW VOLTAGE CONTROLS LOCATED IN AIR DOOR CABINET. AIR DEVICE SCHEDULE NECK FACE FRAME MARK DESCRIPTION LOCATION SIZE SIZE TYPE REMARKS A PRICE MODEL APDC ALUMINUM SUPPLY AIR DINING/ VARIES 24"x24" LAY -IN 1,7 DIFFUSER WITH INDIVIDUALLY ADJUSTABLE OFFICE/ CURVED AIR PATTERN CONTROLLERS. KITCHEN C PRICE MODEL SMCD STEEL SUPPLY AIR ENTRY 14"x14" 19"x19" BEVELLED 1,3,5,6 DIFFUSER FIELD ADJUSTABLE AIR PATTERN CONTROLLERS. F PRICE MODEL 80 EGGCRATE RETURN AIR GRILLE DINING/ VARIES 24"x24" LAY -IN 1,7 WITH REMOVABLE WHITE CORE, FACTORY FLAT OFFICE/ BLACK BACKPAN AND ROUND NECK. KITCHEN J PRICE MODEL SMCD STEEL SUPPLY AIR RESTROOMS 10"x10" 15"x15" BEVELLED 1,2,3,5,E DIFFUSER FIELD ADJUSTABLE AIR PATTERN CONTROLLERS. K PRICE MODEL APDDR ALUMINUM PERFORATED RESTROOMS/ 14"x14" 16"x16" SURFACE 1,4,5,E FACE RETURN AIR GRILLE. ENTRY NOTES CHICK-FIL-A HAS A NATIONAL ACCOUNT WITH TOM BARROW COMPANY FOR THE AIR DEVICES. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PURCHASE THE AIR DEVICES DIRECTLY FROM TOM BARROW COMPANY. CONTACT MR. SCOTT GEORGE AT 404-351-1010, FOR PRICING AND AVAILABILITY. AIR DEVICES NOT PURCHASED THRU TOM BARROW COMPANY WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. REMARKS 1. STANDARD OFF WHITE FINISH. 2. PROVIDE MODEL VCS3 NECK DAMPER. 3. SEE DRAWING M-201 FOR THROW. 4. PROVIDE MODEL VCR7 NECK DAMPER ON GRILLES IN RESTROOMS SERVING EXHAUST FAN. 5. PROVIDE BACKPAN. MC TO SEAL JOINTS WITH MASTIC AND INSULATE EXTERNALLY. 6. FIELD INSULATE BACKPAN AS SHOWN ON DETAIL 1/M-401. 7. FACTORY INSULATED R-6 BACKPAN. F D O O 404 Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 D Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 ,,to�teeeeeeje�t %%% .. K U Rz ***. b a N 53 68 w ,cc •W' ®�.. STATE OF '.- P;o•' ��i�� •. t O R 11111211111 ® 10 07/30/20 C•3 FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 20090.CC.S A PRINTED FOR FOR PERMIT DATE 1 07/29/2020 W DRAWN BY BLM aInformation contained on this drawing and in all digital fees produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET 0 HVAC DETAILS AND U. SCHEDULES SHEET NUMBER M=401 4 2 �J Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 ,♦�N�ti>t��ir��e�� �.• . S 68 . • IN ; .` ®• STATE OF 07/30/20 Q J LL � LL � >LL M Q Cl) m V� J= =a o= a NLLI �N I�- tan, �LII�LI�7 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC SML RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 20090.CC.S PRINTED FOR FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 W DRAWN BY BLM aInformation contained on this drawing and in all digital fies produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET 0 SEISMIC DETAILS LL SHEET NUMBER M=402 4 q E 1 L L A e`au CD DAMPER ACTUATOR El CONTROL BOARD EN E D 3 El 5 — LED El. 7 — M DAMPER MOTOR 24/120V 50VA TRANSFORMER BY XFMR MECHANICAL. — — — I 120 VAC TO TRANSFORME R BY E.C. DUCT TEMP .:rPROBE -------� FACTORY INSTALLED. I LEGEND M.C. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR E.C. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR - - - 18 AWG MIN WIRING BY M.C. — - — 18 AWG MIN LOW VOLTAGE FACTORY WIRING HIGH VOLTAGE BY E.C. SIT=iT1 �i .1 �i �i YOUNG REGULATOR T-312CE THERMOSTAT. NOTES 1. SEE DWG M-201 FOR COMPONENT MODEL NUMBERS AND ORDERING INFORMATION. 2. 120V POWER FOR TRANSFORMER TO BE NON - SWITCHED AND LIVE 24 HOURS EACH DAY. 3. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY WIRING AND COMPONENTS TO MAKE CONTROL AND POWER CONNECTIONS TO TRANSFORMER, ZONE DAMPER, AND THERMOSTAT PER MANUFACTURER'S IOM. 4. PROVIDE MYLAR LABEL AT ALL NEW THERMOSTATS WITH 1/4" HIGH WHITE LETTERING ON BLACK BACKGROUND, I.E. "OFFICE THERMOSTAT". PLACE LABELS ON WALL ADJACENT TO DEVICE. DO NOT APPLY DIRECTLY ON DEVICE. SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 1. WHEN THE SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE IS LESS THAN 72F THE DAMPER WILL OPEN FULLY ON A RISE IN SPACE TEMPERATURE ABOVE THE SETPOINT. 2. WHEN THE SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE IS GREATER THAN 71F THE DAMPER WILL OPEN FULLY ON A FALL IN SPACE TEMPERATURE BELOW THE SETPOINT. VAV DAMPER AND TSTAT - MGRS OFFICE NOT TO SCALE LEGEND S.E.C. SUNCOAST ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS CFA-500 ENERGY MGT PANEL M.C. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR — - - — 18 AWG MIN UNSHIELDED LOW VOLTAGE WIRING BY MC, U.N.O. GENERAL NOTES 1. THE SUNCOAST H.E.S. SYSTEM HAS BEEN INTEGRATED INTO THE SUNCOAST ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS CFA-500 ENERGY MGT PANEL. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - SUNCOAST ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS CFA-500 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 S.E.C. PANEL TB#8 ENERGY MGT PANEL. L — —— -- — -- — —I— —————— — — — — — - DO NOT ROUTE ALONG OR NEAR HIGH VOLTAGE WIRING. NOTES: 1. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE PLASTIC LAMINATE OF THIS DETAIL AND INSTALL PERMANENTLY ON INSIDE DOOR OF ROOFTOP UNIT CONTROL COMPARTMENT. 2. SEE DETAILS THIS SHEET FOR SMOKE DETECTOR AND ANNUNICIATOR WIRING. 3. SET ALL THERMOSTATS FOR AUTO CHANGEOVER. 4. PROVIDE PLASTIC ENGRAVED LABEL AT ALL NEW SENSORS WITH 1/4" HIGH WHITE LETTERING ON BLACK BACKGROUND, I.E. "AC#2 HUMIDITY SENSOR" OR "AC#2 TEMP SENSOR". PLACE LABELS ON WALL ADJACENT TO DEVICE, DO NOT APPLY DIRECTLY TO DEVICE. KEYED NOTES: O LOW VOLTAGE WIRING TO RTU TO BE ROUTED TO UNIT THRU FACTORY WIREWAY. O HUMIDITROL UNITS ONLY: WIRING TO HUMIDITY SENSOR TO BE MADE WITH TWO SEPARATE RUNS OF SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR. TERMINATE SHIELD WIRES AT TB-1, LEAVE OPEN AT SENSOR. O3 NETWORK TSTAT REMOTE TEMP SENSOR PROVIDED BY SUNCOAST AND INSTALLED BY MC. FIELD CALIBRATE EACH SENSOR. LEGEND S.E.C. SUNCOAST ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS (SUPPLIER OF TEMP/FAN CONTROL PANEL) LOCATED IN KITCHEN OKEY NOTE REFERENCE MC MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AC SUNCOAST RELAY FACTORY INSTALLED AND WIRED IN CFA-500 PANEL, ENERGIZED BY PUTTING STORE SWITCH IN "STORE OCCUPIED" POSITION. AN SUNCOAST RELAY FACTORY INSTALLED AND WIRED IN CFA-500 PANEL, DENERGIZED WHEN ANSUL FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM IS ACTIVATED, AS NOTED. - — — - 18 AWG MIN LOW VOLTAGE WIRING BY MC, U.N.O. USE BELDEN OR SOUTHWIRE SINGLE PAIR TWISTED WITH FOIL SHIELD AND DRAIN WIRE FOR TEMPERATURE SENSORS (NOT HUMIDITY SENSORS). - LOW VOLTAGE WIRING BY S.E.C. LINE VOLTAGE BY ELECTRICIAN OR S.E.C. AC#3 AVERAGING SENSORS (WHERE SHOWN ON PLANS) S.E.C. TERMINAL INDOOR TEMP INDOOR TEMP INDOOR TEMP NOTES: BOARD SENSOR #1 SENSOR #2 SENSOR #3 1. SEE DWG M-201 FOR LOCATION AND ARRANGEMENT OF SENSORS. JV- - RS+V - - RS+V - - RS+V 44 NETWORK TSTAT IET F- RS1 F RS1 REMOTE TEMP SENSOR PROVIDED SHIELDED RGl [AHl-EG BY SUNCOAST AND WIRING BY INSTALLED BY MC. MECHANICA FIELD CALIBRATE CONTRACTOR EACH SENSOR, TYP. PROVIDE A PROFESSIONALLY LAMINATED COPY OF THESE DETAILS TO BE INSTALLED INSIDE THE ROOFTOP UNIT CONTROL CABINENT. USE A SETON CHART FRAME STYLE #68624, TELEPHONE NUMBER 800-243-6624, FOR MOUNTING THE DETAIL. ATTACH THE FRAME TO THE INTERIOR OF THE UNIT IN PLAIN AND EASY VIEW OF THE CONTROLS SECTION. CONTACT ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR A REPRODUCIBLE COPY OF THE DETAIL. SUNCOAST SUNCOAST FACTORY FACTORY WIRED WIRING, TYPICAL. RELAY SHOWN IN "STORE S.E.C. RTU LVTB 1O UNOCCUPIED" TERMINAL BOARD CONDITION, AC TYPICAL. AC N.O. N.O. Y-2———————— — — — — —— Y-2 - - - Y2 RTU W1-------------- JW-1 Y-1—--————— — — — — —— Y-1 G — — — — — — — — — — — — — —fi G ::R: — — — — — — — — — — — — — — JR I DI-1-------------- FDI-1 :W:-2 ----——— — — — — —— W-2 C— — — — — — — — — — — — — C O2 LENNOX HUMIDITY SENSOR 1 L_ BELDEN VIN RS1 — — — — — 88761 l l GND E HUM —:J!::::BELDEN — — VOUT RS2 88761 DRAIN WIRE DRAIN WIRE. DOUBLE WIRE OVER AT TERMINAL CONNECTIONS BUT DO NOT TWIST. ROOFTOP UNIT CONTROL WIRING - LENNOX NOT TO SCALE S.E.C. H.E.S. OPERATION IN THE EVENT THAT ANY COOKING EQUIPMENT ITEM BENEATH ANY HOOD IS STARTED WITHOUT THE 'STORE SWITCH' BEING IN THE 'OCCUPIED' POSITION, THE H.E.S. CONTROLLER WILL SENSE THE HEAT RISE WITHIN THE HOOD CANOPY AND ENERGIZE THE EXHAUST FANS. m Lu w w w AIR TEMP SENSOR PROVIDED BY S.E.C. AND INSTALLED IN BLACK IRON DUCT m m m m RISER ABOVE HOOD BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. S.E.C. TO PROVIDE J a a 04 a M a � a TEMPERATURE WELLS FOR INSTALLATION BY MC. SENSORS PROVIDED WITH 10LF OF WIRING TO BE EXTENDED BY MC AS REQUIRED. SPLICES 0 M 02 02 02 0 g SHALL BE JOINED WITH CRIMP ON FITTINGS AND HEAT SHRINK JACKETS. 0 W 0 H 0 H 0 UJ 0 H SECURE WIRING TO DUCT OR STRUCTURE WITH RUBBER COATED CLAMPS. PROTECT ALL WIRING PENETRATIONS IN WITH RUBBER GROMMETS. HOOD FAN/EQUIPMENT INTERLOCK - 4 Hood (5 Collars) - CFA500 Integrated 1/4" = 1'-0" - THERMOSTAT - - - W-1 - - Y-1 AC I G AN N.C. CR N.O. AN F Ty-1 24VC N.C. CLK1 - - AC F Ty- CLK2 - � RS+V N.C. NETWORK RS2 THERMOSTAT O TEMP SENSOR SHIELDED WIRING BY MC. BELDEN OR SOUTHWIRE SINGLE PAIR TWISTED WITH FOIL SHIELD AND DRAIN WIRE. SUPPLY SIDE DETECTORS: IF SUPPLY SIDE SMOKE DETECTORS ARE SHOWN ON DWG M-201, AND CALLED FOR ON RTU SCHEDULE, THE CONTRACTOR IS TO RELOCATE FACTORY INSTALLED SUPPLY SMOKE DETECTOR FROM BLOWER SECTION TO DUCTWORK. SEE NOTES ON DWG M-201. LEGEND - - - - 18 AWG MIN WIRING BY MECH CONTRACTOR FACTORY ANNUNCIATOR DETECTOR WIRING FACTORY LENNOX WIRING PRODIGY CONTROL BOARD I LENNOX PRODIGY CONTROLLER SETTINGS: 1. FOR ALL RTU'S EXCEPT AT AC#1, CHANGE PRODIGY-M3 BOARD CONTROL PARAMETER #65 TO ZERO (#58 ON LCH UNITS). THIS WILL CAUSE THE O.A. DAMPER TO OPEN ON "OCCUPIED" START. AT AC#1 (LGH TYPE) LEAVE THE SETTING AT THE DEFAULT VALUE SO THE O.A. DAMPER WILL REMAIN CLOSED FOR THE FIRST 60 MINUTES AFTER "OCCUPIED" START. AT AC#1 (LCH TYPE) CHANGE THE VALUE TO 5400 SO THE O.A. DAMPER WILL REMAIN CLOSED FOR THE FIRST 90 MINUTES AFTER "OCCUPIED" START. 2. AT HUMIDITROL RTU'S, SET PRODIGY-M3 BOARD CONTROL PARAMETER #105 FOR DEHUMIDIFICATION OPERATION TO A VALUE OF 7 (60% RH). 3. AT MSAV UNITS, SET THE MSAV LOW SPEED SETTING TO THE SAME VALUE AS THE HIGH SPEED SETTING AFTER TAB IS COMPLETE. LENNOX FRESH AIR HEATING SETUP WHEN SPECIFIED: 1. INSTALL FRESH AIR TEMPERING KIT WIRING HARNESS AS RECOMMENDED BY LENNOX. 2. LOCATE SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR IN SUPPLY DUCT DOWNSTREAM OF FIRST ELBOW. SECURE WIRING TO DUCT OR STRUCTURE WITH RUBBER COATED CLAMPS. DO NOT RUN WIRING INSIDE DUCT WORK. PROTECT ALL WIRING PENETRATIONS WITH RUBBER GROMMETS. 3. FOR PRODIGY 2.0: FIRST SET FRESH AIR HEATING ENABLE TO "YES" THRU THE TAB/DAMPER MENU (LEAVE FRESH AIR COOLING AS "NO"). NEXT, CHANGE PRODIGY-M3 BOARD CONTROL PARAMETER #156 TO A VALUE OF 66. THIS WILL PREVENT THE SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE FROM DROPPING BELOW 66F DEG DURING HEATING MODE WHEN THERMOSTAT IS NOT ACTIVELY CALLING FOR HEAT. 4. CHANGE PRODIGY-M3 BOARD CONTROL PARAMETER #157 TO A VALUE OF 14. THIS WILL MAKE THE DEADBAND VALUE EQUAL 14F. 5. CHANGE PRODIGY-M3 BOARD CONTROL PARAMETER #158 TO A VALUE OF 300. THIS WILL MAKE THE CYCLE TIME VALUE EQUAL 5 MINUTES. FIELD INSTALLED WIRING: WITHIN THE ROOFTOP UNIT, WIRING SHALL BE ROUTED BY WAY OF FACTORY WIRE WAYS ONLY. WIRING ROUTED OVER THE BLOWER HOUSING OR BY WAY OF OTHER ROUTES DETRIMENTAL TO THE WIRING LIFE WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. LENNOX FACTORY WIRING LENNOX FACTORY INSTALLED DUCT DETECTOR SYSTEM SENSOR M/N LD4120 I I , ® 1 POWER (24VAC) ALARM CONTACTS ARE SHOWN IN STANDBY 2 POWER (COM) blAll. ----- — — ----� 3 RESET LABELING: — — — — — — — ® 4 TEST �� PROVIDE ENGRAVED LABEL WITH 1 HIGH _ — — — — — — ® 5 ALARM SIGNAL WHITE LETTERS ON BLACK BACKGROUND I r- IDENTIFYING UNIT SERVED. 6 AUXILIARY POWER (-) SUNCOAST CONTROLS ANNUNCIATOR I I F — 7 AUXILIARY POWER (+) POWERS � i G — — — — — — — I ALARM INTIATION (COM) ALARM 8 N.O. TROUBL6, li I 9 ALARM INTIATION (N.O.) ---��-�st --- --�� i I I 21 TROUBLE CONTACT (N.C.) N.C. I I �-- ® TROUBLE 220 OHM RESISTOR I I 11 TROUBLE CONTACT (COM) N.O. CONTACT BY SUNCOAST. I I J , I — 10 TROUBLE CONTACT (N.O.) ( I I I I 12 120V NEUTRAL BUZZER 0 _/R� ALARM � © 13 TROUBLE CONTACTS ARE 120VAC LINE SHOWN IN STANDBY STATE. I I 1 I I I I I 15 AUX RELAY (N.C.) N.0 AUX ALARM �— RESET I I L- 16 AUX RELAY (COM)COM N.0 CONTACT A - - ® I I 17 AUX RELAY (N.O.) 18 AUX RELAY (N.O.) N.O. �— TEST I ® AUX ALARM 19 AUX RELAY (COM)COM CONTACT B N.C. -------� ® 20 AUX RELAY (N.C.) SMOKE DETECTOR AND ANNUNCIATOR WIRING DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE E n C B 0 o O C4 Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 0tarlrrrrrrrrt� e*` U R%Z Q + N 3 c� .C- w . • ifil i I**- .+ STATE OF ; ♦16111 � ii A 1- 00-% C` /tM20 FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 20090.CC.S A PRINTED FOR FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 W DRAWN BY BLM aInformation contained on this drawing and in all digital ties produced for ate named project may not be reproduced in any manner without e�gxess writer or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET O HVAC CONTROLS U. SHEET NUMBER M=501 4 1 3 1 2 1 1 4 3 1 2 1 1 E n C 1. SECTION C15000 -MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR TO READ ALL SPECIFICATIONS AND CONSULT ALL DRAWINGS WHICH MAY AFFECT THE INSTALLATION AND COORDINATION OF HIS WORK WITH OTHER TRADES. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE AND MAKE MINOR ADJUSTMENTS IN LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS AS NECESSARY TO SECURE COORDINATION. B. COMPLETED INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE LATEST APPROVED EDITIONS OF NFPA-96, NFPA-90A, NFPA-54, SMACNA, ASHRAE 90.1 AND ASHRAE 62. C. SYSTEM LAYOUT IS SCHEMATIC AND EXACT LOCATIONS SHALL BE DETERMINED BY STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS, COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES, COORDINATION WITH FINISHES AND OTHER CONDITIONS. STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS SHALL NOT BE CUT OR ALTERED TO ASSURE FIT OF HVAC SYSTEM. TEN FOOT CLEARANCE SHALL BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN OUTSIDE AIR INTAKES AND EXHAUST FANS AND PLUMBING VENT TERMINALS. D. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DEFECTS, REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENTS IN MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR AFTER FINAL PAYMENT IS APPROVED. CONTRACTOR SHALL HONOR FACTORY WARRANTIES ON ALL EQUIPMENT PROVIDED AS PART OF THIS SYSTEM. E. UPON COMPLETION OF PROJECT, ALL SYSTEM EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL BE IN NEW, CLEAN CONDITION WITH ALL DAMAGE RESTORED TO CONDITION ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE. ALL EQUIPMENT, COMPONENTS, DUCTWORK, AND AIR DEVICES SHALL BE INSPECTED AND THOROUGHLY CLEANED, CLEARED OF DEBRI, AND READY FOR USE. AT COMPLETION OF JOB, ALL MISCELLANEOUS TOOLS, SCAFFOLDING, SURPLUS MATERIALS, RUBBISH AND DEBRIS SHALL BE REMOVED BY CONTRACTOR. F. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TWO SETS OF 2" MERV 8 OR HIGHER THROW AWAY TYPE FILTERS. A CLEAN SET SHALL BE PROVIDED PRIOR TO TEST AND BALANCE AND AGAIN PRIOR TO OPENING. PART II - PRODUCTS 2.01 HEATING AND COOLING EQUIPMENT (C15730) A. FURNISH AND INSTALL R-410A ROOFTOP SINGLE PACKAGE COMBINATION ELECTRIC COOLING AND NATURAL GAS FIRED HEATING UNITS BY LENNOX AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ARI CERTIFIED AND A.G.A. AND U.L. LISTED. B. ACCESSORIES SHALL INCLUDE LOW AND HIGH PRESSURE SAFETIES, CRANK CASE HEATER, OVERCURRENT AND OVERTEMPERATURE SAFETY, COMPRESSOR VIBRATION ISOLATORS, FILTER DRIERS, REFRIGERANT SERVICE VALVES, COIL HAIL GUARDS WHERE SCHEDULED, CONVENIENCE OUTLETS FACTORY INSTALLED ON SCHEDULED UNITS, UNIT MOUNTED NON -FUSED DISCONNECTS, LOW AMBIENT OPERATION DOWN TO 30 DEGREES F AND EVAPORATOR FREEZE STAT. C. COMPRESSORS SHALL BE FULLY HERMETIC SCROLL TYPE WITH INTERNAL VIBRATION ISOLATORS. COMPRESSORS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A MINIMUM FIVE (5) YEAR FULL WARRANTY. D. THE UNIT HEAT EXCHANGERS SHALL BE STEEL WITH ALUMINIZED STEEL COATING. HEATING CONTROLS SHALL CONSIST OF REDUNDANT GAS VALVES, INTERMITTENT PILOT WITH ELECTRONIC SPARK OR HOT PLATE IGNITION SYSTEM, COMBUSTION/EXHAUST FAN PROTECTED BY CENTRIFUGAL SWITCHES, HEAT LIMIT SWITCHES, TIME -DELAY RELAY, FLAME, AND PILOT SENSORS. ALL UNITS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF TWO STAGES OF HEAT. HEAT EXCHANGES SHALL HAVE A TEN (10) YEAR WARRANTY. BURNERS SHALL BE ALUMINIZED IN -SHOT TYPE. THE DRAFT MOTOR SHALL BE MONITORED BY THE CONTROL SYSTEM. E. CHICK-FIL-A MAINTAINS A NATIONAL ACCOUNT FOR EQUIPMENT WITH LENNOX CORPORATION. PRICING FOR THE EQUIPMENT HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED IN ADVANCE. CONTACT LENNOX NATIONAL ACCOUNTS AT 972-497-6260 (OR BY FAX AT 972-497-5112) FOR PRICING, ORDERING AND AVAILABILITY. 2.02 DUCTWORK (C15735) (SEE DWG M-301 FOR ADDITIONAL GREASE DUCT SYSTEM REQ.) A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS OF INSULATION ARE MANVILLE, OWENS CORNING OR KNAUF. B. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE SHEET METAL, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE (U.N.O.). C. DUCT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS, U.N.O. D. CONSTRUCTION OF DUCTWORK SHALL MEET SMACNA 1" W.C. PRESSURE CLASS STANDARD AND RECOMMENDATIONS. SMACNA SHALL BE FOLLOWED WITH RESPECT TO GAGE THICKNESS, JOINTS, REINFORCING, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION AND SUPPORT FOR PRESSURE CLASS STATED. ALL TRANSVERSE JOINTS IN RECTANGULAR AND ROUND DUCT INCLUDING DUCT CONNECTION TO AIR DEVICE COLLAR SHALL BE SEALED PER SMACNA SEAL CLASS C WITH U.L. DUCT MASTIC SEALANT APPROVED FOR INTENDED USE. DUCT TAPE IS NOT AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTE FOR MASTIC UNLESS EQUAL TO HARDCAST FOIL -GRIP 1402 BUTYL RUBBER ADHESIVE TAPE. E. DUCT SHALL BE SUPPORTED AT BASE OF DUCT DROPS. CURB DUCT RAILS ARE NOT INTENDED TO AND SHALL NOT SUPPORT THE WEIGHT OF THE DUCT. F. ALL DUCT INSULATION SHALL MEET MINIMUM R-VALUE REQUIRED BY ASHRAE 90.1 LATEST EDITION. ALL DUCT WRAP SHALL BE MINIMUM 2" THICK, 3/4 PCF AND 6 R- VALUE INSTALLED WITH EITHER A VAPOR BARRIER WITH MAXIMUM PERMEANCE 0.05 OR A MINIMUM 2 MIL ALUMINUM REINFORCED FOIUKRAFT FACING. G. ALL DUCT DROPS FROM THE ROOFTOP UNITS SHALL BE EXTERNALLY INSULATED. H. SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTWORK SERVING ALL AREAS SHALL BE EXTERNALLY INSULATED. I. ALL AIR CONVEYANCE COMPONENTS SUCH AS, BUT NOT LIMITED TO DUCT, DUCT PLENUMS, GRILLES/DIFFUSERS, BACK PANS, AND BOOTS SHALL BE INSULATED. INSULATION TYPE IS COVERED ELSEWHERE IN THIS SPECIFICATION. J. RESTROOM RECTANGULAR EXHAUST AIR DUCTWORK SHALL BE LINED WITH 1" THICK, 1-1/2 PCF INSULATION. RESTROOM ROUND EXHAUST DUCT SHALL BE EXTERNALLY INSULATED PER SECTION 2.02F. K. TRUNK DUCTS SHALL BE ISOLATED FROM UNIT VIBRATION WITH THE USE OF NFPA AND U.L. APPROVED FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS INSTALLED AT THE TOP OF BOTH SUPPLY AND RETURN DROPS. L. INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT MAY BE UTILIZED FOR RUNOUTS TO GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS ONLY IN THE HORIZONTAL POSITION AND IN MAXIMUM LENGTHS OF 4'-0", NO EXCEPTIONS. SEE TAKE -OFF DETAIL ON DRAWING M-401. M. CONSTRUCTION OF FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL INCLUDE SPIRAL METAL HELIX BONDED TO A POLYESTER CORE, FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH POLYETHYLENE OR MYLAR VAPOR BARRIER. ALL COMPONENTS SHALL HAVE APPROPRIATE U.L. APPROVAL AND SHALL BE EQUIVALENT TO THERMAFLEX MKE. N. FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE INSTALLED PER THE "ADC FLEXIBLE DUCT PERFORMANCE AND INSTALLATION STANDARDS, 4TH ED" USING FOIL TAPE AND DRAWBAND ON THE INNER CORE AND TAPE OR DRAWBAND ON THE OUTER JACKET. 0. DUCT TAPE SHALL BE EQUAL TO FASSON 181-B FX, 2-1/2" WIDE. P. SINGLE THICKNESS TURNING VANES SHALL BE INSTALLED AT 90 DEGREE TURNS IN SUPPLY DUCTWORK WHERE ANY ONE DIMENSION IS GREATER THAN 12". Q. RADIUSED ELBOWS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR 90 DEGREE ELBOWS AT THE DISCRETION OF THE CONTRACTOR. CENTERLINE RADIUS EQUAL TO; R=W PER FIGURE NO. 4-2 IN SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. R. EXTERNAL INSULATION ON BOTTOM OF DUCTS 24" OR WIDER SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITH STICK PINS ON 18" CENTERS. STICK PIN WASHERS SHALL BE COVERED WITH DUCT TAPE OR MASTIC. 2.03 CONTROLS (C15735) A. SYSTEMS SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH CONNECTIONS TO CFA-500 TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANEL AS MANUFACTURED BY SUNCOAST ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS (S.E.C.) (PH: 877-544-6679). THE PANEL IS PROVIDED AND MOUNTED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CONTROL WIRING TERMINATIONS ARE BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. B. THE SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE FACTORY INSTALLED AND WIRED BY THE ROOFTOP UNIT MANUFACTURER. C. A FACTORY INSTALLED SMOKE DETECTOR IN THE RETURN AIR SECTION OF EACH AIR CONDITIONING UNIT SHALL STOP THE INDOOR FAN AND CLOSE THE OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER IN THE EVENT OF EXCESSIVE TEMPERATURE OR SMOKE. SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL BE LOCATED PRIOR TO ANY EXHAUST FROM THE BUILDING OR MIXING WITH FRESH AIR MAKE-UP. UPON DETECTION, THE SYSTEM SHALL NOT RESTART UNTIL THE DEVICE IS MANUALLY RESET. DEVICES SHALL BE LOCATED WHERE THEY CAN BE EASILY ACCESSED AND WHERE CLEAR OF FILTERS. D. CHICK-FIL-A HAS A NATIONAL ACCOUNT WITH SUNCOAST ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS FOR THE SMOKE DETECTOR TEST/RESET ANNUNCIATOR STATIONS. THE TEST/RESET STATIONS WILL BE PURCHASED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AS A PART OF A NATIONAL ACCOUNT PACKAGE AND TURNED OVER TO THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR FOR INSTALLATION. E. THE REMOTE TEST/RESET ANNUNCIATORS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. INSTALLATION BY MECHANICAL SHALL INCLUDE MOUNTING OF THE ANNUNCIATORS AND ALL WIRING FROM EACH DEVICE TO THE RTU. ELECTRICAL WILL PROVIDE A JUNCTION BOX IN THE WALL WITH 1/2" CONDUIT STUBBED UP ABOVE THE CEILING FOR EACH REMOTE TEST STATION AS SHOWN ON THE ELECTRICAL PLANS. ANNUCIATOR SHALL BE SUNCOAST CONTROLS REMOTE TEST/RESET STATION WITH POWER LED, TROUBLE LED, ALARM LED, 90DB HORN AND TEST/RESET BUTTON. F. THE RESTROOM FAN SHALL BE INTERLOCKED TO THE LIGHTS SERVING THE MEN AND WOMEN'S RESTROOMS. THE HOOD FANS SHALL BE CONTROLLED VIA THE SUNCOAST CFA-500 CONTROL PANEL. WIRING, RELAYS AND SWITCHES FOR CONTROL OF ALL FANS ARE BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. G. LENNOX UNITS - THERMOSTATS ARE PROVIDED AND INTEGRATED INTO THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANEL BY SUNCOAST ENVIRONMENT CONTROLS. SUNCOAST WILL PROVIDE A NETWORK THERMOSTAT US32-CFA THERMOSTAT PRE - WIRED IN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANEL. A REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSOR FOR EACH THERMOSTAT IS ALSO PROVIDED. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL WIRING BETWEEN THE THERMOSTAT, THE REMOTE SENSOR AND THE ROOFTOP UNIT. H. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL CONTROL WIRING IN 1/2" CONDUIT WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. WHERE NOT REQUIRED TO BE IN CONDUIT, ALL WIRING SHALL BE RUN PARALLEL TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS OR PERPENDICULAR WITH NO DIAGONAL ROUTING. ALL WIRING SHALL BE SECURED TO THE FRAMING TO PREVENT SAGGING IN RUNS. WIRING TO ROOFTOP UNITS SHALL BE ROUTED THROUGH THE FACTORY THRU-BASE FITTING IN THE UNIT BASE. NO SPLICING OF WIRING WILL BE ACCEPTED. ALL WIRING ABOVE THE ROOF SHALL BE INSTALLED IN EXTERIOR GRADE FLEXIBLE CONDUIT. ALL CONTROL WIRING AND CONTROL WIRING CONDUIT SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LATEST EDITION OF NEC. ALL LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE NO LESS THAN 18 AWG MIN. CONTROL WIRING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE SIZED TO ACCOUNT FOR LOAD AND LENGTH OF RUN TO ALLOW SUFFICIENT VOLTAGE AVAILABLE AT CONTROLLED DEVICE TO OPERATE THE SYSTEM RELIABLY. PART III - EXECUTION 3.01 SCOPE A. FURNISH AND INSTALL SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH REFERENCED STANDARDS, APPLICABLE CODES, MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTRUCT THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IN ALL MATTERS PERTAINING TO THE PROPER MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER THIS CONTRACT THROUGH DEMONSTRATION AND EXPLANATION OF OPERATING & MAINTENANCE MANUALS. C. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A "SAMPLE MAINTENANCE PROPOSAL" TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IN ALL MATTERS PERTAINING TO THE PROPER MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. D. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE A/C EQUIPMENT STARTUP DOCUMENTATION PROVIDED BY OWNER AND/OR MANUFACTURER. THIS SHALL INCLUDE RE - TORQUE OF ALL FIELD AND FACTORY HIGH VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS. 3.02 LEED PROJECTS A. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE RECEIPT INSPECTION CHECKLISTS PROVIDED IN THE COMMISSIONING PLAN WITHIN 5 DAYS OF RECEIVING EQUIPMENT ON SITE. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE PRE -FUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS PROVIDED IN THE COMMISSIONING PLAN. CHECKLISTS SHALL BE RETURNED AT LEAST 5 DAYS PRIOR TO SCHEDULING FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING. C. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A TECHNICIAN TO ASSIST THE THIRD PARTY COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY WITH FUNCTIONAL TESTING. FUNCTIONAL TESTING SHALL OCCUR AFTER ALL CONTROLS HAVE BEEN INSTALLED AND VERIFIED AND AFTER TEST AND BALANCE IS COMPLETE. THE FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TEST PROCEDURES CAN BE FOUND IN THE COMMISSIONING PLAN. D. IF THE TOTAL TIME REQUIRED TO CORRECT PROBLEMS DURING TESTING IS GREATER THAT FORTY-FIVE (45) MINUTES (UNLESS EXTENUATING CIRCUMSTANCES EXIST), THE TEST SHALL BE CONSIDERED FAILED AND MUST BE REPEATED IN ITS ENTIRETY. E. RE -TESTING: DURING THE COURSE OF THE RETEST, IF AT ANY POINT A MAJOR DEFICIENCY IS DISCOVERED, THE TEST WILL BE STOPPED. REPEAT TESTS UNTIL ACCEPTABLE RESULTS ARE ACHIEVED. IF MORE THAN TWO FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTS (ONE INITIAL TEST AND ONE RETEST) FOR ANY TYPE OF EQUIPMENT DUE TO ISSUES THAT THE CONTRACTOR HAD DIRECT OR INDIRECT CONTROL OVER ARE REQUIRED, THE COSTS FOR THE CXA TO WITNESS RETESTING OF SIMILAR TYPES OF EQUIPMENT UNTIL SATISFACTORY RESULTS ARE OBTAINED SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. 3.03 TEST & BALANCE A. OWNER SHALL TEST AND BALANCE MECHANICAL SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEBB, NBC OR AABC STANDARDS TO ASSURE CONFORMANCE WITH DESIGN. G.C. WILL MAKE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AVAILABLE DURING TEST AND BALANCE TO ASSIST TESTING AGENCY AND TO MAKE CORRECTIONS IMMEDIATELY NECESSARY. CONTRACTOR SHALL CORRECT ITEMS ON WRITTEN TEST AND BALANCE REPORT. B. ALL EQUIPMENT TO BE BALANCED MUST HAVE GONE THRU SUCCESSFUL START- UP PROCEDURE BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR (MC) PRIOR TO TAB VISIT. C. THE FLOOR OF THE RESTAURANT SHALL BE CLEARED OF DEBRIS, STAGED CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, ETC. WHICH MAY, IN THE OPINION OF THE TAB TECHNICIAN, OBSTRUCT ACCESS TO AIR DISTRIBUTION COMPONENTS IN AND ABOVE THE CEILING. D. EQUIPMENT ACCESS PANELS, DUCT AIR DEVICES SUCH AS BALANCING DAMPERS AND ACTUATORS SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE AND CLEAR OF PIPING, CONDUIT, FRAMING, SUPPORTS ETC... E. PROVIDE AN 8 FT PORTABLE A -FRAME STYLE LADDER DEDICATED FOR THE TAB TECHNICIAN'S USE DURING THE ENTIRE TAB EFFORT DURATION. F. THE MC SHALL BE AVAILABLE DURING THE ENTIRE DURATION OF THE TAB EFFORT AND HAVE ON -SITE THE RESOURCES AND TOOLS TO MAKE CORRECTIONS AS NEEDED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE TAB TECHNICIAN. NATIONAL ACCOUNTS 1. LENNOX EQUIPMENT - CONTACT LENNOX NATIONAL ACCOUNTS AT 972-497-6260 (OR BY FAX AT 972-497-5112) FOR PRICING, ORDERING AND AVAILABILITY. LENNOX EQUIPMENT NOT PURCHASED THRU LENNOX NATIONAL ACCOUNTS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 2. LOREN COOK FAN AND CURB PACKAGE - THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO PURCHASE THE FAN/CURB PACKAGE DIRECTLY FROM TOM BARROW COMPANY. CONTACT MR. SCOTT GEORGE AT 404-351-1010 FOR PRICING AND AVAILABILITY. FANS AND CURBS NOT PURCHASED THRU TOM BARROW COMPANY WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 3. PRICE AIR DEVICES - THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO PURCHASE THE AIR DEVICES DIRECTLY FROM TOM BARROW COMPANY. CONTACT MR. SCOTT GEORGE AT 404-351-1010 FOR PRICING AND AVAILABILITY. AIR DEVICES NOT PURCHASED THRU TOM BARROW COMPANY WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 4. AIR DOORS - THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO PURCHASE THE AIR DOORS DIRECTLY FROM TOM BARROW COMPANY. CONTACT MR. SCOTT GEORGE AT 404-351-1010 FOR PRICING AND AVAILABILITY. AIR DOORS NOT PURCHASED THRU TOM BARROW COMPANY WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 5. SUNCOAST ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS - THE CFA 500 PANEL AND THE TEST/RESET STATIONS WILL BE PURCHASED AND PROVIDED BY THE electrical CONTRACTOR AS A PART OF A NATIONAL ACCOUNT PACKAGE. SEE PART II PARAGRAPH 3A, 3D, AND 3E OF THE MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 6. HALTON HOODS - CHICK-FIL-A WILL PURCHASE AND PROVIDE THE HOODS FOR INSTALLATION BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR RECEIVING THE HOODS. CONTACT HALTON CO. AT 270-237-5600 FOR MORE INFO. 7. ROYAL METAL PRODUCTS START COLLARS - THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO PURCHASE THE START COLLARS DIRECTLY FROM TOM BARROW COMPANY. CONTACT MR. SCOTT GEORGE AT 404-351-1010 FOR PRICING AND AVAILABILITY. START COLLARS NOT PURCHASED THRU TOM BARROW COMPANY WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. E n C B 0 o a o 0 Chick-fil-A 6200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 °°111111IIIf111 ,1� 1. K U RZ y''•.,s - "V-: *V % 3 ' N r _ 0 •• STATE OF i • 2a F •.�0R�o VIONAL 07/30/20 V � =a V NLU oV- Ve aM > M W J J LL M OCIO m J J J J = a� o= a, a d' W I` N FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 20090.CC.S PRINTED FOR FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY BLM Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced far above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER M=901 4 K, 2 4 3 2 I 1 .'.- g ,. . - .. I I l.. fa•. . x - 14r� Lti _ _ _ 1;.•1� ; , 1 L % lli-w- 1 1 ° 1 it •Ir 1::, : a , — a l . " 1 - 1 _ a , 1 - a r ' _� .- E � � � � •_ fJ I l� ill � ■ ■Il lid I71i•.I � 1 I �. E 0 00 ." - '" . •-- it TIM ' "'• e ;v91WI in 0 ,E AIMII ■ ' _ - -; r.6 1 Ira 1 -I w``,� ti _ :I a IL 1 Fl ° ■ n Ell'a »_ �. -.. i, 1..;:: r—'r' —Is 1■w..■' fi111, J i• - '® i fi vim, s,: -° a �- °, _ 1:, r�i■i - ■.��!i r� v • :: r<. �' � �' elilyd� �, 4 ®., �:� _ , - i 1 "i ! �..a::, l -'�> Chick-fil-A _ d 52 ad • 00 Buffington Road •3 �' l Atlanta, Georgia , R , � , 1i !; r i ■1 � 1 a ■ fr1 1 1 I IF 4a% �_ r,�L �� '•� � 1 -� <�, .. �T � a � fir.� .!� i. ■1� � . .:°�- - >•�__r v•�° n. A , G -., sa Ifs 1 ti 1 1 1 l ..Lr , ° < _ 1 am�r . . r a 01 �t ram. milk $■l ft. ;- -� . a t _ : �� •JUL I r •:_"1 R ,.b�` f' �'*• _.-'° r ,. .. -E ila- ,. .. T . 1:%. . „t -• -' � y1 : __ A .� it ! - ,. " :" C •�' .. L € �:. ■ � _' � � - 1 via 11° 1: _ �.._ alllip W d. . 'Y ,f�. ,M.. . _ _� a ' 1 •1.,iKa -"1 / :� .: r �. s sue _ .... . a,. l .:1 . g #' %" ' 4 , . 'JOEr ,:E rely 1. kf� 1 ■ w — i Kurz nske " ! - -, '� ' � .., ° ,: ,; :; �•° •= -= , ._ _ �.� l.■ 11'� " . d . LA a r 1 1■.ee r 1!! r ti■I It•: i' rr 171 71 ■:. -®� ■�`i 1 i, _ - a •-' - - _ - �+ie:.. �' t■• ,-3 Associates „, . ��. g,r 44 te 201 I r'l�1 I - � '- � e, S . s :_� 1i l 1■ I. , eAliiv Nashville, Tennessee 37214 1 -"- • I. 1 1: - e�hl L e • -- : ,•...1 e 4 111 14 Ill a UN 0 _W -- :. 14 , � Telephone- 615 255-5203 -•_� a r-.:-• '� � � .� °�f >r ��;� � : � 6 .._ ,..z.... �: - r.g_ .,., Fax (615) 255-5207 D '� .. 1f• :�•`'` ® - p Email: it@k rzyns e. om ma u k c 4 :I`- •. Lam• 11 r3; "p'h �.. t: "9 1.y �,. . • t. a :: R _ Pr 6. r" .ra 1 {q ! 11 MARK T. KURZYNSKE rt •a_ - - FL 53568 p �. _ . m ME L _ if • ' i+ E; f�7 f`" ,' L �. Iry !R! d"P' �` � �� a r " '�. � � a ■ �'l 1 � • �••1 �T � — �r_� _ � e � .' _ 5_3 Y .E y$$544 �G Iq A „ • s.� i . e♦ TiRt 07/3020 _ 6_. ram• --�sl- - _ � Ct _ .� . . , ' a k 1'— lip LJ E & • . ~ I avi■ -- l•r.� s� ' `€ is - _.: i -'• LZA - F �� lip gra 1 C C film .1116 J r r 1 i eit e r lr � r.rf i.s � I r Ir 10- t : I ■ i � b e , a � . t r , �1 WAF IiL 61 a - ^:wUm rA l . w . - �l ■E - ? ref i �r ■ � a ., y its, UL Cn 'L. • M .' �' '. .:1° °. _.,: - ` `Ir '° �i ' _1 . i 5 WU M EL �06 % M �!i ■ .. a l� 1� K15 �,. .� f --- y .` i■ e® ■ %ON 1° - A6%= -" 1 E. ■_ ;� Imo° 'wpm n I r• e A °: _ „LL •. 1 -, ■ ■ r Ali ! 1;; l -r.L am • X :- v 1..� s ( _�_-.. - r_ �i •moo-£ J �•. ti •� • � _ , 3 T; ,fir �r• ■ . r r 1= �.•' V O t 1 W Puma L4 yx r t tt�� ir 1 �y ill MI e ` � � 1�11��� � �- � � • � �,-� �' � -®s mil, .� � J _ �1 _ J 1..,, ..1 '1I'p IIT4- � •��j i .Ili/' ,fl' � _ � Ifi �1: ®Pad ■®f ■�, !�•:i7r i -a. - _ '. � I f" 1;%' -i ."� . -d. 1 1 IF- �1 1. V I t•.# *•4 _-�, l - '!"■ �" �' ° a■ _UU UU ••-Ilii�t 11 eeteilli tr,: ,ire 1 • �' : ®® , .s�lr: l r rp Ilq I* Lid_ ! '� � >_` B e �i® .. •. • h.a� 1 III ".'V b.1 1• w, =' N ;� � lll� �1 . ■r,� .rs .;• s -:. 1• ■ ;£ : � � Es � �e tee- ■ „' 1■i'+�1 s'�.� ,1' I. �+ r_ t C 1t1r.1 1F° � � ,fie a iia, a rfli +° �,■�p� IGli y t • s f fia ,, 3 � L G Tamer 5 iL s ®l� FSR#04040 L aq EFEW ' BUILDING PE / SIZE P13 LC ALL 1 ■ r• .yr -, �,._r RELEASE: V2.20.02 �, ■ ■ LZ• LD ■ r1.• `ii i'7 �.■ s �. a e . . a) L 1.L. n a1°m .I f REVISION SCHEDULE I ■CI 9 NO. DATE DESCRIPTION -.�: elf: � �I� �: . ,�LI�a 1�®H0101 — Gera.. ® i 411 W, ■ � k It - , • Y_d,. 1i 3 • i P '1 „"RZ•ti t= "�1 ,w,k:,u.,rro . 1 rim ,.gig r _" . Palau _ i :a a Fa r1 f1s11 r Wh- r- "F. _• _ m r, �' 1�1 ®+ li 7 .r j4l's �� 4 -1 r I r.. V.1 k ' : aa� ® ., ;- r I • I�->I>s ,fir �da� r1 r (,_ �� ;' �1�. ,!C � � _ � `' ry • I frol7• ILL I rr� 10 -Rod rM "� a M,l mue � ■ et ,al. !a I� f1� J PT IF "41 E• LA 17 !1 r :1 7 1' m„a � .� : e� . � 11� ,r��, : � .. ,.. iw:.ii „ _ r� 1 R O � • •� 90 �. imm 11 7N t pll l 1 z xd 1 :1r 1'�_ 1 s r up, 1 p nit k i :All arm% 1 11 c� . Ire � �1;�- • _. pow1�� 1�; h■ i I r h l 1 1 ,,: Y I L�1 KW �.r+"i llt� :I O e l t1 I.glr�I :1 1 r .�,r� %:ii i Ir r lair a, 51 PL L . -� . m � , .... W a A L R 102-ME WNTEW LAMT 6 I L R I CA0 1' I N � �i 4 . _ V 1 .: I �: ���1 11 .W. A .4'" �: c::k :VP Il ,l I CA, : S� I•�1�" ._��_ _, � CONSULTANT PROJECT # 20090.CC.S a �} A a"' A PRINTED FOR FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 �I DRAWN BY BLM Information contained on this drawing and in all d'g tal files p LID produced for above named project may not be reproduced in d" d- �. any manner without express written or verbal consent from Q 66 authorized project representatives. _JI SHEET LL ZZ p � O HALTON HOOD SHOP � o o DRAWING C14 U p 'J SHEET NUMBER MHjMv1 01 4 3 E 1 E Ev REMOVABLE CONCRETE SLAB COVER TRAFFIC RATED HEAVY DUTY GAS -TIGHT MANHOLE FRAME & SOLID COVER EQUAL TO NEENAH MODEL R-1772-C WITH SELF SEAL GASKET. 3" VENT 24" INSIDE DIA PRE -CAST CONCRETE MANHOLE RISER SECTION C.O. C.O. 2-WAY C.O. - .ON PRECAST 'REASE TRAPS. NOTES: 1. SET ON 0'-4" OF STRUCTURAL BACKFILL 2. INTERIOR DIMENSIONS CHANGES ALLOWED TO ACCOMPLISH SIMILAR VOLUME. 3. TRAP CAPACITY SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY STATE OR LOCAL AUTHORITY. CONSTRUCTION MUST BE MONOLITHIC, INCLUDING THE BAFFLE. TRAP MUST MEET H-20 TRAFFIC LOADING REQUIREMENTS WHEN LOCATED IN A TRAFFIC AREA. SEE CIVIL PLANS FOR TRAP LOCATION. GREASE INTERCEPTOR NOT TO SCALE �Y 4" V 3" V P-36 P-29B 384 305 4" GW 308 P-6 It 1 vv%j-vvr% 1 P-14 FC0, P-14 BELOW SLAB PLUMBING PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0" 0(� P-37 Y+21 1 •�i�i�i�i�i�i�i SEAL PIPING IN OPENINGS WITH NEOPRENE DONUT AND NON -SHRINK GROUT, TYPICAL. X X(2/3) X(1/3) — 4" SAN TEE 4" C.O. PLUG AND BODY — H (3)6" OPENINGS —► 1'-6" 1'-0" 1'-0" P-13B P-5 "G KITCHEN 4" GW­,_ 4" FCO, P-14 4" G 381 O P-10 O P-10 P-29A 380 P-26 P-5 2"V 3"V H+21 1 Y METHOD OF DRAINAGE AT REFUSE PAD - WHEN AREA DRAIN IS SHOWN ON CIVIL PLANS, SEE FIXTURE P-32 SPECIFICATION ON DRAWING P-901 FOR MAKE AND MODEL OF DRAIN. DRAIN AND PIPING PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY CHICK-FIL-A SITE CONTRACTOR. WHEN AREA DRAIN IS NOT SHOWN, REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DESIGN OPTION SHOWING DRAINAGE THROUGH BACK OF DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE. HANGER 0'-10" AFF. O KITCHEN EQUIPMENT NO. SEE KI' EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON DWG I FOR EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTIONS. 3/4" CW TO SERVICE ROOM. SEE 1/P-101 FOR CONTINUATION. 3/4" NON -FREEZE POST HYDRANT, P-31, WITHIN PVC SLEEVES. SECURE BARREL TO WALL WITH SPLIT -RING HANGER AND THREADED ROD 2'-0" AFF. SET BASE OF HYDRANT BARREL IN ONE CUBIC FOOT OF PEA GRAVEL. WRAP BASE OF HYDRANT WITH SILT FENCE FABRIC TO PREVENT DRAIN HOLE FROM BEING OBSTRUCTED. REFUSE PAD PLUMBING PLAN 1 /4" = 1'-0" 5. SHEET NOTES 1. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF SANITARY PIPING WITH FOOTINGS IN THE FIELD. SLEEVE PENETRATIONS IN FOOTINGS WITH PVC. 2. COMBINATION WASTE AND VENT SYSTEM SHOWN HERE. WHERE REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, PROVIDE SAFE -WASTE SYSTEM OR DEDICATED VENT SYSTEM AS OUTLINED IN STATE AND LOCAL CODE AMENDMENTS. 3. ALL WATER PIPING INSTALLED WITHIN EXTERIOR WALLS SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE INTERIOR SIDE OF THE INSULATION. 4. ALL VENT PIPING TO BE 2" DIAMETER MIN U.N.O. SEE 1/P-301 FOR VENT LAYOUT. CONCRETE OR CLEAN OUT AND COVER, ASPHALT, BY OTHERS. % P-15, PRIME AND PAINT FLAT / BLACK. CONCRETE OR EARTH PIPING IS FREE OF C.O. FILL, BY OTHERS. COVER SUCH THAT LOADING IS NOT TRANSMITTED TO PIPING. SANITARY COMBINATION, TYP. A SAN. C.O. OUTSIDE BUILDING NOT TO SCALE Q KEY NOTES 1 4" DOUBLE CO, P-15. SEE DETAIL 4/P-101. 2 PROVIDE TRAP SEAL PROTECTOR P-26A. 3 INSTALL FLOOR DRAIN P-35 AT MOP SINK DEPRESSION WITH TOP OF STRAINER 0'-7" BFF. MAIN 2" WATER SERVICE TO BUILDING: REFER TO SITE UTILITY PLAN FOR CONTINUATION. MATERIAL USED FOR WATER SERVICE OUTSIDE BUILDING SHALL BE TYPE K. — 2" CW. SEE 1/P-201 3/4" CW TO REFUSE PAD. AND .3 FOR ..... SEE DETAIL 3/P-101. REFER TO SITE UTILITY PLAN FOR t'%nK1TIAII 1A r1nK1 E o0�a o D D o � o C) O CD Chick-fil-A 6200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 D Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 �. U R �10 y. ��� �,.` O E N � . • �� 5 68 ' .� . , � • r .. • • r • .Wr STATE OF :•_: Alt .,�Ss�o tV A� ,����• �fllzf'l 07/30/20 A FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION VESTIBULE CONSULTANT PROJECT# 20090.CC.S 3" VENT WITH A PRINTED FOR WCO 12" AFF. DATE PERMIT - 07/27/2020 DRAWN BY DSF _. information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. 21' V 211 V SHEET W/ WCO W/ WCO 3" VENTS. SEE SITE W BELOW SLAB PLUMBING UTILITY PLAN FOR a PLAN CONTINUATION. SHEET NUMBER P=1 0 1 4 3 2 1 4 1 3 I 2 I 1 E Al ITl%AAATI/1 Mr T•-P1/1r►IT r111%P1rkfi^r-1 \A/IT11 3/4" FW2 DOWN IN WALL. SEE 1/P-302 FOR CONTINUATION. - 1/2" FW2 WITH P-23 STOP AND P-34 BFP. TYP OF TWO. SEE DETAIL 4/P-211 CLEAR POLY -TUBE DRAIN -LINE. EXTENDED FROM ICE MAKER DRAIN OUTLET INTO OPEN TOP OF NEAREST DRAIN RISER MANIFOLD. POLY -TUBE DRAIN LINE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY ICE MAKER INSTALLER. TYPICAL OF TWO. WALL -MOUNTED SCHED 40 ICE MAKER DRAIN MANIFOLD. INSTALLED BY PLUMBING P-26 CONTRACTOR. SEE 2A/P-201 FOR LAYOUT. SEE K-611 FOR PRECISE RISER LOCATIONS. 3/4" DIA SCHED 40 DRAIN AT BOTTOM OF ICE BIN PROVIDED AND T & S MODEL 43-072 POLISHED INSTALLED BY ICE BIN INSTALLER. CHROME HOSE THREAD ADAPTOR W/ CLOSE NIPPLE. SEE P-7. WO MACHINE PIPING 3/4" POLISHED CHROME 90 0 2 TO SCALE DEG ELBOW W/ CLOSE NIPPLE. HOSE THREAD ADAPTER. SEE P-16 ON SHEET P-901 3. SHEET NOTES ICE MAKER 1. COORDINATE VENT TERMINAL LOCATIONS WITH FRESH AIR HOODS ON ROOFTOP TUBING DOWNSTREAM OF BFP PROVIDED AND EQUIPMENT SO AS TO MAINTAIN MINIMUM 15'-0" CLEARANCE. INSTALLED BY ICE MAKER INSTALLER. ICE 380 MAKER INSTALLER TO CONNECT TUBING TO 2. HOLD ALL PIPING ABOVE THE CEILING TIGHT TO STRUCTURE. DUCT LOCATIONS TAKE ICE MAKER AND BFP'S AND PROVIDE ADAPTER PRIORITY. SEE DRAWING M1.1 FOR DUCT LAYOUT. COORDINATE CONFLICTS WITH GC. FITTINGS NEEDED TO DO SO. 3. SEE K-SHEET ELEVATIONS FOR KITCHEN EQUIPMENT WATER PIPING ROUGH -IN LOCATIONS. 380 4. SEE SHEET P-211 FOR BEVERAGE CONDUIT PIPING. 5. SEE RISER DIAGRAM 1/P-301 FOR VENT PIPING. SEE ROOF PLAN 1/P-250 FOP VENT THRU ROOF (VTR) LOCATION. 6. VERIFY WALL TYPE AND WALL THICKNESS AT EXTERIOR HOSE BIBBS PRIOR TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT. 7. WATER HEATER PIPING IS SHOWN FOR STATE/A.O. SMITH MODELS WITH SIDE INLET/OUTLET CONNECTIONS. ADJUST PIPING AS NEEDED TO ACCOMODATE OTHER CONNECTION POINTS WHEN ALTERNATE MODELS ARE PROVIDED. 8. COORDINATE ABOVE -CEILING PIPING LOCATIONS AND ROUTING WITH HVAC CONTRACTOR AND M-SHEETS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. ALL MAIN DUCT TRUNK ICE BIN LOCATIONS SHALL TAKE PRIORITY. PIPING MAY REQUIRE REMOVAL AND 3sa REINSTALLATION AT PLUMBING CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE IF PIPING OBSTRUCTS THE M-SHEET DUCT LAYOUT AS SHOWN OR PREVENTS ACCESS TO GREASE DUCT CLEANOUT OPENINGS. DRAIN RISER LOCATIONS MEASURED FROM EDGE OF ICE BIN. VERIFY ICE BIN WIDTH AND PRECISE LOCATION FROM DIMENSIONS ON K-SHEET ELEVATIONS. SUPPLY HOSE, VACUUM BREAKER. BY OTHERS. C PERMANENTLY ATTACH BY HOSE THREAD TIGHTENING BREAKAWAY ADAPTER. D SET SCREW. P-16 3-WAY VALVE. SEE P-901. ALIGN OUTLETS WITH SPOUT. 5 4 3-WAY VALVE AT MOP SINK % EDGE OF 60"-WIDE ICE BIN I 388T NOT SCALE OUTLINE AS VIEWED FROM FRONT. 1-1/2" DIA SCHED 40 ICE MAKER DRAIN RISER MANIFOLD. SURFACE -MOUNT ON FRP WALL BEHIND ICE BIN BY PLBG CONTRACTOR. 1-1/2" SANITARY TEE WITH CLEANOUT PLUG AT UPPER HUB. ALIGN DROP�1'-�" WITH FUNNEL DRAIN. C VERTICAL DROP AT FUNNEL DRAIN WITH DOUBLE EIGHTH_ BEND OFFSET AROUND BASE TILE. PROVIDE 2" AIR GAP. P-26 FUNNEL DRAIN WITH 3-1/2" TALL OVAL FUNNEL. C ICE MAKER DRAIN ON WALL NOT TO SCALE A 3/4" FW2 DOWN TO P-23 STOPS AT ICE MAKERS. SEE 2/P-201. DRIVE-THRU 305 3/4" CW P-6 DOWN TO TEA/COFFEE 1/2" HW & BREWERS, REF. TO 41P211 CW TO P-6, TYP. SERVING 57" AFF " AFF FRONT 1/2" HW & CW 1/2" CW TO RETHERMALIZER TO P-5, TYP. 3/4" HW & 3/4" CW DOWN P-43 3/4II HW� P-5 592 3/4" FW —J I KITCHEN O KITCHEN EQUIPMENT NO. SEE KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON DWG P-303 FOR EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTIONS. WATER PIPING PLAN PLUMBING 1/4" = 1'-0" P-5 1/2" FW2 DOWN TO P-23 & P34 BFP STOP AT ICE MAKER. SEE 2/P-201, FOR REFERENCE ONLY. VESTIBULE Lu W L AS DRAIN RISER MANIFOLD PIPING WILL BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ICE BIN DELIVERY, ESTABLISH BIN'S PRECISE LOCATION FROM DIMENSIONS CAN K-.qHF=F=T FI F\/ATInN.q PIPE CLIP SUPPORT FOR 1-7/8" OD PIPING. SECURE TO WALL WITH "TEKS" BRAND 1" X #8 LATH SCREWS WITH DRILL - POINT TIP. —� AREA FOR 6" DIAMETER WALL - MOUNTED ICE BIN STAND-OFFS. INSTALL PIPING CLEAR OF THESE AREAS. STANDOFF'S INSTALLED BY CFA ICE MAKER INSTALLER. 3/411 3/4" FW P 1" HW— OP EXTEND HW LOOP DOWN TO HAND SINK, TYP. C) KEYNOTES 1 APPLY RAYCHEM XL -TRACE, MODEL 5XL-1, SELF REGULATING HEATING CABLE. USE END SEAL KIT FROM MFR. PROVIDE P-TRAP IN CONDENSATE DRAIN ON COOLER SIDE OF COOLER -FREEZER PANEL WALL WITH OPEN -TOPPED TEE AT TRAP OUTLET. PROVIDE 6" OF FALL IN FREEZER DRAIN LINE PRIOR TO PENETRATING PANEL WALL. EXTEND HEAT TRACE TO P-TRAP OUTLET IN COOLER. 2 1/2" FW TO P-24 & P-34 AT TWO TEA BREWERS AND ONE COFFEE MAKER. SEE 4/P-211 AND 1/P-302. 3 1/2" HW AND CW DROPS TO MOP SINK FAUCET SET P-7. PROVIDE BALL VALVE FOR EACH ABOVE CEILING WITH P-22 BALL CHECK VALVE IN EACH DROP. SEE RISER DIAGRAM 1/P-302. 4 INSTALL P-16 3-WAY VALVE WITH BACKFLOW PREVENTER ON P-7 FAUCET SPOUT FOR CONNECTION TO ECOLAB DETERGENT DISPENSER. SEE DETAIL 4/P-201. 5 3/4" FW DROP TO TWO -HANDLE FAUCET, P-30. MOUNT FAUCET ON WALL. SEE K-SHEETS FOR EXACT E o��0 LOCATION. PIPE 1/2" FW TO EACH FAUCET INLET WITH 6" SPREAD. PROVIDE BALL VALVE ABOVE CEILING. SEE RISER DIAGRAM 1/P-302. ° D 6 1" GAS DOWN FROM ROOF FOR P-19. SEE 6/P-303 FOR CONTINUATION. OFFSET DROP WITHIN WALL D 0 o 0 O o ABOVE MECH ROOM CEILING. O 7 TURN 3/4" CONDENSATE PIPING OUT OF COOLER AND EXTEND OUTLET TO P-12 FUNNEL DRAIN, SECURE PIPING TO COOLER/FREEZER WALL WITH RUBBER INSULATED PIPE CLAMPS TO PREVENT GALVANIC CORROSION. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS IN WALLS WITH PERMAGUM CORD. TERMINATE Chick-fil-A ABOVE FUNNEL WITH ELBOW AND AIR GAP. PROVIDE P-TRAP IN CONDENSATE DRAIN OUTSIDE COOLER 6200 Buffington Road WITH OPEN -TOPPED TEE AT TRAP OUTLET. 8 SEE 6/P-303 FOR P-19 WATER HEATER, AND P-38 HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMP. COORDINATE Atlanta, Georgia WATER AND DWV PIPING IN THIS AREA WITH HVAC DUCT. SEE M-201 FOR DUCT LAYOUT. 30349-2998 9 OWNER PROVIDED, PLUMBER INSTALLED STOP/BFP PANEL. SEE K-SHEET ELEVATIONS FOR EXACT i LOCATION. PROVIDE EXPOSED 3/4" BALL VALVE AT CONNECTION TO PANEL. ROUTE 1" PVC DRAIN FROM FACTORY PANEL DRAIN CONNECTION TO P-26 FUNNEL DRAIN AT END OF BEVERAGE RACK AND TERMINATE WITH ELBOW AND AIR GAP. M1 10 2" CW. SEE 4/P-303 FOR EXACT ROUTING LOCATIONS OF CW PIPING IN THIS AREA. ` 11 OWNER PROVIDED, PLUMBER INSTALLED WATER FILTERS. SEE DETAIL 5/P-303. 12 FW AND FW2 FROM WATER FILTERS. SEE DETAIL 5/P-303. 13 1" DIAMETER PVC DRAIN FROM BACKFLOW PREVENTER PANEL. CONNECT 1" PVC TO FACTORY Kurzynske PROVIDED COUPLING MOUNTED ON BACK PANEL. ROUTE DRAIN TO P-26 FUNNEL DRAIN AT END OF BAG-N-BOX. MOUNT PIPING TIGHT TO WALL WITH STRUT AND CLAMP. & Associates 14 P-11 WALL HYDRANT 24" AFF WITH BALL VALVE IN DROP 48" AFF. ORDER HYDRANT WITH 12" 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 WOODFORD WALL THICKNESS. SEE WATER RISER 1/P-302. SECURE TO WALL WITH STRUT AND CLAMP. Nashville, Tennessee 37214 P-11 MOUNTED 24" AFG. VERIFY WALL THICKNESS PRIOR TO ORDERING, TYP. OSTOP/BFP PANEL. # 1/2" HW/CW TO 318A. SEE 1/P-302. - EACH P-9 FAUCET. 370 P-7 33 3/4" P-28 BALL P-11 P-1� VALVE, SEE 1/P-302. P-41C P-9 P-9 MULTI -PURPOSE 363 365 3/4" HW 3/4" FW 3/4 FW2 1" HW--/ 365E 3/4" HW & CW DOWN _�— 1/2" TEPID WATER -42 TO EYEWASH #360E FREEZER 3/4" TYPE L COPPER. PROVIDE 12" OF FALL BEFORE PENETRATING WALL PANEL. COVER WITH 1-3/8" I.D. X 3/4" ARMACELL A/P ARMAFLEX OVER HEAT TRACE CABLE. DINING 1" P-12 PROVIDE 2 DEEP TRAP WITH OPEN TEE AT OUTLET. COOLER -1" HW 1 1/4" CW 1/2" CW 1 1/4" CV 1/4" CW DOWN DOWN 1„ — 1" CW DOWN 3/4" HW DOWN P-2 P-1 P-3 P-4 P-4 1 1/2" CV I � r- PROVIDE 2" DEEP TRAP WITH OPEN TEE AT OUTLET ON FREEZER DRAIN LINE ON COOLER SIDE OF PARTITION. 3/4" CW UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, WATER PIPING SHALL BE COPPER OR CPVC AS LISTED IN SPECIFICATIONS. SEE SPECIFICATIONS ON DRAWING P-901. MENS #--3/4" HW 1/2" WALK-IN CONDENSATE PIPING NOTES: INSTALL PIPING TIGHT TO WALL SO AS NOT TO INTERFERE WITH COOLER AND FREEZER SHELVES. PROVIDE UNION FITTINGS IMMEDIATELY DOWNSTREAM OF CONNECTION TO EVAPORATORS. NOTE TO WATER HEATER INSTALLER: POSITION VALVES AND TRIM IN WATER HEATER CLOSET SUCH THAT VISIBLE OBSERVATION OF VALVES AND TRIM IS UNOBSTRUCTED AND SUCH THAT ACCESS FOR OPERATION OR REPAIR IS POSSIBLE WITHOUT USE OF STEP LADDERS OR ANY NEED TO DISASSEMBLE ANY COMPONENTS. P-11 1"CW, 1"HW&1/2"HWR TO WATER HEATER P-19. SEE 6/P-303. WATER FILTER ASSEMBL 350 c) O co a LID 1" CW DN 3/41' C 2" CW-1 10 SERVICE 1/2" HW —1 1/2" CW 1" CW DOWN — OFFICE /-1 1/2" CW 1/2" HW & CW DOWN P-1 p CW P-44 WOMENS —1/2" HW P-4 P-4 1" CW DOWN A L 0 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 ,�ajeeeiaeeery%114, N 53 , s: • • • r •j{V- r : 4U�-, ® STATE OF •g: ON AL "C7/3W O Q Cn U. UL Cn >M � J �LL = O co) m J V� J= =a o= 0) a NUJ ti nWi P2 I FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: V2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 20090.CC.S A PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/27/2020 DRAWN BY DSF Information curtained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET WATER PIPING PLAN SHEET NUMBER P=201 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 E 10". B A 4" DIA SCHED 40 PVC BEVERAGE CONDUIT DOWN IN WALL. START ABOVE CEILING AND TURN OUT THRU WALL TOWARDS DRIVE-THRU DRINK TOWER WITH BOTTOM EDGE OF WALL PENETRATION 0'-8" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. LOCATE PENETRATION ALONG WALL AT CENTER OF DRINK TOWER. SEE BEVERAGE CONDUIT NOTE #5. 6" DIA BEVERAGE CONDUIT DRINK TOWER 6" DIAMETER BEVERAGE CONDUITS. TIGHT TO STRUCTURE. v VSEE BEVERAGE CONDUIT NOTE #3. W� DRIVE-THRU KITCHEN 6" SCHED 40 PVC BEVERAGE CONDUIT DOWN IN WALL. START ABOVE CEILING AND TURN OUT THRU WALL TOWARDS DRINK TOWER WITH BOTTOM EDGE OF WALL PENETRATION 0'-8" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. LOCATE PENETRATION ALONG WALL AT CENTER OF DRINK TOWER. SEE BEVERAGE CONDUIT NOTE #5. SERVING (3)-6" DIA SCHED 40 PVC BEVERAGE CONDUITS IN WALL. START ABOVE CEILING AND TURN OUT THRU WALL TOWARDS MAIN SERVING AREA DRINK TOWERS AT 1'-6" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR INTO VESTIBULE CABINETRY. SEE BEVERAGE CONDUIT NOTE #5. BEVERAGE CONDUIT PIPING PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0" OVERHEAD CONDUIT INSTALLED TIGHT TO BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE. EXTEND CONDUIT 3" BEYOND FACE OF ACT, SECURED WITH EXCUTCHEON PLATE. SPLIT -RING ESCUTCHEONS ARE NOT ALLOWED. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR PRECISE LOCATION OF CONDUIT PENETRATION. GENERAL SECURE DROP WITHIN 6" ABOVE ACT WITH STRUT AND CLAMP. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL BLOCKING AS NEEDED. SERVICE LONG RADIUS ELBOWS AT ALL TURNS, TYPICAL. CO2 FILL -BOX PROVIDED BY CFA AND MOUNTED ON WALL BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. CO2 FILL TUBING AND VENT LINES PROVIDED, INSTALLED AND CONNECTED BY CHICK-FIL-A'S LOCAL CO2 VENDOR. DINING FREEZER COOLER 6" DIA SCHED 40 BEVERAGE CONDUIT TURNED DOWN THRU ACT. TYPICAL OF FIVE. SEE 3/P-211 NOTE #3. MULTI -PURPOSE rk 4" DIA STUB -OUT AT REMOTE FILL - BOX. SEE DETAIL #5 THIS SHEET. - 3" DIA SCHED 40 PVC SWEEP TURNED DOWN WITH DROP THROUGH ACT ABOVE BULK CO2 TANK. SEE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR PRECISE LOCATION. SEE DETAIL #5 THIS SHEET. OFFICE WOMENS 6" PVC PLAN STORAGE TUBE ABOVE DOOR. MOUNT 6" DIA X 30" LONG SCHED 40 PVC WITH CLEANOUT PLUGS AT EACH END. SECURE TO WALL 3" ABOVE DOOR JAMB WITH STRUT AND CLAMP. )DICK CONNECT TUBING CONNECTING FLARE ADAPTER TO BREWER IS PROVIDED BY CHICK-FIL-A WITH EACH BREWER AND SHALL BE INSTALLED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. PIPE CLAMPS AND BRACKETS PER SPECIFICATIONS. SEE 1/P-901. 1/2" MIP ADAPTER P-24 ANGLE STOP AND 1/2" ESCUTCHEON 5'-0" AFF. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND TRIM ACT N 1/2" IPS X 2" LONG CHROME NIPPLE TO FIT CONDUIT, INSTALL ACT IN CEILING 3" DIA SCHED GRID AND ATTACH ESCUTCHEON PLATE. 40 PVC rt 4" P-34 BACKFLOW PREVENTER 4" DIAMETER STUB -OUT WITH ORANGE TEST CAP FOR CO2 FILLNENT TUBING. o T & S MODEL B-0110 FLANGED WALL SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR BRACKET. SEE P-34 SPECIFICATION. 3 X 4 PVC PRECISE LOCATION OF FILL -BOX. ALIGN 1/2" IPS X 2" LONG CHROME NIPPLE QUARTER CENTER OF STUB -OUT WITH CENTER OF BEND FITTING. FILL -BOX AS DIMENSIONED ON FLARE ADAPTER: ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS. 1/2" FIP X 3/8" FLARE AT COFFEE. 1/2" FIP X 1/4" FLARE AT TEA. CO2 BULK TANK. CO2 FILL BOX. SHOWN HERE FOR SHOWN HERE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. ADJUST STANDOFF LENGTH BY REMOVING FLANGE REFERENCE ONLY. AND CUTTING STANDOFF TO PROPER LENGTH. RE- ATTACH FLANGE AND TIGHTEN SET -SCREW. SECURE ALL SET -SCREWS WITH LOCKTITE. EXTEND 4" DIA CONDUIT STUB -OUT BEYOND FACE OF BRICK. (GC TO TRIM PROVIDE 2X4 BLOCKING WITHIN WALL. SECURE STUB -OUT FLUSH WITH FACE OF BRICK FLANGE TO WALUBLOCKING WITH 1-1/2" PRIOR TO MOUNTING FILL BOX.) STAINLESS STEEL FLAT HEAD WOOD SCREWS. 5 CO2 FILLNENT CONDUIT AND FILL -BOX INSTALLATION n COFFEE & TEA BREWER STOP & BFP It NOT TO SCALE 1/4" = 1'-0" 2. BEVERAGE CONDUIT NOTES SERVICE OVERHEAD 3" DIA SCHED 40 PVC CONDUIT FOR CO2 FILLNENT TUBING. SEE BEV CONDUIT NOTE #6 THIS SHEET. 1. ROUTE BEVERAGE SYSTEM PIPING OVERHEAD FROM THE BEVERAGE RACK TO DRINK TOWERS IN FIVE (5)-6" DIA SCH 40 PVC DWV CONDUITS. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE HELD TIGHT TO STRUCTURE AND SUPPORTED WITH THREADED ROD AND CLEVIS HANGERS AT INTERVALS SHOWN IN SPECIFICATIONS FOR HORIZONTAL OVERHEAD PIPING. COORDINATE ROUTING WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO AVOID MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS. SEE 1/P-101 AND 1/P-221 FOR BELOW -SLAB BEVERAGE CONDUIT. 2. COORDINATE ROUTING OF ALL CONDUITS WITH HVAC DUCT IN KITCHEN. SEE SHEET M-201 FOR LOCATION OF AC UNITS AND DUCT ROUTING. 3. TURN THE 6" DIA CONDUIT DOWN THROUGH THE CEILING AT THE BEVERAGE RACK AND PROVIDE CHROMED ESCUTCHEONS AT CEILING PENETRATIONS. TERMINATE OPPOSITE END ABOVE CEILING WHERE SHOWN ON PLANS. 4. AT 6" DIA CONDUIT DROP IN DRIVE-THRU, PROVIDE 1/8TH BEND FITTING WITH SHORT PIPE STUB AT BASE OF DROP. CUT STUB AND FITTING FLUSH WITH FINISHED WALL. 5. FOR BEVERAGE CONDUIT DROPS AT WALLS WITH SHEATHING EXTENDED ABOVE THE CEILING, PROVIDE APPROPRIATE FITTING AT UPPER END OF CONDUIT DROP TO EXTEND CONDUIT THROUGH SHEATHING. 6. INSTALL CONTINUOUS CONDUIT FROM CO2 FILL -BOX LOCATION TO BULK CO2 TANK AS SHOWN ON PLANS AND DETAILS. COORDINATE 4" CONDUIT WALL STUB INSTALLATION CLOSELY WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND BRICK MASON. PRIOR TO COVERING UP OF CONDUIT, VERIFY WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR THE FULL LENGTH OF FILLNENT TUBING MAY BE INSTALLED AND SUBSEQUENTLY REMOVED FROM CONDUIT. SEE PLAN AND DETAIL #5 THIS SHEET. ALTERNATE ROUTING ALLOWED TO AVOID CONFLICT WITH OTHER TRADES: GANG WATER PIPING TOGETHER TO ROUTE UP WITHIN IN JOIST -SPACE ACCOMMODATE BEVERAGE CONDUIT. ATOP BOTTOM CORD AND SECURED ROUTE PIPING INBOARD OF CONDUIT. WITH CLAMPS. 6" BEV CONDUIT. INSTALL BOLT STRUT TO FRAMING. ROUTE PIPING TIGHT TO BOTTOM OF JOISTS. AROUND ROOF HATCH OPENING. SUPPLY AIR DUCT. KITCHEN SECTION AT WET WALL NOT TO SCALE STRUT LOCATE HW LOOP WITHIN 6" OF WALL. TURN PIPING DOWN IN WALL TO FIXTURES. E oO�� °D � C) CD Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 D Email: mail@kurzynske.Com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 ,,d�1111QlQ1p1`, & �s s,• .5 68 � • r • r • r • • iuj r :0�.. STATE ;-A` %i�►s OR % ii At. 1111 . 111111� 07/30/20 C FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 20090.CC.S A PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/27/2020 H DRAWN BY DSF Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET BEVERAGE CONDUIT d, PLAN SHEET NUMBER P=211 4 1 3 1 2 1 ...u.a. . �L.r,.. •.ul.�..-.. .:.. .a.a V.._.:�w... i.1 ...1 __ _._ _ •. — -- _ - _ _ _ _ LL _ _ V L - 1 L l .4 . 1 .f. 1! 0 ig Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 KUR ,.�.�,. c N .!��, • F 53 8 r r r •&U• r r • � I., r ;,0 STATE OF At.. 'e• 07/30/20 Q ClLL LL Q J m C� >W J am o= a V N tiN FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 20090.CC.S PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/27/2020 H DRAWN BY DSF Information contained on this drawing and in all digital fies produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET SLAB ROUGH -IN PLAN SHEET NUMBER P=221 N 3 2 1 doildL'uJi�WLud'IWWUm�' r•Llm. X B GAS PIPING OFFSET PIPING A MINIMUM OF 6" 3rr 10-01 ABOVE TOP EDGE OF FLASHING. 6" f � FLASHING SYSTEM BY ROOFING PROVIDE SUPPORT AT ELBOW CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE WITHIN 3" OF RISER. SEE PIPE PENETRATION WITH ROOFER. SUPPORT DETAIL THIS SHEET SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. GAS PIPE DROP TO WATER HEATER. SEE 1/P-201 FOR CONTINUATION. 6 GAS PIPE DROP TO WATER HEATER NOT TO SCALE NOTES: 1. NON ADJUSTABLE MODEL DB610 PIPE STAND TO BE USED FOR NON -ELEVATED PIPING INSTALLED FLAT ON ROOF DECK. 2. PROVIDE MODEL DBE 10-8 OR DBE 10-12 OR DBE 10-16 AS NEEDED FOR ELEVATING CONDENSATE PIPING TO MAINTAIN PROPER SLOPE AND FOR GAS PIPING CROSSING OVER CONDENSATE PIPING. 3. ENSURE GAS AND CONDENSATE PIPING DO NOT OBSTRUCT ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT ACCESS OPENINGS. RE -PIPING OF SYSTEMS DUE TO CONFLICTS WITH EQUIPMENT ACCESS OPENINGS SHALL BE DONE AT PLUMBING CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. DISTANCE BETWEEN PIPE STANDS NOT TO EXCEED 8'-0" FOR GAS AND 4'-0" FOR CONDENSATE. COOPER B-LINE DURA-BLOK DB SERIES SHOWN. HEAVY DUTY 100% RECYCLED RUBBER BASE WITH FACTORY REFLECTIVE RED WARNING STRIPE. PIPING SUPPORT ON ROOF NOT TO SCALE ROUTE CONDENSATE THRU PARAPET SCUPPER AND INTO DOWNSPOUT COLLECTOR WITH 90 DEG ELBOW. TYPICAL. INSTALL MAIN GAS SUPPLY LINE NO CLOSER THAN 3'-6" FROM AC UNIT CURB, TYPICAL. GAS AND CONDENSATE PIPING ON ROOF. PIPE CLAMP ONE SIZE LARGER THAN PIPE DIAMETER. SECURE CLAMP TO STRUT WITH B-LINE CONNECTORS. STRUT. FIELD ADJUST TO KEEP STRUT LEVEL. PIPE SHALL FOLLOW SLOPE OF ROOF. SET ON ROOF MFR APPROVED PAD. NOTES: 1. INSTALL GAS PIPING SUCH THAT HVAC EQUIPMENT ACCESS PANELS AND/OR DOORS ARE IN NO WAY OBSTRUCTED BY PIPING, VALVES, OR SUPPORTS. 2. TO AVOID CONFLICT WITH AC UNIT ACCESS DOORS, INSTALL GAS PIPING NO CLOSER THAN 3'-6" FROM AC UNIT. (EXCEPT FOR BRANCH LINE CONNECTED TO AC UNIT.) 3. ROUTE BRANCH TAKE -OFF DIRECTLY FROM MAIN TO ROOFTOP UNIT AS SHOWN ON PLAN AND DETAILS WITHOUT LATERAL OFFSETS WHICH MAY OBSTRUCT UNIT ACCESS DOORS. ROOFTOP UNI DRIP LEG. MAINTAIN CLEARANCE FROM ROOF NECESSARY TO REMOVE CAP FOR CLEANING. — 3'-6" MINIMUM lUNION GAS COCK GAS BRANCH MAIN PIPING REDUCER AT ROOF GAS COCK. SEE PIPE SUPPORT DETAIL THIS SHEET 5. GAS CONNECTION SCHEDULE EQUIPMENT GAS LOAD AC#1 480,000 BTUS AC#2 480,000 BTUS AC#3 480,000 BTUS WATER HEATER 120,000 BTUS TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD 1,560,000 BTUS REMARKS: 1) EQUIVALENT TO 1,560.0 CFH 2) 7" W.C. DELIVERY PRESSURE 3) DEVELOPED LENGTH: 175 FT (METER TO AC#2) UNION, TYPICAL OF TWO AT P-TRAP. (ROOFTOP UNIT 2„ TEE LEG OPEN TO wl ATMOSPHERE rM I� 4" DEEP SEAL TRAP SCHED 40 PVC THREADED PLUG SEE DWG THIS PLAN FOR CONTINUATION AND SIZE. TRAP PIPING TO BE SAME SIZE AS BRANCH SHOWN ON ROOF PLAN. GAS PIPING AT RTU CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING 3 r— 1r 2 1 /4" = 1'—Orr 1/411 = 1 0 1 1/2" CONDENSATE Elm PROPOSED GAS METER LOCATION ROUTE 4" VENT UP THROUGH ROOF MIN. 3'-0" FROM PARAPET. ' (�) ROUTE WATER HEATER FLUE UP THROUGH ROOF PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. C.O. ROUTE WATER HEATER COMBUSTION AIR Li 2" GAS AC#1 DUCT UP THROUGH ROOF PER C.O. MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. -- - + 2" GAS 1 1/4" CONDENSATE - C.O. AC#2 AC#31 SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL CONDUIT FOR DRAWINGS FOR ROOFTOP PIPE ICE MAKER, AND WALK-IN FREEZER AND COOLER REFRIGERANT TUBING PENETRATIONS. THROUGH ROOF. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ROOFTOP WHERE POSSIBLE, INSTALL GAS AND CONDENSATE REFRIGERANT CONDUIT INSTALLATIONS AND FOR LOCATION OF ICE N PIPING SUCH THAT A SINGLE SUPPORT BLO CK CAMAKER, FREEZER AND COOLER CONDENSING UNITS. SUPPORT BOTH GAS AND CONDENSATE. CONDENSATE PIPING ON ROOF SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC. SEE SPECIFICATIONS ON DRAWING P-901. ROOF PIPING PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0" E o00� a 0 000 D�o 0 Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 C 0 Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 0 `%J1111II1lBIfa,I % yli N '`, dill a $ . r • •w- • Q •, STATE OF �;•2: • •♦. AL I OR IOrN AUS00 07/30/20 0 � Q M > M W J .J UL D nn Oco m J J J J = Q � � W tiN FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 20090.CC.S A PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/27/2020 DRAWN BY DSF Information contained on this drawing and in all digital fps produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express writer or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET ROOF PLAN AND DETAILS 0. SHEET NUMBER P=250 4 3 2 1 v 0 0 0 (P CD Chick-fil-A 6200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 o`,sr�• O E N S yy , � 0 o. 5 568 •tn r • r • • • y :A'. STATE OF ' "2• ss• .. ... o0 O BIt ea A� 0 07/30/20 FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE C CONSULTANT PROJECT # 20090.CC.S PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/27/2020 DRAWN BY DSF Information contained on this drawing and in all digital ties produced for above named project may not be reproduced n any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET Dvw RISER DIAGRAM a SHEET NUMBER P=301 4 3 2 1 E L7 C B A FOR PRECISE LOCATION OF COLD WATER RETHERMALIZER CONNECTION ROUGH -IN. SEE ELEVATIONS ON SHEET K-401. ESCUTCHEON 1/2" BALL VALVE 1/2" DIA X 2" LONG PIPE NIPPLE ALL PIPE NIPPLES AND FITTINGS SHALL BE LEAD -FEE CHROME PLATED BRASS. BALL VALVES SHALL BE FULL -PORT, LEAD- FREE STAINLESS STEEL WITH FIP INLET & OUTLET. 1/2" ELBOW. ,01 SPLIT -RING PIPE BRACKET. SECURE ALL - THREAD BRACKET -BASE TO WALL WITH 1-3/4" MINIMUM STAINLESS STEEL FLAT -HEAD PHILLIP SCREWS EMBEDDED IN WALL BLOCKING. COORDINATE WALL BLOCKING LOCATION WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL WALL BLOCKING SIM 2A/P-302. RETHERMALIZER SUPPLY VALVE 3 NOT TO SCALE 1/2" FW2 TO #380 ICE MACHINES WITH TWO P-23 STOPS & P-34 BFP. SEE 2/13-201. BALL VALVE, TYPICAL. 3/4" CV\ P-25, TYPICAL. 1/2" FW TO COFFEE MAKER WITH P-24 & P-34 P-11 1/2" FW TO TEA BREWER WITH P-24 AND P-34, TYP. OF 2 3/4" FW2 "FW /-3/4" HW 1/2" 3/4" HW � 355E P-6 IT 1/2" FW2 DOWN TO P-23 & P34 BFP STOP AT ICE MAKER. SEE 2/P-201, FOR REFERENCE ONLY. 1/2" 3/4" HW 3/4" FW2 3/4" HW 3/4" SEC TIO 2A FOR PRECISE LOCATION OF COLD WATER DISHWASHER CONNECTION ROUGH -IN. SEE ELEVATIONS ON SHEET K-401. ESCUTCHEON s/ "BALL VALVE, P-41 C ri O % " DIA X 2" LONG PIP1'E NIPPLE — COORDINATE WALL BLOCKING LOCATION WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL WALL BLOCKING. DISHWASHER SUPPLY VALVE ASSEMBLY -CHAMPION NOT TO SCALE 3/4" CW P-5 360E 3/4" C W- ""�< P-4 592 3/4" 3/4" HW 3/4" 360E P-5 1/2" HW & CW — 1367FIM ALL PIPE NIPPLES AND FITTINGS SHALL BE LEAD -FEE CHROME PLATED BRASS. BALL VALVES SHALL BE FULL -PORT, LEAD- FREE STAINLESS STEEL WITH FIP INLET & OUTLET. X Y2" REDUCING ELBOW. SEE 2A/P-302 FOR PIPING CONNECTION WITHIN WALL. %" X'h" TEE 1/" 90 DEG ELL O W' BALL VALVE SHUT-OFF FOR CHAMPION DRAIN WATER TEMPERING OPTION. 3/4" HW 3/4" FW 1/2" HW & CW TO MIXING VALVE P-42, MOUNTED AT WALL, ABOVE CEILING, DIRECTLY ABOVE EYEWASH SPLIT -RING PIPE BRACKET. SECURE ALL - THREAD BRACKET -BASE TO WALL WITH 1-3/4" MINIMUM STAINLESS STEEL FLAT -HEAD PHILLIP SCREWS EMBEDDED IN WALL BLOCKING. s/ " COUPLING FOR MAIN CW CONNECTION TO FACTORY PROVIDED DISHWASHER HOSE. HOSE AND FIP-TO-HOSE-THREAD FITTING PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY FACTORY DISHWASHER INSTALLATION CREW. P-22 BALL CHECKS 1/2" CW INSTALLED ABOVE 1" HW 3/4" HW CEILING IN DROPS. & CW �3/4" CW 1/2" TEPID WATER TO EYEWASH 1" HW 360E P-41 C, SEE 1" CW DETAIL 2/P-302. P-5 3/4" CW 1H 367E P-9 365E 1/2" FW TO EACH 3/4" C SIDE OF P-30 FAUCET. KITCHEN EQUIPMENT NUMBER. SEE KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE 2/P-303 FOR EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTIONS. SECURE DROP -EARED ELBOW TO BLOCKING WITH 1-1/4" FLAT HEAD PHILLIP SCREWS. n SECTION AT PIPNG WITHIN WALL NOT TO SCALE OWNER PROVIDED, PREFABRICATED 8-STOP MANIFOLD BACKFLOW PREVENTER PANEL. MOUNTED ON WALL BY PLUMBER. EIGHT (8) ASSE 1022 RATED BFP'S. PIPING FROM BFPS TO CARBONATORS SHALL BE BY THE LOCAL SOFT DRINK VENDOR. ROUTE 1 DIA PVC DRAIN FROM PANEL TO P-26 FLOOR DRAIN IN MECHANICAL ROOM. SEE 1/P-201. — 1 /2" HW & CW PROVIDE 3/4" P-28 BALL VALVE IN LINE SERVING STOP/BFP PANEL EXPOSED ON WALL. 3/4" HW P-11 P-16 3/4" FW R P - 7 370 1 1/2" CW �3/4" FW2 365E 1 112" CW 1" >1A 1" HW­ 1 1 /4" CW 1 1 /4" CV\ 3/4" HW P-2 3/4" HW 1 1/2" CV 1" CW P-1 P-44 3/4" CW­--`�P-3 1/2" CW P-4 3/4" HW P-4 1 1/2" CW S 318A 2" CW­-- C 1" HW & CW TO WATER HEATER P-39 PRV SET AT 70 PSIG. FINISHED WALL WITH FRP 1/2" X Y2" BRASS FIP DROP -EARED ELBOW ESCUTCHEON RING X 1/" REDUCING ELBOW SEE 2/P302 '/2" DIA CHROME PIPE NIPPLE P-27 PRESSURE GAUGE P-38 RECIRC PUMP. SEE 6/P-303 FOR PIPING AND ACCESSORIES. 1" CW TO OWNER PROVIDED, PLUMBER INSTALLED WATER FILTERS IN MECH. ROOM. SEE DETAIL 5/P-303. 3/4" CW SERVICE TO 2" CW SERVICE TO BUILDING. P-4 SEE 1/P-101 FOR CONTINUATION P-4 3/4" CW- 1" CW P-11 P-44 1/2" HW/CW TO P-2 1/2" HW/CW TO P-11 P-4, TYPICAL. P-44, TYPICAL. 4 3 2 1 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, WATER PIPING SHALL BE COPPER OR CPVC AS LISTED IN SPECIFICATIONS. SEE SPECIFICATIONS ON DRAWING P-901. 1/2" 1/2" H 1/2" HWR 121-MR15111 i DUMPSTER HYDRANT. SEE 3/P-101 FOR CONTINUATION. P-40 WYE STRAINER E oOO� a � CD o ° o (D Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 A C B Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 ,j1111111ffff••I R2 40 +••GEN •.N •i ��� �. •�� F • its N 53 $ r • • W • • a ;O STATE OF ram•• •:�; �•-'•; "ON AI. t`,���. 07/30/20 FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 20090.CC.S A PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/27/2020 I_- DRAWN BY DSF Info"nation contained on this drawing and in all digital fks produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET WATER RISER DIAGRAM a SHEET NUMBER P=302 0 CD Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 ����Q'�• G E S F� �i �;• o.5 68 • _ STATE OF=W: i s •• N AL •���' •021.uro• 07/30/20 Q JLL or LL J >M � J ?LL Q J m V� J= am o= a V N tiN FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 20090.CC.S PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/27/2020 H DRAWN BY DSF Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. UJ SHEET DETAILS AND a SCHEDULES SHEET NUMBER P=303 . -Y •'•"'•""lY1:W LllL1W ��ak �.::..�,J.. .�I. � .... L-il ... c- a -i � -_ •aa•• --_ ��� -1. :II�aL..i.\..�44 .-ti.- ../ /. x. 4.. I+1 Il. Y .t 1 tl 4 1 3 2 1 E M C B A 1. SECTION C15100 - PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS PART I - PRODUCTS (C15100) 2.02 INSTALLATION (C15100) 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. WATER PIPING IN EXTERIOR WALL SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE HEATED SIDE OF WALL A. THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENT. WHERE FEDERAL, INSULATION. STATE OR LOCAL REQUIREMENTS DIFFER FROM THIS SPECIFICATION, THE MORE STRINGENT OF THE TWO SHALL BE FOLLOWED. B. EXPOSED HOT AND COLD WATER TRIM FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES IN FINISHED AREAS SHALL BE CHROME FINISHED. 1.02 SCOPE C. ACCEPTABLE METHODS OF PIPE SUPPORT WITHIN WALLS SHALL BE THE SUMNER SYSTEM, A. HOT AND COLD POTABLE WATER PIPING ABOVE SLAB SHALL BE TYPE'L' HARD DRAWN POSIFIX, STAKFIX, PIPEFIX, HOLDRITE OR CHANNEL. COPPER OR FLOWGUARD GOLD CPVC AS MANUFACTURED BY NIBCO OR CHARLOTTE PIPE & FOUNDRY AND MEETING ASTM D-2846. FILTERED WATER PIPING SHALL BE D. PROVIDE J.R. SMITH OR APPROVED EQUAL SHOCK ABSORBERS #5005 THRU 5050 SIZE AS FLOWGUARD GOLD CPVC. HOT AND COLD PIPING WITHIN WALLS BEHIND KITCHEN HOODS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER INSTALLED ON HOT AND COLD WATER BRANCH LINES SHALL BE COPPER. CONTAINING SINGLE LEVER FAUCETS, FLUSH VALVES OR EQUIPMENT WITH QUICK CLOSING VALVES BETWEEN THE LAST TWO FIXTURES AS SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. B. POTABLE WATER PIPING BELOW SLAB AND OUTSIDE BELOW GRADE SHALL BE TYPE "K" SHOCK ABSORBERS SERVICING FIXTURES WITH FLUSH VALVES SHALL BE SECURELY SOFT ANNEALED SEAMLESS. NO JOINTS SHALL BE ALLOWED BELOW SLAB. POTABLE ANCHORED IN THEIR VERTICAL POSITION. WATER PIPING BELOW GRADE SHALL BE SLEEVED FOR ITS ENTIRE LENGTH WITH POLY SLEEVE AS MADE BY IPS WATER-TITE. ALL SLAB PENETRATIONS SHALL BE SLEEVED E. SANITARY WASTE LINES SHALL BE UNIFORMLY GRADED TO ELEVATIONS SHOWN. IF NO WITH POLY SLEEVE TO PROTECT PIPING FROM CORROSION BY CONCRETE. ELEVATIONS ARE GIVEN, SEWERS SHALL BE PITCHED NOT LESS THAN 1/4" PER FOOT FOR ALL PIPING 2-1/2" IN DIAMETER AND SMALLER AND 1/8" PER FOOT FOR ALL PIPING 3" IN DIAMETER C. COPPER PIPE FITTINGS SHALL BE WROUGHT COPPER SWEEP PATTERN FITTINGS AND LARGER. SOLDERED USING 95-5 LEAD-FREE SOLDER MEETING ASTM B-32 OR BRAZED WITH SIL- FOS. SOLDER FLUXES SHALL MEET ASTM B-813 AND SHALL BE LEAD FREE. BRAZING F. STORM PIPING SHALL BE SLOPED AT 1/4" PER FT (2%) UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS. FLUXES SHALL MEET AWS F133-A OR F133-C. G. SUPPORT HORIZONTAL PIPING ACCORDING TO LOCAL PLUMBING CODE. HANGER RODS SHALL D. WATER PIPING DOWNSTREAM OF SOFT DRINK CARBONATORS SHALL BE PROVIDED AND BE SIZED AS FOLLOWS: INSTALLED BY LOCAL SOFT DRINK VENDOR. NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (IN) MINIMUM HANGER DIAMETER (IN) E. CPVC FITTINGS FOR PIPING SHALL BE SOLVENT WELD TYPE MEETING ASTM D-2846 WITH 1/2 3/8 CEMENTS MEETING ASTM F-493 AND PRIMER MEETING ASTM F-656. CURE TIME MUST 3/4 TO 1-1/2 3/8 COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. FOR CPVC PIPING INSTALLATION, 2 TO 2-1/2 3/8 WALL STUBS AT FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COPPER AND SHALL BE SERIES 3 TO 6 1/2 630-C. CPVC-TO-COPPER STUB OUT ELBOWS BY SIOUX CHIEF. H. HANGERS FOR PIPING GREATER THAN 1" SHALL PASS OVER THE INSULATION. PROVIDE SADDLES FOR INSULATED PIPING. F. NIPPLES, ELBOWS, AND OTHER ACCESSORY FITTINGS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE ANY WATER PIPING CONNECTION SHALL BE BRASS OR OF SIMILAR TYPE METAL AS THE I. INSULATION SHALL BE APPLIED WITH JOINTS TIGHTLY BUTTED. OPEN CRACKS, VOIDS AND FITTING TO WHICH IT IS CONNECTED. GALVANIZED FITTINGS ARE PROHIBITED. DEPRESSIONS SHALL BE FILLED WITH HYDRAULIC SETTING CEMENT. LAPPING MATCHING THE (EXCEPTION: GALVANIZED HEAT TRAP WATER HEATER NIPPLES IF INTERNALLY FINISH SHALL BE PASTED NEATLY OVER JOINTS. FITTINGS AND VALVES SHALL BE INSULATED PROTECTED WITH TEFLON OR POLYMER CORROSION -RESISTANT COATING.) WITH THE SAME TYPE. G. ALL HVAC CONDENSATE PIPING SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC DWV AS MANUFACTURED BY J. PROVIDE AND INSTALL A CUT-OFF VALVE, UNION AND FULL SIZE DIRT LEG AT CONNECTION TO CHARLOTTE PIPE AND MEETING ASTM D-1784, D-1785 AND D-2665. EACH GAS -FIRED PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. INSTALL PIPING AT AND AROUND EQUIPMENT SO AS TO NO WAY OBSTRUCT EQUIPMENT ACCESS PANELS AND/OR ACCESS DOORS. H. U.N.O., ALL SANITARY WASTE, VENT, STORM DRAINAGE PIPING AND FITTINGS INSIDE THE BUILDING, ABOVE AND BELOW GRADE, AND FOR ROOFTOP CONDENSATE, SHALL BE K. COORDINATE ABOVE -CEILING PIPING LOCATIONS AND ROUTING WITH HVAC CONTRACTOR SOLID WALL SCHEDULE 40 PVC DWV AS MANUFACTURED BY CHARLOTTE PIPE AND AND M-SHEETS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. ALL MAIN DUCT TRUNK LOCATIONS SHALL TAKE MEETING ASTM D-2665 AND D-2949. FOAM CORE AND/OR CELLULAR CORE PVC PIPING PRIORITY. PIPING MAY REQUIRE REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION AT PLUMBING SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED. PVC PIPING OUTSIDE THE BUILDING, BELOW GRADE, SHALL BE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE IF PIPING OBSTRUCTS THE M-SHEET DUCT LAYOUT AS SHOWN OR TYPE SDR-35 MEETING ASTM D-3034, U.N.O. PREVENTS ACCESS TO GREASE DUCT CLEANOUT OPENINGS. I. DWV PIPE AND FITTINGS WITHIN WALLS BEHIND KITCHEN HOODS SHALL BE SERVICE L. ALL GAS PIPING ABOVE ROOF SHALL BE CLEANED FREE OF RUST AND PAINTED WITH COAT WEIGHT HUBLESS CAST IRON WITH SLEEVE, SHIELD, AND DRAWBAND JOINTS MEETING OF ZINC RUST PRIMER AND ONE COAT OF ALUMINUM BASE PAINT. METER AND GAS RISER ASTM A-888 AND ASTM C-564. SHALL BE PRIMED AND PAINTED TO MATCH BUILDING. J. PVC-DWV FITTINGS FOR PIPING SHALL BE SOLVENT WELD TYPE INSIDE AND UNDERSLAB 2.03 TESTING (C15100) MEETING ASTM D-2665, D-3311 AND F-186. CEMENTS SHALL MEET ASTM D-2564 AND A. POTABLE WATER PIPING SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE PRIMER MEETING ASTM F-656. CURE TIME MUST COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S CODE REQUIREMENTS AND MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. RECOMMENDATIONS. EXTERIOR PIPING JOINTS SHALL BE NEOPRENE PUSH -ON TYPE. B. THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM SHALL BE FLUSHED OUT PROGRESSIVELY BY OPENING K. PROVIDE 1" THICK PIPE INSULATION FOR ALL ABOVE SLAB HOT AND TEMPERED WATER OUTLETS AND FLOWING WATER UNTIL IT RUNS CLEAR. AFTER PIPE CLEANING IS COMPLETED, PIPING. PROVIDE 1/2" THICK INSULATION FOR ALL ABOVE SLAB COLD WATER, FILTERED THE STRAINERS SHALL BE REMOVED, CLEANED, AND REPLACED. THEN THE ENTIRE POTABLE WATER, CONDENSATE PIPING, AND HORIZONTAL RAIN WATER CONDUCTORS INSIDE THE WATER SYSTEM SHALL BE DISINFECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AUTHORITY HAVING BUILDING. PIPING INSULATION SHALL BE KNAUF 1000F 25/50 FIBERGLASS PIPE JURISDICTION. COVERING, WHITE KRAFT PAPER VAPOR BARRIER (.02 PERMS) BONDED TO ALUMINUM FOIL AND REINFORCED WITH GLASS FIBERS. MAXIMUM THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY OF 0.23 C. THE SANITARY WASTE SYSTEM SHALL BE FLUSHED OUT PROGRESSIVELY WITH FLOWING AT 75F. LONGITUDINAL LAP SHALL BE SELF SEALING. INSULATION FOR WALK-IN WATER UNTIL IT RUNS CLEAR. COOLER/FREEZER CONDENSATE PIPING SHALL BE ARMACELL A/P ARMAFLEX WITH MINIMUM 3/4" WALL THICKNESS. D. THE ENTIRE SANITARY WASTE SYSTEM AND STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS AND MANUFACTURERS L. PIPE INSULATION AND COVERINGS SHALL HAVE A RATING OF NOT GREATER THAN 25 RECOMMENDATIONS. FLAME SPREAD, NO HIGHER THAN 50 SMOKE DEVELOPED, AND NO MORE THAN 50 FUEL CONTRIBUTED. THE ONLY EXCEPTION SHALL BE ARMAFLEX AP, WHEN SPECIFIED, WHICH E. NATURAL GAS PIPING SHALL BE LEAK TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODE SHALL NOT EXCEED 100 SMOKE DEVELOPED. REQUIREMENTS AND MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. M. A PVC 25/50 PRE -FORMED COVER SHALL BE PROVIDED AT ALL INSULATED PIPING PART III - MANUFACTURERS FITTINGS EQUAL TO PROTO PVC CORP LOSMOKE, 800-875-7768. 3.01 PRODUCTS - PIPING SYSTEMS, ETC (C15100) N. ALL ABOVE GRADE NATURAL GAS PIPING SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL MEETING ASTM A53 WITH SCREWED OR WELDED FITTINGS AND GASKET TYPE UNIONS AND A. HYDRANTS, CARRIERS, DRAINS, AND SHOCK ABSORBERS: ZURN. ACCEPTABLE FLANGES. FOR SCREWED PIPING, PIPING SHALL BE JOINED WITH BLACK 150 POUND ALTERNATES: JAY R. SMITH, JONES STEPHENS CORP, WATTS, OR JOSAM. MALLEABLE IRON SCREWED FITTINGS AS ALLOWED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE NEED FOR WELDED PIPING AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL GAS CODE B ALTERNATES TO ZURN (ZRN) FIXTURES: ONLY AS SHOWN ON PLANS. APPROVED JAY R. AND/OR APPLICABLE LOCAL ORDINANCES AND AMENDMENTS. SMITH (JRS), WATTS (WTS), MODEL NUMBERS LISTED ON FIXTURE SCHEDULE, THIS SHEET. 0. ALL BELOW GRADE NATURAL GAS PIPING SHALL BE MEDIUM DENSITY POLYETHYLENE 3.02 PRODUCTS - RESTROOM FIXTURES PORCELAIN & VALVES (C15405) (PE) MEETING ASTM D2513 AS MANUFACTURED BY GASTITE WITH JOINING SYSTEM AS MANUFACTURED BY CON -STAB. TRANSITIONS FROM ABOVE GRADE RIDGID PIPING TO PE A. PREFERRED FIXTURES: TOTO. NO EXCEPTION. BELOW GRADE PIPING SHALL BE MADE WITH ANODE -LESS RISER ASSEMBLY AS MANUFACTURED BY CON -STAB. B. ALTERNATE FIXTURES: ONLY AS SHOWN ON PLANS. P. EXPOSED SUPPORTS AND ATTACHMENTS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL, CHROME OR C. FITTINGS: AS SPECIFIED ON THE PLANS. NO SUBSTITUTIONS ALLOWED. CHROME PLATED. GALVANIZED ATTACHMENTS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. D. FLUSH VALVES AND LAVATORY FAUCETS: TOTO MANUFACTURING. NO SUBSTITUTIONS Q. USE MATERIALS SPECIFIED ON THESE PLANS. SUBSTITUTIONS ARE ALLOWED ONLY IF ALLOWED. SPECIFIED MATERIALS ARE UNAVAILABLE. PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL. ALL WATER PIPING, FITTINGS, FIXTURES AND E. PREFERRED TOILET SEATS: TOTO. ALTERNATE TOILET SEATS: CHURCH, BEMIS, AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE CERTIFIED LEAD FREE AS DEFINED IN, AND PER THE INTENT OF, BENEKE. THE "REDUCTION IN LEAD IN DRINKING WATER ACT". F. FLOOR SINKS: ZURN WITH ALUMINUM SEDIMENT BUCKETS. NO SUBSTITUTIONS ALLOWED. PART 11 - EXECUTION (C15100) 2.01 TRENCHING (C15100) A. EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING, AND TRENCH WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LATEST O.S.H.A. AND APPLICABLE SAFETY STANDARDS. B. PROVIDE NECESSARY SHORING AND CLEANING TO KEEP TRENCHES IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION, INCLUDING PUMPING OUT WATER. C. IN MOSTLY ROCK MATERIAL, TRENCHES SHALL BE EXCAVATED TO 6" BELOW THE ELEVATION OF THE BOTTOM OF THE PIPES. AFTER EXCAVATION, TRENCH SHALL THEN BE FILLED TO THE PROPER ELEVATION WITH CRUSHED LIMESTONE. GRAVEL SHALL BE REMOVED FROM UNDER PIPE BELLS SO THE PIPE RESTS FIRMLY ON THE TRENCH BOTTOM. D. IN MOSTLY EARTH OR SAND MATERIAL, TRENCHES SHALL BE EXCAVATED TO 6" BELOW THE ELEVATION OF THE BOTTOM OF THE PIPES. AFTER EXCAVATION, TRENCH SHALL THEN BE FILLED TO THE PROPER ELEVATION WITH FINE SAND OR GRAVEL. TRENCH BOTTOM SHALL BE REMOVED AT PIPE BELLS SO THE PIPE RESTS FIRMLY ON THE TRENCH BOTTOM. E. BACKFILLING AND TAMPING SHALL BE CAREFULLY DONE BY HAND SIMULTANEOUSLY ALONG BOTH SIDES OF THE PIPE USING ROCK FREE EARTH, CRUSHED STONE OR SAND UNTIL THE PIPE IS COVERED TO A DEPTH OF AT LEAST 12". BACKFILL SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED IN SUCCESSIVE 6" LAYERS. THE REST OF THE FILL -UP TO THE TOPSOIL LAYER MAY BE GRAVEL OR ROCK FREE EARTH. F. ACCEPTABLE SOIL MATERIALS FOR BACKFILL AND FILL SHALL BE FREE OF CLAY, ROCK OR GRAVEL LARGER THAN 2" IN ANY DIMENSION, DEBRIS, WASTE, FROZEN MATERIALS AND OTHER DELETERIOUS MATTER HAVING A PLASTICITY INDEX LESS THAN 30. BACKFILL SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED IN LAYERS OF NOT MORE THAN 6" AND EACH LAYER SHALL BE COMPACTED. THE LAST 12" OF BACKFILL SHALL BE ROCK FREE TOPSOIL. G. SURFACE SHALL BE RESTORED TO ITS ORIGINAL CONDITION. NATIONAL ACCOUNTS 1. TOTO VALVES AND FIXTURES (NO SUBSTITUTIONS). HAINES, JONES & CADBURY LLC. (HJC DISTRIBUTORS). PLEASE CONTACT HJC-CFA CUSTOMER SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE AT (800) 459-7099 OR VIA E-MAIL AT: CF a@HJCINC.COM FOR NATIONAL ACCOUNT PRICING AND DELIVERY FOR ALL ITEMS ON PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE. 2. PLUMBING FIXTURES RESTROOM FIXTURES (C15405) AND PLUMBING (15100) P-1 WATER CLOSET: TOTO MODEL CT705UN#01 BOWL WITH 1.28 GPF TET1 LA32#CP EMPOWER FLUSH VALVE AND SC534 SEAT (ALL PROVIDED BY HJC). NO SUBSTITUTIONS. WHITE, FLOOR MOUNTED, FLUSH VALVE TYPE, VITREOUS CHINA, 1-1/2" TOP SPUD, ELONGATED BOWL, ELECTRONIC SENSOR OPERATED HANDS -FREE FLUSH VALVE, WHITE OPEN FRONT SEAT WITH CHECK HINGE. CHICK-FIL-A HAS NATIONAL ACCOUNTS WITH TOTO. PLEASE SEE NATIONAL ACCOUNT INFORMATION ON THIS SHEET FOR PRICING OF TOTO FIXTURES. P-2 WATER CLOSET (ADA): TOTO MODEL CT705ULN#01 BOWL WITH 1.28 GPF TET1 LA32#CP EMPOWER FLUSH VALVE AND SC534 SEAT (ALL PROVIDED BY HJC). NO SUBSTITUTIONS. H.C. ACCESSIBLE, WHITE, FLOOR MOUNTED, 17-1/2" HIGH, FLUSH VALVE TYPE, VITREOUS CHINA, 1-1/2" TOP SPUD, ELONGATED BOWL, ELECTRONIC SENSOR OPERATED HANDS -FREE FLUSH VALVE, WHITE OPEN FRONT SEAT WITH CHECK HINGE. CHICK-FIL-A HAS NATIONAL ACCOUNTS WITH TOTO. PLEASE SEE NATIONAL ACCOUNT INFORMATION ON THIS SHEET FOR PRICING OF TOTO FIXTURES. P-3 URINAL: TOTO MODEL UT445U#01 URINAL WITH TEU1UA12#CP 0.125 GPF SELF SUSTAINED HYDROPOWER SELF -GENERATING ELECTRONIC SENSOR -OPERATED FLUSH VALVE (BOTH PROVIDED BY HJC). NO SUBSTITUTIONS. VITREOUS CHINA, 3/4" TOP SPUD, SENSOR OPERATED WITH MANUAL OVERRIDE BUTTON, INTERNAL VALVE FILTER PROTECTION, PLEASE SEE NATIONAL ACCOUNT INFORMATION ON THIS SHEET FOR PRICING OF TOTO PRODUCTS. P-4 LAVATORY FAUCET: (BUILT-IN COUNTERTOP LAVATORY PROVIDED BY OWNER) TOTO MODEL TEL105-D10ET#CP EMPOWER SENSOR HOT/COLD FAUCET WITH THERMOSTATICALLY CONTROLLED ASSE 1070 MIXING VALVE FAUCET. 0.09 GALLONS PER CYCLE. NO SUBSTITUTIONS. MCGUIRE LF175 SUPPLY WITH STOP, MCGUIRE 155-WC GRID DRAIN WITH OFFSET TAILPIECE. MCGUIRE 8872C POLISHED CHROME P-TRAP. P-TRAP SHALL BE PARALLEL WITH BACK WALL. TRUEBRO INC., HANDI LAV-GUARD INSULATION KITS MODELS 101 EZ AND 105EZ. ALL PROVIDED BY HJC). CHICK FIL-A HAS NATIONAL ACCOUNTS WITH TOTO. PLEASE SEE NATIONAL ACCOUNT INFORMATION ON THIS SHEET FOR PRICING OF TOTO FIXTURES. P-5 KITCHEN HAND SINK ROUGH IN: (SINK AND FAUCET WITH 1.0 GPM AERATOR PROVIDED BY TMS) CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL WALL HUNG, STAINLESS STEEL SINK AND FAUCET SET AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS. MCGUIRE LF175 SUPPLIES WITH STOPS AND A MCGUIRE 8912C POLISHED CHROME P-TRAP (PROVIDED BY HJC). ADJUST FAUCET OUTLET TEMPERATURE TO 110 DEGREES F (OR HIGHER AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL JURISDICTION). P-6 SERVING COUNTER DROP IN SINK ROUGH IN: (SINK PROVIDED BY CLAYTON FIXTURE AND FAUCET WITH 1.0 GPM AERATOR PROVIDED BY TMS) CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL SINK AND FAUCET SET AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS. MCGUIRE 8912C POLISHED CHROME P-TRAP AND MCGUIRE LF175R20 STOPS WITH 20" CHROME PLATED 3/8" COPPER RISERS (PROVIDED BY HJC). ADJUST FAUCET OUTLET TEMPERATURE TO 110 DEGREES F (OR HIGHER AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL JURISDICTION). P-7 MOP SINK FAUCET: (MOP SINK BASIN BUILT BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR) PROVIDE T&S BRASS MODEL B-2345 FAUCET WITH CERAMA SPRING CHECK VALVE CARTRIDGES, HOSE THREAD SPOUT OUTLET, TOP BRACE, ADJUSTABLE INLET SPREAD FROM 3" TOP 8". INCLUDE T&S BRASS MODEL 43-072 HOSE THREAD X 3/4" FEMALE NPT CHROME ADAPTOR (ALL PROVIDED BY HJC). NO SUBSTITUTIONS. SEE ALSO P-16. P-8 VEGETABLE PREP SINK ROUGH -IN: (SINK AND FAUCET WITH 0.65 GPM SPRAY HEAD PROVIDED BY TMS) CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL SINK AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS. MCGUIRE LFST08 STOPS AND BRASSCRAFT 36" CHROME PLATED 1/2" OD COPPER RISERS MODEL 3-36AC (PROVIDED BY HJC), ASSEMBLE AND MOUNT TWO HANDLE FAUCET WITH PRE -RINSE SPRAY ARM. INSTALL ADD -ON FAUCET WITH 15" SPOUT AT BASE OF PRE -RINSE RISER. SEE K-SHEET ELEVATIONS. PROVIDE 1-1/2" SCHED 80 PVC (PIPE AND FITTINGS) INDIRECT WASTE LINES FROM SINK BASINS TO FLOOR SINK P-13B, NO P-TRAPS REQUIRED. P-9 FOUR COMPARTMENT POT SINK ROUGH -IN: (SINK AND FAUCETS WITH 0.65 GPM SPRAY HEAD PROVIDED BY TMS) CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL SINK, ASSEMBLE & MOUNT TWO FAUCETS. AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS. MCGUIRE LFST08 STOPS AND BRASSCRAFT 36" CHROME PLATED 1/2" OD COPPER RISERS MODEL 3-36AC (PROVIDED BY HJC). ASSEMBLE AND MOUNT ONE TWO -HANDLE FAUCET WITH PRE -RINSE SPRAY. INSTALL ADD -ON FAUCET WITH 18" SPOUT AT BASE OF PRE -RINSE RISER. ASSEMBLE AND MOUNT ONE TWO -HANDLE FAUCET WITH DOUBLE JOINT SPOUT ON OPPOSITE SIDE. SEE K-SHEET ELEVATIONS FOR FAUCET LOCATIONS. PROVIDE 1-1/2" SCHED 80 PVC (PIPE AND FITTINGS) INDIRECT WASTE LINES FROM EACH SINK BASIN TO FLOOR SINK P-13A, NO P-TRAPS REQUIRED. P-10 FLOOR DRAIN (3"): JONES STEPHENS CORP D53-144 PVC BODY, BRONZE SPUD WITH 8" DIAMETER NICKEL BRONZE STRAINER (PROVIDED BY HJC). ALT: (JRS) 2110-HP-NB; (WTS) FD103-A8-60; (ZRN) FR08NIP3S-C. P-11 WALL HYDRANT (NON -FREEZE): WOODFORD MODEL 67C AUTOMATIC DRAINING WALL HYDRANT WITH DUAL CHECK BFP, ASSE 1052 APPROVED, WALL CLAMP, POLISHED BRASS FINISH (PROVIDED BY HJC). "C" STYLE INLET, SEE WALL HYDRANT NOTES ON 1/P-201 FOR WALL THICKNESS AT WALL HYDRANTS. ALT: (WTS) HY-42. P-12 FUNNEL DRAIN (3"): ZURN MODEL ZN415-3NL-6S-4 FLOOR DRAIN W/FUNNEL. INDIRECT WASTE RECEIVER WITH NICKEL BRONZE STRAINER AND FUNNEL. PROVIDE 6" SQUARE STRAINER WITH 4" ROUND FUNNEL AT WALK-IN COOLER (PROVIDED BY HJC). ALT: (WTS) FD103P-M6-F4-1; (JRS) 35101-03. P-13A FLOOR SINK (POT SINK): ZURN MODEL Z1 901-4NL-1 -23-KC CAST IRON INDIRECT WASTE RECEIVER WITH 12" SQUARE BODY, FLASHING CLAMP, 8" DEEP, ALUMINUM SEDIMENT BUCKET, AND NO GRATE. NO SUBSTITUTIONS (PROVIDED BY HJC). P-13B FLOOR SINK (VEGETABLE SINK): ZURN MODEL Z1910-KC-3NL-1-23 CAST IRON INDIRECT WASTE RECEIVER WITH FLASHING CLAMP, 8" SQ. BODY, ALUMINUM SEDIMENT BUCKET, AND NO GRATE (PROVIDED BY HJC). NO SUBSTITUTIONS. P-14 CLEANOUTS INSIDE BUILDING: ZURN ZN1400-XNL-T-BP CLEANOUT WITH 6" SQUARE NICKEL BRONZE TOP AND TAPER THREAD BRONZE PLUG. SEE PLAN FOR SIZE. (X=PIPE DIA) (PROVIDED BY HJC). ALT: (WTS) CO-20XP-S; (JRS) 4053L. P-15 CLEANOUTS OUTSIDE BUILDING: ZURN Z1474-NX EXTRA HEAVY DUTY CAST IRON CLEANOUT, "C.O." CAST IN COVER, ABS PLUG, NEO-LOOCK OUTLET. (X=PIPE DIA) (PROVIDED BY HJC) ALT: (WTS) CO-X00-MF + CO-38X; (ZRN) Z1474-X-N (JRS) 4261 L. P-16 3-WAY DIVERTER VALVE ASSEMBLY: WATTS MODEL LFB 6780 ROUGH BRASS LEAD-FREE DIVERTER BALL VALVE WITH 3/4" FIP INLET AND OUTLETS AND QUARTER TURN LEVER HANDLE. PROVIDE WITH TWO (2) FORGED BRASS 3/4" MIP X 3/4" MALE GARDEN HOSE THREAD ADAPTERS (PLUMBEST MODEL G20-103 OR EQUAL). PROVIDE WITH ONE ASSE 1011 APPROVED CHROME PLATED VACUUM BREAKER (WOODFORD MODEL 34H-CH OR EQUAL) (ALL PROVIDED BY HJC). FOR INSTALLATION AT MOP SINK. SEE 4/P-201. PROVIDE ALSO TWO 3/4" CLOSE CHROME PLATED BRASS NIPPLE AND 3/4" POLISHED CHROME 90 DEGREE ELBOW. P-17 VACUUM RELIEF VALVE: WATTS MODEL #LFN36M1, 3/4" CONNECTION. (PROVIDED BY HJC.) P-18 EXPANSION TANK: AO SMITH MODEL TW12-5, ACCEPTANCE 2.19 GALLONS (PROVIDED BY HJC) AT 40 PSI PRECHARGE, 3/4" CONNECTION. ALTERNATE MODELS SIZED PER WATER HEATER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS ARE ACCEPTABLE. P-19 WATER HEATER: STATE INDUSTRIES SUF-60-120-NE STORAGE TYPE GAS FIRED 60 GALLON WATER HEATER, 120MBH INPUT, 137 GPH RECOVERY AT 100F RISE, DIRECT VENT, BLOWER POWERED, NON -CONDENSING TYPE WITH ONE-YEAR WARRANTY (PROVIDED BY HJC). CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE DIELECTRIC HEAT TRAP NIPPLES. A.O. SMITH BTH-150, RHEEM GHE80-130, AND BRADFORD-WHITE EF-60T-199-3N MODELS ARE ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTES. (ANY SUBSTITUTIONS PROVIDED ON REQUEST FROM HJC.) P-20 THERMOMETER: PROVIDE TRERICE MODEL B83404 - 04 3" DIAL TYPE THERMOMETER WITH BOTTOM 1/2" N.P.T. CONNECTION, 4" STEM AND 0 DEG F TO 200 DEG F RANGE. LEAD FREE. (PROVIDED BY HJC.) P-21 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS: COORDINATE LOCATION WITH CIVIL SITE UTILITY PLAN. BACKFLOW PREVENTER TYPE AND MODEL IS DETERMINED BY CIVIL ENGINEER IF LOCATED OUTSIDE THE BUILDING. DOUBLE CHECK TYPE: WATTS NO. LF0007M 1 QT 1-1 /2" DUAL CHECK MODULAR TYPE BACKFLOW PREVENTER MEETING ASSE 1015 AND AWWA C510-92. WHERE REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY, USE THE RPZ TYPE BFP SHOWN BELOW. ALT: (ZRN) 112-350XL. REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE (RPZ) TYPE: WATTS NO. LF0009M2 1-1/2" MODULAR TYPE WITH TEST PORTS AND INTERMEDIATE RELIEF VALVE MEETING ASSE 1013 AND AWWA C511-89. PROVIDE WATTS NO. 909-AG-C AIR GAP DEVICE. ALT: (ZRN) 112-975XLT2U. (ANY AND ALL PROVIDED BY HJC.) P-22 MOP SINK CHECK VALVES: T&S BRASS 1/2" MODEL B-CVV1-2 BALL CHECK. (PROVIDED BY HJC) P-23 UTILITY CONNECTION (ICEMAKER): PROVIDE A MCGUIRE MODEL LFHST06SB LEAD-FREE CHROME WHEEL ANGLE STOP, 1/2" FIP INLET AND OUTLET (PROVIDED BY HJC). PROVIDE CHROME WALL ESCUTCHEON. INSTALL WITH BFP P-34. SEE DETAIL 3/P-201 FOR PIPING AT ICE MAKERS. P-24 UTILITY CONNECTION (COFFEE & TEA BREWERS): PROVIDE A MCGUIRE MODEL LFHST06SB LEAD-FREE CHROME WHEEL ANGLE STOP, 1/2" FIP INLET AND OUTLET (PROVIDED BY HJC). PROVIDE CHROME WALL ESCUTCHEON. INSTALL WITH BFP P-34. P-25 SHOCK ABSORBER: ZURN Z1700-100 THRU Z1700-300 AS NEEDED, SIZE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER (PROVIDED BY HJC). ALT: (WTS) SSA + SSB; (JRS 5005 THROUGH 5050) P-26 FUNNEL DRAIN (3"): ZURN ZN415-3NL-8S-OF FLOOR DRAIN W/FUNNEL. INDIRECT WASTE RECEIVER WITH NICKEL BRONZE STRAINER AND FUNNEL. PROVIDE 8" ROUND STRAINER WITH 3.25"X 8.25" OBLONG FUNNEL (DRAIN AND STRAINER PROVIDED BY HJC). ALT: (WTS) FD-103P-A8-G-1; (JRS) SMITH 35101-03. P-26A TRAP SEAL PROTECTOR: PROVENT TRAP GUARD MODEL TG3H 3" TRAP SEAL INSERT FOR INTERIOR INSTALLATION AND REPLACEMENT ACCESS THROUGH STRAINER (PROVIDED BY HJC). PROVIDE AT P-35 FLOOR DRAINS IN RESTROOMS, P-37 FLOOR DRAINS DINING ROOM, AND P-26 FUNNEL DRAINS IN MECH ROOM. PROVIDE PROSET MODEL TG33-ZURN WHEN USING ZURN FLOOR FIXTURES (PROVIDED BY HJC). P-27 WATER PRESSURE GAUGE: TRERICE MODEL 800B, 2-1/2" ROUND, BOTTOM OUTLET WITH 1/4" N.P.T. CONNECTION AND 0 TO 100 PSI RANGE. (PROVIDED BY HJC.) P-28 ISOLATION BALL VALVE (8-STOP WATER MANIFOLD PANEL): NIBCO MODEL 4660-T, 3/4", WITH IPS INLET AND OUTLET. (PROVIDED BY HJC.) P-29A ICE MACHINE TRENCH DRAIN (18"): ZURN ZR12-CFA-18 TRENCH DRAIN WITH SEDIMENT CUP AND SERRATED LADDER GRATES. PROVIDE WITH 4" DRAIN AND TRAP. TRENCH DRAIN SHALL BE RECESSED INTO SLAB SO THE TOP OF THE PERIMETER FRAME IS FLUSH WITH THE FINISHED FACE OF THE ADJACENT TILE FLOOR. TRENCH DRAIN, SEDIMENT CUP, AND GRATES SHALL BE 304 STAINLESS STEEL. P-29B ICE MACHINE TRENCH DRAIN (36"): ZURN ZR12-CFA-36 TRENCH DRAIN WITH SEDIMENT CUP AND SERRATED LADDER GRATES. PROVIDE WITH 4" DRAIN AND TRAP. TRENCH DRAIN SHALL BE RECESSED INTO SLAB SO THE TOP OF THE PERIMETER FRAME IS FLUSH WITH THE FINISHED FACE OF THE ADJACENT TILE FLOOR. TRENCH DRAIN, SEDIMENT CUP, AND GRATES SHALL BE 304 STAINLESS STEEL. P-30 FILTERED WATER FAUCET: (FAUCET PROVIDED BY TMS) TWO -HANDLE WALL MOUNT FAUCET WITH SWING SPOUT. MOUNT ON WALL AS SHOWN ON K-SHEETS. PIPE FILTERED WATER TO BOTH SIDES OF FAUCET. CONNECT TO SUPPLY PIPING WITH BRASS OR CHROME NIPPLES; GALVANIZED NOT ALLOWED. P-31 DUMPSTER POST HYDRANT (NON -FREEZE): WOODFORD MODEL Y2 LEVER TYPE POST HYDRANT, 3/4 HOSE CONNECTION, LOCKABLE LEVER HANDLE, BRASS CASING, BRASS OPERATING ROD, ASSE 1052 APPROVED AND 24" DEPTH OF BURY(PROVIDED BY HJC.) P-32 DUMPSTER PAD DRAIN: NOT USED. P-33 TRAP PRIMER (MECHANICAL TYPE): DO NOT USE UNLESS REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY. PRECISION PRODUCTS PR-500. PROVIDE DISTRIBUTION UNIT DU-U WHERE SERVING MULTIPLE DRAINS. PROVIDE SCREWDRIVER STOP AT PRIMER INLET. (ALL PROVIDED BY HJC) ALT: (WTS) TP-300A-DR. P-34 DISPENSER BACKFLOW PREVENTER: WATTS MODEL #LF7RU2-2 ASSE 1024 RATED WITH 1/2" FIP INLET AND OUTLET, DUAL CHECK TYPE. PROVIDE 1/2" DIA X 2" LONG CHROME NIPPLE AT BFP INLET AND OUTLET. PROVIDE T&S BRASS MODEL B-0110 CHROME WALL BRACKET. (ALL PROVIDED BY HJC.) P-35 FLOOR DRAIN (3"): JONES STEPHENS CORP D50-064 PVC BODY, BRONZE SPUD WITH 6" DIAMETER NICKEL BRONZE STRAINER (PROVIDED BY HJC). ALT: (WTS) FD103-A6-60; (ZRN) FR06NIP3S-C. P-36 BEVERAGE TOWER INDIRECT RECEIVER (3"): JONES STEPHENS CORP D53-144 PVC BODY, BRONZE SPUD WITH 8" DIAMETER NICKEL BRONZE STRAINER (PROVIDED BY HJC). ALT: (JRS) 2110-HP-NB; (WTS) FD103-A8-60; (ZRN) FR08NIP3S-C. P-37 FLOOR DRAIN (3"): JONES STEPHENS CORP D50-076 PVC BODY, BRONZE SPUD WITH 6" SQUARE NICKEL BRONZE STRAINER (PROVIDED BY HJC). ALT: (WTS) FD103-M6-7-60; (ZRN) FS06NIP3S-C. P-38 HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMP: TACO MODEL 006-SC7-IFC. 1/2" UNION CONNECTIONS, INTEGRAL FLOW CHECK. ELECTRICIAN TO PROVIDE AND WIRE PLUG AND CORD, 1/40 HP, 3 GPM AT 7 FT TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD. PROVIDE CONTROL WIRING AND HONEYWELL MODEL L6006C1018 110 VAC AQUA-STAT, WITH ADJUSTABLE SETPOINT, MOUNTED DIRECTLY ON PIPE (ALL PROVIDED BY HJC). SET SHUT-OFF TEMPERATURE AT 130 DEG F. P-39 2" PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE: WATTS NO. #LF223-SB WITH BUILT-IN BYPASS FEATURE (PROVIDED BY HJC). SET NO FLOW CONDITION AT 70 PSI. ALT: (ZRN) SERIES 500XLYSBR. P-40 WYE STRAINER WITH #100 SCREEN: 2" WATTS LF777SM3-2, BRONZE WYE STRAINER WITH THREADED CONNECTION AND TAPPED RETAINER CAP. PROVIDE #100 MESH SCREEN. PROVIDE WATTS 1/2" LFBD-1C BRASS BOILER DRAIN WITH BRASS STREET 90 DEGREE ELBOW, MALE END SIZED FOR CONNECTION TO WYE STRAINER RETAINER CAP OUTLET TAP. (ALL PROVIDED BY HJC.) P-41 C DISHWASHER SUPPLY VALVES (CHAMPION): FULL -PORT LEAD-FREE STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVES (PROVIDED BY HJC) WITH SPLIT -RING BRACKET, CHROME FITTINGS, PIPE NIPPLES AND ESCUTCHEON AS DETAILED ON 2/P-302. P-42 EMERGENCY THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE (EMERGENCY EYEWASH): BRADLEY MODEL S19-2000 EFX8 THERMOSTATIC TEMPERING VALVE (PROVIDED BY HJC). ANSI Z358.1 CERTIFIED FOR EMERGENCY FIXTURES, ASSE 1071 COMPLIANT, WITH DIAL THERMOMETER, INLET CHECK STOPS, ADJUSTABLE SETPOINT, ACCURATE WITHIN +/- 3 DEG F. INCLUDES INTEGRAL COLD WATER BYPASS WITH POSITIVE HOT WATER SHUT-OFF WHEN COLD WATER SUPPLY IS LOST. FACTORY SETPOINT OF 85 DEG F. MOUNTING BRACKET INCLUDED. FACTORY ASSEMBLED AND TESTED. ROUGH BRASS FINISH. NO SUBSTITUTIONS. CONTACT CHICK-FIL-A NATIONAL ACCOUNTS AT HAYNES, JONES & CADBURY FOR PRICING AND DELIVERY. P-43 SUPPLY VALVE (RETHERMALIZER): FULL -PORT LEAD-FREE STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVE (PROVIDED BY HJC) WITH SPLIT -RING BRACKET, CHROME FITTINGS, PIPE NIPPLES AND ESCUTCHEON AS DETAILED ON 3/P-302. P-44 LAVATORY FAUCET: TOTO MODEL TEL 105-D10ET # CP EMPOWER SENSOR HOT/COLD FAUCET WITH THERMOSTATICALLY CONTROLLED ASSE 1070 MIXING VALVE FAUCET, 0.09 GALLONS PER CYCLE. SINK: TOTO LT307, LAVATORY ONLY, W/SINGLE HOLE, 21" WIDE X 18.25" DEEP, ADA COMPLIANT WALL HUNG, WHITE VITREOUS CHINA W/ BACK SPLASH, INCLUDES WALL HANGER. J.R. SMITH #0722 SUPPORT FOR HIGH BACK LAVATORY, SET ON STEEL PLATE, WALL MOUNTED WITH CONCEALED ARMS. E Qogo o � ° o CD PEA Chick-fil-A 6200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 D Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 F % ft �. .5 68 110 0 STATE OF .n -fee3` o a ID f,11111813 s 07/30/20 C Q LL v♦ r Um U) 1 J =LL. m C� >= J am o= LU a B N rV*ftN FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 20090.CC.S A PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/27/2020 DRAWN BY DSF Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET PLUMBING 0. SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER P=901 4 I 3 2 1 �� 1 I lY. n IIYi I ff NI"Rurylim all" w��a� Meg VP +' n K3 — `_.. J` .4 - — - - - —g Yiilnnniia�unti■��..+,.�Id�i..� IIYI� lll�iii. 1, W U! t. �i 2 I 1 PROVIDE A KNOCKOUT IN THE TOP OF THE 10"X8" BOX AND A HOLE IN THE WALL'S TOP PLATE FOR THE HME UNIT'S ANTENNA SURFACE MOUNTED DEVICE BOX ON LEFT SIDE E OF 10"X8" BOX WITH A 120' 20A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET AND DEVICE PLAT FLUSH MOUNTED 4" DEEP, 10" WIDE, 8" HIGH STEEL BOX WITH 2" HIGH CUSTOM COVER PLATE FOR MOUNTING OF THE HME UNIT OVER THE BOX DETAIL - HME UNIT POWER & DATA BOX DETAIL NO SCALE 8" METAL STUD WALL CONDUIT WITH CONDUCTORS IN WALL — CONDUCTORS IN THE PIN & SLEEVE'S WIRING AND DEVICE COMPARTMENT D (PROVIDE SUFFICIENT SLACK IN CABLES) ��3 B A FRYER'S CORDSET KELLUM SUPPORT BRACKETS TO SUPPORT THE CORDSET RECESSED PIN AND SLEEVE BOX PROVIDED BY THE OWNER'S EXHAUST HOOD SUPPLIER AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR SERVING `- EXHAUST HOOD RE: MECHANICAL WIRING COMPARTMENT IS ACCESSIBLE VIA THIS DEVICE PLATE KITCHEN PIN & SLEEVE BOX DETAIL NO SCALE CONT #9 IN THE CFA-T500 CONTROL PANEL (PHOTOCELL CONTROLLED DUSK TO DAWN) 120V FROM BLK SW TYPE "XD" ON PANELBOARD HOT INVERTER (SECURITY �WHT— — HOM UNIT COM i __W_HT LIGHTING) TO TYPE "OC" FLAG LIGHT. NOTE THAT THIS IS TO BE CONNECTED AFTER THE CONT #9 AND BEFORE THE INVERTER UNIT. TO BLDG MTD AWNINGS INTEGRAL LIGHT FIXTURES. REFER TO LIGHTING KEYNOTE #L23 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. — 2"X10" CUSTOM COVER PLATE ATTACHED AT THE TOP OF THE BACKBOX WITH TWO SCREWS. PROVIDE TWO ADDITIONAL SCREWS AT 8" APART FOR THE HME UNIT'S REAR MOUNTING SLOTS TO ATTACH OVER THE 10"X8" BACKBOX. SURFACE MOUNTED DEVICE BOX ON RIGHT SIDE OF 10"X8" BOX WITH AN EMPTY 3/4" CONDUIT STUBBED UP INTO THE CEILING SPACE FOR OWNER'S DATA CABLES. (NOTED AS KEYNOTE 'C2' ON ENLARGED SERVING AREA POWER PLAN) ROCKER SELECTOR SWITCHES UNOCCUPIED OCCUPIED OVERRIDE AUTO OVERRIDE AUTO (ON) OFF (ON) STORE SIGNAGE & PARKING LOT SWITCH BUILDING POLE LIGHTS AIR CONDITIONING STATUS 0-4- GREEN AND RED O SYSTEM PILOT LIGHTS NIGHT ON SETBACK NOTE: THIS UNIT IS MOUNTED IN THE DOOR OF THE CFA-T500 CONTROL CABINET AND IS INCLUDED WITH THE GEAR ORDER FROM SUNCOAST ENVIRONMENTAL INC. OPEN -CLOSED CONTROL SWITCH NO SCALE DETAIL - INVERTER XD WIRING DIAGRAM v 7 NO SCALE SWITCHED LEG TO FIXTURES NOTED AS CONTROLLED BY SWITCH AT SWITCHBANK (SB) SWITCHED LEG TO FIXTURES NOTED AS CONTROLLED BY THE CONTACTOR (CONT) ZDFIXTURES N-SWITCHED LEG TO EM BATTERY PACKS NOTED AS NIGHT LIGHTS (NL) BK 120V FROM PANELBOARD 'c BK BK—� BK S.P.S.T. I I I I LIGHTING CONTACTOR IN SWITCH AT I I I� CFA-T500 CONTROL PANEL SWITCHBANK LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM NO SCALE TYPICAL LINEAR LIGHT FIXTURE IFIXTURE I TYPE CIRCUIT NO. CONTACTOR NO. / SWITCH CIRCUIT NO. FIXTURE O TYPE CONTACTOR NO. / SWITCH TYPICAL RECESSED / CLG LIGHT FIXTURE LIGHT FIXTURE NOMECLATURE SIGNAGE NOTE THE ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE THE ELECTRICAL ROUGH -IN AND FINAL CONNECTIONS OF ALL SIGNAGE (BUILDING MOUNTED AND GROUND MOUNTED ON THE SITE) IN HIS SCOPE OF WORK AND UNDER HIS LOCAL CODE PERMITTING PROCESS. PROVIDE A COPY OF THE PERMIT (WHICH SPECIFICALLY INCLUDES THE SIGNAGE) TO THE SIGN VENDOR IN ORDER TO EXPEDITE THE SIGN VENDOR'S PERMIT PROCESS. CIR C-1 0 CIR C-3 CIR C-5 B CIR C-11 CIR C-7 B CIR C-9 a CIR C-15 CIR C-51 CIR C-43 e CIR C-45 CIR C-47 CIR C-49 m CIR C-19 0 CIR C-37 CIR C-39 a CIR C-41 B SPARE 0 CIR C-31 SPARE SPARE B SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE 0 CIR C-21 0 CIR C-23 CIR C-25 0 CIR C-27 a SPARE B SPARE B SPARE B SPARE B CIR C-29 0 SPARE SPARE SPARE 0 CIR C-48 0 Z CIR C-50 0 r1 SPARE 0 �- SPARE CIR C-54 EO SPARE SPARE SPARE CONTACTOR-1 30A 4-POLE 120 VOLT COIL (STORE SWITCH ON AND OFF) CONTACTOR7 30A 4-POLE 120 VOLT COIL (STORE SWITCH ON AND OFF) CONTACTOR-3 30A 4-POLE 120 VOLT COIL (P'CELL ON AND SWITCH OFF) CONTACTOR-4 30A 4-POLE 120 VOLT COIL (P'CELL ON AND SWITCH OFF) CONTACTOR-5 30A 4-POLE 120 VOLT COIL (P'CELL ON AND SWITCH OFF) CONTACTOR-6 30A 4-POLE 120 VOLT COIL (P'CELL ON AND SWITCH OFF) CONTACTOR-7 30A 4-POLE 120 VOLT COIL (P'CELL ON AND SWITCH OFF) CONTACTOR-8 30A 4-POLE 120 VOLT COIL (STORE SWITCH ON AND OFF) CONTACTOR-9 30A 4-POLE 120 VOLT COIL (PHOTOCELL ON AND OFF) CONTACTOR-10 30A 4-POLE 120 VOLT COIL (SWITCH ON & OFF, ANSUL ON) CONTACTOR-11 30A 4-POLE 120 VOLT COIL (SWITCH ON & OFF, ANSUL ON) m KITCHEN LTG KITCHEN LTG RESTROOM LTG / EF-3 0 DINING LTG e DINING LTG PLAY & SERV AREA LTG B WATER RECIRC PUMP MLOP ORDERING BLDG. SIGNAGE m BLDG. SIGNAGE 0 BLDG. SIGNAGE BLDG. SIGNAGE DIRECTIONAL SIGNS MAIN ID SIGN MAIN ID SIGN B MAIN ID SIGN 0 SPARE BLDG LIGHTING SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE m SPARE SPARE B PARKING LOT LTG B (208V) PARKING LOT LTG m (208V) SPARE SPARE m SPARE SPARE SECURITY/FLAG LTG SPARE m SPARE 0 SPARE 0 E EXHAUST FAN EF-1 EXHAUST FAN EF-2 SPARE SPARE B CAPTURE JET (CJ) FAN SPARE SPARE SPARE NOTES: 1) VERIFY WITH SUNCOAST ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS' SHOP DRAWINGS. 2) ONLY THE 'HOT' CONDUCTOR OF EACH CIRCUIT SHALL BE RUN THRU THE CONTACTOR. 3) ANY TAPS OR WIRING CONNECTIONS OTHER THAN TO THE TERMINALS SHALL BE DONE IN A JUNCTION BOX OUTSIDE OF THIS CABINET. 4) VERIFY WITH THE LOCAL CODE IF CONTACTORS #10 AND #11 WILL BE ON OR OFF WHEN THE ANSUL SYSTEM IS INITIATED. 5) CIRCUITS C-49, C-25, AND C-27 WILL BE SPARES IF NOT NEEDED. CFA-T500 CONTROL PANEL DIAGRAM NO SCALE NOTE: DO NOT USE SPRAY FOAM MATERIALS TO SEAL PENETRATIONS OR CONDUITS SEAL INSULATION TO INSULATED PANEL AND PIPING WITH SEALANT COMPOUND, WITH SAME MATERIAL USED TO AFFIX INSULATION TO CONDUIT SEALING COMPOUND AND PACKING FIBER (CHICO, KILLARK, EQUAL). SILICONE CAULK IS NOT AN APPROVED SEALANT. SEAL PIPE TO BOX PANEL-TYP, v '� TOP AND BOTTOM ( ENTERING + LEAVING) 3/4" RIGID CONDUIT, THREADED MALE END ONE PIECE. NO FITTINGS ALLOWED AT SEAL -OFF WYE CONNECTION TAPERED THREADED JOINT. WIC/WIF SEAL -OFF DETAIL C1 ELECTRICAL LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION MTG HT AFF TO CL YMBOL DESCRIPTION MTG HT AFF TO CL LIGHTING FIXTURES MISCELLANEOUS SYMBOLS SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHTING FIXTURE GROUND RECESSED LED TROFFER LIGHTING FIXTURE © MOTOR O SURFACE MOUNTED LED LIGHTING FIXTURE © EXHAUST FAN MOTOR 0 RECESSED LED LIGHTING FIXTURE 0 JUNCTION BOX F-1­1 6 a WALL MOUNTED LIGHTING FIXTURE, SEE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE AS NOTED 01 CONDUIT AND WIRE'MARK' NUMBER, REFER TO CONDUCTORS AND CONDUIT SCHFnt Ii F FOR SIZE WALL MOUNTED EXIT SIGN, SHADE INDICATES FACES, PROVIDE CHEVRON DIRECTIONALS WHEN NEEDED 6" FROM CEILING 101 KITCHEN EQUIPMENT'MARK' NUMBER, REFER TO KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR REQUIREMENTS NOTE NUMBER ® CEILING MTD EXIT SIGN, SHADING INDICATES FACES. PROVIDE W/ CHEVRON DIRECTIONALS WHEN NEEDED HOOD EXTINGUISHING ANSUL PULL STATION COMBO EXIT WITH TWO LAMPHEADS qA SMOKE DETECTORS REMOTE STATUS INDICATOR W/ 1/2"C STUB -UP WALL MTD EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK LIGHTING FIXTURE FE PUSHBUTTON CEILING MTD EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK LIGHTING FIXTUREBO BELL, TYPE AS NOTED ON PLANS l� FLUORESCENT STRIP LIGHTING FIXTURE ® PHOTO -ELECTRIC CELL o WALLWASHER TYPE RECESSED DOWNLIGHT, AIM LIGHT TOWARD WALL 0 TRANSFORMER / DRIVER 0 RECESSED LIGHTING FIXTURE W/ EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK LOCKABLE SINGLE POLE SWITCH X PENDANT LIGHTING FIXTURE AS ABBREVIATIONS AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR LIGHTING TRACK WITH TRACK HEADS AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE WIRING DEVICES 120 VOLT DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, 20 AMPS U.O.N. 14" UON AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT g, 120 VOLT DUPLEX AT SPECIAL MTD HEIGHT, 20 AMPS U.O.N. 44" UON C CONDUIT 120 VOLT QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE, 20 AMPS U.O.N. 14" UON CL CENTER -LINE + 120 VOLT QUAD. AT SPECIAL MTD HEIGHT, 20 AMPS U.O.N. 44" CT CONTACTOR e- 120 VOLT SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE, 20 AMPS U.O.N. 14" UON EF EXHAUST FAN ® SINGLE SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPT W/ VOLTS, AMPS, & PHASE AS NOTED NEMA CONFIGURATION AS REQUIRED BYEQUIP. 14" UON FLA FULL LOAD AMPS GF/GFI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER RECEPTACLE MOUNTED ON DROP CORD, 120 VOLT, 20 AMP LION OUTLET BOX FLUSH WITH CEILING ND/GR GROUND S SINGLE POLE TOGGLE SWITCH 48„ HT HEIGHT S2 DOUBLE POLE TOGGLE SWITCH 48" ISOLATED GIRD, PROVIDE ORANGE DEVICE WHEN ADJACENT ADJACENT TO WIRING DEVICE S3 THREE WAY TOGGLE SWITCH 48" MOCP MAXIMUM OVER -CURRENT PROTECTION SM MANUAL MOTOR STARTER SWITCH (WP=NEMA 3R) 48" MUA MAKE UP AIR UNIT Sp SWITCH WITH PILOT LIGHT (ON WHEN SWITCH IS ON) 48" NEC LOCALLY ADOPTED EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE NFPA 70 SK KEY OPERATED SWITCH 48" NOTE: RECEPTACLES ON A DEDICATED CIRCUIT (THAT IS, NO OTHER LOAD CONNECTED TO THE BRANCH CIRCUIT) SHALL HAVE AMPACITY RATING NOT LESS THAN THE AMPERAGE OF THE CIRCUIT BREAKER SERVING THE DEVICE. NL NIGHT LIGHT (ON 24 HOURS) OC ON CENTER POS POINT OF SALE EQUIPMENT CONDUIT/RACEWAYS RTU ROOF TOP UNIT CONDUIT CONCEALED ABOVE CEILNG OR IN WALL TB TERMINAL BLOCK CIRCUIT HOMERUN TO PANELBOARD W/ MIN 2#12, 1#12G, 3/4"C TL TWIST -LOCK TYPE DEVICE o CONDUIT TURNING UP TR TAMPER -RESISTANT CONDUIT TURNING DOWN LION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED CONDUIT CONCEALED IN OR BELOW SLAB (OR UNDERGROUND) WP WEATHERPROOF (NEMA 3R) .- FLEXIBLE LIGHT FIXTURE WHIP; SIX FOOT MAXIMUM LENGTH TELEPHONE PHTELEPHONE OUTLET 18" UON ,MC, METAL CLAD CABLE ASSEMBLY - ONLY WHERE INDICATED ON DWGS OR SPECS -.H TELEPHONE OUTLET AT SPECIAL MOUNTING HEIGHT 60" UON DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 21 NON -FUSIBLE SAFETY SWITCH, SIZE AND TYPE AS NOTED ON PLANS (AMP/POLES/ENCLOSURE) OR ON SCHEDULE. NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE UNLESS NOTED WP FOR NEMA 3R ENCLOSURE. 61-6" * NOTE: EACH TELEPHONE OUTLET (FLOOR OR WALL MOUNTED SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A 3/4" EMPTY CONDUIT, WITH PULL WIRE, TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. CCTV /SECURITY SYSTEM FUSIBLE SAFETY SWITCH SIZE &TYPE AS NOTED ON PLANS (AMP/POLES/FUSE AMPS/ENCLOSURE) OR ON SCHEDULE. NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE UNLESS NOTED WP FOR NEMA 3R. 6'-6" * 0 SECURITY ALARM KEYPAD S1 SECURITY SYSTEM KEY NOTE = FLUSH MOUNTED LIGHTING PANELBOARD 6'-6" SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHTING PANELBOARD 6'-6" * 6'-6" DISTANCE IS TO TOP -MOST DISCONNECTING DEVICE OR HIGHEST POSITION OF OPERATING HANDLE OF DISCONNECTING DEVICE SECURELY FASTEN CONDUIT WITHIN 3FT OF SEAL FITTING KILLARK EY-75M IRON SEAL FITTING, FITTING SHOULD BE INSTALLED TO ALLOW ACCESS TO THE FILLING PLUG VERTICAL SEALING FITTING 1/4" FOAM TAPE TWO (2) WRAPS TEFLON TAPE TWO (2) WRAPS CAULK PENETRATION BOTH SIDES OF PANEL W/ SEALANT COMPOUND, PER PANEL MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATION INSULATED PANEL CEILING DRILL HOLES NO MORE THAN 1/8" BIGGER THAN CONDUIT SIZE, FILL VOID WITH SILICONE CAULK THAT REMAINS FLEXIBLE TO -40F E cQ °D oCD ��A_�" .. O Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 n C Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 Email: mail@kuaynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 R .`S;•OEM �,s ve'.• v i .cc � •Wr • r ®� STATE OF :.t, • ♦: lit ON A*- %%"*- O V`M20 FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 20090.CC.S A PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY ES Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES a AND DETAILS NO SCALE NO SCALE 4 I 3 I 2 1 SHEET NUMBER E=001 Chick-fil-A 6200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 Kurzynske & Associates -# 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 , Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 ±{ Fax: (615) 255-5207 Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 ,- K U R? �.���.•- e'E IV•j.41 '. 53 8 �d STATE OF 7/30/20 FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 20090.CC.S r. PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY ES Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. �d SHEET rr . W ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES Q.. AND DETAILS SHEET NUMBER ti _ .r E 002 ___ .. IL.�+IYiIYYiIIiYkIlWlliiYLlulrs 1l:IL l I 4 1 3 1 2 1 1 will ?' ! I -- E ❑C C I01 LIGHTING PLAN KEYNOTES L1 ROUTE THROUGH CONTROL PANEL CFA-T500 AND CONTROLLED BY STORE OCCUPIED SWITCH. L2 APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF SWITCH BANK'SB'. SEE DETAIL ON THE LIGHTING PLAN FOR MORE INFORMATION. L3 FOR SIGNAGE BY OTHERS; CONNECT AS REQUIRED. GROUND ALL LOCATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC AND MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. SIGN IS FURNISHED WITH AN INTEGRAL PRE - WIRED DISCONNECTING MEANS. L4 FOR CONTROL OF LIGHTING FIXTURE IN WALK-IN COOLER AND FREEZER. SWITCH FURNISHED WITH EQUIPMENT, INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. L5 CONNECT FIXTURE SO THAT BATTERY PACK IS NOT SWITCHED WITH LIGHTS, BUT ALL LAMPS ARE SWITCHED. L6 FOR CONNECTION TO LIGHTING FIXTURE IN THE WALK-IN COOLER AND FREEZER WHICH IS FURNISHED WITH EQUIPMENT. CONTRACTOR SHALL ROUGH -IN AND CONNECT ALL FIXTURES AS REQUIRED BY THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER. L7 THE LIGHT FIXTURES IN THE SERVING AREA ARE PROVIDED WITH LAMP SHIELDING VIA A LENS. 4 CONNECT FIXTURE SO THAT BATTERY PACK IS NOT SWITCHED OR ROUTED THROUGH CONTROLS BY LIGHT FIXTURE DRIVER SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY DAYLIGHT OR OCCUPANCY CONTROLS Lg TO THE TOILET EXHAUST FAN ON ROOF. SEE SHEET E-250, ROOF ELECTRICAL PLAN. 10 WALL SWITCH DOUBLE -RELAY OCCUPANCY SENSOR. SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON E-211 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. ONE RELAY SHALL BE USED TO CONTROL THE LIGHT, AND THE SECOND SHALL BE USED TO ON CONTROL THE RECEPTACLES. 11 THIS FIXTURE SHALL NOT BE SWITCHED. CONNECT TO CIRCUIT AHEAD OF ALL SWITCHING AND CONTROLS. �1 INSTALL ALL JUNCTION BOXES IN THE PLAY AREA SO THEY WILL BE READILY ACCESSIBLE AFTER THE PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED. �1 SEE THE ROOF ELECTRICAL PLAN FOR LOCATION OF TYPE 'OC' ROOF MOUNTED FLAG POLE LIGHT. FIXTURE TO BE CONNECTED TO CIRCUIT C-29 THRU THE CFA-T500 CONTROL PANEL CONTACTOR #9 (AHEAD OF THE INVERTER, NOT THRU THE INVERTER.) TO WALK-IN FREEZER DOOR FRAME HEATER AND AIR RELIEF ASSEMBLY (PRESSURE REDUCTION VALVE - PRV). VERIFY ROUGH - IN AND FINAL CONNECTION WITH EQUIPMENT. �1 SEE THE SITE ELECTRICAL PLAN FOR LOCATION OF TYPE 'OC' GROUND MOUNTED FLAG POLE LIGHT. FIXTURE TO BE CONNECTED TO CIRCUIT C-29 THRU THE CFA-T500 CONTROL PANEL CONTACTOR #9 (AHEAD OF THE INVERTER, NOT THRU THE INVERTER.) ROUTE THROUGH CONTROL PANEL CFA-T500 AND CONTROLLED BY OCCUPIED SWITCH AND PHOTOCELL. WALL SWITCH SINGLE -RELAY LINE VOLTAGE OCCUPANCY SENSOR. SEE LUMINAIRE FIXTURE SCHEDULE, SHEET E-211 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. �1 CONNECT LIGHTING FIXTURE SO THAT LAMP BALLAST OR DRIVER AND EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK ARE NOT SWITCHED. 'NL' ADJACENT TO FIXTURE INDICATES THAT FIXTURE SHALL BE ON 24 HOURS. 19 CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR, SEE LUMINAIRE FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON E-211 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. �2 ROUTE LIGHTING FIXTURE THRU LOCAL AREA OCUPANCY SENSOR. 21 LOCATE RECEPTACLE FLUSH IN CEILING FOR FUTURE OWNER FURNISHED INTERIOR SIGNAGE. �2 TYPE 'XD' INVERTER CABINET TO BE WALL MOUNTED AT THE CEILING AND CONNECTED TO CIRCUIT C-29 THRU THE CFA-T500'S CONTACTOR #9 (DUSK TO DAWN CONTROL). CONNECT WITH BOTH A CONTROLLED (VIA THE CONTACTOR FOR LIGHTS ON AT DUSK AND OFF AT DAWN) LEG AND AN UNSWITCHED LEG FOR THE BATTERY IN THE INVERTER. WHEN POWER IS DISRUPTED ON THE UNSWITCHED LEG, THEN THE INVERTER'S BATTERY WILL ENERGIZE THE LIGHTS CONNECTED TO THE INVERTER NO MATTER THE TIME OF DAY. PROVIDE CONNECTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. CANOPY LIGHTS PROVIDED BY THE CANOPY SUPPLIER INTEGRAL WITH THE CANOPY. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ROUGH -IN CONDUIT CHASE AT CL OF AWNING AND AT 10'-0" AFF (VERIFY) AND CONNECT THE 120V CIRCUIT TO THE 'XD' INVERTER UNIT. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF LIGHTS AND ROUGH -IN REQUIREMENTS WITH THE CANOPY SUPPLIER. LIGHTS WILL COME ON AT DUSK, TURN OFF AT DAWN, AND BE ENERGIZED WHENEVER THERE IS A POWER OUTAGE. �4 REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR LOCATIONS OF PENDANTS, DOWNLIGHTS, ACCENTS LIGHTS, AND OTHER CEILING MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES. 4 CEILING MOUNTED RECESSED AUTOMATIC CONTROL PHOTOCELL FOR DAYLIGHT CONTROLS. SEE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. FIELD CALIBRATE SETTINGS WITH CFA CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 4 FIXTURE DIMMING SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY PHOTOCELL LOCATED IN LOCAL DAYLIGHT ZONE. ROUTE FIXTURES THROUGH CONTACTOR AS NOTED. PROVIDE A TYPE 131 SHELF MOUNTED TASK LIGHT FIXTURE. MOUNT LIGHT TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE WIRE SHELVING. PROVIDE A CORD FROM THE FIXTURE(S) TO A SWITCH IN AN FS BOX MOUNTED TO THE SHELF. FROM FS BOX PROVIDE AN SO CORD WITH PLUG AND CONNECT TO THE GEN RECEPTACLE (WALL OR DROP CORD). SEE ENLARGED POWER PLAN FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. OMD CANOPY KEYNOTES: Al CEILING LIGHT FIXTURE PROVIDED BY THE CANOPY SUPPLIER AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. O AIR CIRCULATING FAN (WITH INTEGRAL ON -OFF SWITCH) PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET (WITH IN -USE WP COVER PLATE) AT THE TOP OF THE COLUMN FLUSH MOUNTED IN THE CUT-OUTFOR THE FAN'S PLUG AND CORD CONNECTION. A3 NOT USED. A4 PROVIDE ONE DUPLEX GFCI (WITH IN -USE WP COVER PLATE) AND ONE 120V SINGLE -POLE SWITCHES (EACH WITH HUBBELL #RW51550 WP COVER PLATE) MOUNTED IN THE COLUMN IN FLUSH MOUNTED METAL SINGLE -GANG BOXES FOR LOCAL ON - OFF CONTROL OF THE FANS, AND CANOPY LIGHTS. SEE WIRING SCHEMATIC FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. ALL SURFACE (OR VISIBLE) ITEMS AND COVERPLATES TO BE FIELD PAINTED MATTE BLACK. �5 ALL CONDUIT AND BOXES SHALL BE CONCEALED FROM NORMAL VIEW; IN WALLS OR ABOVE THE CANOPY (ON THE ROOF). MC CABLE (GALVANIZED STEEL WITH PVC JACKET) MAY BE USED INSIDE THE WALL FOR THE DEVICES, BUT MUST CONVERT TO IMC ABOVE THE CANOPY ROOF. (PROVIDE A NEMA 3R JUNCTION BOX ON THE ROOF SIDE OF THE CANOPY TO TRANSITION FROM MC CABLES IN WALL TO IMC CONDUIT ON THE ROOF.) ALL EXPOSED BOXES AND FITTINGS TO BE CAST -METAL NEMA 3R. REFER TO THE MECHANICAL SHEETS FOR CONDUIT MOUNTING DETAILS ON THE ROOF. POWER PLAN KEYNOTES 0 PROVIDE TWO -GANG DEEP BOX (2" MIN.) FOR ANSUL PULL STATION. EXTEND 1/2" CONDUIT FROM BOX, STUBBED ABOVE CEILING. O PROVIDE EDWARDS #340-4N5 VIBRATING 4" DIAMETER BELL. THE BELL SHALL BE RATED AT 120 VOLTS. O PROVIDE A 120 VOLT WEATHERPROOF DOORBELL PUSHBUTTON AT DOOR. PUSHBUTTON SHALL BE FLUSH MOUNTED. PROVIDE DORTRONICS SYSTEMS #W5286-P25 CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM PUSHBUTTON WITH SINGLE GANG SWITCHPLATE. ® TWO 2" TELEPHONE SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUIT(S). EXTEND WITH PULL STRING FROM TELEPHONE SERVICE J-BOX TO THE UTILITY SOURCE. REFER TO THE ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. O SEE FURNITURE ELEVATIONS FOR EXACT MOUNTING LOCATION. 0 PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE (SEE ELEVATIONS FOR MTG HT) IN AN ARLINGTON #DVFR2W DOUBLE -GANG RECESSED BOX FOR THE FLY SYSTEM ITEMS. DO NOT CUT THE CORDSET FURNISHED WITH THE UNIT, BUT COIL THE CORD ON THE BACK OF THE UNIT AND TUCK INTO THE BACKBOX. O TAMPER RESISTANT JR) DUPLEX RECEPTACLE (IN DINING AREAS) WITH USB CHARGER SHALL BE COOPER/ARROW HART #TR7756-B (BROWN) WITH MATCHING COLOR'DECOR' STYLE PLATE. VERIFY COLOR WITH OWNER. O8 NOT USED. O9 ONE 3" ISP SERVICE CONDUIT. EXTEND WITH PULL STRING FROM J-BOX TO SUPPLIER'S SOURCE, REFER TO ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN FOR ADDITION INFORMATION. 10 PROVIDE 2 GANG DEEP BOX (2" MIN.) FOR EACH DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR INDICATED ON THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR INSTALLATION OF DUCT DETECTOR REMOTE ANNUNCIATORS BY MECHANICAL. THE DUCT SMOKE REMOTE ANNUNCIATORS ARE PROVIDED TO THE ELECTRICIAN WITH THE SUNCOAST ELECTRONICS PACKAGE OF GEAR AND CONTROLS. EXTEND 1/2" CONDUIT FROM EACH BOX AND STUB ABOVE CEILING. 11 PROVIDE TWO 6"H X 6"W X 4"D J-BOXES (ONE FOR TELEPHONE AND ONE FOR ISP) AT 6-6" AFF AND EXTEND A 2" CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING IN THE WALL FROM EACH J-BOX INTO THE ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. PROVIDE A 36" X 36" X 3/4" PLYWOOD BACKBOARD ON THE WALL ABOVE THE J-BOXES (AT THE CEILING) FOR USE BY THE ISP. PROVIDE A COPPER GROUND BAR AT THE BOTTOM OF THE BACKBOARD WITH A #6 AWG INSULATED CU GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN A 3/4"C FROM THE GROUND BAR TO THE BUILDING'S ELECTRICAL SERVICE GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM (GES). THE GROUND BAR SHALL HAVE TAPS FOR USE BY THE TELEPHONE AND ISP UTILITY COMPANIES AND FOR THE #6 COMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING CONDUCTOR TO THE GES. PROVIDE A 15 AMP ISOLATED GROUND (IG) ORANGE -FACED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN THE WALL BESIDE THE BACKBOARD, CONNECT TO CIRCUIT POS-12 (15A/1 P BRANCH BREAKER), AND LABEL THE RECEPTACLE "FOR FIBER TO CABLE MODEM USE ONLY". 12 PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AT 8'-0" AFF WITH CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS TO PANELBOARD FOR FUTURE CONNECTION TO BOOSTER PUMP. REFER TO THE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 13 THE STORE OPEN -CLOSE UNIT SWITCH IS FURNISHED WITH THE CFA-T500 CONTROL PANEL AND FACTORY INSTALLED IN THE DOOR OF THE CFA- T500 CABINET. 14 SEE SHEET E-303 AND THE ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN FOR THE DRIVE-THRU ORDER AREA REQUIREMENTS AND FOR THE LOCATION OF THE LIGHTING POLE(S) THAT WILL SERVE AS A LOCATION FOR CAMERAS. 15 OCCUPANCY CONTROLLED OUTLET. BOTTOM HALF OF OUTLET SHALL BE CONTROLLED VIA WALL SWITCH DOUBLE RELAY OCCUPANCY SENSOR. TIE OFFICE LIGHT INTO CONTROLLED RECEPTACLES. TOP HALF OF OUTLET SHALL NOT BE ROUTED THROUGH CONTROLS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE COOPER/ARROW HART MODEL #4362 RECEPTACLE. SECURITY KEYNOTES S1 PROVIDE SINGLE GANG JUNCTION BOX AND STAINLESS STEEL COVER PLATE WITH 7/8" HOLE IN CENTER. EXTEND 1" CONDUIT UP IN WALL TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. S2 PROVIDE 4"W X 4"H X 3"D FLUSH JUNCTION BOX WITHOUT A COVERPLATE. EXTEND 2" CONDUIT UP TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE OFFICE CEILING AREA AND PROVIDE BUSHING ON CONDUIT. S3 PROVIDE 4"W X 4"H X 3" D JUNCTION BOX WITHOUT COVERPLATE AND EXTEND A 2" CONDUIT DOWN THROUGH SLAB AND BELOW GRADE TO EACH OF THE SITE'S POLE MOUNTED CAMERA LOCATIONS (SEE ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN FOR CONTINUATION) AND A 2" CONDUIT UP INTO THE ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE WITH A BUSHING ON THE CONDUIT END. PROVIDE A SINGLE -GANG JUNCTION BOX ADJACENT TO THE DOUBLE - GANG BOX WITH A 1.5" CONDUIT DOWN TO A SECOND SINGLE -GANG JUNCTION BOX AT THE CCTV MONITOR LOCATION. S4 PROVIDE TWO GANG WEATHERPROOF JUNCTION BOX AND STAINLESS STEEL PLATE WITH 7/8" HOLE IN CENTER FOR PANIC BUTTON. LOCATE AT 48" AFF AND EXTEND 1/2" CONDUIT UP TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING WITH CONDUIT SEAL FITTING. SEAL CONDUIT PENETRATION AT WIC/WIF CEILING. S5 PROVIDE SINGLE GANG BOX WITHOUT COVER PLATE. EXTEND 1/2" CONDUIT UP IN WALL TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. S6 PROVIDE A 1/2" CONDUIT THRU THE EXTERIOR WALL AND STUBBED INTO THE ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE FOR THE EXTERIOR WALL MOUNTED AUDIO-VISUAL ALARM NOTIFICATION DEVICE. VERIFY LOCATION WITH THE EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND WITH THE SECURITY INSTALLER - TYPICALLY TO BE LOCATED NEAR THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM'S EXTERIOR ALARM UNIT AND VISIBLE FROM THE STREET. S7 EXTEND 1/2" RIGID CONDUIT FROM TOP OF STRIKE -SIDE DOOR FRAME CHANNEL TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. EXTEND 3/4" RIGID CONDUIT FROM TOP OF STRIKE -SIDE DOOR FRAME CHANNEL TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. Sg EXTEND 1/2" CONDUIT FROM A POINT 3" WITHIN EITHER HINGE -SIDE DOOR VERTICAL FRAME MULLION TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. S9 PROVIDE SINGLE GANG JUNCTION BOX WITHOUT COVERPLATE. EXTEND 1/2" CONDUIT UP IN WALL TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. �1 PROVIDE SINGLE GANG JUNCTION BOX WITH STAINLESS STEEL COVER PLATE MOUNTED ABOVE THE CEILING SPACE AND ABOVE ON THE INTERIOR SIDE OF THE REAR DOOR. ROUTE 1" CONDUIT FROM THE BOX TO THE "S12" BOX NOTED BELOW. EXTEND 1/2" CONDUIT FROM DOOR'S FRAME MULLION (RIGHT SIDE) TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. PROVIDE SINGLE GANG, WEATHER-PROOF JUNCTION BOX WITH STAINLESS STEEL COVER PLATE MOUNTED ABOVE THE REAR DOOR ON THE EXTERIOR WALL. ROUTE 1" CONDUIT FROM THE BOX AND INTO THE BUILDING AND TERMINATE CONDUIT IN THE BOX NOTED IN "S10" ABOVE. EXTEND 1/2" CONDUIT FROM A POINT 3" INSIDE THE STRIKE -SIDE DOOR FRAME MULLION TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. �1 PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX ON THE LATCH SIDE OF THE ROOF ACCESS HATCH WITH 1/2" CONDUIT ABOVE THE CEILING TO AN ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE FOR A DOOR CONTACT. COMMUNICATIONS KEYNOTES C1 PROVIDE DOUBLE -GANG RING (CARLON #SC200RR) WITH STAINLESS STEEL COVER PLATE AND HOLE IN PLATE FOR AUDIO WITH 2" CONDUIT UNDERGROUND TO THE DT DUAL -LANE (MLOP) ORDERING AREA AND A 2" CONDUIT STUBBED UP INTO THE CEILING SPACE. 4 PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX, LESS COVER PLATE, AND EXTEND 3/4" CONDUIT UP IN WALL TO ABOVE CEILING FOR INSTALLATION OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION CONTROL UNIT. 4 PROVIDE TWO DOUBLE -GANG RINGS (CARLON #SC200RR) WITH STAINLESS STEEL COVER PLATE AND HOLE IN PLATE FOR AUDIO WITH 2" CONDUIT STUBBED UP INTO THE CEILING SPACE. ONE RING SHALL BE ABOVE THE COUNTER AND ONE BELOW WITH A 2" CONDUIT BETWEEN THE RINGS. 4 PROVIDE SINGLE -GANG JUNCTION BOX WITH A 1" EMPTY CONDUIT STUBBED UP INTO THE ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE FOR OWNER'S VOIP PHONE JACK AND CABLES. 4 PROVIDE SINGLE -GANG JUNCTION BOX WITH A 3/4" EMPTY CONDUIT STUBBED UP INTO THE ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE FOR FUTURE MENU BOARD DATA CABLES. MUSIC KEYNOTES M1 PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX WITH STAINLESS STEEL COVER PLATE AND 3/4" HOLE IN PLATE WITH GROMMET ON HOLE IN PLATE. EXTEND 3/4" CONDUIT UP IN WALL TO ABOVE CEILING FOR MUSIC SYSTEM. NOT USED. THREE SINGLE GANG EXTRA DEEP J-BOXES STACKED WITH A 1/2" CONDUIT FROM EACH TO THE TOP J-BOX BOX AND A 1" CONDUIT STUBBED INTO THE CEILING SPACE FOR MUSIC SYSTEM VOLUME CONTROLS PROVIDED BY OWNER'S VENDOR. M4 PROVIDE A SINGLE GANG EXTRA DEEP JUNCTION BOX AT 74" AFF WITH 1/2" CONDUIT STUBBED INTO THE CEILING SPACE FOR MUSIC SYSTEM VOLUME CONTROLS. POS DATA KEYNOTES R1 PROVIDE A'RETROFIT' DOUBLE -GANG RING (CARLON #SC200RR) FOR OWNER'S DEVICE PLATE WITH A 3" EMPTY CONDUIT AT THE OPENING STUBBED UP INTO THE CEILING SPACE FOR OWNER'S DATA CABLES. R2 PROVIDE SINGLE -GANG JUNCTION BOX WITH A 1" CONDUIT EXTENDING UP INTO THE CEILING SPACE FOR POS MONITOR(S). COVER PLATE PROVIDED BY OWNER'S POS SYSTEM VENDOR. R3 PROVIDE A 2" CONDUIT FROM FACE OF WALL AND EXTEND CONDUIT TO JUNCTION BOX IN CEILING SPACE ABOVE SERVING AREA. CONDUIT SHALL TERMINATE FLUSH WITH FACE OF WALL BELOW COUNTER. CUSTOM STAINLESS STEEL COVER PLATE IN WALL WITH GROMMET ON 2" DIAMETER HOLE AT CONDUIT TERMINATION IN WALL. R4 PROVIDE A'RETROFIT' SINGLE GANG RING (CARLON #SC100RR) FOR OWNER'S DEVICE PLATE WITH A 2" EMPTY CONDUIT AT THE OPENING STUBBED UP INTO THE CEILING SPACE FOR OWNER'S DATA CABLES. R5 PROVIDE SINGLE -GANG JUNCTION BOX WITH A 1" CONDUIT EXTENDING UP INTO THE CEILING SPACE FOR POS TERMINAL. POS SYSTEM SUPPLIER WILL PROVIDE COVER PLATE ON BOX. R6 PROVIDE SINGLE GANG EXTRA DEEP JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED ON THE MOUNTING PLATE WITHIN THE FRONT SERVING COUNTER CASEWORK. MOUNT BOX ADJACENT TO THE RECEPTACLE FOR EQUIPMENT 180. DO NOT MOUNT BOX BETWEEN EQUIPMENT 180 AND EQUIPMENT 182 RECEPTACLES. R7 PROVIDE A SINGLE GANG BOX FLUSH MOUNTED IN THE CEILING FOR THE POS DATA PLATE (BY OTHERS) FOR THE SALAD PREP AREA POS MONITOR AND PRINTER. CO2 DETECTOR NOTES G1 CO2 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT - PROVIDE SINGLE -GANG BACKBOX AT 60" AFF WITH 3/4" CONDUIT STUBBED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE © CO2 ANNUNCIATOR UNIT - PROVIDE SINGLE -GANG BACKBOX AT 60" AFF WITH 3/4" CONDUIT STUBBED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE G3 CO2 SENSOR UNIT - PROVIDE SINGLE -GANG BACKBOX AT 12" AFF WITH 3/4" CONDUIT STUBBED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE G4 CO2 POWER SUPPLY - PROVIDE SINGLE -GANG BACKBOX AT 18" BELOW CEILING WITH 3/4 CONDUIT STUBBED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. PROVIDE DUPLEX OUTLET, AND CONNECT TO A LOCAL GENERAL OUTLET CIRCUIT. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH STRONG SYSTEMS 800-500-5566 POWER PLAN GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL SECURITY, POS, MUSIC, COMMUNICATIONS, AND POWER ROUGH -IN SHALL BE INSTALLED DURING THE FRAMING/ROUGH-IN PHASE OF CONSTRUCTION. 2. REFER TO KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SHEETS FOR EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL ROUGH -IN ELEVATIONS ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. 3. ALL EMPTY CONDUITS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH PULL STRING. 4. PROVIDE INSULATED BUSHING AT TERMINATION POINTS OF ALL CONDUITS FOR LOW VOLTAGE WIRING. 5. THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLER SHALL COORDINATE THE ROUTING OF ALL CONDUIT IN THE BUILDING WITH OTHER TRADES (SPECIFICALLY THE DUCTWORK INSTALLATION) TO AVOID CONFLICTS OF SPACE REQUIREMENTS IN WALLS AND CEILING SPACES. KEYNOTE NOTE THIS IS A GENERAL LISTING OF ALL KEYNOTES FOR THE LIGHTING PLAN AND THE POWER PLANS. NOT ALL KEYNOTES ARE USED ON THE PLANS. ROOF POWER KEYNOTES 1O ROUTE ELECTRICAL CONDUITS TO UNIT CONNECTIONS THROUGH WEATHERPROOF RACEWAY FURNISHED WITH UNIT. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR FOR EXACT LOCATIONS. O MOUNT WEATHER-PROOF FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCHES FOR WIC AND WIF CONDENSERS ON UNISTRUT WITH CONDUIT DOWN INTO CEILING SPACE BELOW THRU ROOF PENETRATION DEVICE (NOT THRU ROOF), SEE THE ARCHITECTURAL ROOF PENETRATION DETAIL(S) FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. PROVIDE FUSE SIZE PER MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS. O CONNECT ONE PHOTOCELL ON ROOF TO THE CFA-T500 CONTROL PANEL TERMINALS AND ONE PHOTOCELL ON ROOF TO THE ORDER/OMD CANOPY CONTROL PANEL AS DIRECTED BY SUNCOAST ENVIRONMENTAL INC WIRING DIAGRAMS. PHOTOCELLS ON THE ROOF FURNISHED WITH CONTROL PANELS ORDER (SUNCOAST) AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. O COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF CONDUIT AND DISCONNECT AT EXHAUST FAN. CONDUIT SHALL BE INSTALLED THROUGH ROOF ON OUTSIDE OF FAN CURB. CONDUIT SHALL BE LOCATED AT FAN HINGE SUCH THAT THE FAN HOOD CAN BE FULLY HINGED OPEN AND NOT TOUCH THE CONDUIT. PROVIDE 14" DIAMETER LOOP IN THE FLEXIBLE CONDUIT BETWEEN THE ROOF AND THE FAN ELECTRICAL CONNECTION. O NOT USED. O NOT USED. O7 NOT USED. O8 COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF CONDUIT AND DISCONNECT AT EXHAUST FAN. CONDUIT SHALL BE ROUTED WITH DUCTWORK WITHIN FAN ROOF CURB AND TO THE FAN WIREWAY. PROVIDE SEALTIGHT FITTINGS AS THE CONDUIT ENTERS AND LEAVES THE DUCTWORK. INTERLOCK WITH LIGHTING CIRCUIT IN RESTROOM. REFER TO THE LIGHTING PLAN FOR CONTINUATION. O MOUNT TYPE'OC' LIGHTING FIXTURE, WITH INTEGRAL SLIPFITTER, ON PIPE. PIPE WILL BE PROVIDED BY OTHER TRADES. AIM LIGHTING FIXTURE AT NIGHT FOR BEST ILLUMINATION OF FLAG. 10 CONNECT POWER FROM EACH CONDENSING UNIT'S COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR TO THE EVAPORATOR COIL UNIT'S JUNCTION BOX BELOW. REFER TO ENLARGED KITCHEN POWER PLAN FOR LOCATION. 11 CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLE PROVIDED PRE -INSTALLED IN HVAC UNIT. CONNECT TO 120 VOLT CIRCUIT AS REQUIRED AND/OR AS INDICATED. (NOTE THAT ONE UNIT WILL NOT BE FURNISHED WITH AN INTEGRAL PRE -INSTALLED RECEPTACLE OUTLET. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A GFCI TYPE 20 AMP RECEPTACLE WITH IN -USE WP COVERPLATE MOUNTED TO THE OUTSIDE OF THE ROOFTOP AC UNIT.) 12 A/C UNIT DISCONNECT IS FURNISHED WITH A/C UNIT AND SHALL BE CONNECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 13 EXHAUST FAN IS FURNISHED WITH A PREWIRED DISCONNECT. ENLARGED POWER PLAN KEYNOTES E1 CONNECT EVAPORATOR UNIT IN FREEZER TO FREEZER CONDENSING UNIT CONTROLS LOCATED ON ROOF. SEE THE ROOF ELECTRICAL PLAN. E2 CONNECT EVAPORATOR UNIT IN COOLER TO COOLER CONDENSING UNIT CONTROLS LOCATED ON ROOF. SEE THE ROOF ELECTRICAL PLAN. E3 NOT USED. E4 CONNECT AS REQUIRED TO CJ FAN VIA THE HOOD SUPPLIED SPEED CONTROLLER. CONNECT HOMERUN VIA A RELAY IN THE CFA-T500 CONTROL SECTION. E5 ROUTE THROUGH LIGHTING CONTROL SWITCHBANK "SB" FOR THE MENUBOARD POWER. CONTROLLED BY SWITCH "F". SEE THE LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN. E6 SEE THE ROOF ELECTRICAL PLAN FOR THE LOCATION OF THE ICE MAKER CONDENSERS AND ANY ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. E7 PROVIDE 3#12 IN 1/2" CONDUIT BETWEEN THE CFA-T500 CONTROL PANEL AND THE ANSUL SYSTEM PANEL(S). SEE ANSUL SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM DETAIL ON SHEET E-002 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. E8 PROVIDE GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER (GFCI) TYPE RECEPTACLE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE NEC REQUIREMENT FOR KITCHEN/FOOD PREP AREAS. IF THE RECEPTACLE OUTLET IS NOT NOTED AS GFCI, THEN THE BREAKER IS TO BE GFCI TYPE. Eg NOT USED. 1 THE RECESSED PIN AND SLEEVE BOX WITH THE 'SLEEVE' RECEPTACLE FOR THE OPEN FRYERS (ITEMS #522 AND 522A) ARE FURNISHED BY THE EXHAUST HOOD SUPPLIER AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE OPEN FRYER SUPPLIER PROVIDES PREWIRED CORDSET WITH A PIN DEVICE INTERGRAL WITH THE OPEN FRYER TO PLUG INTO THE SLEEVE RECEPTACLE. 11 NOT USED. 1 SINGLE POLE SWITCH SHALL SERVE AS THE LOCAL "IN -SIGHT" MEANS OF DISCONNECT FOR EQUIPMENT ITEM AS NOTED. SEE DIRECT CONNECTION DETAILS ON SHEET E-002 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. PROVIDE A JUNCTION BOX ABOVE CEILING FOR THE AIR DOOR ABOVE THE DT SLIDING DOOR. COORDINATE WITH THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND WITH THE UNIT'S SUPPLIER FOR THE ROUGH -IN REQUIREMENTS AND ANY CONTROL WIRING. �1 OVERHEAD EQUIPMENT POWER (OEP) DROP CORD RECEPTACLES FROM A FLUSH MOUNTED CEILING OEP BOX (MAXIMUM OF SIX PER ASSEMBLY.) PROVIDE A-C-S OEP ASSEMBLY #12360-1000. ASSEMBLY WILL CONSIST OF A FLUSH CEILING OUTLET BOX, TWIST -LOCK PENDANT RECEPTACLES, STRAIGHT BLADE PENDANT RECEPTACLES, CORDS, STRAIN RELIEF, AND TWISTLOCK PLUGS AS NOTED ON PLAN. CONTACT BRIDGID DEFRAMCESHI EMAIL: BRIDGID1985@GMAIL.COM (800-639-7584) TO PURCHASE OEP BOX AND DROP CORD/RECEPTACLES. PROVIDE LIQUID -TIGHT CONDUIT WITH CONDUCTORS FOR DIRECT CONNECTED EQUIPMENT. CONDUIT SHALL NOT TOUCH THE FLOOR WHEN EQUIPMENT IS IN PLACE. USE SUPPORT GRIPS W/ SUPPORT HOOK ATTACHED TO SHELVING ABOVE AS NEEDED. PASS & SEYMOUR MODEL #FS075-U-GH5 OR EQUIVALENT. �1 PROVIDE A DOUBLE -GANG BOX FLUSH MOUNTED IN THE CEILING WITH A BLANK PLATE WITH HOLE FOR A DROP CORD. PROVIDE THE #12 DROP CORD (WITH STRAIN RELIEF AT THE BOX AND AT THE OUTLET BACKBOX) AND CONNECT THE CORD TO AN OUTLET BOX CONTAINING TWO 15 AMP IG (ORANGE) RECEPTACLE OUTLETS. OUTLET BOX TO BE MOUNTED TO THE OVERHEAD SHELVING AT THE PRINTER AND MONITOR MOUNTING BRACKET. POS POWER KEYNOTES P1 PROVIDE ORANGE ISOLATED GROUND (IG) DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. P2 PROVIDE GROUND FAULT PROTECTION FOR THESE DEVICES VIA A GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT BREAKER IF LOCAL CODE DEFINES THIS A FOOD PREPARATION AREA. P3 USE TYPE MC CABLE FOR THE ISOLATED GROUND CIRCUIT: #12 HOT, NEUTRAL, GREEN GROUND, STRIPED ISOLATED GROUND. EACH 15 AMP HOMERUN SHALL BE DEDICATED TO A CIRCUIT BREAKER VIA DEDICATED CONDUCTORS WITHIN A CABLE ASSEMBLY. ALL MC CABLES SHALL BE RUN OVERHEAD ABOVE THE CEILING AND RACKED TOGETHER ON J-HOOKS. NO SPLICES IN ANY HOMERUN CABLES FROM FIRST RECEPTACLE TO BREAKER. P4 THE RECEPTACLE BACKBOX AND SYSTEM CABLE JUNCTION BOX FOR ITEMS 180 AND 182 SHALL BE TURNED HORIZONTAL. REFER TO THE KITCHEN EQUIPMENT ROUGH -IN ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. E oOOO o o° o CD Chick-fil-A 6200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 C C B Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 ft • .53 $ p .W.. ®� STATE OF 7/30/20 V � a. NUJ V N 0 r Q M M W J J LL D 00) m J J J J = a� Q a, a. Re W t` N FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 20090.CC.S A PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY ES Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET LIGHTING AND POWER Q., PLAN KEYNOTES SHEET NUMBER E=003 4 2 1 4 3 P� 1 L 0 C B ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN KEYNOTES (APPLIES TO THE ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN ONLY) 1 • FIELD COORDINATE LOCATION OF PRIMARY UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL UTILITY LINES. UTILITY COMPANY SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL THE PRIMARY CONDUITS AND CONDUCTORS. 2. PROPOSED LOCATION OF PAD MOUNTED TRANSFORMER FURNISHED BY THE ELECTRICAL UTILITY COMPANY. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE: A. SECONDARY SERVICE LATERAL FROM UTILITY TRANSFORMER TO PANEL 'MDP' VIA THE CURRENT TRANSFORMER CABINET. SEE SHEET E-502, "SINGLE -LINE DIAGRAM". REFER TO "ELECTRICAL SERVICE LATERAL CONDUIT DETAIL", SHEET E-101 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. B. CONCRETE PAD FOR UTILITY TRANSFORMER IN ACCORDANCE WITH UTILITY COMPANY REQUIREMENTS. C. METERING CONDUIT. SEE NOTE-14. 3. LOCATION OF TERMINATION OF SECONDARY SERVICE LATERAL AT PANEL'MDP'. REFER TO "SINGLE -LINE DIAGRAM" ON SHEET E-502 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 4. A. PROVIDE TWO 2" SCH. 40 PVC CONDUIT (ONE IS A SPARE), MINIMUM 24" BELOW FINISHED GRADE, FOR TELEPHONE SERVICE FROM TELEPHONE UTILITY SOURCE TO JUNCTION BOX INSIDE THE BUILDING. REFER TO SHEET E-221 FOR LOCATION OF JUNCTION BOX IN SERVICE AREA. REFER TO "TELEPHONE SERVICE CONDUIT DETAIL", SHEET E-101, FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF UTILITY SOURCE WITH TELEPHONE UTILITY. TERMINATE CONDUITS AT UTILITY SOURCE AS REQUIRED BY THE UTILITY COMPANY. B. PROVIDE ONE 3" SCH. 40 PVC CONDUIT, MINIMUM 24" BELOW FINISHED GRADE, FOR ISP SERVICE FROM UTILITY SOURCE TO JUNCTION BOX INSIDE THE BUILDING. REFER TO SHEET E-221 FOR LOCATION OF JUNCTION BOX IN BUILDING. REFER TO "TELEPHONE SERVICE CONDUIT DETAIL", SHEET E-101, FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF UTILITY SOURCE WITH SERVICE SUPPLY COMPANY. TERMINATE CONDUITS AT AS REQUIRED BY THE UTILITY COMPANY. 5. LOCATION OF DUMPSTER. REFER TO "REFUSE ENCLOSURE PLAN - ELECTRICAL", SHEET E-303 FOR ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS IN THIS AREA. REFER TO SHEET E-303 FOR ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS AT MENU BOARD AND THE DRIVE -THROUGH 6. CANOPY. 7. REFER TO SHEETS E-901, & E-902 FOR ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS PERTAINING TO ELECTRICAL WORK DESCRIBED ON THIS SHEET. 8. REFER TO SHEET E-001 FOR LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE. 9. PROVIDE UNDERGROUND CONDUIT TO JUNCTION BOX IN OFFICE FOR POLE MOUNTED SECURITY CAMERA. REFER TO SHEET E-302 FOR LOCATION OF JUNCTION BOX IN OFFICE AND REQUIRED SIZE OF CONDUIT. COORDINATE EXACT CAMERA LOCATION WITH CHICK-FIL-A SECURITY SYSTEM REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 10. CONNECT SITE LIGHTING CIRCUITS TO TERMINAL BLOCKS LOCATED IN THE "CFA-T500" CONTROL PANEL (TYPICAL). SEE PANEL SCHEDULES ON SHEET E-501. 11. CONNECT SITE SIGNAGE CIRCUITS TO TERMINAL BLOCKS LOCATED IN THE "CFA-T500" CONTROL PANEL (TYPICAL). SEE PANEL SCHEDULES ON SHEET E-501. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF ALL SIGNS WITH CHICK-FIL-A REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO BID AND PRIOR TO CONDUIT INSTALLATION. 12. PROVIDE GFCI TYPE WEATHERPROOF RECEPTACLE MOUNTED ON MAIN SIGN SUPPORT +14" AFG. THIS RECEPTACLE SHALL NOT BE SWITCHED. (BYPASS THE CONTACTOR AND SIGN'S DISCONNECT SWITCH.) 13. PROVIDE WEATHERPROOF 20A SPST TOGGLE SWITCH 18" AFG AND CONNECTION TO MAINTENANCE DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR MAIN I.D. SIGN. 14. PROPOSED LOCATION OF BUILDING MOUNTED ELECTRICAL UTILITY METER. METER BASE WILL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE CURRENT TRANSFORMER CABINET SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED ON THE BUILDING BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO FURNISH AND INSTALL A 1-1/4" RIGID GALVANIZED CONDUIT BETWEEN METER BASE AND CURRENT TRANSFORMER CABINET. COORDINATE LOCATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS WITH ELECTRIC UTILITY COMPANY PRIOR TO BID. GENERAL ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN NOTES (APPLIES TO THE ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN ONLY) 1. VERIFY WITH LOCAL AUTHORITIES AND UTILITIES THAT OWNER'S SIGNS, POLES, AND THEIR APPURTENANCES ARE NOT LOCATED ON OR OVER ANY EASEMENT OR MUNICIPAL RIGHT OF WAY. 2. SITE WORK, UTILITY, AND ROADWAY INFORMATION ARE TAKEN FROM BOUNDARY AND TOPO SURVEY SITE PLANS. REFER TO C-DRAWINGS. 3. MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZE SHALL BE 3/4"C. MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZE SHALL BE #10AWG COPPER UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 4. REFER TO BUILDING ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXTERIOR LIGHTING CONTROL. FOR WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ONLY NEW 5. AND U.L. LABELED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 6. FOR WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT ALL UTILITIES FOR VERIFICATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF ALL UNDERGROUND RUNS, PRIOR TO SITE TRENCHING ("CALL BEFORE YOU DIG"). FOR WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL WORK IN STRICT 7. ACCORDANCE WITH THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE (NFPA 70), AND THE LIFE SAFETY CODE (NFPA 101), AS ADOPTED AND/ OR AMENDED BY STATE AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 8. FOR WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE AND FIELD VERIFY LOCATIONS OF ALL UTILITY SERVICE RUNS, ORIGINATIONS, TERMINATIONS AND ANY INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS (i.e. ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE, WATER, GAS, SEWAGE, ETC.), AS RELATED TO THIS JOB, OR THEREBY EFFECTED. ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN SYMBOLS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLANS) I-T] UTILITY COMPANY TRANSFORMER, (208 VOLT, 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE SECONDARY) S.P.S.T. LIGHT SWITCH (600V AC QUIET TYPE) GF(P GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER DUPLEX RECEPTACLE CONDUIT HOMERUN TO PANEL O JUNCTION BOX (SINGLE GANG STEEL WHERE WALL MOUNTED, 4" SQ. STEEL WHERE CEILING MOUNTED, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) CONDUIT BURIED BELOW GRADE 4> POLE MOUNTED SITE LIGHTING FIXTURE. CHEVRON INDICATES DIRECTION OF PRIMARY LIGHT DISTRIBUTION. ROTATE REFLECTOR AS NECESSARY. I ► II i Ili .� MAIN ID SIGF SIGNAGE DE THIS SHEET ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN 1 " = 20'-0" DT CASH STATION - KEYNOTES (APPLIES TO THE ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN ONLY) p1 LOCATION OF A 360 DEGREE BUILDING MOUNTED EXTERIOR CAMERA (BY OTHERS). PROVIDE A 3/4" CONDUIT AT 9'4" AFF TO AN EXTERIOR WALL MOUNTED WP JUNCTION BOX WITH THE CONDUIT ABOVE THE INTERIOR CEILING AND EXTENDED TO AN ACCESSIBLE CEILING AREA FOR CAMERA CABLES BY OTHERS. D2 PROVIDE AN EXTERIOR DUPLEX 120V, 20A RECEPTACLE AT 18" AFF WITHIN -USE' STYLE LOCKABLE WP COVER AND CONNECT TO A GENERAL PURPOSE 120V RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT. D3 PROVIDE A JUNCTION BOX ON THE INSIDE PARAPET WALL ABOVE THE ROOF WITH A 3/4" CONDUIT STUBBED DOWN INTO AN ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE AREA BELOW FOR THE OWNER PROVIDED WI-FI EXTERIOR ANTENNAE. PRETTY POND ROAD POWER/TELEPHONE UTILITIES: COORDINATE AND COMPLY WITH ALL TELEPHONE AND ELECTRICAL UTILITY REQUIREMENTS. THE FOLLOWING PERSONS SHALL BE CONTACTED FOR SPECIFIC UTILITY COMPANY REQUIREMENTS: ELECTRICAL UTILITY: REBECCA GRENEWICZ DUKE ENERGY (727) 562-3903 REBECCA.GRENEWICZ@DUKE-ENERGY.COM TELEPHONE UTILITY: FRONTIER (VERIZON) (813)-961-8333 1 1 of 20'1 NOTE 12 MAIN ID Slur. 1 C-37,39,41 VIA 4#10,1 #10G-3/4"C. NOTE 11 MAIN ID SI N.T.S. ,—NOTF 13 WP IN -GROUND JUNCTION BOX REFER TO SITE KEYNOTES ON THIS SHEET I DETAIL E QCO o D o ° 0 CD CD ORA Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 rk C B A Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 SIIIIIIII/f/, Ty "N 3 8op WA • U - :O •. STATE O ;• �: 0 Ft 7/30/20 FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC RELEASE: v2 20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 20090.CC.S PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY BTS Information curtained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN 0. 4 3 2 1 SHEET NUMBER Eml 00 1, CD CD 19 C Azs Chick-fil-A 6200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 C. �i Q' v Z;' 53 • • s • s �:�• STATE OF 7/30/20 FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC RELEASE: v2 20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 20090.CC.S PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY BTS Information curtained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN a DETAILS SHEET NUMBER Eml 01 4 2 1 1 E U C B A FULL CUT OFF LED LIGHT FIXTURE COLOR OF POLES AND FIXTURES SHALL BE DARK BRONZE. 27' ROUND TAPERED STEEL POLE - 24" CONCRETE POLE BASE FINISHED GRADE SEE PHOTOMETRIC LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE FOR POLE MODEL NUMBER SITE LIGHTING POLE DETAIL N.T.S. ii Schedule Symbol Label Quantity Manufacturer Catalog Number Number Lumens Light Loss Wattage Lamps Per Lamp Factor n 2 EATON - LUMARK (FORMER PRV-C40-D-UNV-T3- 2 7789 0.9 131 OD1 COOPER LIGHTING) BZ-HSS n 1 EATON - LUMARK (FORMER PRV C40-D-UNV-T4- 2 7759 0.9 131 OD2 COOPER LIGHTING) BZ-HSS 0 2 EATON - LUMARK (FORMER PRV C60-D-UNV-T5- 2 10678 0.9 306 OD3 COOPER LIGHTING) BZ V ED 2 EATON - LUMARK (FORMER PRV C60-D-UNV T4- 2 9993 0.9 306 ON COOPER LIGHTING) BZ-L90/R90 8 LSI INDUSTRIES, INC RUS-SC-LED-LW- 1 9966 0.95 73.5 ® CRUS 30 OD POLE SHALL BE A 25' ROUND TAPERED STEEL POLE BY LITHONIA #RTS-25-5-9B-DM19/28-DDB Statistics Description Symbol Avg Max Min Max/Min Avg/Min Calc Zone #2 + 1.7 fc 34.4 fc 0.0 fc WA N/A CFA Lot Summary X 3.0 fc 34.4 fc 0.0 fc N/A N/A Parking Lot Summary E]2.7 fc 7.0 fc 1.0 fc 7.0:1 2.7:1 0.1 0.1 '0. 1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3I 0.3 0.3 P.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 '0. 1 '0. 1 '0. 1 0.0 I � 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 '0. 2 '0. 3 '0. 4 '0. 5 0.5 '0. 6 0.6 0. 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 .4 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 I0.1 +0.1 +0.2 +0.2 1+0.3 +0.4 5 +0.6 +0.7 +0.8 +0.9 +1. +1. il +1.1 +1.0 +1.0 +1.0 +0.9 +0.8 +0.7 +0. +0.6 +0 5 +0.5� +0.5 +0.4 +b.5 + +0.7 +0.9 +0.9 +0.8 +0.8 +0.6 +0.3 +0.2 +0.1 + +0.1 +0.0 I + + + + + +�=+_==+J + _+_ + + _+_ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.6 '0.8 1.0 1.1 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0. 7 0.8 P.9 1.0 II 1.1 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.4 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.4 10.21 0.1 0.1 1 + + + * * * * * * * * *. X * * L+ + + + + + + + + + 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.� 1.0 1.7 �.2 2 - 7 Or �i.2 1 >- I 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 10.6 0.�3 2.0 2.4 2.6 2.6 2.4 2.3 2.1 2.0 1.9 1.8 1.7 1.7 1. Z 9 �1 4.4 . 1 - oD4 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 1 0.6 0 2.3 2.6 2.8 2.9 2.9 2.7 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.2 2. .2 0 3 `�2.7 �3.4V33.9 5.2 4.3 4.2 4. 4. 9 9 2.6 '1. 7 1 0.7 0.5 + + + I* ❑ 1❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ + + .1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.5 10.7 1L2.6 2.4 2.5 2.8 i3.2 4.3 4.5 4. 4.1 .5 .0 ��,3 1.6 0.8 0.6 I I 0.3 .5 P 1 0.2 0.2 I)K0.7 1 Vlll2. 2.9 3 3.7 3.3 3.2 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.1 02.8 2.6 I 2.8 I 12.9i 3.01 3.3 3.7 4.1 4.0 3.4 2..b 2.3 1.9 '1. 5 1 0.8 0.6 I D3 I I + .1 +0.2 +0.3 +0.4 .5 j*0.8 *1 * 3.1 ❑3.0 ❑ ❑ .9 .6 ❑ .5 ❑ .6 ❑ .3 ❑ .1 ° .0 ❑ I ❑2.8 I �i2.9� ❑2.91 ❑2.9 �3.1 ❑3.3 ❑3.3 ❑2.9 ❑2� ❑2.2 r 1.8 ❑ ❑ 1 +0.8 +0.6 ,I I* Q v +I 0.1 + + + 0.2 0.3 0.4 .5 I 0.8 1 4. ❑ 3. 2.8 ❑ 3.1 ❑ .5 3. ❑ 3. ❑ 3. ❑ 3.9 ❑ 3.3 ❑ o 3. 0 0 3.1 0 J ❑ 2.8 I m 1 i2.8 ❑ .7 OD r � I I + 2 0.2 0.3 0.4 1* .6 I 0.9 1 I * 11 ❑ 5. 3.5 ❑ ❑ 3 3.3 .4 3.7 3.8 ❑ .3 ❑ ❑ .0 I .1 I 2.6 ❑ 2.31 I I CR CR 1 I 12.5I I I + �.2 + + + 0.2 0.3 0.4 1* .6 1 1.0 2 2 I '1.0 3.6 ❑ 3.1 ❑ ❑ 3. ❑ 3. ❑ 3. ❑ 3. ❑❑ 2. 3. ❑u 3.0 .7 ( ❑ 2.4 I 4 �2.21 ❑ ❑1.91 +d03. 2 +0.2 +0.3 +0.4 .6 1*1.0 *2 I I * I 1 ❑ 6.1 3.2 ❑ 2.6 ❑ ❑ 2.5 2.6 o 2.6 ❑ 2.9 ❑ 3.1 ❑ 3.1 ❑ ❑ 3.0 3.0 o 2.4I ❑ 2.2I I m ( i2.0 1 ❑ 7 o 2.9 .7 012.6 I .6 2.5 02.4 02.11 0 1.9 1❑1. ❑ 0 1.9 1.8 1.8 1 1. 1.5 11. .6 1.6 1.6 01.5 I 01.14 01.3 I �01. ❑ ❑ .6 1.6 1.6 ❑1.6 I ❑1.5 ❑1.4 I❑1. ❑ * 0 +0.8 +0.6 * 9 0.8 11 + + 0.6 * 911 +0.7 +0.6 * 9 +0.8 +0.6 I I I CR I � I + I* 1 ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ 101.3❑ ❑ + Q.2 0.2 0.3 0.5 .7 i 1.0 1 i 218. 6. 6 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.9 3.0 2.9 2.6 .3 2.1 I 1.9 I 11.8i 1.71 1.6 +4.6 1.7 1.8 1.8 1. 1.5 0 I 0.8 0.6 �.2 +0.3 +0.4 +0.5 + .7 *0.9 *1 * '� *1i1.7 *3.9 *1.9 *1 � 7 0 0 ❑2 1 ❑2. 2 5� ❑ 4 9 ( ❑1.8 I �i1.8� ❑1.7 ❑1.7 ❑1.7 ❑1.9 ❑2.1 ❑2.0 ❑1 $ ❑1.6 101.4 ❑1.2 ❑ 0 I +0.9 +0.7 1 -- I 11 I 1 1 � +I 1* * * * * * * * ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ X. ❑ m I ❑ ❑ ❑ I I❑ ❑ I + + d.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 .7 10.9 1 2.7 1.7 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.8 i1.8 0 .1 2.2 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.0 1 1. 1. 1.0 0.7 + 2 +0.3 +0.4 +0.6 + .8 *1.0 *1 * * * * * * * * * * * * * I *1.6 '1.8i * .01 * ❑ .9 1 7 2.4 ❑2.4 ❑2.3 ❑2.7 1❑2. ❑ * 4 +1.0 +0.8 .. III ----- I I I D2 I I -- --- --- --- - +011 +0.2 +0.4 +0.6 + 9 1 *1.1 *1 * * 1. *0.8 * . ---- * -----*I"i * . '.6 18� *2.2 * ❑ ❑ ❑ 1❑ ❑ * 511I +1.1 +0.8 I I I I I I I + + + + 1* * * * * * I * 1 * I * '2. ❑ ❑ 1 ❑ 1❑ ❑ * 11 '1. + 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.3 0.7 0 11.3 1 1 0 0.7 1.6 \ i1.8 2.28 2.9 3.1 2.4 2.� 2.6 1 2. 4 1 0.8 + 1* * * * * * * * ❑ * + 1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.6 1 i 1.5 1 1 3 .9 1 i1.9� \ .6 2.7 2.8 2.8 2.ti 2.3 i 2. 1. 1 1.0 0.7 � III +0.1 +0.1 +0.1 +0.1 +0.3 + 9 1*1.8 *2. ; 2. *2.1 .2 * *2.1 *2. \*2.7 3.0 ❑3.3 ❑3.6 °3.6 ❑3. 02.6 1❑2.2 11..9 ❑ 5 +1.1 +0.7 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 ` 2 2.2 ' 3.0 .7 i2.7 3'6l 3 �3.6 4.1 4.5 4.5 3.� 3.2 12.6 + + + + + + * - * * I * * * * * CR isRU * CRIJS CRU * ' I * ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ I I ❑ * 1 + + 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.1 0 _ .3 2. 1.1 0.9 1.0' ;�1- 8 6 - - 31r7- - 24- - 3'1 0 3r7- - 27. - 3o-2- 3.7 2.1 4 0. 3.8 3. 3. 4 1 (� 9 i 3.5 2.6 7 1.2 0.8 o _ _ 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 )KO.1 0.3 .8 2 I 1.7 .2- ,1 0 0.9 1.4 3.4 6.7/.6 �$ 8_ 9.7 9.1 8 3.0 .8 \ . 4. \ 4. 4 5 6 14.3 2.8 81� 1.1 0.7 - 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 '0. 0 0 0.0 '0. 1 2.8 2.5 I 1.8 I 1.3 1.0 0.9 1.0 1.4' �-�Q 2.6 3.2 3.8 3.6 2.9 8 3.0 2.9 3� 1 5.4 \ 4A 4.6 \ 4.8 4.4 5.3 13.8 2.4 5 +0. +0.0 +0.0 +0.0 +0.0 +0. *0.0 *0.0 0 1 *O.I5 *1.7 *1.9 *1.5 *1.2 *1.0 *0.8 *0.7 *0.7 *0.8 *0.9 *0.9 ' 0 9` -6-9-*0.7 * . ` ` *3.2 \ *2.1 *1.9 I*1.8 *1.3 * 8 +0.5 +0.3 0.0 .0 0.0 0.0 0.0 �p.0 0.0 -0.0 0^0 0.5 1.1 1_1 0.9 0.8 0_6 0.5 - 0.4 0_4 0.3 0.3 0_2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1- 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.4 0.8� � 1.1 1.1 5 .2- 0.2 0.1 0.� + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.4 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.4 0.3- 0.2 0�1 0.1 - 0.1 0.0 0.0 0. 0.0 0 --0.(3 -- 0 6- -frfl -0.0- 0 -01 -f}.2- 0 -0 4 -0.3- 0 �0 2 �0.2- 6'f10.1 0.1 0.1 ---,-0-.1 0.1 0.1 --""0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 .3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.1 0. +0.0 +0.0 +0.0 +0.0 +0.0 +0.0 +0.0 +0.0 +0.0 +0.0 +0.0 +0.0 +0.0 +0.2 +0.2 +0.2 +0.2 +0.2 +0.2 +0.1 PRETTY POND ROAD-1 +0.1 +0.1 +0.1 +0.1 +0.1 0.2 +0.1 +0.1 +0.2 +0.1 +0.1 +0.1 +0.1 +0.1 +0.0 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + � + + + + + 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0. 0.0 0.0 .0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.1 0. 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 .1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.0 +0.1 0.1 +0.1 +0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 + 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 +0.1 +0.1 0.1 0.1 +0.1 PHOTOMETRIC PLAN 1 " = 20'-0" 20' 10, 0' 20' 40' E oOO�) 0 D � ° 0 CD CD 0 Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 E C B Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 `tsostlIII It##,# .`�` •� K U R .` L E av s l,�s _ N 35 : AV 0 STATE OF BBrafi�' 7/30/20 FOS"' R# 4 40 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC RELEASE: v2_20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 20090.CC.S A PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY BTS Infom>etion contained on this drawing and in all digital fees produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET PHOTOMETRIC PLAN SHEET NUMBER Eml 02 4 3 2 1 4 3 E E E C B A JC- 33 TB-2 E C- 53 TB-2 WP/GF� LIGHTING PLAN - LRG , 4� 1 /4" C- 33 C- 33 1 Z21TB-2 5 Z2 TB-2 C- 5314 TB-2 C- 53" TB-2 ®WP/GF I Z21G 33 TB-2 BE INCLUDED IN DAYLIGHT CONTROLS. REFER TO SHEET E-003 FOR KEYNOTES LIGHTING FIXTURE (LUMINAIRE) SCHEDULE - CHICK-FIL-A P13 EDITION NOTE: NOT ALL FIXTURE TYPES ARE USED IN ALL OF THE P13 BUILDINGS. CONFIRM WITH THE LIGHTING VENDOR FOR ANY UPDATES TO THE CURRENT LIGHTING MANUFACTURER AND CATALOG NUMBER. MARK MANUFACTURER CATALOG NUMBER NO. LAMPS/TYPE WATTS VOLTS MOUNTING REMARKS A COOPER/METALUX 24FP6"OC INTEGRAL WITH FIXTURE 59 VA 120 V RECESSED 2'X4' STATIC LED TROFFER RATED 7200 LUMENS, 4000K TEMP AE COOPER/METALUX 24FP6"OC-EL14W INTEGRAL WITH FIXTURE 59 VA 120 V RECESSED SAME AS 'A' WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK. SEE PLAN NOTE ABOUT SWITCHING B1 COOPER/METALUX 2VT3-LD5-4-G-120V-LB40-CD1-SSL-U INTEGRAL WITH FIXTURE 32 VA 120 V SURFACE MOUNT LIGHT TO BTM OF OVERHEAD WIRE SHELVING WITH CORD & PLUG D3 COOPER/HALO HC620D010-HM612830-61 NDC INTEGRAL WITH FIXTURE 21 VA 120 V RECESSED LED DOWNLIGHT WITH CLEAR REFLECTOR & TRIM RATED 2000 LUMENS, 3000K COLOR TEMP D3E COOPER/HALO HC620D01 OIEM14-HM612830-61 NDCIEM INTEGRAL WITH FIXTURE 21 VA 120 V RECESSED SAME AS 'DT EXCEPT WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK/INTEGRAL TEST SWITCH F MEYDA 30894-8 (144638) INTEGRAL WITH FIXTURE 12 VA 120 V CEILING EGG LIGHT FURNISHED WITH A 12 WATT A19-GU24 LED LAMP N MINKA 4531-267B 1-LED11A19/827/D 11 VA 120 V WALL LAVATORY WALL SCONCE -SHADE POINTED DOWN W/ LED LAMP & CL ON LAVATORY CIA PROGRESS LIGHTING P5675-31 WITH P8799 TOP COVER LENS 2-(GE)LED12P30RW830255/ECO 24 VA 120 V WALL 5" DIAMETER, 14" HEIGHT, WET LOCATION, UP/DOWN CYLINDER W/ 12 WATT PAR30 3K NFL LED LAMPS, 8'-0" AFF TO CENTER OF FIXTURE OC HUBBELL FLL-42L-95-4K7-N-U-K-DB (SEE NOTE 4) INTEGRAL WITH FIXTURE 97 VA 120 V PIPE FLOODLIGHT MTD ON ROOF ON 2" PIPE SUPPORT (BY OTHERS) AND AIMED AT FLAG AFTER DARK OD COOPER/LUMARK LUMINAIRE: PRV-C60D-UNV-**-SA-BZ INTEGRAL WITH FIXTURE 153 VA 208 V SEE SHEET E-102 FOR SITE LIGHTING SPECIFICATIONS OK HUBBELL LNC-5LU-3K-3-1 INTEGRAL WITH FIXTURE 13 VA 120 V WALL LED WALLPACK W/ CENTERLINE OF FIXTURE AT 8'0" ABV 0'0" (FINISH FLOOR LINE) P1 MEYDA 142776 2-LED11A19/827/D 22 VA 120 V PENDANT 31" DIA PEACH BASKET PENDANT WITH BTM AT 6'-3" AFF ABV TABLE, 8'-0" OTHERWISE U BESA LIGHTING BES00298-060 FURNISHED 8 VA 120 V PENDANT RED FRIT GLASS, BRONZE CABLE & CANOPY, 6'-6" AFF XA COOPER/SURE-LITES APCH7R INTEGRAL WITH FIXTURE 4 VA 120 V WALL EXIT SIGN WITH BATTERY PACK AND TWO INTEGRAL ADJUSTABLE LAMPHEADS XD MULE LIGHTING SPS-220/250-120/277 NONE 250 VA 120 V WALL INVERTER UNIT FOR EXTERIOR EGRESS LTG; ON AT DUSK, OFF AT DAWN, ON DURING PWR OUTAGE Z1 COOPER/HALO H4571CAT1 E-EL406930-TL410SC INTEGRAL WITH FIXTURE 13 VA 120 V SURFACE LED DOWNLIGHT PROVIDED BY CANOPY SUPPLIER INSTALLED BY CANOPY SUPPLIER, CONNECTION BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR Z2 LSI CRUS-SC-LED-LW30-UE-WHT INTEGRAL WITH FIXTURE 74 VA 120 V RECESSED I CANOPY LIGHT PROVIDED BY CANOPY SUPPLIER AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR *MSC SENSOR SWITCH CMR-PDT-P 5 VA 120V CEILING *MSC CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR WITH MICROPHONICS LOCATED IN RESTROOM. *MSW1 SENSOR SWITCH WSX-PDT-WH - 120V WALL *MSW1 SINGLE -RELAY WALL SEITCH OCCUPANCY SENSOR LOCATED IN STORAGE AREA. *MSW2 SENSOR SWITCH WSX-PDT-2P-WH - 120V WALL *MSW2 DOUBLE -RELAY WALL SWITCH OCCUPANCY SENSOR FOR CONTROLS OF LIGHT AND RECEPTACLES IN OFFICE. *PC SENSOR SWITCH RMR-PC-ADC 5 VA 120V WALL *PC RECESSED AUTOMATIC CONTROL PHOTOCELL FOR DAYLIGHT CTRLS, FIELD COORDINATE MTD LOCATOIN. NOTES: 1. LUMINAIRES UTILIZING DOUBLE -ENDED LAMPS AND CONTAIN BALLASTS THAT CAN BE SERVICED IN PLACE SHALL HAVE A DISCONNECTING MEANS EITHER INTERNAL OF EXTERNAL TO EACH LUMINAIRE PER NEC 410.130(G). 2. THE LIGHTING FIXTURE PACKAGE IS AVAILABLE THROUGH A NATIONAL ACCOUNT PROGRAM. REFER TO THE ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS SHEET, SECTION C16500 FOR VENDOR INFORMATION. 3. THE ASTERIK (*) BESIDE THE FIXTURE MARK IN THE ABOVE SCHEDULE INDICATES THE FIXTURE IS A NON -PROTOTYPICAL LIGHT FIXTURE PER THE CFA NATIONAL P13 PROTOTYPE. 4. IF TYPE OC IS GROUND MOUNTED IN LIEU OF ROOF MOUNTED, PROVIDE EITHER THE FLL-VISOR-DB (VISOR) OR THE FLL-LOUVER-BL (LOUVER) FOR GLARE CONTROL. 5. REFER TO SHEET E-102 FOR SITE LIGHTING AND POLE ORDERING INFORMATION. SERVICE 31 -5 0 PROVIDE BLANK FILLER S.P.S.T. TOGGLE (NO SWITCH) IN BUILDINGS SWITCH (TYP. U.N.O.) WITHOUT A PLAY AREA ----\ INDICATES 2 POLE LIGHT SWITCH ® 1® PENDANTS DINING 100% KITCHEN SERVING MENU BDS C-7 C-11 C-1,C-3 C-9 C-17 E E E 2 E E SB-A SB-B SB-C SB-D SB-E SB-F ® ® ® ® ® 0 NOTE: LOCATE JUNCTION BOXES IN CEILING SPACE ABOVE THE LOCATION OF THE SWITCHBANK FOR SPLICING OF LINE, LOAD, AND SWITCHED CONDUCTORS. PROVIDE GANGED BACKBOX FOR SWITCHES AS REQUIRED AND LABEL ALL CONDUCTORS SO AS TO INDICATE THEIR USE (LINE, LOAD, SWITCH), THE LOAD SERVED, AND THE CIRCUIT NUMBER. SWITCH BANK "SB" DETAIL E Qo\ 0 D � ° o (D CD Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 C B A Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 •�. N 3 . • fu z O•: STATE OF Al p ' �,i� O R 19 E? . '4QN AL ,%��� 7/30/20 a JLL o� LL CV) LL Q J in V� J= =a o= a V NUJ tiN BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC LRG RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 20090.CC.S PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY ES Information contained on this drawing and in all digital fles produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express writen or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET LIGHTING PLAN 0. 4 M F NO SCALE 1 SHEET NUMBER E=21 1 L 4 3 2 1 1 n C A DRIVE THRU 101 FOUR (2') EMPTY CONDUITS SERVING FROM CEILING SPACE, DOWN WALL, TO COUNTER FOR DATA AND POWER N m O III TWO (4') CONDUITS ABOVE JCJUTIOVE THE OFFICE CEILING JEA THE ASSEMBLY TABLE _rrSERVING AREA WALL ier 24 [12 [::21 ier 2 Tier KITCHEN x3 x3 21 x3 1� ; x 30x36 30x3Ox X 2 Tie X 2 Tie X 2 Tie X 2 Tie I:::] V F*'� /l POWER AND SYSTEMS PLAN -LRG _0 76-6-0 I^ ODODO yVJ OOOOp 4 Tie o%eme EXTERIOR MOUNTED PANEL- MDP, VERIFY LOCATION WITH BENCHMARK ORIGIN FOR SITE PLAN AND WITH THE THE ROUGH -IN. COORDINATE ARCHITECTURAL EXTERIOR AT OUTSIDE FACE OF ELEVATIONS FRAMING MDP 14 1� IG -GEN B-44 00 W Li co t7— O 7 \\ Q MULTI -PURPOSE SERVICE a \\ 7--__3Tier D1 50-------j -. _ i S7 ® ® aLu_J_1\ S6 PROVIDE A 12 OLT ®® CONNECTI TO THE ® �� I 50 VA MO RIZED AMPER A � \ ( DAMPE OR THE 1 OFFICE. 1 \ M ENS Uri L\! \ -- - UNDERFLOOR CIRCUIT TO THE TRASH -- - -COMPACTOR- ---_ OUTLET SUFACE = _ -, rr II L T-1 A. F. Fi( HE STUB -UP LOCA I E R ITURE PLANS. TR 7 I N N N Mi - N J m - -- - - j N c — 0 0 D 0 0 IT - \ _- REFER TO SHEET E-003 FOR KEYNOTES ELECTRICAL KEY PLAN - LRG 1/8" = 1'-0" REFER TO THE ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DRIVE- THRU CASH STATION ("D" KEYNOTES) I-e C B 0 °� Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 `rarer a rrtir � ee N 53 8 • . •CCIro r • r • •W' 0 STATE OF V. '.,t' •.'P t G R e o,.-G.� 7/ ,�,�0 I FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC LRG RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION A PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY ES Information contained on this drawing and in all digital flee produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without apress writen or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET POWER AND SYSTEMS QL PLAN SHEET NUMBER 4 1 3 1 2 1 E=221 L "AA 1- —A, _-,.._._ . . -i, U�AAAA" .ur�... rl+a W 0. ,:Q Q0 CD CD Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 Q Um � J jLL Q J m V>= J= =a o= a V N tiN FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC LRG RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 20090.CC.S PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY ES Information curtained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. 69:1��1 ROOF POWER PLAN SHEET NUMBER E=250L 4 1 3 1 2 1 1 E ❑E C B A PROVIDE J-BOX WITH 2" CONDUIT FROM ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE DOWN WALL TO ELECTRICAL CHASE _ IN MILLWORK STUBBED OUT AT 1'-10" AFF. CONTRACTOR SHALL TRANSITION FROM CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS TO MC CABLE AT JUNCTION BOX ABOVE CEILING FOR CIRCUITS WITHIN THE MILLWORK 424 A-1 ® A-2 ® A-21 1831182L POS-214 IG C 1 3 ® B-14 ® D2-1 '�i® --------------------------------------------------------------— — �iiiii.�.i�Niin.iiaiauii..ii ,noun= .u... ...... uMy.../� ini�uiiiiiiiiii-iiii�.iihiiii�niiYi-iiipriii�iiaii�.iiiiii ��� ....C. I... --------- --- i i�i.iniiiiiii�i�i�ii.�ii�i� iiiiiiiiiiOiiiiiiiiiiiu.i.E..Iiiiiiiiii.N�iiiiiiiiim rn..u.o�uoun....�.....x/,..........n......�........ Bpi, n..i. a.... /iMlMM R...n..n......a�..........�.m...........R��.. _ r-.rrr�,�. / • • . �.vr� _ ���� :��/1�/1�1111t1- _ ,.. .. i� Et .'. IYII'1 r, ii --� �I Alp =i���il=elf= MIS IG =@ IG IG IG IG �T win D4 / E-001 2 A-34 jI L-L 1 LIIrvI-qqv;f1roI-Nqbqq-!-RMNEl'W_ •'i41P�.ui:' �iiiiii`i—iiilllll!!!!!!Illlllllll�r 1111111111111111111IIIII�IIIIIIIIII!l iilllllllll w/ I{IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII{IIIIJIIIIIIIIIHIl111111N - O . ilk.000000 000000 11 ll li!11 ■ Q �';�� `iiI/_.� ��� ,, //I�I� `� , �'IS i��� ' 0000000 NOTE: THE INTEGRAL 15A AND 20A RECEPTACLES IN THE CL TAB BREAKERS INTEGRAL WITHI 550 TABLE 184 � 0 550 � 0 120D o - a Q a Q D C-54® ITS C-54 i44 Ln PROVIDE J-BOX WITH 2" CON UIT FROM ACCESSIBLE CEILING c PACE DOWN WALL TO ELECTRICA CHASE IN MILLWORK STUBB OUT AT V-10" AFF. CONTRAC LL TRANSITION FROM C UIT AND ONDUCTORS TO MCC E AT JU TION BOX ABOVE C I FOR CIRIPUITS WITHIN THE MILLWORK AND CJ-3 ENLARGED KITCHEN POWER PLAN 1/2" = 1'-0" GFCI REQUIREMENTS PER 2017 NEC: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE GROUND FAULT PROTECTION FOR ALL RECEPTACLE OUTLET BRANCH CIRCUITS (IN ADDITION TO WHAT IS INDICATED IN THESE DOCUMENTS FOR 15 AND 20 AMP, 120 VOLT RECEPTACLES) IN THE KITCHEN/FOOD PREPARATION AREAS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2017 EDITION OF THE NEC. GROUND FAULT PROTECTION SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE BRANCH BREAKER VIA A GROUND FAULT TYPE BREAKER FOR ALL 50 AMP AND LESS RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS UNLESS ALREADY NOTED TO BE PROVIDED WITH AN ACCESSIBLE GFCI TYPE RECEPTACLE. (NOTE THAT SQUARE-D DOES NOT HAVE ANY GFCI TYPE BRANCH BREAKERS ABOVE 50 AMP AVAILABLE AT THIS TIME). NOTE FOR POS GF IN KITCHEN: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE GROUND FAULT PROTECTION FOR ALL 120 VOLT, 15 AND 20 AMP ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLE OUTLET BRANCH CIRCUITS IN THE KITCHEN/FOOD PREPARATION AREAS. GROUND FAULT PROTECTION SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE BREAKER VIA A GROUND FAULT TYPE BRANCH BREAKER. (GFCI TYPE ISOLATED GRD RECEPTACLES ARE NOT AVAILABLE.) NOTE: RECEPTACLES FOR THE POS EQUIPMENT SHALL BE THE ONLY ITEMS THAT CONNECT TO PANEL-POS. THERE SHALL BE NO OTHER LOADS CONNECTED TO THIS ISOLATED GROUND PANEL AND, IF SO, SHALL BE REMOVED AND RECONNECTED TO ANOTHER PANELBOARD AT THE EXPENSE OF THE CONTRACTOR. 111 PROVID = IN -SIGHT DISCONNECT SWITCH IF REQUIRED BY AHJ. OTHERI VISE PROVIDE PAD -LOCKING DEVICE ON BRANCH BREAKER M a CONNECT THE FREEZER'S DOOR FRAW241EMR TO THE UNW61IGHTIN121 CIRCUIT I I�' . - • -�.�,. �.. � �,�rnsa � rs�nir�7 i.1L7L•L'� �► 1�i'�Ei'� ' =ffl� , ■J\�\\II�� �!� Elm� - • . '..I��.!-�.r IIIIIIIIIII■■IIIIIIIIII■ 1 IIIIIIIIIII■■IIIIII■I■ E oOQo °0 D Do 9CD 0C4 Chick fit A 5200 Buffin9 ton Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 ❑0 C Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 V1,11111/1,,,, I: K U R?1-o''% N 53 8 O • e • • .Au. o� � �.•• STATE OF � .?, ''%%10/20 1 � LL OC Q M > M 1 J J ..J LL = O � � oo � >= J = a. O UJ a, a B (w) �t w N ti N REFER TO SHEET E-003 FOR KEYNOTES KITCHEN EQUIPMENT MARK NUMBER, SEE SCHEDULE FOR REQ'MENTS PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBER REFER TO THE KITCHEN ELEVATIONS FOR THE X-XX ROUGH -IN HEIGHT KITCHEN EQUIP NOMENCLATURE NO SCALE FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 20090.CC.S A PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY ES Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced it any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. w SHEET ENLARGED KITCHEN Q„ POWER PLAN SHEET NUMBER E=301 4 KK, 2 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 14 �91 B A OPEN FRYERS (ITEM #522). ROUTE THE THREEPHASE CIRCUITS THROUGH THE PROTECTIVE DEVICE AND THEN TO THE EQUIPMENT. MONITORING DEVICES ARE SET TO A 6mA TRIP LEVEL FOR PERSONNEL PROTECTION. THE THREE (3) OPEN FLYERS USE A MONITORING DEVICE FROM LITTELFU,SE, INC. MODEL #SB61 00-011 -0, WITH A NEMA 4X ENCLOSURE. ORDER THESE DEVICES ALONG WITH THE, ELECTRICAL GEAR PACKAGE. � ENLARGED BOH POWER PLAN 1/2" = 1'-0" MULTI -PURPOSE If VI RGl1Vlr[CIVICIV 1 %> rCR 4U I / IVCV. HE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE GROUND FAULT PROTECTION OR ALL RECEPTACLE OUTLET BRANCH CIRCUITS (IN ADDITION Ta VHAT IS INDICATED IN THESE DOCUMENTS FOR 15 AND 20 AMP, 20 VOLT RECEPTACLES) IN THE KITCHEN/FOOD PREPARATION ,REAS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2017 EDITION OF THE NEC. ROUND FAULT PROTECTION SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE BRANCI ,REAKER VIA A GROUND FAULT TYPE BREAKER FOR ALL 50 AMP ,ND LESS RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS UNLESS ALREADY NOTED TO BE 'ROVIDED WITH AN ACCESSIBLE GFCI TYPE RECEPTACLE. (NOTE HAT SQUARE-D DOES NOT HAVE ANY GFCI TYPE BRANCH rlr-AI/rP'1[% AMr%lk Ir C/1 A1kAM Ali /All AM r— A-rTI nc+-rI ILAr-% CK 0 KITCHEN EQUIPMENT MARK NUMBER, SEE SCHEDULE FOR REQ'MENTS PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBER -- - .- SERVICE AIR CURTAIN WITH k( MICROSWITCH FURNISHED BY a DIVISION 15 W C? a oa J Z 0 a AD#2 3" EMPTY CONDUIT FROM Q U W LIGHTING &RECEPTACLE WALL ABOVE THE TOP OF THE O a t Z MOUNTED OCC SENSOR SWITCH NETWORK CABINET TO 6" a O Y O (MSW2). FIELD COORDINATE MTD ABOVE CEILING. IX LOCATION. REFER TO SHEET 1 _ E-211 FOR MORE INFORMATION LOCATION OF THE INPUT & IG OC (TIE) CO2 A-3 OUTPUT J-BOXES FOR THE W PIB (POWER INTERFACE BOX) IG \ PROVIDED BY THE OWNER. SS LOSET S IE) ® FQC4 A-16 RIB PO C4 3 1 POS-6 2" CONDUIT EACH IG S3 POLE MTD CAMERA, OFFICE SEE SHEET E-100 h ® A-5 9!) 15 (TIE) 4 15 A-5 aD 1 15 15 C4 ��' 1 A-1 (TIE) W_ W_ W_ W_ W_ t 1:__ 17— t:� t ® POS-13(TIE) t19 C? C7 M a a a a a 31 A-9 ® B-17 1® POS-17 (TIE) 1® POS-17 R �� ® POS-13 4 1 A-13— ® POS-1 300X B-19,21,23 ® B-37,39,41 CONCEAL CONNECTION FROM J-BOX TO DOOR IN WALL, VERIFY ROUGH -IN LOCATION WITH DT DOOR SUPPLIER a hill 3 O SECURITY KEYPAD. PROVIDE 4 SERVING J-BOX AND 1/2" C STUB -UP — KITCHEN EQUIP NOMENCLATURE (A--.,�. ENLARGED SERVING AREA POWER PLAN NO SCALE 4 1/2" = 1'-0" POS-9 t1 P P3 4 POS-1741 ® 3 P4 POS-9 t1t3 E o000 0 0 Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 A C Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 .�ttstI611118 Kliss#, 53 8 :O •. STATE OF : w10 a rAL GI .� 7/30/20 D J N um = a C� NLU 0 � Q M > M W J J AIL D 00 m J J .J J Q 0 M a V W tiN FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 20090.CC.S A PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY ES Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET ENLARGED SERVING AND a BOH POWER PLAN SHEET NUMBER E=302 3 2 1 Chick-fil-A 6200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 `% 1%J 11 1r1188IIi % KU 10 CE" N 3 8 �: r . Oki • ®�.. STATE OF . ON A 7TM�2 0 FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 20090.CC.S PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY ES Information contained on this drawing and in all digital Nes produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET DT ORDERING AREA 0.. DETAILS & REFUSE ENCLOSURE PLAN SHEET NUMBER E=303 4 3 I✓• E A e ORDER CANOPY ELECTRICAL KEYNOTES: B1 CEILING LIGHT PROVIDED BY CANOPY SUPPLIER AND INSTALLED BY E.C. 62 2" EMPTY UNDERGROUND SCH40 PVC CONDUIT FOR MENUBOARD CABLES. PROVIDE PULL STRING. B3 AIR CIRCULATING FAN (WITH INTEGRAL ON -OFF SWITCH) PROVIDED BY OTHERS. PROVIDE A DUPLEX OUTLET (WITH IN -USE COVER PLATE) FLUSH MOUNTED IN CUT-OUT AT TOP OF COLUMN FOR FAN-S PLUG AND CORD. OUTLET TO BE ON DOWNSTREAM SIDE OF COLUMN AND AWAY FROM ONCOMING VEHICLES' VIEW. B4 INFARED GAS HEATER WITH INTEGRAL ON -OFF SWITCH PROVIDED BY OTHERS. 9 MENUBOARD PROVIDED BY OTHERS. B6 PROVIDE IN -GROUND QUASITE PULLBOX FOR MLOP DATA CABLES WITH POWER NEMA 3R JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED INSIDE THE PULLBOX. 67 2" UNDERGROUND SCH40 PVC CONDUIT WITH POWER CONDUCTORS, SEE WIRING SCHEMATIC. B8 2" EMPTY UNDERGROUND SCH40 PVC CONDUIT FOR OWNER'S AUDIO SYSTEM/DETECTOR LOOP CABLES. B9 1" EMPTY UNDERGROUND SCH40 PVC CONDUIT FOR OWNER'S AUDIO SYSTEM/DETECTOR LOOP CABLES. �1 INSTALL UNDERGROUND 3" SCH40 PVC CONDUIT UP INTO THE CANOPY COLUMN WITH TYPE MC CABLE (GALVANIZED STEEL WITH PVC JACKET) RUN WITHIN FOR THE 120V POWER FOR LIGHTS, 120 VOLT POWER FOR FANS, AND 24 VOLT POWER FOR THE INFARED GAS HEATERS. �1 NOT USED. ?1 PROVIDE ONE DUPLEX GFCI (WITH IN -USE WP COVER PLATE), TWO 120V SINGLE -POLE SWITCHES (EACH WITH HUBBELL #RW51550 WP COVER PLATE), AND ONE DUPLEX SINGLE -POLE SWITCH (WITH HUBBELL #RW51470 WP COVER PLATE) MOUNTED ON THE COLUMN IN FLUSH MOUNTED METAL SINGLE GANG BOXES FOR LOCAL ON -OFF CONTROL OF THE FAN, TWO -STAGE HEATERS, AND CANOPY LIGHTS. SEE WIRING SCHEMATIC AND CANOPY COLUMN DETAILS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. ALL SURFACE MOUNTED ITEMS AND COVER PLATES TO BE FIELD PAINTED MATTE BLACK. �1 ALL CONDUIT AND BOXES SHALL BE CONCEALED FROM NORMAL VIEW; UNDERGROUND, IN COLUMNS, OR ABOVE THE CANOPY (ON THE ROOF). MC CABLE (GALVANIZED STEEL WITH PVC JACKET) TO BE USED INSIDE THE COLUMNS, BUT MUST CONVERT BACK TO IMC ABOVE THE ROOF. REFER TO THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF GAS PIPING ABOVE THE ROOF AND INSTALL CONDUIT ALONG THE SAME LOCATIONS USING THE SAME PIPE STAND FOR PIPING AND CONDUIT. ALL EXPOSED ELECTRICAL BOXES TO BE NEMA 3R CAST -METAL. B7 B2- -- B8 l l B2 B7 l l 1 WP/GF MOUNT COOLING FAN TO OVERHEAD STRUCTL MEMBERS USING 1/2" STAINLESS SAE GRADE 5 FASTENERS. SEE CANOPY MFR DETAILS FOR SUPPORT. PROVIDE DOUBLE NUT AT FAN END' ALLOW ROTATION TO CORRECT POSITION. TYPICAL OF ALL FANS. MLOP ORDER CANOPY POWER PLAN 1/4" - 1'-0" 4" x 8" ACCESS HOLE WITH COVER PLATE PROVIDED BY THE CANOPY SUPPLIER IN THE COLLUMN VERIFY INSPECTION ACCESS CUT-OUT AND PLATE WITH STRUCTURE DRAWINGS 3" PVC CONDUIT CHASE WITH GALVANIZED STEEL W/ PVC _ JACKET MC CABLES TO THE IN -GROUND PULLBOX'S POWER JUNCTION BOX NEMA 3R JUNCTION BOX ON THE ROOF SIDE OF THE CANOPY CEILING TO TRANSITION FROM THE MC CABLES IN THE COLUMN TO IMC CONDUIT ON THE ROOF TO THE LIGHTS AND FANS, SEAL THE BOTTOM OF THE BOX TO THE ROOF DECKING. 0 GALVANIZED STEEL WITH PVC JACKET MC CABLES WITHIN THE CANOPY COLUMN. COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION (AND LOCATION OF HANDHOLES, KNOCKOUTS, ETC) WITH THE CANOPY SUPPLIER AND INSTALLER. 4'-0" SWITCH FOR FANS 3'-47 SWITCH_ FOR LIGHTS 1'-6" GFCI RECEPTACLE 0'-0" SIDEWALK FINISH SLAB MC CABLE ELBOW OR STRAIGHT CONNECTOR WITH THREADED THROAT FOR CONNECTION TO THE BACK OF THE BACKBOX (TYP) MLOP ORDER CANOPY COLUMN SECTION N.T.S. CANOPY COLUMN SINGLE -GANG OPENING (BY THE CANOPY COLUMN SUPPLIER) FOR THE CONTRACTOR FURNISHED "RETROFIT" SINGLE -GANG BACKBOX TO FLUSH MOUNT IN THE COLUMN FACE (TOWARDS THE ODERING STATION) — NOTE: THE SWITCHES AND THE DUPLEX OUTLET ARE TO BE ON THE SIDE OF THE COLUMN FACING THE MENUBOARD (ORDERING POINT) WITH THE LEAST VISIBLITY FOR ONCOMING VEHICLES IN THE DT ORDERING LANES TO SEE THESE ITEMS. DEEP SINGLE GANG METAL FLUSH MOUNTED BOX FOR SWITCH OR RECEPTACLE WITH RETROFIT CLIPS AND/OR TABS FOR MOUNTING INTO THE OPENING. SEAL AROUND BOX AFTER INSTALLING ON THE COLUMN (TYPICAL) DEEP SINGLE GANG METAL FLUSH MOUNTED BOX FOR THE DUPLEX GFCI RECEPTACLE WITH RETROFIT CLIPS AND/OR TABS FOR MOUNTING INTO THE OPENING. SEAL AROUND BOX AFTER INSTALLING ON THE COLUMN. CANOPY COLUMN ISOMETRIC N.T.S. 4" x 8" ACCESS HOLE WITH COVER PLATE PROVIDED BY THE CANOPY SUPPLIER IN THE COLLUMN VERIFY INSPECTION ACCESS CUT-OUT AND PLATE WITH STRUCTURE DRAWINGS 3" PVC CONDUIT CHASE WITH GALVANIZED STEEL W/ PVC _ JACKET MC CABLES TO THE IN -GROUND PULLBOX'S POWER JUNCTION BOX 1 NEMA 3R JUNCTION BOX ON THE ROOF SIDE OF THE CANOPY CEILING TO TRANSITION FROM THE MC CABLES IN THE COLUMN TO IMC CONDUIT ON THE ROOF TO THE LIGHTS AND FANS. SEAL THE BOTTOM OF THE BOX TO THE ROOF DECKING. GALVANIZED STEEL WITH PVC JACKET MC CABLES WITHIN THE CANOPY COLUMN. COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION (AND LOCATION OF HANDHOLES, KNOCKOUTS, ETC) WITH THE CANOPY SUPPLIER AND INSTALLER. ____4'-0"_SWITCH FOR FANS 3'-4" SWITCH FOR LIGHTS V-6" GFCI RECEPTACLE 0'-0" SIDEWALK FINISH SLAB MC CABLE ELBOW OR STRAIGHT CONNECTOR WITH THREADED THROAT FOR CONNECTION TO THE BACK OF THE BACKBOX (TYP) MEAL DELIVERY CANOPY COLUMN SECTION N.T.S. PIPING SUPPORT ON CANOPY v 1/4" = 1'-0" 3#10 FROM 713-2" OF THE EXTERIOR (WEATHER-PROOF) MECHANICAL CONTROL PANEL SINGLE POLE SWITCH ON NOTED VIA CIRCUIT C-53. COLUMN OF THE DT LANES' ON CANOPY H 120V EQ GROUND CONDUCTOR NOT i OFF _ — — SHOWN, BUT REQ'D EXTERIOR (WEATHER-PROOF) L J (VERIFY QUANTITY OF FANS) SINGLE POLE SWITCH ON NOTED COLUMN OF THE DT LANES' CANOPY (OVER -RIDES 3#10 FROM "TB-2" OF THE THE PHOTOCELL TO TURN MECHANICAL CONTROL PANEL LIGHTS ON EVEN THOUGH VIA CIRCUIT C-33 (TIE) PHOTOCELL IS OFF) H 120V Ed GROUND CONDUCTOR NOT ; *OF SHON, BUT REQ'D - - - ---------- ----W--------------------------------------------------- -- -- -- -- -- L------- J (VERIFY QUANTITY OF LIGHTS) 1#10 FROM 713-2" OF THE DUPLEX GFCI OUTLET WITH IN -USE MECHANICAL CONTROL WEATHERPROOF COVER IN A PANEL VIA CIRCUIT C-33 SURFACE MOUNTED NEMA 3R BOX AT 18" AFG ON THE COLUMN (CONNECT PRIOR TO THE SWITCH) MEAL DELIVERY CANOPY POWER WRING SCHEMATIC N.T.S. OUTLETS FOR CANOPYFANS (264 WATTS EA) CANOPY LIGHTS (74 WATTS EA) E oOOD o a &CD� 0�C) Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 C B Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 11/111i11111J 41 553 8 r :0�. • STATE OF l?W� 10 AL »,,.•,ra~s�l 7/30/20 FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: V2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 20090.CC.S A PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY ES Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project my not be reproduced in any manner without egress written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET ORDER CANOPY PLAN a AND DETAILS SHEET NUMBER E=304 4 I 3 I 2 1 cq�po 0 0 0 CD @619 Chick-fil-A 6200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 U R.> 41 .5 68 `< • &U STATE OF ;?�� Iftlpe•aye�� 7/30/20 FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 20090.CC.S PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY ES Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET CANOPY CONTROL a. PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM SHEET NUMBER E=305 Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 ,��t+1 t+i / I it I t 11♦ �: K URZY .53 68 dO0 :• STATE OF .l'► �, ����ts•'• O R 10 10 lleteul0' 7/30/20 Q J U) LL LL 0 co) m V� J= =a o= LUa N �N FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC LRG RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # 20090.CC.S PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 H DRAWN BY ES Information contained on this drawing and in all digital ties produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET W PANEL SCHEDULES Q. SHEET NUMBER E=501 L 4 3 F 1 E TO AC-1 1 33; 150A I 1#6 IN 3/4" CONDUIT TO PHONE SERVICE F-------- -------- -- - - j PANEL MDP j 1200A MLO i I PER NEC 230.71(A) THIS 250/3/ST 250/3/ST DEVICE SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED A SERVICE DISCONNECTING MEANS 150/3 BECAUSE IT IS SOLELY j 250/3 i USED FOR A SURGE SUPPRESSION DEVICE. D FIELD CONNECT SURGE ARRESTOR TO MAIN LUGS C 250/3 250/3 TVSS I I 30/3 i I I SA FOUR 4" CONDUITS, EACH WITH 4#350 KCMIL 0 TO AC-3 TO AC-2 THE GFCI BRANCH BREAKERS IN PANELS PER SCH PER SCH D1 AND D2 ARE 65K SERIES RATED WITH AN UPSTREAM BREAKER NO LARGER THAN 250 AMP. THE 250 AMP PANELS D1 AND D2 ARE 55" HIGH AND CANNOT BE STACKED. - - - - - - - - - - - i PANEL D1 i j PANEL D2 j j PANEL C j i PANEL B i i PANEL A i i 250A MLIO i i 250A MLO i 250A MLO i i 250A MLO i i 250A MLO i I I I I I SEE PANEL I I I I SEE PANEL SCHEDULE I I I I SCHEDULE j I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I NEUTRAL BAR I I I I I I 20/1/M #4/0 MAIN BONDING ---- -- - -� -- - - -J - - -- - -� ---- -- - �- - - - JUMPER 40; 250A 1 1 40; 250A 1 1 40; 250A 1 1 40; 250A 1 1 40; 250A GROUND BAR (BONDED TO THE ENCLOSURE) GROUND PER NEC 250; 1#3/0 MINIMUM IN 3/4"C TO MAIN WATER SERVICE PIPE WITH 1#4 FROM THE REFER TO THE ELECTRICAL PLAN MAIN WATER SERVICE PIPE TO THE AND/OR SITE PLAN FOR ROUTING TO GROUNDING COMPONENTS (I.E. THE POWER COMPANY'S GROUND ROD, CONCRETE TRANSFORMER AND THRU A METER ENCASED ELECTRODE) AND A #3/0 IF IT IS ON THE BUILDING (WITH CT BONDING JUMPER (PER 250.53.0 CABINET) OR ON THE TRANSFORMER. AND TABLE 250.66) TO THE STEEL STRUCTURE - IF APPLICABLE. SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM NO SCALE SINGLE -LINE DIAGRAM NOTES 1. VERIFY SERVICE LOCATIONS AND CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE POWER COMPANY AND/OR DEVELOPER. POWER COMPANY AND/OR DEVELOPER SHALL BE CONTACTED PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION TO ARRANGE AND VERIFY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THE POWER COMPANY SERVICE, METER, AND OTHER ITEMS. 2. GROUND ALL EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARTICLE 250 OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, LOCAL APPLICABLE CODES, AND ALSO AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 3. MAKE NECESSARY INSPECTIONS OF EXISTING SITE AND SERVICE LOCATIONS AS REQUIRED FOR THIS WORK AND MAKE ALLOWANCE FOR EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING BID. VERIFY WORK REQUIRED WITH POWER COMPANY AND TELEPHONE COMPANY. 4. CUT AND PATCH THE CONSTRUCTION WORK AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK. ALL PATCHING SHALL MATCH THE SURROUNDING WORK TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE INSTALLED CONCEALED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT. COORDINATE SAW CUTTING WITH LANDLORD'S OR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. B 5. WIRE AND CABLE: A. CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER, #12 AWG, MINIMUM UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. B. CONDUCTOR #10 AWG AND SMALLER SHALL BE SOLID AND #8 AWG AND LARGER SHALL BE STRANDED. INSULATION SHALL BE 600 VOLT, THHN/THWN. 6. PROVIDE ENGRAVED LAMINATED PHENOLIC BLOCK -ON -WHITE (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) NAMEPLATES SECURED TO EQUIPMENT WITH ADHESIVE AND SCREWS FOR PANELBOARDS, RELAY CABINETS, TRANSFORMERS, DISTRIBUTION BOARDS, AND MAIN PANELBOARD - IDENTIFYING EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (CORRESPONDING WITH DESIGNATION USED ON DRAWINGS) AND EQUIPMENT VOLTAGE. LETTERING SHALL BE 1/4" HIGH. PROVIDE LABELS FOR CIRCUIT BREAKERS, FUSIBLE SWITCHES AND STARTERS IN PANELBOARDS AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS FOR EACH DEVICE IDENTIFYING EQUIPMENT CONTROLLED. LETTERING SHALL BE 1/8" HIGH. 7. ALL DEVICES SHALL HAVE AN INTERRUPTING CAPACITY NOT LESS THAN THE POWER COMPANY AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT, OR AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 8. 120/208 VOLT BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD BREAKERS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM U.L. SERIES RATING OF 65 KAIC WITH UP -STREAM FEEDER BREAKERS AS NOTED. 9. AVAILABLE SPACE FOR MAIN PANELBOARD IS LIMITED. PANELBOARD MUST FIN IN ALLOCATED SPACE. COORDINATE WITH CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED. 10. ALL WIRING SHALL BE IN CONDUIT, E.M.T OR RIGID. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT MAY ONLY BE USED FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS AND WITH GREEN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS. A BRANCH FEEDER MARK NUMBER WITH AMPERAGE, REFER TO THE CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS SCHEDULE (THIS SHEET) FOR REQUIREMENTS (TYP) PANEL POS i 100A MLO i PROVIDE A JUMPER ON THE j LUGS OF PANEL-POS SO THAT BOTH PHASE BARS ARE TIED TO THE ONE 120V 1 PHASE CONDUCTOR FROM - -�- - -� THE PIB 4; 20A I 14+IG; 20A J in POWER INTERFACE BOX (PIB). PROVIDE INCOMING J-BOX AND OUTGOING J-BOX FLUSH IN THE WALL WITH FLEX CONDUIT CONNECTIONS TO THE PIB. THE CONDUCTORS ARE TO CONNECT TO THE TERMINAL BLOCKS OF THE PIB. SWITCHGEAR AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT NOTES 1. PURCHASE PANELBOARDS, SURGE ARRESTOR, AND TVSS FROM ONE OF THE TWO NATIONAL ACCOUNTS VENDORS (SEE SHEET E-902 SECTION C16440, PANELBOARDS) PROVIDING SQUARE-D EQUIPMENT. NO SUBSTITUTIONS ALLOWED. 2. PURCHASE CONTROL PANEL'CFA-T500' FROM SUNCOAST ENVIRONMENTAL, INC. (NO SUBSTITUTIONS ALLOWED). ALL EQUIPMENT IN THE CONTROL PANEL SHALL BE INSTALLED, WIRED AND CONNECTED AT THE FACTORY, INCLUDING AUTOMATIC LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM, LIGHTING RELAYS, HVAC STARTERS, POWER SUPPLIES, MISCELLANEOUS RELAYS AND CONTROLS, AND THERMOSTATS. 3• CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PANEL FEEDERS A, B, C, D, AND POS, BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUIT AND WIRE, AND INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED. 4. ALL BREAKERS AND PANELS SHALL BE SQUARE-D. 5. TVSS AND SURGE ARRESTOR UNITS SHALL BE MOUNTED DIRECTLY ADJACENT TO THE SIDE OF THE MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL IN NEMA 3R ENCLOSURES. CLOSE NIPPLE THE UNITS TO THE SIDE OF THE PANEL. PROVIDE CONNECTION OF TVSS UNIT TO BREAKER IN PANEL. CONNECT SURGE ARRESTOR TO MAIN INCOMING LUGS OF THE PANE. CONNECT USING MINIMUM LENGTH OF WIRE WITHOUT SHARP BENDS IN THE WIRE AND SHALL NOT BE LENGTHENED FROM WIRE LENGTH PROVIDED WITH THE TVSS OR SURGE SUPPRESSOR DEVICE. J B1 CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS SCHEDULE Mark No. OCP Device (Amp/Poles) Conductors Total Amps Conductors Raceway Size (Nominal Inches Phase & Neutral Min Eq Grd No. Phase, Neutral & Equip Grd With IG 60d C 75d C Qty Size Type Q /Set Size Sets EMT IMC RIGID PVC EMT IMC PVC 1 20/1 20 - 2 12 THHN 1 12 One 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 2 20/2 20 - 3 12 THHN 1 12 One 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 3 20/3 20 - 4 12 THHN 1 12 One 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 4 25/1 30 - 2 10 THHN 1 10 One 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 5 25/2 30 - 3 10 THHN1 1 10 One 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 6 25/3 30 - 4 10 THHN 1 10 One 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 7 30/1 30 - 2 10 THHN 1 10 One 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 8 30/2 30 - 3 10 THHN 1 10 One 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 9 30/3 30 - 1 4 10 HHN 1 10 1 One 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 10 1 40/1 40 - 2 8 THHN 1 10 One 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 11 40/2 40 - 3 8 THHN 1 10 One 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 12 40/3 40 - 4 8 THHNI 1 10 One 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.00 13 50/1 55 - 2 6 THHN 1 10 One 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 14 50/2 55 - 3 6 THHN 1 10 One 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.00 1.00 1.00 15 50/3 55 - 4 6 THHN 1 10 One 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 16 60/1 70 - 2 4 THW 1 8 One 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.25 1.00 1.25 17 60/2 70 - 3 4 THW 1 8 One 1.25 1.00 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 18 1 60/3 70 - 4 4 THW 1 8 One 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 19 70/1 70 - 2 4 THW 1 8 One 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.25 1.00 1.25 20 70/2 70 - 3 4 THW 1 8 One 1.25 1.00 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 21 70/3 70 1 - 4 4 THW 1 8 One 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 22 80/2 85 - 3 3 THW 1 8 One 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 23 80/3 85 - 4 3 THW 1 8 One 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.50 1.25 1.50 24 90/2 95 - 3 2 THW 1 8 One 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.50 1.25 1.50 25 90/3 95 - 4 2 THW 1 8 One 1.50 1.25 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 26 100/2 110 - 3 1 THW 1 6 One 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 2.00 2.00 2.00 27 100/3 110 - 4 1 THW 1 6 One 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 28 110/2 - 115 3 2 THW 1 6 One 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.50 1.25 1.50 29 110/3 - 115 4 2 THW 1 6 One 1.50 1.25 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 30 125/2 - 130 3 1 THW 1 6 One 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 2.00 2.00 2.00 31 125/3 - 130 4 1 THW 1 6 One 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 32 150/2 - 150 1 3 1/0 THW 1 6 One 2.00 1.50 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 33 150/3 - 150 4 1/0 THW 1 6 One 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 34 175/2 - 175 3 2/0 THW 1 6 One 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 35 175/3 - 175 4 2/0 THW 1 6 One 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.50 2.50 2.50 36 200/2 - 200 1 3 3/0 ITHW 1 6 One 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.50 2.50 2.50 37 200/3 - 200 4 310 THW 1 6 One 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 38 225/2 - 230 3 4/0 THW 1 4 One 2.50 2.00 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 39 225/3 - 230 4 4/0 THW 1 4 One 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 3.00 3.00 40 250/3 - 255 4 250 THW 1 4 One 2.50 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 41A 300/3 - 285 4 300 THW 1 4 One 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 41 B 300/3 - 310 4 1350 THW 1 4 One 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3..00 3.00 42A 350/3 - 335 4 400 THW 1 4 One 3.00 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 42B 350/3 - 380 4 500 THW 1 4 One 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 43A 400/3 - 380 4 500 THW 1 3 One 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 43B 400/3 - 400 4 3/0 THW 1 3 Two 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 44A 600/3 - 570 4 300 THW 1 1 Two 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 44B 600/3 - 620 1 4 350 THWI 1 1 Two 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.50 45A 800/3 - 760 4 500 THW 1 1/0 Two 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 45B 800/3 - 820 4 600 THW 1 1/0 Two 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 46 1000/3 - 1005 4 400 THW 1 2/0 Three 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 47 1200/3 - 1240 4 350 THW 1 3/0 Four 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 4.00 48 1 1600/3 1 - 116751 4 1400 1 THW I 1 1 4/0 1 Five 1 4.00 14.00 14.00 1 4.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 Notes: Conductors are rated at 600 volt or below and are to be copper. NEC Table 310.15(B)(16) - formerly Table 310.16 - is used for the basis of the conductor ampacities, which is not more than three current carrying conductors in a raceway at an ambient temperature of 30 deg C with 60 deg C rated conductors and connectors per 110.14-C-1 for up to 100 amp rated and up to #1 AWG conductors for equipment terminations and 75 deg C rated conductors and termination connectors for larger than 100 amp or above #1 AWG conductors. NEC Tables 4, 5, and Appendix C is used for the basis of the conduit sizes. Table C1 for EMT, Table C4 for IMC, Table C8 for Rigid, and Table C10 for PVC (Sch 40). All Branch Feeders and Branch Circuits shall include a green Equipment Grounding Conductor. Omit Grounding conductor on Service Entrance Feeders. Omit Neutral conductor on all Delta primary transformer feeders or 3 phase loads not requiring a neutral. The above conductors are not calculated for Voltage Drop. Any circuits that exceed 100 feet shall be calculated by the Installer to have less than a three percent voltage drop on feeders and five percent on branch circuits per the NEC. Remote Panel POS 12 CM 120V 1-Phase 3-Wire w/ I.G. -- -n I I I I --------- ---1 ® I (1 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I --1---------- - / --- t0 TYPICAL ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLE ISOLATED o 0 GROUND I STANDARD BAR I GROUND CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL #10 AWG BAR JUMPER BETWEEN FEEDER LUGS .= NOTE: THIS CABLE IS FACTORY WIRED TO THE POWER INTERFACE BOX \� T521MPUT POWER y4 y� TERMINALS INPUT OUTPUT N G POWER POWER I 1 1. DASHED LINES INDICATE FIELD WIRING. SOLID BOLD LINES INDICATE CABLE & PLUGS THAT CONNECT TO THE UPM & PIB OUTLETS. I I I � L-__- -TO GROUND BAR 2. WIRING FROM INPUT BREAKER A-10 TO PIB MUST BE RUN IN SEPARATE CONDUIT OR MC CABLE FROM OUTPUT WIRING. 1 L------To NEUTRAL BAR L------� 3. BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING MUST BE RUN IN DEDICATED CONDUITS OR MC CABLE NOT SHARED WITH OTHER EQUIPMENT. 20 AMP M RATED BREAKER 4. ALL BRANCH CIRCUIT RECEPTACLES MUST BE ISOLATED GROUND (IG) TYPE AND ORANGE COLORED TO IDENTIFY CRITICAL CIRCUIT. 5. POWERVAR UPM BATTERY BACKUP IS MOUNTED ON TOP OF THE PIB AND CONNECTS WITH CABLE PLUGS AND OUTLETS. POS AND LAPC/PIB WIRING DIAGRAM NO SCALE E oO�� o lod,9 CD CD Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 X C A Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 v '•% Z. N . 53 8 op ,C_ :®•. STATE OF •;_� 7/30/20 Q LL um > LO M LLJ J .J .1 LL Q J m V� J= = a o= UJa N �N FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 20090.CC.S PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY ES Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM a AND NOTES SHEET NUMBER Em502 4 1 3 1 2 1 1 4 3 2 1 E u 1A B A SECTION C16100 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide all materials, labor and equipment required to furnish and install a complete electrical system as indicated on drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Equipment furnished shall be UL listed where such label is available. Installation shall conform to UL standards where applicable. B. Electrical work shall be installed in accordance with drawings and specifications, NEC and NFPA codes in effect at project location, state and local electrical and building codes and special codes having jurisdiction over specific portions within complete installation. C. Obtain permits and certificates of approval from all authorities having jurisdiction over the installation and pay all fees required. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit list of materials and equipment prior to manufacture, order or installation and within twenty days after award of contract for approval. Include each item of material and equipment whether or not shop drawings are also required. List shall include name of manufacturer, catalog number and other complete identification as well as dimensions and detailed data. Submittals shall be included for the following: 1. Lighting Fixtures 2. Panelboards/Breakers 3. Wiring Devices and Device Plates 4. Enclosed Switches B. Certified shop drawings and submittals shall bear stamp of approval of contractor as evidence that drawings have been checked. Drawings submitted without this stamp of approval will not be considered and will be returned for proper resubmission. C. If submittals show variances or substitutions from requirements of contract, contractor shall make specific mention of such variation in his letter of transmittal in order that, if acceptable, suitable action may be taken for proper adjustment. Otherwise contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for executing work in accordance with contract even though such submittals have been approved. 1.04 SITE VISIT A. Visit job site prior to bid date to determine actual conditions under which work shall be done, to familiarize oneself with project and to verify total scope of work required. Failure to do so shall not constitute a reason for an extra charge. SECTION C16101 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 COORDINATION A. Obtain and review shop drawings, product data, and manufacturer's instructions for equipment furnished under other sections to determine connection locations and requirements. B. Sequence rough -in of electrical connections to coordinate with installation and start-up of equipment furnished under other sections. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Where specifications list one or more manufacturers and do not include "or approved equal", furnish materials made by one of manufacturers listed. Where "or approved equal" is included, contractor may substitute equal products by another manufacturer subject to approval by engineer and owner. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Make electrical connections to utilization equipment in accordance with equipment manufacturers instructions. B. Drawings are diagramatic and shall not be scaled for exact sizes or locations, they are not intended to disclose absolute or unconditional knowledge of actual field conditions. C. Protect work and materials from damage by weather, entrance of water and dirt. Cap conduit during installation. Avoid damage to materials and equipment in place. D. Satisfactorily repair or remove and replace damaged work with new materials. Deliver equipment and materials to job site in original, unopened, labeled containers. Store ferrous materials to prevent rusting. Store finished materials and equipment to prevent staining and discoloring. E. Trenches shall be excavated 6" below elevation of bottom of conduit. F. Failure to route conduit through building without interfering with other equipment and construction shall not constitute a reason for an extra charge. Equipment, conduit and fixtures shall fit into available spaces in building and shall not be introduced into building at such times and manner as to cause damage to structure. Equipment requiring service shall be readily accessible. 3.02 TESTING AND EQUIPMENT SERVICING A. Make test to ensure that entire system is in proper operating condition, and that adjustments and apparatus setting of circuit breakers, fuses, control equipment and apparatus have been made. Correct defects discovered during tests. 3.03 REMOVAL OF DEBRIS A. Remove surplus materials and debris caused by, or incidental to, electrical work. Remove such debris at frequent intervals. Keep job clean during construction. 3.04 IDENTIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT A. Identify electrical distribution equipment, disconnects, and contactors with black laminated plastic name -plates, attached with two screws, engraved with 1/4" high, white letters. 3.05 TEMPORARY LIGHTING AND POWER IN AREAS OF CONSTRUCTION A. Provide, maintain and remove after construction is completed, temporary lighting adequate for workman safety and temporary power for all trades including any 3 phase power required. B. Provide and maintain barricade lighting where required to adequately protect owner against liability for damage to public or personnel. All lamps used in barricade shall be 60 watt red, installed in weatherproof socket with wire guard. All wiring shall be approved for weatherproof installation. 3.06 GUARANTEE -WARRANTY A. Guarantee work to be free from defects of materials and workmanship for a period of one year from date of final acceptance of building. Repair and replace defective work and other work damaged thereby which becomes defective during term of guarantee -warranty. Furnish owner with three written copies of guarantee -warranty. SECTION C16120 RACEWAYS AND CONDUIT SYSTEMS PART 1 - PRODUCTS 1.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Rigid IMC, and EMT conduit shall be hot -dipped, galvanized, or electro-galvanized steel by Allied, Republic, Triangle, Wheatland, or approved equal. B. PVC conduit shall be Carlon, schedule 40, 90 degrees C. rated, unless otherwise noted. C. MC cable shall be manufactured by AFC Cable Systems or approved equal. Type "AC-90" is not allowed. All MC Cables shall have a green equipment ground conductor and an additional isolated ground (green + yellow stripe) conductor for isolated ground circuits (POS system). Fittings used for connecting MC cable to boxes, cabinets, or other equipment shall be listed and identified for such use. D. Associated couplings, connectors and fittings shall be steel as manufactured by Raco or equivalent. Catalog numbers used below are those of Raco. E. Erickson Couplings, Series 1502, shall be used where neither length of conduit can be rotated. F. Insulated bushings shall be series 1402. G. EMT box connectors shall be compression or set -screw fittings. H. Conduit, connectors, couplings and fittings shall be UL listed and labeled. 1.02 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A. Use Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) where drawings call for conduit to be: 1. Concealed in walls. 2. Installed above suspended ceilings. 3. Installed exposed, above 6 feet. 4. Installed for panelboard feeders above slab. 1.03 INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT (IMC) A. Use Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC) where drawings call for conduit to be: 1. Installed for panelboard feeders ran below ground. 2. Installed in wet locations (interior and exterior). 3. Installed exposed below 6 feet. 1.04 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) RACEWAY A. Use PVC raceway for: 1. Underground service entrance conduits for telephone and power. 2. Exterior branch circuits installed underground. 3. Interior branch circuit conduits installed in or under concrete slab on ground floor. 1.05 RIGID STEEL CONDUIT (RSC) A. Use Rigid Steel Conduit for: 1. Install underground for power Service Entrance elbows penetrating floor slab. 2. Exposed to physical damage. 1.06 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A. Provide flexible metal conduit for termination at equipment subject to motion and vibration. B. Length shall not exceed 6 feet in accessible ceiling areas. C. Shall not be concealed in walls. D. Where exposed to continuous or intermittent moisture, conduit shall be UL Type EF liquidtight or type as indicated. E. For connection to ceiling mounted lighting fixtures from outlet boxes. 1.07 MC (METAL -CLAD) CABLE A. MC Cable shall be UL listed per standard 1569, color coded copper conductors (type THHN), the sheathing shall be constructed of interlocking galvanized steel, and shall conform to the requirements of Article 330 of the National Electrical Code. B. MC Cable with an isolated grounding conductor shall be used, concealed above ceiling and in walls, for the connection of the Point Of Sales (POS) system equipment from the isolated ground receptacles to the panelboard serving the POS loads when allowed by local codes and Article 330 of the National Electrical Code. C. MC Cable may be used when allowed by local codes and Article 330 of the National Electrical Code for branch circuits (except the main homerun to the panelboard which shall be conduit with conductors) for the following: 1. Lighting 2. Dining area receptacles 3. Fly Lights 4. Building mounted signage 5. Office area receptacles D. MC Cable shall not be used for branch circuits serving Kitchen Equipment Items and similar circuits in the Kitchen, the Drive- Thru area, and the Serving area's back counter. PART 2 - EXECUTION 2.01 INSTALLATION A. Minimum size of conduits shall be 1/2 inch. B. Run concealed conduits in direct line with long sweep bends or offsets. Run exposed conduits parallel to and at right angles to building lines. Group multiple conduit runs in banks. C. Cap ends of conduits to prevent entrance of water and other foreign material during construction. D. Provide No. 12 AWG copper pull wires or nylon cord in all empty conduits. Steel wire not acceptable as pull wire. E. Where IMC enters a cabinet, junction box, or pull box conductors shall be protected by an insulated bushing. Locknuts shall be installed on conduit outside and inside enclosure. F. In areas where enclosed and gasketed fixtures and weatherproof devices are specified, where Rigid Conduit enters a sheet metal enclosure, junction box and outlet box, and not terminated in a threaded hub, a steel, or malleable iron nylon insulated hub, complete with recessed sealing "O"ring or sealing locknut shall be used. G. Provide seal -off fitting in all conduits entering a cold temperature area such as freezers and dry refrigerators. H. In concrete slabs, block up conduit from forms and securely fasten in place. all conduits in slabs shall have a minimum of 4" inches concrete coverage above. I. Failure to route conduit through building without interfering with other equipment, and construction shall not constitute a reason for an extra charge. Equipment, conduit, and fixtures shall fit into available spaces in building and shall not be introduced into building at such times and manner as to cause damage to structure or equipment. Equipment requiring servicing shall be readily accessible. 2.02 EMT (ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING) RACEWAY A. Do not use Electrical Metallic Tubing in cinder concrete or cinder fill or where conduit system is in contact with dissimilar metals or in wet locations. 2.03 PVC RACEWAY A Use threaded fittings for all connectors and adapters. B. Provide 1/4-inch nylon pull rope in all primary power and incoming telephone service entrance conduits. C. PVC conduit shall convert to galvanized rigid metal per detail on drawings. 2.04 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A. Where fittings for liquid tight flexible conduit are brought into an enclosure with a knock -out, a gasket assembly, consisting of one piece "0" ring, with Buna-N sealing material, series 3400, shall be installed on outside of box. Fittings shall be made of either steel or malleable iron only, and shall have insulated throats or insulated bushings. B. In dry locations, where final connections to motors and other equipment may be made with Flexible Metal Conduit, fittings shall be of steel or malleable iron only with insulated throats or insulated bushings, and shall be of wedge and screw type having an angular wedge fitting between convolutions of conduit. 2.05 MC CABLE A. MC Cable may be used for branch circuits as noted in Part 1 above and where the local code allows use of MC Cable. The installation shall conform to Article 330 of the National Electrical Code and shall be concealed in walls and above ceilings. (Exposed MC Cable will not be acceptable.) B. MC Cables shall be secured and supported by the building structure per the National Electrical Code and any local code requirements. MC Cable shall not lay on ceilings. SECTION C16121 CONDUCTORS PART 1 - PRODUCTS 1.01 CONDUCTORS A. Provide 98% conductivity copper conductors with 600-volt insulation. For conductors No. 12 AWG and No. 10 AWG, provide solid type. For all conductors No. 8 AWG and larger, provide stranded type. All conductors shall have THHN/THWN insulation unless noted otherwise. B. Conductors shall be manufactured by Triangle, American, Rome, Southwire or approved equal. C. Provide No. 14 AWG type THHN fixture conductors, for conductors entering lighting fixtures. D. Branch circuit conductors shall be minimum #12 AWG, copper. PART 2 - EXECUTION 2.01 INSTALLATION A. Install pull boxes in circuits or feeders over 100 feet long. B. Make all splices or connections only at outlet, pull or junction boxes. C. All conductors and connections shall test free of grounds, shorts, and opens prior to energizing circuit. D. Provide No. 10 wire in lieu of No. 12 wire for any branch circuit in excess of 100 feet linear length to prevent excessive voltage drop. E. Use Ideal wing nuts, Scotchlok Type Y, R, G, or B, or approved equivalent connectors for fixture connections at outlet boxes. F. Make feeder taps and joints with OZ Type T, PT, PM or PTS, or approved equivalent clamp connectors as manufactured by Kupler, or with approved compression sleeves. Wrap connectors with No. 10 Electro-Seal or approved equivalent plastic filler and vinyl tape. G. Leave a minimum of 8" slack wire in every outlet box. H. Provide color coded wire and with a different color for each phase and neutral and ground as follows: Phase A, B, C: Black, Red and Blue respectively; Neutral: White; Isolated Ground: Green with Yellow Stripes. Approved color tape is acceptable for feeders using larger than #6 conductors. I. All conductors shall be continuous from origin to panel or equipment termination without splices where possible. Where splices and taps are necessary or are required, they shall be made in splice boxes with suitable connectors. J. Tighten all electrical connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with manufacturer's published torque tightening values. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated,tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL486A and UL486B. SECTION C16122 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Verify field measurements are as shown on drawings. B. Verify locations of floor boxes and outlets in work areas prior to rough -in. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 OUTLET BOXES A. Sheet metal outlet boxes: galvanized steel. B. Cast boxes: type FS, cast feralloy. Provide gasketed cover by box manufacturer. C. Manufacturers: National, Appleton, General Electric, RACO, or Steel City. D. Provide boxes for fixtures with fixture studs in center. E. Outlet boxes for lighting, switches and receptacles in interior areas with exposed conduit shall be pressed steel and in exterior areas with exposed conduit shall be cast metal with threaded hubs, "FS" type. Use galvanized steel for concealed boxes. Boxes shall be 1-1/2" deep minimum. 2.02 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Sheet metal boxes: galvanized steel. B. Surface -mounted cast metal box: type 4; flat -flanged, surface -mounted junction box. 1. Material: galvanized cast iron. 2. Cover: furnish with ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover screws. C. In -ground cast metal box: inside flanged, recessed cover box for flush mounting. 1. Material: galvanized cast iron. 2. Cover: nonskid cover with neoprene gasket and stainless steel cover screws. 3. Cover legend: electric. D. Manufacturers: National, Appleton, General Electric, RACO, Oz-Gedney or Steel City. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install electrical boxes as shown on drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections and compliance with regulatory requirements. B. Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings. C. Inaccessible ceiling areas: Install outlet and junction boxes no more than 6 inches from ceiling access panel or from removable recessed light fixture. D. Use flush mounting outlet boxes in finished areas. E. Use stamped steel bridges to fasten flush mounting outlet box between studs. F. Install flush mounted box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its effectiveness. G. Use adjustable steel channel fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box. H. Do not fasten boxes to ceiling support wires. I. Support boxes independently of conduit, except cast box that is connected to two Rigid Metal Conduits both supported within 12 inches of box. J. Use gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not use sectional box. K. Use gang box with plaster ring for single device outlets. L. Use cast outlet box in exterior locations and wet locations. 3.02 OUTLET BOXES A. Select boxes according to intended use and type of outlet. Ceiling outlet boxes shall be 4" octagon and 1-1/2" deep. Use 2-1/8" deep octagon boxes or 4" square boxes required. All ceiling outlet boxes shall have a fixture stud of no bolt self-locking type installed if required to hang the fixture specified at the outlet. 3.03 JUNCTION BOXES A. Junction boxes shall be sized according to number of conductors in box or type of service to be provided. Minimum junction box size 4-11/16" square and 2-1/8" deep. Provide screw covers for junction boxes. B. Use code gauge steel with screw covers for pull boxes with prime coat and provide with screw cover. Size pull boxes according to the NEC. C. Provide pull box every 100 feet of conduit run or where excessive number of bends necessitates a box for ease of wire installation. SECTION C16123 GROUNDING AND BONDING PART 1 - PRODUCTS 1.01 ROD ELECTRODES A. Material: copper -clad steel. B. Diameter: 3/4 inch. C. Length: 10 feet. 1.02 MECHANICAL CONNECTORS A. Material: bronze. 1.03 GROUNDING CONDUCTOR (WIRE) A. Material: stranded copper, sized to meet NFPA 70, Article 250 requirements. PART 2 - EXECUTION 2.01 INSTALLATION A. Install rod electrodes at locations indicated. Install additional rod electrodes as required to achieve resistance to ground of less than 25 ohms. B. Provide grounding electrode conductor and connect to reinforcing steel in foundation footing. C. Provide bonding to meet regulatory requirements. D. Bond together each metallic raceway, pipe, duct and other metal objects. E. Provide isolated grounding conductor for circuits supplying all isolated ground outlets. Insulation shall be green with yellow stripe. Size per NEC Table 250.66. This isolated grounding conductor shall run in addition to equipment grounding conductor and along with the branch circuit conductors. 2.02 GROUNDING A. Ground electrical system in accordance with NEC Article 250 and local authorities having jurisdiction. B. Install a #3/0 bare copper wire bond across the water meter attached to ground clamps on water line on each side of meter. Arrangements shall be made to do this work at the time the water meter is installed. C. From the point of entrance of the water main into the building and on the meter side of the main inside water valve and union install a stranded copper cable #3/0 in 1-1/4" conduit to the main distribution panel. Connect the cable to the equipment ground bus. D. Install a green equipment grounding conductor in each raceway, sized per NEC Table 250-122. Terminate on equipment ground bus within panelboard serving load. E. Install #6 awg copper grounding conductor from ground bar in main telephone box to grounded neutral bus in main distribution panel. F. All separate grounding electrode conductors shall be bonded together to limit potential differences between them and between their associated wiring systems. This includes the power system, telephone system, etc. 2.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper installation. E oO�� °D ° o� CD .. O Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 D Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 `,Illilts,i %, ., YUR Fly s��s•. e Z?_ N 3 •U • s QI�.• STATE ���•'•. � O RHO .�C7�` •i� sS • ........ f1; "0NA` ��il%. 7/30/20 C Q �U= or LL M 1 J ?� Q J m V>M J= CL o= a B U W tiN FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 20090.CC.S A PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 DRAWN BY ES Information contained on this drawing and in all digital fies produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without egress written or verbal consent from authorized project represerkatives. W SHEET ELECTRICAL a SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER E=901 4 3 E 0 4 3 2 1 SECTION C16124 A. Mounting SUPPORTING DEVICES AND HANGERS 1. Mount switches and receptacles at height above finished floor as indicated on plans, and legend. PART 1 - PRODUCTS 2. Mount switches on strike side of door maximum 8" from door frame. Outlet box for switch shall be located clear of 1.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS door frame. Coordinate with architectural plans prior to A. Supporting devices and hangers shall be manufactured by rough -in. RACO Fasteners, or approved equivalent. 3. Install switches with off position down. 4. Do not use the feed thru feature for the GF Type PART 2 - EXECUTION receptacle, unless required by the plans. E 5. Use jumbo sized plates for outlets installed in masonry 2.01 INSTALLATION walls. A. Secure conduits to within 3' of each outlet box, junction box, 6. Each receptacle shall be provided with a #12 green cabinet, fitting, etc., and at intervals not to exceed ten feet (10') grounding jumper between the ground terminal of the and in accordance with the National Electric Code. In seismic receptacle and the outlet box. zones, support conduits 1" and under at 6' intervals. 7. The grounding conductor to each receptacle shall be installed such that the removal of the device will not interfere B. Install clamps secured to structure for feeder and other with the continuity of the ground. conduits routed against the structure. Use drop rods and hangers or racks to support conduits run apart from the structure. B. Testing 1. Test each switch and verify proper operation with C. Provide and install suitable angle iron, channel iron or steel energized circuit. metal framing with accessories to support or brace electrical 2. Test each receptacle for proper polarity on energized equipment including safety switches, fixtures, panelboards, etc. circuit. 3. Test each GF receptacle with a GF receptacle tester and D. Use of chains, perforated iron, baling wire, or tie wire for verify circuit is opened by GF device at milli -ampere ranges supporting conduit runs is not permitted. established by the manufacturer. E. For support of low voltage wiring not required to be in conduit, bundle cables together in a neat manner using approved SECTION C16440 nylon tie wraps. Bundled cables shall be supported with "J" hooks PANELBOARDS on telephone type bridle rings, a minimum of 6 feet on centers. Clearly identify all differing types of cables being run and tag with PART 1 - PRODUCTS tape tags regarding telephone, POS System, music / communication, security, etc. for various system utilizing said 1.01 MANUFACTURER (via Chick-fil-A National Accounts Program) cable. Identification tape shall be provided at minimum intervals of A. Square-D (West, Midwest, Northeast, and Southwest 25 feet on center and within each building space. Regions): from Villa Lighting, Dave Christanell (800)325-0963 F. Provide a system of supporting devices and hangers to B. Square-D (Atlantic and Southeast Regions): from Accu-Serv, D insure secure support or bracing for conduit, electrical equipment, Bob Harpring (502)961-0096. including safety switches, fixtures, panelboards, outlet boxes, junction boxes, cabinets, etc. 1.02 PANELBOARD FEATURES A. Panelboards shall have a minimum symmetrical interrupting rating to meet or exceed the available symmetrical interrupting fault SECTION C16140 current at the device intended to interrupt current. WIRING DEVICES AND PLATES B. Bus bars shall be copper. PART 1 - PRODUCTS C. Provide factory -installed copper ground bus in each 1.01 WALL SWITCHES panelboard with lugs or connectors on bar. A. Shall be purchased from the National Accounts Vendor indicated on the plans. D. Provide electrically isolated, factory installed, neutral bus in each 3 phase, 4 wire or 1 phase 3 wire panelboard. B. Ratings: 20 amps, 120/277 volts a.c. or as identified on drawings. E. In addition to the ground bus required by paragraph 1.02D (above), provide factory installed, electrically isolated, copper C. Devices: (Cooper/Arrow Hart catalog numbers are listed ground bus in each panelboard serving isolated ground receptacles. unless noted otherwise): 1. Single pole toggle switches: 20 AMP device - #AH1221- F. Main lugs and main circuit breaker lugs shall be UL Listed for GY (Kitchen) or #AH1221-B (Dining) 20 AMP Pilot lights use with both aluminum and copper conductors. illuminated with load on - #AH1221-PL G. Provide panelboard doors with chrome -plated locks and 2. Double pole toggle switches: 20 AMP device - #AH1222- catches. All locks shall be keyed alike. Provide two keys for each GY (Kitchen) or #AH1222-B (Dining) lock. 3. Three-way toggle switches: 20 AMP device - #AH1223- H. Provide thermal -magnetic circuit breakers which are rated for GY (Kitchen) or #AH1223-B (Dining) 40 degrees C ambient temperature. Breakers shall be quick -make, quick -break type trip with trip indication shown by handle position C 1.02 RECEPTACLES other than on or off. Multi -pole breakers shall have a common trip A. Shall be purchased from the National Accounts Vendor handle. Tandem type circuit breakers shall not be permitted. indicated on the plans. I. Provide typed directory card with clear holder for each B. Devices: (Cooper/Arrow Hart catalog numbers are listed panelboard. unless otherwise noted): 1. Specification grade devices to be 20 amp, 125 volts, a.c. PART 2 - EXECUTION receptacles: a. Single (simplex) device: #1877-GY (Kit) or #1877-B 2.01 INSTALLATION (Dining) A. Panelboards shall be mounted at height above finished floor b. Duplex device: #CR20-GY (Kitchen) of #CR20-B such that the height of the top -most breaker in the panel is not (Dining) more than 6-1/2 feet above finished floor in its highest position per c. Tamper resistant duplex device: #TRCR20-B or the NEC. #TR7756-B (with USB charging) d. GF (ground -fault circuit interrupter) duplex device: B. Where multiple panelboards are installed on walls in #VGF20-GY (Kitchen) or #VGF20-B (Dining) common areas of buildings, the panelboards shall be installed with e. IG (isolated ground) duplex device: #IG5362-RN the top of all panelboards at the same height. (orange face) C. Provide blank filler plates over all unused spaces in C. Color: panelboards. 1. Devices mounted in the FRP or tile shall be gray. 2. Devices mounted in wood finish shall be brown. D. A typed directory card shall indicate devices being served 3. Isolated ground receptacles shall be orange. and the space name where the device is located. 1.03 SPECIAL DEVICES E. Provide minimum of one (1) 3/4" empty spare conduit for A. Manual motor starter switch: SQ. D Class 2510, Type F, for every 3 poles of spare breaker or space in the panelboard. Stub use on motors up to 3/4 horsepower. Provide NEMA 1 enclosure in conduit to nearest accessible ceiling space. Label conduit as spare dry locations; provide NEMA 3R enclosure in wet or exterior at panelboard and termination point. locations. F. Non -isolated ground bars shall be grounded to panelboard B 1.04 WALL PLATES can and main service entrance ground bus with a code sized A. Shall be purchased from the National Accounts Vendor grounding conductor installed in the same conduit as the phase and indicated on the plans. _ neutral conductors. B. Provide blank plates on all outlet boxes for future outlets, or G. Circuits using a common neutral shall be installed in outlets without devices. Plate style shall match device plates. accordance with the National Electrical Code. C. Provide non-metallic weatherproof covers for duplex GF H. Inspect each panelboard for proper installation, physical receptacles located outside or in wet locations that feature 'while- damage, tightness and installation of overcurrent devices. Verify in -use' cover equivalent to Arrow Hart #WIU-1. proper color coding of conductors. Correct or repair all items found in inspection. D. Where devices installed in exposed boxes or conduit fittings; provide properly designed plates and covers equal to Arrow Hart I. Neutral wires, ground wires, and isolated ground wires shall RS-Series exposed work covers. be connected to the appropriate panel bus bar. Do not mix bus wire connections. A E. Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished areas, above accessible ceilings, and on surface mounted boxes. F. Color: 1. Wall plates mounted in FRP or tile shall be smooth satin stainless steel 302-ss series. 2. Wall plates mounted in wood finish shall be brown nylon plastic. 3. Isolated ground wall plates shall be orange nylon plastic with a circuit number printed in 3/16 inch black lettering on clear adhesive label adhered to plate. PART 2 - EXECUTION 2.01 INSTALLATION 4 SECTION C16441 ENCLOSED SWITCHES PART 1 - PRODUCTS 1.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Square D B. GE / ABB C. Siemens 3 1.02 ENCLOSED SWITCHES A. Nonfusible switch assemblies: NEMA KS 1, General Duty Type for 208 volt load interrupter enclosed knife switch with externally operable handle interlocked to prevent opening front cover with switch in on position. Handle lockable in off position. Provide equipment ground lug in each switch. B. Enclosures: NEMA KS 1. 1. Interior dry locations: Type 1. 2. Exterior locations: Type 3R. SECTION C16442 UTILITY SERVICE ENTRANCE AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The underground electrical system service characteristics shall be 208Y/120 volts, Three Phase, Four Wire service and shall extend from utility company transformer secondary. B. Metering of electrical usage shall be located as required by local electrical utility company. Coordinate requirements with local utility company. C. Distribution system originates at secondary of utility transformer and includes service entrance conduit and conductors, distribution equipment, lighting panelboards, utilization equipment, overcurrent devices, disconnecting means, controls, branch and feeder circuits, etc. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Furnish service entrance conduit, cable, and miscellaneous hardware as required by plans and specifications for electrical service entrance and system grounding at main electrical service. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Coordinate exact locations of electrical service utility transformer, metering equipment, service lateral, etc. prior to commencement of installation. Contact engineer with conflicts prior to bid. B. Ensure pad mounted transformer is not located within roadway or sidewalk. C. Coordinate with local electrical utility for all utility company requirements and provide for the following items and any others required by the utility: 1. Concrete pad for utility transformer with required dimensions and details. 2. Primary underground conduit, excavation, and backfill requirements. 3. Pay for all fees associated with establishment of electrical service. 4. Furnish list of loads to the electrical utility company serving the facility. 5. Verify that utility company clearances are provided on all sides of utility equipment. D. Ensure proper access to utility equipment is maintained. E. Provide pull rope, excavation in accordance with electrical utility company requirements, backfill and concrete envelope for primary in accordance with electrical utility company requirements. Turn conduits up riser pole as required. Cap spare conduits 12 inches above grade with plumbers pipe cap. F. Provide secondary lugs on utility transformer and perform drilling and installation of lugs in accordance with utility requirements. Type of lugs shall be in accordance with electrical utility company requirements. Connect service conductor to transformer secondary lugs as directed by electrical utility. SECTION C16500 LIGHTING FIXTURES (LUMINAIRES) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS AND VENDORS A. Lighting fixtures indicated on lighting fixture schedule are to be purchased from the National Account Vendor for the region of the project (verify region designation with Owners Representative): 1. Accu-Sery Lighting - Atlantic region and Southeast region. Contact at Accu-Serv: Bob Harpring at 877-707- 7378, fax - 502-961-0357, email - bharpring@accu- serv.com 2. Villa Lighting - Northeast region, Midwest region, Southwest region, and West region. Contact at Villa Lighting: Dave Christanell at 800-325-0963, fax- 314-531- 8720, email - davec@vilialighting.com B. Ballasts to be electronic ballast provided with lighting fixture by the manufacturer. C. Lamps to be Osram-Sylvania and will typically be provided with the luminaire by the lighting manufacturer. 1.02 FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide regulating, HPF ballasts in all HID lighting fixtures. HID lamp types shall be as indicated on the drawings. B. Recessed fluorescent lighting fixture ballasts shall be provided with integral thermal protection. C. Provide energy -saving Instant or Rapid Start lamps for all fluorescent fixtures. D. All lamps and ballasts shall meet or exceed the requirements of the National Energy Policy Act of 1992 and any other applicable Codes or Criteria. E. All components of recessed fixtures shall be accessible without disturbing fixture in or on ceiling. F. Energy saving ballasts and energy saving lamps provided shall be compatable for operation together. G. Exterior fixtures and poles shall be suitable for exterior use, shall be UL Listed, and shall be a standard design for exterior application. H. Exterior poles for fixtures with luminaires installed shall be designed for maximum constant velocity wind load with luminaires installed, applicable to the geographic area. 1.03 CONTROLS A. Lighting contactors shall be Square-D, GE / ABB, Cutler - Hammer or Siemens of types and quantity shown on drawings, except those furnished with the switchgear as part of the National Account Program by Suncoast Environmental Controls (SEC). 1.04 EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS A. Batteries shall supply emergency power for lighting with minimum operating time of 1-1/2 hours. B. Emergency lighting shall be automatically operational upon normal utility power failure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Lighting fixtures shall be structurally supported. Fluorescent fixtures mounted in suspended ceilings shall be supported by and attached to ceiling system as required by NEC Article 410. In addition, fluorescent troffers shall be supported at two opposite corners to building structure. B. Recessed fixtures in dropped ceiling areas shall be connected to power source using flexible conduit. Flexible conduit shall contain a separate insulated green No. 12 copper ground wire. Flexible conduit shall be connected to junction box and fixture. Green ground wire shall provide ground continuity between conduit system and fixture. Grounding conductors shall be permanently and mechanically connected between fixture and conduit system so as to be electrically continuous. C. Fixtures surface mounted on exposed tee bar ceilings shall use grip clamps on tee bars to support fixtures. D. Wire shall be continuous from splice in outlet box of building wiring system to lamp socket or ballast terminals. E. Maintain the integrity of enclosures on enclosed and gasketed fixtures. Minimize the number of enclosure penetrations and make such penetrations water and dust tight with appropriate gaskets and fittings. F. Concrete bases shall be provided for all exterior ground mounted or pole mounted fixtures. G. Install accessories furnished with each fixture. H. Wiring from pole bases to pole mounted luminaire shall be No. 12 with fuse protection provided by a 30 amp, 600 volt waterproof fuseholder with Bussman 'Limitron' fuse of ampere rating 3 times the load current. I. Surface and recessed fixtures on or in plastered or drywall ceilings shall be supported by support channels. Support channels shall span across main support channels and shall not depend upon ceilings for support. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Relamp fixtures that have failed lamps at substantial completion. SECTION C16596 SPECIAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install raceway system for music / communications security, CCTV, POS, and other owner - furnished systems, consisting of empty conduits, junction boxes, outlet boxes, and device plates, etc., as specified and shown on owner selected vendor wiring schematics. Cable, equipment, and installation of the interior system will be provided by the owners system vendor. B. Interior system equipment will be furnished by Owners Vendor. C. Install special backboxes furnished by Owner's Vendor. Coordinate with the Vendor for the installation. Coordinate with the Vendor if backboxes are to be contractor provided in order to provide and install the appropriate item for the Vendor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide 4-11/16" square boxes, with plaster rings. Provide device plates for system outlets as specified in Section 16141. Provide separate conduit to nearest accessible ceiling space from each outlet. B. Cable shall be in conduit where installed in walls or inaccessible ceilings. C. Minimum conduit size shall be 3/4". PART 3 - EXECUTION 2 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Furnish and install conduits, junction boxes, outlet boxes, and plates. B. Provide one #10 equivalent nylon pull wire in each system empty conduit. C. Provide a complete raceway system in accordance with interior system vendor requirements. Interior system vendor shall review the drawings. Contractor_ shall provide for any additional or varying requirements. D. Final connections and testing of systems will be provided by the system vendor. Contractor shall contact the owner's vendor and schedule the work so as to complete system installation and testing prior to occupancy of the facility. E. Terminate each conduit stub -up or termination with nylon insulated bushing. SECTION C16597 TELEPHONE SERVICE PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install telephone system consisting of empty conduits, junction boxes, outlet boxes, device plates, etc., as specified and shown on owner selected vendor wiring schematics. Cable, equipment, and installation of the interior system will be provided by the owner's system vendor. B. Provide underground PVC, Schedule 40, service conduit as required by plans. C. Telephone Utility Company will provide service entrance cable. D. Interior telephone system will be furnished by owner's vendor. E. Special backboxes (unless otherwise noted) and faceplates will be furnished by the owner's vendor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide 4-11 /16" square boxes, with plaster rings. Provide device plates for telephone outlets to match those specified in wiring device section. Provide separate conduit to nearest accessible ceiling space from each outlet. B. Minimum conduit size shall be 3/4". C. Provide lightning arrester for telephone service entrance at main telephone backboard in accordance with UL96A paragraph 11.2 and NFPA 780. D. Cable shall be in conduit where installed in walls or above inaccessible ceiling spaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Provide one #10 equivalent nylon pull wire in each empty telephone conduit. B. Provide trenching, backfilling, etc., for installation of service entrance conduit in accordance with other divisions, plans, and telephone utility requirements. Provide pull wire in empty conduit. C. Coordinate with the local utility for point of service and type of service required. Pay for any utility company charges and fees for establishment of service. D. Provide a complete raceway system in accordance with telephone utility company and interior system vendor/utility requirements. Telephone utility company and interior system vendor shall review the drawings. Contractor shall provide for any additional or varying requirements. E. Terminate each conduit stub -up or termination with nylon insulated bushings. F. Final connections and testing of system will be provided by the system vendor. Contractor shall contact the owner and vendor and schedule the work. CLOSE OUT DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS Provide the following to the building owner upon completion of construction: 1. Submittal data stating equipment rating and selected options for each piece of equipment requiring maintenance. 2. Operation manuals and maintenance manuals for each piece of equipment requiring maintenance. Required routine maintenance actions shall be clearly identified. 3. Names and addresses of at least one qualified service agency. 4. A complete narrative of how each system is intended to operate. 1 E o00� o � 0 Jy,CD 0 �0 0� Chick-fil-A 6200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 A Kurzynske & Associates 2900 Lebanon Pike, Ste 201 Nashville, Tennessee 37214 Telephone: (615) 255-5203 Fax: (615) 255-5207 Email: mail@kurzynske.com MARK T. KURZYNSKE FLORIDA LICENSE # 53568 N 3 8 .C- 4f- 10 STATE OF ��s�•'�l O R1OP•; � 7/30/20 FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC ALL RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# 20090.CC.S PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 L_ DRAWN BY ES Information contained on this drawing and in all digital ties produced for above named project may not be reproduced n any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. UJ SHEET ELECTRICAL 0. SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER E=902 4 3 2 1 E X C M t I , t0- I LL ! LL Z Lu 0- 5 ti UJ A LU I 19 I - Ntl CD .. x0 ❑ j FOR SERVING / DRIVE-THRU I PARTIAL EQUIPMENT PLAN - DINING 1/4" = 1'-0" N N N REFER TO A-103 FOR FURTHER DETAILS 4 %2448. 4%2"8. 00 0 8 B v v N STORAGE REFUSE ENCLOSURE FLOOR PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0" NOTE: REFUSE ENCLOSURE SHOWN FOR PROTOTYPICAL SHELVING LOCATIONS AND SPACING PURPOSES ONLY, VERIFY ACTUAL REFUSE ENCLOSURE INFORMATION AND LOCATION ON A-103 M E oOO� o � 0 00on Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 X C 0 ,0)TriMark Foodservice Equipment, Supplies and Design STRATEGIC Q (6 1 � J06 a LL. J o M UL � woJ W M J � >= :r LLQ� W L 0 c�Q B � N z=N F:-kq�LmTl iff BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC LRG RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# XXXX A PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/14/2020 DRAWN BY RMW Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. Ill SHEET OVERALL EQUIPMENT Q� FLOOR PLAN SHEET NUMBER K=201 4 - —t -7-1 3 2 1 n 3 2 E E U l« B P� UJ R C2 ct� I CD C 0 4 0- 0 LL Li o yes A 73) co _ 0 0 CO t I I I ( I I PARTIAL EQUIPMENT PLAN - KITCHEN 3/8" = 1'-0" I— — — — — 1K-601 2K-601SERVING . 11—, 1-M I KITCHEN FOR DINING AREA EQUIPMENT PLAN REFER TO SHEET K-201L tn.--�I7HM n E o00� o ED o PSA N D P CD Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 N Y L-- - Z1. i7p?.. Tr iM ark FoodseMce Equipment, Supplies and Design STRATEGIC U C Q y J 06 _ o - LL J aa0, CO) LL li LLJ M J � >= d � 2 3C LL = a 0 car = a B V M z=4 N FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC LRG RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # XXXX A PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/14/2020 H DRAWN BY RMW Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET ENLARGED EQUIPMENT a FLOOR PLAN SHEET NUMBER K=211 F1 3 17 4 3 2 1 E re B €ii r"i E 0 r� r .Y. �I ILL LL I .. _ UJ CL a _ LU A rJ i a N Y N Y - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 21x42 5 Tier 21x 1x42 5 Tier 49b o (:W. 5 Tier F— PARTIAL EQUIPMENT PLAN - KITCHEN 3/8" = 1'-0" 1K403 6K-01 FOR DINING AREA EQUIPMENT PLAN REFER TO SHEET K-201 L MULTI - PURPOSE 5K-604 7K-611 PUMP E oOOo o � ° o D �z 9ACD, 0 Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 0 o;57, Tr A I a r k Foodservice Equipment, Supplies and Design STRATEGIC Q N FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC LRG RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # XXXX A PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/14/2020 DRAWN BY RMW Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET ENLARGED EQUIPMENT d. FLOOR PLAN SHEET NUMBER K=212 4 K E n 3 2 1 E C B > W d c� >-, �I Lu LL z r a_ (71 N �s A �4 .. , It �R r- SERVING 1 /2" = 1'-0" All 10' - 0" _ 0 (V OF SHELF ' 6'-2"TO TOP OF SHELF 5'-11"CLOF BLOCKING 3'-10"TOCLOF BLOCKING 3'- 6" TO BOTTOM :)F GRIE n DRIVE - THRU J 1 /211 = 1'-011 10'-0" 0 (V 8'-0"CLOF BLOCKINGIN 6'-9"TO TOP OF SHELF All 5' - 3" TO BOTTOM L.»ya��� n DRIVE - THRU 1 /2" = 1'-0" V _ 4" 308 305 380a 380 380 1'-2" 10" 4" 1'-11" 2'- Oil WOEMN W Mll 1 1[II,AL OMr-C 10 7 71' 183 13315W 1902'-9"-8" 4"4" 2'-1" 2'_2" 4" 5 8831 of low, IMPW�Nmill IL' � IL! - �11���11U1_ _ � Dal %ffl �I• ,-� �s:: i�:��er� Al ���-=== =======_ Ircl � �...� R.7 •,_, .... "111 01 II■I`=� �H ■..■ Ili` NEW MON on GIB ,molls 111 MEN I= NINEi EWl■l��il■■ �1 ce :1WE ®1 ' �• :1 8'-6"CLOF SERVING / DRIVE - THRU 1/2" = 1'-011 DRIVE - THRU (,-4) 1/2" = 1'-0" BLOCKING '-4v r NOTE: DT LANE CONTROL SWITCHES NOT NEEDED WHEN DT ORDER CANOPY IS PRESENT 5'-11"CLOP All BLOCKING 5' - 11" CL OF OL BLOCKING 3' 10 CL OF BLOCKING �n io zo 10'-off 0 00 n DRIVE - THRU 1 /211 = 1'-011 NMI 2'-1" SERVING 1/211 = 1'-0" SERVING 1/2" = 1'-0" ELECTRICAL LEGEND 888Aa EQUIPMENT NUMBER R3 REFER TO KEYNOTES ON E-SHEETS JUNCTION BOX RSIMPLEX RECEPTACLE O DUPLEX RECEPTACLE SWITCH PHONE e TERMINATION OF PVC CONDUI FOR RADIANT POS SYSTEM 00 p DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ❑0 SPECIAL RECEPTACLE HHUMIDITY SENSOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR aSMOKE DETECTOR LED (2 GANG BOX) SK SECURITY KEYPAD m SIDE VIEW SURFACE MOUNTED RECEPTACLE CTRICAL ;ESS PANEL CTRICAL CHASE ...,,.-ALL AND SECURE SAFE RE: ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS FOR DETAILS t4O 522 183 183 SPAR PAR 183 522APOWER FOR AIR CURTAIN. MECHANICALCONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ANY 1' - 31' -11" 1' - 0" D.1' - 9" 4" 4" 4" 2' - 7" 4" 4" 1' - 9" 1' - 0" 1' - 5" 4' - 4" NECESSARY CONDUIT BETWEEN THERMOSTAT AND AIR CURTAIN RE: MECHANICAL SHEETS ANSUL FOR MORE INFORMATIONbo� 10- 2" o Al261 260 SUL Sp NELA F AIR CURTAIN � RECESSED PIN & ' ERE: MECHANICAL J �1 SLEEVE RECEPTACLE N N BOX RE: A+E SHEETS FOR FURTHER DETAILS i PROVIDE J-BOX TO POWER °o °o R2 _ 0 a _ °o °o DRIVE-THRU WINDOW RE: ELECTRICAL FOR DETAILS 183 183 / ON/OFF SWITCH / FOR AIR CURTAIN / 7!J ITEM #560 SWITCH MOUNTED — ON PANEL OF ITEM #105 m o ° MOUNT ON REAR OF ;t, FIXED CABINET #105 ' CV rial 0' - 0"_ 7" 6" MOUNT J-BOX 1' -Oil INSIDE CABINET 560 FOR CAPTURE JET 560 n KITCHEN 1 /2" = 1'-0" T-4"CLOF BLOCKING E oOO� o p 0 000 D�o 0 Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 �� TriM-ark Foodservice Equipment, Supplies and Design STRATEGIC 0 L ay J 06 - � co �LL M � M J Za LL CY=a e VNZ=N FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC LRG RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION �o oOepe CONSULTANT PROJECT# XXXX � A PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/14/2020 DRAWN BY RMW Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in RECESSED PIN &SLEEVE ^/ auth�without express wenorverbalconsentfromedProieP�ve RECEPTACLE BOX II SHEET RE: A+E SHEETS FOR W ELECTRICAL ROUGH -IN FURTHER DETAILS 0. ELEVATIONS SHEET NUMBER K=601 4 3 2 I 1 n 3 2 1 POWER AND DATA FOR TABLES #120, #120A, & #120C COMES FROM ABOVE THROUGH CHASE PROVIDED IN EACH TABLE E AF Ah 10' - 2" TRIM F FIN � 1] C B A I ELEC' Md I I NOTE: CHASES & WIRING WITHIN TABLES PROVIDE POWER FOR ALL EQUIPMENT ABOVE AND BELOW TABLES RE: EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE AND ELECTRICAL SHEETS FOR MORE INFORMATION n KITCHEN 1/2" = 1'-0" 4 KITCHEN 1/2" = 1'-0" 6 KITCHEN 1 /2" = 1'-0" � VI\ /'l1�V VL PULL STATION c N n KITCHEN ` 1 /2" = 1'-0" KITCHEN 5 1/2" = 1'-0" 2" c it EM SEE ELEVATION 2K-602 FOR DROP CORD RECEPTACLES SURFACES BETWEEN 36" - 42" AFF KITCHEN b7 1 /2" = 1'-0" YYPILL IVIVVI\ I VILJL I ELECTRICAL LEGEND 888Aa EQUIPMENT NUMBER R3 REFER TO KEYNOTES ON E-SHEETS JUNCTION BOX Fol SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE aDUPLEX O RECEPTACLE aSWITCH PHONE TERMINATION OF PVC CONI FOR RADIANT POS SYSTEM 00 DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTA, ESPECIAL RECEPTACLE aHUMIDITY SENSOR MTEMPERATURE SENSOR D] SMOKE DETECTOR LED (2 GANG BOX) SK SECURITY KEYPAD m SIDE VIEW SURFACE MOUNTED RECEPTACLE E ��Qpo 19 CD CD 9 1 A�n FBI N B A Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 TriMark Foodservice Equipment, Supplies and Design a J V J J x a x a LU N STRATEGIC C6 0 LL 0 cY W z Vim O M Q 0 r me L0 M M J w J J FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC LRG RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # XXXX PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/14/2020 DRAWN BY RMW Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET ELECTRICAL ROUGH -IN a ELEVATIONS SHEET NUMBER K=602 N 3 2 1 ��Qqo aA (�a 0 1 Lil �5/�L2 Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 �0? TriMark Foods Mce Equipment, Supplies and Design STRATEGIC Q J Cn J J c.i 7_-, Ll. O ICY LU z me Ln M M J LL w J J Q N FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC LRG RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# XXXX PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/14/2020 H DRAWN BY RMW _ Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET ELECTRICAL ROUGH -IN a ELEVATIONS SHEET NUMBER K=603 :.E N Nt I � 0 0— LJ UJ 1 X Zz I f"J LLIJ `I C) t �a I ka i B� cO uu�CD CD '9 Lz'�' v Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 �. Tr _iM. a r k Foodservice Equipment, Supplies and Design STRATEGIC FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC LRG RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# XXXX PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/14/2020 DRAWN BY RMW Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET ELECTRICAL ROUGH -IN a ELEVATIONS SHEET NUMBER K=604 AL � .��- -- - --- -- I. - - -- - - .1 --- --- - - - - -- i�:.:.--- - - �,�,. .a:.u.�.uG CWO 0 D � 'Tim Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 �� Tr A I- a i k Foodservice Equipment, Supplies and Design a J c.i STRATEGIC T� Q O �c F W W a. LL O CY W Z J J FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC LRG RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# XXXX PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/14/2020 DRAWN BY RMW Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET PLUMBING ROUGH -IN Q„ ELEVATIONS SHEET NUMBER K=611 UJ �j N CD i U !!u (3qQ0 0 D U� 0 C PA Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 ,7#P, TriMark Foo&ervice Equipment, Supplies and Design STRATEGIC Q J Cn J J U �1 0 Q W LL 0 yr W z qq M M J U. C0 J J FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC LRG RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # XXXX PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/14/2020 DRAWN BY RMW Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. W SHEET EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE SHEET NUMBER K=801 17 UJ LL LIJ .-J z UJ Az D— (3 LU 0 00 LL' CD + �D C! IC-4 , Q0 %J�ql �j 0 tq CD CD Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 "= P 0?A livi? Trg4ark Foo&rvice Equipment, Supplies and Design STRATEGIC SEALS LL 0 a W z TOM V Lf) c1f) V) .J LL C6 .J .J a. N FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC LRG RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT# XXXX PRINTED FOR PERMIT DATE 07/14/2020 DRAWN BY RMW Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE SHEET NUMBER K=802 2 E C 0 .F N Iws i� i 0 Lt7 cn E . O N E `. L�. A N. CD CLO D U_ LL Ctii � FLOOR PLAN TAG ELEVATION TAGOR KEY Q 4 WALL/ QUEUE KEY r-- - - - - - - 1 3 STEEL LOW STEEL FULL HEIGHT STREAMLINE, STREAMLINE, MODULAR QUEUE, REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL WALL, BY CHI WALL, BY CHI QUEUE, BY CHI QUEUE, BY CHI BY CHI. 1.75" DIA PLAN FOR INTERIOR GC BUILT 4.5" BASE PLATE 2.5" DEPTH 2.5" RAIL DEPTH 2.5" RAIL + PLATES STANCHION PARTITION TYPES/ DETAILS. - - - - WALL KEY REFERS TO CHI *BOLT DOWN* *BOLT DOWN* *CORED* *BOLT DOWN* *CORED* MANUF. PRODUCT ONLY. r%ll Tull p .1 FURNITURE FLOOR PLAN -LRG-NO PLAY V 1 1/4" = V-0" Chick-fil-A STORE #: 04040 BLDG P13 LC LRG-NP SHELL: LOCATION: 74990 GALL BOULEVARD ZEPHYRHILLS, FL NICKNAME: ZEPHYRHILLS FSU DESIGN: JS FDD SET: --- CHECKED: AMM PROJECT MGR: ALLISON MARSH SALES MGR: JULIA WOODWARD - SET ISSUED 07/29/2020 DATE: DRAWING TITLE: FURNITURE FLOOR PLAN Project Contacts PLEASE CONTACT ONE OF THE FOLLOWING CHi TEAM MEMBERS TO ADDRESS CONCERNS YOU MAY HAVE! CHARTER HOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC 200 N. Franklin Street I Zeeland, MI 49464 Phone: 616.399.6000 1 Fax: 616.796.1199 Regional Sales Manager: Julia Woodward Phone: 404.784.2960 Email: cfa@charter-house.com Project Management Team: Allison Marsh Phone: 616.796.1159 Customer Service Inquiries: Phone: 616.796.1020 'YOUR OPERATOR -STORE SPECIFIC'- PROVIDED BY OTHER) 'TACTILE EXIT SIGN' PART # 1030- 68. LOCATE ON INTERIOR SIDE. PLACE ON RIGHT HAND SIDE OF RIGHT DOOR AS SHOWN. CHI Project Log DATE # DESCRIPTION 07.27.20 DRAWING SET ISSUED 00.00.00 1 00.00.00 2 --- 00.00.00 3 --- 00.00.00 4 --- 00.00.00 5 --- 00.00 00 6 --- 00.00.00 7 --- General Contractor Notes & Information `CHARTER HOUSE HOLDINGS, L.L.C. / CHARTER -HOUSE INNOVATIONS / CHi GENERAL CONSTRUCTION 1. ALL WORK, CONSTRUCTION, AND MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL PROVISIONS OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE &/OR CURRENT APPLICABLE GOVERNING CODES ALONG WITH RULES, REGULATIONS, AND ORDINANCES GOVERNING THE PLACE OF CONSTRUCTION. 2. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF ALL PARTIES SUPPLYING LABOR OR MATERIAL OR BOTH, TO BRING TO THE ATTENTION OF THE PROJECT MANAGER & OWNER ANY DISCREPANCIES OR CONFLICT BETWEEN THE CODE REQUIREMENTS AND THESE PLANS. 3. THE APPLICABLE CODES SHALL INCLUDE, BUT SHALL NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE UNIFORM BUILDING CODE, BOCA NATIONAL BUILDING CODE, UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE, UNIFORM ELECTRICAL CODE, UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE, AND THE UNIFORM FIRE CODE. 4. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ALL WORK & MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL LOCAL AND/OR CITY BUILDING CODES. 5. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ADHERING TO ALL AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT GUIDELINES, TO INCLUDE BUT NOT LIMITED TO TABLE TOP/BASE INSTALLATIONS, AISLE WAY CLEARANCES, AND QUEUE LINE AREA CLEARANCES. 6. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING ALL REQUIRED BUILDING PERMITS. 7. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COPYING & DISTRIBUTING CHARTER -HOUSE PLANS & DOCUMENTS TO ALL SUBCONTRACTORS INVOLVED. DELIVERY OF PRODUCT 1. DAMAGED PRODUCT UPON RECEIPT MUST BE DOCUMENTED ON THE BILL OF LADING. MUST CONTACT PROJECT MANAGER IMMEDIATELY (616) 399-6000. FAILURE TO DOCUMENT DAMAGE & CONTACT CHi WILL ABSOLVE CHi FROM RESPONSIBILITY. 2. INSPECT THE EXTERIOR OF ALL PACKAGING & VERIFY BILL OF LADING. *CHECK FOR TEARS, CRUSHING, HOLES, ETC......* COMPARE SHRINK-WRAP OR TAPE & WATCH FOR MULTIPLE KINDS OF WRAP OR DIFFERENT TAPE ON BOXES * LISTEN FOR RATTLING OR LOOSE PARTS DURING UNLOADING * WATCH FOR POSSIBLE WEIGHT DISCREPANCIES DURING UNLOADING. 3. IF YOU NOTICE ANY OF THE ABOVE, ASK FOR A JOINT INSPECTION & SPECIFY NOTATIONS ON THE CARRIER'S RECEIPT. IF THE DELIVERING PARTY REFUSES, INSIST ON A NOTATION OF WHAT YOU HAVE NOTICED & CALL THE CARRIER IMMEDIATELY UPON COMPLETING YOUR INSPECTION. 4. ALWAYS KEEP GOOD NOTES OF DATES, TIMES, AND PERSONS SPOKEN TO. 5. CONCEALED DAMAGE: * IF THE CARRIER'S RECEIPT HAS BEEN SIGNED OFF, AND DAMAGE IS NOTICED INSIDE OF THE PACKAGING, CALL THE CARRIER AND REQUEST INSPECTION IMMEDIATELY. ALSO NOTIFY YOUR CHi PROJECT MANAGER OR SHIPPING DEPT WITHIN 48 HOURS. 6. ANY OTHER CONCERNS OR QUESTIONS PLEASE CALL YOUR PROJECT MANAGER. 7. GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND/OR OWNER ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTION OF PRODUCT WHILE IN THE PROCESS OF BEING INSTALLED. ANY PRODUCT DELIVERED IN GOOD CONDITION, BUT DAMAGED ON SITE IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND/OR OWNER. 4 INITIALS JS I I ------------------- - - - - -J Project Contents F-201 FURNITURE FLOOR PLAN I Furniture and Decor Locations 0 F-202 TABLE NUMBER PLACEMENT PLAN I Final Plans Only F-211 CORE DRILL PLAN I Steel Locations & Details 0 F-701 DECOR ELEVATIONS Typical Locations (As Applicable) F-702 PRODUCT DETAILS Seating & Decor Details This drawing contains proprietary information by CHi. Unauthorized use or reproduction is prohibited without expressed written consent of CHi. 004-H2'ORDINARY CAMPOUT/ FOSTERING LAUGHTER") SEATING & TABLE SCHEDULE (LRG-NP) TABLE TOP STYLE TABLE TOP QUANTITY SEAT QUANTITY 2-TOP 13 26 4-TOP 23 92 6-TOP 2 12 8-TOP 1 8 39 138 011-H2'CHICKENS FAVORITE PASTIME/ EXPERIENTIAL LEARNING') SEATING RATIOS SEATING TO TABLE RATIO: 138 / 39 = 3.5 ACCESSIBLE TABLE RATIO: 7 NUMBER OF PARTIES: 35 IP-010-H2'BUBBLING UP/ DADS NIGHT OUT') CONDIMENTS AND TRASH ARE NOTED FOR SPACE PLANNING PURPOSES. EXACT MODELS AND DETAILS OF THOSE ITEMS TO BE DETERMINED BY THE MILLWORK PROVIDER, CLAYTON FIXTURES (CFX). BUILDING SHELL USED FOR FURNITURE PLANS PROVIDED BY SITE ADAPT ARCHITECT. VERIFY DINING ROOM DIMENSIONS FOR FURNITURE & MESSAGING. SEATING LAYOUT PROVIDED BY ARCHITECT. ARCHITECT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SEATING PLAN MEETING CODE REQUIREMENTS (LOCAL OR OTHER) NEW & REMODEL PROJECTS 1. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALE IN ALL CASES. DO NOT SCALE OFF PLANS. FOR ADDITIONAL DIMENSIONS CALL THE PROJECT MANAGER (616) 399-6000. 2. THESE PLANS ARE THE PROPERTY OF CHARTER HOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC. THESE PLANS MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED OR IMPLEMENTED IN ANY WAY, IN PART OR IN WHOLE, WITHOUT THE EXPRESS CONSENT OF CHi. UNAUTHORIZED USE WILL RESULT IN PAYMENT DUE FOR SERVICES RENDERED. 3. CHi REQUESTS VERIFICATION OF FIELD DIMENSIONS FROM THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR THE FABRICATION OF COMMERCIAL FURNITURE, DECOR, CORE DRILL, AND SPACE PLANS WHEN FIELD DIMENSIONS CAN NOT BE ATTAINED, LATE SHIPMENTS MAY RESULT. 4. IF SPECIFIED ITEMS ARE NOT AVAILABLE, CONTACT YOUR PROJECT MANAGER AT CHi. 5. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS & CONDITIONS AT THE JOB SITE AND NOTIFY CHi OF ALL DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. 6. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 40 LBS OF FLOOR TILE GROUT TO FINISH THE CORE DRILLED HOLES. 7. WALLCOVERINGS & CHAIR RAIL MUST RETURN INTO WINDOW. 8. GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE OF DISPOSAL OF ALL PACKAGING MATERIAL FROM SEATING & DECOR PRODUCTS. 9. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO POSITION THERMOSTAT / VOLUME CONTROL / AND OTHER LIKE ITEMS TO NOT INTERFERE WITH THE CHi DECOR. REMODEL PROJECTS ONLY 1. IN CASES OF REMODELING- THE EXISTING SEATING, STEEL, DECOR, & WALL FINISHES ARE TO BE REMOVED BY THE OWNER AND / OR GENERAL CONTRACTOR. IT IS NOT THE RESPONSIBILITY OF CHi. 2. FLOOR / BASE TILE MUST BE IN GOOD REPAIR BEFORE ANY CORE DRILLING BEGINS. 3. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE FROM EXISTING FINISHES. PLEASE MAKE APPROPRIATE ALLOWANCES FOR ANY NEW FINISHES. 4. PLEASE CONTACT CHi CONCERNING CONFLICTS BETWEEN CHi DECOR & ELECTRICAL OR HVAC PLACEMENT. FLOORING NOTES 1. A MINIMUM 5" CONCRETE SLAB IS REQUIRED FOR ALL CORE DRILLING. 2. ALL FLOOR & COVE BASE TILE TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 3. NEW FLOOR & BASE TILE TO BE INSTALLED AND GROUTED 48 HOURS PRIOR TO CHi PRODUCT INSTALLATION. IF DAMAGE OCCURS DUE TO INSUFFICIENT CURING TIME, REPAIRS WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 4. CHi IS NOT LIABLE FOR CORED STEEL THAT BECOMES UNSTABLE AS A RESULT OF DRILLING THROUGH A CONCRETE SLAB LESS THAN 5" THICK. 5. CHi IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE OF ANY MECHANICAL LOCATED WITHIN 5" OF THE FINISHED FLOOR. 6. COVE BASE / BULLNOSE TILE (IF REQ'D) ON ALL CHi DIVIDER WALLS TO BE SUPPLIED & INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 3 ELECTRICAL, HVAC, AND CEILING NOTES 1 o GENERIC 12"x12" 12"x12" _ 1x3 1x3 GENERIC 12"x12" 12"x12" 1x3 1x3 Z X-BASE BI-POD J STEEL J CORE PLATE PLATE STEEL STEEL Z BOLT PLATE PLATE STEEL STEEL p J CORE (OFFSET) (OFFSET) O J DOWN (OFFSET) (OFFSET) Q J � � I �_ S WKEY IM 0> J L_J L_J O� HOC�OJ U cn In N IL cn NOTE: THIS KEY REPRESENTS GENERAL STEEL SYMBOLS. REFERENCE PROJECT FOR PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS/ STEEL TYPES. ff-11 owl SIGN' PART # 1030-68. [EATING & DECOR KEY 1 LIBRARY CHAIR, STANDARD 8 STEEL LOW WALL 2 LIBRARY CHAIR, TALL 9 10 STREAMLINE QUEUE STEELCASE MOVE CHAIR 3 - MILKING STOOL, CAFE 4 HERITAGE BOOTH/ BANQUETTE 11 MULTI -PURPOSE TABLE 5 TABLES (TYP) 12 BRAND ICON, TWO-SIDED (4444) 6 GATHERING TABLE, 8-TOP (CAFE HEIGHT) 13 COKE FIXTURE 7 STEEL + WOOD STAND-UP COUNTER 1. USE LIGHTING LAYOUT AS A GUIDELINE ONLY. CHi WILL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ADDITIONAL COSTS DUE TO ADJUSTING LIGHTING QTY'S OR LOCATIONS FOR PERSONAL PREFERENCES, VARIATIONS WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS, OR LOCAL CODES. 2. GC TO SUPPLY AND CONNECT ELECTRICAL PIGTAIL AT ALL CODED LOCATIONS FOR CHi PRODUCT. 3. ALL ELECTRICAL FIXTURES, WIRING, AND INSTALLATIONS TO BE UL APPROVED. 4. ALL CEILING TILES AND GRID TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. IN CASE OF REMODELING THE CEILING TILE AND GRID SHOULD BE REMOVED ONLY IF REQUESTED BY THE CUSTOMER. 5. LIGHTING FIXTURES AND / OR HVAC MAY NEED TO BE RELOCATED BY GC TO ACCOMMODATE DECOR AND ELECTRICAL OR HVAC PLACEMENT. (SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR NEW CEILING FINISH REQUIREMENTS IF APPLICABLE) 6. PLEASE CONTACT YOUR CHi PRODUCT MANAGER CONCERNING ANY CONFLICTS BETWEEN PLACEMENT OF CHi DECOR ELEMENTS. 7. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO CONTACT CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING TO VERIFY FINAL PLACEMENT OF HVAC 8. CHi WILL INCLUDE REFLECTED CEILING PLANS WHEN (1) ADDITIONAL LIGHTING IS SPECIFIED IN DINING AREAS BEYOND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OR BEYOND ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. (2) CHi DECOR INTERFERES WITH CEILING ELEMENT OR (3) IF CEILING IS BEING REPLACED. SITE CONDITIONS FOR CHi DECOR INSTALLATION 1. IT IS IMPORTANT FOR THE FOLLOWING WORK TO BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO THE ARRIVAL OF CHi PRODUCT AND / OR INSTALL CREWS. THESE CONDITIONS ARE ESTABLISHED TO INSURE THAT PRODUCT IS INSTALLED MOST EFFICIENTLY (WITHOUT DAMAGE TO PRODUCT) AND UNDER SAFE CONDITIONS. 2. ALL INTERIOR WALL FINISHES TO BE COMPLETE, INCLUDING (BUT NOT LIMITED TO): WALLCOVERING, WAINSCOTING, PAINT, AND CHAIR RAIL. 3. FLOOR AND BASE TILE TO BE TILED AND GROUTED FOR A MINIMUM OF 48 HOURS PRIOR TO ARRIVAL. 4. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 40 POUNDS OF FLOOR TILE GROUT TO FINISH THE CORE DRILLED HOLES. 5. ALL HVAC WORK TO BE COMPLETE. 6. CEILING TRACK AND TILE TO BE INSTALLED. 7. ALL WINDOWS TO BE INSTALLED IN BUILDING. 8. ELECTRICAL SERVICE TO 120V / 30 AMP CIRCUITS FOR CORE DRILLING. 9. POTABLE WATER SUPPLY. 10. OPERATING LIGHTS (ADEQUATE FOR EVENING WORK). 11. CLEAN AND OPEN WORK AREA IN DINING ROOM. 12. WASTE DUMPSTER ON -SITE. 13. FINISHED PARKING LOT OR SUBSURFACE WITH 1" OF FINISHED GRADE. 14. UNENCUMBERED AND CONTINUOUS ACCESS TO THE BUILDING. 15. GENERAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR TEMPORARY POWER IF ELECTRICAL SERVICE IS UNAVAILABLE. 2 L J - - TACTILE SIGNAGE TYP. LOCATION / CLEARANCE OF TACTILE SIGNS AT DOORS (N.T.S.) 18" min. EO. EQ. NOTE: X 18" CLEARANCE NOT INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE + TO OVERLAP ARC ACCESSIBLE WHEELCHAIR SPACES T2 i OF DOOR SWING CAPACITY OF SEATING MINIMUM NUMBER OF IN ASSEMBLY AREAS WHEELCHAIR SPACES °r E 4 TO 25 1 NOTE: REFER TO 26 TO 50 2 CENTER I CL FURNITURE FLOOR CLEARANCE PLAN FOR ALL SIGNAGE 51 TO 100 4 ON RAISED LOCATIONS (TYPICAL) 101 TO 300 - - 5 CHARACTERS ACCESSIBILITY KEY THESE PLANS, AS DRAWN, COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE LAWS, REGULATIONS OR RULES OF ANY LOCAL, COUNTY, STATE, FEDERAL, AND OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY AND ANY BUREAU OR DEPARTMENT THERE OF, WHICH MAY BE APPLICABLE INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT AND THE REGULATIONS THERE UNDER. MANEUVERING CLEARANCES TABLE CLEARANCES (N.T.S.) AT DOORS (N.T.S.) E ADA COMPLIANT r CLEARANCES AT N TABLES (N.T.S.) - o tO min. PULL E ELL SIDE :FEE N E N CO Q c 12" PUSH LO min. SIDE L-- 30" min. LO I� 30" min. MIN CLEAR AT FLOOR L _ J MIN CLEAR AT FLOOR LINE OF TABLE BASE* IMPORTANT NOTE: NOT ALL DOOR CLEARANCE LINE OF TABLE BASE* CONDITIONS ARE SHOWN IN THIS DIAGRAM. IMPORTANT NOTES 1. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALE IN ALL CASES. 2. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY ALL BUILDING DIMENSIONS, EQUIPMENT, FURNITURE PLACEMENT, UTILITY LOCATIONS, AND CONDITIONS AT THE JOB SITE. 3. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST NOTIFY CHi OF ALL DISCREPANCIES AND /OR REQUIRED ADJUSTMENTS PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 4. DO NOT SCALE OFF PLANS. CALL YOUR CHi PROJECT MANAGER TO VERIFY ANY QUESTIONABLE DIMENSIONS (616) 399-6000. 5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE FOR DESIGN INTENT ONLY. 6. CHARTER -HOUSE HAS PREPARED THESE DOCUMENTS AS ACCURATELY AS POSSIBLE WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL INFORMATION PROVIDED. DUE TO LACK OF ACCURATE AND COMPLETE DIMENSIONED ARCHITECTURAL PLANS, OWNER UNDERSTANDS THAT ADJUSTMENTS TO THE FINAL LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT AND / OR FURNITURE PLACEMENT MAY BE REQUIRED AT THE OWNER'S EXPENSE DUE TO DISCREPANCIES BASED ON ACTUAL JOB SITE DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS. 7. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL OR ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE AND ACCURATE DIMENSIONS OF BUILDING STRUCTURE. 8. THESE ARE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND THE INFORMATION THEY CONTAIN ARE THE PROPERTY OF CHARTER - HOUSE. 9. ALL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS MAY NOT BE COPIED, REPRODUCED, USED OR IMPLEMENTED IN ANY WAY, IN PART OR IN WHOLE, WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF CHARTER -HOUSE. 10. ANY UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE PLANS WILL RESULT IN PAYMENT DUE FOR SERVICES RENDERED BY CHARTER - HOUSE. 11. ANY DEVIATIONS FROM THESE DRAWINGS FOR ANY REASON SHALL NOT BE DONE WITHOUT CONSENT OF CHARTER - HOUSE IN ADVANCE, IN WRITING. CHARTER -HOUSE IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR DEVIATIONS, CHANGES, ADDITIONS, OR DELETIONS NOT REVIEWED AND APPROVED IN ADVANCE BY CHARTER -HOUSE. 12. THESE DOCUMENTS REFLECT EQUIPMENT ORDERED OF DATE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 1 PRELIMINARY DESIGN DRAWINGS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION DRAWING IS FOR APPROVAL OF DESIGN AND SPECIFICATIONS ONLY. DESIGN IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE BASED ON ARCHITECTURAL INFORMATION PROVIDED. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY BUILDING DIMENSIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION OF ANY FURNITURE WOR DECOR CAN BEGIN. E o00o o � 0 UO19 �0 Doo 0 Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349- 2998 CH19,Aff Charter House Holdings, LLC 200 N. Franklin Street Zeeland, MI 49464 www.gotoCHi.com 616.399.6000 This drawing contains proprietary D information by CHi. Unauthorized use or reproduction is prohibited without expressed written consent of CHi. A Q� JLL - LL W M LL J J .J >W < Lr3 3: cr) B �am 0)LU Cr) N ti nWi FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE SIZE: P13 LC LRG-NP RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # XXXX A PRINTED FOR FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 W DRAWN BY Author aInformation contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. OSHEET FURNITURE FLOOR PLAN U. SHEET NUMBER F=201 •2 �+I'1�1�4�4/L��'''JW�LYIIIYJs,J�...._d�:�Ya. � Illti�i i, ..d 41,LJk.. Y �..�dll .I. �� 4 3 E 77 I, €m CC ` y� L_J �. i 0 "D N �F i obi ';d E C B A WALL/ STEEL LOW WALLBY CHI , STEEL FULL EIGHT WALL, BY CHI E QUEUE, BY CHI STREAMLINE, QUEUE, BY CHI BYSTREAMLINE, EA 1. 5" D A REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLAN FOR INTERIOR GC BUILT QUEUE 4.5" BASE PLATE 2.5" DEPTH 2,5" RAIL DEPTH 2.5" RAIL + PLATES STANCHION PARTITION TYPES/ DETAILS. KEY *CORED* WALL KEY REFERS TO CHI MANUF. PRODUCT ONLY. *BOLT DOWN* *CORED* "BOLT DOWN* 'BOLT DOWN* B CORE DRILL PLAN-LRG-NO PLAY 1 1/4" = V-0" STD. HEIGHT BI-POD CFA TABLE STEEL FREESTANDING 4-TOP 4" 4" CONTACT FURNITURE SUPPLIER IF TABLE SIZE IS NOT SHOWN. STD. HEIGHT BI-POD STD. HEIGHT BI-POD — — FREESTANDING ADA FREESTANDING ADA 10" 10" STD. HEIGHT X-BASE —NO ADA_ —NO-ADA— FREESTANDING 6-TOP SYMBOL SYMBOL 15" 15" TH3045F TH3060F 4-TOP 6-TOP T2460F TABLE STEEL BAR HEIGHT 12" PLATE STEEL HEIGHT: 44.5" SET HEIGHT: 41" TSRBBW A TABLE STEEL QTY: 11 I Ut I AIL 1 c GENERIC 12"x12" 12"x12" 1x3 ix3 GENERIC 12"x12" W CORE PLATE PLATE STEEL STEEL Z BOLT PLATE STEEL J J CORE (OFFSET) (OFFSET) 30 J DOWN KEY 0 F_--1 F_--1 I---1 F_ I 0 0 r-� 0� I I I� I I I I I J2 O° lOI L_J L_J L_J L_J 0>- L_J VN mN 12"x12" 1x3 PLATE STEEL (OFFSET) -1 o I I- - -1 la I L _ J _jI 1x3 0 X-BASE BI-POD STEEL p (OFFSET) a J W L-0 J ° M U_N II NOTE: THIS KEY REPRESENTS GENERAL STEEL SYMBOLS. REFERENCE PROJECT FOR PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS/ STEEL TYPES. 2 1/2" UPPER WALL L_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ — — J STEEL LOW WALL, REFER TO DESIGN DETAIL AFTER WALL IS INSTALLED, EXPOSED HEX HEAD BOLT TO BE PAINTED WITH TOUCH UP PAINT -STAINLESS STEEL BASE PLATE 1 /4" ABS PLATE 1/2" ( ' I I I I I I LINE OF FINISHED FLOOR 1 /4" CONCRETE ANCHORS INOTE: CONTACT CHi IF NOT INSTALLING ON CONCRETE 41/2" BASE PLATE SLAB (TYP) STEEL LOW WALL - BASE PLATE (BOLT DOWN) SCALE: N.T.S FIN. FLOOR REFER TO CORE DRILL PLAN FOR LOCATIONS 31/2 a DEPTH D.o.a �o a �.aoN:D a F- a 0 CONCRETE SLAB a ' . 'o • •� a ' o .' pa w ' a IM RE: STRUCTURAL a . o. • .' ' a . o o Y N o . a o. v • a. a•o a c� a.ao=ui •Q'� n v. � 4 � v. .a. a� 4 H � 4" MAX CORE HOLE DETAIL APPLIES TO CORE DRILLED TALL TABLE STEEL AND CORE DRILLED STREAMLINE QUEUE RAIL LOCATIONS ONLY. TYPICAL CORE HOLE DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S o 0 1 II r / /n) n C CD Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349- 2998 C111,0AW Charter House Holdings, LLC 200 N. Franklin Street Zeeland, MI 49464 www.gotoCHi.com 616.399.6000 This drawing contains proprietary D information by CHI. Unauthorized use or reproduction is prohibited without expressed written consent of CHI. C Q� LL Ln LL N W M J m J J J Z CLUJ a B ON ti nWi FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC LRG-NP RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # XXXX A PRINTED FOR FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 W DRAWN BY Author aInformation contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET O FURNITURE CORE DRILL IL, PLAN SHEET NUMBER F=211 4 3 2 1 E C B Z tia C r c*� 0 10� L. A Gel Imo. __J''_ 4 1 \/111V1�/1L V/11Y11 /IIVI• VI /Y\IYIVVJ (H-COW-TBD'NAT'L CAMPAIGN COW'- PROVIDED BY OTHER) 1 LRG-NP_NATIONAL CAMPAIGN 3/8" = V-0" INSTALL NOTE: INSTALLER TO CUT BOARD/ BATTEN TRIM AS REQ'D FOR MESSAGING PANEL(S). COORDINATE WORK WITH GC. a i, 4 LRG-NP_COWS IN THE COMMUNITY 3/8" = 1'-0" 1 llV 1 ILL L/�I 1 VI<AI `� PART # 1030-68. 6 LRG-NP_2X2 PANELS & TACTILE EXIT SIGN 3/8" = 1'-0" INSTALL NOTE: INSTALLER TO CUT BOARD/ BATTEN TRIM AS REQ'D FOR MESSAGING PANEL(S). COORDINATE WORK WITH GC. 3 ) VVr7 V 1 Vn 1 t1/'ALL, HORIZ. OAK VENEER + ACRYLIC' CFAAMD64 23/8" LRG-NPOUR STORY PANEL = V-0" INSTALL NOTE: INSTALLER TO CUT BOARD/ BATTEN TRIM AS REQ'D FOR MESSAGING PANEL(S). COORDINATE WORK WITH GC. L/�G VI /"{/11Y1VV1J tll -V IT-1 lu IP-010-H2'BUBBLING UP/ DADS NIGHT OUT') '—'METAL RESTRM SIGN, MENS' CFAAMD51 R01 9 LRG-NP_MENS RESTROOM SIGNAGE 3/8" = 1'-0" INTERIOR MESSAGING PANELS TO GET MOUNTED DIRECTLY OVER BOARD/ BATTEN WALL FINISH AS SHOWN UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE TO CUT UPPER HORIZONTAL TRIM & VERTICAL BOARD/ BATTEN TRIM. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR INTERIOR MESSAGING, FURNITURE, AND/OR DECOR LOCATIONS ONLY. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS FOR ALL INTERIOR FINISH & WALL PARTITION TYPE INFORMATION. ■ n 2 CFPS3000'CFA PICK-UP SIGN, 3-SIDED' INSTALL NOTE: INSTALLER TO CUT BOARD/ BATTEN TRIM AS REQ'D FOR MESSAGING EQ EQ PANEL(S). COORDINATE WORK WITH GC. CL ;. = z ' w +/- 2' - 9" I (M J 0 33" I � Pick Up 'CERTIFICATE HOLDER W/ ACRYLIC PANEL' CFAAMD25 33/8" LRG-NPINTERIOR MESSAGING + CERTIFICATE PANEL = V-0" INSTALL NOTE: INSTALLER TO CUT BOARD/ BATTEN TRIM AS REQ'D FOR MESSAGING PANEL(S). COORDINATE WORK WITH GC. ".� „1 IV\11I1✓VV �11 „1„-11�.1 11 „1 1 H2'CHICKENS FAVORITE PASTIME/ EXPERIENTIAL LEARNING') ) L/\L VI /'1111Y1VJV `11 -VVV-1 IG/ 11 -VVT- H2 'ORDINARY CAMPOUT/ FOSTERING LAUGHTER") io N Lo 'OUR COMMUNITY W/ MAGNETIC BEZEL -NO TV, OAK VENEER. CFMMD63 _CENTER 2X2 PANELS AT CORED TABLES AS CL SHOWN. CL 6- 0" le 72" 0" 21 0" 24" 24" I I -CENTER 2X2 PANELS AT CORED TABLES AS SHOWN. CL 6' 0" 72" % 2'-0" . . . t24" _�J 1 +/- 4'- 11 " 591, '2X2' CFAAMD36 (IP-005-H2/ IP- '2X2' CFAAMD36 (IP-015-H2/ IP- '2X2' CFAAMD36 (IP-014- 004-H2'ORDINARY CAMPOUT/ 016-H2'POURING INTO PARKS/ H2/ IP-010-H2'BUBBLING FOSTERING LAUGHTER") BUSINESS AS USUAL') UP/ DADS NIGHT OUT') o: 1� N N EQ EQ NOTE: INSTALL SIGN AT LATCH SIDE OF DOOR. 9" O.C. FROM EDGE OF DOOR TO CL OF SIGN. — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 9" D.C. -I \, \ \ ' T o co T ❑ 2'-1" 25" \ \� c O- C O ci LO - LO- / i i ------ TT' 'VnI ID IIDCDAYnD Q\AAI 1 rNAV l/CAICCDI CFAAMD62 (CFAG34'YOUR OPERATOR -STORE SPECIFIC'- PROVIDED BY OTHER) 5 LRG-NP_YOUR OPERATOR & TACTILE EXIT SIGNAGE 3/8" = 1'-0" NOTE: INSTALL SIGN AT LATCH SIDE OF DOOR. 9" O.C. FROM EDGE OF DOOR TO CL OF SIGN (TYPICAL). IF SPACE DOES NOT ALLOW FOR SIGN TO BE MOUNTED AT LATCH SIDE OF DOOR, CONTACT FURNITURE SUPPLIER FOR LOCATION. ) 'HANDWASH SIGNAGE' PART # L 12 �—'TACTILE EXIT SIGN' 1030-3 *LOCATE ON RESTRM SIDE OF DOOR* PART # 1030-68. LRG-NP_HAND WASH SIGNAGE 11 LRG-NP_BRAND ICON 12 LRG-NP_TACTILE EXIT SIGN AT SINGLE DOOR (TYP 1 o 3/8" = 1'-0" 3/8" = 1'-0" 3/8" = V-0" CI 13 NI I EQ EQ w v - = m� ED I } H I 153/8" LRG-NP COKE FIXTURE = V-0" ) NOTE: INSTALL SIGN AT LATCH SIDE OF DOOR. 9" O.C. FROM EDGE OF n()r1R Tr) rl rW Clr-'M PANEL'- PROVIDED BY OTHER) """ PART # 1030-68. 73/8" LRG-NP2X2 NAT'L CAMPAIGN PANEL + SIGNAGE = 1'4" NOTE: FOR DOUBLE DOOR VESTIBULE, INSTALL SIGN AT RIGHT HAND SIDE OF RIGHT DOOR AS SHOWN (TYPICAL) ) "I AG I ILt EXl1 bl(W PART # 1030-68. ) ) 'METAL RESTRM SIGN, WOMENS' CFAAMD52_R01 83/8" LRG-NPWOMENS RESTRM SIGNAGE = V-0" I AL I ILt tXl I SKaN' t—'TACTILE EXIT SIGN' PART # 1030-68. MOUNT BELOW PART # 1030-68. SECURITY KEYPAD ABOVE AT 48" TO B/O SIGN. 1 LRG-NP_TACTILE EXIT SIGN AT DOUBLE DOOR (TYP) 14 LRG-NP_TACTILE EXIT SIGN AT SERVICE DOOR 33/8" = 1'-0" 3/8" = V-0" 163/8"LRG-NP2X2 PANELS INTO PARKS/ BUSINESS AS USUAL') = V-0" L/�L VI lull YlVVV `11 -V 1 V-1 lu 11 -V 1 1-1 IL (CHICKENS FAVORITE PASTIME/ EXPERIENTIAL LEARNING') E 000� o � ° o (D (Z) 0 Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349- 2998 CHIAW Charter House Holdings, LLC 200 N. Franklin Street Zeeland, MI 49464 www.gotoCHI.com 616-399.6000 This drawing contains proprietary D information by CHI. Unauthorized use or reproduction is prohibited without expressed written consent of CHI. L a� LL — cn > LO M - Um J w M mi in J J J i. a. o�i a B LU� N ti nWi FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC LRG-NP RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # XXXX A PRINTED FOR FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 W DRAWN BY Author aInformation contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. Q SHEET DECOR ELEVATIONS U. SHEET NUMBER F=701 3 1 _:.�..., i. r .�..... rr...rr.r�u+�uuirua... ... .,�..0 i... . ,.. _. _ .. .......�..�..__ .,. �. — _ —_ _ _ __ .�..a.,. _ _ _ _ _ _ — _ _ _ _ — _ _ _ �� �.uu.. _ _ __ _ _ -__e _•.w >.++.�.�.. ...err s..�w�i, ._a _ _ _ _ _ __ — '.., 1 _, .. -N (:�Qpo 0 CD CD Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349- 2998 CHI*,Aff Charter House Holdings, LLC 200 N. Franklin Street Zeeland, MI 49464 www.gotoCHi.com 616.399.6000 This drawing contains proprietary information by CHI. Unauthorized use or reproduction is prohibited without expressed written consent of CHi. a� LL lilt LL J w cc� m J J J =a CF)LLI 0) a N ti NW FSR#04040 BUILDING TYPE / SIZE: P13 LC LRG-NP RELEASE: v2.20.02 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT PROJECT # XXXX PRINTED FOR FOR PERMIT DATE 07/29/2020 W DRAWN BY Author aInformation contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in . i any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET O FURNITURE PRODUCT U. DETAILS SHEET NUMBER F=702 1 •� • Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 SUPPLY, INC, 120 Fairview Arlington, TX. 76010 (817) 261-9116 NOTICE: THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF LANE COMPANY. NEITHER THIS DOCUMENT NOR ANY DATA OR INFORMATION HEREIN SHALL BE COPIED OF REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, LOANED OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF, OR USED FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER, WI THOU T THE PRIOR WRITEN PERMISSION OF LANE COMPANY. IF THE DOCUMENT IS LOANED BY OR WITH THE AUTHORITY OF LANE COMPANY, THE BORROWER, IN CONSIDERATION OF SUCH LOAN, AGREES TO THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS AND TO RETURN THIS DOCUMENT ON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED WORK FOR WHICH IT WAS USED. \\\\\``�<< � ►III ,,,,�o���,'�� No. 0052825 �' * :C 0:. STATE OF Al- I� ' M 0) O .I LL W Tom z U. J O M i J `L j 7. ALL OF ALL A MINIMUM J � J _ �' a. _ _ L- _ W p_ Off= W W � W N z06N FSR# 04040 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION Q07/28l2020 CANOPY REVISED PER CUSTOMER JOB No. LSC: 81867 PRINTED FOR ISSUED FOR PERMIT DATE 2018/08/28 DRAWN BY AFG Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET CANOPY FOOTING L OCA TIONS SHEET NUMBER OMD-I AB/ OF 2 4 3 2 BUILDING 70'- 9 1/2" OUT TO OUT OF FASCIA 5 4 3 2 1 CANOPY LONGITUDINAL DIRECTION 2 - � 1/2 16'-0" 16'-0" 16'-0" 16'-0" 4'-0" E E LOADS PRESENTED ARE ASD LOADS 2'-2 3/4" 13'-2 �/4" (HOLD) 7" WITH FACTOR OF 1.0 EXCEPT WIND FACTORED WITH 0.6 OPENING FOR PICK UP WIND 0 W COLUMNS DESIGN LOADS: DEAD LOAD = 1.50 kips LIVE LOAD = 3.75 kips Q BUILDING LINE � � WIND LOAD = -3.50 kips I I TRANSVERSE BASE MOMENT WIND Mw 10.50 ft-kips BASE MOMENT SEISMIC BOTH DIRECTIONS Ms A 1-EL 1' � �-------------------- - --.- ----- IR -------- ------- ------------------- - --� �- ----� 1.00 ft-kips � � I I � ,A9- EL 1 Mdl(Nod) = 0.10 ft-kips I RE: SHEET I I I MIl(nod) = 0.20 ft-kips o I AB2 TYP. � Munbal ill = 6.00 ft-kips � I I Munbal ll _ 17.00 ft-kips � � Munbal w/ 96.50 ft= lops- U TRANSVERSE BASE SHEAR WIND +/ 0.98 kips O I I I I BASE SHEAR SEISMIC BOTH DIRECTIONS 0.10 kips � � VER TI CAL SIGN CONVENTION � Leo I I I I W � I O I I - I I I W H1-EL 1 BUILDING 1 '- 90 3/4" 3" � LINE cn l -0 / -0 / -0 / -0 I -0 z o 0 0 0 0 15'-0" 15'-D" 95'-0" 15'-0" O - Z U C C Fl COLUMN AND FOOTING LOCATIONS � WORK BY OTHERS AND SUBJECT TO LOCAL 1 CANOPYOF 24" VERY IMPORTANT: APPROVAL. BE�OW FINISHED RADE OR AS REQUIRED BY �O�A� CODES AND BELOW 2. ANCHOR BOLTS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM F1554-GR36. ORDINANCES. AFTER FOOTINGS ARE POURED PLEASE SURVEY ROD B 3. LANE IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR FOOTING POURED PRIOR 2. IT IS THE OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY TO CONVEY TO ALL CONTRACTORS THAT PROVIDE LANE CO. WITH THE FOOTING OR TAPE 6 TO PERMITTING. I T IS THEIR RESPONSIBILITY TO INSURE THAT THE Sl TE IS PROPERLY ELEVATIONS ON THE ELEVA TION SHEET 4. POUR FOOTINGS TO SAME TOP ELEVATION. EXCA VA TED AND GRADED. DURING CONCRETE FORMING PRIOR TO AND AFTER TRANSIT ATTACHED. DEAD LOAD = 3 s. f. (DECK +LIGHTS) -�- 5. USE MASTER FL 0 W 928 NON -SHRINK GROUT OR EQUI VALEN T THE POUR, THE CONCRETE SHOULD BE CHECKED FOR PROPER ELEVATION, HIGHEST POINT p. WEIGHT OF STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS F'M= 5000 P.S.I. SQUARE AND CORRECT DIMENSIONS. ------------ ------ ------ OF DRl VE � LIVE LOAD = 20 p. s. f. 6. G. C. TO ENSURE THAT F00 TINGS DO NOT INTERFERE Wl TH J. MEASUREMENTS FOR ANCHOR BOLTS ARE EXACT AND SHOULD BE V, UL T = 140 m.p.h. EXP. C UNDERGROUND U TlLI TIES RECHECKED TO INSURE PROPER L OCA TION. V, ASD = � 08 m. p. h. EXP. C 4. CORRECTION OF LOCATION, OF ELEVATION AND OF DIMENSIONAL ERRORS TOP OF � BLDG CODE = 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE MUST BE MADE PRIOR TO THE ARRIVAL OF THE ERECTION CREW AND PRIOR FOOTING 2017 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE TO THE ERECTION OF THE STRUCTURE. EQUIVALENT LATERAL FORCE PROCEDURE 5. AFTER THE FORMS HAVE BEEN REMOVED, ALL TRENCHES, HOLES AND LATERAL FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM = CANTILEVERED UNEVEN SITE CONDITIONS MUST BE LEVELED TO INSURE A SAFE WORKING COLUMN SYSTEM -ORDINARY STEEL MOMENT FRAME AND ACCESS AREA ACCEPTABLE TO LOCAL, STATE, FEDERAL AND OSHA SI TE CLASS = D AGENCIES. Ss (0.2) = 0.07 MUST PROVIDE THIS INFORMATION. Sl (l. 0) = 0.03 SDS = 0.07 SDI = 0.05 Fa = �.60 Fv = 2.40 R = �.25 SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR = �.0 A RISK CA TEGORY = Il A SEISMIC DESIGN CA TEGOR Y = A CS = 0.058 WIND IMPORTANCE FACTOR = �.0 CONSTRUCTION TYPE _ llB OCCUPANCY CATEGORY = M TOTAL SEISMIC BASE SHEAR BOTH DIRECTIONS = 0.33 KIPS Al LFOUNDATIONNOTEs A A5 GENERAL NOTES A 9 FOOTING ELEVATIONS A/4 DES/GN LOA=SAA N. T. S. N. T. S. N. T. S. N. T. S. . 4 3 2 1 1 ��•� 9A Chick-fil-A CO 7 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 SUPPLY, INC. 120 Fairview Arlington, TX. 76010 (817) 261-9116 NOTICE: THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF LANE COMPANY. NEITHER THIS DOCUMENT NOR ANY DATA OR INFORMATION HEREIN SHALL BE COPIED OF REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, LOANED OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF, OR USED FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITEN PERMISSION OF LANE COMPANY. IF THE DOCUMENT IS LOANED BY OR WITH THE AUTHORITY OF LANE COMPANY, THE BORROWER, IN CONSIDERATION OF SUCH LOAN, AGREES TO THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS AND TO RETURN THIS DOCUMENT ON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED WORK FOR WHICH 1T WAS USED.RE: AI—AB2 • No. 52825 0 STATE OF : 4 FOOTING BY OTHERS %,;z k_� 0 1 D Q C/) 0 J U.Tom LL J 0 M 1 J a -� i O U) WM J _ >- a = _ L_� 0. Ova= W W =0. W N Z06N FSR# 04040 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION A07/28/2020 CANOPY REVISED PER CUSTOMER JOB NO. LSC: 61887 PRINTED FOR ISSUED FOR PERMIT DATE 2018/08/28 DRAWN BY AFG Information contained on this drawing and in all digital Mes produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner ww w express wdben or verbal oonswd from aubiodzed projectrepresentaWes. SHEET CANOPY FOOTINGS SHEET NUMBER OMD-2 AB2 OF 2 4 3 2 OF HEADER 8„ 8„ e 2„ 6„ 6„ 2„ e TC—U4a—GF N BASE PLATE MK. LBP4 PL^� 1 1/2" X 16" X 1 '-4" w/4 — 2 "8 HOLES N I i I D I I I D I j� m F1554—GR36 ANCHOR BOLTS, W 1 1/2"e x 42" LONG ___° (SUPPLIED B Y LANE) I° ° w/10" PROJECT/ON ° II I I II a ° II°al c c FI LBASEPLA TE Q F6 NOTE USED Fll NOT USED N. T. S F! ABi B e DEAD LOAD = 3 P. s. f. (DECK +LIGHTS) + WEIGHT OF STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS LIVE LOAD = 20 p. s. f. V, UL T = 140 m. p. h. EXP. C 3'-6" (1 1/2"0 F1554—GR36) V, ASD = 108 m.p.h. EXP. C BLDG CODE = 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 2017 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE EQUIVALENT LATERAL FORCE PROCEDURE PL 3/4 "X5 "X5" WASHER LATERAL FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM = CANTILEVERED COLUMN SYSTEM —ORDINARY STEEL MOMENT FRAME Sl TE CLASS = D Ss (0.2) = 0.07 S1 (1.0) = 0.03 SOS = 0.07 SD 1 = 0.05 Fa = 1.60 Fv = 2.40 ANCHOR BOLT TO BE THREADED 1 D" EACH END MINIMUM R = 1.25 SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR = 1.0 A NUT ANCHOR BOLT MAY BE THREADED IN l TS ENTIRETY NUT RISK CA TEGORY = ll A ANCHOR BOLT SUPPLIED BY LANE SUPPLY, INC SEISMIC DESIGN CA TEGORY = A CS = 0.058 WIND IMPORTANCE FACTOR = 1.0 CONSTRUCTION TYPE _ lIB OCCUPANCY CA TEGOR Y = M TOTAL SEISMIC BASE SHEAR BOTH DIRECTIONS = 0.33 KIPS Al ANCHOR BOLT DETAIL A6 NOT USED A 9 NOT USED A/4 DESIGN LOADS 0 N. T. S. F! ABZ N. T. S. 4 3 2 1 A A Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 "AFURW� SUPPLY, INC. 120 Fairview Arlington, TX. 76010 (817) 261-9116 NOTICE: THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF LANE COMPANY. NEITHER THIS DOCUMENT NOR ANY DATA OR INFORMATION HEREIN SHALL BE COPIED OF REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, LOANED OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF, OR USED FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRI TEN PERMISSION OF LANE COMPANY. IF THE DOCUMENT IS LOANED BY OR WITH THE AUTHORITY OF LANE COMPANY, THE BORROWER, IN CONSIDERATION OF SUCH LOAN, AGREES TO THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS AND TO RETURN THIS DOCUMENT ON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED WORK FOR WHICH IT WAS USED. o. 0 52825 STATE OF �tv �¢ i ltIm FSR# 04040 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION A07/28/2020 CANOPY REVISED PER CUSTOMER .JOB NO. LSC: 61887 PRINTED FOR ISSUED FOR PERMIT DATE 2018/08/28 DRAWN BY AFG Information contained on this drawing and In all digital flies produced For above named project may not be reproduced In any manner without express wri ten or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET CANOPY FRAMING PLAN SHEET NUMBER OMD-3 E/ OF 4 4 3 2 1 SOUDASEAL BETWEEN l FLASHING AND CMU WALL FA CE OF PICK UP I MAKE WA TER TI GH T SEAL WINDOW BEYOND I HEADER& COLUMN NOT I CLIP ANGLE 1/4"0 HIL TI DRIVE SHOWN FOR CLARITY L3X3X1/4XO'-4" PIN 9 2'-0" 0. C. 5/16 (N. S. &F. S.) TYP. W8 = _ = 20GA. FLASHING TYP. FLASHING TAB UP 3/8 " S TI FFENER /16 RE' I AS NEEDED FOR CLEAN MK. L CFA FL 1 PLATES (N. S. & F. S.) W 6 F9—E3 A 1—E3 FINISH E i ,----` DO NOT ATTACH E RE: F14/L 14—E2 � � � � 4 FLASHING TO Aharhf CHANNEL � 11 N N ° ° �� o 1\ Z SL-316 2„ — — ---------- \ -------------------------- DECK CHICK—FIL—A ®______ BRONZE TRIM i MK. L CFA TR 1 A 325 9"SLOPEAWAYFROM BUILDING BOL TS TYP. DECK CLIP I I SL-316 2 RE: F14—E3 DECK \ � _ GAP I I 2 5 I DECK S TI TCH / I I w/#14x7/8" LAP TEKS i 7 I TC—U4o—G0@ 4'-0" 0. C. MAX. @ 2 1/2" I I EACH PANEL RIB I I I SOUDA SEAL FC I I SEALANT DAM UP TYP. 1/4 I I I I AT DECK FLASHING D I I D L14 SECTION AT BUILDING N. T. S. Fl-E2 EXI S TING I I = FA CE OF PICK UP BUILDING a, Q WINDOW BEYOND I I � I v I I I I STEEL COLUMN BUILDING WALL — RE: F1—El FOR I SIZE AND MARK I I TAB UP FLASHING AND FINISH BEHIND FASCIA I I I I � I I 0'-0" BUILDING I FASCIA FIN. FLR. LINE I I I I I I I I I I I RE: SHEET A82 I I FOR BA SEPL A TE DIMENSIONS I I I 2, EL 2'-0" BELOW F. S. COLUMN Fl FASCIA SEC TION A Fl4 DETAIL AT FLASHING TERMINATION l 112' = 1 r-0' Fl-El N. T. S. FI-E2 18 GA. OUTRIGGER MK. L CFA ORA ATTACH DECK PAN © 4'-0" D. C. MAX DECK STI TCH TO PURLIN @ LAST RIB— s A TTACH TO DECK RIB CLIP ANGLE W/(2) 3/8"O AJ04 S.S.BOLTS 5/8 8 A325 w/#14x7/8 LAP TEKS " e W/(4) #14xl TEKS L3X3X1/4XO'-4" BOL TS TYP. ©4'-0" 0. C. MAX. — — — , (N. S.) TYP. Cam? EA CH PANEL RIB DECK CLIP 3/7 6 3�16 TYP. 1 RE. F14—E3 TYP. — - i 3/16 N N N N �, 3/16 DEAD LOAD = 3 s. f. DECK +LIGHTS + WEIGHT OF STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS LIVE LOAD = 20 p. s. f. /____�_______ ____ l \ Ql)o _ 71-° ' V, ULT = 140 m.p.h. EXP. C I j V, ASD = 108 m. p. h. EXP. C BLDG CODE = 2015 IN TERNA TIONAL BUILDING CODE 2017 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE I I I I I I I I I I \ I I I I I EQUIVALENT LATERAL FORCE PROCEDURE LATERAL FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM = CANTILEVERED SL — 316 I RE: L 1—E3 COLUMN SYSTEM —ORDINARY STEEL MOMENT FRAME TS COLUMN SIM i I DECK �RE: SI TE CLASS = D L 1—E3 I i I I TYP• i Ss (0.2) = 0. 07 SIM I I I I 51 (1.0) = 0.03 I i I I I I I I I SDS = 0.07 I I I I I I I SD 1 = 0.05 Fo = 1.60 Fv = 2.40 2 1/4" 2 1/4" R = 1.25 A SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR = 1.0 2 1 /2 " 2 1 /2 " RISK CA TEGOR Y = ll A SEISMIC DESIGN CA TEGOR Y = A CS = 0.058 WIND IMPORTANCE FACTOR = 1.0 CONSTRUCTION TYPE = 10 OCCUPANCY CA TEGOR Y = M TOTAL SEISMIC BASE SHEAR BOTH DIRECTIONS = 0.33 KIPS Al FASCIA SECTION A14 p��DESIGN LOADS l------------ 112' = /'-0' FI-El N. T. S. 4 3 2 1 Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 AwAr SUPPLY, INC. 120 Fairview Arlington, TX, 76010 (817) 261-9116 NOTICE: THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF LANE COMPANY. NEITHER THIS DOCUMENT NOR ANY DATA OR INFORMATION HEREIN SHALL BE COPIED OF REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, LOANED OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF, OR USED FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITEN PERMISSION OF LANE COMPANY. IF THE DOCUMENT IS LOANED BY OR WITH THE AUTHORITY OF LANE COMPANY, THE BORROWER, IN CONSIDERATION OF SUCH LOAN, AGREES TO THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS AND TO RETURN THIS DOCUMENT ON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED WORK FOR WHICH IT WAS USED. lll� e�� No. 0 52825 ®-. STATE OF 0'(tr A, a=W 7M o _ owe Z� LL J OILU. M J >= (L W0 =W VN ZadN FSR# 04040 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION A07/28/2020 CANOPY REVISED PER CUSTOMER JOB NO. LSC: 61887 PRINTED FOR ISSUED FOR PERMIT DATE 2018/08/28 DRAWN BY AFG Information contained on this drawing and in all digital flies produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET CANOPY SECTIONS SHEET NUMBER OMD-4 EZ OF 4 1 74 GA. • Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 UC �W— SUPPLY. INC. 120 Fairview Arlington, TX, 76010 (817) 261-9116 NOTICE: THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF LANE COMPANY. NEITHER THIS DOCUMENT NOR ANY DATA OR INFORMATION HEREIN SHALL BE COPIED OF REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, LOANED OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF, OR USED FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER, WI THOU T THE PRIOR WRITEN PERMISSION OF LANE COMPANY. IF THE DOCUMENT IS LOANED BY OR WITH THE AUTHORITY OF LANE COMPANY, THE BORROWER, IN CONSIDERATION OF SUCH LOAN, AGREES TO THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS AND TO RETURN THIS DOCUMENT ON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED WORK FOR WHICH IT WAS USED. \`\\, No. 0052825 -�: :cr y 0 STATE OF �� �' •. F, `, 1� 0 Q 0 J Umto Z ch LL mi 0 M 1 J a -i LL = I— CD J OC tJ >- a = _ LL 0. 0�= W Cf W W N Z 08 N FSR# 04040 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 1Q 07/28/2020 CANOPY REVISED PER CUSTOMER JOB NO. LSC: 61887 PRINTED FOR ISSUED FOR PERMIT DATE 2018/08/28 DRAWNBY AFG Information contained on this drawing and In all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from authorized project representatives. SHEET CANOPY SECTIONS SHEET NUMBER OMD-5 E3 OF 4 4 3 2 032 .032 14 GA. HAT SECTION MK. L SH2, PURLIN . CHI CK— FlL —A CHI CK—FIL — A INSTALLER NOTE: ATTACH TO DECK W/(2) BRONZE BRONZE . 032 VERIFY L OCA TION WI TH ,�14x I "TEKS TO EACH DECK RIB i I FASCIA BAND JOINT SLEEVE CHICK—FIL—A BRONZE G.C. BEFORE INSTALLING I I JOINT SLEEVE 1 •��� • �, Chick fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 itMAC SUPPLY. INC. 120 Fairview Arlington, TX. 76010 (817) 261-9116 NOTICE: THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF LANE COMPANY. NEITHER THIS DOCUMENT NOR ANY DATA OR INFORMATION HEREIN SHALL BE COPIED OF REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, LOANED OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF, OR USED FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITEN PERMISSION OF LANE COMPANY. IF THE DOCUMENT IS LOANED BY OR WITH THE AUTHORITY OF LANE COMPANY, THE BORROWER, IN CONSIDERATION OF SUCH LOAN, AGREES TO THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS AND TO RETURN THIS DOCUMENT ON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED WORK FOR WHICH I T WAS USED. �`' •` ��� • No. 0052825•••° cc 0` STATE OF ; �t� Q J � zLO O M 1 J a W J = LL.=GC a 0�= W W W N z�sN FSR# 04040 NO, DATE DESCRIPTION A07/28/2020 CANOPY REVISED PER CUSTOMER J06 NO. LSC: 61887 PRINTED FOR ISSUED FOR PERMIT DATE 2018108/28 DRAWNBY AFG Information contained on this drawing and in all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express written or verbal consent from Aij t—v/,- I Lu authorized project representatives. SHEET CANOPY SECTIONS SHEET NUMBER OMD-6 4 3 2 WELD (ONE) 3/4 "s� CONDUI T COUPLERS w/CAP TO CAP PLATE CENTERED OVER 3/4 "� HOLES I O I DRILL (ONE) 3/4 "0 HOLE TOP VIEW E - WELD (3) l "� CONDUIT - E DUPLERS w/CAP TO CAP I I i I = _ = PLATE SHEET METAL i CEN TERED OVER 1 "� HOLES CHICK—FlL —A I I i BRONZE i I COLUMN WRAP � i I MK. L CFA CW o 3 � 6 DECK TOP VIEW N m� I I I I ALL COLUMNS CLOSE � PURLIN & PURLIN CONNECTION TO THE FAN TO DRILL (3) l "� HOLES NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY ACCOMMODATE I RECEP TA CLE. —� I � � � GUTTER LINE FOR NON -ELECTRICAL COLUMNS WITH FANS � I I I it it it II � 4"x6" ACCESS p I I HOLE WITH I LSL — 316 GUTTER 4 II ii I I I I x6 I DECK COVER PLATE I II p I cv p W I •p I I i m p ACCESS I LINE II II �• MK. L CFA CC HOLE �� I I pp I II II I I � I I i II II I I C — PLUG FOR FANS I II II APPL Y I � � I SOUDASEAL FC I I I I II II TO COLUMN I I ALL COLUMNS CLOSE I I I I I I I I I TO THE FAN TO I I II II I I A CCOMMODA TE I I I I I I II II i I I RECEPTACLE. I I I I I I I I INSTALLER NOTE' I I II II I I FIELD CUT ALL HOLES IN FINISH SLAB I1 II ELECTRICAL COLUMN /N I I DRIVE THROUGH LANE. — — — — I I I I I COLUMN WRAP AS WELL I I COLUMN "A-3" AS ALL FAN PLUG HOLES I I II II I I I I I I I II II N � I I I I I I I I I � i II II it II II II � I I I I I I = 3 3/8 "X2 3/16 " HOLE I I ! I I I p I i i I I I I I I Z I I I Q I I — SWl TCH FOR FANS I I I I I i I I I I Flo SECTION A T COLUMN WRAP I 4 3 2 5 4 FASCIA BAND 3 2 1 "CHICK-FIL-A BRONZE" " E E I I 2'-4 3/4" 2'-4 314" 2'-4 314" t� ^i COLUMN TS8X8X 1 /2 TYPICAL I I I 0'-0" DRIVE SLAB 2'-1 112» 16,-0„ 16'-011 16'-0„ 76,-0„ 4'-0„ D D 70'-1 1 /2 " OUT TO OUT CANOPY c c HI CANOPY SIDE ELEVATION l/4' _ !'-0" F! ABI, FI-El, FI-LLI A 2" FASCIA BAND FASCIA BAND A GAP 2'-3" "CHICK-FIL-A BRONZE" o "CHICK-FIL-A BRONZE" 2„ GAP I 9,-0„ o n I 4" LETTERS BUILDING I I BUILDING LINE _ i LINE I i I o i o I COLUMN I I COLUMN TS8X8X1/2 TS8X8X1/2 I TYPICAL TYPICAL I I '- „ DRIVE A 0'- „ RI V A 7" 10'-3' 10'-3" 7„ A A 10'-10" OUT TO OUT FASCIA 10'-10" OUT TO OUT FASCIA Al CANOPY END ELEVA TION Q A 9 ------------ CANOPY END ELEVA TION Q //4' = /'-0' Fl ABI, FI-EI, Fl-LLI l/4' _ l'-0' FIABI, F!-El, FI-LLI 4 3 2 1 A • Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 SUPPLY, INC. 120 Fairview Arlington, TX, 76010 (817) 261-9116 NOTICE: THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF LANE COMPANY. NEITHER THIS DOCUMENT NOR ANY DATA OR INFORMATION HEREIN SHALL BE COPIED OF REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, LOANED OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF, OR USED FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITEN PERMISSION OF LANE COMPANY. IF THE DOCUMENT IS LOANED BY OR WITH THE AUTHORITY OF LANE COMPANY, THE BORROWER, IN CONSIDERATION OF SUCH LOAN, AGREES TO THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS AND TO RETURN THIS DOCUMENT ON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED WORK FOR WHICH IT WAS USED. 4�� • •. No. Ofl52825'. 0 'STATE OF - ��illJlrfl 31�`�� FSR# 04040 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 0 07/28/2020 CANOPY REVISED PER CUSTOMER JOB NO. LSC: 61887 PRINTED FOR ISSUED FOR PERMIT DATE 2018/08/28 DRAWN BY AFG Information contained on this drawing and In all digital files produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner WMout express written or verbal consort from authorized project representatives. SHEET CANOPY ELEVA TION PLAN SHEET NUMBER OMD-7 ELI OF y 1 •��� .� Chick-fil-A 5200 Buffington Road Atlanta, Georgia 30349-2998 I AA AlAr MAFVUM . SUPPLY, INC. 120 Fairview Arlington , TX" 76010 (817) 261-9116 NOTICE. THIS DOCUMENT fS THE PROPERTY OF LANE COMPANY. NEITHER THIS DOCUMENT NOR ANY DATA OR INFORMATION HEREIN SHALL BE COPIED OF REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER, LOANED OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF, OR USED FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER, WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITEN PERMISSION OF LANE COMPANY. IF THE DOCUMENT IS LOANED BY OR WITH THE AUTHORITY OF LANE COMPANY, THE BORROWER, IN CONSIDERATION OF SUCH LOAN, AGREES TO THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS AND TO RETURN THIS DOCUMENT ON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED WORK FOR WHICH IT WAS USED. T�� s NO. 0052825 ° p STATE OF • F(QRIDP •• �` ��� //�/l/l11! ONAk � O J LL o � Cn Tale z M M J a J 1i W t. j �- a = _ U. OC a 0�= W W � UN 0. z0N FSR# 04040 REVISION SCHEDULE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION A07/28/2020 CANOPY REVISED PER CUSTOMER JOB NO. LSC: 61887 PRINTED FOR ISSUED FOR PERMIT DATE 2018/08/28 DRAWN BY AFG Information contained on this drawing and In all digital film produced for above named project may not be reproduced in any manner without express wn ten or verbal consent from authorized protect representatives. CANOPY LIGHT LAYOUT SHEET NUMBER OMD-8 LL l OF If 4 3 2 BUILDING 70'-1 1/2" OUT TO OUT OF FASCIA 2 1/2" 69'-8 1/2" OUT TO OUT FRAMING 2 1/2" E 5 4 3 2 1 E 16'—O" 16'-0" 16'—D" 16'-0" 3'-9 1/2" 13'-2 1/4" (HOLD) 2'-0 1/4" OPENING FOR PICK UP WINDOW 4 1/2" N \ \ BUILDING N LINE Al—EL1' v - — - — - — - — - — — - — — — — — — A � (5I Q N I I I I 'A9—EL1 �! o C) I I D D I I 1 W C) o '� W N 11 _8 3/4» 16,-0„ 14,-8„ 16,-0„ 11 —8 3 4 / H1—EL1 C C Fl CANOPY LIGHT LAYOUT Q